BIBLIOTHEEK NATIONAAL NATUURHISTORISCH MUSEUM Postbua 9517 2300 RA Le1d«n N«d*rl»i y< • ^ A/wlv' 1 Pf,(V'l'V> |l )lfr , ,/ .■' -• f' =v , ' • 5-<*s A ' V A f! - a I jA ! w M aftli iV; ]X < 4 ftil - I tut* SCIENTIFIC RESULTS OF THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION; BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES FERDINAND STOLICZ lv A, Ph.D. ortier of tDe ®obermnent of Dtfct'a* 1878-1891. LONDON : PRINTED BY EYRE AND SPOTTISWOODE, HER MAJESTY’S PRINTERS. * 1891. I r SCIENTIFIC RESULTS OF THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION. TABLE OF CONTENTS. Introductory Note, by A. O. Hume, C.B. Map of Eastern Turkestan. Memoir of the Life and Work of the late Ferdinand Stoliczka, Pb.D., by V. Ball, C.B., E.R.S. Geology, by W. T. Blanford, F.R.S. Syringospilerid/E, by Professor P. Martin Duncan, M.B. Lond., F.R.S. Mammalia, by W. T. Blanford, F.R.S. (Chiroptera, by G. E. Dobson, F.R.S.) Birds, by R. Bawdier Sharpe, LLD. Reptilia and Amphibia, by W. T. Blanford, F.R.S. Ichthyology, by Francis Day, C.I.E., L.L.D. Arachnida : Arcmeidea, by Rev. 0. P. Cambridge, F.R.S., C.M.Z.S. Insects : Hymenoptera, by Frederic Smith. Afeuroptera, by Robert McLachlan, F.R.S. Rhynchota, by W. L. Distant, F.E.S, Lepidoptera, by Frederic Moore, F.Z.S., A.L.S. Goleoptera : Geodeph^a, , H w ^ M s Longicornia, J Heteromera, by F. Bates. Cetoniida}, by 0. Janson, F.E.S. Haliplidce, &c„ by D. Sharp, F.R.S. Phytophciga, by J . S. Baly, F.L.S. Mollusca, by Geoffrey Nevill, C.M.Z.S. Y 21676. 300.— 9/91. 1. 1474. a 2 4 SCIENTIFIC RESULTS OF THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION. This work constitutes a very imperfect record of one single year’s work, as Geologist and Natural Historian, of our dear lost friend and comrade, Jerdinand Stoliczka. Impeifect, because we have bad only bis collections (and indeed not quite all of these') and a very biief private diary — a mere aide memoire — to work upon, and so are able to present only tbe dry bones, as it were, of tbe results of bis labours ; dry bones wbicb, bad be survived to deal wxtb them bimself, would have risen up a living entity, enriched by tbe substantial body of bis own local persona] observations, and vivified by bis genius. Imperfect, but yet tbe best memorial that, under tbe circumstances, we survivors could raise to him, untimely bidden away in that lone Tibetan grave, where “ Low he lies, who once so loved us, whom we loved so.” Imperfect, — but, for all that, affording every here and there glimpses of that industry, perseverance, and self-devotion, wbicb, informed by wide scientific knowledge, and sanctified by a pure and generous heart, constituted Stoliczka s irresistible claims to the respect, tbe admiration, and tbe love of all who ever came closely in contact with him. But it is not within my province to speak more of tbe man. My friend, Mr. Valentine Ball, in bis Memoir of tbe Life and Work of Dr. Stoliczka, wbicb immediately follows this brief introductory note, has already told all that it concerns tbe world to know of one whom death, untimely striking, alone prevented from taking bis due place amongst those heroes of science whose bloodless, blameless triumphs remain for ever tbe inheritance and tbe blessings of mankind. It is with tbe genesis of this particular work that I am called on to deal, and that was in this wise : AVben in 1873 tbe Government of India decided to send a political mission under Sir Douglas Forsyth to tbe Court of the Atalik Gbazi, tbe then Mussulman Sovereign of Central Asia, tbe ruler of what is now known as Chinese Turkestan, it was determined to attach to the mission a geologist and naturalist, and tbe choice necessarily fell upon Stoliczka, as pre-eminently tbe most highly qualified geologist and all-round naturalist then (or, I might truly add, at any time) residing in India. Captain Trotter, B.E.’s work on tbe Geography of tbe Expedition gives tbe fullest details of tbe routes by which tbe mission travelled and returned, and an abstract of this will be found in Mr. Ball’s paper wbicb follows. Suffice it here to say that Stoliczka arrived at * Some of his collections were, undoubtedly, by mistake mixed up with the private collections of other members of the mission, and so never fell under the purview of the gentlemen who prepared this record. A. O. H. VI Murree where hia work recorded in these volumes commenced, on the 10th of June 1873, and passed away from us and from all earthly labours on the 19th of June 1874, soon after crossing the Dipsang Plateau on his return journey from Central Asia. When some months later his collections arrived at Simla, and we realized how strenuously he had laboured and how extensively, despite the severe hardships of considerable portions of the journey, he had collected, I moved the Government of India to provide funds for the publication of some permanent record of these collections, and these funds being most liberally conceded, I, in accordance with the last wishes expressed to Sir Douglas I orsyth by Dr. Stoliczka, undertook the general editorship of this present work, which was intended to embody the available scientific results of that arduous journey, and those indefatigable labours, to which there is no doubt that Stoliczka sacrificed his life. Accordingly, with the assistance of Messrs. W. T. Blanford and Wood Mason, I divided off the collections (except a few groups of insects, for most of which Mr. Mason subsequently arranged) between various naturalists who undertook, gratuitously — out of regard for the memory of a true brother in science, too early taken from us — the classification and description of the specimens pertaining to the branches in which they were respectively experts, each being furnished with a copy of the diary to which I have already referred. I am bound to add, however, that this diary, though doubtless it would have amply sufficed to recall to Stoliczka all he desired to say in regard to each specimen, was too brief, and had been, as a rule, all too hurriedly jotted down to prove of much real assistance to the workers. The birds alone — this being a branch of natural history with which I was at the time fairly conversant — I retained, as Stoliczka had desired, to deal with myself, and I at once worked these out, prepared my paper, and sent to England the specimens which I considered ought to be figured. But Mr. Sharpe, to whom I entrusted the work, met, it would seem, with insuperable difficulties in getting the required plates prepared, and many years elapsed before these were all ready. In the meantime, not only had my paper been destroyed along with almost all my other ornithological MSS., but I myself had given up ornithology for more serious pursuits, and hence it came about that this section of the work, also, passed into other and abler hands, its preparation being finally entrusted to Mr. Bowdler Sharpe. As it stands, this work is composed as follows : — 1. Memoir of Stoliczka’ s Life and "Work, by Valentine Ball, C.B., F.R.S. Published 1886. 2. Geology of the countries traversed by the expedition, including observations made by Dr. Stoliczka during a previous visit to the Himalayas, edited by W. T. Blanford, F.R.S. Published 1878. 3. Syringosph.erid/e, by Professor P. Martin Duncan, M.B., F.R.S. Published 1879. 4. Mammalia, by W. T. Blanford, F.R.S. (Chirortera, by G. E. Dobson, F.R.S.) Published. 1879, 5. Birds, by R. Bowdler Sharpe, LL D., F.L.S. Published 1891. 6. vii Reptilia and Amphibia, by W. T. Blanford, F.R.S. Published 1878. 7. Ichthyology, by Francis Day, C.I.E., L.L.D. Published 1878. 8. Arachnida : Araneidea, by the Rev. 0. P. Cambridge, F.R.S., C.M.Z.S. Published 1885. 9. Insects : Hymenoptem, by Frederic Smith. Published 1878. Neuroptera , by Robert McLachlan, F.R.S. Published 1878. Rhynchota, by W. L. Distant, F.E.S. Published 1879. Lepidoptera, by Frederic Moore, F.Z.S., A.L.S. Published 1879. Goleoptera : Geodephaga ,1 H w Bates F>R-S> Longicornia, J J Heteromera, by F. Bates. Getoniida 3, by 0. Janson, F.E.S. Hcdiplidce, Dytiscidoe, Gyrinidce, Hyclroptilidce, Staphylinidm, and Scarabeidce, by D. Sharp, F.R.S. Phytophaga, by J. S. Baly, F.L.S. Published 1890. 10. Mollusca, by Geoffrey Nevill, C.M.Z.S. Published 1878. There remain unrecorded a very few and unimportant specimens of scorpions and Crustacea which Mr. Wood Mason originally intended to describe, but ultimately considered scarcely worth recording, and a few GuTGubionidcB and other coleopterous odds and ends "which we have been unable to find anyone willing to undertake. A great deal of troublesome work in seeing all these parts through the press has devolved, not on myself, as it should have done, for I have been prevented by circumstances from taking my proper share in the work, but on Mr. W. T. Blanford and Mr. Wood Mason, to whom, together with the several authors of the parts above enumerated, are due the thanks of all students who mav therein find pleasure or profit. J ALLAN 0. HUME. The Chalet, Kingswood Road, Upper Norwood, London. S.E. GREAT TRIGONOMETRICAL SURVEY OF INDIA o s' 1 » 1S 20 23 tfaruijj.fr Huchm Urtwui •WstH'Mi . v- mtsi i S\.J)ahytb Yun.v&SSSt I \ ' ASV *£l\V \7, 5 /b'^rkul ^ 1 ' kuldja . &k ‘"pi ^ , \\i„ t!t ? Kabivyha luil inch Choy1 \»< Hhamtil ^ i ^ w%miM gv^ytbaZ. ALMAT,1! VERNOYE Mm HAMl Sowhcishi V>V’1 Mip ' I V.v •'/,• ■ '/\W .\* iTASr'' - rvi /rr‘ Old.lssujh Kill- Fc ~ Vskakud \r‘(ish1 r y rift* ■y . CrM-V' f.uv.W^r?T& •<• ,-Fw A Hoary* ^v 'St'/'/ni k'1 ''ll ^ flow tistusKf (ihxx t-ehi Jll ;,'nwrf> /?:«*!''''? iw? '•■'■_ ;t' ’A'i'XfY !/ ■■£ "'Ft*'' / >>!; : '';f Y iL,.%':3i*.jk* K-y ; .W! SSIK << ... .:iV'^- lscif/v *‘ /Bg'myv 'XfflSfrj ’ -?W Kar'ahan \ _,V : >!’ .;' V J '• ■- c/uisw Turkic ■■' fAv “v • ig! Trtrnehiiti. :-V*A>-«sJ!.4>Ul-:, '4 ■ t|j J / ’%W* /■ J ~ '/^ ■Bfujgth Jt obits sJ^Marulb ashi *?44 O Z&t'ZO or th Knkbi i tBa -chuk ) ^ } i jShamAl / > / --r-JS '■JksahManU 4 Y:Ym * O' 67? aJUrih. 5®* -Y kashgha^ fr, j • Grimriy \C 4 T 40 ; (Sadik- ICatxu fntyust M of l(t. 29$ preliminary V .>. •■'" > .drucLh'iy'a. -^U-Shuigh row I 1 /YOjjo "j hzoo^'Cptf*- . r»\v , , ':I •' ;V S,.r UaithLshxxhs J&otLcii. y .5?®70® (toW. /iy/rfy Saryu. (60 70 J llZCH! J OR rlOTAN <44.90,? w;^'P'6 ■ ZtXMma Kus'cn , >0// (4 4*jo; BilsA'Ii, ^Tnyi/ik McaCu (f»22o) Kas'dJcid Ltirton/' m Knma.t Loin*) J Yaiigri hangar L , ;/'' Gold T^itld* f / fw»: 9790 > , Ighuru lUC'elor,A _ , - 7 J' ' • Uirran'ii !'/ x .-r erintendent ^replied in the C ofthe Survey- ip» >. HUl. . \ - 'y V. .'J1- ,,l<-' i\!i -S^rf kolii \'rit ^wN'^" * ;.',•. .. 11500 ^rzo/ecrain /f^ ■ \Sulj7kgr Lake \\[Ch 1 tbob l\ o "\.7 J7 990 ma >: f AfklS note. — r8, SiS « “ mmp *f^nt£^o.a- BttSfs^’asSlSSi 7"""1 “ fte fot!873. ■ i.S.5-"o‘ 7700 aoSr^ ^ 19020 ( IJcUtct Hutini.) r<4 V ThnZd* 1 '•■mr.rm .2 7i.S0 IQOr-o Mu rah. 2».'o; 17 tno 'kvluJ,, •riffcisi ’<<<(n *1, longitude to bring native information. kAsemtory. stalls tave been inserted frcur • . u,518 feet a8ov< A'a/c JpNischu, I WYn _. "ihnw/^ft '<-???/ tnruil.fi' fn, (lAooot Y*;£yU£ 1 ■ / J5Ny2*v?, / , : i •*- ^f5dfcV^w^!,V . W%£!?u,n*A' Lakmo ^ fu^>a. Kunohai : ?iy '(■■«<; n, ^_*r ^JJ.is ij. details the a. T. Survey value of Le . wiiaaieu are coloured red. r lC;*4 I. Afrrj't '/nil \ '''n.gn^ . 'P^V <- ^I'kLv * . . %s‘iw, •' ,.n,^V . ''Vy ^°V(I Chunxilt L tufi'ang >/Ai vr-sL .u>ks> lAVWAH hr 5>5 rudok 2^34^,4.00 Chobolera 200MiLes SCIENTIFIC RESULTS OF THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION; MEMOIR OF THE LIFE AND WORK OF FERDINAND STOLICZKA, Ph.D., PALAEONTOLOGIST TO THE GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF INDIA FROM 1862 to 1874. BY V. BALL, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S. DIRECTOR OF THE SCIENCE AND ART MUSEUM, DUBLIN. Itthlispir bg Grb** of t&e ^ibernauent of Inbia. LONDON: PRINTED BY EYRE AND SPOTTIS WOODE, PRINTERS TO THE QUEEN’S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY. FOR HER MAJESTY’S STATIONERY OFFICE. 1886. * %JL FERDINAND STOLICZKA, Ph.D. Ferdinand Stoliczka, the subject of this Memoir, was born at Hochwald, in Moravia, in the month of May 1838. His father was a Forest Officer in Kremsier, and though but little is on record of Stoliczka’s early life, it may, perhaps, be assumed that at this period there were opportunities afforded to him, which we cannot but suppose he eagerly availed of, for cultivating that ardent love of nature which characterised in a remarkable manner the man in after life. His school education was obtained at the “ Gymnasium ” in Prague, from whence he pro- ceeded to the University of Vienna, where he largely devoted his time to Natural Science, and especially to those branches of it which are most intimately connected with Geology. On graduating from the University he took the degree of Doctor in Philosophy. To Professor Siiess, who still presides over the Geological Department in the University of Vienna, he was indebted for his first regular training in Geology, and with the “friendly and “ almost fatherly aid of Dr. Hornes, of the Imperial Cabinet, he made his first essay in Palaeontology.” Ur. Stoliczka’s first paper of which we have any record was a description of certain species of fresh-water Mollusca which characterise a stratum associated with the marine beds of the cretaceous formation in the North-eastern Alps. This paper ( L),* which was presented to the Vienna Academy by Professor Siiess, and was subsequently published, contained descriptions of nine new species and a new genus ( Deianira ) ; it was illustrated by a plate, which includes, besides figures of these species, one of the tooth of a saurian which was found associated in the same bed. Thus, it may be said, Was Stoliczka’s career as a palaeontologist commenced by a valuable and carefully worked out descriptive paper when he was only about 21 years old. One year later (1860) his second paper was read before and published by the same Academy (2). Its subject was the Gasteropoda and Acephalu of the Hierlatz Beds, and it contains descriptions and figures of about 40 new species. The plates are especially note- n orthy for their excellence ; they belong to a standard of quality to which Stoliczka often stiove to attain in India, but with only partial success, owing to the difficulties attending such ^°rk in that country. These two papers were followed in quick succession by others on the -tertiary Fossils of the Southern Alps (3), and the Crystalline Schists ol Southern Hungaiy (4), &e. In the year 1861 Stoliczka became attached to the staff of the Austrian Geological Survey, °f which Dr. Haidinger was then the chief. In the following year two papers appeared 0n a subject which he had in a very special manner made his own, namely, the Bryozoa ; Um first of these was entitled the “ Oligocene Bryozoa of Latdorf, in Bernburg,” and was published in the Proceedings of the Vienna Academy, with full illustrations (6) ; the second was on the “ Heteromorphous cell-formation of Bryozoa ( Coelophyma , Beuss),” and appeared in the Transactions of the Zoological and Botanical Society of Vienna (7). The same volume contains a “ Contribution to the knowledge of the Molluscan fauna of the Cerithien and * These numbers refer to the Catalogue of Dr. .Stoliczka’s papers given on pp. 32 to 36. 300.— 7/86. I. 268. o Y 9787. 4 Inzersdorfer Beds of the Hungarian Tertiary basins ” (8) ; from the former two, and from t e latter eight species are described and figured as new. Two papers (9 and 10) “on the ? South_western Hungary ” were the next to appear ; these being followed in the year 1864 by “A critical notice of Herr F. v. Rdmer’s description of the North German tertiary Polypanans ’ (11). (e Refemn? to this period in a letter to the writer, Herr Ritter y. Hauer says: “Fully t£ ^P1>ai'<'ri| m these first works of Stoliczka are the conscientious accuracy and extensive „ 7' owh:dge Of which he gave such ample proof in later life. He acquired for himself tf ?Unnig/:1S resiclence amongst us, in equal manner as he did later in India, the sincerest friendship and regard of all his colleagues.” In the interval which elapsed between the publication of the last paper and those which preceded it, Stoliczka, already a palaeontologist with a made reputation, had entered upon the new held of his labours. In the year 1862, Dr. Oldham, the Superintendent of the Geological Survey of India, visited Europe, lor the purpose of obtaining four additional assistants for the staff of the Survey. Large numbers of fossils had been accumulated by the labours of the Geological Survey in Southern India and elsewhere, and awaited the arrival in India of a qualified describer * It was important on this account that at least one of the four assistants to be selected should be a competent palaeontologist. Application was therefore made in Vienna to Dr. Haidinger and rofessor Suess, with the result that Stoliczka was named as a palaeontologist with an already established reputation, and as he proved, when introduced to Dr. Oldham, to be not only willing, but most anxious to obtain service in India, he was at once recommended to the Secretary of State for India as a suitable candidate to fill one of the vacant posts. Soon a terwards he was duly appointed. In order to make the acquaintance of some of his future colleagues, and see the country whose service he had entered, he forthwith paid his first visit to England, and was present at the meeting of the British Association which was held in the autumn of the year 1862 at Cambridge, together with Mr. W. T. Blanford, who was at that time home from India on leave, and also with Mr. A. B. Wynne, another of the newly appointed surveyors, by whom Stoliczka is described as being at that time a slight young fellow, wearing spectacles, and having a black beard and long hair brushed back AH who met him then, m spite of his difficulty in expressing himself in English, were impressed w! ! his unaffected geniality. The three colleagues were to have sailed for India together, but as Blanford and Wynne received instructions to take up work at Bombay, and Stoliczka was bound for the head office at Calcutta, this project was not carried out, and he started alone. On arrival in Calcutta the Cretaceous Fossils of Southern India were placed in his ands, and he soon set to work on his magnum opus , which, when completed, in 1873 contained 1,454 pages and 176 plates. In the year 1864 Stoliczka made his first acquaintance with the Himalayas, and as a result f f6 JOUrne7 wluch lie took in company with Mr. F. R. Mallet, of the Geological Survey who had previously visited a part of the same region, he published a memoir on the sections across the mountains from Wangtu Bridge, on the River Sutlej, to Sangdo on the Indus, to which was added an account of the geological formations in Spiti, with a revision of all the known fossils from that district (15). „ S ffihlSuntr«nit Betula bmpaltm, and in other places Pmus excelsa, which ranges almost highc “ and extends further into the interior than either Finns gerardiana or Cedrus deodo . * Dr. Stoliczka’s collection of Himalayan birds was subsequently described by Herr A. von lelzeln the bw Ornithologie ” for 1868, and a translation of the same by Lord Walden was published in the Ibis foi w P- 14 “ The eatable pine is, I think, pecnliar to the Sutlej Valley, and the seeds are a favourite food “ of the rare iSitta leucopsis. “ Fringillidce, like Metoponia pusilla, Loxia, himalayana. Propasser rodochrous, or Fre- “ gilus himalayanus, are usually found at the limit of trees, where they generally also “ breed. * * * “ The fauna of the more western portions of the Sutlej Valley can be viewed under two “ somewhat different sections, namely, that of the greater elevations, between 12,000 and “ about 6,000 feet, and that of the lesser elevation, 4,000 or 5,000 down to about 1,000 feet. “ The former section includes some of the largest forests of the Himalayan cedar, especially “ in the neighbourhood of Nachar, stretching on one side into the Wangur and Baspa “ valleys, and on the other along the tops of the hills almost to the immediate vicinity of “ Simla. About Guna and Serahan, between 7,000 and 9,000 feet, some of the finest “ specimens of the TJlmus himalayensis, Pavia indica, Juglans regia, mulberry, and other “ trees occur, besides a thick vegetation of low forests and brushwood. There exists on “ these moderate elevations a particularly mild climate ; the supply of water is abundant “ during the whole year, and some of the places best adapted for cultivation of grain, &c. are “ to be found here.” * * * * “ The Indian character of the flora and fauna becomes more prevalent the more we “ proceed southwards and the more we descend to lower elevations.” The country to which the paper refers extends for 180 miles along the course of the Sutlej from Shipki on the Tibetan frontier to Belaspur. The number of species of birds recorded amounted to 280, of which several were described as being probably new. In the year 1869 Stoliczka visited, during a [period of three months’ leave, portions of Burmah, the Malayan Peninsula, and the Andaman and Nicobar Islands, and in the following year a crop of papers on the malacology, ornithology, reptiles, &c. of these regions appeared in due course ; but before mentioning these in further detail, it should be recorded that in 1869 a new subject of investigation presented itself to him, which time did not admit of his pursuing further, as it was his intention to do when sufficient materials should have been accumulated. His first paper on this subject was entitled “ A Contribution “ towards the knowledge of Indian Arachnoidea ” (38), and in 1873 he published another “ on the Indian species of Thelyphonus ” (66). Such papers, it may be here noticed, not unfrequently evoked criticism from those specialists who looked upon them as incursions into their special domains ; but Stoliczka was generally well enough armed to be able to do battle with his critics, though in the multitude of the subjects which he undertook it was well nigh impossible but that here and there an oversight should occur, which his critics did not fail to detect. These remarks apply, for instance, to several of his ornithological papers, which sometimes contained statements or identifications with which other ornithologists could not agree. In some directions, however, he had pro- bably no peers, and in them no hostile critics were ever heard of. Other papers which also appeared in 1869 were “ Osteological notes on Oxyglossus pusillus [Buna pusillus, Owen) from the tertiary frog beds in the Island of Bombay ” (36), and “ Observations regarding the changes of organs in certain mollusca” (37). Among the above-mentioned results of Stoliczka’s visit to the islands of the Bay of Bengal there is to be first noted what might almost be spoken of as one of his regular descriptive letters sent to Vienna and published on this occasion in the Verhandlungen der Geol. Beichsantalt (39). It was addressed, like many others, to Dr. v. Haidinger. From it we 15 learn that he left Calcutta on the last day of July (1869), and made a short stay at Akyab, then spent a week in Rangoon and 16 days each at Moulmein and Penang, lie then had. a day at Malacca, eight days in Singapore, and thence proceeded to the Ni cobars and on to tne Andamans, reaching Calcutta by the 14th of October. His collections were most abundant as regards fish, mollusca (both marine and lan ) , arachnids, Crustacea, &c., and he also obtained some birds’ skins by purchase. Although he did little directly in reference to geology, he says, “ I am firmly convinced that a geologist learns more geology on such a journey than if he had worked the same time in the fielc,, I “ mean with hammer and chisel.” At Akyab he obtained living species of Lingula, and his observations on living Tellinas led him to pronounce unfavourably on Beshayes classification of that genus, and similarly with regard to H. and A. Adams’ classification of Glauco- nomya of which he found examples in brackish swamps at Rangoon. At Moulmein he found a number of land shells living on isolated rocks, each of which showed more or less peculiarities in the species or varieties found within its own particular limits. He says, “ I have never seen so splendid an opportunity for determining what a variety is, and how it becomes a species.” _ In Burmah he co-operated with Hr. Hay, who was engaged in preparing a report on the fish of that country. Of Penang he says, “ To give a description is beyond my powers, I cannot paint a picture “ sufficiently beautiful.” His letter enumerated his principal acquisitions as lie progressed, and he speaks in enthusiastic terms of his success at each of the localities. At bingapoie he obtained his first view of coral reefs in all their splendour, but with regard to them and their contents he observed and noted rather than collected. After a few remarks on the new English colony and its surroundings at Camorta in the Nicobars, where he spent but a short time, he elates how he subsequently sent back a collector from Calcutta, who obtained for him a rich harvest of valuable specimens ; then, referring to the coral reefs in the Andamans, he writes, I stood for hours on a sandstone prominence surrounded by coral reefs, observing how the soft shales (standing almost perpendicularly) between the hard sandstone layers were entirely “ washed away, how the living coral had built up in the eroded spaces, and how two wholly different formations presented themselves to the observer in apparently concordant layers at a depth of 50 to 60 feet below the level.” The shore life, with the distribution of the uiollusca, he found most instructive, and mentions some particulars. He concludes thus, “ You will now ask, what will you do with all this material ? “ What I can I will myself slowly work out, and as soon as I am ready I will deposit a “ portion of the collection in our museum here, and a portion in our museum m Vienna. My ornithological collection rtiust lie by for one or two years. • • Pirstly, I wi m my private morning time work out the reptiles as far as possible, I have many new species. Then I shall take up the Moulmein land shells, then a monograph of the “ Arachnids of Penang. Next year I will write a monograph on the Penang land shells, “ and then on those of the Nicobar and Andaman Islands, and, if possible, work out the “ birds. My Arachnids are particularly numerous; I have at least 150 new species, and many very interesting new genera.” , „ “ Of butterflies I have collected none, it was impossible to attend to everything, and or “ other insects I have very few ; but of Myriapods I have apparently a large number. He then speaks of the Crustacea which he had given to Mr. Wood-Mason, to describe, and of the fish which Hr. Hay had examined, and of which he was starting oh a large series to Vienna. 16 The letter concludes finally, like several others, with a brief sketch of the work in the field upon which his colleagues were engaged, and of his own paleontological publications con- nected with the Survey. During the year 1870 he published the following papers : “ Note on the Kjokkenmoddings “ of the Andaman Islands ” (41), which was founded on an examination of an old kitchen midden, the results obtained pointing to the existence of a race with some different habits from those of the existing Andamanese ; “ Note on a few species of Andamanese land shells ” (42) ; “A contribution to Malay Ornithology” (43), of which a critical review by the Marquis of Tweeddale appeared in the Ibis for 1871, p. 158 ; “ Note on three species of “ Batrachia from Moulmein ” (44) ; and “ Malayan Amphibia and Beptilia ” (45). In spite of these varied occupations, which, it will be observed, did not follow the order predicted in bis letter to Dr. v. Haidinger, his palaeontological work always occupied the principal part of his time, and, referring to it, Dr. Oldham in his annual report says, “ Dr. “ Ferdinand Stoliczka, Palaeontologist to the Survey, lias throughout maintained the same “ thorough and indefatigable devotion to the work he has undertaken as has hitherto “ distinguished his labours.” In 1871 the following papers and notes were published : “ Observations on Indian and Malayan Telphusidce ” (47); On the Anatomy of Cremnoconchus (48) ; “Notes on terres- trial Mollusca from the neighbourhood of Moulmein, Tcnasserim Provinces, with description “ of new species” (49) ; “Notes on some Indian and Burmese Ophidians” (50); “Note on “ Testudo JPhayrei ” (51) ; Tertiary Crabs from Siud and Each (Cutch) (53). The following letter to Bitter v. Hauer gives an account of bis palaeontological work :* “ Fou will see the next account of our progress in Oldham’s Annual Beport, which will “ be published at the end of this month. Geological surveying continues in all parts of “ India, my Himalayan work alone remains still interrupted, and it is not probable that I “ shall find time this year to go to Tibet ; willingly I made a revision of Spiti, for that “ is a key to wider work. Perhaps, when it becomes possible, I will go for three months “ to Niti, in Kumaon, where Strachey lias done so much work. I hear the Jurassic Beds “ are importantly developed there, and the Silurian Beds contain more fossils than in Spiti. “ The visit would therefore be specially interesting. “ My Peiecypoda are now finally ready. The second portion of the volume I will send “ next, and the third part will soon be printed. The whole volume will contain upwards of 600 pages and 50 plates. I have described 243 species from the South Indian Cretaceous formation, and made, as far as possible, a complete revision of all the living and fossil genera of Peleeypodes. The geological result is interesting. There are about 12 per cent, identical with European species, possibly more, but tbe identifications are less certain. It is note- “ worthy how the geological oyster layers correspond with the European. For example, Exogyra ostracina, Gryphcea vesicularis, and Ostrea ungulata are in Europe only found “ hi the chalk, with us also exclusively in the Arrialoor group, while Exogyra haliotoidea , “ Gryphcea suborbicularis ( columba ), G. vesiculosa, Ostrea carinata lie deeper in Europe, “ and similarly in India only occur in the Ootatoor group. Of other characteristic species I * “ Geologische Arbeiten in Indien” (from a letter to Herr Director v. Hauer, dated Calcutta, 8th March 1871). Vide 52. 17 can mention to you, Pholadomya caudata, Rom, Cytherea plena. Sow. Cai ivm pro uc turn, Protocardium hillanum, Sow, Eriphyla lenticular is, Goldf . Trig on ia sea ra, am Inoceramus cripsianus, and labiatus, Pecten curvatus, Gein, &e.. Not one sing e spe corresponds with those of the Gault. What wc have are Cenomanian, reac una t lence the highest Senonian. “ I hope the revision of the genera of the Peiecypoda will contain something useful. I have already received many encouraging letters about the Gasteropoda, althoug ' e enumeration must remain very incomplete, but it was the chief reason why I took up Peiecypoda with greater zeal. _ , “ During my private time I have written a rather long paper on the tertiary crabs of bincl “ and Cutch. The work is already at press, and the plates have been lithographed; it wii “ appear in a special part of the Palmontologia Indica. I describe two species of Palasocar- pilius, 1 Galenopsis, 2 Neptunus, a new genus of the rare family of the Eeucosi cc, an two are incompletely characterized. u “My zoological work goes slowly forward. I have some remarkable anatomical results “ in the Mollusca, and my paper for this year on this group will nearly take a whole number “ of the Asiatic Society’s Journal. I will next describe a new Comatula, and to it will add some remarks upon the importance of deep sea dredging in the Indian Ocean. e lave iop^ “ that the Government will do something, and that the matter will therefore be undertaken. , TMs record would be incomplete did it not contain some account aj Dr. I StoMra's soe^l We in Calcutta j for several years he lived in a house in Wood Street whew Ui was able to give a room to friends visiting him from the country, and had more or less ample accommodation for his collections. This latter qualified statement is made in £ ‘be fact that shelves laden with bottles, packing cases, the boxes materials °f living land shells and occasionally live snakes, besides books and other » g ■ crowded bis rooms. Here, in the midst of these surroundings, be entertained his friends, of whom ^ there “ay be said to have been two classes, one consisting mostly of men who were m a =™ate o less degree connected with scientific work, and the other of his own compatriots, .with whom he identified himself as a leading member of the German club. But this distinction sharply defined, as the Germans and other foreign residents included some men , °‘ . ‘s “0 his “ science, like Dm. Brandis, Schlich, and Kura, and Stolicaka's frequent inviUtrons to his English friends to entertainments given by the German club served m an important de0.ee to remove any barrier which might exist between the two communities. v Among those of the first-named class who partook of bis trim working at bis collections, the names of Jerdon, ay, o win , » ’ ^ ^ . Mason, Waterhouse, Medlicott, Blanford, Theobald, and Waagcn, with several colleagues belonging to the Geological Sm'vey, are the most prominent i tat b®d« were others too, mostly travellers or occasional visitors to Calcutta, like 1 . j With Allan Hume, too, ho was on terms of close intimacy and friendship an of th > hi h opinion and regard which Mr. Hume entertained for him ample testimony wi 11 be iound ‘be pages „f .. stray Feathers.” Officially, from liis position as a Secretary to the »ove “ent, he was able to promote Stolicska’s interests in many ways, and he never lost any opportunity which occurred to him of doing so. . , naraelv The name of another warm friend of Stoliczka should also be mentioned here, name y, c o Y 9787. 18 that of Colonel Hyde, Master of the Calcutta Mint, who, as President of the Asiatic Society during a part of Stoliczka’s term as Secretary, was very closely connected with him. In October 1871 Stoliczka visited Cutch, in order to unravel on; the spot, by actual examination, some of the doubtful questions as to the distribution of the fossils and the detailed subdivision of the beds belonging to the several formations which occur there. Some of the results which he arrived at are stated in letters addressed to Mr. A. B. Wynne, to whom with thoughtful and characteristic consideration, he wrote, “ my admiration for your work “ is no less on that account, because you did not discover everything.” He himself never published any account of these results, but some of them are given in the Manual of the Geology of India, and in Dr. Waagen’s description of the Cutch fossils which is published in the Palceontologia Indica. In the year 1872, after his return from Cutch, in March, the productive powers of Stoliczka’s head and hand, gauged merely by the number of papers which he published, may be said to have reached their maximum, for we find in this year no fewer than 11 distinct communications, of which six were on the Reptilia and Batrachia of various parts of India, Burmah, and Malayana (54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59), four consisted of anatomical and other notes upon the land mollusca of the Himalayas, Penang, and Burmah (60, 62, 63, 64), and one paper was devoted to a description of the mammals and birds inhabiting Cutch (61). In the introductory remarks to the last there is, as is usually the case in Stoliczka’s papers, a careful description of the physical, climatological, and vegetable conditions characterising the region in which the animals were found. * Such remarks are not easy to epitomise, and the following should be regarded rather as a sample than as a precis. He commences by saying that “ the study of local faunas must, for some time at least, continue one of the most “ important means of leading to a full understanding of Indian zoology. India combines “ such an enormous variety of physical conditions, namely, differences of level, climate, and “ vegetation, all of which have to be studied in connexion with the animal life, that one is “ almost lost in the chaos of information required, and is very apt to overlook conditions “ which may be essential for the explanation, not only of peculiarities as regards distinction “ of species, but also of those relating to geographical distribution.” “ The province of Cutch extends for about 150 miles along the tropic of Cancer, having a “ breadth of about 40 miles on either side of it, and the meridian of 70° E. longtitude passes “ through it a little eastward of the centre. The mainland stretches along the sea coast “ from the most eastern branch of the Indus to Kattiwar, from which it is separated by the “ Gulf of Cutch ; to the north and east it is entirely isolated from Sind and the eastern “ Rajputana States by the so-called Run, which was no doubt formerly an arm of the sea, “ but is now being much silted up. It has a varied breadth of from 40 to nearly 100 “ miles.” * * * “ During the rainy season by far the greatest portion of the Run is inundated, and a good “ number of the larger water birds are said to be seen on it. The slightly elevated ground “ which locally forms strips in the Run proper supports a very scanty vegetation of rough “ grasses ( Cyperacece ) and of a few scattered bushes of tamarisk, &c. ; this part is called the “ Buni, and if the monsoons are not heavy, it affords rich pasture for cattle during that “ time, but in the dry season even the nomadic Sindees are often obliged to leave it for “ want of water.” Then follows a description of the more elevated portions of the area. Of the climate he gives some particulars. The south-west and west winds bring but little moisture to 19 this ' parched country. “ The ground is so dreadfully heated under the powerful glare of a rarely covered sky that it seems entirely to prevent the approach of moisture, unless the atmosphere he near the point of saturation, and this seems indeed to be of very rare occurrence.” In December and January the temperature after mid-day rose to 80° to 90° in the shade, and in February to 100° ; the water supply, as might be expected, was bad. The simple recollection of the foul and dirty fluid that one is occasionally obliged to accept in order to quench his thirst is enough to make one shudder.” All these elements of physical condition to which I have briefly referred tend towards making the country a terra hospitibus ferox, an expression often repeated for want of a more suitable one, or, as an early traveller expressed himself, a country fit only for a geologist to travel in.” Under all the circumstances described, both the fauna and flora are poor ; the latter, in point of numbers, consists chiefly of plants which grow in sandy or saline soils, and as there are no forests, the larger Carnivora, Pachyderms, and Ruminants, and the ordinary feathered denizens of forests, are absent. Among Mammals the Rodents are most abundant ( Gerbillus, Sciurus, Lepus ), and next to them the Indian antelope and gazelle, all vegetable feeders. Of birds, 160 species were obtained, of which about 100 only were regular residents. Of Reptilia and Amphibia 30 species, and of fresh-water fish 18 species, which it was believed must be nearly the total number existing in this almost riverless region. Iu October of this year (1872), Dr. Stoliczka, in company with Dr. Waagen and myself, paid a visit to Darjiling, where he much enjoyed the relaxation from work. During this short trip he made a considerable collection of Cicadidce , intending to write a monograph of the family, but, for this he never found time. Early in the year 1873 an exploring tour to the Andaman and Nicobar Islands was orga- nised by Mr. Allan Hume, who arranged with the British India Steam Navigation Company that one of their steamers, which were in the habit of making the monthly trip from Calcutta to the settlements on these islands, should, in addition to completing its ordinary course, be placed at his disposal for the purpose of visiting the southern islands of the Nicobar group and various outlying islands of the Andaman group, concerning the natural productions of which but little was known. Dr. Stoliczka, Mr. Wood- Mason, assistant curator of the Indian Museum, and the writer were invited to be of the party, and a very enjoyable month was spent in exploring and collecting in these islands. Both Stoliczka and I had previously visited the islands on separate occasions, but as our explorations had not extended far beyond the limits °f Port Blair in the Andaman Islands, and Camorta in the Nicobars, we gladly availed our- selves of the unusual facilities thus afforded for making more extended investigations. Me left Calcutta in the steamer “ Scotia” on the 1st of March, with a cargo of supplies and convicts for Port Blair. Were there space available, there are ample materials* for giving an extended account of the tour and its results. To these published records I would refer the reader, confidently believing that if he should have an opportunity of reading the first of them, he will derive an amount of interesting information and amusement which will uiake him feel grateful for the reference. Somewhat to my surprise, Stoliczka on this occasion gave most of his time to assisting in the main object of the expedition, the investigation of the ornithology, and he was among the * Vide “Stray Feathers, Yol. II, 1874, pp. 29-139, and ;Jungle Life in India.” De la Rue, London, 1880, pp. 356-412. C 2 20 most energetic of those who shot birds ; he paid hut little attention to other branches, relying principally upon the collections of invertebrates which were made by his servant. He was in truth “ on pleasure bent,” and while he thoroughly enjoyed himself, his good fellowship was the cause of not a little of the pleasure from the trip which was derived by others. One incident, of which he was the hero, deserves particular mention, though the facts cannot for want of ’space he detailed in full here. Having landed, towards evening, with some others of the party on the Island of Meru, one of the Nicobars, he became separated from them and was lost in the jungle. After several attempts by his companions to find him had failed, and news of his loss had been brought to the steamer, a regular search party was organised, and at length, by his replying to our shots, he was discovered about midnight, fairly hemmed in, in the midst of a thorny jungle into which he had wandered. The joyful news that he was found, and was unhurt, was conveyed to those who were on board by a preconcerted signal discharge of fire-arms, and by three such cheers as it may safely he said were never before heard in that island. The scene presented in that jungle, when seen by the lurid blue lights which we carried, and as the motley group of English, Indian Lascars, and Nicobarese stood on the white coral strand, is one which is not likely to be forgotten by any of those who were present. As a memento of the occasion we brought away a fine specimen of the gigantic crab known as the cocoa-nut thief, Birgns latro, which we interrupted in his nocturnal rambles, and when we had subsequent experience of the tremendous powers of his claws, it was a matter of congratu- lation that neither Stoliczka nor any one of the relief party had unwittingly placed his foot within their reach. Ominous rustlings in the jungle had caused Stoliczka, after he had given up all hope of finding his way out, to climb up a tree, and it was only when ho heard our shots that he descended in order to reply. The crab is now in the Calcutta Museum. Copious doses of quinine which were taken by all the party served, perhaps, to ward off what otherwise might have been the unpleasant consequences of this memorable night’s adventure. After visiting, on the return route, some of the smaller islands lying off the Andamans, the Cocos, Preparis, and the volcanoes of Barren Island and N arcondam, we returned to Calcutta by the end of March. It had been arranged that Stoliczka, together with some other members of the Geological Survey of India, was to go as a deputation to the Vienna Exhibition in charge of a large collection of minerals and fossils intended to represent the Geology of India. Eor Stoliczka it would afford an opportunity of re-visiting his home and seeing and con- ferring with his scientific friends ; it is needless to say, therefore, that he looked forward to it with the utmost pleasure and ardour, hut it was not to be, a still greater attraction presented itself. The Government having recently received an Envoy from the newly appointed Atalik, or King of Yarkand and Kashgar, resolved to send a mission with return letters and presents. Mr. Eorsyth, now Sir Douglas Eorsyth, was chosen as the Ambassador and chief of the mission, and five other officers were selected to complete the number, six, which had been agreed upon with the Envoy as the limit of the party. These five officers were Dr. Bellow, Lieut.-Col. Gordon, and Captains Biddulph, Trotter, and Chapman. Stoliczka’s application to the Government to be appointed a member of the mission was not answered for some weeks, and rumour was rife as to whether the authorities would or would not recog- nise the importance of sending a geologist and naturalist. The difficulty as to the limit to the number of members constituting the mission was, however, got over, and at length, after 21 some other difficulties had been disposed of, instructions were conveye o o icz appointing him to the post of naturalist to the Yarkand Mission. He at once commenced to make the necessary preparations, and clear o an ears o ^ w by completing the publication of sundry papers which were passing throug 1 P These included the final fasciculi of his great work on the Cretaceous Fossils ot bout it em India, which, as already stated, contains nearly 1,500 large quarto pages of letter pi ess ant ^ plates, and seyeral papers on reptiles, arachnids, mollusca, and insects, which weie pu is ie in Volume XLII of the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. See Nos. bo, Ob, u, 68, 69. In a paper on the Passalidce which he read before the Society he took occasion describe the principles of philosophic classification advocated by Dr. Kaup, and the system of rational nomenclature proposed by Prof. Rartwig of Utrecht. The former, frith its mil of five species to each genus, encountered some hostile criticism, to which those n io vcie present will remember Stoliczka replied with considerable energy and warmth. While not exactly supporting the system himself, he claimed for it, on account of the lespect c ue o i inventor, careful consideration and examination by the application of test cases. . t may ie added that an obituary notice of Dr. Kaup appears side by side with that of Dr. Stoliczka in the Ibis for 1874, and the notice there of this artificial system of classification is not favourable.. Regarding the above-mentioned work on the Cretaceous fossils, Dr. Oldham, in his presi- dential address to the Asiatic Society,* said “These volumes form an invaluable record, “ descriptive of one of the finest and most extensive collections . from a single formation “ which has ever been brought together, and have been prepared with a fulness of Ulus ra- “ tion and a widely embracing accuracy of description which render them essential to the palaeontologist and almost equally essential to the recent concliolo0ist. . “ We desire to acknowledge the liberality with which the Government of the country las “ provided the funds necessary to enable us to double the quantity issued in the year oi t is series descriptive of Indian fossils, and we rejoice the more in this because we ica “ convincing testimony that the loving labours of my colleague Stoliczka are rea y appre- ciated. I, who can speak from experience of his unfailing eneigy, of his uu mna °L and marked accuracy, and of his wide range of knowledge of all the carings 0 “ subject, know full well the immense labour which these works represent, the ng scientific value of that labour, and the great interest which they have excitet amon0 “ paleontologists of Europe. But more than all this, I know, too, and appreciate fully tne unswerving loyalty to his task which the author lias invariably shown, an undeviating conscientiousness and devotion which he has brought to eai on accomplishment.” , . . , , , • Early in Mav information reached Stoliczka that the Government had appointed him naturalist to the mission as above stated, and on the 17th of that month he left Calcutta but before following him on that journey, from which he never returned, it will be convenient to say a few words as to the materials which exist for giving an account of this portion o lii ' sSy after the return of the mission and the arrival of the baggage at Simla in October the writer was deputed to receive over and take charge of the collections wluch W*- by Stoliczka. Many packing cases had to he sorted over and their contents roil h y classifiedf in order that the several divisions of the collection might be made over to those who should he appointed to work them out. The results of their respectivejitoouisaregivcn io Y,‘rt"‘,’ ~ “p“ “4 (subsequently sent to Vienna to Dr. Stoliczka’s brother, his nearest sui viving ie a ive 22 in this volume, and to any reader of them it will be sufficiently obvious that their value is largely dependent on the full notes and observations which were made by Stoliczka. These notes were contained in diary form in a number of pocket books, and one of the first things to be done was to put everything left in writing into shape for the printer. Some portions, complete in themselves, were printed in the records of the Geological Survey of India, No's. 75, 76, 77, and 78, and the remainder, forming the diary, were printed for private circulation among those who undertook the scientific description of the collections. This diary affords most remarkable testimony to the persistent energy with which Stoliczka carried on his observations and made his collections in spite of difficulties under which any one less resolute might have failed. As 60 large quarto pages of this diary have been thought to be too large an addition to make to this volume, I have been constrained to make a certain number of extracts from it, which will serve to convey some idea of its general character ; but I may, perhaps, be per- mitted to say that I have approached this part of my task with greater reluctance than any other. It is not by any means easy to condense such a diary as this, in which there is no padding and no fine writing, but which bristles throughout with observations on the geology, so far as it could be studied, and the animals and plants which were observed. His departure from Calcutta is dismissed by Stoliczka in four words : “ 17th May left Calcutta ” ; hut for those of his friends who were present at the Howrah Station on the night of that day to wish him good bye there was a certain impressiveness in the scene, not so much perhaps because there were any forebodings of evil, but rather because each one realised that during the two years which were expected to elapse before the return of the traveller many events might happen which might make or mar his success ; hut these events, whether political or otherwise, were all beyond Stoliczka’s personal control ; in him all con- fidence was felt, as being a man pre-eminently fitted in every respect for the arduous task he had undertaken. The diary proceeds to mention a brief visit paid to Simla and his progress thence to Murree, where he remained from the 10th June to the 15th July, with the exception of a few days’ run to Changlagali and Dungagali. During this period of a month he was engaged in making final preparations for the journey, wliile he geologised, shot birds, and busily searched for such land shells and reptiles as the unfavourable season afforded. Writing to Mr. A. B. Wynne from Murree he refers to the surprise expressed in a letter received from Dr. Olclham at his having elected to go to Yarkand rather than to Vienna, hut for his own part he felt regardless of what it might cost him if he could only accomplish all he desired should be done with reference to Central Asian geology and zoology. On the 15th of J uly a start was at last effected for Kashmir, and Srinagar was reached on the 27th. En route collecting birds and mollusca and observation of the geology progressed steadily, though at Oori he suffered for a day from a sort of sunstroke, from which, however, he rapidly recovered.* While at Srinagar several excursions on the lake enabled observations to be made ou the breeding of the water birds which abound there. On the 6th of August, Colonel Gordon having joined the advance party of the mission, marching was resumed. A day s halt at Sonamurg was spent by Stoliczka in the following way ; he writes : “ I went out “ in the morning on the northern slopes of the left bank of the river. They are rather thinly wooded with deodar, a good deal is low jungle. There are not many birds to be seen “ about in the highest forests. Hemichelidon is very common ; I found the nest with young * On the road to Srinagar, he met Mr . and Mrs. A. B. Wynne, and expressed to them a doubt as to his ever returning alive. 23 birds at the end of a branch of a tree about 40 feet above the ground. Yunx torquilla is “ decidedly rare. Sit la and Certhia are not common. An Alauda is common here, inter- mediate in size between guttata and dulcivox. Dumeticola affinis is rare, and another large bird like Dumeticola is also rare. Dhylloscopi and Abrornis were numerous ; all had young. Motacilla personata, moderately common, also Budytes, Oroccetes cinclorhynchus, Turdus hodgsoni, two species of Machlolophus, &c. I got also several shells. A Bulimus, mostly found on the currant bushes, which are rather abundant here in forests ; an Ampullopsis ( Helicarion ) ; a small llotula, very like that found about Murree ; a slug like the one I got at Changligali, having the foot sharply crested ; and a species of Macrochlamys, or, perhaps, Zonites, which is rare ; it resembles JA. petasus, but grows larger. Afzul Khan brought me a Bliaiomys leucurus “ from about 11,000 feet.” From the 14th to 17th, before and after reaching Dras, there were some stiff marches, the elevations crossed rising to 11,800 feet, while the temperature ranged from 38° to 130°. On the 27th the party reached Leh, where a halt was made till the 11th of September. On the 19th the Pangong lake was reached, when observations on the lake were made by the surveyors of the party and the geology was examined by Stoliczka. At Kiam and Pangtung the hot springs were found to have temperatures ranging from 100° to 135°, and a saline efflorescence connected with them consisted of soda and borax. Besides many birds, a wild yak and several Tibetan antelopes, Kemas hodgsoni, were seen between the above places. After the last-named date falls of snow caused much discomfort, but Stoliczka’ s diary does not dwell upon this, nor even upon a severe attack °f spinal meningitis which prostrated him for several days (1st to 6th October) at Kiziljilga. He merely records of it that he had been knocked up by the cold and had to remain nearly the whole time in tent, being therefore unable to observe. He was subsequently distressed at finding this sickness referred to as having been of a serious character in the newspapers, aud until Dr. Bellew impressed it upon him, did not realise the danger he had passed through, aud the risk which would be involved in a second attack. The temperature here fell to from 10° to 15° below zero, and a few days later the minimum thermometer registered — 33 at midnight, in spite of which, however, he records that a little tortoiseshell butterfly, Vanessa urticce , was caught on the snow. On the 13th of October the advance party was joined by the main force of the mission under Hr. Forsyth. Stoliczka rode with the others to meet the Ambassador, and remarks, “ Strange, “ they all thought me very ill or dying ” (from the account they had received of his attack). As a matter of fact, however, in the week which had elapsed since his attack he had accomplished much hard work, and had resumed his usual observations. From Shahidula, which was reached on the 18th, a visit was paid to the famous Jade “frnes at Karakasli, which have supplied the Chinese with this much esteemed mineral smee the earliest times. The jade occurs in veins in mica schist, which is associated with syenite. A full account of the mines forms the subject of a special paper (No. 75) which ■was printed in the Records of the Geological Survey. It is said, on the authority of Hr. Johnson, that the best iade was obtained further east, on the same range, on the road to Khotan. By means of yaks, which were supplied by Rosi-beg, the headman of the Sanju Kirghiz, the Hidjik or Jujgi pass was crossed on the 23rd. “ The Sanju pass is undoubtedly the most “ difficult we have had as yet ; our last day’s camp was about 13,500 feet high, while the “ pass is 16,500. The ascent is steep, and though the road is tolerable, the slope was m 24 “ several places on the frozen path very steep, and consequently dangerous. The ridge is “ very narrow, only about 10 feet broad at the top ; a rugged uneven rock. On the northern “ side the pass is very steep for a couple of thousand feet or more, and then the road leads “ into an open grassy valley. At the camp wood and grass were procurable.” At Sanju there was a halt from the 27th October to 2nd November, during which time Stoliczka obtained a number of birds and made observations on the geology ; he mentions, too, the rather curious fact that Char as, the well-known intoxicating preparation made from hemp, is sent from thence to India via Ladak. The people were of a more Aryan type than the Khirgiz, had fair complexions, rosy cheeks, and proved to be of friendly disposition. On the 8th of November the party reached Yarkand, where they met with a suitable reception from the Dadkhwa, a local functionary (governor) representing the Atalik, who was himself at Kashgar. Not very much freedom was enjoyed by the party, who appear to have been under a sort of honourable espionage. Stoliczka, however, managed to do some collecting in the neighbourhood of the city, his attention being especially directed to a swamp, where he obtained a number of birds. Of his experiences during the 20 days which the party spent in Yarkand he records some interesting particulars. The following letter to a friend in Vienna gives, however, a more general sketch of his proceedings during that period : — “ * We had a dreadfully cold and difficult journey across the Himalayan Mountains. My “ toes were frozen for a whole month, and were not really thawed till we reached Yarkand. “ On the 17th September we left the last village, Tanksi in Ladak, and on the 26th “ of October we came to the first village in Turkistan, which was Kiwaz, south of Sanju. “ From Sanju to Yarkand there are seven marches, the first five over waste lands with “ solitary oases, or rather woods, which are inhabited. The last two marches are in inhabited “ country, but nothing grows except by watering. Here, in Yarkand, the climate is almost “ European. We receive each day the finest grapes, apples, and pears that you can imagine. « The custom is that the governor sends us each day a ‘ dastar-khwan 5 with fruits, both “ fresh and dried, pilaus , &c. All these are spread openly upon a carpet, and the guests sit “ round about, the knees bent as in a Catholic church. One must not allow the toes to be “ seen when sitting, a position which is very uncomfortable — like the Turkish. But one must “ in time accustom oneself to all things ; one must rejoice that his throat has not been cut. “ Such freedom as we have is, of all things, in our situation not to be envied. It is not the “ custom to go about the country until one has seen the king. To live within four walls “ for 20 days is certainly not agreeable. “ Only this morning the day was fixed for our journey to Kashgar, where the king is. “ When we bring the treaty to a conclusion, and as soon as the articles are signed, we have “ been promised that we shall go about in the country. We shall remain about two months “ in Kashgar, then we hope to receive permission to travel for three months in Turkistan, “ and then to return by the Pamir plateau, Badakshan, and Kabul back to India. “ The latter journey will probably be the most interesting. By November or December of " next year I shall be back in Calcutta. I have already a good zoological collection, some “ new birds and mammals, and many fish. Geology is very meagi’e. Here there is nothing “ but loess. Hills only to be seen in the distance. The air is never clear, being always full “ of dust.” * Reise nach Yarkand (from a letter to Dr. A. Schrauf, dated Yarkand, 28th November, 1873). — Ver. der Iv.K. Geol. Reichs. 1874, p. 119. 25 After a farewell feast given by the Dadkhwa on the 27th, marching was resumed on the following day, and on the 4th of December Yangihissar, or Kashgbar, was reached, and the party were forthwith summoned to the presence of His Majesty the Atalik, by whom all were well received ; but the formal presentation of the letters of the Queen aud the Governor General of India, with the accompanying presents, was postponed for about a month, till the 10th of January. During the interval the members of the mission were enabled to go about freely, and Stoliczka availed himself of the liberty to collect and observe in the neighbourhood. He also obtained specimens of some of the large mammals, such as the great sheep, Ovis karelini, which were brought in by the inhabitants for sale. A few days later he started with Colonel Gordon and Captain Trotter on a trip to the Cliadirkul, and he then had an opportunity of seeing a number of these noble animals, 130 in one day, of which 85 were in one flock. In this trip the party came under the observation of some Iiussian-Kirghiz spies, who, however, disappeared at their approach, and nothing more was heard of them. At Chakmak, the Toksawa, or commander of the fort, insisted on their taking with them nine Kulja ( Ovis karelini) and Tekke , or ibex ( Capra sibirica ) from his store of winter provisions. The general results of Stoliczka’s geological observations were recorded in papers which he wrote from time to time, some of them, having been forwarded by post, were published as soon as ^ey reached India. On the 2nd of February the treaty with the Atalik was duly signed, and on the 14th some °f the party started on an excursion to Artish and Kalti Ailak, encountering much snow and the inconveniences resulting from delayed baggage during the trip, in which, however, numerous observations on the geology were made. On the 3rd of March Colonel Trotter and Dr. Stoliczka returned to Kashgar, and a few days later it was decided to arrange for the return journey to India, certain visits to coal and other mines which were to have been shown to Stoliczka having been abandoned, apparently on political grounds. The party to which Dr. Stoliczka was attached was instructed to march to India by the Pamir and Kabul. On the 16th of March they shook hands with the Atalik, and took their leave of Kashgar on the following morning ; marching was continued daily till Panjali was reached, on the 14th of April, when, in consequence of the disturbed condition of Kabul, the original intention °f returning through that country, via Badakshan, was relinquished by Colonel Gordon, who Was in charge of the detachment from the main camp with which Stoliczka travelled. The route of the Pamir Kulan was adopted, and Panjah was left on the 25th. As the temperature ameliorated with the advance of the season, gentians and other lloweis be§'an to appear, and Stoliczka’s notes on the vegetation at various elevations, though of Necessity not extensive, are often very interesting. -A-t Sarikol, which was reached on the 8th of May, Stoliczka records that he lieai d to 11s horror ” that they were to return by the same road as that by which they had gone to Yangihissar. It was no doubt a keenly felt disappointment to him to see an opportunity f°r traversing a new line of country thus put out of reach. ^ At Pasrobat he found the vegetation more advanced than elsewhere, which he attributed to the effects cf numerous hot springs. On the 21st of June the party re-entered Yarkand, where they remained to the 27th. At this period a new subject is added to those with which Stoliczka’s diary previously abounded, this is the nidification of birds, and under this heading there are many valuable observa- tions recorded. At Beshterek he noticed a curious dimorphism on the leaves of a species o o Y 9787. 26 poplar. He says, “ I noticed that all the .Popuhis balsamifera, which have all their branches “ cut off and are much mutilated, have in the lower part of the stems very thin leaves, much “ like those of the willow, while the ordinary form of leaves is only seen near the top. I “ have taken some branches with two entirely different kinds of leaves. Palaeontologists would make two different genera out of these leaves. Why should these lower leaves he so “ narrow ? It is evidently a want of development ; some of the poplar hushes have only these narrow leaves. It is the same thing as with the mulberry when on the lower “ undeveloped branches all the leaves are much slit and emarginated.” In a letter to Mr. A. B. Wynne, dated 30th May, he says : “ The worst news I can give you is that I am on my way back, already two marches out of Yarkand, and all this “ without having seen Aksu or Farfan ; hut I went across the Pamir to Waklian and back with a party under Colonel Gordon. The geology is all very meagre, nothing but gneiss “ and old rocks without fossils ; with the exception of a few Triassic and very few Car- “ boniferous brachiopods, I got nothing. My volume on the geology of the Yarkand “ Embassy will not he a brilliant one, but I intend supplementing it by work to the south “ of the Indus, in Bupshu and Spiti, through which I shall return to Simla.” Here and there there are indications in this diary, of which, indeed, other evidence is not wanting, that Stolickza’s enthusiasm as a naturalist had become infectious, and that some of his companions had become, to some extent, his competitors in the search for rarefies. And though he says occasionally that he should have liked certain specimens which one or other of them had obtained, he did so in the interest of the Indian Museum, where he thought such would he most fittingly preserved. Kufelang was reached on the 12th of June, and here, so far as is known, he wrote the last letters which were received by any of his correspondents. The following, addressed to the writer of this memoir, arrived in Calcutta hut a few days before the news of Stoliczka’s death brought sorrow to the hearts of so many of his friends. In it there is no trace of anything but confident resolution as regards the future, hut the last paragraph hut one gives a slight insight into what he had gone through, and what his sufferings before the final and fatal attack must have been “ My Deab Bael, “ Kufelang, 12th June 1384. Since I answered your letter I got two more of yours. How good of you to write “ so regularly ; hut do not blame me if I am a little tardy ; the fact is we often get our “ letters in a lump, some a month in advance of others. “ I shall he at Leh about 1st J ulv, write there my preliminary report, leave about the 13th, “ and go through Itupshu, Spiti, and Kulu, so as to be at Calcutta about the 1st of November, “ when I hope to see you all. “We had a very tough journey from Yarkand by the Koggar route, first heat, then any “ amount of water and cold. Here at the camp you would not find a single flowering plant, “ except Myricaria gallica, sticking 6 inches above ground ; the higher bushes do not “ flower at all. Our baggage animals are dreadfully reduced by want of provisions, but we “ hope to reach more stores to-morrow at Aktagh. If we do not our animals will he reduced “ bv half over the Karakoram passes, and our journey a very tough one. With the exception “ of a few hot days at Yarkand, I had not a pleasant warm day for the last 10 months, so I will be glad of a few days’ recess at Leh. I hear Shaw is coming up to take his appointment “ at Kashgar, the former Envoy to India is coming over to Calcutta, but it is said he will also “ proceed to Constantinople. 27 I iiave made a fair zoological collection, and will have at the end of my journey, certainly materials for two volumes. The geological and palaeontological part will he somewhat meagre, but this cannot be helped when full half the ground was under snow at the time of my journey. ^ $ Hi ❖ # * Hs ^ I will not he able to do anything for the Asiatic Society of Bengal ; I shall have enough oi my °wn work to prepare for my leave next year. I am afraid I will not he able to go home before the end of May next. "lam delighted to hear of such a lot of good work being turned out by the Survey. The chief (Dr. T. Oldham) will, I hope, have returned by next winter, and also Waagen. ^ou ask about Bulram (Stoliczka’s bearer). Of course he is with me, and grey, and looking as old as myself. I can hardly recognise myself ; but few know what I suffered in order only to do some work. ******** “ Please tell Waterhouse to order for the Asiatic Severtzov’s “ TurkestansTcie Jevotnie ” immediately, if it is not at the Indian Museum. If they do not like ordering it, order it for myself through Trubner without delay. Do not forget, please. Stege’s death great loss to me.* “ Ever sincerely yours, “ Eerd. Stoeiczka.” In a letter to Mr. A. B. Wynne, written on the same day, he refers to the impracticability of any trade in Salt Range salt to Turkistan being established, as salt is already cheap there, the price being one pice for a pound of small cubic crystals, and seven annas for a donkey load of common efflorescent salt fit for animals. the 16th the Karakorum was ascended, and the elevation caused Stoliczka to feel pains in the back of his head, but this is not referred to in the diary. On the 17th of June the party reached Bursi, and Stoliczka’s record of the day’s work was follows : A long march of about 24 miles. Eirst we crossed for several miles the Dipsang plain, av liielx is utter barren waste, with solitary, low, clumsy hills, probably still belonging to the haglang series. Then we ascended towards the watershed of the high plain, crossing several streams flowing eastward, but which, further on, no doubt, turn round and join the Shaiok, which flows from the Kundan Glaciers. In ascending to the watershed the low, worn-down hills to the west were thickly strewn with round pieces of whitish or reddish compact limestone, intermingled with boulders, harge and small, of fine grained syenitic gneiss. This must be somewhere in situ, near the head of the watershed. Further on there were many greenstone boulders coming down from the west, and this rock must also be somewhere up there in situ. At last we ‘ descended into a narrow gorge, the sides of which for fully a mile consisted of limestone conglomerate, the boulders, of white, grey, or black limestone, being well rounded and worn, and cemented together with a bright red stiff clay ; upon this followed rather indifferently * This gentleman was the captain of a ship, with whom Stoliczka had shared in a mercantile speculation. In a letter to A- B. Wynne, dated 30th May, he mentioned his financial loss ; but as he had no one to provide for, he expressed a mere passing regret that his money was gone, and implied that he would have been satisfied if he only received the zoologicai collections which Captain Stege was to have made for him. X> 2 28 “ bedded, mostly massive white dolomitic limestone, and this was overlain by bluish shales “ and well bedded limestone, extending from about six miles south of Bursi to the camp. 1 “ must have a ramble in these limestones to-morrow ; they seem to be triassic, compact with “ layers full of small Cfastcropods, among which I recognised a Nerinea. The so-called “ Karakorum stones, i.e., corals, occur in dark shales below the limestones, which are topped “ by a yellowish brown well-bedded limestone of ? age ; the whole series dips to south-east “ at a moderate angle.” Here the diary terminates, for although on the following day a march forward was accomplished, by the evening of that day the power to record the observations was at an end, and we must look to others to furnish the details of what took place during the few hours which remained of Dr. Stoliczka’s life and labours on earth. Towards the end of June a short note from Mr. Allan Hume conveyed to us in Calcutta the sad news, which had been sent by telegraph to the Foreign Office at Simla, that Dr. Stoliczka was dead. En due course the post brought an official announcement from Colonel Gordon, addressed to Mr. H. B. Medlicott, who was at that time Acting Superintendent of the Geological Survey of India. Colonel Gordon describes in this letter, in sympathetic language, the circumstances attending the death, but the facts are given somewhat more in detail by Captain Trotter, who wrote to Captain Chapman on the same date (19tli June), for the information of the advance party under Mr. Forsyth. This letter bears testimony to the kindness with which those who were present attended Stoliczka in his last moments. For the writer, Captain Trotter, Stoliczka had expressed the greatest regard in some of the letters which he had written to his friends in India, and that the esteem was heartily reciprocated is fully apparent in the lines which follow : “ My Dear Chapman, Camp Murghi, June 19, 1874. “ Col. Gordon is writing to Mr. Forsyth the melancholy intelligence about poor “ Stoliczka, but you may all of you like to hear more details about his last illness titan the “ Colonel will have time to write. “ On the 16th, the day we crossed the Karakorum, he complained of head-ache, the pain “ being at the back of his head, but as he had suffered from head-ache more or less on every “ occasion of going up to a great height, I did not think anything of the circumstance nor “ of its continuation. “ On the 17th we crossed the Dipsang plains, and were still, as you know, on very high “ ground. “ On the 18tli (yesterday) he started on horseback early in the morning to examine some “ rocks up the stream which joins the main river at Burchae, and joined us at breakfast “ halfway between Burchae and this. He was then looking fagged and complained of his “ head on arrival here. About noon he lay down, and very shortly commenced to breath “ very heavily and coughed a good deal and spat ; his head and hands were very hot, and his “ pulse beat very rapidly and strongly. He complained much of pain in his neck and the “ back of his bead, and on my advice he put on two mustard plasters, one on his neck and “ the other on his chest. They did not, however, appear to give much relief. In the even- “ ing the cough was very bad, and the native doctor made up some mixture to relieve the “ irritation which caused the cough, which, however, continued all night. “ In the morning the cough was much subdued, but he appeared much exhausted and “ scarcely conscious. From the previous evening he had spoken nothing but an occasional 29 monosyllable in answer to questions put to him. He would generally, however, take no notice of anything said to him. I twice asked him this morning if he still had pain in his neck, to which he replied, no. “ The native doctor appeared to think that he was suffering from acute bronchitis and inflammation of the lungs, hut from what Biddulph and myself had seen of Ins previous illness, it was clear that the disease was the same as the former one, viz., what is known as spinal meningitis. On the doctor’s advice, however, a blister was placed this morning on his right side. He continued up till noon in a semi-unconscious state, occasionally taking a little chicken broth and a little brandy mixed up in the cough mixture. He did not appear to be better or worse, generally making about 50 respirations in the minute, irregular, however, and very often alternately deep and heavy and short and. light ; the respiration throughout the day was always accompanied by a rattling noise, somewhat resembling that of a ripple on the sea shore or the noise of a troop file-firing in the distance. Later it appeared to me that the rattle was more continuous, although less loud, and the breathing somewhat easier. “ About 2 p.m. he made a gesture that he wanted to sit up ; he was accordingly moved to a chair and I gave him some port wine, but his appearance was so ghastly and he was in such “ a state of exhaustion that I called in Biddulph from the next tent. B., thinking him worse, fetched Col. Gordon. Meanwhile, he was moved back to his bed ; he tried to sit up, and I got behind him to support him. Meanwhile the Colonel came in. llic lattling noise ceased, but he still breathed deeply ; his respiration grew slowmr and slower, as also did his “ Pulse, and he finally breathed liis last, dying so quietly that it was impossible to say at what precise instant he passed awray. There was no struggle, and he died apparently without pain, a quiet and peaceful expression remaining on his countenance after death. “ From the time he came in yesterday until he passed away he hardly spoke a word, and conversation was, of course, impossible. Occasionally, when looking at me, I would observe a very anxious expression of countenance, from which I inferred that he was aware of his critical position. In fact, in previous conversations, weeks before, he told me that a second attack of meningitis would be bis certain death, it being rare that a first attack is recovered from. He took great precautions in clothing, &c. to prevent his getting a chill, but the passage of the Karakorum brought on that w'hich he was so anxious to avoid. I cannot help thinking that the height had much to do with it, at all events aggravated the symptoms ; he had been exposed to far greater cold on the Pamir trip, but without the same elevation, and he had not suffered. “ Apart from the bitter regret that we must all feel at the loss of one who has been our constant companion for so many months, the loss to the scientific world will be very great. He made copious notes during our trip to the Pamir, but no one will have the knowledge to utilise them as he would have done himself, and it is possible that they may not be in a shape to enable an outsider to make competent use of them, and his intended geological “ observations between Leh and Simla would, with his previous investigations of Himalayan geology, a subject with which he wras, perhaps, better acquainted than any man living, have enabled him to write a most complete and valuable report. I can hardly yet realise his “ loss, it has been so sudden and unexpected. It is a most melancholy termination to our trip, which would otherwise have been so successful. “ There was, as I told you, no opportunity for him to communicate his wishes or to send “ messages to his family. Prom yesterday evening he has been in a state of semi-uncon- 30 “ sciousness, and evidently unable to collect his thoughts, even if he had been able to speak. “ Had I known the names or addresses of any of his relatives, I would have written. Should “ you or Bellew know, you might forward them this letter in order that they may have some “ account of his last moments. He could not have passed away more quietly, and the calm “ and peaceful expression of his countenance after death showed, I think conclusively, that “ the latter had no terrors for him. “ Believe me, “ Yours sincerely, “ Henry Trotter.” Colonel Gordon, in his letter to Mr. Medlicott above referred to, states that he had at once sent off the body in charge of a company of Tartar horsemen, who were instructed to travel night and day, to Leh, which was still 11 marches off. They reached Leh on the evening of the 23rd, the departure of Mr. Forsyth’s party having been delayed in order that the members of the mission might be present at the funeral, the circumstances connected with which are related in the following letter from Captain Chapman to Mr. H. B. Medlicott. “ Camp Lama Yaru, *“ Dear Sir, June 27, 1874. “ It will, I think, be a satisfaction to you to hear the arrangements that we in Leh “ made for the reception of poor Stoliczka’s remains, and to learn that the interment took “ place on the 23rd instant with all outward tokens of respect. “ The procession, which was escorted by a company of horsemen, reached Leh on the “ evening of the 23rd, and was met at the entrance to the compound of the British Joint “ Commissioner by Mr. Forsyth and the officers of the mission, who were all in uniform. “ The body was at first placed in a room of the rest house which stands in Capt. “ Molloy’s garden, and Hr. Bellew made a post-mortem examination, which proved that “ death had resulted in consequence of over-exertion in strenuous endeavours after informa- “ tion, and the great height at which Gordon’s detachment journeyed. “ After the coffin was closed, the Union Jack was spread over it, and it was borne by six “ soldiers to the grave. The interment was attended by the whole of the followers of the “ mission, natives, Mahomedans, Sikhs, and Tartars, and the greatest sympathy was shown “ on the occasion. The burial service was read by Mr. Forsyth. Besides us, there were “ present Capt. Molloy, the British Joint Commissioner, Mr. Johnson, Wazir of Ladak, and “ Capt. Carre, E.H.A. The grave, of stone work, was situated in a willow plantation in a “ garden next the house of Capt. Molloy. The place where we laid our much lamented “ companion to rest will certainly be at all times maintained and cared for. It was to all of “ us a sad gratification to have the opportunity of showing the last proof of our respect and “ affection for him ; the sorrow and pain that we feel at his loss will be to each of us of long “ duration. “ I have, at this distance, no opportunity of sending papers with the customary notice for “ his friends’ information. I also do not know poor Stoliczka’s age ; will you, therefore, “ have the goodness to do what is necessary for me.” “ Your most obedient servant, “ E. F. Chapman.” * The original of this letter not being available, it has been retranslated from a German translation published in Ver. der K. K. Geol. Ileichs. Wein, 1874, p. 284). This will account for verbal differences. 31 Deep and widespread was the grief caused by the sad intelligence conveyed in these letters. Ample testimony of the esteem which was felt, both for the personal qualities and the scientific ability of the deceased, will he found in the numerous obituary notices, references to some of the more important of which, omitting those in the daily press, will he found below, f The Government of India in due course took steps to place a suitable inscription over the grave, by means of which their high appreciation of Dr. Stoliczka as a public servant and as a man of science was fully recorded. The Austrian Government voted 1001. for the purpose of having a bust executed for Vienna of one who as an Austrian subject had by his dis- tinguished career done honour to the country of his birth, as well as to that of his adoption. The Asiatic Society of Bengal, remembering the eminent services of their Natural History Secretary, lost no time in forming a committee for the purpose of collecting subscriptions in order to perpetuate Dr. Stoliczka’s memory at the scene of his principal labours. To them appeal for this purpose a ready and generous response was made, and a sum of nearly 3501. was collected, part of which was expended in obtaining a marble bust, which now stands near the entrance of the Indian Museum in Calcutta, and the remainder was devoted to procuring a painted portrait, which is hung in the apartments of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. It needs not that this narrative should conclude with any special panegyrics on the merits of the scientific work accomplished by Dr. Stoliczka. The story of his short and active life which has been set forth in these pages, much of it being told in his own words, will enable readers of it who had not the privilege of knowing him to form their own opinion and pass judgment on the facts herein set forth. If this memoir has been written as the subject deserved that it should be written, those whose knowledge of the man dates only from the reading of these pages can scarcely fail to join in the chorus of testimony which unanimously declared the loss science had suffered by his untimely death at the age of only 36. It avails uot to speculate now upon what has been lost to the world by the sudden cessation of the woik which proceeded from that well stored and industrious brain. But while we give Dr. Stoliczka s memory all honour for the great work which he accomplished, we must not, nay cannot, °mit to accord the still higher honour which should belong to the memory of one of so unselfish, generous, and upright a character, and of whom it can truly be said that though he was at times subject to causes of irritation arising from the severity of the climate and fiom ill-health, and though his superior judgment in scientific matters might have tempted him to be severe, still his published and unpublished letters, no less than his printed papers, are totally devoid of anvthing which could cause annoyance to any of his contemporaries. As an author and" scientific authority it is perhaps not too much to say that he might have secured for himself a wider reputation if he had published more largely in European journals, und if he had become a contributing member of some of the scientific societies in London , t Obit dart Notices op Dr. Stoliczka. By Col. Hyde, President, A.S.B., and Mr. H. B. Medlicott, Proc. As. Socy. Bengal, 1874, p. 153. Verhandlungen der K. K. Geologischen Reichsanstalt, 1874, pp. 253 and 279. By Dr. T. Oldham. Annual Report of the Geological Survey of India : Rec. Geol. Survey of India, Vol. VIII 1875, p. 1. By Mr. H. B. Medlicott. Records of the Geological Survey of India, Vol. VII, p. 81. Geological Magazine, Decade II, Vol. I, 1874, p. 382. Ibis, 3rd Series, Vol. IV, p. 470. By Mr. W. T. Blanford. “Nature,” X, p. 185. 32 llut he never swerved in his loyalty and efforts to raise the standard of the scientific periodicals of the country of his adoption. Whatever of his was published in Europe during his Indian career consisted either of old work done in Austria or of resumes sufficient merely to indicate the scope and results given in full in Indian publications. As he won for himself the esteem and regard of those who surrounded him in his last moments, but who a few months previously had been all unknown to him, so also he obtained the sincere and hearty friendship of many wherever he went. In the majority of cases these friendships were maintained on both sides by frequent and sympathetic correspondence, and were only terminated on that fatal morning of the 19th of June 1874. CATALOGUE OE 79 SCIENTIFIC PAPERS AND PUBLISHED LETTERS WRITTEN BY DR. E. STOLICZKA BETWEEN THE YEARS 1859 AND 1874, INCLUSIVE. 1. 1859. Ueber eine der Kreide-formation angehorige Siisswasserbildung in den Nord- ostlichen Alpen. Wien. Sitz. Bcr. XXXVIII, 1859, p. 482. 2. 1861. Ueber die Gastropoden und Acephalen der Hierlatz-Schichten (1860). Wien. Sitz. Ber. XLIII, (Abtli. 1), 1861, p. 157- 3. 1861-62. Tertiar Petrefacten aus dem Siidalpen. Wien. Geol. Verhandl. XII, 1861-62, p. 16. 4. 1861-62. Ueber das eigenthiimliche Auftreten Crystallinischer Schiefergebilde im Sud- westlichsten Ungarn. Wien. Geol. Verhandl. XII, 1861, 1862, p. 114. 5. 1861-62. Die Geologischen Verhaltnisse der Bezirke des Oguliner und der Sudlielien Compagnien des Szluiner Regimentes in der Karlstadter K. K. Militargrenze. Wien. Jahrb. Geol. XI, 1861-62, p. 526. 6. 1862. Oligocmne Bryozoen von Latdorf in Bernburg (1861). Wien. Sitz. Ber. XLV, Abtli. 1, 1862, p. 71. 7. 1862. Ueber heteromorphe Zellenbildungen bei Bryozoen ( Coelophyma , Reuss.). Wien. Zool. Bot. Ver. Verhandl. XII, 1862 ( Abh .), p. 101. 8. 1862. Beitrag zur Kentniss der Molluskenfauna der Cerithien- und Inzersdorfer Schichten des Ungarischen Tertiarbeckens. Wien. Zool. Bot. Ver. Verhandl. XII, 1862, Abh., p. 529. 9. 1863. Bericht uber die in Sommer 1861 durchgefuhrte Uebersichtsaufnahme des Sudwcstlicbsten Theiles von Ungarn. (1862). Wien. Jahrb. Geol. XIII, 1863, p. 1. 10. 1863. Ueber das eigenthumliche Auftreten crystallinischer Scliiefer-Gebilde im Sudwestliclien Ungarn. Pressburg. Corresp. Blatt. II, 1863, p. 76. 11. 1864. Critische Bemerkungen zu Herrn. Er. A. Romers Beschreibung der Nord- deutschen tertiaren Polyparien. Neues Jahrb. Mineral. 1861, p. 340. 12. 1864. Note on Lagomys curzonice. J. A. S. B., Vol. XXXIV, Pt. II, p. 108. 33 13. 1865. On the Character of the Cephalopoda of the South Indian Cretaceous rocks. Geol. Soc. Quart. Jour., XXI, 1865, p. 407. Phil. Mag., XXIX, 1865, p. 550. Wien. Verhandl. Geol., XV, 1865, p. 17. 14. 1865. Geologische Schreihen aus Simla (1864). Wien. Sitz. Ber., Yol. L, 1865, p. 379. 15. 1865. Geological Sections across the Himalayan Mountains from Wangtu Bridge on the River Sutlej to Sungdo on the Indus ; with an account of the formations in Spiti ; accompanied by a revision of all known fossils from that district. Mem. Geological Survey of India, Yol. V, pp. 1-152. 16. 1866. Summary of Geological Observations during a visit to the Provinces R/upshu, Karnag, South Ladak, Zanskar, Surzoo, and Dras of Western Tibet in 1865. (Dated Calcutta, March 1866.) Mem. G. S. I., Vol. V., pp. 337-354. 17. 1866. Eine Revision der Gastropoden der Gosauschichten in den Ostalpen. Wien. Sitz. Ber. LII, 1866, p. 104. 18. 1866. Geologische Schreihen aus Kaschmir. Wien. Sitz. Ber., LII, 1866, p. 664. 19. 1866. Einige Betrachtungen iiber den Charakter der Elora und Eauna in der Pmgebung von Chini, Provinz Bisahir, im Nordwestliclien Himalaya Gebirge. Wien. Zool. Bot. Verhandl., XYI, 1866 (Abb.), p. 849. 20. 1866. Catalogue of the specimens of Meteoric Stones and Irons in the Museum of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, Calcutta, corrected up to July 1866. Stoliczka, Dr. E., and Blanford, H. E. J. A. S. B., Yol. XXXV, Part II, p. 43. 21. 1863-1866. Cretaceous Eauna of Southern India. Pal. Ind. I. The Cephalopoda. 13 parts. ( Belemnitidce and Nautilidce by H. E. Blanford, pp. 1-40, pis. 25.) Ammonitidce, Pp. 41-216, pis. 69 (six double). 22. 1866. Additional observations regarding the Cephalopodous fauna of the South Indian Cretaceous deposits. Rec. Geol. Survey of India, Vol. I, p. 32. 23. 1866. General results obtained from an examination of the Gastropodous fauna of the South Indian Cretaceous deposits. Rec. G. S. I., Vol. I, p. 55. 24. 1867-1868. Cretaceous fauna of Southern India. Pal. Ind. II. Gastropoda, PP- xiii-500, plates 28. 25. 1868. On Jurassic deposits in the North-west Himalaya. Geol. Soc. Quart. Jour., XXIV, 1868, p. 506. 26. 1868. Calcutta Schreihen an Herrn Hofratli Ritter v. Haidinger 20 Janner 1868. Wien. Verhandl. Geol., 1868, p. 94. 27. 1868. Die Andaman Insel, Assam, u.s.w. Wien. Verhandl. Geol., 1868, p. 192. 28. 1868. Arbeiten an dem Geological Survey in Calcutta (aus einem Schreihen an Herrn Hofrath Ritter v. Haidinger, Calcutta, 11 Juni). Wien. Verhandl. Geol., 1868, p. 244. 29. 1868. N aturwissenschaftlichen Arbeiten in Indien (aus einem Schreihen an Herrn. Hofrath Ritter v Haidinger, Calcutta, 15 Nov. 1868). Wien. Verhandl. Geol., 1868, p- 415. 30. 1868. Note on Pang shura teeta and the other species of Clielonia from the newer Tertiary deposits of the Nerbudda Valley. Rec. G. S. I., Vol. II, p. 36. O Y 9787. E 34 31. 1868. On Nanina pollux and Helix propinqua. P. A. S. B., 1868, p. 263. 32. 1868. On the anatomy of Sagartia schilleriana and Membranipora bengalensis. P. A. S. B., 1868, p. 275, and J. A. S. B., XXXVII, Part II., p. 28. 33. 1868. On the eclipse of 18th August 1868. P. A. S. B., 1868, p. 275. 34. 1868. Ornithological Observations in the Sutlej Valley, N.W. Himalayas. J. A. S. B., XXXVII, Part II., p. 1. Introduction translated and reprinted in Petermans Mittheilun- gen, XVI, 1870, p. 8. 35. 1868-9. The Malacology of Lower Bengal and the adjoining provinces. No. 1. On the genus Onchidium. P. A. S. B., 1868, p. 255 ; 1869, J. A. S. B., XXXVIII, Part II., p. 86. 36. 1869. Osteological notes on Oxyglossus pusillus (Rana pusilla, Owen) from the Tertiary frog beds in the Island of Bombay. Mem. G. S. I., Vol. VI, p. 387. 37. 1869. Observations regarding the changes of Organs in certain Mollusca. P. A. S. B.- 1869, p. 187. 38. 1869. Contribution towards the knowledge of Indian Arachnoidea. P. A. S. B., 1869, p. 157. J. A. S. B, XXXVIII, p. 201. 39. 1870. Reisen in Hinter Indien auf die Nikobaren und Andamanen (1869). Wien. Verhandl. Geol. 1870, p. 23. 40. 1870. Observations on Chamceleo vulgaris. P. A. S. B., 1870, p. 1. 41. 1870. Note on the Kjokkenmoddings of the Andaman Islands. P. A. S. B., 1870, p. 13. 42. 1870. Note on a few species of Andamanese land shells. P. A. S. B., 1870, 86. 43. 1870. A contribution to Malay Ornithology. P. A. S. B., 1870, p. 237. J. A. S. B., XXXIX, Part II, p. 277. 44. 1870. Note on three species of Batrachia from Moulmein. P. A. S. B., 1870, p. 272. 45. 1870. Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. P. A. S. B., 1870, p. 103. J. A. S. B., XXXIX, Part II, p. 134. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. VI, 1870, p. 105. 46. 1870-1871. Cretaceous fauna of Southern India. Pal. Ind. III. Pelecypoda, pp. xxii. and 537. 47. 1871. Observation on Indian and Malayan Telphusidce. P. A. S. B., 1871, p. 84. 48. 1871. On the anatomy of Cremnoconchus. P. A. S. B., 1871, p. 108. 49. 1871. Notes on terrestrial Mollusca from the neighbourhood of Moulmein (Tenasserim Provinces) with descriptions of new species. J. A. S. B., XL, Part II, pp. 143, 217. 50. 1871. Notes on some Indian and Burmese ophidians. P. A. S. B., 1871, p. 191. .T. A. S. B-, XL, Part II, p. 421. 51. 1871. Note on Testudo phayrei, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., VIII, 1871, p. 212. 52. 1871- Geologische Arbeiten in Indien. Wcin. Verhandl. Geol., 1871, p. 109. 53. 1871. Tertiary Crabs from Sind and Kach. Pal. Ind. pp. 16, pis. 5. 54. 1872. Notes on the Reptilian and Amphibian fauna of Kach (Cutch). P. A. S. B., 1872, p. 71. 55. 1872. Notes on Reptiles collected by Surgeon P. Day in Sind. P. A. S. B., 1872, p. 85. 56. 1872. Observations on Indian Batrachia. P. A. S. B., 1872, p. 101. 35 57. 187 2. Notes on some new species of Beptilia and Amphibia collected by Dr. W. Waagen in N.W. Punjab. P. A. S. B., 1872, p. 124. 58. 1872. Note on a few Burmese species of Sauria, Ophidia and Batrachia. P. A. S. B., 1872, p. 143. 59. 1872. Notes on various new or little known Indian Lizards. P. A. S. B., 18< 1, p. 192. J. A. S. B. XLI, Pt. II, 86-117. 60. 1872. Postscript to the monograph of Himalayan and Burmese Glausilice. J. A. S. B., XLI, Part II, p. 207. 61. 1872. Notice of the mammals and birds inhabiting Kach (Cutch). P. A. S. B., 1872, P- 211. J. A. S. B., XLI, Part II, p. 211. 62. 1872. On the land shells of Penang Island, with descriptions of the animals, and Anatomical Notes. Part 1st, Gyclostomacea. J. A.. S. B., XLI, Part II, p. 261. 63. 1872. F. Stoliczka and W. Theobald. Notes on Burmese and Arakanese land shells, ■with descriptions of a few species. J. A. S. B., XLI, Part II, p. 329. 64. 1873. On the land shells of Penang Island, with descriptions of the animals, and Anatomical Notes. Part II. Relicacea. Pis. I.-III. J. A. S. B., XLII, Part II, p. 11. 65. 1873. Notes on some species of Malayan Amphibia and Beptilia. J. A. S. B., XLII, tart II, p. in. 66. 1873. Notes on the Indian species of Thelyphonus. J. A. S. B., XLII, Part II, p. 126. 67. 1873. Contribution towards a monograph of the Indian Bassalidm. J. A. S. B., XLII, tart II, p. 102, and P. A. S. B., 1873, p. 112. (Kaup’s theory.) 68. 1873. Description of two new species of Indian land shells. J. A. S. B., XLII, tart II, p. 169. 69. 1873. Note on some Andamanese and Nicobarese Reptiles, with the description of three new species of Lizards. J. A. S. B., XLII, Part II, p. 162. 70. 1872-1873. Cretaceous fauna of Southern India. IV. Brachiopoda, Cihopoda , Eehinodermata, Corals, &c. Pal. Ind., pp. y. and 202. Plates 29. [Total for the four parts, pp. xl. and 1414. Plates 176.] 71. 1874. Letter to the Editor of Stray Feathers, dated Leh, 10th September 3873. Calcutta S. F., Vol. II, 1874, p. 461. 72. 1874. Letter to the Editor of Stray Feathers, dated Panja Wakhan, 25tli March 1874. Calcutta, S. F., Vol. II, 1874, p. 463. 73. 1874. A brief account of the geological structure of the hill-ranges between the Indus Valley in Ladak and Shah-i-dula on the frontier of the Yarkand territory. Rec. C. S. I., Yol. VII, p. 12. 74. 1874 Geological notes on the route traversed by the Yarkand Embassy from Shah-i- dula to Yarkand and Kashgar. Rec. G. S. I., Vol. VII, p. 49. See also Jour. Geol. Soc. London, Vol. XXX, 1874, and Geol. Magazine, 1874, p. 430. 75. 1874. Note regarding the occurrence of Jade in the Karakash Valley, on the southern borders of Turkistan. Rec. G. S. I., Vol. VII, p. 51. See also Jour. Geol. Soc. London, Vol. XXX, 1874, and Geol. Magazine, 1874, p. 330. 36 76. 1874. Geological observations made on a visit to the Chaderkul, Thian Shan range. Calcutta. Rec. G. S. I., Vol. VII, p. 81. See also Jour. Geol. Soc. London, Yol. XXXI, 1874, and Geol. Mag., 1874, p. 29. 77. 1874. Note on the Pamir. Calcutta. Rec. G. S. I., Yol. VII, p. 86. 78. 1874. Reise nack Yarkund (aus einen Schreiben an Herrn Dr. A. Schrauf. Yarkand, 28 Nov. 1873). Wien Verhandl. Geol. 1874, p. 119. 79. 1876. The Altum Artush considered from a geological point of view. Calcutta Rec. G. S. I., Vol. VIII, p. 13. SCIENTIFIC RESULTS THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES OF THE LATE FERDINAND STOLICZIvA, PhD. GEOLOGY. BY W. T. BLANEORD, E.R.S. $wbfisheb bp axhex of the Sobernment of fnbia. CALCUTTA : OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING. 1878. CALCUTTA : PRINTED BY THE SUPERINTENDENT OP GOVERNMENT PRINTING, 8, HASTINGS STREET. SCIENTIFIC RESULTS OF THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION. GEOLOGY. By W. T. BLANFORD. Introduction and General Sketch of the Geology of Western Tibet. [T ls’ of course, very difficult to do justice to a rough travelling diary, such as Dr. Stoficzka’s. In such a diary first impressions are very often recorded, and subsequent observations do not always show how far the first notes require modification. To the writer this is a simple matter— his notes are memoranda serving to recaH details to his mind; but to another, who ' °eS not ; Possess the clue, it is very often difficult to ascertain how far the notes in the diary agree with the final conclusions of the diarist. ‘7 nni r0/ S1?ater Portioilof Dr- StoHczka’s journey the geological results have already been pu hshed by lnmselt m the Records of the Geological Survey of India1 and the Quarterly • mal of the Geological Society.2 A comparison of these papers with the original notes tZ* ! °f mterest m the latter, with the exception of an occasional section, has with These Paper8 wiU> before, be here republished in sequence, 10 atltktl0n only of such sections as can be extracted from the diary. The papers to tc/i lacntlorLed contam the record of the geological observations from Leh, in Ladak, from ft? p’ 5? tW° excursions from Kashghar to the northward. The notes previouslv ^ ^ f Kashmir’ to Leh> refer to ground which had been very httlel^e^-e?hGr Z' StollCzka lvinisdf> or bY other geologists; but as here ^^ 0^1 ! ^ ifZZ puWislletl conc™S Kashmir, the notes are in print ]0Uniey °m K*Sh§har to the Pdmir nothing has hitherto appeared Him^yas^TflT °f Dri St0.Hczka’S pvevious Seol°gical observations in the North-Western earHer travch 0^11 i 1 “ undei’staadmS the notes made in his last journey. His Lahaul, RudsIiu V'Z Um,!° ?ksSlfy the rocks Seen in tlle mountain ranges of Spiti, Kulu, 1 , askar or Zanskar, Ladak, and the neighbouring districts south of the Indus 2 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. valley, and to show that several formations, some of which had not previously been detected, are represented in this portion of the Himalayas. In his last journey ho has ascertained the extension of some of the same rocks to the northward ; and as the regions lying east and west of his route are almost unknown, and those to the northward hut imperfectly explored, almost the whole geological interest of his journey, with the exception of his observations on a part of the Thian Shan range north of K&shghar, depends upon the connection of the formations found by him in the Kashmir territories north of the Indus, and in the ranges known on our maps as the Mastagh (Karakoram), Kuenluen, and Bolor, with those previously explored in the country south of the Indus between Simla, Spiti, and Kashmir. Dr. Stoliczka spent the summers of 1861 and 1865 in the North-Western Himalayas and Western Tibet, exploring the geology of the ranges. On his first journey, when he was accom- panied by Mr. Mallet, he went north-east from Simla, crossing the Sutlej at the Wangtu bridge, and traversing Bissahir : he crossed the Bhaheh pass, and examined the Spiti valley, already known to he rich in fossil remains from the researches and collections of Gerard, Strachey, and others. Erom Spiti he marched nearly due north to the Indus, near Sangdo, by the Parang pass and the Tso-morari. 1 After two days’ march up the Indus, he returned to the Spiti valley by a more eastern route, traversing Tianle, and crossing the Tagling pass. After spending some days in the examination of the important formations of Spiti, he marched hack to Simla, through Lahaul and Kulu, at some distance to the west of his journey northwards. The journey in 1865 occupied six months, from the beginning of May to the end of October. The area examined lay for the most part to the north-west of his former route, and extended to Leh, Kargil (north of Dras), and Srinagar. Starting from Simla, as before, he marched north by west, through Suket and Mandi, to Kulu, and thence, across the Rotang pass, to Kyelang in Lahaul. Thence he turned east by north, and crossed the Baralatse pass to the Tsarap valley, and proceeded across several other passes to Korzog, in Rupshu, on the Tso-morari. Here he turned north-west, and travelled by the Taglang pass to the Indus, and to Leh. Erom Leh he went almost south-west, across the mountains, to Padam ; thence north-west again to Suroo and Kargil, from which place he visited the Indus valley to the northward. This was his furthest point to the north-west in any of his journeys. Erom the Indus, north of Kargil, he marched south-west by Dras into the Kashmir valley, and, after a few days spent at Srinagar, he returned by the direct route, via Islamabad, Kishtwar, Budrawar, Chamha, and Kangra, to Simla. He suffered greatly from exposure to cold during part of this journey, especially in the mountains of Zaskar, south of Leh ; and although he gradually recovered from the effects of his Himalayan travels, it is probable that permanent injury to his consti- tution— not very strong originally — was produced by them. The results of his explorations, and especially of his first journey, were very great. It has been already mentioned that the occurrence of fossils in the Spiti valley, and in some other parts of the trans-Himalayan region, had long been known ; and considerable collections had been made by Gerard, Strachey, the brothers Selilagintweit, and others, — one having been obtained by Messrs. Theobald and Mallet, of the Geological Survey. The fossils collected had, moreover, been to a great extent described. Dr. Gerard’s collection was, partly and imperfectly, illustrated by the Rev. R. Everest in the Asiatic Researches, Vol. XVIII, p. 107, plates I &II, and fully described by Mr. H. E. Blanford in 1863. 2 A large collection 1 Tso = lake. 2 Journal of the Asiatic Society, Bengal, Vol. XXXII, p. 124. GEOLOGY. 3 formed by Colonel Strachey, chiefly at Niti, was described by Messrs. Salter and Blanford in 1865 ; 1 whilst the Schlagintweits’ collections were entrusted to Professor Oppel, and descriptions and figures of them published by him.2 Other less important notes had appeared, and several imperfect descriptions of the geology ; but no thorough sections had been made, and, beyond the general fact that fossils of silurian, carboniferous, triassic, liassic, and jurassic forms were represented in the various collections, very little, indeed, had been done towards elucidating the geological structure of the country. This work was admirably carried out by Dr. Stoliczka. In the course of a single season’s work, in a most difficult country, amongst some of the highest mountains in the world, he clearly established the sequence of formations ; and, from his extensive palaeontological know- ledge, was able to do this with an accuracy, which has stood the test of subsequent research. He, moreover, added to the list of known formations the representatives of rhsetic and cretaceous rocks not previously detected, and showed that some of the other groups might be sub-divided. The presence of this remarkable series of marine fossiliferous beds in the North-Western Himalayan region — a series in which all the principal European palaeozoic and mesozoic groups, except the Cambrian, devonian, permian, and neocomian, are represented — is none the less surprising, that scarcely any of the formations, except a few oolitic and cretaceous strata, are found in the peninsula of India, beyond the Indus river basin. In the hills of the Pan jab some of the formations have been detected, but they were until recently very imperfectly known. The following is the sequence of formations, with the fossils found in them by Dr. Stoliczka : — I. II. III. SUB-RECENT OR NEWER TERTIARY. TERTIARY ... Eocene River and lacustrine deposits. — Karewak deposits of Godwin-Austen, &c. ; Mammalian hones. ... (Nummulitic) Indus or Sliingo beds.— Nummnlites ramondi ; N. expo- nents. MESOZOIC ... Cbetaceous (9) Chikkim shales. (8) Chikkim limestone.— Rudistes (fragments), Nodosaria, 2 sp., Dentalina ( annulata ?), Rotalia, sp., Texlilaria, 2 sp., Haplophragmium, sp., Cristellaria, sp. Upper jukassic (7) Gieumal sandstone— Ostrea, sp., near O. grey aria ; another species near O. soiverbii ; Gyp7tcea, sp., A vicula echinata , 31ytilus wytiloideus , JJma, sp., Amushtm demissum , Zecten bifrons, Anatina spitiensis, Stol., A . sp., nov., Opis, sp. Middle Jubassic(6) Spiti shales .—Salenia ? sp., Terehratula sp., Rhynconella varians, Ostrea , sp., Pecten lens, Amnsium (conf. Pecten stolidus), Aucella hlartfordi- ana, Stol., A. leguminosa, Stol., Lima, sp., near L. rigula, Inoceramus hookeri, Macrodon egerlonianum, Stol., Nucula, sp., Nucula cunei- formis, Cyprina irigonalis, Trigonia eostata, Astarte unilateralis, A. major, A. spitiensis, Stol., A. hiemalis, Stol., PL omomya tibetica, Pleurotomaria, 2 sp., Ammonites acneinclus, A.strigilis, A. macro- cephalns, 3 A. octagonus, A. liyphasis, A. parkinsoni, A. theodorii, A. sabineanus, A. spitiensis, A. curvicosta, A. braikenridgii, A. nivalis, Stol., A. liparns,A. triplicatus, A. biplex,A. alatus, Anisoceras gerar- dianum, Relemnites canal iculattis, R. clavatus. (5) Clayey slates.— Belemnites, sp., Posidonomya omata. Paleontology of Niti, printed for private circulation, Calcutta. * Pataontologi ache Mittheilungen, 1863, p. 267 ; 1865, p. 289. * ■‘■aweontologisohe Mittheilungen, 1863, p. ZOY ; isoo, p. sotf. , . ,, . _ identical . ' According to Dr. Waagen, Pakeontologia Indica, Ser. IX, 3, p 237, foot-note, tbs and several other species am not identical ^ith the S "in i 1»1j1 J- — »n J V».r Tlv wording to Dr. Waagen, Ualseontologia maica, oei. ia, o, p. s European fossil forms to which they were refereed by Dr. Stoliczka. 4 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. III. MESOZOIC Middle Liassic (4) Upper Tagling limestone. — Terebratula sinemuriensis, Modiola, sp. (resembling Mi/tilus subren for mis), Neritopsis (conf. N. elegantissima), Chemnitzia undulata, Trochus latilabrus, Trochus epulus, T. attenu- atus, Eucyclui (Amberleya), sp., Acteonina (conf. A. cinda), Nerinea (conf. N. goodhalii), Belemnites, sp., Ammonites (conf. macrocephalus). • Loweb Liassic (3) Lower Tagling limestone. — Terebratula gngaria, T. pyriform, is, T. punctata, T. ( Waldheimia) schafhmutli, Rhynconella oblnsifrons, if. pedata, It. fissicostata, R. austriaea, R. variabuis, R. ringens, Ostrea (conf. O. acuminata), 0. (conf. O. anomala), Amimum, sp. Pecten (conf. P. palosus), P. moniliger, P. sabal, P. bifrons, P. val- oniensis, Lima densicostata, Avicula intxquivalvis, A. punctata, Ger- villia, sp. (near 6. olifex), Area ( Macrodon ), sp. (apparently A. lycetti), Denialium, sp. (near 1). giganteum), Nerita, sp. nov., Nalica (conf. N. pelops), Chemnitzia (conf. C. coarctata), C., sp. (near C. phidias), Nerinea, sp. (near N. goodhalii), Ammonites (conf. A. germanii), A., sp. (conf. A. macrocephalus), Belemnites budhaicus, Stol., B. bisulcutus, Stol., B. tibeticus, Stol. Rhastic (2) Para limestone. — Dicerocardium himalayense, Stol., Megalodon tri. gueter. Tkiassic (1) Lilang series. — Encrinus cassianus, Spirifer, sp. n., S. (Spivferina), (conf. $. fragilis), S. ( Spirifmna ) stracheyi, S. ( Spiriferina ) lilan- gensis, Stol., S. spitiensis, Stol., Rhynconella mutabilis, Stol., R. theobaldiana, Stol., It. salteriana, Stol., It. retrocita var. augusta, Stol., Athyris strohmeyeri, A. deslongchampsi, TValdheimia stop- panii, Ealolna lommeli, Monotis salmaria, 1 Lima (conf. L. ramsa- ueri),L., sp. nov., Myoconcha lombardica, IHscohelix, sp., Pleurotoma- ria (conf. P. buchi), P. sterilis, Stol., Orthoceras, sp., 0. salinarium, O. latiseptum, O. dubium, Nautilus spitiensis, Stol., Clydonites old- hamianus, Stol., C. hauerinus, Stol., Ammonites floridus, A. jollyanus, A. khanilcofi, A. gaytani, A. difissus. A, ausseanus, A. gerardi, A. medleyanus, Stol., A. studeri, A. thuillieri, A. malletianus, Stol., A. batteni, Stol. IV. PALEOZOIC ... Cabbonieebotts ... Knling series. — Spirifer moosakhailensis, S. Tceilhavii, S. tibeticus, Stol., S. altivagus, Stol., Produdus purdoni, P. semireticulatus, P. longispinus, Avicula, sp., Cardiomorpha, sp., Aviculopeden, sp., Or- thoceras, sp. Silueian P ... Muth series. — Syringopora, sg.,Cyathop7iyllum, 2 sp., Crinoid stems, Orthis sp. (near 0. thalcil, var. striato-costata and var. convexa), O. (near O. compta ), 0. (near 0. tibetica), 0. (conf. O. resupinata), Stropho- mena, sp., Tentaculites, sp. Silubian ... Bhabeb series. — Orthis, sp. P Chceteies yak. V. ... Metamobphic ... Central gneiss. But, although the general sequence of the "beds was established, the observations made were insufficient to enable a map to be prepared showing the distribution of the different strata. Eurther examination was necessary for this purpose ; and Dr. Stoliczka always hoped to return to the Himalayas and complete the work he had so well begun. The severe and long-continued labour necessary for the preparation of his great work on the cretaceous fossils of Southern India engrossed the whole of his time ; and, as has already been mentioned, his health was seriously affected by the exposure he underwent in his second Himalayan journey, so that, for a year or two at least, he was unfitted for work involving severe exertion. Thus the sketch he made — for such it was — has never been filled up ; no geological map of the Western Himalayas has ever been published, and the idea which can he formed of the distri- bution of the known strata is, at the best, fragmentary. It is as well, before proceeding further, to point out, in such a manner as to render it easily recognised on the map, the area to which Dr. Stoliczka’s observations were chiefly con- t Mem., Geol. Surv. Ind., V, pp. 345, 352. GEOLOGY. 5 fined. This area has somewhat the form of an oblong, with the longer axis north-west and south-east. Its north-eastern boundary is formed by the Indus, whilst the south-western bound- ary is far less regular, and, bulging out near the southern corner, includes a considerable tract of country about Spiti, Kulu, and Lahaul. The south-eastern limit of the area examined is formed by a line drawn north-nortli-east from Simla to the Indus, the north-western extrem- ity being near Kargil and Dras. The south-western boundary is formed first by the range which separates the Kashmir valley from that of the Indus, and the continuation of the same in the Zaskar range as far as the Baralatse or Baralacha pass, whence the boundary turns southward and embraces the country between the Baralatse range and the snowy ridges north of the Sutlej valley, near Simla.1 The general formation of the mountains near Simla is too irregular for any definite range great length to he distinguished. The ridges throughout the North-Western Himalayas and Western Tibet have a general north-west and south-east direction, shown by the main course of both the mountains and river valleys ; and this direction is, of course, due in a great Measure to the strike of the various rocks, and the outcrop of softer or harder strata. Com- mencing at the south,2 the range north of the Sutlej, opposite Simla, usually considered the true Himalaya, and well known to all visitors to Simla as the snowy range, is chiefly composed of the r°ck called by Dr. Stoliczka “ central gneiss.” 3 The mineralogical character by which this rock is distinguished is the presence of albite in large quantities, with quartz, ortboclase, and biotite, and a still more marked peculiarity in the constant occurrence of 'veins of albite granite, which traverse the mass in every direction. To the south of the central gneiss various metamorphic rocks are found : to the north or north-east of it commences the sedimentary area of Tibet. It is palpable that this central gneiss is not only pre-silurian in age, but that it must, in all probability, have been metamor- phosed before the deposition of the silurian strata. Hence its importance : for whilst other metamorphic formations of the Himalayas and Tibet are, probably, represented by fossiliferous sedimentary deposits in other parts of the range, the central gneiss appears to belong to an older period altogether. To the north-west this gneissic formation extends but a short distance. The natural continuation of the range formed by it would be the Pir Panjal, south-west of Kashmir , but this consists of newer formations. Dr. Stoliczka was inclined to consider the Zaskar ridge as t1ie probable continuation of the central axis, as he considered it, and to look upon the gneiss of which that range consists as the representative of the central gneiss. It, however, wants the albite granite. The highest peaks of the snowy Himalayan range consist of silurian rocks dipping Northward, and followed in ascending order by carboniferous, triassic, and jurassic strata. ,, 1 For convenience sake, it maybe as well to point out that the principal ranges of the North-Western Hmalaya and Western T^et, nearly north-west and south-east, are, commencing on the north, the Kuenluen range on the edge of the Varkand pla m , “Mtfgh range traversed by the Karakoram pass, and forming the main ridge, separating the Indus watershed from that of the ^•kand plain; the Ladak range running along the northern (or north-eastern) bank of the Indus and separating, tsvacyfm t^t of the Shayok ; the Zaskar range, which forms the south-western limit of the Indus drainage, extending along the north-eastern Wndary of Kashmir, and the continuation of which to the south-west is sometimes known as the Baralatse range, and the Hi aya proper, the north-western continuation of which is the Pir Panjal. . , and its 2 The account which follows is derived in great part from Mr. H. B. Medlicott’s sketch of the Geology of the Panjab and '-‘Pendencies intho Paniab Gazetteer. .. . . .. . i,„0 1 enuencies in the Pan jab Gazetteer. . _ . 3 Some important additional information concerning this rock has recently been furnished by Colonel C. A. . elei'mined by microscopical examination that this gneiss possesses the characters of an igneous rock, in parts a d must probably have been in a more or less plastic or fluid state. — Records, Geol. Surv. Ind., X, p. McMahon, who has parts at all events, and that G SECOND YARKAND MISSION. The cretaceous rocks have only keen found at a few localities in Spiti and Rupshu ; hut the jurassic and liassic strata upon which they rest occupy a large area, constantly spoken of by Dr. Stoliczka as the jurassic ellipse, and having an elliptical form, with the long axis in the normal north-west, south-east direction. These beds were traced from Spiti and Southern Rupshu to Zaskar, where they end out against the great granite and syenitic mass of Little Tibet. To the south-west the same jurassic rocks are known to exist in Northern Kumaon. Except close to the Karakoram pass, where liassic beds occur, and a little farther east by south in the Lokzhung range, capped by cretaceous rocks,1 none of these middle and upper mesozoic rocks have hitherto been found in Western Tibet beyond the limit of this basin ; nor have they hitherto been found in Kashmir proper, although some of them recur in the hills near Mari (Murree). The Silurian, carboniferous, and triassic (including the rlisetic2 ) formation have a far wider range, and it is probable that their altered representatives form no inconsiderable pro- portion of the metamorphic rocks, which occupy so large an area in the Indus valley and its neighbourhood. The silurian rocks on the south of the jurassic area have been traced at intervals from the Bhabeh pass, through Northern Lahaul and Zaskar, to the neighbourhood of Dras, and they are probably, in Dr. Stoliczka’s opinion, represented by some of the lower beds seen in the Indus valley below Leh, and in the Marka valley to the south. North-west of the jurassic area they have not been detected, and they may be represented by some of the metamorphic rocks. The carboniferous series is distinctly developed both to the south-west and north-east of the jurassic area in the Spiti country, and it becomes even more prominent to the north-west. It occupies large areas in the Indus valley south-west and west of Leh, and reappears in the Kashmir valley. The triassic rocks appear everywhere to overlie the carboniferous, and to have nearly an equal extension. Northern and Eastern Rupshu, to the north-east of the Spiti area, consists mainly of gneiss and other metamorphic rocks. The same crystalline formations form the whole of the range north of the Indus, from the sharp bend made by the river to the southward, north of Hanle, to Leh. In the Indus valley itself, apart from all the secondary series of the Spiti basin, sand- stones, shales, and clays are found, which have been proved to be of eocene age by the discovery in them of nummulites and other fossils. Where these were first observed by Dr. Stoliczka in Northern Rupshu, they were unfossiliferous, and their old and altered appearance made him suspect that they might be palaeozoic. But near Leh they are much newer in appearance, and contain fossils which prove their age. Similar beds are seen west of Leh, as far as Kargil. Lastly, eruptive rocks, containing serpentine, diallage, and epidote, occupy a considerable area around Hanle, east of Rupshu, and extend for many miles to the north-west, towards the Indus. Syenite is largely developed near Leh, and extends westward, towards Dras, occupying a considerable area about Kargil. Serpentine is associated with it. If we look upon the snowy range north of Simla and the Zaskar range as identical, and as forming the axis of the Himalayas, we may consider the palaeozoic and mesozoic rocks of the Indus and Spiti valleys as lying between two great metamorphic ranges — that just men- tioned and the Ladak range north of the Indus. To the north of Kashmir, however, the 1 See note, p. 47. 2 This formation was kept distinct by Dr. Stoliczka in his first paper, but subsequently he was disposed to unite it with the triassic group. GEOLOGY. 7 carboniferous and triassic beds completely lap round and replace the older metamorpliics. In his last journey Dr. Stoliczka has shown that another great sedimentary region in the Karakoram area lies between the crystalline Ladak ridge and the gneissic rocks forming the Kuenluen. But in tills region no oolitic or cretaceous beds have hitherto been found, the highest fossiliferous rocks observed being liassic.* North of the Kuenluen, however, the pre- sence of a cretaceous formation was detected. As occasional reference must be made in the ensuing pages to the names given by Mr. Medlicott to particular formations on the southern slopes of the Himalayas, a list of these groups, with their supposed trans-Himalayan equivalents, is appended. It must be remem- bered that the identifications are little more than, surmises,2 and were only suggested as probable by Dr. Stoliczka, no fossils having been found in the cis-Himalayan rocks below the nummulitics. Age. Pliocene and Miocene / Siwalik f Nahan Cis-Himalayan. Trans-Himalayan. iMammalif erous . Deposits of Tibet (? Karewali, in part). Eocene ( [Nvmmulitic ) Sirmur Trias Carboniferous Silurian Kasauli (purple and grey sandstones) ' Dagsliai (red clays, pnrple and grey ( sandstones). Sabathu (brown and grey clays and\ limestones). . Krol (limestone) Infra- Krol (sandstone and carbonaceous stales) fBlini (limestone and conglomerate) . ‘ \ Infra-Mini (slates and sandstone) Indus or Stingo beds. Lalang series. Kuling series. Mutt. Btabet. On the other hand, there is some slight possibility of the Krol limestone being niimmu- htic, and Mr. Medlicott at one time, and before the trans-Himalayan rocks had been classified hy Dr. Stoliczka, was rather inclined to this view,3 but he never considered the evidence in its favour of much importance. Iu the following pages the order preserved is that of the journey : first, the notes taken from the diary of the route from the Panjab to Leh, then the (previously printed) geolo- gical descriptions of the journey from Leh to Shah-i-dula, and from Shah-i-dula to Kiishghar •> nexL the excursions from Kaslighar to the Chadyr-kul and to Altyn Artysh ; and finally, the notes from the diary of the journey to the Pamir, and of the return march from Yarkand to fhe Karakoram pass. The sections illustrative of the geology of the country are fiom sketches in Dr. Stoliczka’s note-book; they are introduced, as they serve greatly to explain the relations of the rocks, but it should be remembered that the original drawings are frequently r°ugh, and they may not, in some instances, have been quite correctly interpreted. Should subsequent research show the sections to require modification, the circumstances under which they were prepared should be remembered. Dr. Stoliczka himself spoke of his geological results as meagre. This is, probably, the first impression of most travellers : either they have traversed enormous areas composed of 1 somc obscure unfossiliferous sandstones near Kium, in Cbangcbenmo, and at Aktagh, north of tbe Karakoram pass, were 1 6 erred with doubt to the tertiary epoch. ..' , ■ ,, " Mr. Lydekker’s surveys, made since the above was written, have indicated that some modification is probably necessary in tne ^ 0Te fist of correlated strata. It appears now more probable that tbe Ivrol limestone is carboniferous. Records, Geo . urvey Kdia, XI, p. 03 Memoirs, Geological Survey, Vol, III, p. 170. 8 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. one or two rock groups, and the geology appears to them monotonous in the extreme, or they have been compelled to leave behind sections only half examined, in which the various formations succeed each other too rapidly for their sequence to he determined in a hurried journey. But in all cases, as with all discoveries in science, the observations require record and comparison for their value to appear. However useless they may seem at the time, no one can tell when the information may prove of the last importance. Eor details as to the route, the map and diary should be consulted. All the explanatory notes in brackets and foot-notes in the subsequent pages are by myself, with the exception of the foot-notes marked (S) on page 18 and 20. Note.— Since the above was in type, Dr. Waagen has kindly sent to me a paper, which he has just published in the Denkschrift Kaifi. Acad. Wiss. Wion. (Math. Naturwiss. Classe) for 1878, entitled “ Ueber die Geographische Vertheilung der fossilen Organismeu in Indien. In this paper he points out that, although the classification of the Spiti shales is still imperfect, and further subdivision may be necessary, it is clear that the great mass of these strata must be classed as Upper Jurassic (Kimmeridge and Tithonian), several of the Cephalopoda having been at first wrongly identified with European forms, and being of later age than was supposed. Dr. Waagen also notices that further to the westward in the Alpine Panjab, near Mari (Murree), the Gieumal sandstone or its equivalent contains the Trigonice (T. ventricosa, 4*c.) characteristic of the Umia (Portlandian) group in Cutch. According to Dr. Waagen, also, only the upper Tagling limestone, the representative of the 4 Hierlatz beds ’ of the Alps, should be classed as Lias, the lower Tagling limestone, the equivalent of the Alpine 1 Kossen beds,’ being of Rhastic age. The Para lime- stone should be classed as upper triassie, and the Lilang series in part as middle triassic (Muschelkalk). Most of these relations had been pointed out by Dr. Stoliczka himself. GEOLOGY. 9 PART I. Notes on the Geology erom Maui (Mtjrree) in the Punjab to Leh in Ladak. [!he following notes, it should, be remembered, commence in tbe Panjab, at Mari (Murree), the sanatarium lying a short distance north of Rawal Pincli. A “ rough section showing the relation of the rocks near Mari,” by Dr. Waagen, was published in the Records ot' the Geological Survey of India.1 He showed that Mari is built on red slates and sandstones, newer than the nummulitics, but unfossiliferous, and that these beds are succeeded (the formations are too much crushed and contorted for anything like order in descent to be made out) by nummulitic limestone, jurassicand triassic beds ; the jurassic beds being identified with the “ Spiti shales.” Dr. AYaagen gave a section round Charnba Peak, from Kairagali to Changligali. Dr. Stoliczka describes that seen on the road round the other side °f the mountain. An account of the geology of the neighbourhood of Mari hill station in the Panjab has also been given by Mr. A. B. AYynne,2 of the Geological Survey of India, accompanied by a maP and section. In this paper many additional details of the geology are given, and the same section is described which is here extracted from Dr. Stoliczka’s note-book. Dr. Stoliczka’s notes were made before Mr. AYynne’s paper was published, although the latter ’’ad been written long before. AYithin the last two years the systematic geological survey Kashmir has at length been commenced, and a large amount of information as to the distribution and relations of the different beds has been added by Mr. Lydekker.3 In a cases, as at the Zoji-la, slight changes have been shown to be necessary in the views formed by Dr. Stoliczka on his hurried journeys, but as a general rule his opinions have proved correct.] July 3rd to 6th. — The Mari hill consists of sandstone and shales, the former full of fucoids , but I could not find a trace of other fossils.4 The geological section from Mari Section from Mari to Kairagali, distance 8 miles. to Kairagali is rather simple, but thence along the road to Changligali it is rather compli- cated, and on the whole similar to that made by AYaagen on the corresponding road passing ' Vol. V, 1872, p. 15. Records, Geological Survey of India, Vol. VII, p. 64. ’ Rec- »• S. I., IX, p. 155 ; XI, p. 30. 1 The Murree Beds of Mr. Wynne, see Quarterly Journal, Geological Society, 1874, p. 71, &c., and Eec. G. S. I., Vol. VII, p. 66. I 10 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. round the other side of Chamba Peak.1 The section from Changligali to Dangagali is a little more simple. On the saddle at Kaldana the Mari beds dip towards the nummulitic shales, hut at Sunnybank they are turned up sharply against the latter. There must have been a tremen- dous slip along this boundary. After some shales and crumbling sandstones, the southern side of the Kaldana hill consists chiefly of limestone, and then follow reddish shales and sandstones, very like those of the Mari group in general character. The shales are seen on the next saddle, succeeded chiefly by limestone and grey shale and carbonaceous sandstone, often very impure. These beds, the calcareous especially, are often full of nummulites, with an occasional pelecypod or gastropod. Kairagali , Changligali , Nummulitic g. limestones sp. Trias , and shale . Fault. j g. t. sp. g. sp. g. I Trias , sp, g, t. Nummulitic. 7 mas, sp, sp, t. Nummulitic. Shale. Oyster bed. Oolitic limestone. g. Gieumal sandstone (upper juTassic), typical, and occasionally very silicious. sp. Spiti shales Qurassic), typical, but without concretions, t. Trias. Section from Kairagali to Changligali , distance a little above 2 miles. The section on the western side of the Chamba Peak is even more contorted than that made by Waagen on the other (eastern) side. The general dip of the rock is towards the north-west, and the consequence is, that the rocks are dreadfully twisted in every stream : on the whole, the section is much more contorted than in the sketch. The triassic limestone in contact noth the Spiti shales is semi-oolitic, just like the Krol limestone in some places. Its thickness is generally from 10 to 30 feet, and then follows more compact grey limestone, sometimes full of small oysters. About half a mile from Kairagali, I got a good Hhyclionella in it. Changligali lies on shales, but the next Changligali. Dangagali. Nummulitic. Section from Changligali to Dangagali , distance about 6 ^ miles. hill is limestone, mostly vertical, and dreadfully old-looking. If I had not occasionally got a nummulite out of the intermediate calcareous shales, I should certainly have taken tin limestone for triassic. But, as a rule, the nummulitic limestone is highly bituminous, while the compact triassic limestone is apparently never bituminous, and the semi-oolitic (triassic) limestone is occasionally slightly bituminous, but generally not. Nummulitic beds continue about half-way to Dangagali. There is a great thickness of triassic limestone, and then 1 Eec. G. S. I„ Vol. V, 1872, p. 16. GEOLOGY. at the last corner, before the road turns towards Dangagali, there is a repeated alternation of Gieumal, Spiti, and triassic beds. In the sandy beds of the Spiti shales I found a tragmen of an Ammonite; and in the Gieumal sandstone, which occupies the whole corner, 1 got an Astarte, which is apparently the same as that I got at Lunari in the lower mia e s, and a Trigonia, but this is difficult to make out. The saddle on which Dangagali lies is again nummulitic shales. _ _ _ [The most interesting point in the preceding sections is the identification of the leuma sandstone (upper jurassic). Dr. Waagcn had previously recognised the Spiti shales, and had suggested that the sandstone represented the upper jurassic beds of Spiti2— a suggestion which Dr. Stoliczka confirmed. The red Mari beds are called Nalian (newer tertiary) by 1)r- Stoliczka in his notes ; but Mr. TI. B. Medlicott, who is by far the best authority °a the subject, considers that this is due to a mistake in the identification of the kalian beds themselves near Simla, as proved by some notes in Dr. Stoliczka’s diary, and that tllc rocks with which Dr. Stoliczka really identified the Mari beds belong to Mr. Medlicott s ^agshai division (older tertiary). Under these circumstances, I have ventured m the notes to substitute Mr. Wynne’s name “Mari beds ” for “Nahan ,” leaving the question of identifi- cation undecided.] ... . July 15th , Mari to Kohctla— Mari sandstone and shale are seen all the way dipping m various directions : near the Jhelum the dip is about north or north by east. The older rocks are seen on the left bank of the river, at the base of the Dangagali hill. The boundary between nummulitic and Mari beds runs along the stream coming from Ivaldana: on the nght bank are Mari sandstones and shales, dipping at about 40° or 50° towards north-east or east. 16th, Chatarkelas — All the way I saw nothing but the same Man sandstone and shale, hiostly dipping to north-east or north-east by east. 17th to 33rd, Chatarkelas to Uri. — The Mari beds prevailed throughout the whole distance, and no others were seen on the left bank of the Jhelum, along which river the road lay for a great part of the distance. On the opposite bank dark shales, either Spiti or Sabathu, were noticed between Kara and Tinali, and limestones opposite Uri. Prom Tinali toHatian tlle general dip of the Mari beds is south-east : near Uri they are much contorted. 34th, TJmmhu. — Uri is on a high river plateau. After crossing a stream, very red Shales are seen, and blocks of limestone, looking exactly like Urol limestone, which it probably is. I am not sure whether the shales are nummulitic : more probably they belong to the Ivrol series. Eurther on are chloritic and quartzose schists, winch continue to bh'urnbu. The Urumbu bungalow is built at the foot of some very fine cliffs of a meta- raorphic quartz and schist.3 35 th, llaramula. — The same metamorpliic quartzose rock, with bacillary structure, continues a long way until the road opens into a portion of the old lake : this portion is separated by a ridge from 200 to 300 feet (high ?) of lake clay and gravel deposit. The same f°rni the low hills to the south for several miles. The lake must formerly have been much larger and wider than it now is, its water extending far up the Sind valley. July 36th to August 6th. — Mammilla to Srinagar and thence to Gandarbal.— [No description is given in the diary of the rocks about Srinagar, although reference is made to ' Of dutch. Records, Geological Survey of India, V, p. 15. 3 Lydekker, Kec. G. S. I., IX, p. 158, describes this section more fully. &s Br- Stoliczka suggested. See also Rec., G. S. I., XI, p. 62. The limestone (Kiol) appears to he identical with Krol 12 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. them subsequently.] Passing the village Malshabagh (near Gandarbal), I saw a sub- recent conglomerate, which was deposited fully 50 feet above the present level of the lake, and in places it was overlain by terraces of clay (level), which seemed to reach about 30 to 50 feet higher. 7th, Kang an. The rocks on both sides of the road are the same as about Srinagar — the green plutonie rock, often with zeolite cavities, and sometimes not to be distinguished from greenstone. In other places it is distinctly stratified, and it is probably a meta- morpliic silurian or devonian rock. 8th to 12th, Kangan to Sonamarg. — [No mention of any geology on the road.] The triassic limestones come almost down to the valley about three miles before reaching Sonamarg. At Sonamarg they are in some parts rather slaty and thin-bedded : I got no fossils in them. They dip north and south on the right and left bank of the valley re- spectively. 13th, Baltal. — About four miles east of Sonamarg, schists below the limestones occupy the greater heights, particularly on the north, and they extend in a north-easterly direction along these heights. At Baltal all the rocks are these schists, which are probably carboni- ferous. They often contain carbonaceous bands full of crystals of iron pyrites. 14th, Mataian. — [Crossing the Zoji-la,1 11,800 feet.] The schistose beds, which are in places almost mica schist, are followed, a couple of miles north of the Zoji-la, by more carbonaceous beds, which are probably true carboniferous, and then, about a mile south of Mataian, they are overlain on the right and left bank by the usual thin-bedded triassic limestones. These are sometimes quite white and dolomitic, alternating with black and earthy beds. I saw several lihynconellce and sections of large bivalves, like Megalodon and Dioerooardium, and small oysters ; but nothing sufficiently determinable. [Further exa- mination of the beds near the Zoji-la has shown that there is inversion, and that the rocks at the crest of the pass are of later age than the triassic limestones seen on each side Lydekker, Bee. G. S. I., XI, p. 45.] 15th, Mataian.— 1 looked over the limestones near the village, but found no determi- nable fossils. 16th, Bras. About three miles after we left Mataian the green rocks cut off the limestone on the left bank, and for a few miles the boundary between the two rocks runs in the valley. After about the seventh or eighth mile, the base of the valley is all of green rock, which is generally quite massive, like greenstone ; only occasionally" it is thinly bedded with bacillary structure. To all appearance they are the same rocks as about Srinagar. About two or three miles before reaching Dras, the green rocks cross over entirely on to the right bank, and extend in a north-easterly direction, the trias limestones keeping to the heights. At their contact with the green rocks the limestones are more slaty. North by west of Dras the green rocks decompose very readily, and weather out reddish, as greenstones often do. About the camping ground numbers of syenite rocks are strewn about. The whole plain about Dras is filled with a deposit of shingle to about a hundred feet above the level of the river. 17 th, Tashgaon. — Eor some distance from Dras the rugged, barren hillsides consist of greenstone. This rock gradually passes into a greenish syenite, with large quantities of schorl ; but on both sides of the valley there is still the green rock in situ : higher up on the left bank is syenite. 1 La, a pass Tibetan. GEOLOGY. 13 l^th, Chiliscomo. — The green rock becomes rather schistose about half-way between the hist camp and this, and nearly opposite Kharbu the syenite comes down to the river, and cuts ° f the green rock : the former about here is light coloured and of the ordinary type. l Hh, Kargil. — Syenite rocks seen the whole way. 20th, Shargol. — The tertiaries on the Kargil plain are much covered by diluvial conglom- erate. the Pashkyumkur is built on serpentine rock ; and from this spot to near Shargol all ie locks are serpentine, sometimes rather slaty and splintery, in other places much purer and solid, so that it could be worked for ordinary cups, &c. All along the river the diluvial conglomerate forms an almost continuous strip, particularly along the left hank of the stream. Wherever the valley widens a little, as at Lotsun, the conglomerate is found on both 1'.1< ( s, the horizontal banks rising up to 500 or 600 feet above the stream. About a mile 10111 Shargol, grey and greenish and reddish shales come in from the hills to south-west and west, and are greatly developed north of Shargol. These shales appear to belong to the _ a >u’ hu group, although they look rather metamorphic in some places, but in others they aie recent looking and micaceous. All about Shargol lumps of serpentine are sticking >u of them, and the whole are covered along the left bank of the stream with a conglomerate jjsmg to 600 and more feet above the river. Beyond this, south and south-east of Shargol, le higher hills all consist of triassic limestone, alternating near the base with rather highly o^et amorphic and sometimes strongly carbonaceous shales, which it is very difficult to dis- oiguish from the tertiary beds. I found no trace of fossils in the tertiaries, but the deter- 1' 11 nation of the triassic limestone is tolerably certain. It is the same as above Eras, and las 0Wm the peculiar pseudo-foraminiferous or semi-oolitic structure. ''1st, Kharbu. — A good long march of 18 miles : we went by the Namika-la, and then urned almost south up the stream for about foiu* miles to Kharbu. The diluvial con- i'' 0ltlei’ate extends all the way along the river, mostly developed on the left bank, until we ,aiUed UP the stream almost north and then north-east and east towards the Namika-la. coupie of miles from Shargol the monastery is built upon triassic limestone, and there ai( UrilPs and patches of it very often sticking out of the so-called tertiary shales. The iigure of Buddha a little further on is also cut in a single block of triassic limestone. len left the conglomerates at the Wakha river, we turned almost north. There tliT n?^ilnS but very soft and crumbling grey and greenish (tertiary) shales as far as u Aamika pass, and for some distance on the other side, extending more to north a J out two miles east of the pass ; and the high hills to the north consisted of serpentine, 11*e s°uth of the Namika-la was a high solitary rock of trias limestone. The diluvial Conglomerates were again seen in the little stream from the Namika-la, and are very highly ■'Veloped in the Kharbu stream. Approaching this, we had up to Kharbu, along the » u bank, all trias limestone, underlain by highly carbonaceous and metamorpliic-looking ^ es and slates, which are always distinctly silky and micaceous on the planes of bed- s’’ and often very much contorted. 32nd, Kharbu. — I went out in a north-easterly direction across the stream, and found e ground composed of various kinds of shales for several miles. First, the shales were *a ler carbonaceous ; then they became more slaty, gray, greenish, and red, but all rather highly luetamorphic. It is clear they cannot be tertiary ; for they all lay under the trias. The top ( ft ^Ie bills appears to consist partly of serpentine. Among the higher slates there are °n ^JCbs of the same green rock that I saw south of Dras. d 14 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 23rd, Lamayuru, crossing the Fotu-la. — Leaving Kharbu, the triassic limestones pass over to the right bank of the stream after the second or third mile, where the stream makes a bend ; hut further on the carboniferous shales occupy the whole of the right and the base of the left hank, the limestones keeping to the greater heights. The diluvial conglomerate is locally of great extent ; and in ascending the Eotu-la, it reaches to within about 200 feet of the top of the pass, that is, up to about 13,200. On the Eotu-la the southern hills are trias limestone. The pass itself is formed of carboniferous shales ; and these shales extend down to Lamayuru. Unfortunately I could not find any fossils in them. 24th, Snurla on the Indus. — Eor more than a mile after leaving Lamayuru there are extensive shaly deposits, some of them well stratified; they reach to about 300 feet high on the slopes. The shales are at first in places very carbonaceous, and when decomposed they are covered with a white efflorescence of soda and alum. About two miles or a little more further on, these carbonaceous shales overlie nearly vertically bedded green and red shales , the latter alternate with beds of strong green sandstone, very similar to the “green-rock, and the whole group evidently represents the Bhabcb series, just as the former does the Muth series. In one place only I saw, in the Bhabeh slates, a hit of an impression, something like a portion of a Trilobite ; and in another place I got a few traces of worms. These Bhabeh slates, shales, and sandstones are variously contorted, hut for the most part approach the vertical position, dipping highly towards south or south-west. Towards the Indus the Bhabeh series is cut off by serpentines, which reach down to the valley. Only in one place, I think, there is a portion of syenite left, the ground about a mile from the Indus being strewn with boulders of syenite. The opposite hank of the Indus is occupied by greenish and reddish slates and sandstones— evidently the treacherous tertiary rocks, like in North Rupsliu and Zaskar. The bridge across the Indus to Khalchi is built over serpentine, and there are a good many patches of serpentine also on the right hank, and near these the sandstones and shales appear to be almost metamorphic. There is also, about half-way between Khalchi and Snurla, a lump or two of a grey or bluish limestone, full of bivalves. It looks triassic ; still I do not know how it could he that. Eragments of it were locally full of large pelecypods and indistinct gastropod traces, and in some round rolled fragments I thought I saw nummulites, but I cannot be sure of it. Similar lumps of the same limestone I saw in the serpentine region before reaching the Indus, and it is just possible that some of the slates and sandstones here are really tertiary. I rather think this very probable. At Snurla the tertiary slates and shales, greenish and reddish beds alternating with each other, occupy both banks of the Indus, mostly dipping at high angles towards the south. Conglom- erates are locally to be found reaching to a couple of hundred feet or less along the whole road. 25th, Saspul. — All the way we passed through the tertiary red and greenish shales and sandstones, mostly along the strike of the rocks, which dip at a high angle of between 60 and 80° to south-west or south by west. The crystalline rocks appear to occupy the hills above Himis. Diluvial conglomerate is extensively developed along the river, and particularly about Saspul. 25th and 26th, Saspul to Leli. — The same rocks for the greatest part of the distance ; the gneiss and hornblendic gneiss do not touch the river till just before Pittuk, beyond the village of Phayang. The diluvial deposits are very extensive, and are very thick just east of Snemo. GEOLOGY. 15 The PART II. hill ranges between the Indus Valley in Ladak and Shah-i-dula on the ERONTIER OE YARKAND TERRITORY. [ This section is copied, with a few verbal alterations, from the Records of the Geological Survey of India, V°l. VII, p. 12.] 1 hh following brief notes on tlie general geological structure of tlie bill ranges alluded of t16 ^asec^ uPon observations made on a tour from Leb, via Cbangcbenmo, tlie high plains nigzi-tliung, Karat&gh, Aktagh to Shah-i-dula, and upon corresponding observations niacle by Dr. H. W. Bellow, accompanying His Excellency Mr. Eorsyth’s camp along the Karakoram route to this place. Before proceeding with my account, I will only notice that our journey from Leh (or ‘Wak) -was undertaken during the second half of September and in October, and that we °Hnd the greater portion of the country north of the Changchcnmo valley covered with j'J'Q'v the greatest obstacle a geologist can meet on his survey. While on our journey the lerm°nieter very rarely rose diu'ing the day above the freezing point, and hammer operations jVie not easily carried out. At night the thermometer sank, as a rule, to zero, or even to 8° ,?A)W zero, in our tents, and to 26° below zero in the open air. Adding to this the natural ]-<> ICll ^es the ground we had to pass through, it was occasionally not an easy matter to u P the health up to the required standard of working power, j ■^ear Leh, and for a few miles east and west of it, the Indus flows on the boundary ween crystalline rocks on the north and eocene rocks on the south. The latter consist *1 y .°^ grey and reddish sandstones and shales, and more or less coarse conglomerates, tron lrUn^ au occasional Nummulite and casts of Pelecypoda. These tertiary rocks extend eastward south of the Pankong lake, following the Indus either along one or both t' • /S ^le river, as far west as Kargil, where they terminate with a kind of brackish and s 1_Water deposit, containing Melanice. . e_arly the entire ridge north of the Indus, separating this river from the Shayok, and the lnU'n® *n a south-easterly direction to the mouth of the Hanle river (and crossing here (l',? ^U(^Us’ extending to my knowledge as far as Demchok), consists of syenitic gneiss, an emely variable rock as regards its mineralogical composition. The typical rock is a , eramly fine-grained syenite, crossed by veins which are somewhat richer in hornblende, + 6 °riier portions contain a large quantity of schorl. Both about Leh and further Th Wara extensive beds of dark, almost black, fine-grained syenite occur in the other rock. le felspar often almost entirely disappears from this fine-grained variety, and quartz remains y sparingly disseminated, so that gradually the rock passes into a kornblendic schist ; and en s°horl replaces hornblende, the same rock changes into layers which are almost entirely "Hposed of needles of schorl. Again, the syenite loses in places all its hornblende, the ant a^S ^sPar increase in size, biotite (or sometimes chlorite) becomes more or less abund- . j a,l(i with the addition of quartz we have before us a typical gneiss (or protogine gneiss), 1 out being able to draw a boundary between it and typical syenite. However, the gneissic ions, many of which appear to be regularly bedded, are decidedly subordinate to the 16 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. syenitic ones. As already mentioned, the rock often lias a porphyritic structure, and the felspar becomes pink, instead of white, — as, for instance, on the top of the Khardung pass and on the southern slope of the Chang-la, where large fragments are often met without the slightest trace of hornblende. To the north of the last-mentioned pass the syenitic gneiss gradually passes into thick beds of syenite-schist, and this again into chloritic schist, by the hornblende becoming replaced by chlorite, while the other mineral constituents are gradually almost entirely suppressed. The syenitic and chloritic beds alternate with quartzose schists of great thickness. The schistose series of rocks continues from north of the Chang-la to the western end of the Pankong lake, and northwards to the Lankar-la, generally called the Marsemik pass. On the western route Dr. Bellew met similar rocks north of the Khardung pass at the village Khardung, and traced them northwards across the Shayok up the Nubra valley to near the foot of the Sasser pass. Intimately connected with the metamorphic schistose series just noticed is a greenish chloritic, partly thin-bedded, partly more massive rock, which very closely resembles a similar rock found about Srinagar. Only in this case certain layers, or portions of it, become often distinctly or even coarsely crystalline, sometimes containing bronzite sparingly disseminated, and thus passing into diallage. This chloritic rock forms the greater part of the left side of the Changchenmo valley, and also occurs south of the Sasser pass. I think we have to look upon this whole series of schistose and chloritic rocks as the representatives of the Silurian formation. After crossing the Changchenmo valley to Gogra, we met with a different set of rocks. They are dark, often quite black, shales, alternating with sandstones. Many beds of the latter have a comparatively recent aspect, and are rather micaceous, without the least metamorphic structure, while the shales accompanying them very often exhibit a silky, sub- metamorphic appearance on the planes of fracture. I observed occasionally traces of fucoids and other plants in these shales, but no animal fossils. On the Changchenmo route these shaly rocks form the ridge of the Chang-lung pass, as well as the whole of the western portion of the Lingzi-thung ; and they are met again after crossing these high plains and entering the Karakash valley, as far as Shinglung (or Dunglung). On the Karakoram route Dr. Bellew brought specimens of similar rocks from the Mastagh (Karakoram) range itself. There can be but little doubt, — judging from similar rocks which I saw in Spiti, and from their geological relation to certain limestones, of which I shall presently speak, — that we have in the shaly series the carboniferous formation represented. In many localities along the right bank of the Changchenmo river, then at the hot springs north of Gogra, and on the southern side of the Chang-lung pass, we find the carboni- Gogra. Hot springs. Tr=Triassic limestone with crinoids, a= Conglomerates, reddish, rather recent looking. b=Quartose sandstone, pale coloured. >carboniferons, c= Reddish silicious sandstone, coarse and conglomeratic. Section of rocks at the hot springs of Gogra. ferous beds overlain by triassic limestone, which often has the characteristic semi-oolitic structure of the Krol limestone, south of Simla. At Gogra and several other places dolomi- GEOLOGY. 17 tic beds occur ; and, in these, sections of Dicerocardium Eimcilayense are not uncommon. In other places beds are met with full of Crinoid stems. North of the LiAgzi-thung plain— to the west of which the Mils are mostly composed of the same triassic limestone— a red brecciated, calcareous conglomerate is seen at the foot of the Compass-la, but this conglom- erate gradually passes into the ordinary grey limestone, which forms the ridge, and un- doubtedly belongs to the same group of triassic rocks. The last place where I saw the tiiassie limestone was just before reaching the camping ground SMnglung : here it is an almost wliite or light grey compact rock, containing very perfect sections of 31cgoilodon tnqueter , the most characteristic triassic fossil. On Mr. Forsyth’s route Dr. Bellow raet with similar triassic limestones on the northern declivities of the Sasser pass, and also the Karakoram pass, overlying the carboniferous shales and sandstones previously policed. On the Karakoram the triassic limestone contains spherical corals, very similar c those Avhich were a few years ago described by Professor Bitter von Beuss from the Hallstadt beds in the Alps, and which are here known to travellers as Karakoram stones.1 Returning to our Lin»zi-thung route, we leave, as already mentioned, the last traces of triassic limestone at Shinglung, in the Upper Karakash valley. Here the limestone rests uPon some shales, and then follow immediately the same chloritic rock which we noticed °* the Lankar-la, alternating with quartzose scliists, both of which must be regarded as ul>per palaeozoic age. At Kizil-jilga regular sub-metamorphic slates appear, alternating with red conglom- 0l‘ate and red sandstones ; and further on dark slate is the only rock to be seen the whole way down the Karakash, until the river assumes a north-easterly course, some fourteen “lles east of the Karatagh pass. From here my route lay in a north-westerly direction awards Aktagh, and the same slaty rock was met with along the whole of this route up 0 the last-mentioned place. Dr. Bellew also traced these slates from the northern side of lle Karakoram to Aktagh. They further continue northwards across the Suget-la, a few miles ^01 tlv of the pass, as well as in single patches down the Suget river to its junction with the Karakash. The irregular range of hills to the south of the portion of the KaraMsh river, flows almost east and west from Shah-i-dula, on its southern side entirely consists of ,.lese flates, while on the northern side it is composed of a fine-grained syenite, wMch also forms le whole of the Kuenluen range along the right bank of the Karakash river, and also is the ®°le rock composing the hills about the camping ground at Shah-i-dula. The slates of which 1 spoke are, on account of the close cleavage, mostly fine, crumbling, not metamorpluc, and ^st> I think, be referred to the silurian group. They correspond to the metamorpluc c fists on the southern side of the Karakoram ranges. Thus we have the whole system of mountain ranges between the Indus and the borders . Turkistan bounded on the north and south by syenitic rocks, including between them the sflurian, carboniferous, and triassic formations.3 This fact is rather remarkable, for, south . tlle Indus, we have nearly all the principal sedimentary formations represented, from the S1 iU’ian up to the eocene, and most of the beds abound in fossils. The only exception to which I can allude on the Changchenmo route is near Kium, in le Changchenmo valley. Here there are on the left bank of the river some remarkably ST„ ' arc stiU somewhat in the dark as to the true nature of these curious fossils. Dr. Waagen considered th®m to. S°“^ pongos ( Astylospongia ) described by Professor Ferd. Eiimer from Tennessee and from the Silurian pebbles in the drift o i esia, a stoner y the resenil)lance externally and on cut sections is very great, but hitherto no spicules have been detected in t ie ara oram A specimens have now been sent to Europe for identification. • . f liassi °U ^ Subse1uent journey from Yarkand, Dr. Stoliczka found that the highest portions of the Karakoram pass c n rocks (Tagling). See concluding portion of Geology, p. 45. 18 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. recent-looking sandstones and conglomerates, dipping at an angle of about 45° to north by east, and at the foot of these beds rise the hot springs1 of Kium. I think it probable that this conglomerate has eastward a connection with the eocene deposits, which occur at the western end of the Pankong lake2 and in the Indus valley south of it. In the previous notes I have scarcely alluded to the dip of the rocks at the different localities. The reason is, that there is, indeed, very great difficulty in directly observing both the dip and the strike. At the western end of the Pankong lake the dip of the metamorphic schists is mostly south-westerly, but further on nearly all the rocks dip at a moderate angle to north-east, north by east, or to north. On the Lingzi-thung, just after crossing the Chang-lung, the shales are mostly highly inclined, but further on the limestones lie unconformably on them and dip to north-east. Wherever the hills consist merely of shales and slates, their sides are generally so thickly covered with debris and detritus, that it becomes almost an exception to observe a rock in situ. The debris is brought down in large quantities by the melting snow into the valleys, and high banks of it are everywhere observable along the water-courses. At a somewhat remote — say diluvial — period this state of things has operated on a far greater scale. Not only were the lakes, like the Pankong, much more extensive, but valleys, like the Chang- chemno, or the Tankse valley, sometimes became temporarily blocked up by glaciers, or great landslips, and the shingle and clay deposits were often accumulated in them to a thickness of two or more hundred feet. Near Aktagh similar deposits of stratified clay exist of about 160 feet in thickness, and extend over an area of more than 100 square miles.3 There can be but little doubt that when these large sheets of water were in existence, the climate of these now cold and arid regions was both milder and moister, and naturally more favourable to animal and vegetable life than it is now. A proof of this is given, for instance, by the occurrence of subfossil Succineae, Helices , and Pupae in the clay deposits of the Pankong lake, while scarcely any land mollusk could exist at the present time in the same place. Note regarding the occurrence of jade in the Karakash valley on the southern borders of Turkistan. [From Kecords of the Geological Survey of India, Vol. VII, p. 51 ; and Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., 1873, XXX, p. 568.] The portion of the Kuenluen range which extends from Shah-i-dula eastward towards Khotan appears to consist entirely of gneiss, syenitic gneiss, and metamorphic rocks, these being quartzose, micaceous, or liornblendic schists. On the southern declivity of this range, which runs along the right bank of the Karakash river, are situated the old jade mines, or rather quarries, formerly worked by the Chinese. They are about 7 miles distant from the Kirghiz encampment Balakchi, which itself is about 12 miles south-east of Shah-i- dula. I had the pleasure of visiting the mines in company with Dr. Belle w and Captain Biddulph, with a Yarkandi official as ourguide. 1 The temperature of these hot springs varies from 60° to 125°. They form no deposit of gypsum, like the springs north of Gogra, hut there is a good deal of soda deposit round them. (S). 2 1 can find no mention of any eocene deposits at the western end of the Pankong lake in the diary. Some deposits are noticed which contain fresh-water shales, hut are evidently much more recent. Some recent-looking yellow conglomerate or coarse sandstone is mentioned in the Rimdi valley, north of the Pankong lake. There may he some mistake in the wording of the test here, due to its having been printed in Dr. Stoliczka’s absence. 3 For a description of the alluvial deposits of Ladak and the Upper Indus basin, see Drew, Quart. Jour. Geol, Soc., 1873, XXIX, GEOLOGY. 19 ^ e found, the principal jade locality to be about l-J miles distant from the river, and at a height of about 500 feet above the level of the same. Just in this portion of the range a tew short spurs abut from the higher hills, all of which are, however, as usual, thickly covered with debris and sand — the result of disintegration of the original rock. The whole has the appearance of being produced by an extensive slip of the mountain-side. "V iewing the nuncs from a little distance, the place seems to resemble a number of pigeon-holes worked ya the side of the mountain, except that they are rather irregularly distributed. On closer inspection we saw a number of pits and holes dug out in the slopes, extending over a height °f nearly a couple of hundred feet, and over a length of about a quarter of a mile. Each °i these excavations has a heap of fragments of jade and rock at its entrance. Most of them are only from 10 to 20 feet high and broad, and their depth rarely exceeds 20 or 30 ^nt; only a few show some approach to low galleries of moderate length, and one or tw° are said to have a length of 80 or 100 feet. Looking on this mining operation as a whole, it is no doubt a very inferior specimen of the miners’ skill ; nor could the workmen have been provided with any superior instruments. I estimated the number of holes at ab°ut a hundred and twenty ; hut several had been opened only experimentally — an operation ■which had often to be resorted to on account of the superficial sand concealing the under- lying rock. Several pits, also, which were probably exhausted at a moderate depth, had f>een again filled in ; their great number, however, clearly indicates that the people had been Working singly, or in small parties. The rock, of which the low spurs at the base of the range are composed, is partly a thin- bedded, rather sandy, syenitic gneiss, partly nnca and hornblendic schist. The felspai gradually disappears entirely in the schistose beds, which on weathered planes often have the aPpearance of a laminated sandstone. They include the principal jade-yielding rocks, being traversed by veins of a pure white, crystalline mineral, varying in thickness from a few feet to about forty, and perhaps even more. The strike of the veins is from north by west to south by east, or sometimes almost due east and west ; and their dip is either very high to- wards north, or they run vertically. I have at present no sufficient means to ascertain the true nature of this vein rock, as it may rather be called, being an aggregate of single crystals. be mineral has the appearance of albite, but the lustre is more silky, or perhaps rathei '-Jassy, and it is not in any way altered before the blowpipe, either by itself or with borax soda. The texture is somewhat coarsely crystalline, rhombohedric faces being on a fresh fracture clearly traceable. It sometimes contains iron pyrites in very small particles, and a frw flakes of biotite are also occasionally observed. This white rock is again traversed by veins of nephrite, commonly called jade ; which, however, also occurs in nests. There appear to be two varieties of it, if: the one, of which I shall presently speak, really deserves the name of jade. It is a white tough mineral, having an indistinct cleavage in two different directions, while in the other directions the fracture is finely granular or splintery, as m true nephrite. Portions of this mineral, which is apparently the same as that usually called wbite jade, have sometimes a fibrous structure. This white jade rarely occupies the whole thickness of a vein ; it usually only occurs along the sides in immediate contact with the white vein rock, with which it sometimes appears to be very closely connected. The middle part of some of the veins, and the greater portion of others, consist entirely of the common 1 The only specimen in tlie collection made by Dr. Stoliczka at this place which agrees with his description proves to be dolomite. 20 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. green jade, which is characterised hy a thorough absence of cleavage, great toughness, and rather dull vitreous lustre. The hardness is always below 7, generally only equal to that of common felspar, or very little higher, though the polished surface of the stone appears to attain a greater hardness after long exposure to the air. The colour is very variable, from pale to somewhat darker green, approaching that of pure serpentine. The pale-green variety is by far the most common, and is in general use for cups, mouth-pieces for pipes, rings and other articles used as charms and ornaments. I saw veins of the pale green jade amounting in thickness to fully 10 feet ; but it is hy no means easy to obtain large pieces of it, the mineral being generally fractured in all directions. like the crystalline vein-mineral, neither the white nor the green variety of jade is affected hy the blowpipe heat, with or without addition of borax or soda. Green jade of a brighter colour and higher translucency is com- paratively rare, and, on that account, no doubt much more valuable. It is usually only found in thin veins of one or a few inches ; and even then it is generally full of flaws. Since the expulsion of the Chinese from Yarkand in 1864, the jade quarries in the Karakasli valley have become entirely deserted. They must have yielded a considerable por- tion of the jade of commerce ; no doubt the workmen made a good selection on the spot, taking away only the best coloured and largest pieces ; for even now a great number of fair fragments, measuring 12 to 16 inches in diameter, form part of the rubbish thrown away as useless. The Balakclii locality is, however, not the only one which yielded jade to the Chinese- There is no reason to doubt the existence of jade along the whole of the Kuenluen range, as far as the mica and hornhlendic schists extend. The great obstacle in tracing out the veins, and following them when once discovered, is the large amount of superficial debris and shifting sand which conceal the original rock in situ. However, fragments of jade may he seen among the boulders of almost every stream which comes down from the range. We also observed large fragments of jade near the top of the Sanju pass, which, on its southern side at least, mostly consists of thin-bedded gneiss and hornhlendic schist. Another rich locality for jade appears to exist somewhere south of Khotan, from whence the largest and best coloured pieces are said to come ; most of them are stated to he obtained as boulders in a river bed, though this seems rather doubtful. Very likely the Chinese worked several quarries south of Khotan, similar to those in the Karakasli valley, and most of the jade from this last locality was no doubt brought into Khotan, this being the nearest manufacturing town. A great number of the better polished ornaments, such as rings, &c., sold in the bazar of Yarkand, have the credit of coming from Khotan ; possibly they are made there by Chinese workmen, but the art of carving seems to have entirely died away? and indeed it is not to he expected that such strict Mahomedans as the Yarkandees mostly are would eagerly cultivate it. If the Turkistan people will not take the opportunity of profiting by the export of jade, or if no new locality of that mineral is discovered within Chinese territory, the celestial people will feel greatly the want of the article, and good carved specimens of jade will become great rarities. The Chinese seem to have been acquainted with the jade of the Kuenluen mountains for the last two thousand years, for Khotan jade is stated1 tobe mentioned “by Chinese authors in the time of the dynasty under Wuti (B. C. 148—86).” Yule’s Marco Polo, Yol. I, p. 177. (S.) GEOLOGY. 21 PART III. Erom Snin-i-DULA to Yarkand and Kashghar. [ From Records of the Geological Survey of India, Vol. VII, p. 49 ; and Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., 1874, Vol. XXX, p. 571. j * v a former communication I liad already occasion to notice, that the rocks composing the Kuenluen range near Shah-i-dula chiefly consist of syenitic gneiss, often interbedded, and alternating with various metamorphic and quartzose schists. Similar rocks continue the whole way down the Karakash river for about 24 miles. After this the road follows, m a somewhat north-westerly direction, a small stream leading to the Sanju (or Grim) pass. Ticre the rocks are chiefly true mica scliist, in places full of garnets. Near the summit, and °n t,lc pass itself, chloritic and quartzose schists prevail, in which veins of pale-green jade occur, numerous blocks containing this mineral having been observed near the top of the pass. h-U the strata are very highly inclined, often vertical, the slopes of the hills, and in fact of tlle entire range, being on that account rather precipitous, and the crests of the ridges them- selves very narrow. Sanja pass. i. Metamorphic rocks. ta. Submetamorphic schists. a. Slates. 3. Sandstones and conglomerates. Section from the Sanju Pass to Kiwaz. To the north of the Sanju pass we again meet with metamorphic, mostly chloritic schists, ^ntil we approach the camping place Tam, where distinctly bedded sedimentary rocks cap lle hills of both sides of the valley. They are dark, almost black, silky slates, resting ^conformably on the schists, and are overlain by a grey, partly quartzitic sandstone, passing Tllto conglomerate. The last rock contains particles of the black slates, and is, therefore, ciearly 0f younger age. Some of the conglomeratic beds have a remarkably recent aspect, )ut others are almost ° metamorphic. In none of the groups, the slates or sandstones or conglomerates, have any fossils been observed ; but they appear to belong to some palaeozoic 'conation. They all dip at from 40° to 50° towards north-east, extending for about U !nilos down the Sanju valley. Here they are suddenly cut off by metamorphic . schists, but the' exact place of contact on the slopes of the hills is entirely concealed by debris. The Schists are only in one or two places interrupted by massive beds of a beautiful porphyritic Sneiss, containing splendid crystals of orthoclase and biotite; they continue for about 18 nwles to the camp Kiwaz. On the road, which often passes through very narrow portions J the valley, we frequently met with old river deposits, consisting of beds of gravel and very clay, which is easily carried off by only a moderate breeze, and fills the atmosphere with clouds of dust. These old river deposits reach iff many places up to about 150 feet 22 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. above the present level of the river, which has to he wacled across at least once in every mile. At the camp, Kiwaz, the hills on both sides of the valley are low, composed of a com- paratively recent -looking conglomerate, which in a few places alternates with beds of reddish, sandy clay, the thickness of the latter varying from 2 to 5 feet only. These rocks strik- ingly resemble those of the supra-nummuhtic group, so extensively represented in the neigh- bourhood of Mari. They decompose very readily, covering the slopes of the mountains with loose boulders and sand, under which very little of the original rock can be seen. Near the camp the beds dip at about 40° to north-east, but about one mile and a half further on a low gap runs parallel to the strike, and on the other side of it the beds rise again, dipping with a similar angle to south-west, thus forming a synclinal at the gap. Below the conglomerate there crops out a grey, often semi-crystalline limestone,1 2 containing in some of its thick | layers large numbers of Crinoid stems, a Spirifer, very like S. striatus, and two species of Feneslelke. hollowing the river to north by east, this carboniferous limestone again rests on cliloritic schist, which, after a mile or two, is overlain by red sandstone, either in horizontal or very slightly inclined strata. Both these last-named rocks are very friable, easily crumbling between the fin gifts, particularly the latter, from which the calcareous cement has been almost entirely dissolved out. At Sanju the red sandstones underlie coarse grey cal- careous sandstones and chloritic marls, some beds of which are nearly exclusively composed of Gryp hcea. vssicu losa,’ many specimens of this most characteristic middle cretaceous fossil being of enormous size. The Gryphcea beds and the red sandstones are conformable to each other ; and although I have nowhere seen them interstratified near their contact, there is strong evidence of their being both of cretaceous age. Both decompose equally easily, and the Gryphcea beds have indeed in many places been entirely denuded. They have supplied the greater portion of the gravel and beds of shifting sand, which stretch in a north-easterly direction towards the unknown desert land. i. Chloritic schist. 2. Carboniferous limestone. 3. Red sandstone. 4. Sandstones and marls with Gryphcea 'vesiculosa. 3. Conglomerate with reddish clay- (? tertiary). Section from Kiwaz to Sanju , distance about 2 miles . On the road from Sanju to Yarkand, which first passes almost due west, and after some distance to north-west, we crossed extensive tracts of these gravel beds, and of low hills almost entirely composed of clay and sand, though we only skirted the true desert country- Locally, as, for instance, near Oi-toghrak and Bora, pale reddish sandstones crop out from under the more recent deposits, but they appear to be newer than the cretaceous red sand- stones, underlying the Gryplicea beds : the former most probably belong to some upper 1 This carboniferous limestone had been previously noticed by Dr. Henderson, who gave a sketch of the section : “ Lahore to Yarkand,” p. 107. . 2 G. vesicularis in the original ; but as this is an upper cretaceous species, and the specimens resemble G. vesiculosa, I thmK the latter is the name which Dr. Stoliczka intended to use. 23 GEOLOGY. tertiary group.1 Among the sandy and clayey deposits I was not a little surprised to find rue Loess, as typical as it can anywhere he seen in the valleys of the Rhine or of the Danube- 1 might even speak of “ Berg ” and “ Thal-Loss,” hut I shall not enter into details on this occasion, for I may have a much better opportunity of studying this remarkable deposit. - t piesent I will only notice that commonly we meet with extensive deposits of Loess only in u valleys. Its thickness varies in places from 10 to 80 and more feet — a fine yellowish <1°Us to jump to conclusions regarding the nature of ground untouched by the geological Um or. The answer to any doubt must for the present remain a desideiatum. ■ On the fourth day of our march, approaching Yangihissar, we also crossed a few very Jl ridges ; but these consisted entirely of gravel and marly clay beds, most of them dipping 1 11 a very high angle to south by east, the strike being nearly due east and west. South ot angihissar the ridge bent towards south-west, and there was also a distant low ridge trace- . 6 ln a north-easterly direction, the whole having the appearance of representing the shore some large inland water-sheet. Erom Yangihissar to Kashghar we traversed only low land, dually more or less thicklv covered with a saline efflorescence, hut still to a considerable ext(*t cultivated. a note in the diary of May 31st, made on the return journey from Yarkand, it appears that Dr. Stoliezka ultimately eied these rocks the equivalents of some examined north of Kashghar, which he termed Artysh beds. 24 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. PART IV. Geological observations made on a visit to the Chadyr-ktjl, Thian Shan Range. [From Records of the Geological Survey of India, Vol. VII, p. 18; and Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., 1874, Vol. XXX, p. 174.] After a stay of nearly a month in our embassy quarters at Yangishahr, near Kashghar, the diplomacy of our envoy secured us the Amir’s permission for a trip to the Chadyr-kul, a lake situated close on the Russian frontier, about 112 miles north by west of Kashghar, among the southern branches of the Thian Shan range. Under the leadership of Colonel Gordon, we — Captain Trotter and myself — left Yangishahr about noon on the last day of 1873, receiving the greeting of the new year in one of the villages of the Artysh valley, some 35 miles north-west from our last quarters. On the 1st of January 1874 we marched up the Toyanda river for about 20 miles to a small encampment of the Kirghiz, called Chung- terek ; and following the Toyanda, and passing the forts Mirza-terek and Chakmak, we camped on the fifth day at Turgat-bela, about 11 miles south of the Turgat pass, beyond which, 5 miles further on, lies the Chadyr-kul. On the sixth we visited the lake, and on the day following retraced our steps, hy the same route we came, towards Kashghar, which we reached on the 11th January. Having had a day’s shooting at Turgat-bela, and one day’s halt with the King s obliging officers at the Chakmak fort, we were actually only nine days on the march, during which we accomplished a distance of about 224 miles. It will be readily understood that, while thus marching, there was not much time to search for favourable sections in out-of-the- way places, but merely to note what was at hand on the road. I can therefore only intro- duce my geological observations as passing remarks. Leaving the extensive loess deposits of the valley of the Kashghar Daria, the plain rises very gradually towards a low ridge, of which I shall speak as the Artysh range. It is remark- ably uniform in its elevation, averaging about 400 feet, somewhat increasing in height towards the west and diminishing towards the east, which direction is its general strike. This range separates the Kashghar plain from the valley of the Artysh river, which cuts through the ridge about 8 miles nearly due north of the city. Viewed from this, the entire ridge appears very regularly furrowed and weather-worn on its slope, indicating the softness of the material of which it is composed. One would, however, hardly have fancied that it merely consists of bedded clay and sand, mostly yellowish white, occasionally reddish, and some- times with interstratified layers of greater consistency, hardened by a calcareous or silicious cement. On the left bank, in the passage of the river through the ridge, the beds appear in dome shape, gently dipping towards the Kashghar plain on one side, and with a considerably higher angle into the Artysh valley on the other. On the right bank at the gap all the exposed beds dip southward, those on the reverse of the anticlinal having been washed away by the Artysh river up to the longitudinal axis, and thus exposing almost vertical faces. These remarkably homogeneous clayey and sandy beds may appropriately be called Artysh beds; and although I could nowhere find a trace of a fossil in them, it seems to me very probable that they are of marine origin and of neogene age. GEOLOGY. 25 The southern slopes of the ridge are on their basal half entirely covered with gravel, *C. m ^aC6S even ex^ends to the top, assuming here a thickness of from 10 to 15 feet, a I*00 / i^IC ^r.aVe^ ^et^s are separated from the main range by a shallow depression, forming ow rit ge -which runs along the base of the higher one, and from which it is, even in the gi^aace’ clearly discernible by its dark tint. The pebbles in the gravel are mostly of small ze an v ell river-worn; they are derived to a very large extent from grey or greenish caK's an(l shales, black or white limestone, more rarely of trap, basalt, and of gneiss. U* 1 t e exception of the last-named rock, all the others had been met with in situ in the ipei oyanda valley. The pieces of gneiss belong to a group of metamorphic rock which is . a y called Protogine. It is mainly composed of quartz and white or reddish orthoclase, . a comparatively small proportion of a green chloritic substance. The white felspar I } if gCncraHy contains as an accessory mineral schorl, in short, rather thick, crystals. havTl SUl^equently aq-U(lc to the probable source from which the protogine pebbles might th’orn Artysh we marched, as already stated, northwards, up the Toyanda river, and for the fCS^ ~~ m^os one was sru'prised to find nothing but the same Artysh and gravel deposits, ormer constantly dipping at a high angle to north by west, and the latter resting on ,, 111 ln s^ghtly inclined or horizontal strata ; while among the recent river deposits in „ e °f the valley itself the order of things appeared reversed. The gravels, having rs^ yidded to denudation, here underly the clays derived from the Artysh beds, thus Preparing an arable ground for the agriculturist, whenever a favourable opportunity offers uiY ^ i°w miles south of Chung- terek, the laminated Artysh beds entirely disappear cc)1 61 Sraycl> which from its greater consistency assumes here the form of a rather tough, a^aisc conglomerate. In the bend of the river the latter has a thickness of fully 200 feet, rare ero<^e<^ ^y lateral rivulets into remarkably regular Gothic pillars and turrets. It is ^re 0 meef with a more perfect imitation of human art by nature. The general surface of •(f_ ? gravel deposits is comparatively low, from 400 to 500 feet above the level of the river ; much denuded and intersected by minor streams and old water-courses. Kolctan range. Tekki range. Chung'terek . Mir%a-terek. Chakmdk range. Artysh •valley . Kashghdrt 1 Chakmdk. Guljabashi. Russian J Boundary . Purug-ju . Chadyr-kul. I a. l ; occasl°nally hardened into conglomerate, a. Yc °ne gravel- Basalt re<^^'s^ sandy an^ clay beds (Artysh beds). sandstones and conglomerates* red or white, with bands of 5. ant^ Sreenstone rocks interstratified. Jmestone conglomerates. 6. White dolomiti'c limestone. 7. Dark semi-metamorphic schists and slates. 8. Dark limestone. 9. Blackish triassic limestone. 10. Triassic ? greenish shales below the limestone. 11. Palaeozoic shales, slates and sandstones. 12. A band of white and reddish crystalline limestone. At a limestone Section from Kashghar to the Chadyr Lake. couple of miles north of Chung- terek the Koktan range begins with rather abrupt cliffs, rising to about 3,000 feet above the level of the Toyanda. Nearly in the mid- 9 26 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. die of it are situated the forts Mirza-terek and Chakmak, some ten miles distant from each other. The southern portion of this range consists at its base of undulating layers of greenish or purplish shales, overlain by dark-coloured, mostly black, limestone in thick and thin strata, the latter being generally earthy. The limestone occupies all the higher elevations, and, as is generally the case, greatly adds to the ruggedness of the mountains. About 5 miles north of Chung-terek, I found in a thick bed of limestone an abundance of Megalodon triqueter, a large Pinna, a Spiriferina of the type of S. stracheyi, blocks full of Litho- dendron corals, and numerous sections of various small Gastropoda. Thinner layers of the same limestone were full of fragments of Crinoid stems, and of a branching Ceriopora, the rock itself bearing a strong resemblance to the typical St. Cassian beds. In this place the shales, underlying the limestone, were partly interstratified with it, in layers of from 5 to 10 feet; and from this fact it seems to me probable that they also are of triassic age, representing a lower series of the same formation. Proceeding in a north-westerly direction, the Megalodon limestones are last seen near Mirza-terek. Erom this place the greenish shales continue for a few miles further on, much disturbed and contorted ; and at last disappear under a variety of dark-coloured shales, slates, and sandstones, with occasional interstratified layers of black, earthy limestone. The strike of the beds is from east by north to west by south, and the dip either very high to north or vertical. At Chakmak the river has cut a very narrow passage through these almost vertical strata, which rise precipitously to about 3,000 feet, and to the south of the fort appear to he overlain by a lighter-coloured rock. It is very difficult to say what the age of these slaty beds may he, as they seem entirely unfossiliferous, and we can at present only regard them as representing, in all probability, one of the palaeozoic formations. About 5 miles north-west of Chakmak a sensible decrease in the height of the range takes place, and with it a change in the geological formation. The palaeozoic beds, although still crossing the valley in almost vertical strata, become very much contorted ; while, uncon- formably on them, rest reddish and white sandstones and conglomerates, regularly bedded, and dipping to north-west with a steady slope of about 40 degrees. The ocks, though evidently belonging to a comparatively recent (caenozoic) epoch, appear to be much altered by heat, some layers having been changed into a coarse grit, in which the cement has almost entirely disappeared. I have not, however, observed any kind of organic remains in them. A little distance further on, they several times alternate with successive, conformably bedded, doleritic trap. The rock is either hard and compact, being an intimate, rather fine-grained mixture of felspar and augite in small thin crystals, or it decomposes into masses of various greenish and purplish hues, like some of the basic greenstones. After leaving the junction of the Suyok and Toyanda (or Chakmak) rivers, and turning northwards into the valley of the latter, the panorama is really magnificent. Shades of white, red, purple, and black compete with each other in distinctness and brilliancy, until the whole series of formations appears in the distance capped by a dark-bedded rock. Although, judging from the greater frequency of basaltic boulders, we already knew that this rock must be found further north, wc hardly realised the pleasant sight which awaited us on the march of the 4th January, after having left our camp at Gulja, or Bokum- hashi. The doleritic beds increased step by step in thickness, and after a few miles we passed through what appeared to he the centre of an extensive volcanic eruption. Along the banks of the river columnar and massive basalt was noticed several times, with occasional small heaps of slags and scoriae, among a few outcrops of very much altered and disturbed GEOLOGY. 27 f' .a °^rci^ 01 white sandstone, thus addin: to the remarkable contrast of the scene. In pern 'r an(^ ^le right, stretched in a semicircle a regular old Somma ; the almost catioiTo^tl T U l^S risi^ ah°iit 1,500 feet above the river, and clearly exposing the stratifi- es U On ° ^aSa^c ®ows> which were successively dipping to north-east, east, and south- were ' '-1n °UI as we^ as in an almost due western direction, portions of a similar Somma 0f UsVl8' 0 a^)ove the sedimentary rocks, all dipping in the opposite way from those ahead filler! vi ll'i Ct ne ^as hi reality entirely disappeared by subsidence, and the cavity was wi it e rubbish of the neighbouring rocks. hills briber north we crossed a comparatively low country, studded with small rounded and 13 ( mtercepted by short ridges, with easy slopes ; the average height was between 12,000 j£uj . J 5 feet. This undulating high plateau proved to he one of the head-quarters of the thi K*S ^are^n^> chiefly on account of the very rich grass vegetation which exists here. lhn.e t ^ 1 ^(' ^aracter °i the soil fully accounts. The entire ground was shown to consist of tus ' -T' »l av<'l aild pebbles of rather easily decomposing rocks, mixed with the ashes and detri- fias' H • K Cn' ^ drived from the proximity of the volcanic eruption. Only rarely was an isolated ic dyke seen, or the tertiary sandstone cropping out from under the more recent deposits. c ^*ewing the country from an elevated position near our camp at Turgat-bela, the cask °mera^e anfl gravel beds, well clad with grass vegetation, were seen to stretch far away Were an<^ *n a n°rih-easterly direction across the Turgatpass; while on the south they j e °ttnded by a continuation of the somewhat higher basaltic hills. Towards the west riSe*a?e<^ fhem for about 7 miles, across a low pass at which a tributary of the Toyanda the S ^ * W° lnanches ; while on the other side two similar streams flow west by south to join rest laver- rf° the north the proximity of a rather precipitously rising range shut the he r°+ .^1C W01’ld out of view. Eor this ridge the name Terak-tagh of Humboldt’s map may tester aine^ ’ average height ranges between about 16,000 and 17,000 feet. In its cone*] a ex^ensf°tt it runs almost due east and west, composed at base of a tough limestone a subc0m.rate 5r°unSer tertiary origin, followed by white dolomitic limestones, and then by si".tt8C<70* °f slaty and dark limestone rocks, the former occasionally showing distinct hhe pi ° . metattiorphism, and changing into schist. All the beds are nearly vertical or very ■^erth in<^'nec^ dipping to north by west, the older apparently resting on the younger, and (•' °- ^ur&at-i)ela the range makes a sudden bend in an almost northerly direction, Py ailtittues to the Chadyr-kul, where it forms the southern boundary of the lake plateau. attd --fi t*me f^1(; white dolomitic, and afterwards the slaty beds, have entirely disappeared, t]le them the height has also diminished. A comparatively low and narrow branch of which we visited consists here entirely of dark limestone, which in single frag- it do !■ 1S n° ^ distinguishable from the trias limestone of the Koktan mountains, but here dire r U°^ C0:atain any fossils. The ridge itself, after a short stretch in a north-east by north n’ gradually disappears under the much newer conglomeratic beds. pcaks^Cr °SS ^’e Chadyr-kul plain the true Thian Shan range was visible, a regular forest of tints 1SCemingly °f moderate and tolerably uniform elevation. The rocks all exhibited dark °f ^ ^ niost of them, as well as the hills to the west of the Chadyr-kul, near the sources * Pa> were clad in snow. The lake itself was frozen, and the surrounding plain covered a white sheet of saline efflorescence. PrececT? 8^e^1 °f the geological history of the hill ranges traversed.— In order that the & remarks may he more easily understood, I add a few words regarding the changes 28 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. which appear to have taken place at the close of the csenozoic epoch within the southern offshoots of the Tliian Shan which we visited. Short as our sojourn in the mountains was, it proved to he very interesting and equally instructive. Humboldt’s account of the volcanicity of the Thian Shan, chiefly taken from Chinese sources, receives great support ; hut we must not speculate further beyond confid- ing in the expectation that both meso- and caenozoic rocks will he found amply represented in it. As far as our present researches on the physical aspect of the country extend, we may speak of three geologically different ranges : the Terek range, which is the northernmost, the Koktan in the middle, followed by the Artysh range, below which begins the Kashghar plain. All three decrease in the same order in their absolute height, the last very much more so than the middle one. The first consists of old sedimentary rocks, the second of similar rocks in its southern parts, while younger tertiary and basaltic rocks occupy the northern portions ; the third is entirely composed of young tertiary deposits. The general direction of all the ranges is from west to east, or nearly so : this direction evidently dating from the time when the whole of the Thian Shan chain was elevated. The undulating high plateau between the Terek and the Koktan is, near Turgat-bela, about 8 miles wide, the distance between the two ranges diminishing westward, while in the opposite direction it must soon more than double. Judging from the arrangement of the pebbles, which, as already noticed, are half derived from limestone, the direction of the old drainage must have been from west to east, and must have formed the head- waters of the Aksai river, which on the maps is recorded as rising a short distance east of the Chadyr-kul. Similarly, the gravel valley between the Koktan and Artysh ranges indicates a west to east drainage, and its width appears to have approximately averaged 20 miles. About 3 miles north of Chun°*-terek a secondary old valley exists, also extending from west to east, and is diametrically cut across by the Toyanda river. In this valley, which was formerly tributary to the one lying more southward, the gravel beds accumulated to a thickness of fully 100 feet. As the Artysh range did not offer a sufficiently high harrier, masses of the gravel passed locally over it or through its gaps into the Kashghar plain, which itself at that time formed a third large broad valley. Thus, at the close of the volcanic eruptions in the hills north of Chakmak, we find three river systems all flowing eastward, and made more or less independent of each other by mountain ranges, about which it would, however, not be fan* to theorise (in the present state of our knowledge) on the causes of their assumed relative position. It must have been at that time that the pebbles of protogine were brought down from some portion of the hills lying to the west; and it would he interesting to ascertain whether or not this rock is any- where in that direction to be met with in situ} When the turbulent times of Vulcan’s reign became exhausted and tranquillity was restored, the whole country south of the axis of the 1 In Severtzof’s journey to the western portion of the Thian Shan (Jour. Hoy. Geogl. Soc., 1870, pp. 352, &c.) tnetamorphie rocks are stated to he largely developed in the ranges further to the north-west. A large tract of geologically unexplored mountain* intervenes, however, between the southern limits of Severtzof’s examination and the Chadyr-kul. Baron Osten-Sacken’s journey vid the Chadyr-kul, from Vemoye to the neighbourhood of Kashghar (Jour. Koy. Geogl. Soc., 1870, p. 250), contains scarcely any information as to the geology of the countries traversed. He does not even notice the volcanic rocks south of the Chadyr-kul. See remarks at the end of Part V, p. 33. It is perhaps as well to poiut out here, what will probably have occurred to many geologists who have read thus far. The geological school to which Dr. Stoliczka belonged has not, I believe, accepted the views prevalent amongst most English geologists as to the extent of subaerial denudation. It is far from improbable that some of the geological phenomena attributed by Dr. Stoliczka to subsidence might by other observers be considered as a simple effect of disintegration and removal by rain-water. GEOLOGY. 29 Liian Shan must have greatly subsided, and the wider the valleys, the more effectively \ as t to extent of subsidence felt. To support this idea by an observation, I may notice u- north of Chung-terek, at the base of the Koktan range, the Artysh beds have entirely T^appeared in the depth, and the gravel beds overlying them dip partially under the nas imestone, — a state of things wdiich cannot he explained by denudation, hut only by subsidence and consequent overturning of the older beds above the younger ones. A similar a e °* things is to be observed on the Terek range, where the young tertiary limestone cong omerate is in some places of contact overlain by the much older dolomite. Now, if the d!’(ja TaIley °f the Kashghar plain sank first, and gradually lowest, as it in all probability lc > w o find a more ready explanation of the large quantities of loose gravel pouring into and accumulating at the base of the Artysh range. he sinking in of the volcanic centre north-west of Chakmak first appears to have lanied off the former head of the Aksai river, making it the head of the Toyanda instead ; oT t° the north of the Terek ridge it was most probably the cause of the origin of the iadyr-kul. The subsidence of the country followed in the south, making it possible for the aiaited Suyok and Toyanda rivers to force their passage right across the Koktan range, ^U'ngthen the Artysh river, cut with facility through the Artysh range, and join the Kashghar ^ ana. ‘While thus indicating the course of the comparatively recent geological history of ® ground, it must be, however, kept in mind that this change in the system of drainage tj no essential effect upon the direction of the hill ranges. This, dating from much older ?les’ was mainly an east- westerly one, following the strike of the rocks which compose the 10 6 mountain system. h 30 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. PART Y. Altyn -Artysh . [From the Records of the Geological Survey of India, Vol. VIII, p. 13.] Under the personal guidance of the Envoy, we— Dr. Bellew, Captain Chapman, Captain Trotter, and myself — left Yangishahr on the 14th of February, reaching Altyn- Artysh at a late hour the same day. A halt of two days was desirable to enable us to make all necessary arrangements for our further movements. However, before I proceed, I shall endeavour to give the reader an idea of the geographical position and limits of the country, of which I shall speak in the subsequent lines. The data are derived from a general survey by Captain Trotter, and from information given by the Hakim Mahomed Khoja. Altyn- Artysh, which is the chief place of the province, lies approximately about 23 miles north by east of Yangishahr. It is situated in the western part of the Yilak1 on the Bogoz, here called Artysh river, and north of a low ridge which separates the Artysh valley from the plains. The southern boundary runs along this ridge for about 10 miles west of Altyn- Artysh, and from there almost due north to the crest of the Koktan range ; then along this range eastwards of the Belauti pass, and from thence in a south-western direction to the village of Kushtignak, some 15 miles north of Faizabad. From here the southern boundary runs close to the right hank of the Kashghar river, until almost opposite to where the Artysh river runs into the plains. During the first four days we all marched in company up the valley of the Bogoz river to the fort Tongitar, about 23 miles to the north by west; then to a Kirghiz camp, Bashso-on, in a noith- easterly direction ; Tughamati almost eastern, and Ayok-sogon in a south-eastern direction ; the directions being from the last camps respectively. At Ayok-sogon Captain Trotter and I separated from the rest of the party, and marched northwards along the Ushturfan road to Jaitapa, and from thence across the Jigda Jilga in a north-east by east (?) direction to the camp at Uibulak, crossing the Uibulak pass, passing a second jilga, and turning then for almost 9 miles more northwards to the Belauti pass, beyond which lies the valley of the Kakslial or Aksai river. On our return we passed Ayok-sogon, Karawal, about a mile from our former camp of the same name, and visited Ivulti-ailak and Faizabad, returning to Yangishahr on tlie 3rd of March. It w as not a very favourable time for travelling in these regions, not so much on account of the cold, as in consequence of the heavy falls of snow which appear to occur over the whole of the Iliian Shan during the second half of February and first half of March. During the last few days of February we were almost constantly wading in fresh- fallen snow, though on the saline plains it melted very rapidly. The snow naturally interfered seriously with our observations. i Yikk, or Ariak is the summer, Kishkk the winter, residence. Amongst the pastoral wandering tribes of Central Asia, it is the practice to drive all the animals to higher elevations for pasture in summer, and to bring them to lower ground when the upland pastures are covered with snow. The terms mentioned are used by the Turk tribes. GEOLOGY. 31 interest°m & ?eo^°^ca^ P0^ °f view the trip proved in many respects to be of considerable Altliou ’ Par“cularly as supplementing some former observations made more to the west, series ° * 1010 1S no^ much variety in the rock formations, we may distinguish three successive alluy! ' ,* 'lc mos^ southern part of the province, along the foot of the hills, is formed of gQoi la ylaveis and sand, in whose unfathomable depths are swallowed both the Artysh and Oon riveis before they can reach the Kashghar Daria. : Miriam, Section from the Kashgliar plain to Tongithr 3 about 25 miles. 0 ^ ^le secoil(i sei'ies includes the low hills which extend diametrically from north to south v est a^°U*J ^ niiles, while the prevalent strike is from north-east by east to south-west by ^ii these lower hills are occupied by Artysh beds, of which I spoke in a former com- Ration.2 They are separated into two groups. The lower beds consist of greenish or of' rpl clays or sandstones, and the upper of coarse conglomerates, which on a hill south 0. , oogitar have a thickness of about 1,000 feet. At their contact both groups generally alternate in several layers. An anticlinal runs almost through the middle of their st , ial extent. At the fort Ayok-sogon it is caused by a low ridge of old dolomitic lime- tliM S 0n ^lc Artysh clays and sandstones found a firm support. To the south of it and ) the higher range, more recent diluvial gravels cover most of the slopes. The c »1(‘al puzzle of finding strata of young beds as a rule dipping towards a higher range cast' ?*e< cond)ava lively much older rocks seems to me to be due, at least in this special dow' ° 1 '*e idionomcnon that the atmospheric waters which, descending on the crest, flow .y slopes of the high ridge, gradually soften them, and if a subterranean outlet disp ltC ^le s°ftened beds are worn away. While this process is going on, the more r'si ant: |>e(fs simply subside in order to fill the vacant spaces. In some cases a sinking or j , " °f the main range, or even an overturn of high and precipitous cliffs, seem to go hand id • i 'Vat^ the action of erosion, but it is not always the case. I hope to illustrate this J.v a few diagrams, partly derived from actual observations, on some future occasion, oc , . ' ^ third series of entirely different rocks forms the main range of hills, which are a ip 'Ration of the Xoktan range, and in which, more to the westward, are situated the bet V '1U' ^tiakmdk forts. The average height of the range above the plain of Kashghar is here |V en t’-OO and 1,300 feet, single peaks rising to about 1,500 feet. The whole of the southern yreat°n C?US*S^S’ as far as I could see, of carboniferous rocks, in which, however, there is a ^ ‘ - variety of structure. The lowest beds are very often a peculiar breccia-limestone passing for in bis ^)00^s ^r' Stoliczka speaks of these as probably triassic, but he may have changed his opinion subsequently, •_ . , 1 13 le^ notes he classes them with the dolomitic limestone, and refers all to the carboniferous period, Ante, p. 24. 32 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. into regular limestone conglomerate. Above this are beds of solid grey dolomitic limestone, partly massive, partly stratified; the former possessing the character of reef limestone, and portions of it are indeed full of reef -building corals, crinoid stems, and a large Spirifer, the sections of which, when seen on the surface, have a striking resemblance to those of Megalodon. North of Tongitar and about Bash-sogon I met in several places great numbers of fossils, but they were so firmly cemented in a calcareous matrix that only a few could be extracted. Among" these I could recognise a small Bellerophon, Productus semireticulatus, and an Athyris. Anew Terebratula was also very common. Here, about Bash-sogon and Tugha- mati Greenish shales occurred often interstratified with the limestones, beds of which were highly carbonaceous ; the shales appeared to be unfossiliferous. H The limestone hills, which, as already stated, are a continuation of the Koktan range, extend in a north-easterly direction the whole way to south of the Belauti pass, wdiere they are overlaid by a particularly well-bedded dark limestone very similar to that containing Megalodon north of Chung-terek. On this limestone rest greenish and purplish sandstones and shales which occupy the pass and the adjoining hills to the north-west of it ; minera- logically these last rocks are quite identical with what we understand under the name of “ Punter sandstein,” and it is hy no means improbable that the Belauti beds are also of triassic age, as they succeed in regular layers those of the carboniferous formation. A peculiar feature in this part of the hills consists in the occurrence of extensive plains to which the name jilga is generally applied. It means originally, I think, merely a water- course, and, on a large scale, these plains may be looked upon as water-courses of former water-sheets. They occur at the base of the high range, and in some respects resemble the dims of the southern slopes of the Himalayas. North of Tongitar one of these large plains occurs within the limestone rocks, being surrounded by them on all sides. It must be about 30 miles long from east to west, and about 16 from north to south. Several isolated limestone hills and ridges occur in it, and it is drained off by the Bogoz and Sogon rivers, the former rising in the south-west, the latter in the south-east corner. The average elevation is about 5,000 feet. The greater portion is covered with a low scrubby vegetation, and, near the rivers, with high grass. The principal camping grounds are Basli-sogon and Tughamati. The whole plain, which affords good pasturage ground, is occupied hy about 120 tents of Kirghiz during the summer. The next jilga is the Jigda Jilga. It differs considerably both in its physical situation and in its general character from the former. It stretches from west by south to east by north for about 35 miles, while the diameter of the eastern half is about 20 and that of the western about 12 miles. Save for a few low hillocks it is almost a level plain throughout. On the north-western, northern, and north-eastern side it is bounded by the Koktan range, from which several water-courses lead into it, one about the middle from the north, and one from north-east of considerable size, this containing a large quantity of crystalline pebbles ; the rock from which they are derived must be in situ near the axis of the ridge. A third big stream comes from the east, leading from the Uibulak pass. None of these streams had any water in them. On the south, east, and south-east the plain is bounded by the much lower hills composed of Artysh beds ; their slopes covered with gravel. An elevated gap or saddle situated in the south-west corner appears to connect this jilga with that of Tughamati. There is no drainage from this jilga ; all the water is absorbed by the enormous thickness of sand and mud which fills the entire basin. GEOLOGY. 33 i T 16 sou^ern Part of the jilga, particularly south-east of Jaitupa, is lowest, and here a aigc quantity of pure salt, in small cubical crystals, is collected. The fact that there is such aigc quantity of saline matter together with salt swamps in the southern part, seems to pio\e that this jilga at least, and probably most of the others, had been washed out by the sea> &U ^ ' la^’ whjle others had gradually, though only partially, drained off the saline matter, this one retained it, because it has at present no outlet. It is in fact a dried-up saline lake, which soine remote time was cut off from the sea, of which it was a fiord. ‘it f tliird jilga is south of the Belauti pass and north-east of the UibuMlc pass. It is leadi ^ m^es hi breadth and the same in length. There are two large water-courses but Ulf ^ from the range. On the southern side it is enclosed by Artysh and gravel beds 1 " lctber an outlet exists is not known. A southerly outlet very likely exists. Hus °mC httle information as to the geology of the Thian Shan may be gained from hit! Slan ^’avehers, although, so far as lam aware, no general description of the range has been i? ■ a^umpted by them ; nor, indeed, have the mountains been sufficiently explored to a geology to be thoroughly understood. in q- ^ tlie exception of publications in the llussian language, the only original papers and S 1 t,le S°ol°gy of the Thian Shan is treated, so far as I know, are those by Semenoff n n ertZ°ff’1 Osten-Sacken’s interesting journey across the mountains, from Vernoye to the r L'nWyo to the western shore of Issik-kul Lake, Eastern Turkestan. — Jour. Roy. Geogl. Soc., 1869, p. 311. hom ^ ,'0Urney t° the western part of the celestial range (Thian Shan), Jour. Roy. Geogl. Soc., 1870, p. 343 (translated a .* ‘Uas>an). — Erforschung des Thian Schan Gebirgssystems, &c., Erganznngshefte No. 42, 43, Pet. Mit., 1875. 3 Geogl- soc., 1870. p. 250. , Tl| shellun8 der Alpen, 1875, pp. 135, 142. sicoplig ,.]° ll:lIriCfi adopted for these various mountain chains by Russian and German geographers are cumbrous, and might be chain,, L ad'',antage. The Trans- Ili-Alatau is the range just south of Port Vernoye, and is the more northern of two parallel « j°rth of Lake Issik (Issik-kul). range pe efmal11 railge 's considered to be that lying south of Lake Issik. The highest and best marked portion of this mam uit er to the eastward thau the meridian of the lake. 34 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. parallel secondary chain. Between the two the paleozoic rocks rise to a considerable elevation, forming synclinal and longitudinal valleys. We shall follow the section to the north-east, from the foot of the principal ridge, according to SovcrtzolFs latest accounts, and begin at the Naryn River, the valley of which is bounded on the south by an outer range of the Tliian Shan, the Chakir-tau. This consists of granite and mica schist, the opposite slope of the valley being entirely composed of contorted clay-slate, which locally, overlaid by dark violet porphyry conglomerate, extends to the north-west to the top of the Sari-tau, in which, at the pass of Barskoum, syenite is exposed. “ Proceeding from this pass towards Lake Issik diorite and serpentine are first seen ; then mountain limestone, which forms a synclinal. This synclinal coincides with the longitudinal valley separating the Sari-tau from the next range to the north, the Terskei-Alatau, and this latter corresponds to the Sari-tau ridge precisely, so that, on the north side of the intervening valley, first mountain limestone with the slope reversed, then diorite, and finally syenite, are met with. Below, on the shores of Issik-kul, sandstone is found, which may be compared with the carboniferous strata of the Kara-tau. 1 At the eastern end of Issik-kul the little range of Kisil-kija2 consists of red argillaceous sandstone; this range lies nearly in the direction of the greatest (longitudinal) diameter of the lake itself, and in the line of strike of the Rothliegende at the western end of the lake, in the gorge of the Boam stream and on the northern slopes of the Khighiz Alatau.3 Proceeding over the Santash pass into the region of the Trans-lli-Alatau, this is found to consist of granite intersected by two or more bands of limestone standing at high angles or bent into trough-shaped curves ; one of these bands forming the ridge between the rivers Chilik and Chanishk. “ Finally, the granite northern slopes of the Trans-lli-Alatau, as already stated, are terminated, towards the north, by a long but rather low chain of hills which consist of porphyry.”] 1 North of Chemkend and Tashkend. | 3 Tasma mountains on some maps. 3 Now called on many maps Alexandrovski range. GEOLOGY. 35 PART YI. 1 Rom Yangihissar, Kashghar, to Panjah, in Wash an, by the Little Pamir, and RETURN JOURNEY BY THE GREAT PAMIR. A his section, like tliat describing the country between Mari and Leh, is simply compiled rom Tk. Stoliczka’ s diary. It commences from Yangihissar, two marches, or about 40 miles, U)m Rashghar, on the road to Yarkand. Thence the route followed led in a south-west direction through the district of Sarikol (Sirikol) to the frontier of Wakhiin, at or near Aktash, a distance of about 150 miles in a direct line, and thence in a west-south-west direction for 120 ttdles more across the Pamir steppe to Panjabi or Kila Panjah in Wakhan. The road from the i arkand frontier to Panjah traverses a district known as the Little Pamir, and follows the more southern of the two streams which unite near Panjah to form the head of the Amu or Oxus; the return route to Aktash was by the northern stream (that followed by Wood) and the Victoria lake. From Aktash the party with which Dr. Stoliczka was associated returned by the same route as before to Yangihissar. The geological notes made on this portion of the return east- ward journey have been incorporated with those made in the same localities on the westward r°dte. The former largely supplement the latter, which were made when the ground was much concealed by snow.] March 21st, Yangihissar to Ighiz Far.— Started for Sarikol under Gordon, with Bid- ulPh and Trotter. March of about 18 miles almost due south. A mile from Yangihissar I'c crossed several low ridges, extending for about a couple of miles, of what appeared upper Artysh beds, consisting of sand, clay, and conglomeratic beds. The dip was at ret north by east, then the beds were horizontal, and further on they dipped to south by "est. Crossed the Yangihissar stream, and traversed, first, a saline plain, and then one of -puvep rppc asccn{. throughout was very gradual, but must have amounted altogether to m°re than 1,000 feet. March 22nd, Aktala.— A march of about 18 miles, chiefly in a south-western direction. lc lulls west of Ighiz Yar are composed of lower Artysh beds, hardened greenish sand- °Res much contorted.1 Leaving Ighiz Yar, we crossed the plain for about 3 miles, and leR entered the narrow valley of the Bin or Bing river. The rocks at the entrance are lower Artysh sandstones, much contorted and disturbed. . y continue for fully a mile, and are then succeeded by greenish sandstones and shales 01 a much older appearance. These rocks are again at first very much disturbed, but further CR they dip regularly at a low angle to west by south, or even to west. The general dip, lowever, appears to be north-east. Nearer to the camp Aktala, the sandstones and slates alternate with highly carbonaceous shales and slates, and some highly ferruginous or hyema- K'Un ^*e relurn route from tlie Pamir and Wakhan on this march from Aktala to Ighiz Yar the following remark occurs : “ The Ms f'ates an kut principally, in all probability, a subaerial deposit, like the carrier samo ^aSS’ ^ Saw wdiat was evidently limestone on one of the hills ; it was probably the of h°naC(10US S^a^es an(i shales, and partly sandstone, were seen. They were dipping at a very P, ailgle to north by east or north-east by east. In some places they were interbedded 1 crystalline limestone, and with white quartzite, in strata of about 40 to 50 feet in 1 i'li eSS' ^ the junction of the two streams, the Pasrobat and the Tongitar, and much tho \°r U^’ 1 not^ce(t old diluvial gravel, in some places up to the thickness of 300 feet, hm- . ders m°stly consisting of crystalline gneissic rock : some of the boulders are of §e dimensions, and all are well-rormded. These boulder deposits must have been formed yj et*°nnous rivers and large quantities of snow. The gneiss is either fine-grained, with a10 lte mioa, sometimes almost schistose, or it is porphyritic with rosy quartz, white felspar 1 n( a greenish mica. There is little schorl to be observed in any of the pieces. a March 27th, Tdrbdshi, about eight miles in a western direction— The carbonaceous slates ,m' sandstone continued for about a mile from camp, seeming, however, more micaceous. ^ gradually changed into dark carbonaceous mica schists with garnets; this again La ua% into light-coloured mica schist, with more white quartz and less garnets, and this "■>0°ei U'J0Ud iwo an(l a half miles from camp into gneiss. All the strata were dipping at about I . 0 north-east and north-east by east. In many places gravels conceal the rocks to a § t of 150 feet above the river. On the greater heights dark-coloured schistose rocks are seen * ^ 1 ^ > they are mostly hornblendic. the LIttrch 28th> Bcilghun.—A march of about 20 miles across the Cliichiklik plain and , °kniainak pass. All the rocks around are gneiss, which gets gradually schistose, but it is i>ed^aYe was to be observed. At first where we entered the Tongitar (valley), the fine-grained -^itish gneiss was interstratified with dark gneiss and syenitic gneiss, full of schorl ; w tl 101 °n’ syeniti° gneiss prevailed, then bands of beautiful reddish gneiss occurred in it, Pu •11 reddish-brown quartz, reddish glassy felspar in large crystals, and bits of schorl. er onJ fbe gneiss became more ordinary, both coai’sc and fine grained. k 38 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. April 3rd, Kogachak, near Aktash. — [Frontier of Sarikol belonging to Kashghar, and Wakhan under the rule of Kabul.] Eo llowed up the Talley for about a mile, when the gneiss was apparently underlain by black palaeozoic slates, strike almost from east to west, and the dip very little towards the gneiss — or, rather, the beds were vertical. I could not find a trace of fossils. The slate is brittle, and very much cleaved in different directions : it would not do for roofing purposes, unless large quarries were opened. The slates continued for more than a mile, then they gradually became calcareous, and a series of thin-bedded whitish bmestones followed — first, again, almost vertical, but, a little further on, distinctly dipping at an angle of about 50° towards the slates, though evidently younger. The limestone was dolomitic and highly bituminous, but unfossiliferous. After about a mbe it changed to grey limestone, and became slaty. Then followed a band of greenstone for about half a mile, overlain by brownish-black shales, apparently carboniferous ; and these shales were overlain by greenish dolomitic crinoidal limestones, bthologically the same as those which I found to be carbonifer- ous in the Artysh district. I dare say this limestone is also carboniferous. However, the upper beds of this limestone series are paler, and apparently less dolomitic ; and in them I found a cordiform pelecypod, like Megalodon, very common. Possibly the whole of the limestones, but certainly those on the western side of the range, are triassic. They rest here on purple and greenish shales and slates, which are afterwards traversed by greenstone. (See also diary of May 6th.) April 4th, Onkul. — A march of about 24 miles. Crossed a spur over an old gravel deposit, and traversed a valley, the rocks on both sides of which were whitish triassic lime- stone, resting on reddish shaly rock, which, again, overlaid black slates, evidently palaeozoic. Before we reached camp the slates rested on gneiss. April Bill, Oi-kul or Kul-i- Pamir Khurd {Little Pamir Lake). — Marched about 24 miles along the valley of Pamir Khurd, or Little Pamir. The rocks composing the hills to the left of the valley are all gneiss to an elevation of 2,000 or 2,500 feet above the valley; those to the right are higher and more sharply ridged, but their composition could not be ascertained. April 6th, Langur. — Marched about 24 miles. After 6 miles, in a west by south direction, the hills to the north became black slates, resting on gneiss. These same slates were seen dipping at an angle of about 60° to north-east by north at the entrance into the valley, which was here very narrow. They were overlain higher up by reddish slates and con- glomerates, and the whole of the series has bands of quartzite, often intercalated : one of these quartzite bands seems to have passed right across the stratification of the slaty rocks at the entrance of the narrow part of the valley from the Pamir, which here terminates. The gneiss on the Pamir appears to have had only a very slight dip to north. The black slaty rock continued all the way to camp. April 7tli, JDaraz-ditoan, 15 miles. — Black slates, dipping north by east, were seen on both sides of the valley, and on the right the purplish or reddish slates and conglomerates rested on them. The conglomerates consisted of angular boulders of white quartzite in a reddish or purplish matrix. I saw fragments of similar conglomerate in the Sanju river. April 8th, Sarhada. — March of 11 miles. Por the first 2 miles black slates were seen along the road, which was above the level of the river ; further on, the slates rested on the same fine- grained gneiss which we had seen at Pamir Khurd, until within half a mile of Sarhada, where the slate again came down into the valley. Throughout the valley, from the spot where it was entered from Pamir Khurd, old banks of bedded clay and gravel are seen up to 1,200 and 1,500 feet above the present level of the GEOLOGY. 39 but1 » are Senerally seen at the turns of the river, and can be traced all the way down, aie nowhere more extensive. Before the river cut its present deep bed, its course was o Da > \ often interrupted, and small lakes formed, or, at least, its course was retarded, so as to orm these deposits. 1 10th, and 11th, Sarhada to Patir, halting at Patuchand Yur.— Three marches gneiss t ' 'm<^ ^ miles. Black slates alone were seen till 9 miles beyond Patuch, thence h { me-grained) and metamorphic rocks for the remainder of the way. The gneiss is ^ndy, and disintegrates easily. in , Akr,t 12th and 13th, Patir to Panjah, or Kilci Panj, halting at Zang ; 20 miles from the onlJ 3 from the latter. phic^ 0 special description of the geology is given. The beds seen were probably allmetamor- ’ lc same as before. A hot spring opposite Patir is said to rise in black metamorphic slates.] hills * ^le kills at Panjah consist of a metamorphic quartzose schist, which composes the a °n Ike left bank of the valley. The rocks dip to south or south by east into the valley : _ ^kles west they are overlain by dark hornhlendic schist. q Lifter a halt of 12 days in Panjah, the party marched back to Kashghar territory by the Gat kamir, re-entering their former line of march at Kanshubar, east of Aktasli.] Zan<» 2Gth mUl 27 th’ -Pan3ah to Langerkish, 6 miles only— \risited the hot spring near •• the water is 120° The rocks are quartz, hornhlendic, and mica schist, with garnets, to the south-east. APril 27th, Yumkhana, 16 miles.— Old clay deposits reach to about 2,000 feet above the thrSent level of the river. The metamorphic schists are very variable, but highly micaceous -font (containing biotite) ; they still dip to the south-east, and include beds of white \ the left bank of the river they seem to dip under the gneiss, which is not dis- mc% stratified. biotit^* 28th> Yolmazdr> 12 miles.— Rocks same as before— all fine-grained gneiss, with by ^ much resemhhng the Himalayan central gneiss, with biotite mica, traversed mostly tfie 1111 ^ cins of albite granite, with muscovite. It really seems that this is the continuation of fro-kml gneiss, in which the Spiti and Zaskar secondary rocks may form a bay, extending Kasl S°U^k-east towards north-west. About Bras the secondary rocks go over a saddle into c°Us' f lf’ Ihe gneiss continues northward. Hornhlendic beds often occur in the gneiss ; they , dark, rather homogeneous rocks, which include hornblende and staurolite crystals, fp.ai i-" it 29th to Hay 1st, Yohnazdr to Lcihe Victoria (TVood’s Lake). — Three marches, alto- about 37 miles. little L °Cl£S throughout described as gneiss ; that on the first march described as containing a laro.ei§reen mica or chlorite; on the second but little rock was seen in place, the valley being llilhs° ' °CcuI)ie(l by beds of pebbles and boulders, which form terraces along the sides, whilst the split W°re C0Vered whh snow. Th e gneiss seen was “ remarkably altered, craggy, conglomeratic, m all directions, and as if it had been burnt,” but no trace of an eruptive rock was seen.] mix 10- Slliris'le boulders were mostly rounded ; some of very large size only slightly so, and aTlfl . with sand. The whole mass must have been accumulated more by the agency of snow ^/kan running water rllio liill ~ Th lorn ^kese terraces rise to at least 100 feet above the lake, and show that the lake was } much more extensive than it now is, [The details will be found in the diary.] e/pk? kdls around the lake are described as entirely of gneiss, and rather sharply pointed.] a 'e is about two miles in width, and surrounded by terraces of rounded worn, boulders, mixed 40 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. May 2nd, Shashtupa, 18 miles. — For the first 6 or 7 miles the rocks are apparently gneiss ; further, hlack slates and shales overlie the metamorphic rocks, and the hills on both sides become more rounded. Immediately above the gneiss the slates look rather metamorphic, but, further on, they are of the usual type, and reddish beds overlie them near the camp- The dip is low to north by east. [The whole march nearly was over what Dr. Stoliczka terms “ shingle beds,” and the watershed was formed by a mixture of boulders and sand. See diary.1 *] May 3rd, Isligh, 18 miles. — About three miles north of camp the upper reddish slates of the silicious group are overlaid by darkish grey limestone, dipping to north by east. I found no fossils in it. This limestone («) is about 1,000 feet thick, and extends for about a quarter of a mile. Then follows a very indistinctly stratified white or light grey limestone (Z3), which must be at least 2,000 feet thick, and extends for about one mile. I saw Crinoid stem^ in it, hut nothing else. After this follows, again, a darker grey limestone, evidently belong- ing to a different series, being unconformable on the former. This series of limestones forms the highest ridge, some of the rugged mountains rising to fully 20,000 feet; and the thickness of the rocks must he from 3,000 to 4,000 feet. The general strike is west by north to east by south, and the dip to north by east, or almost north, with angles ranging from 80° to 90°. The thickness of this limestone series must be about 3,000 feet. The whole of these limestones appear to be of palaeozoic age — probably for the most part carboni- ferous. After this follows a great series of dark shales, with beds of limestone. The shales them- selves (8) are highly carbonaceous, and the limestones are earthy, mostly thin-bedded, but greatly contorted, rising in more or less vertical ridges. May 4th, Aktash, 36 miles. — After four miles over the plain, the road led for two miles through a narrow gorge between limestone (-:), on which, further on, rest brownish, rather silicious sandstone, and grey, then black, crumbling shales. The road crosses a low pass, and then follows through these shales, in almost a due eastern direction, to the junction with the Isligh. The whole road passes through these shales, with a little sandstone, but more of the earthy limestone. The series extended north, as far as I could see, the shale hills being rounded, and the limestone ridges sharp. Greenstone appears to pierce through it in the distance, and the elevations of the hills appears to decrease. South of the road runs the high limestone range in a west by north to east by south direction towards Aktash. The shales (d) and limestones (?) appear to be triassic. Near Isligh I saw a lot of Bhynchoncllce in one of the earthy limestone beds, but could not extract any tiling very recognisable. May oth, halted at Aktash. — Going about a mile north of camp, and then tunring in fl western direction up a gorge, I found myself north of the great limestone hill, and here, resting on the limestone, were the dark crumbling shales, exactly like the Spiti shales in mineralogies^ character. The shales (8) contained a few beds of the brown sandstone, but both appeared entirely unfossiliferous. In the interbedded limestone (e) I found, however, a great number of Bhynchonellce, which decidedly appear to be triassic, if not younger. In the more com- pact limestone I could only see crinoids, no other distinguishable fossil ; not a trace of a Cephalopod. In a block of more earthy grey limestone loose in the stream bed I got several Rhynchonellce ; but I am not sure whether that limestone is (=) ; it seems more probably (y) 1 It is not quite clear from the diary what Dr. Stoliczka’s views were on the subject of these accumulation. He repeatedly says they must have been brought down by suow, or snow and ice. He never mentions glaciers or moraines, and never notices thf presence or absence of striation on the rocks. GEOLOGY. 41 Hi 'Apfterwards 1 went south of the camp, where on our road westward 1 I got a section like biT * a Mecjaloilon- The hmestone is mostly dolomitic, white or light grey, and less I ominous than (-=). I got crinoid stems in it. and a small Fee ten ; I could not say whether lower tnas or carboniferous. at ^lay Kamhubar {same camp as on April 2nd).— Two and a half miles from Aktash, th a sl)ot where the stream from the Nezatash pass is joined by another flowing from a e south-east, there is a mass of greenstone in the shales, and east of that mass the shales t l! altered, evidently indicating tliat the outburst of the greenstone must have en place after the deposition of the triassic shales. Looking north, the shales continue T* !!rUt a couPle °f miles, composing the hills, wliich rise to about 3,000 feet above the valley. I I ) 1( north-west is a great mass of greenstone again, while a sharp ridge of limestone runs r°ugh the shales, coming from the west, and disappearing and broken up towards the east. u her on, the shales are seen to he overlain by reddish sandstones and shales, towards the top niueh alternating with greenish-grey beds ; and this series is again capped by a light-brownish ,, of inconsiderable thickness. These last rocks and the limestones dip north by east, but the crumbling shales are very much contorted, mostly by the greenstone. The section from Aktash to the north is something like this : — Aktash. Sketch section of the rocks north of Aktash. Xldl ^r°eceV dl lib Lilt? LZtlldull JJdob) J- IU IIILU AXi .i.ulivwv \ / a Lomelli ?, and I also noticed the Rhynchonella limestone, which is very earthy and fown, in sifu in thc ghaleg> In thc limestone M Rhynchoncllce are very rare, or, at least, very Ulihcult ' - - - tut? simies. tue umesiunt? jArivyuvjuvimvvus caav, , 7 . i / x -J to observe. The limestone (?) is, however, always very much less bituminous than us * n11'1 usually darker, and weathers out in flakes, wliich peel off the surface, while (y) is t}]Ually massive. Limestone (e) forms the Nezatash pass in a ridge crossing the pass, but > Passage itself is in shales, which are also seen in a kind of basin east of the pass, the asin being quite encircled by very high cliffs of limestone (£). Grossing into the stream *h comes from the south, and combines with that flowing eastward from the pass, I a number of pelecypod sections in the hmestone, which appear to belong to Megalo- U‘ They were rather large, but otherwise not distinguishable. tfurthisp on, the shales were several times crossed by greenstone, and then followed the aded grey rock. The carboniferous limestone ridge runs from Aktash almost due eastward, c about 5 miles before reaching Kanshubar it turns gradually to south-east, still retaining lts great height. t [Prom Kanshubar the return route to Yarkand via Ighiz Yar was over ground previously wJ^ed,and the geological notes have aheady been incorporated with those of the journej i See notes for April 3rd, p. 38. 42 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. PART VII. Erom Yarkand to Burtsi, south of the Karakoram Pass, via Kugiar, the upper valley of the Yarkand River, Aktagh, and the Karakoram Pass. [This route lies in general considerably to tbe west of that traversed by Dr. Stoliczka in the preceding autumn. Eor two marches from Yarkand to Kargkalik the road is the same as before ; thence it leads a little west of south across the Kuenluen to the upper valley of the Yarkand river; it turns eastward up the valley of that stream as far as Aktagh, where it meets the former route, but it then turns southward across the Karakoram pass. The following notes commence from Karghalik and are copied, like those in the preceding section) from the diary.] May 31st, Karghalik to Besliterek , 20 miles. — The first 10 miles over gravelly desert ; thence the road lies up the Kugiar stream, a broad desert valley, nearly a couple of miles wide. Gravel beds, as much as 150 feet thick in places, extend up to the village : they are evidently alluvial, and not Artysh beds, though the reddish sandstones at Bora 1 belong to the latter. Loess rests on the gravel, and in places has been re-deposited by the river and stratified. There is a good deal of tills stratified loess in the valley itself, but it is chiefly sand. Jmie 1st, Kugiar, 17 miles. — Eor 14 miles the road lay across desert, over some- what elevated terrace land of sand and gravel. About 4 miles north of Kugiar, Artysh beds, clayey sandstone, and fine conglomerate are seen below horizontal beds of diluvial gravel. Further on, they again entirely disappear under the diluvial terraces, which rise about 200 feet above the elevated ground. The amount of sand, clay, and gravel brought from the hills is something enormous. The Artysh beds evidently form the axis of the Ion' ridge, which runs from east to west, about 4 or 5 miles north of Kugiar ; but they are covered with diluvial gravel. June 2nd, Ale Masjicl, about 27 miles. — The first half of the road is entirely over gravel beds, then a grey dolomite begins to crop out. The beds undulate, but the general dip i9 north : not a trace of a fossil could be detected. Further on, close to camp, a reddish, some- what silicious sandstone, and thin-bedded streaked limestone of the same colour, with a high northerly dip, underlies the grey dolomite, and rests upon other grey and whitish dolomitie limestone, less distinctly stratified. As a rule, dust covers all the slopes of the hills so thickly that, except on a precipitous cliff, not a trace of solid rock can be seen. In the valley, loess attains a thickness of fully 30 feet ; it is partly stratified, but the accumulation appeal'9 mostly due to moisture. June 3rd, ChikliJc, 13 miles. — Up to the foot of the pass the grey limestone rock continues) gradually becoming in places thinner bedded, streaked, and metamorphic. Near the foot of the pass it changes to a stratified chloritic rock, while the grey limestone occupies the 1 These were noticed in Part III, and were observed on tbe road between Sanju and Yarkand ; ante, p. 22. GEOLOGY. 43 n-oiiJ 1 1-ei^lt‘ Tbe §reen rock alternates with thick beds of a white quartzose and calca- i S.SC USt’ aut^ bey°ntl the pass the green rock becomes more solid, loses its stratification, garik fC°mCS a reSldar greenstone, exactly like that I met with east of Sastekke, on the blo\-° ■ slate 1 only saw in one or two places, and then in mere fragments or vs , at it is evident that the whole series of rocks is the same as that south-west of Sanju. mar ] 6th, Chiklik to camp, about 2 miles west of Mazarkhoja. — Two short to -H lfS! ^°®c^be/1' about 16 miles. Nearly all the way nothing was seen hut greenstone, similar is o m aeai ^asab daba : towards the end of the second march this unstratified greenstone T' '"(1 ani by cfiloritic schists and other bedded metamorphic rocks, resembling those to the *orth of the Sanju pass. 1 ^une 6th end / th, Mazarkhoja to Grinjikalik. — Two marches, together 18 or 19 miles. A fatherT'0^ me^amorPbie rocks was met with, like those north of the Sanju pass, dipping at a The ei U^1 an»le to north-west, west, and south-west. The whole series seems much disturbed. tV bm.aIent rocb is a quartzitic and higlily liornhlendic schist, traversed in all directions by rami- ng veins of white quartz, with some schorl, and by other darker veins, containing hornblende, he ' 9 irakslieldi , 10 miles. — The same metamorphic rocks continue for about a mile ini' r yesterday’s camp, and rest here on light-coloured, rather fine-grained gneiss, which is Tlii UCt!y stratified> and dips to the north-west. It is traversed by dark liornblendic veins. bl(,yisk wliite gneiss continues for a couple of miles, and rests on an unstratified mass of fol Slf88. P^^yry,1 similar to that I saw west of Sarikol. This fedlspathic gneiss seems to Vv itll G aXJS ^lc whole metamorphic mass ; for, further to south by east from this camp, "'ne'Ul1 a^°U^ a mde’ it is again overlain by the same somewhat fine-grained greyish- white muc]S> the south. This gneiss is, again, overlain at the camp by almost vertical and north CCjabatcd beds of black shale, grey sandstone, and conglomerate, the same as I saw series f ^aiu' Tlin coarse conglomerate has a comparatively recent aspect, but the whole j 1 ocb:s must be upper palaeozoic, although one cannot help doubting the fact, by t, 9th> Ktiltmaldi, 12 miles.— [This march led across the main ridge of the Kuenluen The * aagi pass (16,000 feet), and down again into the upper valley of the Yarkand river. ( spending pass to the eastward crossed on the journey to Yarkand is that of Suget.J np tl !°m yesterday’s camp, the sandstones, conglomerates, and interbedded shales continued 0j‘ ° Pass, where the conglomerates were of great thickness, evidently occupying the top ti1(, seiaes» and dipping with a slight angle to west. On the other or western (southern) side ol dipT)ia^’ 1bc conglomerates and sandstones all continue for about 2\ miles highly inclined, and ^vliicl & ^°Wards east by north; they rest at about the third mile from the pass on black slates, s°0n pass into dark grey and greenish metamorphic schist, sometimes with small garnets. Jcraltshedi. Yavgi. Yarkand river. i, c 5 a sra»itoid\ onglomeratc; 2, Sandstone ; s, Shales- 4 Black slates; 5, Metamorphic rocks, dark-coloured, with quartzite; 6, Fine-grained gneiss,; 7, Unstratified ' PorPl>yritic gneiss. Section across tie Yangi Pass, north of YarJcancl River. The metamorphic series is often traversed by veins of a solid greenstone-like rock, and ai s ^ie arkand valley there is a considerable thickness of a white quartzitic schist, 1 Evidently, from the description, a granitoid rock. 44 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. more or less massive : under it lies a brownish sub-metamorpliic schist, which is also found on the other side of the Yarkand river at the camp. June 10th, Kirghiz Jangal, 16 miles. — The sub-metamorphic schists near Kulunaldi are overlain by a reddish, very coarse conglomerate, and from beneath this, further along the road, a series of grey and pink metamorphic schists crops out, occasionally with graphitic layers interstratified. The last continue up to camp. The beds dip first to west 30° north, and afterwards almost west. The coarse, reddish conglomerates are the same which I saw in going from the Pamir-kul to the camp Langar, in Wakhan. jtme 11th, Kashmir Jilga, about 241 miles. — The rocks are all grey silky, or brownish mica schist. Eor the first 14 miles it is difficult to see any stratification, the schists having distinct bacillary cleavage ; but further on, the schists dip to the north-east on the right bank, and for the last 6 or 7 miles the valley runs along an anticlinal, the beds dipping on the right bank to north by east, and on the left bank to south by west, at an angle of about 50°. The schists decompose easily, and cover the slopes with fine debris. Almost all along the bank of the river there are extensive deposits of detritus, some of them con- taining beds of clay and sand, left by the river. At the openings of the lateral ravines there are extensive fans of debris, some of them more than 100 feet thick. June 12th, Kufelang, 11 miles.— & ocks the same all ; the way ; greenish metamorphic schists, often alternating with graphitic layers. The schists decompose and break up very readily, and the hill-sides, in some cases up to the top, are covered with debris, loose or cemented together. The dip is very variable, usually at a high angle to south-west or south- June 13th, Jhtdgh, about 20 miles. — [Here the road joins that followed on the journey northward, but it immediately diverges again.] Akt&gh. iroabjilga. I 1, Argillaceous beds (? tertiary) ; 2, Shaly sub-metamorpliic beds (trias); 3, Grey limestones (trias); 4, Red limestones, with . latteni, &c. (trias); 5, ? Trias; 6, Dark triassic limestone; 7, Limestone (? carboniferous) ; 8, Grey limestones (? carboniferous) ; 9, Re calcareous sandstone ; 10, Sub-metamorphic schists. Section near Aktagh. The schists, greenish and metamorphic in general, but blackish and sub-metamorphic ij1 * * * * parts, continue for about a couple of miles along the river ; they are mostly almost vertica ■ Then some of the beds incline to the south, and are more regularly bedded ; but there does no seem to be any distinct break between these latter and the vertical beds. After the secon mile the greenish silky schists are overlain wiconformably by reddish earthy and calcareous sandstones of about 150 feet in thickness, dipping regularly to south by east at an angle 0 about 30°. These reddish beds pass into distinctly bedded grey limestone and whitish nuu1 of some 500 feet at least, the dip being to the south, but the angle gradually decreasing until the beds, after some 8 miles, become almost horizontal. Eurther on, they again dip f 0 the southward, and the top beds have a reddish colour. There are greenstones in the*6 rocks, like those which I saw about Aktash on the Pamir; and the limestones must be carboni- ferous or triassic, but I could not find a trace of a fossil. The higher beds are often brownis 1 and sandy ; some beds almost a calcareous sandstone, alternating with conglomeratic beds. Near Aktagh the series is overlain by much more recent looking earthy and congloU1 eratic beds, readily yielding to decomposition. The hill Aktagh at camp consists of these (? tertiary) beds, dipping at about 45° or 50° to the south. GEOLOGY. 45 among the dark ere mnst he greenstones somewhere in this southern direction crumbling rock. light-coloured bedded limestone strikes over to Karatagh lake, and the hills to the tlieir 6aSt ’ an<^ south-east appear to consist of it. I noticed, when I marched last year, that eolourStG°1)neSS *nc^cates ‘n part limestone cliffs, and some of them at least were of a light jVI ‘ / ^ a^S0 ^e Pale limestone seen north of our camp, some miles north of Khush this an<^ 110 cl°uht these limestones extend to the south of Aktash. [That is to say, that hirh^a ° ^'rnesione’ which is probably of carboniferous age, appears to stretch across from the a ground between the Mastagh and Kuenluen ranges to the eastern edge of the Pamir.] 14th, Woahjilga , 12 miles. — The hills all covered with detritus. ^ . httlc way south of Aktagh the grey limestones, which appear to be carboniferous, are ]ri aia hy dark crumbling dolomitic limestone and sub-metamorphic shales, in several places arul°ntaCt greenstone, which is again either typical, hke that near Aktdsh, or it is dark, gre VGry homogeneous in texture, and at first strikingly resembles basalt. Eurther on, the oa/ a°lortlitic limestones again crop out from under the detritus of the valley ; and near the whi 4 tl-lG suh-metamorphic schists are overlain by more compact grey dolomitic limestone, sto Ch nscs high upon a hill a little south by east of our camp. These grey dolomitic lime- HuiT. ?egularly hend over at the top, and* in the centre are exposed what may be called oust mdt °r St‘ Cassian beds— a red, somewhat earthy, marble, with Arcestes ? johwmis a„ Ammonites batteni, Aulacoceras , and Crinoids. I shall speak of this red marble 38 tl* 4. batteni bed. atl(j . 0 batteni bed is seen exposed far towards the west, overlain by the grey limestone, Seri ^ m°stly highly .inclined towards the north. I must see more of the whole triassic es to-morrow. ston JUne 15th> Karakoram-brdngsa, 14 miles.— Starting from Woahjilga, the grey triassic lime- Cam S Were met with, afterwards the red limestones succeeded them, and continued to nort]*' ^Im’rupted by patches of greenstone, which is greatly developed at the camp of the pass. Ca^ t!iie 16th, Daulatbeg TJldi (crossing the Karakoram pass), about 22 miles. Leaving likeP^the^ gmenstones are underlain by black crumbling shale, in mineralogical character Spiti like that near Aktash. Then follows an ahem f 1 snaies, but very likely triassic, uue uwi neai iuvwau. c)ri a on of grey or whitish limestones and shales and the triassic red limestone; and of ^ lest blackish and grey marly shales, wliich are overlain by almost horizontal strata of £<^yn Jimestone, very muchlike the lower Taglang limestone, and which contains fragments ^{\eninites' These 'lianie rocks form the Karakoram range proper, and extend far east- Lhe hills to the west are much higher, and do not allow a distant view, tion • Gr crossing the pass, the road skirts the base of the centre ridge in a south-east direc- pass; ^ here tlie liassic limestones come down several times, and about four miles from the botl Sley marly sllale> OT almost marly limestone, crops out from under the brown limestone : dij) *■ ^ cvidently liassic. On the right bank of the stream more massive limestones occur, ^ Pping to north-east, but very indistinctly. I should think that these are triassic limestones. | y very readily crumble to pieces, being highly dolomitic; and these often contain reddish as mterstratified. Prol 'n”* Burisi, 24 miles. — Eirst we crossed the Lipsang plain, with solitary low lulls, a ) } still belonging to the Taglang series. Then we ascended towards the watershed. 46 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. The low worn- down hills to the west were thickly strewed with round pieces of whitish or reddish compact limestone, intermingled with boulders, large and small, of fine-grained syenitic gneiss. This rock must be in situ somewhere near the head of the watershed. Further on were many greenstone boulders coming down from the west, and this rock must also he found in that direction. At last we descended into a narrow gorge, the sides of which for fnlly a mile consisted of a limestone conglomerate, the boulders of white, grey, or black limestone being well rounded and worn and cemented together by a stiff bright red clay. Upon this followed dolomitic limestone, rather indifferently bedded, massive and white, and tiffs was overlain by bluish shales and well-bedded limestone, extending from about 6 miles north of Burtsi to the camp. These limestones appear to be triassic : they are compact, with layers full of small gasteropods, amongst which I recognised a Nerinea. The so-called Karakoram stones, i.e., corals, occur in dark shales below the limestones, which are capped by a yellowish-brown limestone, well bedded, but of unascertained age. The whole series dips south-west, at a moderate angle. [The last paragraph closes the diary, and is here repeated, as it is entirely geological.] GEOLOGY. 47 Concluding Summary. c°Hection of Dr. Stoliczka’s geological notes on the countries traversed during his and'w^ WaS ^Aroduced by a brief account of his previous geological work in the Himalayas inf <>S!mi ^ may most fitly he concluded hy a general sketch of the additional ormation which he has obtained in the countries north of those explored in earlier years. M ' 1S cxI^01’ations in his last journey extended over portions of Northern Ladak, of the til Tp'1 01" ^-arakoram, Kuenluen, Pamir, and Karatagh ranges, the last being a part of vail! . . Shan- He also examined the plains of Yarkand and Kashghar, and the upper a ,eys of the streams which form the source of the Oxus or Amu. The notes on Kashmir, p _°n thc Indus valley west of Leh, although interesting and affording some addition to our knowledge of the geology, do not touch on fresh ground, or add more than details to lat was known before. Each of the other areas demands a few notes separately.. of lu- Ladak range, north of the Indus, proved, so far as it was examined, to consist entirely w* orphic rocks, principally syenitic gneiss. The same formations extend to the north- ar . to the western end of thc Pankong lake, and, so far as is known, throughout the greater chi' l0n Changchenmo, Shayok, and Nubra valleys, passing in places into a greenish to p ° rock’ more or less schistose. These metamorphic rocks are believed by Dr. Stoliczka and ° °£ Silui’iai1 a8e- In the northern portion of the valleys named beds of dark shales fo' ..f'^hstones are met with, probably belonging to the carboniferous series: they areun- as S1 ! !'roils’ hut agree with rocks of that age in Spiti and elsewhere, and they are succeeded, in w^nc n§ °vder, by fossiliferous triassic limestones, red and grey in colour, with dark shales ; are s the crest of the Karakoram pass, and some of the smaller hills immediately south of it, jq composed of liassic rocks, containing fragmentary JBelemnites. At one spot alone near a |lr"’ hi the Changchenmo valley, sandstones and conglomerates of comparatively recent tionec observed, which are perhaps tertiary, and may belong to the same eocene forma- as the rocks in the Indus valley near Leh.1 ran cp, 6 Vall(Y °1 the Upper Yarkand river between the Mast&gh (Karakoram) and Kue uen ** ('0nsists°f metamorphic and sub-mctamorphic schists and slates, reddish calcareous bv^U °ne> arL(t STey limestones, all unfossiliferous. The schists and slates are considere sto ! Stoliczka as probably silurian ; the other rocks, carboniferous. Some triassic lime- ^('oh' S are ^ou:il(t on the northern slopes of the Karakoram pass ; and at Aktagh some lecent- arg'illaceous beds were noticed, perhaps tertiary, wo. sections across the Kuenluen were examined — one, on the Karakash river, the Suge and Saniu passes; the other, further west by the Yangi Diwan. On the former route the J r«ooc», me omer, iuriner yvcsl uy me - — — schisfi P°rtion ^hc range consists of syenitic gneiss, associated with various forms ^ of s> with some of which nale-green jade is associated. On the more western route the sanaa metamorphic rocks , — e— e lueics are found, but the syenitic gneiss is less developed, and there is a g 6at of greenstone. 011 older e |'!U!nino° an °SSllS WGre found in them’ 1>ut their discoverer was inclined to consider them marine. lu»lf ^U!seril a barked resemblance, both in composition and in their position at the base of ° ^ ranges, to the Sub-Himalayan rocks of Northern India, and the molcisse of the Alps. (pj, , ^ pi these deposits, and the rocks on the slopes of the hills for some distance from the . p a"lri> arc much concealed by an extremely fine unstratified accumulation, precisely similar hm ] aCter to the loess of the Rhine and Danube, and which is evidently composed of is c tUSt’ deposited by the atmosphere. The air in Eastern Turkestan, as in parts of China, °hiect Stantly’ durhLS the day, thick from the fine sand raised by the wind ; so much so, that Tt ^ a comI)ai'atively short distance are rendered invisible. in ,At 18 eyident. that there is great similarity in the geology of all the mountains surround- v,./! Yarkand basin. So far as thev were examined, the prevalent formations were palaeo basin. So far as they were examined, the prevalent formations were restin'? upon gneiss and other metamorphic rocks ; and carboniferous limestones Were . upon gneiss ancl otner metamorpiuc ruu&.», auu uuuvuuWV™ tfia ,.'°astailtly found largely developed. The only lower mesozoic rocks recognised were of _aSe’ hut traces of cretaceous beds were found to the south and west, whilst in the 'nth? north of Kashghar evidence of comparatively recent volcanic eruptions was met hit he,f N ° representafives of the jurassic formations of the Himalayas and Western Tibet have 010 hecn recognised in this part of Central Asia north of the Karakoram. l!w I°r lst to 13tl1 February. See also Severtzoff: Journal, Royal Geological Society, 1870, Vol. XL, pp. 410, &c. I am t U[G(l to "1VT TT n . — . -»-« • IT> .71 TT mi — . +hn nnanvroriCfl ( vt* ^estei 1 liave i also indebt 10 13th February. See also Severtzoff: Journal, Royal geological society, ro/u, voi. ah, pp. 'mu, «,u. . coal in \y ,.ed to Mr- H«me for a copy of a report by a Russian Engineer officer named Ramanoffsky, in which the occurrence ot m T,wtestan is described. described similar deposits in Persia : Quarterly Journal, Geological Society, 1873, Vol. XXIX, p. 493. SCIENTIFIC RESULTS rj,HE SECOND YARKAND MISSION; BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES OF THE LATE FERDINAND STOLTCZKA, PhD. SYRINGOSPIIJEKIDiE. BY Yi0E-rEES1DENT PROFESSOR P. MARTIN DUNCAN, M.B. Lond., E.R.S., OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY, CORRESPONDENT OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCE OF PHILADELPHIA. fhiblishcb bo other of the dobevnment of Inbia. CALCUTTA : OFFICE of THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING 1879. CONTENTS PAGE I. — The history of the discovery of the new order of Rhizopoda, the Syringosphcerida, and the literature of the subject 1 II.— The general morphology of the Fossils, their histology, and their position in the classifieatory scale. List of the genera and species 3 III. — A description of the genera Syringosphceria and Stoliczkaria ........... 10 IV. — A description of the species Syringosphceria verrucosa, Syringosphceria monticularia, Syringosphceria tuberculata, Syringosphceria plana, and Syringosphceria porosa 11 V. — A description of Stoliczkaria granulata 16 VI. — Description of the plates 18 SCIENTIFIC RESULTS OF THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION. KARAKORAM STONES, OR S YRIN GOSPHiERIDiE. By P. MARTIN DUNCAN, M.B. Loud., P.R.S. 'The history of the discovery of the Syringosphjeridm and the literature of the SUBJECT. aad Which^-61 °f spkeroidal and of spherical stones, ornamented naturally on tlie surface, attra«t the ST n° indications of ever having been attached to other bodies, could not but Sorne inst Cntl0n of those geologists who years since traveHed in Kashmir. Measuring bIia? stone h°nS • ° °r three inclies in diameter and in others not half an inch, and resent CUri°Us as t 51118 ln sliaDe, these fossils, from the Karakoram range, became known to the from ara^oram stones.” But that they were not simple mineral productions was anat°my Was -le ,'sl to the educated collector; nevertheless, the nature of their external Verch6re n.gularly Mistaken by those paleontologists into whose hands they first f "... * — wuusc nanus uicy nr si came. \ &engai i,,’ l8f h m’ltins on tlie geology of Kashmir in the Journal of the Asiatic Society Wales of fi 7’ had the benefit of the paleontological skill of M. de Verneuil, and two Tli,, (l^C|.-eS,aceomT>ailied the descriptions of these remarkable forms.1 SaiaH roImVT giTen °f °ne species wasthat the bodies are “perfectly globular, covered !th Hiinute TKl1.Ae< M artS'' shaiTdy defined. The whole shell, between the warts, is pierced 'W^cethe ST)0,-'S' traces of Plates5 ho mouth nor stalk scar visible.” The locality lai>akoram chai ^ ™ derived was thc rockY Plams at the foot of the Masha Brum, . Mother • l ie gencric Position was stated to he that of Splicer onites. T?SiS 1S as follow 1GS hrdi the name SPJu/lronitcs ryaltii, Yerch., given to it; and the diag- ^ e.Wh°le shell . S Globular, large warts well set apart and not very sharply defined. d>ecimeilj ako s i covered with pores. No mouth. A stalk stem very conspicuous.” A third j. a es °r traces of*580/ ^ & ^^l(eron^es> is thus noticed : — “ Depressed, no warts or spines : no '° sPociiHeHS w ^ abes’ no skdk scar- The whole surface pierced by minute pores.” These , ere derived from the same locality as the first. Journal A^i SlatlC SoClety of BenSaI> 186D Pt. 2, No. 3, Appendix p. 208, Plate VIII, Figs. 5 and 6, and Plate IX, Fig. 1. 2 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Tlxc illustrations of this essay of Dr. Verchere do not assist the comprehension of the subject, and they were evidently drawn with a crinoidally disposed pencil. The so-called stalk stem is evidently an adventitious and accidentally adherent body. The only other notice of the Karakoram stones previously to that of Stoliczka was attached to a specimen of one which was presented to the Geological Society by Major, now Colonel Godwin-Austen, and collected by him. This specimen closely resembles a JParkeria, and this did not escape the accomplished palaeontologist, who, at the time of the reception of the fossil, had charge of the Museum of the Society. Professor Rupert Jones, t.r.s,, wrote on the label of the specimen “ Parkeria.” The next and the most important notice of the Karakoram stones was the last effort of Stoliczka, whose lamented death occurred soon after he concluded his short description of their geological position. The following extract from Stoliczka’s last diary places the subject at the point whence the present attempt to explain the morphological characters and the elassificatory position of the Karakoram stones may be said to commence : — 1 Extract from Stoliczka’s last cliary. “ June 15th, Karakoram-brangsa, 1.4 miles. — Starting from Woabjilga, the grey triassic limestones were met with, afterwards the red limestones succeeded them, and continued to camp, often interrupted by patches of greenstone, which is greatly developed at the camp north of the pass. “ 16th, Daulaibeg JJldi (crossing the Karakoram pass), about 22 miles. — Leaving camp, the green stones are underlain by black crumbling shale, in mineralogical character like the Spiti shales, but are very likely triassic, like that near Aktasli. Then follows an alternation of grey or whitish limestones and shales, and the triassic red limestones ; and on these rest blackish and grey marly shales, which are overlain by almost hori- zontal strata of brown limestone, very much like the lower Taglang limestone, and which contains fragments of Belenmites. These liassic rochs form the Karakoram range proper, and extend far eastward. The hills to the west are much higher, and do not allow a distant view. After crossing the pass, the road skirts the base of the centre ridge in a south-east direction ; and here the liassic limestones come down several times, and about four miles from the pass grey marly shale, or almost marly' limestone, crops out from under the brown limestones ; both are evidently liassic. On the right bank of the stream more- massive limestones occur, dipping to north-east, but very indistinctly. I should think that these are triassic limestones. They very readily crumble to pieces, being dolomitic ; and these often contain reddish beds interstratified. “17th, Burtsi , 24 miles. — First we crossed the Dipsang plain, with solitary low hills, probably still belong- ing to the Taglang series. Then we ascended towards the watershed. The low worn-down hills to the west were thickly strewed with round pieces of whitish or reddish compact limestone, intermingled with boulders, large and small, of fine-grained syenitic gneiss. This rock must be in situ somewhere near the head of the watershed. Further on were many greenstone boulders coming down from the west, and this rock must also be found in that direction. At last we descended into a narrow gorge, the sides of which for fully a mile con- sisted of a limestone conglomerate, the boulders of white, grey, or black limestone beiug well rounded and worn and cemented together by a stiff bright red clay. Upon this followed dolomitic limestone, rather indifferently bedded, massive aud white, and this was overlain by bluish shales and well bedded limestone, extend- ing from about six miles north of Burtsi to the camp. These limestones appear to be triassic ; they are cod' pact, with layers full of small gasteropods, among which I recognised a Nerhuea. The so-called Karakoram stones, i.e., corals, occur in dark shales below the limestones, which are capped by a yellowish-brown limestone, well bedded, but of unascertained age. The whole series dips south-west at a moderate angle. [The last paragraph closes the diary.]” 1 See the portion of the present work relating to Geology, by W. T. JBlanford, page 45. KARAKORAM STONES, OR SYRINGOSPMRTDiE. 3 re]1 ^?lc "a1,e distinguished Palaeontologist to the Geological Survey of India had traced these °piniona ae spK'roids to their time and place in the succession of rocks, and he expressed an wMch re*art^*= ^eir zoological position. They were found in shales beneath limestones “ corap» Q° Cei^a*uty l°w6r than the Lias, and which were probably triassic in age. The term jn " a* singularly justified, for some of the superficial markings on the stones resemble, tb<> „ U ladiate appearance and regularity, the casts of the calices of minute Madrcp or aria of S'reata ^s^roccen^a and Styloccenia. But it is only necessary to remark that Stoliczka’s lad hp °W . §>e °f the Anthozoa would have led him to the expression of a different opinion ‘ specimens been prepared for microscopic examination, lame i °i so'ca^ed Karakoram stones collected during the second Yarkand Expedition by my friend were placed in toy hands by Mr. W. T. Blanford in 1878. s0)iie 1 * sPecimens are numerous and in very perfect condition ; the weathering to which arp fj'o aVG ^6en subjected rendering the outside details all the more visible. Their surfaces other fossils, and a broken serpula tube is the only one to be recognised, davl- .<)Ssllzation fras occurred by the introduction of calcite, and this is usually somewhat (,fnisiS)ln C°'0ur’ Tut is transparent in thin sections. The original structure of the body now aPpea Car^ona^e lime of a different and lighter colour to the infiltrated calcite, and it the -dIf on Hle outside of the fossils the original structure has usually disappeared and eimec^a^e or infiltrated mineral has lasted. dibit,, 1 made radial and tangential sections of the fossils, assisted by biting out with ap acitls, and the use of low and high powers of the microscope, assisted by the polarising frtelud US’ rendered their remarkable construction evident, and also that it was necessary to 4 ^ . .° afr fr'e Karakoram stones in a new order of 1 Rliizopoda called the Syringosplueridce. for o ^ns uew order was published in the Annals and Magazine of Natural History A , u »v U1 UOI W do JJ LI. UllolloUL JL otober 1878, Ser. 5, Yol. II, page 297. The general morphology oe toe Eossils, their histology, and their position IN THE CLASSEFICATORY SCALE. 0), ep. le Karakoram stones are either nearly perfectly spherical, or more or less spheroidal their ,! !°U ^ *n s^aPe- They may be of small size, and some are more than three inches in of a * ;a cs^ diameter ; but they are always symmetrical, and there is no trace of a stalk or others 01tney attachment by the surface to other bodies. Some forms are nearly smooth, nujQero^0 mKutely granular, each granule having a definite construction, and the most less, with ^>eS ^lave tubercules, wart-like growths, and large eminences crowded, more or Verrucose ^a^1^8e an(l little warts upon them. There is one group of forms with a very surface - SurKce, and, on the other hand, another type is covered with a finely granulate the mass 1101 ^^eless ^is external structure does not interfere with the general curvature of p°siti0n ’ 10 *°1>S ‘T the highest and lowest eminences never exceeding their symmetrical The Shallow m°le nibose and mammilated surfaces of the fossils have small circular or deformed r°Hti dec1 s S ,SCa^Kj’ed here and there ; they are very numerous in some of the types with the flee surT *Ul'KCe tubercles, and are but scantily distributed in others, and whilst they crowd om iaCe of 0111 " ,lj.gate on the equatorial part of some of the spheroidal fossils, and are found on the °ne form with a granular surface, they do not exist on another. These pits 4 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. sides and on the edge of the bases of some of the papillae, tubercles and warts of other types. Their resemblance to minute oscula of sponges is superficially evident ; hut it is to be shown that one great group of the fossils under consideration does not possess them, that they differ in their number in different parts of the same fossil and in different individuals of the same species. I have called them “ pores,” and their absence in one of the groups of the fossils has led me to divide these Karakoram Syrmgosphcerida into two genera one with pores on the outer surface is termed Syrmgosphceria, and that without pores I have dedicated to Stoliczka’s memory, terming it StoUczkaria. The method of examination of the fossils is necessarily a simple one. Their surfaces are usually well preserved and not over-weathered, and the insides, in the majority of instances, yield good sections, both radial and tangential. Careful washing adds to the details of the surface, and biting with hydrochloric acid and water is necessary to distinguish tube structure from the intertubular calcite of fossilization which sometimes simulates it. The sections, on account of the brilliant opacity and white or wliite-brown colour of the tubes, can be well studied by reflected light, and indeed it is advisable to do this preparatory to the examination by transmitted rays. The dilute acid is very useful in some confused sections, for it dissolves the infiltrated calcite which exists between the tubes, and leaves their granular wall to a certain extent untouched. The paths of tubes can then be seen by reflected light very well. If the acid is allowed to act too strongly, all structure disappears. The tubes, both radial and interradial, are easy to see in the majority of instances, but in one particular case polarized light and the selenite plate determined the visibility of the structures, which were hidden amongst a confused mass of calcite. The calcite which was introduced during fossilization fills the tubes as well as their interspaces, and it has taken on definite or indefinite cleavage planes. These must be studied under polarized light, for the dark lines they produce to ordinary transmitted light, and which simulate ccenenchymal structure can then be decided to be only divisions between crystals or parts of different nolariVirm influence on the ray. Low powers of the microscope suffice for most of the examination, but a good i-ffich object glass is required to distinguish the granules and granule-spiculate elements of the tubes. No other form of fossilization but that by calcite has been noticed, and silica does not enter into the composition of the bodies. On examining the surface of a rugged or tuberculate specimen of either of these genera with a hand lens, a reticulate appearance is seen between the projections. In very good speci- mens, on the ordinary level of the surface, after biting with dilute acid, or sometimes without this proceeding, this reticulation resolves itself into a gyrose tubulation ; the tubes coming to the surface, running along it in close proximity, dipping down again suddenly and re-appear- ing* an whether mammilated, wart-like, papillate, tuberculate or granular. larkin',! n^ar'^nSs t° he seen which are of two kinds. On the top or centrally are circular They""* Tr ^Qc,S’ ^ew 01‘ many, which on careful examination turn out to be the openings of tubes. inters ^ °Ycn Very minute, and their caliber is smaller than that of the tubes erm- lCes 3ust alluded to. On the sides, and converging to the margins of the seen in the top of the ettUnence yyL1 L11^ oiuch, emu cuuvei^'jjjLy lu nit? mctigiiLb ui nit? tup ui tnu and hip Y aiG rLumerous close, straight lines, usually continuous, but sometimes wavy, broken of Co GEl e‘ They are, according to the condition of the fossil, either the preserved calcite These t 1 bU1^ ^u^)e interspaces, or they may be the walls of the tubes themselves, or both, between th ^Eace^ 011 the surface to be continuous with some of those of the spaces In Diai ' G i>roineti°us> to appear from within the fossil and to run up outside the eminences, in ^ lllstances they open, finally, at the surface around those smaller ones which appear ^centre of the top. ODpii .,n"° niG bums, especially where the eminences are broad and low, these converging tubes ^ °ver the projection. the or j.1? eYlc^ent that the projections, whether they are simple or compound, arc made up of them • fi °S °* tube openings, and of calcite which fills up the interspaces between Diarn ’ .. ere being much bifurcation and side inosculation of the tubes also. The projections, ^ kfr °r. 8“™^ skeW 11 "dation between these wton exists. rpi are f e pores are spaces in the superficial interradial tubulations, but in rare instances they . 01md elscwU,™,. mi i i i i* j.1, • •„ or granulate tube openings and convergings belong to a radial tube series, eminences to an interradial series. No coenenchyma or ^thinby it - * elsewhere. They are surrounded and limited at their margin by tubes bounded Th Y .°^G1S’ an(I their shallow floor has the outward openings of deeply-seated tubes on seefi ii^fi Emotion between the interradial tube reticulation and the radial tube series is best exist i , *e "enus Stoliczkaria, on account of the definite intervals, without pores, which ^"between the si Kjj|, ®aiing Syrinyuapnarw, wmen Tii.. U)lxa binds, where there is as much space occupied by pores as by eminences. It is well seen in the Pore be / ™ »rauules containing the end of the radial series. sodio J ^d^ingospheerm, which have distinct eminences, and it is the least apparent in The as thisY, “'T1 Ui Lne one ailcl tiie reticulate aj s°Qie s !SCUpti°n Proceeds, for they have the same definite relation within the fossil. than +i ^ °cies’ moreover, the radial tubes are readily distinguished, because they are smaller >se of the interradial series. V(ir gi d <> ° .flative Positions of the radial and interradial series of tubes, and the close and con- as °,C laiacter of the one and the reticulate appearance of the other, must be kept in mind In This t^hulatiojf erSlS^ence ^ie rafb ^ieatei> or less meshes or vacant spaces. |° *hi inch in di G niUCl> larger in some ^Pes than in others, and they range from T^00- inch >at frequently i ameter ’ they usually retain the same caliber for some distance or altogether, °j*ginal cylijwi..;1* *°me types they swell out, become varicose, flat, and again return to their l sho°ts usually a i C?nClltl0n' , (Plate ni’ higs. 6, 8.) The union of tubes is by small <|Ual size to fui ’ Ut tlle bifurcation, often at an acute angle, gives origin to two tubes of The tubes h Par6nts or nearly so- lo'U(} °f the consti^ a an(^ a ^umen’ an^ the thickness of the wall varies; moreover, Und the tube* m U6Uts °f Pass Regularly into the caliber, as well as occasionally sur- oes tike a furry investment. 1 Syringospharia porosa, Duncan. Plate III, Fig. 3. s SECOND YARKAND MISSION. There are no diaphragms in the tubes. In some types a part of the tube-wall 's so homogeneous as to render the possibility of the former existence of a membrane well worthy of consideration ; hut in the majority of instances, the construction of the wall is evidently of close and semi-spiculate granules and of shapeless granules, and was probably not quite impervious. The tubes are filled with calcite. They are often perfectly transparent, and at other times impervious to light. Under high powers the structural element of the tube is shown to be mainly spiculo-granular and molecular; the grains usually being yoWoo* tstToo inch, or less in breadth. But in some instances there are elongate pieces with spiny processes on them, all being however excessively small. The structure of the tube-wall was organic in its origin, and not the result of simple adhesion of foreign or arenaceous particles. The question whether there is an intertubular coenenchyma of fibres, or a reticulate skeleton, which supports the tubes, separates them, and allows the symmetry and ornamentation of the surface to be kept up, is by no means readily answered. The examination of the forms of Syrmgosphceridce, with the radial series of tubes separated by much tube reticula- tion, leaves this question not satisfactorily solved. The fossilization is by calcite, and the cleavage planes, commencing cleavage planes, irregular crystals, and cracks show dark lines by transmitted light, which in many instances resemble sponge structure, and even in one instance a hexactinellid spicule was suggested to the eye. Polarized light, with or without the selenite plate, resolves these markings into the limiting lines of different crystals, and, although one or two evidently extraneous organic bodies have been seen amongst the tubes, no continu- ous or partial intcrskeleton can be determined to exist now. In the centre of the masses, the confusion of tube radiations, cleavage planes, and the presence of some foreign body, which formed in some instances the nucleus, or rather the starting point of the Syringosphcerida , renders it impossible to decide dogmatically whether there is a coenenchyma or not. On the other hand, in those forms where the tubes are close, even in the interradial series, the absence of coenenchyma is evident enough. Under correction, and relying on the specimens examined, I do not think that there ever was a structure in them external to the tubes and which supported and separated them after the manner of a coenenchyma. The position of these spherical and spheroidal masses of radiating and interradiating tubes in the classificatory scale must be low. The minute size of the tubes, their bifurcat- ing so frequently, and inosculating, and giving off others from small offshoots, and the struc- ture of the wall, do not render the Syringosphceridce polyzoan in their nature. The analogy with the tubular or more or less globular masses of Fascicularict, found in the English Crag is of the slightest in degree. It is tempting to theorize, so as to place a Gastrozooid in each pore, supplying it by the radial tubulation, and to decide that the tubes of the interradial series opening at the surface were those of Daclylozooids, the whole being a hydroid. But the absence of pores in some forms, the evidence that there are places where growth is not pro ceeding in others, and the deficiency of surrounding open tube mouths in most, prevents this idea from having any value. There are moreover no tabulae in the tubes. That these great and small spherical and spheroidal masses are corals is, of course, ou of the question, and the evidence of their sponge nature is small. Had there been a coenenchyma between the tubes, the bodies would have resemble^ foraminifera, with gigantic canal systems, but its absence and the peculiar nature of the tube- wall remove these forms from that polymorphic group. The absence of labyrinthic spaces, KARAKORAM STONES, OR SYRINGOSPIAERIDR. 9 rides frornTl *u')es are n°f formed by arenaceous particles, separate the Syringosphee- It i aieuaceous foraminifera of the Parkeria group, makers mech^^ ^ie ca^careous granules and spicules were not collected by these tube- ing h('\- < . t i r / t'l LU ' * ' 1 ^ 'N ’ and their occasional presence in the tubes themselves, and their extend - structure ‘ em’ clinging to the furry outside in other instances, show that the tube of the hoditv'^an^C 0r^n ancl *bat K resembles that of some Rhizopoda. The symmetry food could U *1 C0U^ 0nly have been maintained by a common sarcode, enveloping the whole ; substances °U " *'aVe *)een obtained by pseudopodia from the tubes, and these soft external Worn S H.°U^ r'°f be unfavourable to the shape of the mass, and to its never being found. That ^ °r attriti°n- they canriot^lT*' 1 °SS^S are rhizopodous is almost a necessary belief, but it is evident that group 0f jp * brought within the order Radiolaria any more than they can within any rides, airiori'0 ^°lam^n^era- If remains, therefore, to establish a new order, the Syringosphce- Within it <,n^t ^le c*ass Rhizopoda, and to include these triassic or lower liassic fossils 10 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Class: RHIZOPODA. Order: SYEIN G OSPUAUlIBuE. Genus: SYEINGOSPKffiRXA. Species Syringosph^eria verrucosa. „ S. MONTICULARIA. „ S. TUBERCULATA. „ S. POROSA. „ S. PLANA. Variety S. monticularia var. aspera. Genus : STOLICZKARIA. Species Stoliczkaria granulata. III. A DESCRIPTION OF THE GENERA SyRINGOSPHjERIA AND StOLICZKARIA OF TIIE ORDEl1 S YRINGOSPI1JER1D.E. Order : SYRINGOSPH^ERIDAL Body free, spherical or spheroidal in shape, consisting of numbers of limited, more of less conical, radiating congeries of minute, continuous, long, bifurcating and inosculating tubes ; also of an interradial close or open tube reticulation arising from and surrounding the radial congeries. Tubes opening at the surface on eminences and in pores, and ramify' ing over it. Tubes minute, consisting of a wall of granular and granulospiculate carbonate of lime. Coenenchyma absent. The presence of pores on the surface of some forms of the order, and their absence n1 others, and the very close nature of the interradial reticulation in the poreless kinds, necessi- tates its division into two genera. Genus : S YRIN GOSPHiERI A. Body large, symmetrical, nearly spherical or oblately spheroidal, covered with large com- pound wart-like prominences with intermediate verrucosities, or with compound monticule9 having rounded summits, with solitary eminences between them, or with close broadly round- ed tubercles, or with minute granulations. Rounded, or oblique, or linear depressions occur on the surface usually between the eminences, hut sometimes upon them ; they are shallot and are bounded by tubes, some of which open on their floor. The surface has tubes opening on it from the internal radial series, and also from the interradial tube reticulation ; KARAKORAM STONES, OR SYRINGOSPH2ERIM. 11 Masses of tubes „ • elsewhere b Winning over it, converging on the eminences, and more or less reticulate or elr?^ conSeries of tubes numerous and defined, and the interradial tubulation is open 10Se ai«l varicose. Body Genus: STOLICZKARIA. minute disthi^ ^ar^e’ symme^cal, oblately spheroidal, covered with a great number of and which "ranulations, which are circidar at the base, short and rather flat where free, exist. Tul)316 Se!>arated an amount of surface about equal to their breadth. No pores VerS'o to tl °IX'mnS8 occur 011 ^Be granulations, and tubes, with or without openings, con- ations are f^11' ?,aSe. and cover the intermediate surface. The tubes opening on to the granu- which are . lmina^10ns °f the very numerous radial series, and are small ; and the others* The boclv ^e^0no to the closely-packed varicose and much contorted interradial series, radial scries ^ COnsas*s a yast number of small, not very conical, but rather straight, tubes of W^°se rather distant tubes give off minute offshoots -to the surrounding large I hay 16 C^°Se tuterradial series. No ccenenchyma can be discovered. (tivisi0n of efilame<^ ^ie most remarkable of all these fossils, those which belong to the poreless aneo 0f l ■ ° 0rder’ atter the distinguished Palaeontologist, whose loss, whilst in the perform- ls duty nnd whilst studying these very forms, is greatly and justly regretted. A description oe the species of the genus Syringosphceria. There forms iut0 1S n subject to variation, and the monticules may be very flat, the whole Under the ] °,neai^y level, or the eminences may he sharply defined. The forms classified granular and Constltute the variety aspera ; Plate II, Pigs. 6 and 7. A form with Plana, uunute processes with pores leads to the next genus. It is Syringosphceria ese are well defined and readily recognised species. 12 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. There is but one species of the genus Stoliczkaria, the granulate, poreless surface ot which distinguishes it from all other forms of the order. Syringosph.eria verrucosa, Duncan. Plate I, Pigs. 1 to 3. The body is spheroidal in shape, and the surface has numerous large compound wart-like or rounded or conical mammiliform eminences on it, and also solitary mammiliform projec- tions, as well as small, distant, sharp granules. Numerous minute, shallow, circular pores exist, especially on the bases of the verrucose and mammiliform projections, and there are some on the surface between them. The largest of these eminences are on the equatorial region- The surface between the great and small verrucosities and mammiliform eminences supports the majority of the small granulations, and is covered -with closely-packed tubes and many tube openings. The tubes run short courses, bend and dip down, and are from 200 to 3^o inch in diameter. They are separated by linear, low projections of dark coloured calcite, and very frequently the tube has disappeared and left these limiting products of fossilization only. The openings of the tubes at the surface are surrounded by circular rims of the dark calcite. The top of every mammiliform, conical or verruciform eminence is smooth, and many tubes open on the summit and resemble circular patches of a slightly different colour to the brownish calcite which environs them. On the sides of the eminences, and reaching around and more or less on to the summit (Plate I, Eig. 3), are converging, wavy, linear projections of calcite, separated by long broad spaces. The spaces are the remains of tubes, and amongst them are wavy tube openings, limited by calcite rims. The pores have tubes around them and opening on their shallow floor, and they appear to be parts where the upward growth of some radial systems has not been as rapid as the interradial. The height of the body is 1| inch, and the breadth is If inch. The diameter of the base of a large compound verrucose prominence is inch. In the fossilization of this form the tube-wall is light brown and the calcite, which has been infiltrated, is darker brown and smooth. String osph m ri a monticularia, Duncan. Plate I, Pigs. 4 to 12 ; Plate III, Pigs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 8 and 9. The body is oblately spheroidal in shape, and the surface has wide-apart, low, rounded, compound mammilla) on it, consisting of one large rounded eminence surrounded by many smaller ; also solitary, short, flatly rounded mammillae, and very small blunt granules of two of three sizes may exist. The pores are very numerous and are small, being found everywhere on the surface, and opening directly or obliquely. The intermammillate surface is marked mainly with the openings of tubes, and by a fewT sides of tubes passing for a short distance on the surface and converging on the eminences- Most of the tubes are inch in diameter. The mammillae are crowded with tube openings which are circular, and often the lighter colour of the substance within the tube is seen surrounded by infiltrated calcite. In some specimens the tubes are excessively bent and scnicul ate, and they dip down or end suddenly. They surround the pores and open int° them. The tubes are crowded, close, and the linear dark calcite often alone remains? ndicating the lateral limits of former tubulation. KARAKORAM STONES, OR SYRINGOSPBLERIM. IB t° increase ^6° . ns sh°w the radial series of tubes to bifurcate or inosculate frequently, and directly • P* S1Ze *n vai‘icosities. These tubes mainly go to the surface and open there reticulation C S°me ^hem giye off branches on all sides to form the interradial tube °pens at th' ^ S mu°h °f this reticulation consists of radiating tubes, the last series of them or hent . !° Slu'*ace- The tubes of the outer meshes are also represented at the surface by flat radial 1 )GS‘ r^IG interradial series thus formed separates, very distinctly, the wide conical The a n§6neS from other. Almost e tube* ^fter of the smallest lateral tubes given off is ywoo inch, but the average size of the Near the surface there are occasionally great differences in the m excess. The diameter of the pores is Ilbeiaes from each other. Almost every mammilla has its radial congeries of tubes. gg ■ J uuitnira1 1 0 <•/-!• size of iqe° 'T *n diameter where ti ° ^U^es’ many of which become flat, and the same spreading out is seen further in. The1 1 "rPnu^ar dement of the tube-wall has been formed gL ** W specimen is inch high and 1 inch broad. A you^ inCh' (Plate T’ FiSs- 4’ 5’ 6)- the ooi ^ sPedmen has the compound mammillae hardly formed, but the single ones and “A more spheroidal than the type (Plate I, Eigs. 7, 8, 9). The A C sections (Plate III, Eigs. 1, 8, 9) were taken from this form. the man ai,le^ ^le sPec^es has a larger body than the type (Plate I, Eigs. 10, 11, 12), but imnce of +/ a' are ^ow and insignificant. The magnified oblique section, showing the diver- m°utiCui "i V6r^ °^en seiacs (Plafe UK Pig- T), is from this form, as is also the top of a showing tubes and tube openings (Plate III, Eig. 3) gosp h iE hi a monticularia, variety aspera, Duncan. Plate II, Eigs. 6, 7. singhi ou0stmiSiti0aal Yariety has very few compound mammillae, but a great number of :vnd 2 inches^ ^°res' ^ a ^arS'e f°rm, aud is oblately spheroidal, about 1 inch in height exemm-fS 1U breadth. It was collected by Colonel Godwin- Austen, and is introduced here qp() ^ Gation of the series. ^halation sec^ori shows that the radial congeries are very widely separated by reticulate °fteu various ™ ^10 tubes are large, usually 3^0 inch, that they have a very delicate wall, are hi, the hu ,e’ and that they pass in great multitudes to the surface close together. Earther fad it js U u^ar space equals the diameter or the tubes, and gives rise to much confusion, iafiltraHnv. 1 CU^ to know, except by reflected light, which is tube and what is calcite li'ati0n In there is hai4s_ the tube reticulation is close, and the tubes crowded together, and in this approximation to the next species. ^he body Sybingosph-®b,ia tttberculata, Duncan. Plate II, Eigs. 1, 2. r°Uuded, h’ |'S sPherical and symmetrical in shape, and is covered with numerous low, scattered ove^tl ehovati°iis, separated by indistinct interspaces. There are minute pores of that jo'1' 1G ^ hole surface. The eminences about -ny inch across at their base, are not the iuterspaeuSUleniei1^ *n height ; they are sometimes irregularly shaped. In some parts eHiiueuce me o-^6- &S Froa<^ as the bases of the eminences, but usually the slope of one lliterspaces a^GS *nt° that of another, the interspaces being confined to the concavity. The covered with a very crowded and close arrangement of the tubes; many D 14 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. tubes pass out radially on them, and the orifices are only seen ; others come up to the surface and bend down again suddenly, leaving a geniculate swelling visible ; and others enlarge and diminish in their caliber. Some of these pass along the surface for a very short distance, and all verv close together laterally, and others pass up the flanks of the eminences converging close to the summit and opening on them with their orifices, or more frequently on the centre of the tubercular elevations. The pores are numerous, small, shallow, and universal; they are limited by lateral tubes, and some open on their floor. The fossilization is by calcite, and in many places the interspace between the surface tubes infiltrated with calcite has been preserved, the tubes having weathered away. The tubes are so close together that the infiltrated calcite is difficult to distinguish from tube ; but its breadth is usually much the smaller. In radial sections the radial series of tubes are numerous and large, but the interradial systems are not A'ery distinct from them, there being no Avide tube reticulation. The tubes of the radial series are rather close, large, bifurcate, varicose, geniculate often, suddenly diminishing in size where joining others ; they join much with each other, side by side, are usually distinctly radial in their direction, which, hoAvever, is locally irregular, and they have thin walls and a large caliber. The interradial tubes, very radial in their course, however, are often seen passing for shot distances, parallel Avith the circumference, in all parts of the body. They are more varied in their courses than the radial series, and are usually close together and crowded, the distance between them being small. They unite with the radial systems by offshoots of tubes, and it is evident that at the surface of the body most of the interradial tubes open directly outwards. f , There is no very definite relation between the outward opening of the tubes within and the eminences and interspaces; moreover, the pores are situated without order. The majority of the tubes are nearly inch in diameter, some being ^ inch, but very small tubes are rare. ” The fossilization of the interior of the body has led to radiating portions being infiltrated with a denser semi-granular calcite which hides much structure, and especially centrally- In some places the tubes are filled with opaque matter, and the intertubular spaces are readily distinguished, whilst in others the intertubular spaces are large, and the tube has either disappeared or remains in very transparent calcite. Under this condition, it is difficult to distinguish tube from continuous infiltrated calcite in section. Relics of the pores, as clear spaces, are to be seen in radial sections. The height of the body is 2^ inches, and the whoh resembles a Parkeria. S Y aiN GOSPHiEMA plana, Duncan. The body is oblately spheroidal, almost smooth on the surface, with many minute granules on it, and numerous small shallow scattered pores. The granules are flat, witb rounded, or elongate, or irregular bases, and are about the same size as the pores. Many tube3 open on them, forming circles on their periphery, and also into the pores, and there is con siderable variation in then* caliber. No tube reticulation exists on the surface, but tie massing of the tubes is closer in some places than in others. In radial sections of the body a very marked tube arrangement is to be seen. A vei> considerable number of long, narrow, radial series pass on all sides to the surface, bounds KAEAKOEAM STONES, OE SYEINGOSPHAlEIDiE. 15 •fhe tubes bl.?ader mterradial series, with slightly larger, closer, and very bent tubes, radial and strain! t ^ SGrieS are wider apart than the othcrs’ although their course is usually late at the si? lt ’ rpbey °ften bend much here and there, are irregular, and are often genicu- lacrease in Tbey .unite hJ means of very small offshoots, and bifurcate, but rarely f°rm linear radial 'r SUdbdeiddy Present the aspect of a cone in the mass. They rather varicose, and ‘ cdos?r mterradial series bend, unite, bifurcate, and are singularly gyrose, they resemble ar tbeir com’se in many places. They are often so close together that uiore or less r>‘ S ^hes, and then the section having cut across many, exhibits the Tbe tub U CL ai *naCeS between tiie radial tubes are the largest, and those of the interradials are radial and Y +b° ce.rdre °t the section a confused mass of convoluted tubes exists, and the stl>uctural ele eU'ad*a* scides appear to start from it. The tubes are thin at the wall, and the At the ^rantdar’ molecular and thinly set, is minute in the extreme. radial series^ °* ^ body every granule with its circlet of pores is the outlet of a structure within ' space between the granules, pores included, represents the interradial Thf & eatest breadth of the spheroidal body is one and a half inch. SykingosphjEria pouosa, Duncan. Plate II, Pigs 3, 4. The b i & "ith minute h)w ob^aTedy spheroidal in shape and symmetrical. The surface is covered Numerous and * IOUrided granules. The granules vary much in size, the pores are exceedingly giving a boic|] UneTually distributed, and the space between many of them is in ridges, 1 ''filiation is !j*'cidatc appearance, especially equatorially. No large amount of tube ."Ul(le up 0f tub 1S1^e fm ^be suidace ’ on the. contrary, it appears, except at the pores, to be !nterspaces °Penmg directly with circular or oblique outlines, and of wide intertubular Ul'(>gularity 0f p . A'bb. daidc calcite. Where there is much space between the pores, the Weathered out ■ Y ("dcde indicates the former existence of peripheral tubes which have converging upVYf, Wbere the granules show any structure, it is that of tubes on their sides, *l(‘ pores are''3]1 S and °PerdnS at the top, and of tubes opening on the centre of the top. grounding. ,);ug eaidy sPaces where tube-growth has not progressed equally with that of the "'h floor. b 1 S' The sides of the pores present tubes passing radially, and tubes open on tubes which Se(ddons* under low powers, exhibit localised and more or less circular groups Belial that only YneSI)01ld to Sranules. In some the tubulation is reticulate, and in others, so e ('llt ends of tubes are seen. There are spots where the reticulation is 16 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. very diffused, the tubes being very irregular in size, shape, and position in the section. In some places the tubes are very close, bifurcate, as in the other instances, and are more or less around the circular groups. There is not much difference in the size of the tubes, which vary from to -^io inch. There are spots without any tube structure, and these are circumscribed and are the relics of old pores, passed by during the radial growth of the body. In radial sections there is in many places such an exact relation in shape between the tube-structure, whether reticulate or radial, and the interspaces, that it is very difficult to distinguish interspaces filled with clear calcite from very transparent tubes. So many circular spaces exist, 3yj0 inch in diameter, in these parts of the section, that they may be taken for tube sections, surrounded by a whitish and rather opaque calcite. But they are really interspaces, the true tubes having the translucent walls. The radial series is not, on the whole, very distinguishable from the interradial, but the pores exist as vacant elongate spaces bounded by tubes all around, and bridged over tangentially by tube reticulation. They are not lined by any special structure. The minute structure of the tubes is a finely granular substance (carbonate of lime), lightish red to transmitted light, and there are dark granules like minute dendrites. There is no trace of a ccenenchyma, and the fossilization simulates many structures, which are, however, readily resolved by even low powers of the microscope. The height of the body is l-^y inch, and the breadth 2 inches. Y. — The species op stoliczkaria. One species of this genus is amongst the collection, and its forms are readily known by their great size, minutely, but not sharply, granular appearance, and the absence of pores. Stoliczkaria granulata, Duncan. Plate II, Eig. 5 ; Plate III, Figs. 5, 6, 7. The body is large, spheroidal, and symmetrical ; it is covered with a vast number of minute eminences and interspaces. The eminences are separated by about their own breadth, or they may be closer, touching at their bases ; they are usually circular in outline, lovr, flat or rounded at the free extremity, and are about as tall as their base is broad. There are usually five, and the corresponding interspaces, in -±-(,- inch. In some places the bases are con- tinuous so as to form long narrow gyrose ridges, and in others they are absent, the circular base existing only. Here and there are some larger ones, and minute granules are inter- spersed. Rather large tubes are on the outside and flanks of the eminences, and they open around and close within the circular top edge. They pass on to the spaces between the eminences, and are closely crowded, very bent, and form a dense reticulation, some opening there outwards. The inner or central part of the upper surface of the eminences has a few, rather wide- apart tubes opening there ; they are radial and small, and are readily distinguished from the interradial series around. Where an eminence is rudimentary, the central radial tubes may be seen separated by a little interspace from the dense reticulation of larger and closer interradial tubes. g KARAKORAM STONES, OR SYRINGOSPHiERID/E. 17 surrounded by enof ^°dy ^anSentially show a vast number of small circular radial systems, iS°st Part Seen cut nc mtef adial tuhe-structures (Plate III, Fig. 5). The tubes are for the ue surrounding. n' 7°^ and tllc radiaL are very small, few in number, and are wide apart. slu>°ts to the radial s * tube® consists of those of large caliber, often with minute off- varicose, rapidly P 7™’ and usually vei7 varied ia shape and size on account of their gyrose, I})ll(iuity of their C°^fe’ °f their iuosculatiTli? and bifurcating, and of the necessary 1 eveloped and thin Taey are close and crowded- Both series have the tube-wall USU% not much less tl era<^al.tUbeS USUaUy inch in diamcter, the others measuring by transmitter! 1; ?? IP mcL‘ Tlie section £ives the appearance of a multitude of abes. These ght, the centre of each being most distinct and occupied by the radial T “P are * inch acrnl 77 d° HOt inC1’ease much in their size ^om within outwards, and ’abbours, and nit I, n 10 mterradial *ubes of one system communicate with those of the eiTadial tubes ° SUrrounding radial series sometimes. The sections of some of the mterradial now ? .flask'sliaPed outline, and this arises from the radial tubes or the ^he sections 1 f ^ g!via" off very delicate tubes of connection. A bttle wav pn df? radially present a totally different appearance to those just described. Pe S(d of tubes R 6 i°W I ' 6 Surfaee a series of nearly e(lual parallel systems of tubes is seen ; Urcate, and ai7 °S?iy crowde(b and they are close, large, swell out here and there, bend, ° 0Ver-8traieht t ^ minute offshoots. The other consists of a few wide-apart, narrow, 1 d f() the larger t n Jlllcb Sive °ff tuhes of their own size or a little smaller to each other i a'^hudinaiiy or 1 tbe set at their side- The IarSer set is tIie interradial system, seen, ,, cl°se below and at the surface, the large tubes of lhe height of tl ! r, Seen “ Hnes’ with the smaller radial ones parallel with them. 0 y *s ^ tv inches, and the breadth nearly 3 inches. ♦ * . * VI.— DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES. PLATE I. 1 The body of Syringosphmria verrucosa, Duncan. Natural size. •2. A portion of the surface of the same specimen magnified to show the superficial projections, pores, and tubulation. 3. The top of a large eminence, with pores on its sides ; the tubes are seen crowding the surface, and many round markings at the apex denote the openings of internal tubes. The specimen is the same as the last, and is more highly magnified. 4. The body of Syringospharia monticnlaria, Duncan. Natural size. 5. The same specimen magnified in part to show the monticules, pores and openings of tubes, with many ramifying and superficial tubes on the surface. 6. A monticule more highly magnified to show canal openings, canals and spaces between them, also some small monticules. 7. The body of a smaller and less mature specimen of Syringospkmria monticularia. 8. A portion magnified, the radiating canals and the canal openings being showu on the monticules. 9. A portion more highly magnified, showing a large monticule and smaller ones, with superficial tubulation and the exit of internal tubes. Pores are also shown. 10. A part of the body of a large specimen of a mature Syringosphmria monticularia. 11. A portion considerably magnified, showing a minute monticule and two pores. The tubulation is between the dark lines, and the dots on the monticule and elsewhere are the openings of internal radiating tubes. 1 2. A portion less highly magnified, showing numerous minute pores and larger monticules. Plate 1. AS'F“ori^.P.llt&tt canir "Mintern Bros . imp SYRINGOSPH/ERIIiE . ^£Sn’ *c<’ 's Eastern Turkestan ; and as tbe country has now once more fallen into the hands of u °eD8>'aphicat e r 1D®y e Turkestan ’ is again applicable. It is to he regretted that the name ‘ Yarkand Mission tends to 0 Bl,eiling of ‘ Kashghar’ is doubtful ; it is sometimes spelt ‘ Kashkar ’ or ‘ Kashqar. 2 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. The districts traversed by the Yarkand Mission, 1 * * * * although all, with the exception of Kashmir, where a mixture of Indian (Oriental) forms is found, within the limits of the Pala> arctic region, still belong to different sub-provinces, distinguished chiefly by their physical characters, and especially by their elevation. Western Tibet or Ladak, in which may he included all the area north of Kashmir drained by the Indus and its tributaries, is a part of the high barren Tibetan plateau, and the fauna comprises typically Alpine forms, such as wild sheep and ibex, marmots, and Lagomys. The fauna inhabiting the ranges commonly known as the Kuenlun, intervening between the northern watershed of the Indus and the low plains of Turkestan, is very similar to that of Tibet proper, but several species appear different. The animals of the plains of Eastern Turkestan around Yarkand and Kashghar belong to very distinct types, and appertain to the desert fauna of Central Asia, characterized especially by the abundance of rodents, such as Gerbillus, Cricetus, and Dipus. The few specimens of the mammals inhabiting the Thian Shan range, Pamir, and WakMn contained Dr. Stoliczka’s collection are insufficient to give much idea of the fauna, as they were col- lected under great difficulties, during journeys when the ground was for the most part covered with deep snow. The fauna of each of the zoological sub-provinces traversed will, however, need a few remarks : these sub-provinces are — I. — Kashmir and the Punjab hills. II. — Western Tibet, or Ladak. III. — Kuenlun. IY. — Plains of Eastern Turkestan. V— Ranges west and north of Yarkand and Kashghar, including Sarikol, the Pam»’, Wakhan, and the Thian Shan. The last should very possibly be subdivided. It is certain that the wild sheep and hare of the Pamir differ from those of the mountains north of Kashghar, and many of the species of mammals inhabiting the mountain ranges of Central Asia appear to have a restricted range. Eastern Turkestan has been visited, in modern times by but few European travellers- The most important of these, apart from the members of the two missions under Sir Douglas 1 The route followed is described in detail in the official “ Report of a Mission to Yarkand in 1873 under command of S« T. I). Forsyth, K. c. s. i„ c. b.,’’ Calcutta, 1875; and represented on a map published with the report and compiled Captain H. Trotter, E.E., of the Great Trigonometrical Survey of India, one of the officers attached to the Mission. An account o ^ journey, and many observations on the fauna, will also he given in Dr. Sloliczka s diary, to he published uniformly with the piese and other scientific results. , Briefly, the following was the line of march. Starting from Murree (Mari) in the Punjab hills, on the 15th J uly 1873, the paw of the Mission to which Dr. Stoliezka was attached proceeded to Srinagar in Kashmir, and thence across the Zoji-la, and by Dr® < Kargil, Lamayuru, and Snurla to Leh, in Ladak, where they arrived on the 27th August. After a halt of about a fortnight, L journey was continued over the Chang or Sakti pass to Lukong on the Pankong lake. Thus far the direction followed from Mur:6^ had been, on the whole, very nearly due cast, hut from the Pankong the route lay north or north-west to Kashghar. Fj®*1 Lukong, Dr. Stoliezka marched by Changehenino, and the high plain of Lingzi Thung, to the head of the Yarkand riv er at Aktan ’ and thence by the Suget Pass across the main Kuenlun axis to Shahidula on the Karakash river, and again over the Sanju or rl pass to Sfinju on the edge of the plain of Eastern Turkestan. Continuing the journey, the Mission party arrived at Yarkan the 8th November, and at Kashghar on the 4th December. From Kashghar, two excursions were made ; one to the north by as far as the Chadyr lake, just inside the Russian frontier ; the other to the north-east as far as the Lelowti pass on the road to - Turfan. Dr. Stoliezka was then attached to the party under Colonel Gordon; and, leaving Irashghar on the 1/th March 18 ^ proceeded south-west vi& Sarikol to the Pamir plateau, and as far as Panjah in Wakhan, where he arrived on the 18th Apiif ® ^ remained a fortnight, returning to Yarkand by the same route, with the exception of a detour on the Pamir. Yarkand was reac e on the 21st May, and quitted again on the 28th, whence the Mission party proceeded to recross the Kuenlun by a more western rou ^ than before, over the Yangi Diwan, and then took the Karakoram and Shayok route to Leh. Dr. Stoliezka died at Murghi, marches south of the Karakoram pass, on the 19th June 1874. ^ MAMMALIA. 3 Kashgliar ^aw an<^ Hayward, who, independently of each other, penetrated to uamed officer • • . ’ ^r‘ Scully, who accompanied Mr. Shaw to Kashghar, when jthe last journeys ho 6 C0UnHy a second time in 1874 ; and Colonel Prejevalski, whose accounts haTe T* 5 Wei6 cn^r(% to the eastward of Kashghar and Yarkand. Excellent may he found • <>('” Polished of most of the visits.1 Occasional references to the fauna sPecial attentionT ^em’ Hut the only travellers, except Dr. Stoliczka, who paid medical officer^ ° zoolo°y °t the country, were Dr. Henderson, who was attached as Pattied Mr Sin, e. ^fst mission under Sir Douglas Eorsyth, Dr. Scully, who accom- pt Colonel Pre-fl ^^fpophar capacity, and Colonel Prejevalski. The detailed zoological results ’t Puhlis]ie([ ^ a S^' 8 j0UTncy to Lake Lob and the Altyn mountains in Eastern Turkestan, the offida} ren^ ^ ^ reac*'ect India, hut lists of the larger mammals noticed are given in these notices 1 * ° his journey, which has been translated into German and English.® In and Dr. Scully ^ -i 6r’ ^le species are naturally not critically determined. Both Dr. Henderson Very interesting' CSt)eo'ai attention to birds, although both brought away with them some ()y Dr. j a o mammals. Some of the rodents procured by Dr. Henderson were described s°Qie spedmg0 eiS1°n pn the Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London,3 and notices of Writer5 ju nS ° Gained by Dr. Scully were given by Mr. Wood-Mason4 and the present thus describee! 0Urna^ and Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. The specimens |°llowing. pao>’gatLe(aiueus were procured in those countries by Dr. Henderson, only A-l tb o n f Sjf ' 11 3n thp collections made by Dr. Stoliczka. !n,U('h more rec a 1 ^ ^ ^een Yisited and described by numerous travellers, there is not 3 He indeed Can°i ^ conceriung its fauna than is to be found in occasional notes. Yery s J'h, and one „ e Shaped from Moorcroft.7 Yigne8 noticed a few of the mammals met a° ely to botany0 i 6 'V1^ sheep has been named after him. Thomson9 devoted himself °hapter to the^' Sc arcthy referred to any of the animals observed ; but Cunningham10 gave j, lr°c kinds of -i T ^ anamals of Ladak, amongst which he mentioned the kyang, wild yak, °X’ hare, lar^^! S^eeIJ’ markhor, ibex, Tibetan stag, musk deer, leopard, bear, wolf, ° 'Is’ Baarinot, and weasel. Some of these animals cannot, however, be 1 tr* . ftob< Ho Vis >8lt to JJjgk ,p . j( u^‘1'v : London l&Ji ^ arkand ana Kashghar, formerly Chinese Tartary, and return journey over the Karakoram Pass. By rney fro— - - ’ • =>• -Soc., lyy(j , ana Kashghar, and exploration of the sources of the Yarkand river. By G. W. Hayward ; Jour. diQote to ^ P* *876, p^4]°U*'ri*iufion to th^ f'cor"c Henderson, m. d., and Allan 0. Hume, c. b. : London, 1873. p 2 Prz,.w ^ U rn'thology of Eastern Turkestan. By J. Scully, Surgeon, Bengal Army. Stray Feathers, iv, 3 On^'1 ,ll'ros3 the Tian S] 3/0^'Ilor una Altyn-Tag, 1876-77 ; Petermann’s Mittheilungen, Erganzungsheft No. 53, 1878.— 4 P I"'"0 Rodents v',' Loh-nor by Colonel N. Prejevalslcy ; translated by E. Delrnar Morgan : London, 1879. 5 J- A.'s'b ’ -1876’ P. 80 kand’ P- Z- S- 1871> P- 559‘ Th, ;il!!76,XLV>Pt. 2 Var'’ ai>d zl 8pecies w<*e Erinte P' 49 5 1877, Pt 2> P- 259‘ 7 Tree finiys ladavensis "'v\ "lbulws> Mustela temon ?, M. erminea, Arc.tomys himalayanus, A. caudatus, Lepus pallipes ° Travel ,S -111 Himalaya,, j , ' ' 9lst" ana the two last were obtained also by Dr. Stoliczka. WaBf S 10 ^aBhinir T,n 'uv‘nces of Hindustan and the Punjab, in Ladakh and Kashmir, &c., 1841, p. ■ -ss* fc" i!- " ” ’ an<^ historical, with notices of the surrounding countries : London, 1854, p. 195. 311. 4 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. said to inhabit Ladak ; they are found in other parts of Tibet or in Kashmir, and the list even of the larger mammals is incomplete, as neither of the two kinds of antelope lS included. Dr. Leith Adams,1 in his “Remarks on the Habits and Haunts of some of the Mammalia found in various parts of India and the West Himalayan Mountains,” glVcS many details concerning the animals of Ladak. The scientific names, taken from the British Museum, are, however, often different from those used by naturalists at the present day- In his “ Wanderings of a Naturalist in India,” 2 the same author describes his visit to Ladak, and notices the principal mammals observed during his journey, with many notes o interest concerning their distribution and habits. Heads of several of the larger mammal1® of Ladak are well photographed in Kinloch’s “Large Game Shooting in Thibet, &c.”3 Kashmir proper, or the valley of the Upper Jhelum, is the only part of the country traversed by Dr. Stoliczka that is included in the area of which the fauna was described 111 .] erdon’s “ Mammals of India.” 4 It is hut very rarely that a reference to the mammals ol Western Tibet is to he found in Mr Blyth’s writings, although he procured many anim»ls from the eastern part of that country. The only writer, previous to Dr. Jerdon, who gave any general account of the Kasim111' mammals was Dr. A. Wagner, who compiled a list mainly from the notes and collections o Ereiherr von Hugel. This account was published as one of the appendices s to Yon Hugel® " Kaschmir und das Reich der Siek.” In Dr. Ealconer’s “ Palaeontological Memoirs ” 6 there are a few notes, written many years previously, on some of the animals of Kashmir and Ladak. Good descriptions of the stag, musk deer, ibex, marten, Tibetan hare, and marmot are given ; hut the names propos ed had been preceded by others before the notes in question were published, and the only ne^ term which has been adopted is that for the Kashmir stag, separately published by its proposer. Erom the data already noticed, and some notes supplied by Mr. Shaw, Dr. Scully, Cap' tain Trotter, Captain Biddulph, Dr. Cayley and others, the following lists are compiled. 1. Kashmir. — The area comprises the whole of the Upper Jhelum drainage, from tbe Pir Panjal range on the south to the Zanskar range, forming the watershed betw®el1 Kashmir proper and Ladak (Dras, Zanskar, &c.) on the north. In the following list th® animals observed by Yon Hiigel, Jerdon, and others are included.7 The list of the largel animals is probably complete, or nearly so. An Indian or Tibetan form may occasionally str®^ across the mountains, but the species inhabiting the valley and the mountains around ®ie for the most part well known. Of the smaller animals, however, much additional informat101* is desirable. Considering how many English resort annually to Kashmir, it is surprising tb® our knowledge of the fauna is not more accurate. Megaihrma lyra. Vespertilio longipes. Chieopteka. Vespengo serotinus . V. pipistrellus. 1 P. Z. S., 1858, p. 512. 2 Edinburgh, 1867. 3 London, 1869, 2nd series, 1876. 4 Roorkee, 1867. 5 Vol. iv, pt. 2, 1844, pp. 567-581. 6 London, 1868, Vol. i, pp. 576-586. 7 I am indebted to Mr. Lydekker for assistance in drawing up this list. MAMMALIA. I'dis par dm, Jj T , Herpestef^' S^,eC1"eS’ Perhaps F. lengalemis ) Insectivora. Sorex ( Pachywra ) sp. Carnivora. H. ' nipalensis. gnseus. *4rct Canis aureus. C ■ (Cuon) rutilam ? Pteromys imrnafus. ^woptems fimbriatm. Uesoha barclayana. m ladri«-nus (31. theobaldi) . Sus, Sp. Capra sibirica. C- faleoneri ( C. megaoem). Bodentia. Ungulata. Canis ( Vulpes ) montanus. Mustela subhemachelana. Maries flavigula. Lutm, sp. JJrsus isabellinus. U. torquatus (TJ. tibetamcs). Mus homourus. Arvicola roylei. Lagomys roylei. NcmorAedus bubalinus. N. gwal. Moschus moscliiferus. Cervus cashrnirianus. Ww'aua is said \ V\ *S ^oun<^ on the Kashmir side of the Zanskar range, and Lepus rnficauda- *he Kashmir jUU ° 0ccurred north of the Pir Panjal, but neither can be fairly included in S,u.na‘ Ccipra sibirica, too, is confined to the ranges north of the valley. S’ ^ seen’ *s Himalayan, with an admixture of palsearctic and of a few II- "Wr sPGcies» such as Berpestes griseus. 'SWd0) So f^S 81 ^ or Ladak. — This includes the valley of the Upper Indus east of tiilgit shouH 1 le.country’ belongs to Kashmir. It is an open question whether the fauna ,le occurrence C f °+ lnC^e-d 111 that of Western Tibet. There are several differences, and ePtral Asiatic 'f W° sPecies °f Cricetus1 in Gilgit shews a much closer connexion with tlie aPpears, 0n °f Turkestan than is exhibited by the types of the Upper Indus valley. ■P'koneri, an * f \e W 10*e’ best to omit the Gilgit forms, and with them to exclude Capra, le following ‘ fi an.an was P|r a l°ng time British Resident in Ladak, for corr cations in the following list, and ‘ 1874, n p - , Ur f* tovfala should probably be added, see p. 30. P- 054, pi. LXXVIII. Canis (Cum) alpinus. C. ( Vulpes) Jlavescens. Mustela erminea. M., sp. (a small species of a brown colour) . Lutra, sp. B 6 SECOND YABKAND MISSION. Rodentia. Ardomys caudatus. A. himalayanus. Mas mblimis. Arvicola blythi. Arvicola stoliczhanus. Lepus tibetanus. L. kypsibiw. Lagomys ladacensis. Lagomys auritus. Ungulata. jEqtms hemionus. Bos gnmniens. Ovis hodgsoni, [0. ammon, auet., nec Linn.) 0. vignei.1 Ovis nahura. Capra sibirica. Pantholops hodgsoni. Gazella pidicaudata. The isabelline bear, stag, and a few other animals, which inhabit Kashmir, occasionally cross the mountains into Ladak, and may be found in Dras and Zanskdr, hut they are not permanent inhabitants of the Tibetan region, and cannot he included in the fauna. The musk deer may be Tibetan, and Mr. Lydekker 2 is inclined to think it is so, as he has seen skins said to have been procured in Ladak, and the animal has a Tibetan name ; but I have been unable to find that any one has actually seen the species wild in Tibet. Eor comparison with the Western Tibetan fauna, the following list of the mammals? hitherto recorded as found in Eastern Tibet,3 may be useful. I carefully exclude the numerous species mentioned by Hodgson, Blyth, and Pere David, which are palpably forest forms? inhabiting comparatively low elevations (below 10,000 feet above the sea). These species come from the portions of Eastern Tibet which are south of the main Himalayan range, and which enjoy a damp climate. Carnivora. Felis unda. F. manul. F. isabcllina. Canis laniger. C. ( Cuon ) alpinus. C. ( Vulpes) flavescens. Canis [Vulpes) ferrilaius. Martes tonfeea. Mustela erminea. M. temon. Putorius larvatus, (. P . eversmanni, teste Gray) . Ur ms pruinosus . Rodentia. Ardomys hmalayanus , (A. robustm). Sciurus europceus ? Lepus palUpes. Fquus hemionus. Bos gnmniens. Ovis hodgsoni. Lepus oiostolus (perhaps the same as L. palUpes) ■ Lagomys curzonioe. L. tibetanus (perhaps the same as the last) . Ungulata. O. nahura. Capra sibirica. Pantholops hodgsoni. Gazella pidicaudata. Perhaps Budorcas taxicolor, Moschus moschiferus, and Cervus a ffirm should be added, but I have grave doubts whether any of them are found on the Tibetan plateau. 1 Another large sheep, O. brookei, described P. Z. S., 1874, p. 143, is founded on a skull supposed by its describer, Mr- Ward, to have been brought from Leh in Ladak ; but no additional specimens have been obtained to confirm the locality 2 J. A. S. B., 1877, xlvi, Pt. 2, p. 288. 3 My principal authorities L'or this list are Blyth’s Catalogue of Mam mals in the Museum, Asiatic Society ; Jerdon’s of India ; the Catalogues of Hodgson’s Mammals presented to the British Museum ; and Pere David’s List of Eastern Tibetan Chinese Mammalia in the Nouvelles Archives du Museum, Vol. vii, Bulletin p. 91. For some remarks on these authorities and the, Tibetan mammalian fauna, see P. Z. S., 1876, p. 631. MAMMALIA. 7 of the Karalf From the Kuenlun ranges, including all the mountainous region north range (ns n °KU11 ^ass arL(l Upper Yarkand river, and intervening between the Mastagh °nlv thP ^ m;uU;d on maps as the Karakoram range) and the plains of Yarkand, I find f e following species recorded1 Mvstela, temon ? 4'domyS Jiimalayanvs. ^rvicola stoliczkanus. Wmhia mdhji. pallipeg ? var lja90mys griseus. Lagomys macrotis. Egtms hemionus. Bos ( Poephagus ) grunniens. Ovis nalmra. Capra sibirica. Panlholops liodgsoni. south of Lob a Ufty range of mountains discovered by Colonel Prejevalslci just Animals w > ~1101'’ Relieved to be continuous with the Kuenlun ranges, the following From Ktd'erep°bserved ^ lb at traveller. (Petermann’s Mitth. Erghft., No. 53, p. 17; between J ’ &c'5 P- S4.) The names are those given by Colonel Prejevalski, except those parentheses : — Mustll^ wn™a)> very rare. Cani.t Cfmedm ^ ^artes leucolachruea) , rare. Ca,‘is chanko ? } , Can i„ .. i r rather rare. ll ^ (? F- fifteens)) Meriones - 1 llipes)> common i in ravines. the ravine f Ger^llws cryptorhinus ,) rare, in Camelus bactrianm, ferns, roaming about, rarely inside the mountains. Ovis polii, rare. Pseudois nahoor (Ovis nalmra) common. Poephagus grunniens, ferns, rare. Asinus kiang (Equus hemionus'] , rare. Sns scrofa,ferus, rare, in the ravines. dle plains Turkestan. — The following is the list of animals known to be found in of Yarkand and Kishghar:- ■ borealis. Chiroptera. Vesperugo discolor. Synotus darjilingensis. fu ilgris, • sha P. caius. w%ana. var. Insectivora. Erinaceus albulus. Carnivora. I Eq\ Rodentia. * Pichycercus. *“ ^thronotus. us Fionas ? scrofa ? Ungtjlata. Sus Cams lupus. C. ( Vulpes ) flavescens. Mustcla stoliezkana. Gerbillus cryptorhinus. Bipus lagopus. Lepns yar/candensis . Gazella subgutkirosa, var. yarkandensis. Cervus, sp. ? 1 J . i Hayward, ancTH^ va^ef °f the Karakash and that of the upper portion of the Yarkand river, vudersou, besides Dr. Stoliczka’s notes and collections. My author- 8 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. That this list is very imperfect is unquestionable, and it is probable that many species remain to be added. It is not likely that the skins purchased in the bazaars of Yarkand anC Kashgliar came from other countries ; but as it is uncertain whether they were obtained & the plains or amongst the mountains, their names are not included in either list, unless other evidence of the habitat is forthcoming. The following species are thus represented skins or horns purchased in the towns mentioned : — Felts lynx. Cams, sp., indet. C. ( Vulpes) , sp., indet. Maries Iciicolachneea. Meles , sp., nov. Capreolus pygargus. Wild camels are also found in the deserts east of Kashghar near Lob Nor. The occur- rence of these animals was mentioned by Shaw (High Tartary, &c., p. 168), Hayward (J- G. S., 1870, xl, p. 134), Prejcvalski (Petermann, Mitheilungen, 1874, p. 42), and others; ah specimens have recently been obtained by the last-named traveller. The animal is said to be a small form of the two-humped or Bactrian camel, Camelus bactrianus ; but there are doub $ whether the animals found in the Turkestan desert are aboriginally wild, or merely the fda descendants of tame animals, abandoned or lost in the desert. The following were the mammals observed by Colonel Prejevalski1 around Lob-nor, an on the lower Tarim, the river formed by the junction of the Yarkand and other streams 0 Eastern Turkestan. The names in parentheses are those used in the present work : — Tigris r eg alls (Fells tigris), common, locally abun- Lepus sp. ( ? L. yarkandensis) , tolerably conl dant. mou. . Meriones sp. ( ? Gerbillus cryptorkinus), local) common, Mus sp. (? M. pachycercus) , not common. Camelus bactrianus, ferns, to the east of Lob-u°r’ rare in tlie sandy deserts on the Lower Tarn*1, Cervus maral {? C. ajjinis), common. Antilope subgutturosa ( Gazella subgutlurosa) , c0I° mon. Sus scrofa, ferus, common, locally abundant. The fauna of Western Turkestan, now a province of the Russian Empire, has bc('n described by Dr. N. A. Scvertzoff in an elaborate paper published in Volume VIII of “Transactions of the Imperial Society of Naturalists of Moscow,” and also issued as a separa)3 work under the title of “ Verticalnoe e Gorozontalnoe Raspredalenie Turkestanskie Jevotnic- This work is unfortunately written in Russian, but a translation into English of all ^ portions relating to the mammalia has been published by Mr. Carl Craemers in the Am1*- and Magazine of Natural History for 1876.3 To this work it will frequently be necessV to allude in the following pages. In all, 83 species are enumerated. Of these, 11 are domeb ticated, and the remaining 72 belong to the following orders : — Felis mannl, common. Fells lynx, said to be rare. Cams lupus, rare. Cauls vulpes (? Vulpes flavescens), rare. Lutra vulgaris, said to be tolerably common in lakes abounding in fish. Frinacetis auritus ? (F. albulus) rare. Sorex sp., rare. Chiroptera Insectwora Carnivora Rodentia Ungulata 7 3 21 27 14 1 Petermann’s Mittheilnngen, Ergiinzungsheft, No. 53, p. 9. — From Kulja across the Thian Shan, &c., p. 166. pr, 2 Moscow, 1873. When the present paper was first written, no translation of this work had appeared ; and I am indebted to Eeistmantel for very kindly translating some of the descriptions for me. 3 Ser. 4, Vol. xviii, pp. 40, 168, 208, 325, 377. Some foot-notes by Mr. Alston are added. MAMMALIA. Alany details ^ i -i _ . diviriaj p. „ e horizontal and vertical distribution are given, the whole area being is us i°Ur ^icts,1 an(l also into five vertical zones, the names eSS.^° C0I)y ou^ ^he list given by Severtzoff, because it is certain that many of ^renre^Tr a^('raC°n- Thus Dobson has shown2 that the seven bats, in all proba- divided It represent If* jvuuoviii “CIO onu »v xi u^J-c ii ovyvuu fjai\jo9 111 ciai jjx w kicu- doubtful The ^ °U1' sPec^es> an(l that several of the specific identifications are extremely mammals ] 1 noraenclature of the birds, which are much more easily determined than * ■ aS een f°und to require alteration in many cases. P s<'Uce, Was • in the Indian Museum. Erom Mr. Wood-Mason, who, in Dr. Anderson’s anc^ also from ^ ar§e of the Indian Museum, I have received assistance of every kind, n see ‘ XT,jSj> ? Ibis’ ( l . c.) on j portion of Mr. Severtzoff’s work relating to birds has been translated by Mr. H. E. Jresser For details. mtbe , ibis’ a , ’ e- a'- me portion of Mr. Se u' ^*-ag. Nat. U ™any additional notes are added. a§’ Nat. Hisr “,any add> lst-> Aug. 1878. Ser. 4, Vol. xviii, p. 130. 10 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. would have been far greater. During Colonel Godwin-Austen’s absence from England in 1876-77, Mr. E. R. Alston very obligingly looked after the work. This description of the mammalia collected by Dr. Stoliczka was originally written in 1875 — nearly four years ago. The numerous additions since made to our knowledge of the mammalian fauna of Central Asia haye rendered it necessary to rewrite a considerable proportion of the letter-press. The delay in publication has been caused by the time neces- sary for the preparation of plates. MAMMALIA. 11 limited to the -K' exPecte(l that many species of this order, of which fully two-thirds are desert re»i0^s r°Plcad and suh-tropical parts of the earth, would he found in the cold and species ; aiK| ,^avers°d hy the expedition. Accordingly, the collection contains but six Pertilionidce a ] '?fe °ne Was Stained only in Kashmir. All belong to one family, the Ves- aUies, that tl & arC We^ known European forms, or differ so slightly from their European SuPerficiaUy the Cai'not Be considered more than sub-species or varieties. The fur exhibits s, a verv same I,ale colour in all the specimens which were obtained in dry sandy dis- co:Qstant character in bats inhabiting desert regions, as the writer has frequently Family— FESPEETILI ONIDJjJ. y 1. Vespertjgo pipistrellus. rZTth° pip!strellus> Sehreb. Saugth. I, p. 167, PI. 54, (177b). 'ruV° pipistrellus, Dobson, Monograph of Asiatic Chiroptera, p. 95 ; and Cat. Chiropt. Brit. Mus-> 1878, p. 223. rjij^ A anSibissar, between Kashgliar and Yarkand : Kashmir. distributed aon^a;ins a Etrge number of specimens of this species, which is so widely P-'Dhiiiai hah oPtlrern Europe and Asia. Those taken in the Yarkand region have the H|e oxtroinit i < s ' o f ^Ur C0VerBig the back very pale yellowish-brown, almost buff, and wMte iu aleohoi° ^Be .hairs °d the under surface are so light-coloured as to appear almost 0ld, the extrem ■+■ AV^e ^Be specimens obtained in Kashmir are very dark coloured through- specimens * ^ ^U! Bni^s being of a slightly paler colour than the base. The Kash- 'd’d of tho ^ rese*nBle V. abramus in the comparatively shallow emargination of the upper 6 °uter side of the ear-conch. Order CHIROPTERA.1 trict! Pointed out. 2. Vespertjgo borealis. P^Perv ^01ea^9> Nillson, Ilium. Fig. Scandin. Fauna, haft 19, pi. 36 (1838). ^€sPerun0 ?^**°”*’ Keys- Bias. Wiegm. Archiv., 1839, p. 315. ° orealiS) Dobson, Mon. As. Chiropt., p. 105 ; Cat. Chiropt. B. M„ p. 203. Alii oihiasar and Kizil, Eastern Turkestan. / mthough thi iot' as I Cari the most northern of European and Asiatic bats, has not hitherto Europe and erm^ne) Been reported from any locality south of the Harz mountains Uch must be Ptange in Asia, I find in the collection three specimens of a bat ^Pocimeug of p.Co^sldered examples of it. They differ slightly in a few characters from t^stitute a distinct? ^ • Prescrve(i iu the museums, but not sufficiently so, in my opinion, to middle of the ^ecies- dn them the tragus reaches its greatest width slightly below inner margin ; the post-calcaneal lobe is very narrow ; the edge of the AU the identifioatio; !us and notes on this order are by Mr. G. A. Dobson, m. a., m. b. 12 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. wing membrane between the fourth finger and the foot is faintly margined with white ; the outer upper incisor, on each side, is as long or slightly longer than the outer cusp of 1 1 inner incisor ; the lower incisors stand at right angles to the direction of the jaws ; the first lower premolar is about two-thirds the vertical height, but scarcely one- third the size o the second premolar. Fur pale yellowish-brown above, yellowish- white beneath ; the bas» half of the hairs dark-brown on both surfaces. The hair of the back extends upon the interf emoral membrane rather densely as far as the end of the fourth caudal vertebra ; a fringe of fine straight hairs extends round the upper lip in front, beneath the nostrils, and along the sides. 3. Vespeeugo discoloe. Vespertilio discolor , Natterer, Kuhl. Deutsch. Flederm. Wetter. Ann. iv (1819). Vesperugo discolor, Keys. Bias. Wiegm. Archiv., 1839, p. 312. — Dobson, Mon. As. Chir., p. 106 ; Ca^’ Chir. B. M., p. 204. One specimen taken at Kizil. This agrees in all its principal characters with European specimens of the species, difh'1' ing slightly in the form of the tragus, which is less broad above, reaching its greatest width about the middle of its outer margin. Post-calcaneal lobe distinct, rounded as in ^ pipistrellus. Outer upper incisor, on each side, small, not equal to half the vertical exten of the inner incisor ; first lower premolar short and blunt, not half the vertical extent oi the second premolar ; lower incisors not crowded, placed in the direction of the jaws. Fur similar in colour to that of V. borealis, extending less densely upon the interfernorfd membrane, and not forming a fringe along the upper lip in front beneath the nostrils. ThlS absence of a thin fringe of hairs along the upper lip below the nostrils affords an easy method of distinguishing badly preserved skins of immature specimens of this species froJ3J V. borealis. This has not been previously noticed. f 4. Vespeeugo seeotinus. Vespertilio serotinus, Sclireber, Saugth. i, p. 167, pi. 53 (1775). Vesperus serotinus, Keys. Bias. Wiegm. Archiv., 1839, p. 312. Vesperugo serotinus, Dobson, Mon. As. Chir., p. 108; Cat. Chir. B. M., p. 191. Kashmir. This species is so widely distributed, and varies so much in the colour of the fur, that ^ has received not less than seven different names. The specimens obtained by Dr. Stolid ‘ in Kashmir differ from European forms in the colour of the fur only, which is pale-bi‘0'v 1 above and almost white beneath, the basal half of the hairs on both surfaces being dark. 5. SyNOTTJS DAEJILINGENSIS. Plecotus darjilingensis , Hodgson, Horsfield, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1855, xvi, p. 103. Sgnotus darjilingensis, Dobson, Mon. As. Chir., p. 86 ; Cat. Chir. B. M., p. 177. Yangihissar. The single specimen in the collection agrees in the form of the ear with specimens ined by me from Darjiling, the Khasi Hills, Masuri, Simla, and other Himalayan Iocs1' MAMMALIA. 13 ities- There -iUAJC Ui U / — oertilio barbastellus, Schreber), projecting from the centre of the ch. Nevertheless, so closely does this Himalayan and Central sub- species onl^166 m ^ °^ier resPec^s with the European, that I must consider the former a sPecieS 8. sma11 lobe wMch is found in the closely allied European °ater maryhi ot G^WS ^ Vespertilio barbastellus, Schreber), projecting from the centre of the Asiatic form ^'? ear‘c°nch. Nevertheless, so closely does this Himalayan and Central 6. Plecottts auritus. Pkeotu> writus, L. Syst. Nat., ed. XII, vol. i, p. 47.— Dobson, Mon. As. Chir., p. 84, ; Cat. Chir. KM., p. 178. ■^sh, in Ladak. except in ^ecilaeiIS obtained at Leh do not differ in any respect from P. auritus of Europe, The f Vi S paler colour of the extremities of the hairs and membranes. hereaft01. f ° °T sPecies? though not represented in the collection, will most probably he X{]- <.)UTlt bl ^be regions lying between Kashmir and Yarkand : — in Nipai ” °P lvs fer^vmequinum, Schreber. — Tliis has been found in Kashmir, at Masuri, and aH eastern exten(*s through Northern Asia, westwardly, to Europe as far as England, Rlri / ^al)an- Veil! y.!n!S hipposideros, Bechstein. — Extends from Asia Minor to Ireland. and the te murinm’ Schreber.— Generally distributed throughout Europe, North Africa, Ce.s))r.w 'r'a^(' le"ams °t Asia, extending from the North-West Himalayas to England. Vespcrt']10 l°nd*Pes> Hobson. — Kaslunir (caves of Bhima Devi, 6,000 feet). °ut the Lr° ^stacirms, Leisler.— North-West Himalayas, probably distributed througli- Tlarp^ ° ran&e> and thence, westwardly, to Ireland. ■^arnio^ ]U^US Milne-Edwards. — Eastern Tibet.1 Ves pen^)l(^US ^euco9aster, Milne-Edwards. — Eastern Tibet, North-Western Himalayas. bui’°pe, and^f ! l?c^u[a> Schreber. — Generally distributed throughout the Himalayas, Asia, tainous regions ^ ^10Plca^ I)ai’ts of these continents, apparently inhabiting moun- ' ‘pcriu° ^ets^er^ tCuhl. — Erom the Himalayas, through Central Asia, to Europe, '^athrono.} r>la%ras, Blasius. — Inhabits the mountainous regions of Asia and Europe, from ^Mdly ^ ^Himalayas to the Alps, extending to the Canary Isles westwardly, and east- The e east coast of China. two 5 the Orieatol and °* SarPiocePhal™ are from Moupin in the forest region of Eastern Tibet, and consequently from a * 0 1011S ”, of the Palffiarctic region. As already explained in the introductory remarks, Pere David’s Moupin ^^olTe^^-dfrom Tibetan plateau.-W. T. B, & country which, altho ugh usually classed as part of Tibet, has a totally different fauna 14 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Order INSECTIYORA. Family — E TtINA CEITJjE. 7. Erinacetjs albtjlus. PI. I, fig. 2, and PI. Ia, fig. 1. Ecrinaceus albivenhis, Wagner, apud Henderson, Lahore to Yarkand, p. 113, nec Wagner. Erinaceus ( Hemiechinus ) albulus, Stoliczka, Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, 1872, xli, Pt. 2, p. 226. ? E. auritus , Prejevalski, Pet. Mitt. Erg. Hgt. No. 53, p. 9. Kirpa, Turki of Yarkand. 1 (skin) Karghalik, south of Yarkand ; 2, 3, 4 (skins) ; 5 (skeleton) Yarkand ; 6, 7 (skins) Yangihissar ; ® (skin) Jigda, north of Kashghar. The type of this species was obtained by Dr. Henderson when accompanying the fi*6* Yarkand Expedition, and presented to the Indian Museum, Calcutta. This specimen obtained a little north of Sanju. The following is Dr. Stoliczka’s original description of the species (l. c .) : — - “ Snout very long and pointed, ears moderate, ovate at tip ; spines irregularly placed) much as in pictus? hut comparatively longer and thicker ; each of them is dusky at the hasC) then up to half its length purely white, followed by a blackish-brown ring, its breadth beio$ only about one-fifth of the total length, tip largely white and rather abruptly pointed, the result being a prevalence of white colour on the upper surface of the body. There is no per' ceptible nude space between the ears, and the spines begin immediately on the hind neck and the largest on the back are fully one inch long. Each spine is surrounded by 24 to fine longitudinal furrows, separated by minutely tuberculated ridges, scarcely wider than the furrows. The tail is almost as short as in pictus. “ Head entirely rufescent above and at the sides, except the upper mandible towards the angle of the mouth, this being white ; base of ears also white, as well as the entire under' side, which is thickly set with long hairs passing into a slight rufescent shade on the side& of the belly. Ears, lower portions of front and hind feet, and tail dusky-brownish, beuk? thickly intermixed with short white hairs ; moustache brown, whitish towards the tip. ClaYs strong, five on each foot, very pale-brownish. “ The only specimen measures very nearly seven inches; the ear slightly exceeds one inch » distance from tip of snout to the angle of the mouth not quite one ; to the ear slightly m01'1’ than one and a half inches. Dr. Henderson gives the locality ‘Langur near Sanju, Yarkand and the native name ‘ Iceepa .’ 2 “ The only known form to which the present species is closely allied is E. lybic^’ Ehrenb., which has similarly grooved and similarly coloured spines, but they are decidedly shorter, and the colouration of the other parts of the body is different.” 1 E. pictus is a species described from Cutch by Dr. Stoliczka. It is very closely allied to E. micropus, of which it ma y be more than a variety, but it appears always to possess a malar bone, which is wanting in the skull of E. micropus. Anders®11' J. A. S. B., 1878, xlvii, Pt. 2, p. 201. s This is a misreading or misprint : the name is ‘Tcirpa.’ MAMMALIA. 15 On the label of Gently froni £. „ °ne °^the specimens from Karghalik, a male, the following details, evi- les 1 specimen, are given in Dr. Stoliczka’s handwriting : — " Whole length Length of head Do- of tail Snout to eye . D°. to base of ear 10 from hind do. Breadth of ear Length of gape of foie foot with claws °f kind foot Do. r‘ The Inches. . 8-2 . 2-3 . 0-7 . 1-17 . 1-75 . 1-5 . 1-45 . 1*2 . 1-2 . 1-25 , 1-6 inches ; between°tlC ^ *neB ^eyond the lower jaw ; the distance between the fore feet when expanded is *>a 0 rOsty; entire und ° ^ ® inches. Iris black, snout blackish, outer edges of nostrils ciliated, head all round the °i .SUrface white, as well as behind the ears, along [the edge of the area covered by] the s y "hm So]eg , | ® 1S fringed with veiy pale rusty ; ears, feet, and tail silvery brownisk-grey ; claws rp|^ * 8 ' Tongue elongately oval, and very thick.” *rregularity oflhf^8 are a ^fttle less than an inch in length in most specimens. The TliCre -s ' opines, I think, depends on the manner in which the skin has dried. I The skeleton anation of importance in the different specimens. ^ -*-1 broad aci’1 ^ au an^ma^ n°f quite adult. The skull measures 19 inches long The followin' 16 Z^^oma^c arcbes, and 045 between the orbits. r' ®toliczka’s *aie 311easurcments of an old skull with worn teeth taken from one of d s specimens Length fr m occipital plane to anterior end of premaxillaries 35 ^ i°wei margin of foramen magnum to ditto . ,} „ 01W Pufute from opening of posterior nares Breadth° Suture between nasal bones .... across zygomatic arches Least breadth ^ ^ hos^e™r termination of zygomata Breadth cf ^lou^ region between orbits . nasals Length of fW , B-adth0f !r;;molar- '• of . * Approximate T- f ^ ^ tc height of ditto °a Plat Met. Inches. . -050 2 . -048 1-93 . -028 1-15 . -015 0-6 . -030 1-23 . -023 0-94 . -012 0-51 . -002 0-1 . -005 0-18 . -006 0-22 . -037 1-48 . ‘017 0-7 in ( . i "mture ski 11 i ’ 5 ±u’ aie aKun ilom a very oiu skuii; i c, i a, le, ly, irom tne skuUUler to show the peP)n^n§ to tBe skeleton obtained at Yarkand, the latter being added ^ Presented in °rm the teeth, which are worn down to a flat surface in the aged m the upper figures. 16 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Erinaceus albulns is a very near ally of E. auritus, the species inhabiting Eastern Europ6 and Northern Asia; indeed so close is it, that, as Dr. Anderson has pointed out to me, thei'e is no external character by which dried specimens, at all events, can he distinguished. All t e teeth of E. auritus are, however, very much smaller, and although the general outline of tfi * |saPPoared. All the teeth are fully grown. The species appears nearly and is said to hav^* aedtn of ^Uas,3 but that is differently coloured (dusky ash), larger, . Llilppi s from G'tlVer^ Sma^ ears- Another closely affined form is S. fumigatm of Do ls Proportionate! 01 ' 6m ^>ers*a» Lut that is dark lead colour above, ashy beneath. The tail ,llTl acquainted helo111^ S^0r^er *n myoides than in any Himalayan species with which I A species f ,U® m^ t,rue Grocidura , or than in the Tenasserim S. fuliginosus .* doscriLed. ° S ew Was observed near Lake Lob by Prejevalsld, but it has not yet been Order CARNIVORA. Family — FELLDJE. t ■ 9. Felis catus. Taw ', y?’ 7Nat'5 Ed‘ Xiij 1 766> 1 P- 62- A skin of?"'! ^nild °£ Ydrkand (Scully)- very Wep° * 'vu ^ w^lout the skull, brought by Dr. Scully from Eastern Turkestan, j^®tead of heino- . '! • ! the common wild cat of Europe, except that the tail tapers ai an'l legs cn^°y 1U , *cad’ and that the dark marks are rather indistinct. The bars on the ° COlTesP°nd with those of F catus. W. ni 10, ^elis shawiana. Pis. Ib. Ic. * sp. Tear p A' B” l876> xW> Pfc‘ P- 49‘ Molun rp, . ;<*”"»*«* ( ? Chans caudatus, Gray.) W. Blanf., J. A. S. B., 1875, xliv, Pt. 2, p. 106. *», Turk, of Yarkand. , J fi "!^‘0'ni'ttculata eSj)Cain ma9nitudine super ans, ad E. chaus proxime accedens ; griseo-fulva , apicetn vermis^8 a^ue macu^s nigids majoribus ornata ; cauda breviusculd, j. ere molli , basii ’ ne° ™lfra’ n'k)r()-transfasciata, cranio elongate , ei E. viverrin ss simili, Pedali, caudee 7 J>ersws l) Purchased in Yarkand. °i a cat. Altl^CC^°nS ma<^e Ly Dr. Stoliczka in Eastern Turkestan, was an imperfect ere lvas a bare n ^ bought it pi'obable that it belonged to an undescribed form, 1 gr 1 dily that it might be a specimen of a species inhabiting Western 2 Zoor^ ,^0SC'> xli, pp 70 ne ^ accoi'dance with the determinations by Brandt, Zool. Record, 1866, p. 26, and Bull. Soc. Hist, a , »• Ros. As ; , J- A. S. xxiT^p^g Q2 379 ’ ^°te 4l un Vbiggio in Persia, p. 343. E lg SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Turkestan and described by Dr. J. E. Gray' in 1873 as tainly much shorter than was represented m Dr. Grays figure, hut this mig due in part at least to a portion having been lost. Accordingly, in the published li t of u <• T n ni od the snecies as Felts sp. near F. pardina (? Chcms caudatus, Gray.) CZ’auTuy n im wo additional skins of the same cat were brought from Yfakaj; one by MrThaw Z the other by Dr. Scully. Neither is perfect, but Mr. Shaw’s specr^ , y , +i ws anti the whole skeleton has been preserved with the skm. It “^LTthat the specie was quite distinct from Chaus candatm, the tail being consideraM itSr »d toSoT quite a different form. I consequently described this app^ ucw form, and named it after Mr. R. B. Shaw, to whom we are so much indebted for Pre"^“ "“'greyish fulvous above the back rather darker ^ the sides underparts white; the body marked throughout with rather small black sp which are largest on the abdomen, smaller and closer together on the should® ‘“d * >r tending to form cross lines on the latter, and indistinct on the middle of the liae , . mirttan of the face and mmsle whitish, cheek stripes of rusty red and black hams nuke Ears rather more rufous outside, especially towards the tip, “hi^^hemme' sor#8 nointed the hairs at the end scarcely lengthened •, mterioi of eais ■ rJ.0A\' f ai^t ruf ouT spots at the side of the neck. Breast very faintly rufous - h - ^ brownish hand across. Inner side of limbs mostly white, a black ^ ^snR the^ ^ ■md a verv black spot behind the tarsus. Apparently there are two black bands ins tlii-h, but the limbs are ill-preserved in all the specimens. Tail dusky above near tl with 5 or 6 black bars above on the posterior half, none below, the dark bars c osei » towards the tip. Ear soft, moderately long, purplish-grey towards the base The size appears rather to exceed that of a domestic cat, and to equal that of F. The tail apparently is about half the length of the body without the head. In th t ^ skins examined, the length from nose to rump is about 2o inches the tail 7 to 8, hu little dependence can be placed on such measurements. The tail-vertebrse from iep ^ ernl of the sacrum measure when put together 8*75 inches, which would coincide with measurement outside the body of about 7^ inches. _ f nylP skl1^ The skeleton is that of an adult animal, and the following are dimensions and limb bones : Total length of skull Length from incisors to lower edge of foramen magnum Breadth across hinder parts of zygomatic arches „ behind postorbital processes . Least breadth of face between orbits . Length of suture between nasal bones Greatest diameter of bony orbit Length of bony palate behind incisors Length of mandible . Height of do. from the angle to the top of the eorronoid process Length of femur of tibia of humerus of radius Metre. •108 •093 •073 •031 •020 •025 •032 •041 •073 •033 •140 •141 •126 •133 inches. 4- 25 3- 67 2-87 1-23 0-8 1- 1-25 1- 63 2- 88 1-3 5- 52 5-57 4- 95 5- 26 P. Z. S. 1874, p. 31, PL VJ, VII. MAMMALIA. 19 Conip (j it has the na^l ^le skull of Felis chaus, that of F. shawiana is comparatively longer, tal processes Sfes^0r^°-1 more el0Ilgate, the face less convex, the breadth behind the postorbi- lynxes have ^le processes themselves are longer and project further. The true The skull of ry ^ S^10r*:er anci more convex skull, and so have the smaller typical cats. Sorter than tl 'l'*'* Cm<*atu8 approximates to that of the true cats, being rounder and t>f Felis shrnci ^ c^iaus- The only skull I can find which approaches in form to that a Peculiarly loncT] viverrma , the type of Gray’s genus Viverriceps, a cat with shaicio tail, froni y,. . ana ls distinguished externally from F. {Chaus) caudata by its much shorter hy its shorter T ^ ^eing spotted throughout, and from F. torquata (F. ornata, Gray) ls Very different / ’ more ru^ous colouration, and distinct black spots on the abdomen. It the breast 10111 mI>tilura? which has red spots on the sides and rufous bars across This t Thrkand. ^ ^ comraon in the plains of Eastern Turkestan, around Kdshghar and ^Undautly * " i t lczh-a has noted on the label of the original skin that the animal is found ■tlr. Shaw * ILC ^ have received the same account from Captain Biddulph, Dr. Scully and °t the skuii^!11 ‘ p™iot- p- Z. S. 1871, p. 761, PI. LXXVI. a a *as’ Zoog. Ros. As., i, p. 17 ; Middendorf, Sib Reis., ii, 2, p. 75. 4 la,‘r°rfl and Alston, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 272. • A S. B. xvi, 1847, p. 1178. 20 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. The only difference I can see from a fine Norwegian skin in the Indian Museum is that tke Kashghar specimens are rather more rufous. The colour of the upper parts generally is pale-brown with a slight lilac tinge, darkes on the hack, but with no distinct central stripe ; the under-fur is light orange brown, tbe extreme tips of the longer hairs are sometimes black, sometimes white, thus producing a slight silvery appearance. The tail is 7 or 8 inches long (probably somewhat stretched), about 0 inches at the en being black. The ears are tipped with black, and have black tufts at the extremity) aB inch to an inch-and-a-lialf long ; abdomen white with a few small black spots. The indict' tions of spots on the sides and limbs are very faint indeed. to Family CANID sL. 13. Canis lupus. Linn., Syst. Nat., i, p. 58. 1, 2, Plat skins purchased at Kashghar ; 3, 4, flat skins without label. The four skins in the collection may be referred apparently rather to C. lupus than C. laniger : according to Mr. Blyth,1 * the Tibetan wolf, Lupus laniger 3 of Hodgson) lS distinguished by its paler colour, owing to the absence of black-tipped hairs on the sideS’ and the distinct black streak on the forelimbs of the European wolf is but slightly indicate in the Tibetan animal. The fulvous of the European wolf is replaced by a delicate 1% _ isabelline, or rufous cream-colour. Mr. Blyth also points out that C. laniger is a slights animal with smaller paws, and he mentions some cranial differences, but, on the whole, ke appears doubtful whether the Tibetan wolf is worthy of specific distinction. On the whole, however, naturalists appear fairly agreed that the two races must be dlS" tinguished. There is one peculiarity at least in which the Tibetan wolf agrees better with ^ Indian species, C. pallipes , than with C. lupus ; this is the proportion of the * carnassial tooth in the upper jaw to the true or tubercular molars. In the European wolf the length of the caI' nassial tooth exceeds that of the two molars together ; the reverse is the case in the Indian wd ■ On examining the skulls of Tibetan wolves in the Indian Museum 3 * * * * 1 found that they ag*ee^ in this particular with those of C. pallipes, and differed from C. lupus. The importance the distinction lias been pointed out in a pamphlet by Professor Jeitteles of Vienna, who ^ shown that none of the larger domestic dogs can be descended from the European because of the relative proportions of their teeth, but that all must have been derived the Indian wolf, or from allied forms. Professor Jeitteles’ remarks induced me to exanii11'’ the Tibetan wolves’ skulls. In the absence of the skull, it is, of course, impossible to say with certainty that t 1 Wolf of Eastern Turkestan is the same as Canis lupus , but it is probable that the two identical. 1 J. A. S. B., 1817, xv i, p. 1176. e " Hodgson, Calc. Jour. Nat. Hist., 1847, vii, p. 474, Canis chanco, Gray, P. Z. S., 1863, p. 94. Although in the s®, year, 1863, a specimen of C. laniger with a skull was presented by Mr. Hodgson to the British Museum, it appears doubtful wbe this specimen was compared by Dr. Gray with his C. chanco, for in the catalogue of carnivorous, &c. mammalia, published in 1 Hodgson’s species is simply placed with a query under Lupus chanco. Hodgson distinctly stated that his L. laniger was theTibe chanco, but his specimen was from the country north of Sikkim ; Gray's from Western Tibet (Chinese Tartary). P. A. S. B., 1877, p. 116. MAMMALIA. 21 ki gather softer tiff1' at Kashghar are rather large ; the hair is long and appears to me Lie Under-fur is f i** mos^ W°1 f -skins ; between the shoulders it is nearly 5 inches in length. 'ac‘k, upper part%^A^ an<^ W0°Uy- Black tips to the hair abound on the forehead, "ai’s outside brow° v, ^igBs an(l sBoulders, being thickest along the middle of the hack. a°ar the margins pi 1 ^ Bairs mixed : inside there are white hairs with black mixed e °Biers more <>r 16 Bnc down the fore-leg is distinct. Two skins are more fulvous, and tail whif f °ne *a^cr *s smaller than the rest, and has more black on the Biink this mav 1 . ^ie muzzle, wBich is rufous in the other skins, is in this case blackish. Wayward 1 st f " skin °f a y°luiger animal. )akiy the present^1’ GS t W0 kinds of wolves are found in Eastern Turkestan. One is pro- ah?inus of papa 8B|icles > the second may be either the animal noticed below, or Cams ( Cuon) at lower elevate * ^ 1CB is said by Severtzoff to be met with in Western Turkestan, hut not nations than 5,000 feet. 14. Canis sp. ^Bis ki 'nl°Ur is Very to a small species, rather larger than the common jackal. The general lat °t a wolf, and the fur about equally coarse and rather long. The k, mixed with pale rufous and white, along the hack and upper surface , xuere - Us .on ike flanks, limbs, anterior portion of the abdomen and under is ruf0us SfV lsjmct black line down the front of each foreleg. The upper part of the 'in without skull purchased at Kashg har. Of fr . O tlnt ii t^Wale 0niiuauce of wV^^^ whitish and black, the forehead being greyer owing to the pre- ^I'P'T lip5 ® B>s i° the hairs, which are cliocolatc-brown at the base. Whiskers black ; l(Bs’ iuside l0n,,(> . Uoat; " Bite. Hams on the outside of the cars short, brown, with short black (Jp” ashy at the* if white. On the back of the neck the hairs are three to four inches Inis' f'm°' tips black 1011 barker, the terminal portion for about an inch rufous-wliitc, the hi'ownisk.a ' ■ U Ble middle of the back the hair is more than four inches long, at the ^ 4.1 . *■' miXed "With wlllfp • fllD 'nrlnfn nvf nr> /I o aiiItt olirrnl on 111 nn oK/nvt y" the haiiv w^e5 the white extends only about an inch, then, for about , niU(ii lons'er nS ai° cB°c°late-brown, the terminal portions rufescent and black, the black remaii 1 — v_m tue tan cue extreme uasai portion oi tue nan is tin tte blakl rufesceat, except the tip, which is black. Sides the same but without pai^(h the tail if f** '• area on ^Be hack hounded by a fairly defined line on the sides. The abtlf are ^reyish-w]p*Ul,e ■ owing to all the hairs having long black tips. The under- th • °nien» and Wjfi 1 ?’ sB?Btly mixed with rufous on the breast and anterior portion of the rp-. «/ 7 o *7 p .he tail is r'u than in f0xp as ln the jackal, hut more bushy. Ears moderate, much shorter in pro- f0r 1 ?ann°t identifv°ti w0l^eS* Feet larger than in C. aureus. a 3ackal, ail(| , ^ Bis with any known canine animal. It is too large, as already remarked, C 1 moreover if aS ,.mucB longer, fuller fur. It is too small for C. alpimis of Pallas, ’ ■ a ar more rufous animal with a proportionally longer tail,2 and is said Jour. Roy. Geog. Soc., 1870, xi, p. 134. Compare Sehrenck, Reis. Amur., vol. i, p. 48. 22 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. by Gray 1 * to have the dentition of Cuon. The description of Canis (or Vulpes) melano would agree fairly, hut that the ears are black in that animal, which is evidently a with a long husliy tail, and apparently, from the description, a much smaller animal tin® the present. I know of no other Central Asiatic form with which to compare this skin, differs in colour and texture of fur from the equally unknown saggurg 3 of Persia. I ca0 only conclude that the skin described belongs to a large kind of jackal, hitherto undescribec > but I am unwilling to give a name to a mere skin without a skull in so difficult a genus a restricted Cards, and it is barely possible that the skin may be that of a young wolf. Tb® colouration is not unlike that of the African C. mesomelas, but much paler and greyer. It was very probably a skin of the same animal, also from Chinese Tartary, which ^ referred with doubt by Mr. Blyth4 to Canis melanotus. This skin has disappeared, having probably decayed. 15. Canis ( Vulpes ) flavescens. PI. II, (as Canis ( Vulpes ) montanus ). gO Vulpes flavescens, Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 1, xi, p. 118, (1843) : List Mam. B. M., p- (1843): Cat. Hodgson’s coll. B. M., p. IT. (1846) : Do. second edition, p. 6 (1863) : P. h J 1868, p. 516: Cat. Cam. &c. Mam. B. M., p. 203 (1869).— Adams, P. Z. S., 1858, p. 51b- Blyth, Cat. Mam. As. Soc., p. 42. Tulke, Turki of Yarkand. 1, 2, skins (no skulls or feet) purchased at Leh; 3,- skin (and a skull detached) Maralhashi ; 4—8, skl"* (without skulls or feet) purchased in Kashghar; 9, skin (with skull and feet) Kashghar, from animal presented alive to the Mission ; 10, head and skull, no label. After much study of the skins available, and with much doubt, I have determined ^ follow Mr. Blyth, and to class the foxes of Ladak and Yarkand apart from the com®^ Vulpes montana of the Himalayas. That the two are closely allied is certain, and it ^ extremely doubtful whether any definite characters can be found to distinguish them, but s far as the specimens available for examination show, the northern race is larger, paler in col®® and often more rufous, with longer hair (a difference due, doubtless, to climate), and with larger teeth. Still there is so much variation in all these characters, that I was long inch® to "class all together as varieties of one species, and I am still far from satisfied that a® constant distinction exists. Under the impression that the two were not separable, the P|a^ representing the Yarkand foxes was named Canis {Vulpes) montanus. I think, howcMj that the differences between several recognized races of foxes are no greater than t between V. montana and the Tibetan animal, and I therefore leave the two forms sepal a for the present. , i bowey kaks being purplish-grey with, on the back, bright rufous tips. The s Sloped eVfX’ barker in V. montana, and, owing to the tips of the longer hairs being ’ he colour of the under-fur shows more. 1 J. A. S, B., xxiii, 1854, p. 729. 2J. A. S. B., xxii, 1853, p. 581. 24 SECOND YA11KAND MISSION. In the plate, the upper figure represents the darker variety of V. flavescens, the l°weV the more rufous and typical form. A specimen of a fox from Ydrkand presented by Captain Biddulph to Mr. Hume, * has added it to the collection, looks at first sight as if it must he a different species. The h» is much shorter and thinner than in the other foxes, and that on the tail is so deficient, W there is nothing approaching a brush, and the tail resembles that of a domestic dog. This roW be due to accident or ill condition, hut the hair on the body, though not long, looks perfect healthy. There is no woolly under-fur, and the hair is rather harsh. On the whole, I thu> this skin may be that of an animal which has just lost its long winter coat. That the 1° of the long fur greatly alters the colour of foxes is a well-known fact. The following is a description of this skin. All the middle of the back, from the nH to the insertion of the tail, is blackish-brown; sides of the body isabelline, many of the hairs the posterior part of the flanks having very long black tips, so that the blackish back appe broader on the loins than behind the shoulders; the hairs are dusky at the base on the ion whitish near the shoulders ; head rufous above, with scattered white tips to some o hairs ; upper lip whitish, as are the chin, throat and lower parts generally ; whiskers blac ears black externally except close to the head, with rather long whitish hair near the mar0 inside. External surface of shoulders and thighs rufous, with a few white and black M mixed. Anterior portion of the whole fore-leg and foot, and of the tarsus and hind-W ^ black, slightly grizzled with white tips and becoming more mixed with rufous hairs abo but quite black along the edge of the whitish inner-surface of the limbs. Hairs beneath feet dusky -brown ; below the tarsus rufous brown ; tail dull rufous above, below whitish 11 ^ the base, becoming much mixed with black towards the tip, which is entirely white b° above and below ; the hair on the back is about 2\ inches long. The following measurements, except those of the skull and leg bones, are, of course, 0 approximate, as they are taken on the skin : ft. inches, o Q Length of head and body 1 6 Tail, including hair at end ...•••• Total length . 3 6 3.5 Length of ear from orifice . • • • ■ • • ‘ ' ' ' Length of skull from occipital plane to end of premaxillaries ..... Breadth of skull across widest part of zygomatic arches Length of tarsus and hind-foot to end of claws - Bore-foot and carpus to ditto ^ Since the above was written, I have seen a skin of a fox brought by Captain Bidd from Kashmir, apparently V. montana, with a similar colouration to the specimen a ^ described, except that the hack is dark rufous. This specimen, shot in August, has evu e j. its summer fur. In all these foxes the deep rufous cross-like mark, formed by the dark' ^ and the line across the shoulders, is conspicuously contrasted, in the summer vesture, wi pale sides of the animal, but disappears in the winter fur. MAMMALIA. 25 16. C. (Ytjlpes) sp. There ' without skull purchased at Kashghar. rest in beiu„e purchased, like the others, in the Kashghar bazar, which differs from all shown by the sm Gl an(^ veiA much darker in colour. The difference in size is especially ^e fnr, partly to th* c^ar^ co^our is due partly to the prevalence of black tips to fewer in proport' 16 ai^ under-fur being more conspicuous, owing to the longer piles being ^ ^ possible that it * ^iav^TL8' shorter tips. It is probable that this is a different fox, but iTl colour than o 1 l ^raa^ a young animal, for young foxes are sometimes much more dusky ^toliczka at iha U ,S‘ ^ does uot agree with the description of V. ferrilatm 1 to which Dr. %ka at Xl aoes I10t agree with the descriptior The Sl"’, 11 thought it might be referred. hairs. pp(J Un^ei.C? °Ur lnay he described as rufous iron-grey, grizzled with white tips to the the extremities ■ tl" ^ 1S C^lls^^ ashy- grey near the body, passing into chocolate-brown towards 'Oxler-fu^ the t' ° longer hairs are more or less rufous, white beyond the ends of the woolly the back aml^l ^ ^arge proportion being black ; the upper surface of the head, middle rairs on the fac * a Jw the eye ^ e,Xc.ePt hi a blackish patch on each side in front of the eye. The region e§8 are blackish rahms, and the upper lip is whitish. The exterior surface of the a°c light-bro ' 1 some rufous, and very short white tips to the hairs, the interior sur- eet are rnuch^11- "^e ^a*lvs below the feet and the tarsi are dull brown. The soles of the !'far the base < ?p)eic<^ hair as in V. flavescens. The ears are black outside except *le eDd of + -,e. the tail is pale grey at the base, then tawny with black tips. In tile aii 18 white. ^aside of the t>reserving the skin, nearly all the hair has been removed from the V sho flavcscens all * f])Ut 0n.e smah tuft, which is black, remains in the middle of one ear. In m°w that the small i° ba*r *ns^e the ears is pale isabelline. This difference tends to l0U ('ver, to o.iye a ( ar^ s^hi may belong to a distinct and undescribed species. It is useless, p The foxes of^y^10 a s^T1^ e hnpcrfect specimen. Corsac. estem Turkestan, according to Severtzoff, are C. vulpes, C: melanotus, and Gscens be a n,Q«„er ° n('*ther of these has been found in Eastern Turkestan, unless C. Jla- mere variety of C. vulpes. !aee h'omU^blf to refer this skin 1 flat skin (without skull Family— 1/ USTEIlDvE. 17. Meies, sp. nov. or feet) purchased at Kashghar. Vvhite im ]\p tdzus, Jf to any known species. It differs in the colouration of the li , J tUark down tl * • Canescens>2 leucura,3 and M. leptorhynchus ,* in all of wlrich the a 1 Portion of the f ° m'l^e °t the face extends to the nape, whereas in the Kashghar skin the 1 J. ^ g ^ ^ aTiriir^+:l\r it\ fvnnl nf IIia aqtq Tt, rlifFpvc: fvnm ~M fin.flhllWAt' AI terminates abruptly in front of the ears. It differs from M. anahma5 • Alst Blai“f'’ Astern P P’ 278- :i 2k.J S-> 1877 n o-1)" A" t’t HI. The distinction of this species from M. taxus is shown to be doubtful by ea levcura, 4l' ’ Siiln’j.l8,69, P‘ 126. ° SS’’ J' A' S' B-> 1847, xvi, p. 763, PI. XXIX, XXX, XXXI : Meies Imcurus, Gray, Cat. Carn. &c. d JaP°n., Mam., p. 30, PI. VI. 1 i- « g ., Fauna- r, P°lU' S6rvir h 1,Histoire Xaturelle des Mammiferes, p. 190, PI. XXV. 26 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. in being mncli greyer, whilst from M. Mogulari,' it may he at once distinguished W wantin’ the white throat. Another form found in Eastern Tibet has been described 1 A Milne-Edwards under the name of Males obscurusf hut it belongs to the gen1 2* suh-genus Arctonyx, and the general colouration of this genus diverges considerably V that of the typical badgers. ini, , ,, orna]lef Judging from the size of the Kashghar skm, improbably belonged to a rather sinft* animal than M. taxus, and the fur is apparently rather softer. The colour is very simR» ’ the hairs on the back being about 2* inches long, white at the base, with a brownish tuV towards the extremity ; near the end they are black for about half an inch the point be j white, tail hairs the same, but rather longer, (about 3 inches at the end of the tail,) and * the black ring and white tips more developed ; the middle of the forehead and nose bw*» white; the brownish-black marks on each side from the nose, enclosing the eyes and «■ , meet on the forehead rather in front of the ears, which are white antenorly black ben and inside; cheeks white, with a slight brownish tinge ; lower parts and limbs black, e#>r the inside of the thigh, which appears to have been white. Only the skm of the upper p of the hind limbs has been preserved. , , Length of skin, 3 feet 2 inches, of which the tail measures 8-6 inches, and the hair at end of the tail 3 inches. . In Western Turkestan, according to Severtzoff, Meles taxus is found. 18. MARTES LEUCOLACHNiEA, sp. nOV., or Maries foina, var. leucolaclmcea. M./Dinul J. A. S. B., 1875, xliv, Pait 2, p. 106. Sausar, Turki of Yarkand. M. magnitudme coloreque ad M. foinam proximo accedens, sed vellere multo lanugine albescente, distinguenda. 1, skin, without skull, purchased at Yarkand. the This skin is dark sepia-brown in colour, the feet and tail being nearly black. On throat and breast is a large white patch in the form of an irregular horse-shoe, the convex directed forward, and each of the lateral extremities extending back beneath the fore a^y The belly is of the same colour as the back. The face is a little paler, being rather ea1 1 ^ brown, palest on the cheeks ; the chin the same colour as the head. The ears have s white hairs along the margin, and longer greyish brown hairs inside. Whiskers black. ^ The fur is very fine and soft, consisting of long glossy dark brown piles, nearly 2 ^ long in the middle of the back, and fine woolly under-fur, nearly white, but with a very ‘ ^ ashy tinge, and rather more than an inch in length: the whitish colour shows disti^r ^ throughout the body through the rather sparse longer hairs. The hair on the tail is blac and very long The SOles Ui me icei axe jjnjiujijjtuiy wvcicu trim >=>■“'"•“ "“v.v * the toes, and a larger naked tri-lobed pad on the anterior part of the sole. There is also a s very rung. _ fO The soles of the feet are principally covered with short hair, but there are naked Pa ij 1 Blyth, J. A. S. B., xxii, 1853, p. 590. 2 Reekerckes Mam., p. 338, PI. LXIL MAMMALIA. 27 Vakeel p^d n The pac{s 1 16 Posterior portion of the fore feet (palma), only seen on turning up the hair. The leiv>tpn°Un^eC^ ^ sbort blackish hah*; the claws are white. °f tail; tail 19 1 S^n (doubtless somewhat stretched) is 18 inches from nose to insertion the tail- proper"^ ° en<^ ^ie longest hairs, which project 3^ inches beyond the end of Eastern. TiTlf S^n, d°ubtless from the same species of marten, has since been brought from long, an(j tj^es an by Dr. Scully, and presented to the Indian Museum. The fur is not so Aspects tin e ^^Aur is not quite so white, being very pale ashy grey, but in all essential the skull tail ** a^r.ees w^th that procured by Dr. Stoliczka, and it has the advantage that horn Saril- T bmb-bones are left in the skin. On the label this specimen is marked That it wnc.?,lant'' ^lere can be little, if any, doubt that the animal had been kept in captivity. fro That it uas " Uim De nttie, u any, ciouot tnat tne animal naci neon a Weight an 1 Erocured alive, or freshly killed, by Dr. Scully, is shown by his having recorded the u is np i • . — — The skull is not quite adult, and has been somewliat injured, hut inches, tail lVa ** m)t Ciuite, full grown. The dimensions marked on the label are : — length 28 which 21- c • ^be skin measures now from nose to insertion of tail 18 inches, tail 11, of T inches1 °! ^airs beyond the end ; hind foot and tarsus from heel (a little contracted) There a ° is recorded as 1 lb 10| oz. merchant a so_sevei'al marten skins in the Indian Museum, purchased from a Cahul 0r blackish 7 ° ^ tkoy came from Bokhara. These skins have the same dark sepia-brown bestan skins™^ C°lour’ white throat, glossy piles, and soft whitish under-fur as the Tur- ibat taken fr' ^ marten skull from Afghanistan, in the same collection, much resembles Sor|aewhat Skin brougbt by Dr. Scully. The form of the zygomata is, however, was assioncq1S^ k)r‘ Stoliczka’s collections, published in 1875, this Yarkand marten-skin 'bat animal fop^ doubts, to M. foina, the European beech-marten Peter Come is that tl 7~“ toh uuiamcu uy iiicxnuiaii museum. me euueiuaiuu Hith Jf foinc, ‘1G ^arbarid skins represent a different but nearly allied form. They agree *Ur in the AsH'1*1 kaving a white throat, and there is but little difference in colour, but the nearly White a l.C form is longer, softer, and more glossy, and the under-fur much paler, being b beautv an ,°a<^ °'' brownish-grey. The fur of one of the Yarkand skins is almost equal . Th^:frst0that'>*‘b-ble. ‘ T- abietum , he' ^ ^eucokic]m(pa approaches that of M. foina in type, and differs from that of above, qq’. much broader than the latter, with a wider muzzle and less rounded outline (“u'b side is putr«maixen^ Pre-molars are not fully grown, and the third upper pre-molar on nU)r° than tho^^ aPPearblg through the jaw. The hinder molars resemble those of M. foina 11 ' abietum is dictum . Blasius1 points out that the third upper pre-molar in Margin eqnais £°ncave outside ; that the length of the fourth or flesh-tooth along the external mai'gbi of the H ^ransverSG diameter of the hindermost or tubercular molar, and the outer ( onvex externall 1 ^ *S attenuate and not incurved ; whereas in M. foina the third tooth is rriUl»in of the hf i^16 *en^b of the fourth exceeds the breadth of the fifth, and the outer i c ttl0sT tooth is incurved and bi-lobed2 ( eingebuchtet , zweiklappig). In the '^•1 p. 17 ’ Outsell],, p_ 212 c , . . , . , . Jt' ' !5ee also, on the distinctions between M. abietum and M. foina, Hensel, Wiegmann s Arcniv, f°atth t he 0nly skulls 0{ ^le fifth upper ,u 'f' apd M. foina (one of each) that I have at present for comparison, the proportion of the ar is as stated by Blasius. The other distinctions are less characteristic, and probably vary somewhat. s5 and I had then no skin of comparison. I have since received both a skin and a skeleton from Dr. ,° er sb'n bas been obtained by the Indian Museum. The conclusion to which 28 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. skull from Eastern Turkestan the length of the flesh-tooth exceeds the breadth of the kindei molar, hut the latter is scarcely concave on its outer edge ; and in its general form, especially in its inner portion considerably exceeding the outer portion in antero-posterior diameter, d approaches M. dbietvm . The following are the dimensions of this skull (a). As the animal is not quite 'mature* the length of the adult skull would be rather more : — (a) (b) (‘) (d) % Inches. Inches. Inches. Inches. Length from occipital plane to end of premaxillaries 3-15 3-2 3-3 3-15 Breadth across hinder part of zygomatic arches 1-85 1-05 2-05 1-82 ,, behind post-orbital processes .... 0-82 0-71 0-77 0-75 „ of brain-pan at pos teriortermination of zygomatic processes of squamosals ..... 1-45 1-47 1-45 1-39 Length of upper flesh-tooth along outer edge 0-37 0-36 0-38 0-34 Breadth of upper hinder molar ..... 0-32 0-33 0-32 0-31 Length of mandible from angle to symphysis . 1-95 2-05 2-15 1-93 Height of ditto ........ 0-85 0-88 0-9 0-9 It should be repeated that this is the skull of an animal that has in all probability bee11 kept in confinement. Some of the bones are injured, the injuries having apparently been produced during life. The measurements marked ( b ) are those of the skull from Cabul already mentioned' The teeth resemble those in the Turkestan skull. To the measurement (c) I shall reved presently. Those under (cl) are of a European skull of M. foina. The differences from 31. foina have been already pointed out, but there are two Asinl,c martens to which the present form is allied, and it is as well to show why it does not appe£l1 to belong to either. Both, it should be premised, have been very imperfectly described. The first, to which I was for some time inclined to refer this animal, is 31. toufa\ the only imo1K'('],,l:ens sa^d to be intermediate in character between 11. abietum and 11. ^ntioiis some skii ° ^aracter specified, however, is the colour of the throat. Severtzoff perhaps, have I * IO'Vn t° him as “Kashgar sable,” with peculiarly fine fur, and these s? ave been darke - same as the Eastern Turkestan species ; but the underfur is said r^°rteP, in 1 lan ln M estern Turkestan skins of 11. abietum and M. foina, and the tail Urkestan obtained ?acdn^ ^he sable. In neither character do the specimens from Eastern 10 Indian Musem '' ^1S‘ ^toliczka and Scully, nor the supposed Bokhara (or Cabul) skins in A1 together r U a^ree wdfi Severtzoff ’s descrip tic ^lstmguispa- ler - ^ SU( tn^socl as mther on convenience than facts. The present form can be either tions. -yy. ^guisbable fronTl °n^ conc^ude that the marten of Eastern Turkestan is a race just ( ®ther such fori ^'d°ina, and that M. intermedia and 11. toufeea are probably other races, fiction, depend1'1118 S^0tdd I1® considered specifically distinct or merely varieties is a difficult ,, asS(xl as tartest / b lather on convenience than facts. The present form can be either tia martons> like th a Sub-Species or race of 11. foina , or as M. foina var. Probably a 'A This i« a K <,;ds’ coniprise a large number of incipient species, imperfectly differen- j Accordino- f0 per^Z0^ s v^ew aho. miudes p adas, M. foina is only found in the extreme west of Siberia, but Severtzoff lna’f so that the ^esIem Turkestan, and Pore David obtained it in Northern sol 1 ^ a ya,riety in Eastern Turkestan is highly probable, or dle hazaar of sa^d by T)r. Leith Adams 4 to be brought from Afghanistan, and • • intermedin ^ , UlA' ar 5 but it is not improbable that pale skins of 31. leucolachncea in a i , ' ‘"^uia mav lm i x “ “ — v w- — azaar may be l ' ' e . en fbken for those of the pine-marten, and specimens bought 1 'Aland by nn from a great distance, so that the purchase of these skins in Ladak and Yd °uost the Chin »c m< !mS Prove fbat they inhabit the country. 11. abietum is not recorded mese mammals by Pi*e David. ^0(1gson, J. A‘ S' 1842, XI, p. 281. 19. MaBTES TOTJFiEA ? 1’ 2 skin’ At first I ' *^10Ut Stills, and one without feet) purchased at Leh. ^ ^ ^ puioucvocu ul xivri, the y01' ’ BUt there ^ B°Sed 1° consider these two skins merely specimens of the last, killed in left b^ Cd fhe presentC°nS^,era^e ddl®rence in fbe fur, both in colouration and texture, and short,!!1'1 ^ Ver7 small U m?GC^e8 Bave fb° s°lcs more completely covered with hair, the pads r.n atld much less 0-1 16 Colour is much paler, although the underfur is darker, the fur i thrown,)0 ^eri°ral colour and ^*6 white of the throat more extended. ( & '°ut the body tb'S l al *'er bab‘ sepia-brown with a greyish tinge (almost earthy-brown) s ^ ark Jev., pp ’ le Und®rfur towards the ends being the same colour as the longer piles, < p. 87. Ann- 0r° Hazara, bmce tllH ' Nonv.7^vAs,-’ '• P- 87. Ann‘ Mag' Nat Hist-> 1876, Ser. 4, Vol. xviii, p. 46. Nit the above was iu print, I have received a skin of M. leaculachncea from Major St. John. This H 30 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. and pale ashy grey elsewhere. Eace the same colour as the hack ; ears with short whi e hairs round their margins, brown outside, brownish white within ; feet and tail dark sepia brown, the hair on the latter longer than on the hack ; soles of feet hairy, except on the small pads. Whole throat and breast, with the chin and upper lip close to the gape, wbi^’ except two or three brown spots in the middle of the throat ; fur very soft, the longer hairs 111 the middle of the back nearly 1-| inches long ; woolly underfur about !-§- inches in leng^1' In the stretched skin the head and body measure about 15 to 18 inches, tail 9 ; hairs at end 3f » total 30 inches. Mention was made in the preceding notes on Martes leucolaclmwa of a specimen Sikkim (and probably brought from Tibet) that agreed somewhat in colouration with description of M. tonfcea. This skin resembles that from Leh so closely that, so far as specif of martens can be determined by the skin alone, I have but little hesitation in consider#1? both the same ; both have the same amount of white on the breast,, extending to 1 fore legs in one direction, and to the chin in the other, or much further than in M. leucolM 1 ncea ; but this character is very probably variable. The skull of this Eastern Tibetan specimen is imperfect, only the anterior porta0*1 having been preserved in the skin. This part, however, despite a considerable resenabl#°c< to that of the other skulls from Central Asia noticed under M. leucolachncea, is dista# guished by being considerably smaller in size with much smaller teeth. The teeth and t ^ sutures show the animal to have been adult, and even aged. The breadth across of zygomatic arches is 1'8 inches, and behind the post-orbital processes 0-7. The length the penultimate upper molar or flesli-tooth is 0'31, and the breadth of the last or tub ere# molar 03. The nearest approach in form is made by the skull from Western Tibet,1 measurements of which are given under (c.) on p. 28 and both have the same characterise0 convexity of the frontal region between the orbits, so that it is possible that the differen°eS in size, both of the skull and teeth, may be sexual. The colouration of the skins is, hoAveO1’ widely different. 20. Mustela stoliczkana. PI. I a, fig 3, and PI. II b. W. Blanf., J. A. S. B., 1877, xlvi, Part 2, p. 260. A (/ha Mahan, Turki of Yarkand. Mustela ad M. vulgarem proxime accedens, sed valde major , superne fusco~arettMia’ subtus albida, cauda longiore, quartern partem totius longiiudinis subeequante , cum d°' S°: aoncolore ; labris ambobus genisque inferioribus albis, macula utrinque post angulam fulva, alterdque ante oculvm utrumque alba, palmis plantisque confertim pilis indutis. tota cum cauda 12'2, caudce, pilis inclusis, 3, cranii 1'8, pedis posterioris a calcaneo J- poll. Angl. 1, dried skin purchased at Yarkand. Colour pale sandy-brown above, the hairs rather paler and whitish at the base, Y^1^ below. Eur short, dense and soft. Tail throughout the same colour as the back. The1'0 a small white spot close to the anterior angle of each eye, and a rather larger sandy-ta1’01' spot a little behind the gape in the lower part of the cheeks, which are white to with#1 ^ short distance below tlve eye. Upper whiskers dark brown towards the base, and of MAMMALIA. 31 the 'v'hitish at tluj1 T ^eat^' Tore feet white, mixed with pale brown above, hind feet only even they are °i ^ ’ S0^es ^le feet thickly clad, only the toe-pads being naked, and longth of the liead^ai concealed by the long hair. Tail nearly cylindrical, about one-third the ticket, was measured by Dr. Scully when the animal was fresh, and noted on the ^eluding the l °S’ ^le titil, of which the vertebrae are preserved, now measures 3 inches tithes long Vtl '^t ^ ^le en(T or 2-3 without it. The hindfoot and tarsus are 1*4 tiv Scull-^p.. +1 0lli ^le c^aws- f' ur on the hack about 03 inches long. The weight marked by 'tie occipital crest tinperfect behind, the occipital plane having been cut away ; but as cranium show n 1Clnaills’ khe total length can he measured with close approximation. The tile sagittal ci^ t • 6 Stiec™en f° have been just adult, the dentition being perfect, although GS ls only rudimentary. The following are the dimensions : — • Length 3tl across zygomatic arches breadth of ^ ^ariProximate) from occipital plane to alveolar : Ditto am -case across parietal region a ^easei which 1° 1CC^011S brought by Dr. Stoliczka from Eastern Turkestan was the skin Ppeared chiefiv t lau been kept in confinement. Judging from the skin alone, the animal ;a^ kow far no ,°„ tiler from the common European weasel in colour, and it was difficult to tence was due to the circumstances under which the individual had been TV ^ W°tWDCl P0st'0rbital processes Length suture hetween nasal bones , . on? pslate from anterior alveolar ma Posterior nares . .... breadth <• 'ainasslal tooth along outer edge S-Stl 1 "b"C"h" Odndep) molar 1 . Length of 1 T Cornrnon wo-iTi mosf Parf preserved, appears to he proportionally longer than 5 label. I, . spceimf>n otner inter! ^l,f in size5 l)ej|](i. "°10 carefully with M. vulgaris, I found that it differed, not only in colour, vow ^ s,l°ivs tliat,V!nUf'!1 laroei' animal. The length measured on the fresh carcase by Dr. in °f which . U' Yarkand weasel is nearly as large as an ermine, whilst the tail, the on w • x,iv> Pt. 2, pp. 106, 123. Xvi;^V01 tz°®> Turk. Jev., pp. 61, 81; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., July, 1876, Ser. 4, Vol. 4 1} l3, nec Jacquemont. 2 extl'eniitate^> ■ ^0rso nHP'o lavato, capite antice fulvescenti-cano , maculo fusco ad slgnato, ventre interdum leviter ferruginescente, cauda tertiam partem '■ p , •*' Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., July 1876, Ser. 4, Vol. xviii, p. 43. • "iitth. Erg. hft., No. 53, p. 3 : From Kulja, &c., p. 38. 34- SECOND YARKAND MISSION. corporis capitisque cequante, fulva, nigro breviter terminatd ; pills elongatis corporis oninib11* ad basin fuscis. Long, a rostro ad basin caudce circiter 18 ( in corio dessiccato), caud(e vertebrarum 6,palmce 2, plant ce fere 8, crami 3‘7 poll. 1, 2, 3, skins ; 4, 5, skulls, Kaskasu pass, 13,000 feet high, on the road from Kashghar to Sarikol and t1 Pamir. General colour tawny to rich brownish yellow, the dorsal portion conspicuously tinge^ with black from all the hairs having black tips, but these are far more conspicuous in son1* specimens (? males) than in others ; face grey to blackish with a rufous tinge, covered urith black and whitish hairs mixed, about half an inch long on the forehead. The black haU's on the face are more prevalent in those specimens (perhaps males) which have the blacked backs ; the middle of the forehead is, in some cases, more fulvous. On the end of the n°SL is a blackish-brown patch, and there is a narrow band of black hairs with a few white mise^ round the lips ; the sides of the nose are paler ; whiskers black. Hans of the back lj to Is inches long, much mixed with woolly fibres, dark slaty at the extreme base for about \ io^1’ then pale straw colour, becoming deeper golden-yellow towards the extremity, the end bla^' In the blackest specimens the black tips are wanting on the posterior portion of the back- Tail yellow, the same colour as the rump, except the tip, which is black for a length vavyin-t from an inch to about 2\ inches (in 3 specimens out of 4 it does not exceed an inch) hairs of the tail about 2 inches long, brown at the base. Lower parts rather browner sometimes with a rufous wash, the hairs shorter and thinner, chocolate brown at the bas< ’ without the short woolly underfur, which is very thick on the back. Eeet above yello"^'1 tawny like the sides. The lengths measured on the dried skins are — Nose to insertion of tail Tail Hairs at the end ..... Tore-foot (palma) measured to the end of the toes, but not including the claws Middle toe without claw measured below Claw measured above .... Hind- foot (planta) similarly measured . Mid toe without claw .... Claw ....... This is a much smaller species than A. caudatus 1 6| to 18| inches. 14 to 13 1 2 "" -*''2 5 to 21 0-8 0-6 2-9 0-8 0-52 the tail is rather shorter in pro port*011’ and is paler in colour, with less black at the end. The animal is also distinguished by tbe absence of the ferruginous tinge on the legs, and the underparts generally are muck rufous. It is a very different species from A. himalayanus (A. bobac of several auth()l's ' being smaller, much more yellow and less grey in colour, with a longer tail. Of all the Himalayan species it agrees best with A. hemachalanus, Hodgson, but t latter is a yet smaller form with shorter tail, shorter hair, and different in colour, bei11^ described as “ dark-grey with a full rufous tinge, which is rusty and almost ochreous re^ on the sides of the head, ears, and limbs.” Now A. aureus cannot be called dark-grey, in the specimens obtained the ferruginous tint is confined to the abdomen. The skin and ske ^ ton of a marmot from Sikkim in the old Asiatic Society’s collection ( C, Ca, of the list in Bly^ catalogue) belong, I believe, to A. hemachalanus. The skull differs widely from that aureus, being smaller and much shorter in proportion to its length, besides numerous uu'l() MAMMALIA. 35 differences. The l • Sorter. Some 0th m *°° .^®ers much in colour, being far greyer, and the tail is considerably lving animal in ^ sPe^rtlens bave since been obtained in Calcutta, and I have seen a lne> and 4, that I j captivity at Darjiling. Singularly enough, out of 6 specimens known to lnent. gtill as a/l^ ° hersonahy examined, not one was wild, — all had been kept in confine- WeU marked and di A ^ C^araC^erS’ ^here °an 110 9,uesti°ii that the species is ^iilenaetres,2 and it hran^ ^ & VC1A much smaller animal, the skull measuring only 43 tile body. 1 la'S a s^ort tail like A. liimalayanus, not more than a quarter the length Hie skull of A nearly than any f , ^Ureus> though very much smaller, approaches that of A. caudatus more < v,!r> is nearly 16 °^ier Himalayan marmots. The zygomatic arch in the latter, how- * '1 thT P-f!!"1 Captain T»tter that A n,ooo Metre. •094 •057 •017 •038 •0165 •0105 •020 •066 •035 Inches. 3-7 2-25 0- 65 1- 5 0- 64 ■ 0-42 0-82 2- 6 1- 4 ! ' " 1 Dto Part i i v , iiULCer mat A. aureus was seen abundantly on the return journey .o’0°0 to 13 qoo f,° y ai'kand in May about the Kaskasu and Torat passes, at an elevation of 01110 out of that \ V outward journey towards the end of March, none had yet Tim • . r holes. I^cies> and the y wiih A. caudatus by Severtzoff can, i Gn ‘yellow war,eij ew characters given agree withal, aureus % of tlm!lthfille black, Ion th. I think, scarcely be that ^j-vcii vviuji ja., mu Gins* ^.TIig cHiiiTL9/l is said to have nos , - —ger hair, the head was darker acd blackish.” Length from i p 6 0 Hie root of the tail 14 inches 2 lines, tail 8 inches 5 lines. This is *>'». I\°2 a di8sfrtation on th . .• l875, ggj, 'J1' I have there 'T* 168 noimnot inhabiting the Himalaya, Tibet, and adjoining regions, see J. A. S. B., 1875, vol. Ef. Sdater ’ Vo1 • xvi. p. 283 th , S °Wn.1‘^111 independently of A. aureus, and of A. dichrous (Anderson, Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist., October, 1 'v°uld „!jas 8*nc® Pointed fii* , “ S110C*6S inhabit the Himalayas or Tibet, viz., A. caudatus, A. liimalayanus, and A. hemachalanus. 11''s Woujjj^ ,V reta'n A. hem °l) >° UU' tPat two laRi names are, in fact, identical, and that consequently one must be changed. and alter A. liimalayanus, as was proposed by Hodgson himself, to A iibetensis ; hut I fear b'hsh Mi . name •E tibetan S] ° uomencioture, as A. liimalayanus was the name first given, and moreover it would lead to confu- llo 'n ,LT"dc‘r illese circumstances, I see no other resource than to propose a new name for A. liemacha- Called after its discoverer. l?7U* J' A- S' R-. 1843, xii, p. 410. “ 4. jJj ' A • S. B.. iu ,„ -y, Cat. Mam. P.IrW -NTr,™! The synonymy would then stand thus : A. HODGSONl. Mam. Birds Nepal, p. 24(1816); 2nd edition, p. 12, (1863), nee A. tibetensis, Hodgs. Cat. Mam. Mus. As. Soc., p. 108 (1863), nee Schveher. on, Mai p. 312. Awards. Reeh.1 M^,rdon;^'lra- Ind" P- 183 (1867). W. Blanf., J. A. S. B„ 1875, xliv, Pt. 2, p. 122. 36 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. caudatus. The locality whence Severtzoff’s only specimen, since l°s south of the Aulje-ata, in the mountain chains between TallaS ^ far too small for A was procured, was Chirchik.” This is north of Khokand and about 350 miles north-west of the Kaskasu f which again is at least 200 miles north of any place known to be inhabited by A . ccui' cU . by a few other differences. This skull may perhaps have belonged to an adult of A. die'11 the typical specimens of which are immature, but it is impossible to determine this ^ ^ nasal bones arc similar, but the skull of A. dichrous appears longer in proportion breadth, besides being very much smaller, although all the molars are through the jaW- 27. Abctomys himalayantts. Pis. XII, Xlla. Hodgson, J. A. S. B., 1841, x, p. 777. — W. Blanford, J. A. S. B., 1875, xliv, p. 121. A. himalayanns, potius tibetensis, Hodgs., J. A. S. B., 1843, xii, p. 409. “A. bobac, Sclireb./’ partim, Cray, List Spec. Mam. Coll. B. M., 1843, p. 148. — Horsfiel Mam. I. H. Mus., p. 164 (1851). — Blyth, Cat. Mam. Mns. As. Soc., p. 108 (1863) Mam. Ind., p. 181 (1867). — Anderson, P. Z. S., 1871, p. 560. — nec Sckreber. A. tataricus, Jameson/ L’Instit. 1847, xv., p. 384. -Jen ■A. tibetanus, Hodgson,” Fitzinger, Sitzb. k. k. Akad. Wiss. Wien., 1867, lv, i,p. 49L- A P. Z. S., 1858, p. 521. robustus, A. Milne Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat., vii, Bulletin, p. 02, ^ Recbercbes Mamm., i, p. 309, PI. XL VII, XLIX, fig. 2. “ ? A. baibacinus, Brandt/'’ Severtzoff, Turk. Jev., p. 61, nec Brandt, teste Severtzoff, J. Y 1875, xliv, Pt. 2, p. 126; Ann. Mag. N. H., July, 1876, Ser. 4, xviii, p. 50, note. g?0)' s. Of this marmot no specimens were procured by Dr. Stoliczka during his last eX¥ea^0l but I have examined the three brought from the San] u pass in the Kuenlun range, so11 ^ Yarkand, by Dr. Henderson, and described by Dr. Anderson in the Proceedings 0 / Zoological Society, l. c. So far as I am able to judge, I quite concur with Dr. Andei'b ^ assigning them to the species originally described by Hodgson from Tibet, and wl:v referred by Gray, Blyth, Anderson, aud other writers, to A. bobac. It is, however, a larger species than the Bobac. ,.M I have already entered into the confused synonymy of this Himalayan and , ^ marmot in the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal (/. c.), and need not recap1 ^ further than to point out that the species is probably the A. tartaricus of JameS°^j-jlP1’ description of which I have been unable to consult, and the A. robustus of M1 Edwards from Eastern Tibet. The latter species, as figured in the “ Reclierches, ac 1 l)1' 1 Anderson, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., October, 1875, Ser. 4, xvi, p. 283. ^ - One of the specimens referred by Mr. Blyth to Arctomys bobac in his Catalogue of the Mammalia in the Museum Society, No. 348 E, p. 109. 3 This reference is quoted from Wiegman’s “ Archiv," no copy of the work named being available. MAMMALIA. 37 1 w>. * more dark-coloured, but in a footnote attention is called to the fact that the plate lias over-coloured by the draftsman. mens q; '< k*n(kaess Mr. Mandelli of Darjiling, I have been enabled to examine speci- al no ' _lUHalay(inus from the portion of Tibet north of Sikkim. As this locality is Hod'«fr^a ^skance from Northern Nepal or the adjoining districts in Tibet, whence Mr. probvrn8 WGre derived> ^ may fairly be inferred that Mr. MandeUi’s specimens in all °t Sarf * *V lesi:mkki those originally described. The skins differ but little from those trifling U ' ^ arc a tittle greyer in tint and darker in the face, but the distinction is m(,;is;-;Llul dimensions appear similar. The skull of one of Mr. Mandelli’s specimens p0rtion°t ^ ^iiimetres in length by 67 in breadth, and is consequently broader in pro- 'vliid X. ’ ^ length than the Sanju skull, of which the measurements are given below, and shorter*8 **SUre(* on Xlla. The former is also rather less high, and the nasal bones are differ//1*1^ morc convcx. The skull of A. robuatm again, as figured in the “ Recherches,” .lI1(| . r°ni the Siinju specimen in having a narrower frontal region and somewhat narrower cmui;;0^ nasals. It is probable that a larger series of these animals would show other distinctions, for marmots live under the most favorable conditions for producing 'ti^tan n°nt Vaiaet*cs ’» each colony or group of families being isolated, and frequently at a ever ] ,llany miles from the next colony, so that the two, in all probability, rarely, if all tjl(>!|10wl with each other. I am disposed to think that it is most convenient to consider sll()1't- tailed Tibetan and Kuenlun marmots as varieties of the same species, an elovr t ’ found a marmot in the eastern mountains of Russian Turkestan above from ^jltlon «* 4,000 feet, and at first identified the species with the A. baibacinus of Brandt Turkcsf10 ^ ^d, but subsequently, in conversation with Mr. Dresser, suggested that the no spoof’1 f0nU niiSllt be A- robust us of Milne Edwards. This opinion requires confirmation, of /ff1( ,1S having been compared so far as I know, but should it prove correct, the range In (A. robustus) must extend to the Thian Shan or its branches, the f(,|.(,:i|. ' nyitudinis 8itb(ene8Cen^^U^VU8 isabellinus, cauda fulvd, quartern partem iotius e^da ctylig, unquQ ° ^ exce^,en,^e> euribus rotundatis mediocribus, sparsim pilosis, palmis ‘wlario ultimo via '.^°^car^ pcirvo obtuso, dentibus molariis similibus Us A. mandarini, n e anteriore ni i ■j'n Pos^ce magis producto, angulo interno postico ejusdem acutiore , "U('(e p^o — ^*35 ‘ , 1 )U. ant*ce angulo fortiore interno munito. Long, sine caudd 4 — 4'5, x 2 5 CUl}di 2, aims 0‘4, plantce 0'8 poll. ' on nS °ne sPee*men in spirit) Tankse, 13,000 feet ; 4, 5, (one skin and one specimen in spirit) Lukong 1 fegPQ^ ^ * ankong lake ; 6 (skin) unlabelled. J'iss of literature '• ho confer a new name upon this vole. I have gone through a it, TlS ^uioniys -M Arvicola, in the hopes of finding grounds for maintaining the >0, as I believe' ' l^ • no^ think it can be upheld for the reasons given beneath, and if j . 1 wifi fiVSf- ’ * entical with Arvicola, the name leucurns is forestalled. then procee^U e a somewhat fuller description of this species and its dentition, and in s Pl!rieral colour | ^ le 9uestion of its general relations. whit ^ an<* ^ther varM^ .^e^ovvrish-brown, below pale-isabelline (brownish- white). The fur }la] j. 0t c°at) fi is abcMt rf jength; in two specimens (which are apparently acquiring the third Qn *Qch long anq *nch long on the middle of the back; in two others it is nearly in tw tIle length 0C +? ter ’ tBe hasal portion throughout, amounting to more tlian two- aCture; the tins ** f Up^.er sui’tacc> and about one-half on the lower, dark-slaty, uniform . st black tt, J hinds — the finer isabelline. the coarser and longer dark-brown. °Ut/ihinly °lad witl01 ^ai * the head the same colour as the back, ears round, of moderate p *1( (!- Lpper e'hrown (isabelline) hairs inside, more thickly and with longer hairs Utv^ ri*K)Vc the saipp'f GfS (tai'k-bromi, lower whitish, the longest nearly an inch in length. sZrt.tr. as the abdomen ; soles naked ; claws compressed, horn-coloured ; ^l)1 C°Vered witix Ji Urn*shed with a blunt compressed claw. Tail cylindrical, distinctly t( '• Stoliezpa tight-brown hair, nearly the same colour as that of the lower parts, outer f|tS *e,n§th is 4 -n } *S I10tes gives the following dimensions and particulars. Uedng. u0K(1 au^ ^he tail 1-35; ears round, very sparsely hairy inside; iris black, with an O nose black- 7 1 'at) ’ ears of fpe _ ’ soles pale, fleshy brown/ P ciruens in spirit (the two are of precisely the same size) measures : — bo. ^ ^uight line from nose to insertion of tail tt . of tail Weight of Breudth°ofeJrttfor0m0rifiCe bo. B«ngth of ^°re't°°t and claws tarsus, hind-foot and claws 1 J- A. S. B. s xxxiv, 1865, p Inches. 3-7 1-1 0-33 0-37 0-45 0-82 111. If the genus be retained, it should be written Phaiomys. 40 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. These measurements would of course be for the most part rather more in fresh sp mens. The following are the dimensions of a skull : — Metre. Inches. Length from occipital plane to end of premaxillaries . . -026 1-03 Breadth across zygomatic arches .... . -017 067 Do. between orbits ...... . -004 0-15 Length of nasal bones ...... . -008 0-3 Breadth of ditto in front . -0035 0-13 Length of upper molars taken together . -007 0-28 Distance from incisors to upper molars . -0095 0-38 Length of lower jaw from condyle to symphysis . -019 0-75 The nasal bones are suddenly constricted at rather less than half their length from front ; thence they continue nearly the same width to the posterior extremity, where they aI rounded. The incisors are orange in front, the upper pair sometimes with a very shall01* groove down the middle. The anterior molar in the upper jaw consists of live prismatic 1°^’ and has three salient angles inside and three outside ; the second consists of four lobes '"'l ! two angles inside and three outside ; the third of four lobes, the last being irregularly shape' and turned round at the end so as almost to form a fifth, and with three salient angles* hindmost less prominent, inside, and three outside. In the lower jaw the anterior molar h four salient angles externally, five internally. The second tooth consisting of five prisms haS three angles on each side, the third tooth consists of three lobes, and has three project^011 inside and two very small on the outside. , On one of the labels it is stated that this species lives in holes in grassy places a® fields. Stoliczka in his diary mentions finding it in the range north of Kashmir as well ilS on the Pankong lake. Mr. Theobald’s original specimens were from tbe Tso-moriri,1 betWeel1 Spiti and the Pankong lake, and he noticed its abundance on the shores of the lake where l'1 frequently found that its holes “ were ranged in a long line against a bank, and usually c'v tended so far, that all attempts to capture an animal by digging or flooding the holes with proved fruitless.” He adds : “ After infinite trouble, however, I managed to dig out an ach1* female, which on examination I found to contain six young ones, the size of liorse-bea11 j three in each horn of the uterus. The total length of this specimen was 615 inches* 0 which the head was P3, and the tail 1-25 inches. I subsequently got several more, m°s • half grown, by watching near their holes with a gun.” Of the types procured by Mr. Theobald, one, in spirit, was presented to the Asi£l Society’s Museum. This, after some search, has been refound by Mr. Theobald himself* aI1 ’ although the label had been lost, satisfactorily and unmistakably identified. Tbe specie1^'1’ although considerably smaller than the female mentioned above, proves to be an adult ma It is precisely similar to the specimens brought by Dr. Stoliczka from the Pankong lake- Dr. Stolickza, too, in his account (J. A. S. B., 1865, xxxiv, p. 110,) of the haffofll^e which he identified with L. curzon 'ue,1 mentions this species as inhabiting the borders of , Tso-moriri with the Lcigomys and an Arctomys 3. He says that the Arvicola (P/m«’ow ^ never frequents a great elevation above the bottom of the valleys, and is especially nuD101, ous in the neighbourhood of streams. He adds that it is found in Spiti and Lahoul* aJl even in Kulu. 1 Tso, lake iu Tibetan, sometimes written Cho, but I believe incorrectly. 2 L. ladacensis. q. v. 3 Probably A. caudatws, Jacquemont, q. v. MAMMALIA. 41 :)ri,V remark si & n°'V ^le fluestion. of nomenclature, it may be as well, before making PiiaiomYS) nolk ]^5 ,i- Lbl'cuim c nd k densely cIad with short adpressed hairs. Upper rodent tusks inconspicuously grooved. er speeimAn 1 i'"’ *' Length of a female containing six foetus 64 inch, of which tail f inch p of a y »** dam, x - T Of Which le '°wer pjijig sf ‘ Lur dense, very sof Ears , 5 an(l tail white, a little _ i - -- tail 1 1 inch, of hind-foot claws (sic, probably a misprint for kind r dense, very soft, and fine; the surface fine greyisli-brown on the upper parts; Jill’s fonU(] ] „ ;u white, a little sullied; basal two-thirds or more of the upper fur dark slaty. It iS) fj ” !nuran,dti> f°r instance, having, according to Milne-Edwards,13 *4' ni(X'tAarihu^u lnrier sMe of the last upper molars, in addition to those found in A. obscurus > J* a wide kn0w]M man^ °^lcr species ; secondly, that careful and well-informed observers, ’ le thumb a cha • 7 ^ °*' ^le Senus> have not considered the presence or absence of a claw on Un.d tastlyj tbat 17° fr .ol sufhcient importance to justify its being used for generic distinction ; llch have it welM 1S an admost complete gradation from species wanting the claw to those ... tlut if ' ( V(''0ped, through forms in which it is more or less rudimentary. langed, as tbere^6 ^ eucurus be relegated to the genus Arvicola, the name must be ij,vj ls an leucurus of Gerbe,16 described from the Alps of Provence in and the tairn'o-3, misPrint for li T, , ,, . 2 Cl- 1 “°- 1 ‘ AneobaM gives as the measurement of the total length 6T6 inches, of which the head was 1'30, ■i T.res’P.220. i T,b" P- 234 s ’ P- 244 6 P* 248 7 U ’ P- 256. - P" 253. H^-Ikiaen s. th« d aPud Midf|tn T*L 0st-SiWn, i, p. 199, PI. VII, fig. 3. 1®, nak i- ............. ls A --U ' frfiasii 2o(i„rany.S lew" 'n %uns 3 representing the skeleton. The original description of the species is in the igen im Amur-Lande, i, p. 129. Add, 109, PI. XI, figs. 1 — 5. Although the presence of the claw is not mentioned * **• z; ' ‘'lam.. „ to, ’• “bm. p. 129, PI. XiJ, XIII rare book. •*Ul, ’» P. 131 J j * ’ ^ AJLU. This ci xsxvii, p ,(.'^Ve unPortunately been unable to consult a paper by Blasius on Arvicola , in the Munch, the Sf„, ldracter, I In,lv °’ as the volume is deficient in the only set in Calcutta, that belonging to the Asiatic Society. on Pro, length ”TOl’ A may note ~ vo^umc' >s deficient in the only set in Calcutta, that belonging to the Asiatic Society, in , ,°f which Hod appears quite as important as the presence of an additional ridge on the anterior upper molars. 0**t 4«, :ha ngi the 0l'ly aPfeei V ; 8aid to diffe7m^‘|\Saz;ne Natural History for 1849, Ser. 2, Vol. Ill, p, *203, hut it was not described, and 11 5 Rev, (jetI7)0r^atlce> and the ^VlC0^a m ctwaotor of iho molars. The genus Neodon appears founded on characters of OiereW * ,'^llUals and ,f’aon s genus Neodon has been established (Jerdon, Mammals, p. 216). The genus was originally . .. y *aid to Am - ■“ aSazill« nf tt, .i. ...... .... o... a tt.i ttt n/,,, , , .. . ... .1. Hod do 7 uv'“> anQ w ^liaxuuLtJi ox xne moiars. me genus °°i'. iv, p. 20o ■ Pe> -N- sikkimemis, is, I think, a true Arvicola. L 42 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 1852. According to Blasins 1 A. leucurus, Gerbe, is identical with A. nivalis, Martin8’ (Hypudceus alpinus, Wagner), so that those naturalists who do not consider that a need he altered if the same specific term, given previously, does not stand, may veto® Blyth’s name for the present species. At the same time it is objectionable, for this v° cannot rightly he said to have a white tail. There is another species recently described by Severtzoif as A. leucura* from 'Wester Turkestan ; the name of this form, if really distinct, will also, I think, require alteration. % In general colouration and characters, length of tail and form of teeth, A. blythi _ very near A. manclarinm 3 from Chinese Mongolia ; but differs in its much larger ears* 111 the tail not being so dark above, and slightly in the shape of the teeth. In A. mandat the posterior portion of the last upper molar is shewn to be less developed, and the hi*1 2 3 most inner salient angle much blunter; the anterior inner angle of the first tooth in * lower jaw is also less developed, and all the prisms of that tooth broader and thicker. ^ The solitary skin referred to Arvicola roylei in the Asiatic Society’s Museum has bet^ mislaid, and its identification, if it came from Bind Dadun Khan,4 is very doubtful; the species was described originally 5 6 as rufous-grey above and grey beneath ; and Jcido'1 calls it ashy-brown above, pale brownish-ashy below. The second and third lower are said to have three equal folds on each side ;7 8 9 10 whilst the hindmost upper molar * described as elongate, narrow, with three slight folds on each side and an elongate o behind. I have an Arvicola from Murree agreeing with the description of A. roylei ^ external characters ; but the posterior upper molar has but two folds on each side. however, there may be an error in the original description, I am not sure that the sPeCl^ is really distinct. A species of Arvicola has been described by A. Milne-Edwards fr° Eastern Tibet under the name of A. melano, g aster ,8 Another species is Neodon silckknen31^ the genus Neodon, as was pointed out in a note to a preceding page, being founded up characters of no generic value. This species, though attributed to Hodgson, was neV f described by him ; the genus was announced, but without any definite characters beUV pointed out, by Horsfield,9 audit appears to have been first definitely described in Jerd«n Mammals of India.10 30. Arvicola stoliczkanus. PI. VIII, Eig 1; PI. Xb, Eig 2. W. Blanf., J. A. S. B., 1875, xliv, Pt. 2, p. 107. A. supra Icete fusco-rufescens, sive sordide ferruginous, subtus albus ; vellere longiusculo, ad basin schistaceo, palmis tetradactylis, plantis pentadactylis nudis bred ^ tarsis subtus pills indutis, auriculis parvis e vellere hand emergentibus, rotundatis , c(lt 1 Arcliiv. f. Naturgesch. 1856, Pt. 1, p. 261. 2 Turk. Jev. p. 82 ; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 4, Vol. xviii, p. 52. 3 A. Milne-Edwards, Reckerehes Mamm., i., p. 129, PI. XII, XIII. 4 Birth, Cat. Mam. Mus. As. Soc. p. 125. 5 Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1842, x, p. 265. 6 Mam., p. 216. 1 Gray, 1. c. 8 Rech. Mamm., p. 284, PI. XLIV, XL VI a. 9 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 2, iii, p. 203. 10 p. 216. MAMMALIA. 43 dente niolur;0 ^ ^US ^onffdudinis subcequante, pills fit l v eseen ti-albi d is setosis instruct# ; Postice, ex tiis 'nuj'xi ^ari ultimo angusto, intus angulis duobus fortioribus antice, nullis ^ong. a rostro / 7 parvu^s> duobus antice, ceteris postice, spatio interveniente, munito. niargia jn's.’Comf) c^y concealed by the fur, with rather short bright rufous hair near 0 hie fore-f00q ? a. covei’ed outside with longer and paler hair. Eeet small, the thumb |)0in.teds bnt much11 riu^m0Qtary an(l clawlcss ; remaining claws long, compressed, sharply , 4 soles na% , Concea^e(l hy the long white hairs, which coyer the upper part of the apparently about * aiSus hairy below, a few hairs between the pads of the toes. Tail short, am? ^ white ha quarter the length of the body and head together, covered with stiff 11(1 hikon — . .air’ which extends about half an inch beyond the end.. The dimensions I' > uut much e i 17 5 & ()t ; soles aa]. i °ncea^e(^ hy the long white hairs, which cover the upper part of the apparently about * aiSus hairy below, a few hairs between the pads of the toes. Tail short, am??^ white ha quarter the length of the body and head together, covered with stiff a — the anterior pair very small and blunt ; the second has three hi"dcr md®ost is n_. . extremitv no^ shewn 0n g ty. or at the loft ha 1 6 n^nre’ ^ b, fig. 2, as it is scarcely seen on the crown of the tooth ; it is at the inner ai1 0Wer termination of the figure, and is blunter than the angle just in front of it. 44 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. sharp angles on each side ; the third also has three on each side, but those on the outer are weaker. . a In colouration this species resembles JL. russatus, Radde,1 hut that is smaller, m proportionally longer tail, which is rusty red above, pale ochraceous below, and the teeth very different, resembling those of A. nMinduvinus^ A. Isucuvtt, Severtzoff, from M est Turkestan, is very differently coloured ; it is described as being asby ; the name must, already observed, be changed, as it is preoccupied. I find no details as to Arvicola stoliezkanus in Stoliczka’s notes. He merely menu® . finding a new JPhaiomys, — evidently this species,— at Aktagh. The specimen from the Nub1 valley rvas collected by Dr. Bellew. 31. CniCETUS (CMCETTJLUS) PH^ETJS, Var. Mws jphaus, Pallas, Glires, pp. 74, 261, PI. XVa. Cricetus pluews, Pall., Zoog. Ros. As., i, p. 163. 1, Sarikol ; 2, 3, Panjak, Waklian, — all skins. Although the specimens brought differ in some respects from those from Persia, s 1 ^ I think the differences are not much greater than those of Persian specimens between theJ» selves. The Yarkand and Pamir skins of this hamster have smaller cars than those collected Persia, and rather longer fur. But the most important distinction is, that in the former molar teeth are larger ; at the same time the form of the teeth is the same. The following dimensions are taken from the label of the specimen from Panjalx (1)- comparison I give the dimensions in inches of a Persian male, (2) taken on the body like tb° of the Waklian animal, and (3) Pallas’s original measurements4 of a specimen probably fr° near Astrakhan : — Length of head and body . Do. of head alone Do. of tail Do. of ear Do. of fore-foot with claws . Do. of hind-foot do. 1* 2$ 3 3-7 4 3-4 1-08 1-2 1-17 0-8 1-25 0-75 0-68 0-76 0-5 0-38 0-4 0-4 0-68 0-7 0-6 The length of the ears in the Pan j ah specimen is intermediate between the PelS.lfl(i, and Russian measurements. Erom the label of this specimen I take the follo^11^ additional details : — snout to eye 0'48, snout to ear 0'9, width of fore-foot 0'2, of hind- °^, the same, length of hair on the back 0'37, of the longer hairs tipped -black 0'7, widt ^ head at base of ears 0’55. Ears rounded, soles of feet white, snout flesh-coloured, iris hi °A' The colour varies from pure ashy grey to grey with an isabelline tinge, but the same ta place in Persian specimens. . Since the above was written, both this and the next species have been discovere Gilgit by Captain Biddulph, 1 Eeise, i, p. 186, PI. VII, fig. 2. 2 Rech. Mam., i, p. 131. 3 Eastern Persia, ii, p. 58. 4 Glires, p. 263. I MAMMALIA. 45 32. c. (Cricetultjs) eulvus. PI. IX, fig. 1; PI. Xb, fig. 3. W. Blanf., J. A. S. B., 1875, sliv, Pt. 2, p. 108. ^°n0- corp0ris o r.1CC^° pfuG0> sed major atque magis fulvus, arenaceo-fulvus vix cinereus. api isque 4'5, caudce 1-4, auris 0'75, tarsi 0‘7 poll. 1> Young ng. tmrth of Sanju pass . 2, Kashghar ; 3, Yangihissar; 4, 5, Yarkand ; 6, 7, Sarikol ; 8, Panjah, Wakhan. ns’ excePt No. 6, which is in spirit. an ^lan the rest, are scattered throughout the fur. These black tips are f ( the colour is , leac ahove. On the sides they are rather less numerous than on the back, .°ln the -vyhit 1Gr Inore rufous. There is a distinct line separating the dark dorsal region ^ with the [;a,K^01ncn 1 the white includes the breast, chin, and the lower parts of the ne ^e> the longej^af8 ^ie head. Whiskers very numerous, the upper dark brown, the lower 0 arv naked ^ a 30ut Lg inches in length, muzzle blunt; ears moderate, ovate, very thin, U S^e> hairs nf°l!,S1<^' near the base, thinly clad above, with whitish hairs both inside and the ^lC tubercles b ^ S^°Vt an<* rather stiff. j(ice of the t 18 Sma^er than the others ; three are in front arranged in a triangle, one tul U°ar tubercle ^ °- °^lers’ an(t the two hindmost in line behind the latter pair, the t() ercH 2 on |pe x outside and intermediate in position ; on the hind-foot are also 6 ea°h other, hut 8x^e’ ^ on the inner and one terminal ; the others are not opposite §a . J'he foU0win a,.emat.e ’ ah are about the same size. ri °t specimeu fn ^lrUens^ons are (1) from the label of the Kashghar specimen, (2) from the Do. Do. Do. Do. of head and body • of head alone . of tail from snout to ear ‘to* to eye . rPT, fr°m eye to ear b Do>f 6ar fr°m fr°nt base to tiP £ ' measured behind . *?“ ****-*» ; . . "Cl»*s»hi, ' hlI,d-f“‘»«l do s«i« a«i, , 0 oured, muzzle the same, iris brown.’ l Inches. 4-45 1-35 1-45 1-08 0-6 0-4 0-75 0-6 0-6 0-42 0-7 2 Inches. 4-4 1-2 1-2 0-55 0-6 0-4 0-38 0-67 46 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. The following are the dimensions of a skull Total length ..... Breadth across zygomatic arches Do. between orbits .... Length of nasal hones Breadth of do. in front Length of upper molars taken together Distance from incisors to upper molars Length of lower jaw from condyle to symphysis Metre. Inches. ■030 1-17 •016 0-64 •004 0-16 •012 0-48 •004 0-16 •0045 018 •0085 0-34 •0155 0-6 This species is little more than a large brownish form of C. phceus, hut it is so much lal’» 'tret that it ought, I think, to be distinguished. I obtained one specimen in Northern Persia whi^ agreed in size very fairly with C. fulvus.' There appears to he a regular gradation of close 1 allied forms of grey hamsters, commencing with the little C. arenarim 2 and ending with large C. isabellinus,3 which has the head and body 6 inches long without the tail. | The only difference I can see between the specimens from Yarkand and Kashghar, 3,1 those from the Pamir, is the much longer fur which the latter possess, in consequence, l)|0 bably, of the colder climate they inhabit. As already noticed under C. phceus, C. faj0 has been found again associated with its smaller relative, by Captain Biddulpli, in ’ south of the dividing range between the upper Oxus and the Indus, and within t territories of Kashmir. Prom C. ( Grice lulus) griseus 4 the present form is distinguished by its larger size longer tail, by its rather darker colouration (judging at least by the figure of C. grisel ' and the absence of any dorsal hand, and by the very different disposition of the tubercles the soles of the feet. A species recently described by Severtzoff under the name of Cricetus murinus 6 is sal to resemble in appearance Arvicola arvalis, being dark greyish- brown above, ashy below ; length is 5 inches, of which the tail is H. This species is found in the Irtish and I^ rivers in South-Western Siberia. The species recorded by Severtzoff from Western Turkesta are C. songarus, C. acredula, and C. eversmanni. C. pheeus may very possibly occur also. an(1 33. Nesokia BARCLAY an a. PL X a, fig. 1. (or A. blythiana, var.) Mns ( Nesokia ) harclayanus, Anderson, J. A, S. B., 1878, vol. xlvii, Pt. 2, p. 229. Nesokia indica, W. Blanf., J. A. S. B., 1875, xliv, Pt. 2, p. 108. to 1-5, Srinagar, Kashmir. When examining the rodents of Dr. Stoliczka’s collection, I found it very difficult determine the species of Nesokia for want of examples. I have since obtained many SP®C* mens from various parts of India, and Dr. Anderson has recently examined the large cohc tion that has accumulated in the course of the last few years in the Indian Museum, witfi 1 Eastern Persia, ii, p. 58. 2 Pallas, Glires, p. 265. 8 De Filippi, Viaggio in Persia, p. 344. 8 A. Milne-Edwards, Reek. Mamm., i, p. 133, PL XII, XIII. 1 Severtzoff, Turk. .lev., p. 82 : Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., July 1876, Ser. 4, xviii, p. 54. result of MAMMALIA. 47 ^^H 1 ancf Je^i numher °f species is considerably larger than it was supposed to l" lc‘Us by Geoffroy1 xr^e ^°rmer cons*dered the various animals described as Mus desrSf^ and Nemkh .Mm iNeotoma) Wovidens by W. Elliot,4 Mm kok* Mm •-» *y ciXlCt Jyfii 7 \ wwnvwj js/ *si/vu/c/t,o vj >7 . _uiiiut5 J}±lbb h,(Jh9' J.kLwo be ^ ^0rnas> all to bol tar([lc^(;^-n by Dr. Gray, Mm huttoni ,2 3 4 * 6 7 by himself, and some other < ‘'‘red the Arrimi . °nS t° one; species, which he called Nesokia indica, and to which i nt- °f the numerous ^ mdlcaoi Gray and Hardwicke.8 He was also disposed to believe that Nepal woul,nUn considers Nesokia a subgenus of Mm, and refers to it, '!/m \°lunUii> previous} eid°n’ Ble bandicoot, Mus bandicota v. giganteus, and an allied species, are . 01 Hodgson o - unnamed, unless it prove, as is not improbable, to be M. nemori- type &SSed by Dr. le ^ruc setifer13 of Horsfield. The species ref erred to the subgenus °*' He r,. — erson in three sections, — one, the typical group containing the original C'ua'V.He genus N ^ secuonsr — one, tlie typical group containing the original He N. ’indie mdmcJeei> and d-s allies N. huttoni and N. scullyi ; a second section clay(^n *eb he separates and Hrdon, which Dr. Anderson renames N. blythiana ,and nidi " ~ *" ‘ ’ th ’ and He band' S t ' Prov^em °f Llliot, and another species which he calls N. bar- :> 8 * Heofi'j.Qy _S'! °up, N. giganteus and N. elliotanus. He shews that the Mus r.ii rru' as Mus, 1. .. \ 1 aire Was not a Nesokia, and ho considers that Armenia indica was au0tit dS Mus hard ■ not a nesokia, and he considers that Armcola mdica was rr,,1 sPeeific uarne ' '\ \ conscf[uently the Nesokia indica of Blyth and Jerdon requires the f0]jlf> ‘bfferences bet le^ers Bie Kashmir species to N. barclayana. Wluch ^Hig; the pai(.^ Cen tbe two more important secH°ns of the genus or subgenus are to »r_ ic Preseut work 1-C°°ts’ b)rming the third section, do not extend into the countries with (l°ubt, they beincr <'. and Heir title to be classed in the genus Nesokia is open lu Hot, intermediate in characters between Nesokia and Mus. In 2 ' B., 1863, xxxii, pp. 328—333. 3 Mam- Ind., pp. 187, 190. 4 Besmarest, Mam., p. 299. I Jour. Lit. Soi., x, p. 209. 6 Bharleaworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist., 1837, Ser. 1, i, p. 585. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 184.2, Ser. 1, x, p. 265. ’ ' A- S-B., 1846, xv, p. 139. „ J lustr- Bid. Zool„ Vol. i, PL Xi. io i ■ xxxiv, Pt. 2, p. 193. u ^astern Persia, ii, p. 59. l2 Abi %earoh4», PI. 48 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. the typical section of true Nesokia, the skull (PL Xa, fig. 2, 2a, &c,) is very much broach* and shorter than in Mus, and the head consequently has more the form of Arvicola, the bra case is especially short and broad, the muzzle short, the anterior palatine foramina compaia tively short and narrow, both molars and incisors are very broad and the worn surface of 1 ^ former composed of transverse laminae. The hinder margin of the palatine hones is u*11 ^ thickened. The tail is comparatively short (except in A. scullyi), and the claws are flatten® and peculiarly adapted for digging. In all these characters the second section forms ^ transition between typical Nesokia and the bandicoots, so that there is a complete series 0 gradations from an extreme form like N. scullyi to a typical rat like Mus decumanus ■ ^ N. blytliiana and its allies (Pl. X a, fig. 1, la, &c.,) the molars are more distinctly transverse y laminated, and both they and the incisors are broader than in Mus, although the teetb are inferior in all these characters to those of the typical group of Nesokia ; the skull is not ^ broad as in the latter, nor are the anterior palatine foramina so short, hut still the skull * much broader and shorter, and the anterior palatine foramina much narrower than in u ^ Mus. The tail in tins section of Nesokia is hut little shorter than the head and body, aD the claws are more compressed than in N. hardwickei and its allies. I quite agree with Dr. Anderson that if, as he appears to have ascertained satisfactory r the Mus indicus of Geoffroy is a typical Mm, the name indica is inapplicable to the comm0 ^ Nesokia of Bengal, for, as he has also shewn, the Arvicola indica of Gray and Hardwftk6 “Illustrations of Indian Zoology ” agrees better with Nesokia hardwickei, with which ft g identified by Gray. Dr. Anderson also considers that the A rvico la bengalensis of the sa publication represents the long-tailed Bengal Nesokia. If the fact that these two &oxn ^ represent the two species of Nesokia can he satisfactorily established, N. hardtoickei m11 I think, stand as N. indica, and this will he inconvenient, because the name has been gene#1 ^ applied, for at least 16 years, to a distinct species. The long-tailed species, N. indica of j. and Jerdon, N. blytliiana of Anderson, would in the same way retain the oldest name N. bengalensis. But the figures in Gray and Hard wicke’s “ Illustrations ” are by no me sufficiently good to render it at all certain what species is represented. There is still, howe' ’ much probability that one or more of the names given by Mr. Hodgson, Mus hydrops ^ M. pry dor his, M. macropus, or M. plurimammis, may apply to the Bengal Nesokia, and ft such name will take precedence of N. blytliiana. a I am also inclined to think Dr. Anderson right in separating N. providens, the S°u ^ Indian form, from his N. blythiana. As regards the distinction of N. barclayana, hoWeve^(j am disposed to suspend my judgment. Dr. Anderson has examined the two animals aliye c ot has compared a much larger series than I have, so I adopt his nomenclature, but I can^ help doubting whether N. barclayana is more than a local variety of N. blytliiana, diff®r ^ slightly in colour, and being of a rather more yellowish-brown tint, owing to its inhabit*0® drier climate. The differences by which the two species are distinguished besides colour ‘ small, and consist of a shorter muzzle, larger, longer and more arched skull, and relat*-1 broader nasals in N. barclayana. The last character is noted as variable and the di fferen0,0^ size is not sufficient for specific distinction, even if it he constant ; hut the skull of N. l)n> f , . ; ana does appear a little more arched. My impression is that the latter is merely a van hut I may he mistaken. The Srinagar specimens collected by Dr. Stoliczka have very harsh, coarse fur, yellow1' sli stained, and that when fresh the yellow tinge was not so marked. The fur on the ^ brown on the hack and yellowish- grey below. I think, however, these skins are sh» •lfttf ft MAMMALIA. 49 ^oiisisstg ixx gj ^ ydio^v, the Proportions of fine short underfur, and long coarse grooved piles, some ^Pecially i0no, q ieis’ ^eluding nearly all the longest, very dark-brown. These piles are . ^ the terminal U r° Part of the hack, where some are as much as 2 inches in length. >0yond the extrenfit’1011 ^'G *ongest, piles is rounded, hut they are more or less flattened G°arse hair, the tai'P i°^ s^01^ underfur. The feet are well clad above with short Unl.V clafi. ai las sport bristles between the scales. The ears appear to have been XlJe long anterioi- ^ttle from those of some Calcutta specimens of N. blytliiana. ft ^ tl~ «> ■™. narrower, and more slit-like posteriorly, the >ut the difference & m° ais *s narrower and the upper surface of the skull rather more arched, ll,ly aierelv +i aie very small. The fur is much longer than in the Bengal rat, but this u It is impossible tSUlt a c°IcIer climate. ^UauaUy short [% ° ^ ^ trustworthy dimensions from dried skins; the tail appears ^ ^e8okict blytl • U l^le vertebrae are not preserved. The size is apparently the same as that the Ivash]^’ ^arc^mJana- The skull agrees best with the latter, and to this v i H16 adult skull 5 fiU *°mi *s reIerred by Dr. Anderson. The following are dimensions ly tittle rlnm.x „ &uied in PI. Xa. The sex is not marked on the specimen, but I feel e doubt m -ri- ^a- The sex is not marked on the specimen, but I ’ a er examining the skin, that the animal was a male. -Length fro ibeadtli an™ cciphal plane to end of premaxillaries X)°, of;S.Z^tic arches ..... Do. 0;f ^ |1an behind posterior termination of zygomata D0, n 011 f region where narrowest between orbits . T ul- muzzle J-jeriO'f i. „4> • . , 2 £&*"*"*• •Length of bon ^ ° secoud m°lar (teeth not measured) . length of I a a^e Lcliind incisor teeth to opening of posterior nares Bistancefl n°rpalatil ‘ I. Lie foramina °m aaterior upper molar to incisor We. this length of breadth of )rn uPPer molars at insertion in jaw Length of ni. ' V.', JC^Ween anterior upper molars Height to or.,' 1 *• , ° H'°In condyle to symphysis Leogp, of C°ronoid Process J " Awo^tn0V”TOmo1™ : : : b t0 J)l‘, Anders Metre. •0465 •027 •017 •006 •0075 •0135 •016 025 •0105 •015 •009 •0045 •031 '018 •008 Inches. 1-83 1-08 0-67 0-25 0 30 0-53 0- 63 1- 00 0- 43 0’60 038 0-18 1- 25 0-72 0-33 llu'us are reom I' "vnaei‘son, Nesolcia blytliiana is chiefly found in Bengal, although some from u,e N®*h-w The ^eso7i:ia is est. Provinces. A. barclayana is found in the North - as I am aware, ^ O II t] ught from Srinagar comprise three adults marked as obtained in houses, tnens pr< eSi»«4-ouJre \\ . 31 N®okia soullti. PL Villa; PI. Xa, fig. 2. »■»«, C: P- *• *• B., p. 80. I,V due and silk°n f!,0ve’ H^ht rufescent, brown or fawn colour; below, dirty white. y> ackish-grev at the base, and for two-thirds of its length above, the N 50 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. basal portion darker than the terminal, the last third of the longer hairs only light fawn colour. On the lower parts the hairs are grey with a pinkish tinge at the has J The pale tipped hairs in the middle of the back are about T\ inch loag ; a few still longer W piles being scattered through the fur on the hinder part of the back. The face is eart h brown ; vibriss® numerous, moderately coarse, black or blackish-brown, except near the tip where most are white, the longest extend to the car, and are about 1\S inch long; some coaM silvery-white hairs along the upper lip. Ears short, rounded, scarcely appearing beyond fur, and almost naked. Eeet flesh-coloured, large, very sparsely clad with short scatter Avhite hairs above, naked below. Claws flesh-coloured. Tail shorter than body and head, absolutely devoid of hairs except above near the base, where there are a very few scatter ■ short fine hairs, none near the tip ; the sui’face scaly ; the scales round and arranged indistinct rings, about 40 to the inch. Inches. Length from snout to insertion of tail Do. of tail .... Do. of ears from orifice Do. do. from head outside Breadth of ears Length of hind-foot without claws Do. of fore-foot do. 6-6 5-2 0-6 0-5 0-45 1'55 0-b The first two measurements were taken by Dr. Scully on the body ; the others the dried skin. The following are measurements of the skull, which is nearly perfect : — are fi-oa1 Metre. Inches. Length from occipital plane to end of premaxillaries '046 1-83 Breadth across zygomatic arches ....... •(128 M2 Do. of brain pan behind posterior termination of zygomata •017 0-68 Do. of frontal region where narrowest between orbits •007 0-3 Do. of muzzle ......... •010 0-4 Length of suture between nasals ....... •014 0'55 Height of skull above second molar (teeth not measured) . Length of bony palate behind incisor teeth to opening of posterior •015 0'6 nares ........... •026 1-03 Length of anterior palatine foramina ...... ■007 0-27 Distance from anterior upper molar to incisor .... •016 0-6 Length of row of upper molars at insertion in jaw .... •011 0-45 Breadth of palate between anterior upper molars .... •003 O' 13 Length of mandible from condyle to symphysis .... ■033 1-32 Height to coronoid process •020 0-78 Length of row of lower molars .....•■ •011 0-43 As pointed out by the describer, the species is distinguished from all other torn1 ^ the genus Nesokia by the long silky hah’, naked tail and large feet, and by the gi’eat ^ portional size and breadth of the skull, mandible and teeth ; on the whole, it appr°a nearest to N. huttoni, which is but doubtfully distinct from N. hardwickei. , M This is the second instance in which a species of Nesokia (Spalacomys) has been 0 ^ within the boundary of the Pahearctic region. N. huttoni has been obtained in Bah1(,blS and Southern Afghanistan. MAMMALIA. 51 No 1T1ale, n0T^ ■^U,1.< n scullyi was obtained by Dr. Stoliczka. The type, a dried skin of a <:l°se to the ba^ ,.IU^an Museum, was collected by Dr. Scully on June lltli, 1875, at Sanju, Se 0 the Kuenlun, south-east of Yarkand. 35. Mus siiBLiMis, sp. nov. Mus ]J: ' ts w-wpes ? W. Blanf., J. A. S. B., 1875, xliv, Ft. 2, p. 108. PHo$iS) caudd - n'6'*ubtm albidus, vellere molli, longmsculo, basin versus schistaceo, aurieulis " >'ostr0 ad ^et°s® corporem cum capite longitudine excedente , pedlbus longiusculis. Long. Phntce 08$ p0ji °au^CB (exempli in spiritu vini conservati) 2m6, caudce 3' 05, auris O‘o, Colou a»kse, west of Pankong Lake, Ladak, 13,000 feet. rather lou?J ° )La'r brown, below whitish, the colours passing into each other ; fur soft bel0Wj (puT a])0Ul' 0'35 inch on the middle of the back ; all, except the tips, both above j^t-browv, A S oty-grey, the terminal portions of the shorter hairs on the llark-br, that ‘ back being -mjwh ,, ot the longer hairs, which are about 0*45 inch long and very numerous, (’V(!r it, the u, aCG 1Uuc'1 the same colour as the back, also with long blackish hairs scattered Jars oval, clad 61- ^iskers black ; the lower, some of which are longer than the head, white. !U the Verier Wlth.ratW mattered light rufous-brown hairs near the margin inside, and filial hairs are ^° . 011 °f the outer surface, on the posterior outer surface the short mar- pale colo^d1 l^’ ^1G 'ia*l s on the portion of the outer surface near the head arc long ha; Feet thinly clad with short light-brown hairs, tail with short bristly m™, le dusky-brown above, whitish below. The colour of the type has become The - nif(ms ‘ PahA Which 1 aler and e tail, which v,.lu whnj ‘ SmCe ^le ab°ve description was' written in 1875. I J (ls the head airl ' ^ ^ne anc^ tapers gradually and regularly from the base to the tip, ex- . 11 auriculis ovalibus majmculis pilosis. Long. ( exempli in spiritu vini }osho ad basin caudce 2' 3, caudce 2, auricula O'b, plantce O' 65 poll. 36. Mus pachycercus. PI. IX, Pig 2 ; PL Xb, Pig 4. W. Blanf., J. A. S. B., 1875, xliv. Part 2, 108. L Sa ^ v'" l- ; 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, Yarkand ; 11, Yaugihissar ; 12, no label ; — all skins, except two from ai 'and, which are preserved in spirit. -tint p , are p U)i°ur above s-nwU. i the sides, T dy'Wn (aum *3?? parts ^ darker in some skins than in others, and is occasionally slightly greyish 11 l on the sides “""“^.y-orown to hair-brown, becoming in some specimens pale and rufes- °i the urmm. luider parts white, the colours distinctly separate on the sides. The colour Pur JUse-brown) l lately S0ft 7 USUally of a more sandy or yellowish tint like M. bactrianus jdackish slaty ■ i°nS> (O' 3 to 0'35 inch on the middle of the back,) the basal portion iml “ ’ . *s the c°lour of at least three-fourths of the length on the upper parts ; the hai term Ulal portion ■'u,1|‘s with hi 'i"-11101.1 1IL Scneral is light brown, from sandy to light liair-brown, many longer throughout a° l'l)s being scattered amongst the fur. On the breast the fur is white SaitlG eolOLtl! 011 the abdomen only the extreme base is dark. Upper part of the head the lllUch to exeon 1 +i ^ack’ Askers mostly black, only the lowest being white, none appear Posterior p0rt;° t ie llead in length. Ears large, rounded, hairy ; the hairs covering all the ,‘airs ten. +i7°n °f tlle mside are short and brown and rather thinly scattered; some longer hasG of +1. ‘ anterior margin; on the outside the hairs are even shorter except towards the .’ Avi lcre they are longer and pale in colour. Peet pretty thickly clad above ase of ii wifi , the ear, . 11 . ±uugcr ctJLill JJcllU 11L CU1UUI. X'UCt j ^ 'di W]i>fe ^an’S; soles naked. Tail thick, shorter than the body and head, thinly clad Th e skills^' throughout; the skin is dark on the upper surface, pale below. ( .lil|(,c$ions from T a^°U^ to 3 inches long (head and body) ; tail 2 to 2J. The following lalV, hut stilU] *° speeimens in spirit are, of course, somewhat contracted, the ears espe- iey are far more trust worthy than any taken on dried skins : — eial] L«stl, fKm nose to „ D°- of tail Tj. ear hom orifice . L en °f ’aid flat . l of fore-foot (palma) °f hind-foot and tarsus Inches. Inches. 2-35 2'3 1-9 2 0-48 0-5 0-39 0'4 0-3 0-3 0-65 0-65 ^ ls a ionger^k 1 pUtS ^‘85 inch in length by 0'47 in breadth ; the nasal bones are 0'32 long. in ^]0ri°r palatir,!,1 j, than that of M. bactrianus, with much longer nasal bones and longer This me foramina. The incisors are deep yellow. Length of upper molars 0T3 a the house, jjllently a house-mouse, one specimen from Karglialik being labelled “ caught an^°rth.4stn. °loseIy allied to M. bactrianus,' the house-mouse of Persia, Afghanistan thicker tail 'n hut this is a”!*110 fom> shewing some resemblance, is M. pygmaus 2 from Se-chuan in c lstinguished by having much smaller ears and by not being white helow. ! %th, J. A g R 4- Milne.vfi xv, p. 140 ; xxxii, p. 347. — W. Blanford, Eastern Persia, ii, p. 56, PI. V, fig. 2. ^s,Bech. Mam„p. 291, PI. XLIII, fig 1. o 54 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. A third closely allied species is very probably M. hortulanus1 from Odessa, but that 1 rather larger, reddisli-brown above, and duty tawny below. Another allied form is apparent , 31. prcetextus 8 from Arabia and Syria, but it has a reddish streak down each side, naked eal’s' and the tail dark on both sides. There is yet another Western Asiatic mouse, Mus wagneri, originally described3 ir° the country between the lower Yolga and the Ural Mountain in the following terms : — Su{Pra cauclaque griseo-fulvus, subtus abrupte candidus, auriculis majmculis, verruca haluca)* lamnata , (? laminata,) cauda quam corpus breviore. The colour does not agree with tn of M. pacliyccrcus, and in the latter the hallucar tubercle is not laminated. Mus. wagneri, t°0’ is smaller than M. minutus of Pallas, which is a smaller animal than M. pacliycercus. ^ According to Severtzoff4 5 M. wagneri is an extremely common resident through01 "Western Turkestan. He also mentions as Mus wagneri, var. major (M. tokmak ? n. form, which he says only differs from Jf. wagneri in its larger size, in which it approaches sylvaticus. It is a house-mouse, and said to have been obtained in a house in a village bib in 1864. No dimensions are given, nor any description except the comparison with M ■ neri. Tokmak is the name of a town between Vernoe and Auliata, lying north-west 0 Lake Issik and nearly due north of Kaslighar. It is far from clear whether M. tok}il(l is proposed as a name, and the description is insufficient to enable the species to be vec°s nized. 37. MUS ERYTIIKONOTUS. W. Blanf., Ann. Mag1. Nat. Hist., 1875, Ser. 4, xvi, p. 311. — Eastern Persia, ii, p. 54, PI. V, $£' Mus sylvaticus, var. W. Blanf., J. A. S. B., 1875, xliv, Pt. 2, p. 108; nec Linn. 1, Kaslighar ; 2, 3, 4, 5, Panjah, W akhan. In external characters there is very little difference between the skins from Kashghftr and Wakhan, and those of the long-tailed field mouse of Europe, M. sylvaticus, and ib -preliminary list of Dr. Stoliczka’s collections the specimens in question were assigned to European species. The means of comparison were small, the specimens of M. sylvaticus the Indian Museum had faded in colour from exposure, and no skull was available. At same time I was disposed to consider Mus erytlironotus, described by myself from Persia very a variety of M. sylvaticus. The skins from Kaslighar and Wakhan, I may add, agree fairly with the description of M. sylvaticus by Sell rebel"0 and Blasius.6 Recently, however, I have been enabled, by the kindness of Dr. Anderson, to comp ^ skulls of the Wakhan mouse with one of M. sylvaticus, and although the two are ^ allied, there are some differences which make me doubtful whether the former may 11 _ belong to a distinguishable race. The skull of Mus sylvaticus compared is smaller, measl^ ing only an inch in length, and is from an English specimen. The shape is, in most respe° similar, but when viewed from behind, the occipital portion is much higher in prop01 i t0e 1 Nordmann, a, pud Wagner, Supp. Schreb. Saugth., iii, p. 410. 2 Licht., apud Wagner, Supp. Schreb. Saugth., iii, p. 422. 3 Eversmau, Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat. Mosc., 1848, i, p. 191, PI. I, fig. 2. 4 Turk, Jev., p. 61; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., July, 1876, Ser. 4, xviii,p. 53 5 Saugthiere, iv, p. 651, PI. CLXXX; Wagn. Supp. iii, p. 411, &c. c Saugthiere Deutschlands, p. 322. MAMMALIA. 55 its breadth Hie openino, 0f ^ ln ^lc Haills taken from the Panjah skins, and so is the foramen magnum, 'eing les§ ^ e posterior nares in the English skull, too, is much narrower, the breadth the molar coi^s 1° anterior molar, whilst in the Panjah skull the breadth exceeds that smallerj o era ^ ’ an(l in the European species the hinder upper molar is much S vUlls the thhd n c I*1 J0Ufc a f°Urth of the size of the second molar, whereas in the Panjah j11f>lar is comparat'0 ^ ^ the size of the second. In the lower jaw also the posterior lan in the unno U°? Sma^er lh the skull of the English mouse, but the difference is less No sj)f,,.j ,mo ars- j?r CompariSon +]S °*' erythronotus, obtained by me in Northern Persia, are available 10 Vesemhlanee of' tl C eS^ne^ t°r the Indian Museum having apparently been mislaid, hut 10 two are proh 1 • 6 ^a^^an shins and skulls to the figure and description is so close, that ^ks the tail is lc^enttcal. The only difference I can detect is that in typical Mm erythro- ^ lereas in t)le ^ , f same length as the head and body together, as it is in M. sylvaticus ; ^ alone 18 ins fh ^ m°USe tail appears to he a little shorter, in the proportion of 7 to S. ^ erythrf) U; hcient for specific distinction. It is; however, by no means improbable 'teamens froin >l° *s Baerely a local race of M. sylvaticus, and with a good series of y U(tticus, vn .. ..Vn.W<)US t°calities, the two might be found to pass into each other. The Mm ”‘vOj v»rw xuiguu wu j_uu.xj.v4. v\s jjuioo xxxi/u Hie folloAvinni ^ ^ a description of the Kashghar and Panjah long- tailed field-mouse : ]) vi u“lcLL coir i ui tut; jx.tiMiguctr ctu.iL s° °'v>the two c l 1 ail"i>r0wn above, becoming rufous in some specimens on the sides, white 1° ^lat the upper rlUS s^larply' divided and the line of division running back from the nostrils, !)•' l ^*te. The J' arifi part of the cheeks are white. Tail brown above and white below; l>ut ^ ^ ieast threcTf UPPer parts is long and soft (0'4 inch long on the middle of the ,n. ^hXed with °Ul^s °t the length blackish grey, the tips mostly yellowish brown, L namerous slightly longer hairs which are black ; these black-tipped hairs (lis; thi ’aPpear 0n t|1(1 . ' sngntiy •sho^1 head, flnj08 ' ^eat^ a^ove the same colour as the back. Whiskers rather longer (;Hl *la'ls’ Which ar U?^61' ^lack, lower white ; ears oval, thinly clad inside and out with hd , ^ 'Hth whit ai|'e . 10Wn’ except on the posterior margin, where they are whitish. Eeet 1 's with whi ti ci i m.lr a'JOVe : the thumb has a small claw. Tail covered below and on the '>^r\lo^th ^ n skips the 1 U wrhite in some specimens. ntK ai’e noted bv^ii measure about 4 iuches, tail 3|. J L>r. Stoliczk; than in M. pachycercus, the hairs on the upper surface beihg ite in some specimens. measure about 4 inches, tail 3|. The followir a on the label of one of the Panjah specimens : — measure- Lnftt,h of hea»» Se‘° f : ' } of fppf fl i * eshy white, reddish at the base. Inches. 4 3-5 1 • 1 5 0- 5 1- 0-65 0-58 0-5 0-4 0-9 Eeisen, i, p. 103, PL V, fig. 3, 4. 56 SECOND YA11KAND MISSION. The following are the dimensions of a perfect skull, taken from one of the Pan j ah : — Length from occiput to end of nasal bones Metre. . ‘1)265 Inches 1-1)8 Breadth across hinder part of zygomatic arches . ‘013 0-53 Least breadth of frontal region between orbits . . -004 0-16 Length of nasal bones ..... . -010 0-4 Do. of anterior palatine foramina . *005 0-19 Do. of row of upper molars . -004 0-15 Do. of lower jaw from angle to symphysis . -0125 0-52 Height of ditto ditto . -007 0-29 skins fi’0'1'1 38. Gercilltjs cryptorhinus. PI. X; PI. Xh, fig. 5. W. Blanf., j. A. S. B., 1875, xliv, Pt. 2, p. 108. G. supra rufescenti-arenaceus, sublus albas, colons dorsalis ventralisque li/mite ^ notato, rostro in lobum semicircularem, intus pills brevibus sparsis indutum, nares °bled tern, desinente ; cauda corporis capitisque lonc/Undinem excedenle, cum dorso super ne J ^ - v-w ■ - J i concolore, sed magis rufescente nisi apicem versus, ubi nigrescit, subtus pallid tore , Honnullis ad apicern caudce longioribus nigrescenti-fnscis, auriculis mediocribus, ovalibus, e entice dense pilosis, mystacibus confertis, capitem longitndine parum excedentibus, sUPre^\ nigriSi cceteris albis ; vellere longmsculo, molli, nitido, basin versus ad tergum sclnst*0 , palmis submdis, pills sparsis indutis, plantis confertissime pilosis ; dente molario td simplici, incisoribus unisulcatis . Long, exempli majoris nuper occisi a rostro ad ^ j; caudce 55, caudce 6' 25, auris nuper 0'75, pedis posterioris a calccmeo 1:4 poll. Long, exe minoris 4m5, caudce 5 poll. 1, 2, 3, 4 5, Kargkalik ; 6, Yarkand ; 7, Maralbashi ; 8, 9, 10, Yangihissar ; all skins ; 11, in spirit, no latf 1 Colour above sandy rufescent, some specimens rather more rufous than others, ^0. white, the two colours sharply divided on the sides ; cheeks pale ; supercilia whitish ; feet tail above rather more rufous than the hack, paler and occasionally whitish below, beC°t tpc dark-brown or blackish above near the end, and with the slight tuft of longer hairs » Q{ end of the same dark colour. Fur soft and glossy, about half an inch long in the mu ‘ ^ the back, all the basal portion, being at least three quarters of the length, dark as A ^ terminal portion pale yellow-brown to pale rufous, with numerous longei hairs, v1 -j, tips mixed. On the under surface the hairs are white throughout. On the tail the ^ pt rather short, coarse, and close together ; there are a very few longer black tips mixe scarcely enough to produce an effect in the general colour. uefi0’ The ears are oval and of moderate length, densely clad with brown hairs on the » tpe portion of the outer surface, and with a fringe of longer hairs on the anterior mar.,1 , posterior portion of the external surface is nearly naked, except near the margin , il i- anterior portion of the inner surface completely destitute of hair ; but the innei sur more hairy near the hinder margin. The whiskers are very numerous, the longest s exceeding the head, the uppermost behind being black; all the rest white; all are ^j, at the base with long hairs which cover the side of the nose. Soles of the fore- he ^ scattered white hairs, but nearly naked ; those of the hind-feet densely covered 'vl pv MAMMALIA. 57 everywhere, e. ‘Ul0 °W 11le ll0st1“ils covered by the flap is also hairy. The use of this lobe TMoUowi P°U sand and dust from the air-passages, tb ,Tla,^e of fore-foot Do- of hind-foot to tip owing 675 0-8 0 3 0-75 0-6 0- 5 1- 4 Metre. •037 •019 •007 •014 •0195 Inches. 4‘5 5 5-75 0-55 0-5 0-4 0- 45 1- 3 Inches. 1-45 076 078 0'55 076 are tlle dimensions of a skull Breath ^10m 0tubJUt to end of nasal bones Least hreadtTl f ^ part ot z)'gomatie ai'ches % r fwnoAits • • • h 01 oasal bones adi -ln tlle sku]l nf f !°.WC1 JUVV from C0l)dyle to symphysis • tiling bones •+ US sf)ec^es> the lachrymal bone /a entirely ,J' Cts ftom the ~T* !’llaI tlle process of the lachrymal, which in other species of Oerbilhu twl"?1’ hut it “l!T “Ogle of the orhit, II is \uoir i?.is ^ to a. WanthJf T 1U other.forms °f the genus. I Noticed tliattl eVidently 136611 lost’ 111 two otliers’ wllicli have been extracted appears not to be anchylosed to the It is free in one fully adult specimen. USUgM taund this When 1 obtained a third skull, extracted from ^^01 s ' Ps;: 1 Ue t° the lachrymal not being united to the surrounding bones a much longer ^ meridianus?' from the Caspian, hut is considerably larger. urns deficient in the first two skulls which I a specimen in spirit, as it hadov^Mebted ‘s not v,.c- examination. It is still nearer to G. tamaricinus ,4 hut differs in colour, in for calling my attention to this character, which lie noticed when extracting the skull. I is Braudt fllnii'1' ! 1 WOuld s,Jg&sSfc the possibility of the absence of this process in Bhomlomt/s (Meriones Planus " - ' U l- Acad. S,.; sn [3„i ro.-c _ sou..! j... , ,, x a p. 3le< "* ntHdi, Mn, tarnu>'iejs ?. ®C1- St’ Pet-> xiv> 1856> P- 76.) being due to the same cause. e< u, p. 702 ; Bipus meridiams , Pah, Zoog. Bos. As., i, p. 182.—, Pallas, Glir Mas longipes, Pallas, Glires, es» p. 323. 58 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. having the tail longer than the body, and apparently in having a shorter head and hairy ears. Another form showing considerable resemblance is G. unguiculatus 1 ir° ^ Chinese Mongolia, which, however, is represented as wanting the dusky tip to the tail) an as having the tail shorter than the body. This species agrees with G. cryptorhini is ^ having hairs on the soles of the fore-feet as well as on those of the hind, but the skuh more convex above, and has the prominent lachrymal process united to the frontal. the other Asiatic forms there are greater differences. From G. indicus 2 and G. per sicus ^ present species is distinguished by its hairy hind-feet and shorter head ; from G. erythri and G. hurriancc 5 by its very differently shaped and much longer head, its white ull< , surface, &c. ; and from G. pmmmophilus6 by its much longer tail. It is, moreover, to the <)e ^ of my knowledge, distinguished from all the species named by the peculiar flap cover111" the nostrils. There is certainly nothing of the kind in G. indicus, G. persicus, G. hurri or G. nanus, nor can I find it described in any other species. ^ A Gerbillus 7 is described by Severtzoff from Western Turkestan under the name Meriones collium. It is said to he rufescent above, white below ; the hairs of the tail rl cent and black mixed ; the tuft at the end of the tail of two colours, fuliginous ^ canescent ; “ the black tail-tuft, surrounded by a pale-grey margin.” The description not agree sufficiently with the present form to render it probable that it refers to the sa species; the description of the tail, and especially of the tuft at the end, shows Western Turkestan animal to be distinct, and the tail is said to be shorter than the G. collium is, however, said to be allied to G. tamaricinus ; so it probably resenw ^ G. cryptorhinus very closely. G. opimus, G. meridianus, and G. tamaricinus are also sal to be found in Western Turkestan. Family — DIP 0DID2E. 39. DlPUS LAGOPTJS. Lichtenstein in Eversman’s Reise nach Buchara, p. 121. — Brandt, Bull. Ac. Imp. St. Pet., 1844, ii, p- 1, Ivoshtak, South of Yarkand ; 2, Yarkand ; 3 Yangihissar. These specimens agree on the whole fairly with Lichtenstein’s original description measurements ; the ears are rather larger, hut the difference does not appear great, tarsi are also a little longer. The following is a short description : colour above light s®0 y, brown, slightly washed with dusky; below pure white ; a white band across the outside the thigh. Tail pale-brown above, whitish below, with a tuft of longer hair, altoge ^ about 2^ inches long ; at the end the terminal portion pure white, the proximal portion or dark-brown on the upper part and sides, but brown or white beneath the tail- fur is very soft and rather long, 0-6 to 0'8 inch in the middle of the back ; on the np J A. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sc. Nat., Ser. 5, Vol. vii, 1867, p. 377. — Rech. Mam., p. 142, PI. Xa, XI. 2 Hardwicks, Trans. Lin. Soc., viii, p. 279, PI. VII. 3 W. Blanf., Eastern Persia, ii, p. 66, PI. VII, fig. 1. 4 Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1842, Ser. 1, x, p. 266 (nee Jerdon, Mam. Ind., p. 187.) 5 Jerdon, Mam. Ind., p. 186. — W. Blanf., Eastern Persia, ii, p. 68. 6 A. Milne-Edwards, Rech. Mam. p. 144. 7 Turk. Jev., p. 83 ; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., July, 1876, Ser. 4, xviii, p. 55. It appears to have been first called M- but the name was changed because of there being a South African species called Gerbillus montmus. MAMMALIA. 59 Parts it is a L r'('ar the en/ ^ ^)ase an^ b°r the grater part of its length, pale sandy -brown i,lrs about half tA ,eX^reme tip dusky brown ; on the lower parts it is white throughout, 'air outside ; facg enSth of the head, oval, naked inside, thinly clothed with short brown jlsual, very ion„. the hairs grey at the base ; sides of head whitish ; whiskers, as . base, the low” ex.1l0p three ° ! S1(^e > the anterior upper molar is minute, simple, almost cylindrical ; 2 0l(W ers> and two f 7 convex folds outside, the anterior fold being much smaller than bisido * °5 second *> S lns^e » tn the lower jaw the anterior molar has 3 folds inside, disa,°’ a 8roove u-ii; , ‘ bolds on each side, the third 2 folds outside, hut no distinct fold appearing o ch occ^ . , ^8peI°lder^uUs. retum ’ ies was de in tiU) b)Ul'ney froin scribed by Lichtenstein from a pair obtained by Eversman, on his 1 ,K ?,1dng in m.i ^ occurs there being confined to the crown of the tooth and doubtless " ”s. ibed j) ^ *«t of ^ "u*naia, ac»»«o» found * ‘“OiUa ®e country. m the deserts near the Sea of Aral. Severtzoff includes it in Western Turkestan.1 It is a typical Dipus. D. jaculus, yar. telum , and D. platyurus are also said by Severtzoff to he 1 T“rk. ,Tev. P- 62; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., July, 1876, Ser. 4, xviii, p. 56. 60 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Family — L UP Oil I DUE. 40. Lepus hypsibius. PI. Ill, fig. 1 ; PI. IVa, fig. 1. W. Blanf., j. A. S. B., 1875, xliv, Pt. 2, p. 214. Lepus palUpes, Blyth, Cat. Mam. Mus. As. Soc., p. 131. Pt. 2, p. 109, nee Hodgson. L. oiostolus, Adams, P. Z. S., 1858, p. 520, nee Hodgson. ■ W. Blanf., J. A. S. B., 1875, xl,f' 0. L. major, rufescens, nigro-adumbratus, subtus albus, uropygio fuscescenti-griseo, cdU^l floccosd, i •' ;vddlish posterior surface, are more developed in L. pallipes, and the j. I( sknll of x "/ ^ei' d'kc general colouration of L. hypsibius is much more rufous. In 0l(,head less ’ WPMbiw the teeth are larger, the palatal opening narrower behind, the h !J' ^ypsihi CaVe’ and the posterior portion of the nasals differently shaped. always aTPears to he found throughout a considerable tract in Western Tibet, 1 a0.’ where it is very grey and nearly white, and on the lower parts and tail, where the ha# white throughout. There are very few black tips to the hair on the hack ; a few longer bla°* hairs are mixed, hut they are not numerous, and they are so fine that they are easily overlook^, The ends of the hairs on the nape and along the hack of the neck are pale grey. SideS the neck and breast pale rufous. Tail white, except near the base above, where there al( ^ few dark-grev hairs. On the ears dark-brown longitudinal hands are conspicuous ofl anterior outer portion and the posterior inner surface. The anterior edge of the ear is wbj ’ the posterior edge buff inside, the upper portion of the inside surface white. The ante1' portion of the outer surface (except where dark-brown or white) is rufous-brown, the post®1 portion white, becoming ashy near the base. The extreme tip is black ; this colour i'UIlS short distance down the anterior, and nearly half-way down the posterior edge. Eace bro with a well-marked, pale, lateral band through the eye ; side of nose whitish ; the l°r’~ whiskers black near the base, white on the terminal portion ; other whiskers black, excep few of the lowest, which are white. The fur is extremely dense, soft and woolly, slightly curved on the back and sides ; hairs on the tarsus not so long as in L. hypsibius. The length of the skin from nose to rump is about 18 inches ; tail, including the at the end, 5 ; tarsus, 4‘6 ; ears from the head 4'5, from the orifice 36. The following are the dimensions of the skull : — Length from occiput to front of incisors Greatest breadth across posterior portion of zygomatic arches Width between orbits . >r Irak8 Length of nasal bones Breadth of do. behind ..... Do. do. in front ..... Length from base of hinder upper incisors to foremost molar Do. of the row of upper molars ..... Do. of palate behind anterior palatine opening Breadth of palate between 3rd pair of molars Length of lower jaw from angle to symphysis Height of do. ........ Metre. Inches. •090 3-55 •0425 1-68 •027 1-05 •035 1-45 •019 0-74 •014 0-55 •027 1-05 •0145 0-57 •006 0-24 •0125 0-5 •065 2-55 •038 1-5 Of the original types of L. pallipes described by Hodgson, two were from Lhassa a: ai from Sikkim. Through the kindness of Mr. Mandelli of Darjiling, I have had an opportu as # 1 In the original description the name is printed pallipes. I think this must be a mistake or misprint for pallidipes> ‘ . js. English name is given as “ white-foot. ” As the same specific name, however, is given to the Indian wolf and to some other a'1 it would he inconvenient to change it. MAMMALIA. 63 ^ cxatnfninj* g These specii^gj^g1116 S^ec^meris °f hares procured from the portion of Tibet north of Sikkim. of the lower parts^06 W are rather narrow. But these are possibly individual dif- Precisely) as ^^nera^ colouration, a peculiar yellowish tint, well shown in the figure, coincides head 4a ” mil^S distribution of colour. The dimensions correspond, except that Measured. ’ Think, be too much, but it is not possible to tell how the head was Slze of the animal °V6r ^ *ucpes l°nS would be gigantic and quite out of proportion to the obtained by^ l51'0111 Eastern Tibet look at first very distinct from the Western skin examinati0n thf 1 ° Tczka, the latter being much more rufous and less yellow. But on close °i the back i * tp11^ ^le Palei“ colour of the under-fur, which is silky-wliite on the middle are the only distinctions, the distribution of colour and |°tn Eastern T'l 6 SarQe’ and the skulls are very much alike ; indeed, two skulls extracted j lat of tbe WesV*' an sPecimens differ nearly as much from each other as either does from h(,sitatc to onS |J W VUU.UU.U IAX W le true Xj f ■/ 1' an adults, and the fur more woolly. I do not think any of them belongs |3y ~ JL/1 ♦ JiCllUCUSUll 11UUJL IU6 AliOU laiACHUU. J JAjJfULWUU, ctxxvx u ^tanus, are • Utferson in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society under the name of J®* hot.sprino^Ult(,! ^mmatui'c, being scarcely half-grown. One is labelled Karakash, another ;iw,< rS t° the 111'^ '. x ^ PlSt’ which is very young, probably belongs to L. hypsibim, the They aiy prese f J is very yoimg, probably belongs to L. hypsibim, the ° ^ Cojr^^I'i species ; but the specimens are much too young for identification. These yo‘ etanus- s Seht by Mr^ xrareS’ however, differ considerably in colour from an Eastern Tibetan speci- Sgesting the a ancl6hb which is more grey, and has, I think, still more woolly hair, thus Ppropi lateness of Mr. Hodgson’s name oiostolus. 42. Lepus tibetanus Travels tlar PI. IV, fi 'anus W ' '°“v’ in Kashmir, &c., ii., p. 268. Ann. a»a *terhouse> P. Z. S., 1841, p. 7.— Nat. Hist. Mam., Rodentia, ii, p. 58.— Gunther, ag. Is at. Hist., 1875,'Ser. 4, xvi, p. 228. 1, 2 .g 2. 1 should hav ' 2’ Nutra val,ey’ Laxidk- prj|idthe hares obt Unahle to identify this species but for Dr. Gunther’s having ( ^Use"m, whUd ^ ^"ptain Biddulph in the Nubra valley with the type ii rat], * )< (^ hy Wate .] "' 1S’ P suPpose, that originally brought by Yigne from near Skardo, r ^ SUl ‘"ill,... • "USe. Dr. ( I I 11 f 1 , ill. / ,n f +lin+ eE/a o .i wi i v»-» I'w, v, 1 Knhro, M ] t 111 g com- in the j- suppose, that ongmally brought by Vigne trom near & Karoo, and £ , . Sraaller in UUUSe' Er. Gunther points out that the specimens from Nubra, although a hpes and T IZ°! a§ree with the type very well, and may be distinguished from both ~Lj' Oiostoh,, tt . n , , ’ «t,iee with the type very well, and may be distmgui 0l°stol ug 0f Hodgson by having straight, not curled, hairs. SECOND YARKAND MISSION. The two specimens in the collection were both procured by Dr. Bellew ; (Dr. Stolic^ did not traverse the Nubra valley). They differ so much from each other, that I waS t a time disposed to consider them as belonging to distinct species, hut there is no imP°r ‘ difference between the skulls. Both were shot in October. The following is the descUP of the older specimen, which I suppose to he still in summer vesture. The skin has slightly stained, and is rather more rufous than it should he. ^ General colour rufous brown (very dark-brownish tawny) above, white below ; whitish below, sooty .black above ; face and anterior surface of ears like the back, tips ot e black, the colour running for some distance down the posterior margin. .gjj Fur soft but short, scarcely an inch long on the middle of the hack, very pale brown at the base for about half its length (palest as usual in the middle of the back), then brown; towards the end pale rufous brown, the extreme tips being frequently black on back. Neck and breast pale rufous ; the basal portion of the hair browner. Head in brown; cheeks rather paler; ears brown in front outside, pale brown behind, black at the ^ and for some distance down the posterior margin ; hair on the inside of the ear and on ^ anterior margin isabelline. The hair on the head and ears everywhere very short, so that ,• ears are almost naked inside. A light brown band down the front of the fore-leg, the ex portion of thigh and tarsus the same colour : pads darker. Hams of lower portion and ^ of tail huffy1 white throughout, those of the upper surface sooty black near the blackish ashy towards the base. Length of dried skin from nose to rump 16| ; tail with h at end 4, without 3 ; tarsus to end of claws 275 ; ears outside, from the head between the 4-5, from orifice 3'5 ; breadth laid flat 2-25. sj,0t The following is the description of the younger specimen which has been, I think, ^ whilst assuming the winter coat. In midwinter, however, it would doubtless be pale* ^ greyer, its dark brown colour being due to the newness of its fur. This is the spec1 figured on PI. IV. njte i General colour above dusky brown, with an ashy tinge on the rump, lower parts " ^ tail white, with a broad black band on the upper surface. The fur is very soft and short , ^ hair on the middle of the back being only three-quarters of an inch long, and on the rum^ The dorsal fur is ashy at the extreme base, then very pale, hair brown ; in the longer ' towards the tip there is a dusky ring succeeded by a very pale rufous one, the extrem ^ being black. Nape and neck above and at the sides pale rufous ; breast similar but Pal('^j 0]J duller. Head dusky brown ; the hairs buff and blackish mixed, whitish round the eye the chin ; whiskers mostly black, the apical portion of the longer . and a few of the sia^fu lower hairs white. Ears thinly clad near the margins inside with whitish hair ; a •,*, band near the posterior edge ; the edge itself buff, the anterior edge with longer white ... anterior external portion of the ear mouse-brown, (finely mixed dusky and buff,) posteii tion very pale-brownish grey. Apex of the ear externally black ; a line of the same ^ runs forward for about an inch from the apex and just outside the posterior margin to1 half-way down the ear. Limbs mostly white, a very light brown stripe down the 1 c]ies the fore-legs. Length of skin (apparently stretched) from nose to rump about 20 111 ear from head between the ears 4’ 25, from orifice 3‘5; breadth laid flat 2-25; tarsus calcaneum to end of claws 4-6. 1 The colour is probably white, but the specimen with some others was packed damp and this account the specimen has not been figured. ■ ed- appears to have become stoU^ MAMMALIA. 65 TllQ £ jj s'vUU of t]le other* are the measurements of the skull, which is unfortunately imperfect. The r specimen is equally imperfect below and at the occiput: — Width bet' ' across posterior portion of zygomatic arches of nasal bones of do. behind Prom base ^°- ^lont Jjgjj th^f fowler) upper incisor to foremost molar Do ° r ^1<5 S*x m°lars taken together . •breadth °f ^^ind anterior palatine opening . Heio.bt f ^°‘ lot ween 3rd pair of molars . This hare ‘ b °'Vcr iaw from base to coronoid process . porter and leSg sma^er than L. hypsibius, and very differently coloured ; the fur is much The pall- an<^ the tail has a broad black band above. The skull differs in several ,0^e shorter tdr t ^ ° °^>eri^QS is much broader behind, the molars comparatively wider apart, " er (!(lge of tin/ i’r,storhilal processes rise much less above the plane of the frontals, the i i'^'orn the si Z;'^omatic arch is nearly straight and not angulately convex, &c. la,»itant0f a /01 ness °f the fur I should have anticipated that this hare would be an ftp,.- .. mss SeVfiY*o A! i n : i J Metre. •040 •023 •036 •017 •013 •023 •0155 •006 •0115 •040 Inches. 1-59 0- 9 1- 42 0-67 0-52 0-9 0-61 0-24 0- 47 1- 58 <‘lo leceritly Spe SCVere ciimate than L. pallipes and the species hereafter described. ^^roacCT80' ahare procured by Major Biddulph in Yassin near Gilgit, and ’ to belonw . tlbetanus in external characters, have proved, on examination of the b ° a different species, and have been described by myself as L. biddulphi.1 G L. 43- Lei>ijs yarkandensis. PI. IY, fig. 1 ; PL IVa, fig. 2. unlher, An Ar p. 109 nn' Ma8'- Kat- Hist., Ser. L xvi, p. 229.— W. Blanf., J. A. S. B., 1875, xliv., Pt. 2, kkkan> Ydrkandi (Scully). lavC(J''vct>l e°ncotor'7 tolai, sed multo minor , nusquam nigcr nee griseus , auriculis usque » 7ioi[- lS' ^ €ribus / > Jlauc^ Tigris, arenaceo-isabellinus, fusco plusve minusve ad dorsum aUr-' lyilisculo nil S>- 4>eotore pallidissime rufo, cauda alba , superne fused " ^4-2* Cfdo, ap basin lani *3S p0u cinereo. Long, a rostro ad basin caudce 17, capitis 3’6, cauda 4 , y,d ’ ^ ‘Wgihissar ; 4, skin, 5, skeleton, Kalti-ailak near Pyzabad; all localities in the plain of _rra| colo lkaDd aud Kashghar. tail d^e dSahelline ^ brown or sand colour, above more or less mixed with dusky, becom- sU ark hro\Vri a 1T10st cream colour on the sides, without any trace of grey on the rump ; 7 dusky tin^ V ears without any black at the end, though in one specimen there is S’ as Usual, wpq ace ancl anterior portion of the ears the same colour as the back; lower s hn!„_ ^ * ’ tur verv soft and lrvno\ fine and wooll te Pale rufous for at least half an inch ; tail a Part; amp du as ^ 'Usk 4°as hairs ’ ^ur vei7 s°ft and long, fine and woolly towards the base, and with of .la |dPs on the iVl' p*' i°nS'01‘ than the rest, scattered throughout the body ; these hairs have 11 llich, then , a, h’he dorsal fur is pale grey at the extreme base for about a quarter towards the end there is a dusky ring> J. A. S. B., 1877, xlvi, Pt, 2, p. 324. 66 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. and the points are pale buff, almost cream colour, but some of the hairs have blackish tips, W are in some specimens sufficiently numerous to produce a distinctly dark wash. The le»» ^ of the fur on the middle of the back is about II inches. On the sides and rump the hair ^ darker grey at the base, and the dusky ring near the tip is wanting. The hairs on the nar are pale rufous throughout, on the breast pale rufous to almost white, with the basal p°r ' ashy. Hair of the face rather long, ashy at the base, then brown, becoming darker near tip, which is generally very pale ; some hairs, however, have black tips. Round the eye fur is paler. Whiskers very few and inconspicuous, the upper black, the lower br°^ t white. Anterior external surface of ears the same colour as the face, posterior portion 1’^., isabelline or whitish. The apex in some is dusky, hut in two specimens out of the foui - - y|)HL’ gtill hand near the posterior edge very faint. Eore-legs very pale brown in front; hind-leg8 paler brown outside; pads rather darker, hut variable as usual. Tail white below and at sides, with a broad dark brown band above, the hairs of which are dusky grey at the base- ^ One striking peculiarity of this very pale coloured hare is the absence of any patches and of all grey colouration throughout. All the specimens were shot in winter. * animal is very small, the following dimensions being from one of Dr. Stoliczka’s labels Yarkand skin: — Inches. 17 ' 4 3 is scarcely perceptible, and it is not black in any. Long hairs on anterior edge of ear rr those inside the ear of the same colour, but becoming buff towards the margin ; the ‘ Length Tail from vent. Length of ear from base Greatest width of do. Length of head Length of fore-foot. Do. hind-foot 5-25 2-8 36 2-15 4-25 In the skin the length from nose to rump of this specimen is 18 inches; ears from ,j -fho novo /L*3 * nn/lfli rvP dqv loir! flnf 9. *9. Pi • fnvcniQ A, A* 9. Pi Tn ■flio clrolofnn t,ll6 ^ between the ears 4-3 ; width of ear laid flat 2'25 ; tarsus 4 to 4' 25. In the skeleton the measures 3-2 inches, vertebrae of neck and body 1T5, tail, consisting of 12 vertebrae, 3'"°' The following are the dimensions of a skull, (PI. IVa, fig. 2.) It is very small, th°l1^ fully adult, with peculiar short nasals, which are somewhat irregularly truncated behind <4 tt their outer margins, but slope away from the posterior end of the suture, where the front9's project forward in a point ; each nasal is convex in front, the suture occupying a depi’esS The breadth behind the postorbital processes is greater than in the allied species, and ijoH- tli0 Length from occiput to front of incisors . . • Breadth across zygomatic arches . Width between orbits across middle of postorbital processes Do. of frontal hones behind do. . Length of nasal bones ....... Width of do. behind ...... Do. do. in front ...... Length of six upper molars taken together genus : — M etre. Inches. •078 3-1 •037 1-45 •021 0-82 •014 055 •0285 1-13 ■0155 0-61 ■01 0-4 •014 0-55 1 This, I think, does not include the tail. 2 Evidently the hair at the end is included. MAMMALIA. 67 Brpfnu Lohiiul palatine opening . r„.,, ° Pa'a^e between 3rd pair of molars 6gth of palatine opening . Height o°/ l0Wei £r°m aDgle t0 symPhysis Metre. Inches. •005 0-2 •Oil 0-42 •0185 0-72 •054 2-13 •036 1-42 Weight of S . . • — Xhig . do- -036 1-42 ears- It appears T^050^168 L' tolai’ Tabas.but is much smaller with proportionately longer Very possibly be tl ° i'° the common species of the Kdshghar and Yarkand plains, and may e are noticed by Prejevalski near Lake Lob. 44. Lepus pamirensis. PI. V, fig. 1 ; PI. Va, fig. 1. ’ • -A. S. B., 1875, xliv, Pt. 2, p. 110. — Gunther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 4, xvi, p. 229. *uPerne nigrd mGnar™s ve^ fusco-imbellinm, infra albas, nropygio albescenti-cinereo ; cauda vellere denso, molli lCU^anm marginibus superioribm extus nigris ; pectore pallide rufo; firn>inati$ interm/ -/■ Pr terminal now- ^ a° ' a^ove ’ Iace and anterior portion of the ears the same colour as the p. .l£e- Pur Bno c^°n o£ cars black outside the edge ; breast light rufous ; lower parts, as usual, ^lG termer slat ^ S°££’ C0T1S^S^J1S at the base of fine woolly fibres mixed with coarser are Wn’-^e ^ps beino-^ £or ab°ut half an inch, then pale-rufous passing into duskv- bla hoar the b SaiK ^ throughout the fur coarser and longer piles are scattered ; these P ' C v at the ends. T|M' t1le back, showing conspicuously amongst the grey under-fur, and tliM °n ^le middle f b0ltiori of the fur is darker on the rump, sides, and shoulders, the KCk’ but only t ti l° back- There are no hlack or dusky tips to the fur in general on l0n )acb 1 to pi scattered longer hairs. Length of ordinary hairs on the middle of llaiiv Tke nape, sid.C l0Uger Piles i to f inch more. On the rump, as usual, the hair is 8amS being slaty.5o.re es °/ tke neek ancl breast are pale rufous, or rufescent isabelline, the b;iS(; Producing a ^ ? le distinct white cheek bands, and by having black tips to the dorsal ^Jtoderfui darker S WaS^ 0n ba°k- The fur is rather softer, and the colouration sam P Very little palei>Ur 1S li®llt 8aQdy-brown, much mixed with black on the back ; the Wecoi°Ur as the ba k . + ratIler lono> Wa°k above ; face and anterior portion of ears the W(Vn *°r half an inch °r Moulders, sides and rump, paler in the middle of the back), then Soat;>nd is 8andy.br0™ ’ at first) becoming darker away from the body, the portion near an,i 1 1 Gd are whit’ ^ tlle tip itself in man^ liairs black on the back only. The longer Piles 1fVe tbe distal ^ Pase’ and conspicuous amongst the finer grey woolly fur, slaty alf an inch mm, Ky 1)lack- Length of ordinary fur on the back 1| inches, the longer I'aCe at tke base, but^tl • Nape’ baep and sides of neck and breast pale rufous ; the hairs dark ’dac]v-Sandy‘bl'own, fuj, s colour on the nape is only perceptible quite close to the skin, the evPdes ai'e scatter 1§ fi ^ ^ base’ ^ien chocolate-brown ; the tips very pale sandy ; longer , ' e P^e, but there ' loupbout'- A faint line from the nose to the eye, and hair around am white 1 y° d^s^net white band. Upper and shorter whiskers black, lower the tiri Xl°V edge whiteaC near.tPe base- Lars in front sandy brown like the face ; hair on >Pj black, this colo 5 P(,)St°rior Portion of outer surface pale rufous or buffy-wliite, MAMMALIA. 69 the lo th near aiaro1 lac'k, this i ’ ^ SLenor posted bpair inside th 1 1 UnnPl» as a narrow line for some distance down the posterior I r°af 01 °dge dusky p,.0 Cai mostfy white, buff towards the edge, darker band inside the black Saudy rufori °Wn’ n°b mucb developed. Hind-legs on outside, and fore-1* Th ' ,T)llSP°ut above ' darber- diair of tail white throughout below and on th hr legs in the sides, t'25 V ’ tiair at end of ,e .duucnsii ons of the skins : length, nose to rump, 17‘5 ; tail (verte- aeadfh of ca, , a ’ “ ’ length of ears from head, 5*2 ; length of ears from orifice, Paj^.'^kull (p] ya aid Hat, 2*5 ; tarsus to end of claws, 4*9. Parietal’ tllc nasals h ^ dlffers much both from that of L. yarkandensis and that of L. lolW-^inu or sincim? ^ucil more abruptly truncated behind than in either, and the h°th 3*^ the dinien PU Pa^er* Lhe size is about the same as that of the latter. The cilnens is iUl^)e^^aS5 ^he length being only approximate, as the occipital portion in £" Turk. Jev., p. 83 ; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Aug. 1876, Ser. 4, Vol. xviii, p. 169. b, * In the original description of L. stoliczkanus I stated that the ears in L. lehmanni were the same length as tn the complete translation of Severtzoff’s descriptions subsequently published in the Annals and Magazine of Natural I *>> 1 ears are said to be “ longer than the head : if bent forward along the side of the head, they extend beyond it about 6-7 ^ ^ dimensions of the ears in the dried specimens of L. stoliczkanus show that the difference in length in this species wou 3 That is the L. europmis of Pallas, L. timidus of some modern authors, not of Linnaeus, is of course, L. variabilis of Pallas. 4 Nouv. Arch. Mus., 1871, vii, Bull. p. 90. 5 Radde, Bull. Acad. St. Pet., 1861, iv, p. 52. 6 Gray and Hardwicke, Illustrations of Indian Zoology ; see also Blyth, J. A. S. B., 1861, xxx, p. 90. The true L. timidus of P"D MAMMALIA. 71 is quoted with, as s^u^s of Hares ?ri'Vm’ var'iabilis altaica, Everm. (sic.) ; and again, in Gray’s notes on ls is doubtless L ■ Ul ^le British Museum, a Lepm altaicm, Brandt1 is mentioned. |_,lu find no description ob Bitzinger*. Neither writer gives any reference, and I j l Hentifies the sne ° ^ ° sPec*es b7 either Brandt or Gray. Waterhouse in his mamma- ■*«**•, Hosm aC|11U'n thus named, which is said to he from the Altai mountains, with h° lecfi°uJ and the loc u S?ecimen in tIlG British Museum was from M. Brant’s (? Brandt’s) °Use 8 identificatinn a 1 { ls therefore possibly correct, but I cannot but think that Water- 10U ueeds confirmation. ^ Family — LAGOM YTDM GUntht!r ^AG05IYS —SIS. pi. VI, fig. y . Pi. VII/ fig. 2 ; PL Vila, fig. 1. a| ^at- Hist., Ser. 4, xvi, p. 231.-W. Blanf. J.A.S.B., 1875, xliv, Pt. 2, p. 110. r ^Hodgson’ °1CZka’ 1865> xxxiv, Pt. 2, p. 108.— Anderson, P.Z.S., 1871, p. 562, lhra> Karin Q r Pi , , ^ . 1 Ue kwv'h Ladak. PlttnT^ rotmdatislde Cenmus’ seu rufescenti-fulvus, dorso in (estate magis rufescente , l0n \ e°> a piciali ’ m!JUscu^s> extus ferrugineis, velleris dorsalis dimidio basali nigrescenti- nigris ag l>num rufesoente, tunc demum albescenti-isabellino , pilis nonnullis au^°ente> vibrissis sun °JSWn ™liermixtis, ventre pedibusqne pallide fulvis, capite antice ('ula> tarsi 1‘5 poii°r^US n^r^s> wiferioribus albis. Long, iota circa 9, cranii 2' 25, 1. skin. Ckagra n the two last 1 1 °r Ban®on§’ Ikke • 3, 4, skins, 5, skeleton, Rimdi, 17,000 feet ; 6, skin, Kiziljilga, (both o Gogra nortl 68 are on Ble Bigh plateau north of Ladak) ; 7,8, skins without labels, probably from ,°me years „ ’ ’ lmdL eS** mUch befter^tl1 JescribinS the Lagomys from Upper Sikkim,5 1 pointed out that it sPecies setter witB i\/r tt ~ uu,» fifitixi , eri’ed t0 the 1 tt ^ Hodgsons description of L. curzonice than did the Ladak ti°n w 1 ^Useum, and Dr ^ ^r' ®b°Bczka, Mr. Hodgson’s types were presented to the j,as ^ct, anfi ^ r‘ ~ anther has recently examined them, and finding that my sugges- j.'0 ^ ^l°lic2ka’g fi a • . Badak species is different, he has named the latter L. ladacensis. Ul sPecimens ,,-r ®CriPBon is excellent and is here copied. He states that it is founded on > ' ^^liezka’c Bie Ladak species is different, he has named the latter L. ladacensis ^^^^rtionlsexc brown G|T'al hue of ’ the which exact measurements are given : — ^u‘ lo\ver , " ^Ifitish, with f61 Hiff, fulvous, with very slight rufous tint and tipped with dark fuO PJl> more than faij^uceut dusky blue. The larger hairs of the fur measure about |th of an inch ; 1 < Uriily ’ a,1d the tin ,]. i,8. ^1C'r Bngth, of a dark, slatj'-blue colour, with silky lustre ; the next portion U^uished from r°Wa or Uaek. The fur is full and very soft, as Hodgson remarks, and can be „ A»n. k a of A. rufescens, Gray. Chiefly in old specimens, there are, on the sides , bb. K a, Hist i8fi, „ Bod eutTJ Akad- Wiss. w; „ ’ 5.er'. 3- «. P- 223. i8^r;:fvi>vn P,6r %ure i8/- Cl., 1867, Ivi, 1 Abt. p. 165. the "PpH504 ^ter vfi^.reSentiDg this ttnsati ilsfaet0 r r Vestur6) on pj5 yjIS sPe°ies and L. auritus, a mistake has been made. It was proposed to figure L. ladacensis " auritus. pj ^ 0‘ l°wer figure in PI. VI is L. ladacensis in winter dress, but is somewhat too dark ; d'AS.B '0Wer figure sboum’ ^ 's ladacensis in summer dress. The colouration of both figures in Plate VI ’ ^2. *i; _ _ e much more buff, the upper figure browner and less yellow. ■ xli. P- 35. 72 SECOND YARICAND MISSION. of the upper portion of the body, a few long hairs intermingled, which measure up to one and a quarter mch these are almost or entirely of a black colour. i i the regt On the lower part of the body the hairs are, for two-thirds of their length, dark slaty-blue, am pale. * , h The head measures nearly always one-fourth* of the total length of the animal. The hairs on it ar ^ ^ shorter, and tinged with a dark rufous tint above ; on the sides of the snout they are pale grey ; in front ° is eyes and below,' "pale white ; while on the sides of the head itself there is a slight rufous tint marked, w ^ a little stronger all round the neck, and extends somewhat further back on the upper body. The hairs roiin ^ ^ neck are rather longer, but only half their length of the slaty colour, the rest being pale rufous ; but a them are tipped with black. . g 9re The end of the snout and of the upper and lower lips are dark blackish. The hairs of the moustac^ ^ very long, some of them measuring three inches ; the upper ones are chiefly black ; the lower white black, half white. The ears are comparatively rather large, oval, terminating with a very obtuse pom* J g0 arc well covered with hair, thickest on the outside : the hairs on the inner surface being pale yellow, ' ^ the outer much longer and softer, and distinctly rufous. The feet and soles are, in accordance with the g ^ hue, of a pale fulvous colour-, only still lighter, and slightly, and only partially, tinged with a rusty > toes are black, claws long and dark-brown. The young animal does not differ in colour very much from the old one. It is usually much pa ’ ^ 'the difference between the hue on the upper and lower portions of the body is far less distinctly marked^ ^ slaty hue of the inner fur is also more translucent, and the rufous tint on the head and the hinder pa*-t ears not so strong. , ,ire *>s The measurements, in inches, of three specimens from Rupshu, the eastern province of LadaK, * follows : — Total length of the animal Length of the skull ....... Proportion of the length of the skull to the total length "W id th of the skull Porportion of width to length of the skull . Length from the snout to the eye Length from the eye to the ear Length of the ear . "Width of the ear ....... Proportion of the width to length of the ear Length of fore-foot and nails ..... Length of the hind-foot and nails .... (a) Young specimen from above the Gyagar lake in Rupshu. (/,) An old, full-grown specimen from near Kozak on the Chomoriri lake in Rupshu. $ (c) Judging from the teeth, this seems to be a very old specimen, from the east side of the LaDa west of Hanle. _ ^ sotfe This latter specimen has the fur considerably worn off and injured. I found in the skin of this ^ other specimens, which I shot in the Ruga valley, a great number of larvae of an (Estrus , which injury and a sort of roughness of the fur.2 As the tips of the hair get worn off, the hue becomes i places dark spotted, which is caused by the slaty colour of the interior portions. ^ tl'1 *' It will be seen from the given measurements that the skull of the young animal is, in proportion entire body, a little longer and broader than that of the adult, and the ears are also somewhat larger ( ■ These proportions may be often observed in mammalia of different ages. ^r(,c H- Zagomys cwrzonim is one of the largest known species of the genus. Our largest specimen ,ncaSwrat£1'' inches, which is only one line less than the greatest measurement of Zagomys alpinus, Pallas. (Vi^e (a). (b). Co). 7-50 9-00 9-50 1-90 2-25 2-37 0-26 025 025 0-87 1-25 1-25 0-46 0-55 052 0-75 1-OC 100 093 1-12 1-12 0'62 1-06 1-00 0'56 0-87 081 0-90 0-82 0-81 0'87 1-12 112 1-25 1-50 1-43 tSSl 1 One-fifth in the original, but this is evidently, lirom the measurements, a slip or misprint. 2 Anderson, P. Z. S., 1871, p. 563, says the worn condition and roughness of the fur is noticed exposed to become rubbed, as on the lumbar region, nimp and sides, and he rejects Stoliczka’s borne in mind that Stoliczka made his observations on fresh animals on those parts whk b* explanation. But S MAMMALIA. 73 house, }'ounger.i I observed ^°^ent’a> P- 16). Mr. Hodgson's specimens were much smaller, and probably "1(;hes ]one, e seveial which were not longer than seven inches, but most of them were about nine or j}]U;ese ^ 'Iwzab called L. curzonia, Phise-karin, which means, as I was informed, tailless PAise. ,2"^ JJ^e-karSZ!'l Phaiomys leucurus ,3 which lives here associated with the lagomys and Arctom/ys. "am(! Ahra ; it , ** 1 was tol(l is Tibetan, and the Ladak name for I. curzonice is Salra. TT 1 “ — il no,lnced; mothe;rWeVer,Welll"a that the letter Ihe fi ls> D°t so. ^ valley atP T°-There 1 met with L. curzonm was a little above the junction of the Chomoriri with the tL y g ot aVm‘ 15, truS) P| , „ ^ curzonice ran ^rctom^s ^obac, Sehreber. 1^>672 i'ee^ wh^ur,5 ju>wover> somewhat higher. I noticed it on the top of the Lanak pass at an elevation Hodgson gives the before many words is, in some parts of Tibet, pro- 500 feet above the level of the sea. It does not live usually at a lower "**D v-nomoriri — ; 35 ‘n the lower parts of the Puga valley (14,500 feet), it is always scarce. ,"»rnsi Blytb) and 4 a ve> where there is comparatively plenty of vegetation, it is associated with Phaiomys l0werins g in August T ^ ^W° m^nu^e pl ;urls existed — Stracheya tibetica, Pth., and Capsella thomsoni, Hf. — both I’1 eics of Procarduf'n^ * ^°UU^ associated with Corvus tibetanus , Hodgs., Gyps fufous, Gmel., and a new , sei'ved anim„i v» . 5 ,llJiong birds ; an Argynnis among butterflies, and some common flies, forming the highest “ves ailittial life in +1 .... I believe it 686 31lls. In fact, it is difficult to assign a limit to the height up to which L. CMTzomce Very near it. -ge^an”es as high as any trace of vegetation exists, which would be here about 19,000 feet, or anee all , . over tho „ !'GeU the two given limits of the Para valley and 19,000 feet, it is seen in great abund- ^nowl^ ‘ ~~ , - K'r to the ,,.,.4 ' U? ot'"er Pngorays here, — at least, none so common. Its geographical range must extend Of 1884 and souths A , ■ , 1. 1- /--X,. l^ovrledo.,, n portion of Ladak. It is certainly the species of Adams and Cunningham, as there * .0 °1: Iiahoul tli m aVe ,Klt °bserved it south of the Baralatse range, either in Spiti or in the south-eastern °f Sikkifa ?i t south-east, as Mr. Hodgson obtained his specimens from the district of Chumbi (north r _i . '* A have rir.4- -1 *1 .1 r> n -r» i , -j1 •_ CL__*x* *_ i.1 XT. x_... the Chandi Knln It In Spiffs Aanm l ail<^ra va^°y > although Phaiomys h rom leucurus does occur in both provinces, and even in feet, but usually about 13,000 feet. (above Lari^° a^i?.CW,'SI0W*'X represented by -the smaller L. roylei, Ogilvy, which there lives between ^ ^h,0(JU feet, but, nanalta nbnnt. 1 $1,000 -Fopt. Froi fij erene ohf • ~ ^tween tb flinetl, except 6 suin:mer and winter coat of this species. All the specimens now I U) : the two wit] 1 1 ,1vv'0 suPPosed to he from Gogra, have evidently acquired their winter °b their should are undergoing the change ; they have the long pale-coloured winter •v the first Yark^ai/Sfai ^le ^ne series of specimens in the Indian Museum brought hack hhireuce hot,,, ant ^xPe(tition with those now obtained, it is clear that there is a considerable between _ ’ . . „ . r l :uri<‘d by |j!0 , aers aild rumps, but have not acquired it elsewhere. Of the specimens J' 11 Procured n,r!"t and it is uncertain whether the skull is like that of L. laclacensis or that of L. roylei , &c'’ but the latter is more probable. To the account of the distribution of this Lagomys already quoted from Dr. Stoli°z^ it is only necessary to add that it appears to be extremely common on the plateau not^1 j Ladak. It was not observed in the Indus Yalley, nor on the Pankong lake, nor is it n°tlC in Dr. Stoliczka’s diary before reaching Chagra, north of the Pankong lake. 47. Lagomys aueitus. PI. VI, 8 fig. 2 ; PI. Vila, fig. 2. W. Blanf., J. A. S. B., 1875, xliv, Pt. 2, p. 111. L. superne sordide fulvus fmco-lavatus, capite humerisque rufescentibus, auriculis rotundatis, pilis isabellinis indutis, vellere molli, pilis basin versus nigrcscenti-plunl ^ apices versus in dorso lateribusque isabellinis, fusco-terminatis, subtus albis. Long. ( i'n c dessicato) lota circiter 7’5, cranii 1'8, auris 1, tarsi 1' 3 poll. 1, skin ; 2, skeleton, with flat skin ; Lukong, on the Pankong lake. General colour above smoky or wood-brown ; the head, shoulders and rump rather P‘ ^ and more rufous ; lower parts whitish, with the dark basal portion of the hair shewing thr°lk 1 This species is made the type of a distinct genus, Ogotona, by Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1867, Ser. 3, xs, p- ’ characters given, entirely drawn from the skull, appear to he scarcely of generic value. 2 See foot-note p. 71. IV MAMMALIA. 75 Scattered ]0jlfl,H\°t\0ra'<'^r b>ng, about 0'9 inch long on the middle of the back, without any "hat move 8^r lairs’ hlack and glossy (leaden black) at the base on the upper parts, some- l)v°wn; the g ^ 011 ^le Vies and below, distal portion of the dorsal hairs whitish, tips dark- 1 basal portio 0n S^GS ’ 011 the abdomen the tips of the hair are white ; on the head lathe,, thinly iu^l ^laPi' is liglit slaty-grey, the tips rufous. Ears large, round, clothed ‘Vs of tiU; gai^ e 1|ear the margin with whitish-brown hairs, and outside with much longer eet whitish ° C° °Ur' Whiskers fine and long, the upper dark-brown, the lower white. !>e rather m()^faS,Ures about 8 inches in length, the skeleton 7 (the living animal would ln Ifeadth ; tn - * 16 eais the dried skin an inch in length or rather more, and the same , V the skull *+1 en<^ c^aws i‘2 ; carpus to end of claws 07. UVed, without " lC aaterior and posterior portions of the anterior palatine foramen are “■'rrovver than ' tendency to a constriction between them. The nasal bones are much ■ '' oylei, and the sincipital portion is more convex ; otherwise there is Vch 1 fesemkln tne Thefolh!!?Cel)etweeiltbetAvo. ln~ aie Ve dimensions of the skull of L. auritus : — T°tal length aeross zygomatic arches W if? °f nasal bonea *>. tehiud Do. . „ ■ 2jo m tront „ , .. °f frontal bones between orbits *= udinal diameter of orbits (includim temporal portion) ransverse diameter of do. AnteLnLPa-atille °penin- • • • • i; , eilor diameter of bony palate be- *** paiatine °pei|big' benotp0 r.^Upae between last pair of molars Lenotl, '(■ ,^le ^ uPPei' molars taken together . rpj . height cif JaW fl’0m angle to sympbysis tij!lter* It pro!) Irom L. roylei by its much larger ears and by its colour, which is Cl^ JVhengUnwa J y is I°und in other parts of Ladak.1 Skins obtained at Gilgit and in Voters betwoov, ^y ^ptain Biddulph,3 however, appear to be intermediate in of L. auritus : — Metre. Inch. Metre. Inch. •044 1-73 .021 0-82 •0215 0-85 •0155 0-6 •016 0-63 •0045 0-18 •0045 0-18 ■0055 0-22 •0065 0-26 •005 0-2 •005 0-2 •Oil 0-44 •0115 0'46 •0095 0-38 •010 0-4 •012* 0-47 •013 0-52 •002 0-07 •0075 0-3 •007 0-28 •009 0-37 •009 0-35 •028 1-12 •017 0-67 Ween L- r °ylei and L. auritus. 48. Lagomys macrotis. i oi • Gunther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1875, Ser. 4, xvi, p. 231. ^ere io Without i^i. nthVoUecSaVgle Si), 3°tious & sIJecimen, without a label, of a Lagomys with the fur in poor condition, 1U:I< c by Dr. Stoliczka. It has evidently been shot when shedding its long as v, of r :AKVbu. Leh B°W in Dr. stoiiczk ’ B,» 1877, s]vi p,d^a’ are forthcoming. ’ 1 c> A p. 326. Stoliczka’s list of his collected specimens as having been procured at Malayan SECOND YARKAND MISSION. witli t'10 76 winter fur; and as Dr. Stoliczka mentions in his diary that he obtained a Lagomys , fur very ragged on the 6th of June at Duba, and as this specimen agrees v ^ Dr. Gunther’s description of the type of L. macrotis, obtained by Captain Biddulp i same spot, I have no hesitation in concluding that the skin without a label is from It is the only skin in the whole collection which presents the appearance of having been ^0 when just losing its long winter fur. Duba is a camping ground at an elevation of * feet on. the north side of the Kuenlun, on the road from Yarkand to Yangi Diwan a Karakoram pass vid Kugiar. pi' Although I felt very doutful about it, I referred this skin to L. cmritm until 1 Sct p Gunther’s description, which is evidently taken from a specimen in better condition- runs thus : ^ ^ Fur very soft and long, especially on the hind part of the back ; general hue of the upper Parfc®.^hitei yellow, whitish on the sides and underneath ; a small white patch behind the ear ; feet pure whUe^t ^ ^ e»i- ,ads veiiuw, wmuBii uu uiie oiuco »uu , . * . , „r pie 1 the hairs of the moustaches white, but some of them black. Apparently no glandular patch belo Ears very large, well covered with hairs. Soles of the feet covered with short hairs, leaving the pi toes quite hare. Inches. 8 Total length H if Length of ear Length of tarsus, including nails . ^ In the specimen collected by Dr. Stoliczka, the long hair on the back is leaden-b^ ^ the base and for the greater portion of its length, then dirty white, the ends being 6 a few hairs having black tips. But the new short fur which is growing between the F ct) of the Ion" hair is brownish, precisely as in L. auntus. I am strongly disposed to ,)Vd indeed, that L. auritus is the summer, L. macrotis the whiter garb of the same speci '' |n colo^e maeeu, mi -u- ^ > — ■ - inrce1' . there are one or two differences which require explanation. The feet appear ‘ ^ ^ ; LiLtiio aic vr* v " w * _ . i L macrotis , and the pads of the toes are black, whilst in L. auntus they are pale -- w. in the former the long hair of the forehead is lead black at the base, in the latter p1 _ l)Ut The feet and lower parts generally are white in L. macrotis, huffy white in L. aw 1 this may be seasonal. _ J , „ , , , , cHn of tllC The skulls are very similar. Erom the imperfect skull extracted from th .. v specimen referred to L. macrotis , I take the following measurements Total breadth across zygomatic arches Length of nasal bones Width of do. behind Do. do. in front . Do. of frontal bones between orbits Longitudinal diameter of orbit . Transverse diameter of do. Length of palatine opening Antero-posterior diameter of bony palate behind palatine opening ....•• Width of palate between last pair of molars Length of 5 upper molars taken together . Length of lower jaw from angle to symphysis Height of do, i Metre. Inches. •02 0-81 •016 0-63 -005 0-2 •0055 0-22 •005 0-2 ■012 OMS •01 0-39 •013 0-54 •002 0-07 •009 0-35 •009 0-35 •03 1-2 •017 0-7 / MAMMALIA. 77 49, Lagomys griseus, PL VII, fig. 1 ; PL Vila, fig. 3. Zfto W- BIante J- A- s- B > 1875, xliv, Pt. 2, p. Ill, !(>n!jato. nioiii^ m^us albas, ad dorsum frontemque leviter rufescenti-lavatus, relieve psis nonnullis fusc'^ ^wm^eo~nigro, apices versus in dorso lateribusqne griseo, apicibus exernPlo nttpet. 0 ?ClS ’ aur'dms magnis rotundatis, pilis sparsis albidis indutis. Long, in * &° ’ capitis 1‘75, auris 1‘4, tarsi 1’3 poll. G-0ri0ra^ anJu l>ass> south of Yarkand, Kuenlun Eange. !JU' ^ce and 4 'Ll- grey (almost chinchilla colour) with a slightly rufescent tinge on and hack 1 a ,y Lumost cl11 q hack, gl0Ssy ’ ] wlLtc. Pur veiy soft, about 09 inch long in the middle of ds the hi, iW^ite. Jiajr/lji'IS are brownish. The sides are almost pure light ashy, rump still paler, on* V’ ^l0 terminal °U 4ace l°ng, on "the forehead about half an inch, the basal portion vi|) >\ e s*des of the*0! ^ ^§ht- brown on the forehead, greyer on the nose, and pure grey rissaa wldte thr .leafB A tew of the upper whiskers are black, all the longer and lower • Ears large, round, with rather thin white hairs inside, very short 'te hairs wkicl T®131’ white on the outside, black on the inside, outer surface covered with don] 1 1° tellowii) <>• 1 )<:'< ()1Tle l0^ near the base of the ear. are i 8 th°se ofbf]IUeaS^reinerits are taken from one of the tickets, and consequently are a< ded for Crm U-' au*mal when freshly killed ; the measurements from the dried skins “mpamon with other species ^ 1 h.j ^lOSSV 1 1 ^ JL 111 vtl^y bUIlj clljUUt v/ V IIILII 111 LJLL(_y JXLICILIjLG Ol the*'8** towards Base> an<^ tor about two-tliirds of its length very pale, u lips of an a . e eil(d, the extreme tips of many hairs dark-brown, and on the hack eet u tile hairs arc mu... Total lent Fresh specimen. Dried skins. ■th fete of ear feb of do. Len&th from Do. Do. The f n E°' hmd-foot et0ll^gai.ethe nose to eye do. to base of ear tore-foot Total length ^■breadth Le nCllfctll , * Width0f cwal,b°nes measurements of a skull barely adult : — across zygomatic arches Do. Do. of do. behind . „ d°- in front -LI 0, f • • hongitndiv,1?11,.11 ^°nes between orbits Transv ^tehameter of orbit . h^tb of reterof do. breadth of ** fe opening Anter0-post . behind teidth of J diameter of bony palate behind palatine Length of f, 6 etween last pair of molars D°, 0£ jo^ e ulJPer molars taken together height of doGF ^VV Bom an§ic to symphysis opening Inches. Inches. 7 6'5 to 7‘5 1-4 1-1 1-3 1- 0-9 1-7 - 0-8 0-8 1-3 1-3 Metre. Inches. ■044 1-75 •022 0-86 •0155 0-6 •005 0-2 ■0055 0-22 •006 0-23 •Oil 0-45 •009 0-36 •013 0-52 •006 0-23 •002 0-08 •0075 0-3 •009 0-36 •029 112 •017 0-7 u 78 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. A comparison of these measurements with those given for L. auritus will show how ^ close they are to each other ; the principal distinction being that in L. griseus the nasals broader behind, and the posterior portion of the palatine opening is much more open L. auritus. There are also important external differences between the two species ; the in L. griseus is longer and rather softer ; it is especially longer on the face, and has al basal portion in that region black, whilst in L. auritus the basal portion of the hairs on head is light-grey. The general colour of the two species, too, is quite different, L. being brown, whilst L. griseus is grey. liffef8 From L. macrotis the present species is distinguished by colour, and the skull ^ in the same characters as it does from that of L. auritus; the nasal bones being behind and the posterior portion of the palatine opening more open. The bony orbits also rather smaller in L. griseus. , oatl The nasal bones of L. griseus approach in shape those of L. roylei, being nearly as behind as in front, but they are longer. gUb- It appears possible that L. auritus, L. griseus, and L. macrotis are all races on ^ species of one "typical form just as L. roylei, L. nipalensis, and L. tibetanus appear All these forms are very closely connected. ^eSt The other species of Lagomys known from Asia are L. roylei,1 from the Nortn- ■ Himalayas, L. hodgsoni • from the same region, considered subsequently by its &es identical with L. roylei, L. nipalensis ,3 from Nipal, and L. curzonice 4 from the Cliumbi north-east of Sikkim. By Mr. Waterhouse5 L. nipalensis was considered a distinct eg ^ but Mr. Blyth6 united it, as well as his own species L. hodgsoni, to L. roylei. As under L. ladacensis Dr. Stoliczka, in 1864, 7 identified the common Lagomys of LadaK L. curzonice, but the species occurring in Sikhim was found to agree better 8 with Mr- son’s description than the Ladak form did, and I consequently suggested that the latter ^ ^ prove to be an undescribed species, whilst I was disposed to consider the true L. y a variety of L. roylei. Dr. Gunther has, however,9 recently examined the species repr000 ^ in the British Museum, and he considers L. curzonice a well marked and distinct species, from his description I am inclined to doubt if the Sikkim form is really L. curzonice. ^ An additional species has been admirably described and figured from Moupin in Tibet by A. Milne-Edwards10 under the name of L. tibetanus : this, however, appears closely allied to L. roylei and L. nipalensis. u jc The above are all from the Himalayan ranges and Tibet, but the genus is also ^ ^ presented in Northern Asia, where the three oldest known species occur. These w C* ^ cribed as long ago as 1778 by Pallas11 as Lepus pusillus, L. alpmus, and L. ogotona ; * j 0{ from the Southern Ural, the second from the Altai, and the third from the neighbour1^ ^ Lake Baikal and the deserts of Mongolia. To these a fourth was added by Pallas 1 Ogilby in Boyle’s illustrations of the Botany. &c., of the Himalayan Mountains, p. lxix. ph 4. 2 Blyth, J. A. S. B„ 1841, x, p. 816, PI. at p. 844. 3 Hodgson, J. A. S. B., 1841, x, p. 854, PI. at p. 816. 4 Hodgson, J. A. S. B., 1857, xxvi., p. 207. 3 Mam., ii, p. 24. 3 Cat. Mam. Mus. As. Soc., p. 133. 7 J. A. S. B., 1865, xxxiv, pt. 2, p. 108. 8J. A. S. B„ 1872, xli, p. 35. a Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 4, xvi, p. 230. 10 Rech. Mammiferes, i, p. 314, PI. XLVII1 and XLIX. n Glires, pp. 28-70, Tab. I, II, III and IV. 12 Zoog. Ros. As., i, p, 152. I MAMMALIA. 79 North-Eastern Sibe * 4ri(l figured bv q .)eria and called L. hyperboreus. Of the latter, four varieties are described From from the Amur. ribed by Orav2 r'*n ^K)l','1 2'0J1 °f Central Asia two species have been obtained: L. rufescens, l((,ently described 1 ^^hamistan, and since found by myself in Persia; 3 4 and L. rutilus •V( Ho\v m winter wh'l evei'tzf>ff 1 from Western Turkestan. The latter is described as greyish- summer it is ^ „ 1 a admixture (? down the back) beginning from the nape. In ('n ffris species wer iei^'re^ akove) whh the throat chesnut. Length 8| inches. Some notes ^ r stilus js distbiw ^ t0 me ^ Nfr. Dresser who obtained them from Dr. Severtzoff. 4n(l middle of t]H. ln^L|is*iect from L. rufescens by complete absence of white on the muzzle aaks> throat, and o'3 1 ^ *nner Parts of all four legs, all these parts being light buff ; the Ini ' SOnie hlack hair S1<*0 ^le fulveseent rufous. Upper parts greyish fulvous mixed jllstles (vibriS(la^ £S, ears ^rge, covered with short, harsh, greyish fulvous hair, moustaehial v’Mfi^hag ^ee ’! Vous> a few being black, nails black. The above is the winter dress. ' sll"har. ound in the ranges near Vernoe and Auliata, north and north-west of Order— UNGULATA. Sub-order ARTIODACTYLA. Xh, lj 2> Thian-Shi 6 t\Vo Family — S UIDJE. 50. SUS SOKOVA, VAB. NIGBIPES. W- Flanf., J. A. S. B., 1875, xliv, Pt. 2, p. 112. mountains near Kashehar. of ^ in external^cil^ brou§'llt» skins with skulls, are of large size, and appear to agree the 1(! ^0re and h; Claracters with the common European tvild boar, except that the whole «l„!^ ^ the greater part of the legs, arc nearly black. Elsewhere l°rter °Ur is dull +i — br0|Vn w°°lly hairs • t,l U5' mtlier fight-brown, the fur consisting as usual of long bristles and With h’. ^tter rathe ^1 ^0rUler hlack, except towards the ends, where they are pale yellowish- >i,()wn hair davi'61 1~'lt Fair-brown ; just around the eye is black ; and the ears are clothed severaj 6 skuFs are yj* tkat °f the head and back. 1 1 Un,,.umarked Fifferenc Slm^ar ^10se °f the European wild boar, but present, nevertheless, oCei M 1 y* The first, r u°S ^rorri the only example I have for comparison, that of a male from With th Ffane makes _erence t° he noticed is that, in both the skulls from Turkestan, the pav0(.(,U . SuP(wior SUrfS a more °htuse angle with the base of the skull, and a more acute the Phal a< l than in the Eiivrvnpnn cl-ril 1 Tn flm Tnvlrpsfn.n slrulls flip st.vlif one iu the European skull. In the Turkestan skulls the styliform Lll! _ J°nger, straighter and less divergent; the auditory bullae larger ; ossified posteriorly, so that the hindermost portion of the nasal 1 t> • 2 Ih' 11 ■ Forsch. im Amur-lande, i , p. 147, pi. VII, VIII. 3 p'11'- Ma" Nat. Hist., 1842, Ser. 1, x, p. 266. 4 Inrl- ' r P°rsia’ P- 83, pi. VI, %. 2. ‘ JeV-’ P- 83, Ann. Mag., Nat. Hist., Ser. 4, xviii, p. 168. Ji 80 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. passages is not completely divided. The palatine bones terminate near their suture m s^y points projecting backwards. The anterior palatine foramina are shorter, broader, ana differently shaped, being much more oval and not acuminate behind. The zygomat is deeper, and the ante-orbital foramen is less open and has a thread-like horizontal P stretched partly or completely across its orifice. _ >JS T How far these differences entitle the Thian-Shan pig to specific distinction I c say without much better means of comparison than I possess at present. If the c 1 differences pointed out are never found in European pigs, and if the black legs are e4 £ unknown in typical Sus scrofa, the animal of Turkestan may have fair claims to he sepa The following are comparative measurements of the two skulls from the Tluan- mountains, and of the Hungarian skull already referred to— Length, of the skull from occipital condyle to anterior margin of premaxilla Height of whole skull and lower mandible . . • • Length of superior surface from occipital crest to anteiioi margin of premaxilla Length of superior surface from occipital crest to anterior margin of nasal bones Breadth of skull across zygomatic arches .... Ditto between orbits Ditto across sinciput where narrowest in front of occipital crest. Length of all the upper molar teeth taken together. Ditto from hinder edge of bony palate to anterior margin of premaxilla Breadth of palate between anterior premolars Ditto ditto last molars . Length of anterior palatine opening Breadth of ditto .... Length of lower jaw .... Height of ditto .... Yarkand- Hungarian. r s $ $ Metre. Metre. Metre. •377 ■352 •372 •250 •226 •239 •431 •405 •397 •219 •207 •207 •179 •158 •160 •098 •083 •098 •020 •020 •024 •131 •128 •122 •260 •248 •262 •054 •044 •050 •036 •029 •032 •018 •017 •u20 •008 •0075 •006 •315 •291 •305 •140 •136 •136 it I have no means of Whether this form is the common pig of Turkestan or not taining ; neither Severtzoff nor Prejevalsld mention any peculiarities m the 0 ^ structure of the wild swine noticed by them. The only Central Asiatic hog hit ie* guished from S. scrofa is the S. moupinensis of A. Milne Edwards 1 from. Eastern 1 it is uncertain whether this is not Himalayan (i. e., oriental) and not .Tibetan. 0' t oi 0' && Family — BOVIDJE. 51. OVIS KABELINI. Severtzoff, Turk. Jev., pp. 84, 86, 150, Pis. I, V, fig. 3, VI, figs. 3, 4 Ann. Mag- ^at Ser 4, xviii, pp. 171, 210, 217,— V. and B. Brooke, P. Z • S-, 1875, p 512. Ovis poll, Stoliczka, P Z. S., 1874, p. 425, Pi. LIII, (figwa mala), nec Blyth. 1 Eedh. Mam., I, p. 377, Pis. LXXX, LXXXI ' MAMMALIA. 81 Ovf/hiZ ?™Z'Slan' Bi(ldulpl1’ P’ Z S- 1875> P- 157" Knlja, Turki Qf K ^ JA.S.B., 1875, xliv, Pt. 2, p. 112, nec Severtzoff. or G// // /‘i . . . J ’ S ; Arka (?Arhdn) 5 ; Kirghiz.1 north ^ ’ s^'ns> skeleton, head wanting ; unlabelled, but apparently all from the mountain ranges rtn-west of Kashghar. A lapgQ collect* * ^•^shgliar 1°U1 °*' sPec7mens of tlie wild sheep inhabiting the mountains north-west (° Action, inclndii .^rf ^ ^r" ®toliczkaa J hut after his death a considerable part of the ju<‘nt> the greater ° a ■ ^le ^nes^ specimens, was distributed with the consent of the Govern he care and w-| jP01^on ^ecoming private property. The distribution was made with J potion belouo>e(/ S° W;inton a disregard of the interests of Government, to whom . M letons, esunoWiiJ11' °7 Br- Stoliczka’s memory, that even the heads belonging to two so the rica, were given away. There is v especiallv * ® inumuiy, xiiaL gvgil ^ r(^son to believe" p10Parec^ Om* karelini and Capra sibirL w h'. Stoliczka l + ^wo skulls of the true O. poll of the Pamir were brought away Usfn.w, 5 u both were removed from the collection before it reached the Indian ^eum. °Uhe Jj? several of T?6 sPecimens of O. karelini remaining, none possesses a fine pair of horns ; : '‘Aed. by j)r ^ are good and well preserved. When making out the list of species q pn§ by the fio. ° 1Cz^a’ having only Severtzolf’s untranslated work to refer to, I thought, ) ; o uy pne fio. ,, S ouvuri/.un s untransiaiKU vv urn tu rtutu tu, i inuugni, • alone, that the species might he that described by that naturalist as , Te brou-w / h Br°okehas aturalist. n t0 lvasllgb rPhe f j aUirl°^Cal ®°ciety ^ n C°P^ °5 Br‘ Stoliczka’s account of this sheep in the Proceedings of the lad with O .poll ^ c,1" holiozlca,, it should he remembered, has naturally identified the since shown that the wild sheep, of which so many specimens ar and presented to the Mission, is 0. karelini of the same '“na, as 7dle difference between the two forms was then unknown — ■ ■ neek ’ !W WAer dress. .P die tip " Ilc* above the sl>r n enera colour above hoary-brown, distinctly rufeseent or fawn on the upper are r 7 ' Bead ‘ 'n" - - o'oin abovi ’^ueis, darker on the loins, with a dark line extending along the ridge of the tail to c UDti at -fi • i . ~ ° ° xne sides a greyish-brown, darkest on the hind head, where the central hairs 4 to 5 inches l0no, — .°'uco “ STe7lsn-Drowib 1 ''mbs ci, ,opper neck br,n JD^ 1 .w71'*0 between the shoulders somewhat elongated hairs indicate a short mane. ttg fr, generally tinged with fawn ; sides of body and the upper part of the t, °s shadin,, ace, all (] ® Ir°m brown t * — o — . — — j — -rr— t — — . "bite rji, ' e l°'ver parts 0 wbite ; the hair becoming more and more tipped with the latter colour. Iii-n,... 113 hairs on the V S’ *ad’ anc^ hinder parts, extending well above towards the loins, pure Ears hoary- ,r°Wr ' II ^ ’he ]1,(pXl0tll:hy ; almost J]°'Ver nec^ are vei7 mueh lengthened, being from 5 to 6 inches long, hghtlv ai°,Uud '’'hem ’n^ernahy. Pits in front of the eye distinct, of moderate size and depth, and ^lH]y , ■ p pip.. I, */ * j v uiouiuvcj ul muuciniio mac aiiu UC^i :,|>Xe(l led and the ' |S(),newliat darker brown than the rest of the sides of the head. The b nose is " Wig Tn'n*7 1 1 * » ““W oivtoo vx. i/uv iiVWV*. iliC UUOC Xi scanty) Ve ‘Z e s °P>ng. The hair is strong, wiry, and very thickly set, and at the base inter ll'ig lsj — uuj ^ ^ a- s'veep ba^n rphe horns a 06 deee® ’ ^he average length of the hairs on the back is from 2 to 21- inches. The 'VilI,ds a11(j "ards ainl oujl^s“1>tr’angular3 touching each other at the base, curving gradually with a long °utwards ; ftjei ar s ’ an beginning of January, it was the rutting season. The characters of the ground upon the Pamir and uPoU part of the Thian-Shan inhabited by these wild sheep are exactly similar.” tljr I find from the skins preserved, that the dark mark above the tail is not const*111 ^ present even in males ; in females Dr. Stoliczka notices that it is deficient. Some spccllia are far more hoary, especially on the neck and flanks, than others. ^ All the skins of Ovis ltarelini obtained by Dr. Stoliczka appear to have been S\ tO winter. The animals from which they were taken were, I believe, brought down fr°ze Kashghar. MAMMALIA. 83 genera? oni s^eeP in the P. Z. S. for 1871 is unfortunately far from accurate. 'maginary and ?,Ur ls mu°b too rufous badly draw^ th^ere " *0,1g bushy tail ° ilcul Ui Lue U!1L mign appears to Deiong xo re, anci xo represenx a Parts should be rmJ! lea^a^> which is quite short, being indistinct. The white of the lower the crest along the back of the neck is entirely j’aaiy drawn, that 7? ^ n° b^acb ^ne ai°nS the back in any of the skins sent. The tail is so °ng bushy tail <-i. l° bair of the left thigh appears to belong to it, and to represent a ■*rigiual sketch was'6]1 sdlcmbl come further up the flanks ; the horns are ill drawn. The l(! plate made se^ .7 b' Ungulata Furcipeda, p. 165 (1852) ; Cat. Rum. Mam. R. M., Ann> '^^-Severtznff, Turk. Jev., PP. 84-102, 149, PI. II, III, Y, figs. 1, 2, VI, fig. 1; — "Y andT 1310, Ser. 4, xviii, pp. 210, 220. — Biddulph, P. Z. S., 1875, p. 157. p. l6gU Bro°be, P. Z. S., 1875, p. 514.— Marco Polo’s travels, Yule’s edition, 1871, i, 17 • ft. ; Tld edition’ 1875> b PP- 18, 185.— Prejevalski, Pet. Mitt., Erg. lift., No. 53, pp. 5, fe, PP. 8». Kuchkdr m i ’ °Urne'y to Source of Oxus, p. 241 (edition of 1872). a e’ mesh> female,3 in Wakhan (Trotter.) ;u"°d in fUo „ l^h'd in the notes on O. Icarelini, no specimens of this magnificent sheep the — 11 v xvf. Stoliczka when it was received by the Indian Museum, no remn : ab'°ad a n, n°d in tb„ „ lJL LUU nr>tes c dobau§b froin t]^lection niade by Dr Sir ij tbal be b1.0l,a?C<)Uribs §XYen by the natives who accompanied liim, there can be 5 jn the “Narrative of progress of Mission to Kashghar and hack to India published in the “ Official Repoit, p- . ^ js i'1 (l e _ 0 hodgsoni) is said to be found on the Tibet border of Kashgharia about Taghdumbash and Muztagh. Taghdum of the Mustagh range. I roin near Tokmak S^eC*es s^leeP described by Severtzoff from Western Turkestan, 0. heinsi rij°UntainS) north * n°1^1 °f Lake Issyk, and 0. nigrimontana from the Karatau or black j' ^'°d to 0. p0ii ^le or Jaxartes, are smaller forms, but apparently more nearly )a% be fonnd tk + • ^arc^n'^ than to any other species of wild sheep. It may not impro- Ml,'rely raCeg ^ m 1 a Vr mediate varieties occur, and that all these forms of wild sheep are ,l'° those closely ,eSS C01£1l,letely differentiated. It should also be noticed that not only 0 sPecific distinction ‘S^eC^eS ^^higuished on very small data, but that Dr. SevertzolFs ideas „ The other kn ' ^ 1^t^uce him to class apart forms which other naturalists do not separate. <>ltris, are 0. (m, °W^ enhral Asiatic wild sheep of the true Argali type, omitting doubtful auria, but now (vera~0. argali,2 Pall.) formerly inhabiting the Altai mountains and ^Qinorth of j>e].SU^0Sed t°l he almost confined to part of Northern Mongolia, O. jubata 3 Pateau, and 0 brooh m ^°^son^ (the O. ammon of Anglo-Indians generally) from the Tibetan l0,l to the Am , ^v0i’ unc°rtain derivation, besides O. nivicola 6 from Kamtschatka, nearly notW group of 1U'ari. wiontana. 0. vignei, 0. gmelini, O. cycloceros and their allies form species found in South-Western Asia and the Mediterranean area. The two MAMMALIA. 85 other 0 53. OVIS NAHTJRA, PI. XIV. • n°mur, Hodgs A p • *aioort Hod ’ rt- Ch p. 135, partim. • Eiytb V 7 « V ' 1885’ ^ P. 868. ’ * 1840, p. 67.— Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 1, vii, p. 248.— J. A. S. B., 1841, x, ®b'ls Kahura, JJodo. P*eudok nakoor 7)’ ^ Gray> List- Spec. Mam. B. M. (1843), p. 170. (l862)— Adamsp’ J’A‘ S-B-> 1846, xv, p. 343.— Gray, Cat. Mam. B. M., Ung. Fur., p. 177 nahura BWu Z' S'5 1858= P- 527.— Prejcvalski, Pet. Mitt., Erg. Hft., No. 53, pp. 5, 17. a J.,’ Cat Mam. Mus. 0, A At ■ i ' ''iu'u‘- -‘-vrus. As. Soc., p. 178. — Jerdon, Mam. Ind., p. 296. “e-Edwards, Reck. Mam., I, p. 357, PI. LXVIII, LXIX. * ’ ”ear Tam’ S-iu valley, Kuenlun range. (j a ^hieal with n ^ Jerdon, Blyth appears to have ultimately considered his Ovis burrhel ^“'our^^'^ough at tat he looked The °ld^e^ the laat STe^n various ways' — nayaur, nahoor, nahur, and nahura. I have beep \ nartlc> Was c0 * '^USe ^ has been adopted by J erdon and Blyth, and because nayaur , the Vo| y'^(ui altogeth , e.° °( hy Hodgson himself. I may add that the name appears to have c°lour and U> aitil°ugh at first he looked upon it as distinct on account of the rounded horns, but these differences are apparently due to age and for Hi, Bt° 2 m. ^T’ I°r Hodgson in his original paper in the Asiatic Transactions, and Jr SQlaher Hinf^ states that the native name for the Ovis ammonia bharal, and °agson , a^aa sheep nayaur. In truth, the reverse is the case, as is well known, have confounded the two. Perhaps it would be more convenient to drop &&&"****■”■ Peters W ’ P' 21 1 Birth p K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1876, p. 177, Pis. 1-4. Ward,’ P Z s’ r840’ P' 65‘ Esch 7 S” 1874>P. 143. - Zool. Atlas, p. 71, (i829.) w 86 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. "Hodgson’s name altogether and adopt Blyth’s 0. bmrrhel for this wild sheep, but the spe is very erroneous, and, on the whole, it appears as well to keep the name nahura. In his original description, Hodgson figured and described the skull of a young Ovis ' ^ soni, which he supposed to be that of the male of his 0. nayaur , but the type of the a species was a female which he had alive. p-d The only skin obtained from the Kuenlun by Dr. Stoliczka, that of a fine ram, repres on Plate XIY, closely resembles the animal found in Sikkim. It also agrees precisely specimens from the North-West Himalayas. . ^jy The locality at which the Kuenlun 0. nahura was obtained is beyond the pi’eV1° ^ known range of the animal. It has not hitherto been found further west; but Preje'a ^ obtained it on the Altyn-tagh, south of Lob Nor. According to Jerdon it is unkno^. the Himalaya west of the Sutlej, and is replaced in Ladak and the neighbouring by 0. vignei. This, however, is not quite correct. Adams has mentioned1 that 0. »a js is found in the Nubra valley in Northern Laddk, and I learn from Dr. Cayley tto met with in most parts of Ladak, though it becomes rare to the westward, and tha s ,, from being replaced by O. vignei, the two species are sometimes found occupying the - valleys. _ . c;vkiJl1’ The bliaral has a considerable range to the eastward ; it is common m Northern ^y and it has recently been obtained by Pere David in Moupin, and a specimen from that l°c ^ has been figured by A. Milnc-Edwards, 1. c. The plate represents a young ma e> ^ although the general colouration corresponds with that of the western Tibetan specK’^^. curve of the horns appears somewhat different, for they rise more above the head in the pin animal. 54. Capua sibirica. cchr^'e Meyer, Zool. Annal., I. 397, (1794) — Ehrenberg., Symb. Phys., dee. II, fob mm. — Wagner, ^ Saugtb. y, pp. 1256, 1297 (1836)— Supp. Pt. iv, p. 490.— Gray, List Spec. Mam. B. M- ( ^ p. 167. — Cat. Ung. Fur. (1852), p. 150. — Cat. Rum. Mam. (1872), p. 52. — Blyth, Cat. ^ 11,11 Soc. Mus., p. 176. — Jerdon, Mam. Ind., p. 292. — Severtzoff, Turk. Jev., p. 102; Aun. Hist., Ser. 4, xviii, p. 333. Ilex alpium sibiricarum, Pallas, Spic. Zoob, xi, p. 31 (1776). Aigoceros ibex, Pall., Zoogr. Ros. As., i, p. 224. Capra sa/ceen, Blytb, J. A. S, B., xi, 1842, p. 283. JEgoceros skyn, Wagner, Selireb. Saugth. Supp. iv, p. 491 (1844). Capra himalayana, Gray, Cat. Ung. Fur. B. M. (1852), p. 150. — Adams, P, Z. S., 1858, p,523- pet- Capra shyn, Severtzoff, Turk. Jcv., p. 102. — Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser, 4, xviii, p, 334. — Prejevab ’ Mith., Erg. IU't., No, 53, p, 5. From Kulja, &c,, p. 45, TelcJce, $ Kaljdk, S Kashghar. Rang $ , buz ? , Wakhan,? ^ 1-3, $, heads, 4, 5, skins of young $ , with horns, but without skulls; 6-8, ?, skins with skulls; 9, wanting ; (all without labels, except one female from Tam, Sanju valley ; the others are proba l'hian-Shan range near Kashghar). jjg' Of this animal, as in the case of Ovis Jcarelini, all the best specimens appear to appeared from the collection, and there is not a single skin of an adult male. This is » 1 P.Z. S., 1858, p.527. 1 I am indebted to Captain Trotter and Captain Biddulph for these names. The Kashghar name is from Dr. Stoll02 MAMMALIA. 87 0 be regretted f0 U11(l tliere are ’n °r a^liougli horns abound in collections, perfect skins are excessively rare, " 11 able to giV(J ^.Ue lu Calcutta. I regret that for want of sufficiently good specimens I am It should b Sure of tins species. "p?Y{ 4 'ibirictt oATiWed ^'a^: b*1’- Severtzoff and Colonel Prejevalski distinguish the true le former states t] V aru^ North-Eastern Turkestan from C. skyn of the Himalayas, but tlU(l he appeavg \ . ia bis opportunities of comparison are insufficient to decide the question, % the wiH .£ base his belief in the distinction of the two forms on the differences lIl?twitbonthe.T±ep °f the. same regions. Colonel Prejevalski refers the animal J'cause the horns6 U^^US ranSes of the Tliian-Shan east-south-east of Kulja to C. skyn, "'s character as C^- ' ° to'vai'b-s each other at their extremities, but C. sibirica may vary in I havi vyagrus does. ail(l am inclined. trT ^erna^e shins with Pallas’ original description of the Siberian ibex, ls ^tlie,, a„.., 0 idicve that they agree, hut that the general colour of the Kashghar ibex u' s°btary (female) specimen from near Sanju, south of Yitrkand, has "“wsrior p0r4-; \iemaie; specimen irom near oan . bbe slvin of ^ ^ * be b'gs brown instead of black, hut this appears due to immaturity, ba: longer 1^ ° ^ ^ema^e *s dull greyish-brown above, the woolly under-fur being ash- tim(ler Portion of tr Wn’ w*th pale tips; there is a rudimentary dark streak down the T|( a*n°r portion }° ^le ears are the same colour as the back, the edges dark-brown, lj U l the hoof. 0 1 ^lG near the base, whitish, tail blackish-brown, front of all limbs (•(, of tjle 8 c ai'k brown, almost black in parts, the black extending in a line up the fd°se to kotk t/ r :Ul<^ Cbgh and being gradually lost. There is black hair all round the . n Joungej, ail-le 11 110 and supplementary hoofs. IrieC Specially 'be c°I°ur is paler, and the black marks in front of the legs are less pig] ' lie only i i nuurs. Uirve)} |])e ^a * \ male head which retains the skin (the horns are 35 inches long round ' biehes l011o, 18 STeyish-hrown like the rest of the hair, not black ; the hairs being disf the 1 ’ '»'!>« w T] - — — arid ayward‘ 8ta| c°l°ur of this head is similar to that of the female. kn< t1>eSembles the « 1 , * tbe ihex of the Kuenlun near Sanju differs from that of Kashmir <> s |u'o not so well l ibex” of Batistan. The horns, he adds, appear thinner and the lrun *ibiriCa ' V'blle(^ as in the animals found in Kashmir and La dak. \°n the Pan,.- 'S vn<)Wu to extend throughout a large area in Central Asia. It is ^tbthe^r1 in - Portion fuw'^ban ranges, must be its most western habitat the* Mbh the Tp- Unb 'n Wakhan,2 and is probably found throughout the Hindu Kush i,. n,l,lr T)ortt«_ ai'-Shan ran ires. must, he its most, westprn habitat. It extends throughoui com- mas It extends throughout yet been olw ^ estern Himalayas and the mountainous parts of Tibet, but it 1 * . ri.i.-.i . ' 1 ' ' from the Eastern Himalayas, though I have heard of its occurrence frontier tom. Boy c •lpUin So°-1 qj g., . To the northward it is found in the Altai and Sayansk mountains 1 )eiaa, south-west of Lake Baikal. y and tbe numbers are now less 83 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 55. Gazella stjbgetturosa, var. yarkandensis. PI. XV. Antilope subgutiurosa, Gulch, Act. Acad. Petrop., i, p. 251, Gazella, suigutiurosa , Brooke, P. Z. S., 1873, p, 545. Kik1 or Sailcik and Jairan , Turki of Yarkand and Kashghar. 1, 2, 3, 4, $,a $ , 6 young $, Yarkand or Kashghar. No labels, x 1# It is perhaps a question whether the Eastern Turkestan form of gazelle should ^ raised to the rank of a species. It differs principally from the typical G. subgutturosa 111 very much darker markings on the face and in the much smaller degree to which the 11 diverge. The horns are very similar to those of a skull from Kandahdr,2 hut nuich openly lyrate than in a head from Isfahan, or in the type figured by Giildenstadt. The ^ appears rather larger than that of the Persian gazelle. But as there is some variation in ^ markings amongst Persian specimens, it is perhaps better to consider the Yarkand race as a variety. _ e„ The following is a description of the skins brought, all of which appear to hav killed in winter. . . ^tiy Horns approximate at the base, regularly but slowly diverging, and curving very backwards till near the tips, where they are turned suddenly towards each other and foi'^^ There are rings on the horns nearly to the tips. The largest number of rings on any 0 * horns brought is 14. These horns are each 12£ inches long measured round the cU ^ No horns in the female. Hah* long and rather coarse. The longest hairs on the back ^ sure about 2 inches. The general colour above is rather light rufous-brown (fawn c° ,jy The hairs are brown at the tips, pale lilac-grey below. There is no admixture of wavy 1 fibres with the hairs. , The pale lateral line 1 is distinct, but does not differ much in colour from the back, ^ only a little paler; the dark lateral band beneath it and the dark pygal bands are faint ; a men and posterior inner portion of thighs white. ( Long hairs round the base of the horns, and the central facial band of blackish-kV ^ light-brown and wdiite mixed, there being a larger number of very dark hairs in front 0 ^ horns, and a more or less distinct blackish line from the anterior base of the horn, down side of the central facial band, to a blackish spot about two-thirds of the distance base of the horns to the muzzle. Light facial streaks very distinct, dirty white ; dark ^ e streaks well marked, mixed blackish-brown and light-brown, blackest just in front of * $ around the orifice of the anteorbital gland. Ears light-brown outside, tail blackish- ^ knee brushes variable, dark-brown more or less mixed with light-brown. There afL +lit’ black hairs round the base of the hoofs and along the hinder portion of the feet betve true and supplementary hoofs. ikik t 1 I learn from Captain Biddulpli that Kik means “ deer" in a very loose sense, being applied also to wild sheep. desert deer, whilst Jair&n is the correct name for gazelle. On the other hand, Captain Trotter tells me that Kik is used f°r Jairan for the female. " Figured in Geol. Zool. Abyssinia, PI. 1, p. 4. This figure might almost have been taken from a pair of Yarkand bo1^ ^ fiV'j 3 Since this was written, I have seen a much finer pair of horns belonging to Captain Biddulpli and brought by ^ ^.]i * .»n4nM HPL att nmacncA nurd, 1 A. 7 « 1 — «i_T, J Ibn fino era fil inolmo n«n«4 And 4l»n nin/iiiirrfpVftllC® , i- r>t ^ Turkestan. They measure each 14 inches in length round the curve, the tips are 5J inches apart, and the circumference^ ^ the base 5 inches. They diverge nearer to the head than the other specimens do, and hence their curve agrees better w1 typical 6r. subgutturosa. 4 For definition of the terms “lateral lines,” “facial band,” &c., see Sir V. Brooke, P. Z, S., 1873, p. 536. MAMMALIA. 89 ‘»een 5 ,^**h ot the skull 6 inches Ion l,ll*na of K, 's doubtless that mentioned in Dr. Stoliczka’s posthumous note “on the Avi ahwi_ .^asnghar m wirri^ >u ^ * , , , % j m an old male is 8*5 inches, in an adult female 7*5. Ears be- vertehrse of the tail 5 inches ; hairs at end 2. lllllrulant]y ah* fy!'1 ffer’”1 under the name of Antilope gutturosa, a lfderss as juu-.f ( aialhashi. It is also, I have very little doubt, the a; and said to he found animal to which Shaw "aine is « Sa-J f en brought to him at Yarkand, and of which he says that the Yarkandi If I l H now appears, east of the Pamir, so that it may he found close ° G. gutturosa. & 56. Pantholops hodgsonii. PI. XYI. a: Edin- j°ur- Sc-’ i827> p- i6-3- Antih tecMr, r ' Smith> Griffith’s Cuv. An. King., v, p. 328 (182 7). P. Z.S ^S’’ Gleanings in Science, i, p. 144 (1829). — lb. ii, p. 348, Pis. Ill, V, (1830). — JoUnia]' i; ’ I' — J.A.S.B., i, p. 59, PI. IV (1832). — lb. iii, p. 134. — Hooter’s Himalayan ?anU^p, kod'2; If’ 157’ aud woo^ut, p. 158 (1854). ^agner Sel °dgS-’ T.Z.S., 1834, p. 81. — J.A.S.B., xii, 1843, Plate issued with No. 135. — UngnlataF ■ Siiugth-’ SuPP- iv> P- 420 (1844)— lb. v, p. 402 (1856).— Gray, Cat. Mam. B. M. eWas hodgsonii P'53 (185a)— Cat. Rum. Mam. B. M., p. 33 (1872).— Adams, P.Z.S., 1858, p. 521. p. 231. B] , +1 ^ Y’ ^ SpeC- Mam' P- 157 (1843).— Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1846, xviii, J.A.S T! ul '’ Cat‘ Mam- As- Soe., p. 173 (1863).— Jerdon, Mam. Ind.,p. 282 (1867).— W. Blank, ’ 1872, p. 39_ mi ' KlUln’ Ladak ; 2 2, no label. J-he Chir' "'"ell ^esSo:Q- I \!aCaiS ^lave I16611 described in the same year by Abel, Hamilton Smith, in i x',f thorough l Te 0nIy access to the two last-mentioned. This species was subsequently ’’I Proposed f alt ll0uS'h GW in later catalogues corrected his former mistake. Gray Gra *>e goral , IIa f Was 0l'iginally proposed by Ogilby in 1836, the type being4 the Goral fylo - %th a i 'nc. e). The generic name has been wrongly applied to the Chiru by Cl *M,9» Ogithv n f a*n misapplied by Gray to the wild goat of the Nilgiris ( Hemitragm * sP-)> neither of wliich is congeneric with the Goral. Ogilby certainly 5 Hil]i Peathers’ 187A ii. P- 216. 3 g , pTaitary, Yarkand, and Kashghar, p. 221. < f ,, ' 8-, 1873, pp. 313, 54(5. Severtzoff, Turk. Jev., p. 62. *• L' S'» 1836, p. 138. 90 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. included the Nilgiri goat in his genus Kemas,1 hut this was in a subsequent paper to that which he gave the characters of the genus and named the Goral as the type. ^ut Hodgson’s antelope has been variously classed by different authors, but there can be little doubt that Hodgson was right in considering it closely allied to the Gazelles. The 1 of the feet with their very pointed hoofs strongly supports this view. The following detailed measurements of a female are from Stoliczka’s notes : — Inches. Length from nose to between ears . ,, from between ears to top of shoulder }> }} top of shoulder to base of tail „ of tail without tuft „ „ with tuft Total length from nose to tip of tail Length of ear from front base ,, orifice to tip )} ,, hind base . Median breadth of ear Girth round the breast Height at shoulder Length of fore-leg hind-leg from knee from hock to toe pp " Height at the hind-feet . From nose to eye „ eye to base of ear Height of nose with lower lip 10 14 26 4- 5 7 53 5- 8 4*3 4*8 2*5 35 27*5 (?37*5) 15 10*4 24 11*5 31 5*8 2*5 3*2 ” . rh°ot Pantliolops hodgsoni appears to be common throughout Tibet from the neighbor of Lhassa to Ladak. It is found in the Kuenlun range, but has not been lll< ^ in itb W1 or Lhassa to Ladak. It is found in the Kuenlun range, but has not been further to the north-west or west. It was not found by Pere David in Eastern Tibet Mongolia. . , 0f tl>1’ In Mr. Shaw’s work,2 the head of this antelope is figured by mistake as that ^ ^(y « Keek Gazella subgutturosa, var. The mistake was made by the publisher of t a in Mr. Shaw’s absence.3 * Family — CER VII) JE. 57. Cebvus eustephanus. W. Blanf., P. Z. S., 1875, p. 637. _ Ser- 4’ ? Cervus maral (C. canadensis vnx.) , SevertzofE, Turk. Jev., pp. 62, 103. Ann. Mag. Nat. H*1 xviii, p. 377.— Prejevalski, Pet. Mitt., Erg. Hft., No. 53, p. 5.— From Kulja, &c., p. 46. # ? C. maral, var. asiatica, h. songarica, Severt., Turk. Jev., p. 109; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., t. J Cervus cornibus magnis sublcevigatis, valde curvatis, superne subplanulatis, s 00^ Usque, apices versus convergentibus atque retro productis, ramos ad septem gerentibus> 1 P. Z. S., 1837, p. 81. 2 High Tartary, &c., pp. 168, 169. 3 I am indebted to Captain Trotter and Captain Biddulph for this information. MAMMALIA. 91 5?? **«?*■ Ww y ultimis ?^)roximati8’ tertio paullo minore, quarto maximo , versus planulato , 7 dminuentibus. Tile In i ll0,1,S w^ou^ said to have been purchased in Kashghar. dtlcl itches in belonged to different animals. They are of large size, each measurin ^hey proha Ki,r ^ aTPear me to indicate a new stag. They have apparently been shed, 'I inch,., V y belonged tn a nr mr. e i . ground JUst above the curve, one is HP 9, burr. Each shows the other 10' 5 inches in circumference 7 well-formed tines, so that the animal >UaVeha(Ju 0- Idtlge from t|ie fl’01nts- The beam is very much curved, and, so far as it is possible to ilj f arid branch aparH ° burr’ the borns must bend somewhat towards each other at the ^°ruier slightly1 V GSS ^aU mos^ stags. The brow antler and bez are close together, ^ e latest peculia e,XCCe<^s the latter in length, and the bez is rather longer than the royal. Sl^'/)0am curves inU ^ ^le borns, however, is in the form of the crown. Above the royal Aib % compeer aU 8 and gives out an anterior tine which is much the largest of all, and 5S this fb! 5 bei*g °% .tbe bea* a little shorter, and scarcely smaller, than the beam itself. length, and sdin 'eSe f°Ur branchc ^1VGS 0U^ two °tber tines, each successively diminishing in fr/'i ^arie> So , es’ that is, the beam itself and the three upper tines, are in cqj , oO that 1 — uccuu nseii anu tue mree upper imes, are in nearly the 11 r|,b1(- remainder 0/^°°^^ a^ ^ie b°m with either the beam or the great fourth tine in foiin.i • nearest crown can he concealed behind either one or the other. Ulld hr a pap, c,PPr°ach bj these horns in form with which I am acquainted may perhaps be ?us Kami n?, ed by Severtzoff i an,i • Xhe ’ Turkestanskie Jevotnie, p. 105, under the name of (‘nv, IU the m n n n ,, ,ll umber of tines is similar, and there is some resemblance in their form ,)nre f,vw , , uanncr m which V.__, „ , rm.. t c n farth( b’om the Thian "g]" mCl1 beam curves backwards above the royal. The horns figured |)a^ r apart, the be-n' ^ ^ut in Severtzoff’s figure, the brow and bez-antlers are much Sc bon in ^ 11 aPPears less curved inwards above the royal, and the tendency to ^e^edsth;™"W^ whilst the lowest of the four points composing the crown TraJ he b°rns of q eu **** ^ Size' hi thla!ti0ns of the •viistephanus differ widely from those of Cervus maral represented in the ti0a Prosent stag ^°°loSical Society, Yol. VII, p. 336, PI. XXIX. The curve of the beam '.U|h direction" a ^er> the brow and bcz-antler closer together, and different in propor- eveg sparing the Tl* ClWn is Very dissimilar- ba(,, ^Veater diffei. _n' Shan horns with those of Cervus caskmirianus1 and C. affinis ,2 Cr0Wn^8 Awards thwt' be u°tice(b The Turkestan horns are smoother, and curved at t]lr, 1S totally distin c t ^ ’ ^le brow and bez-antler are closer together, and the form of the appro° bp of each hoy10' p dlldeod i11 C- affinis there are said never to be more than two points JLch tliose of c n 1 >0Vc_ tbe royal. At the same time the horns of C. emtephanus closely •I. ^ latever Air Hod ”^6' ^ ^bc Sreat curve of the beam. very tv('.b-> 1851j Xx 0c »son s Cervus nar ay anus t founded upon a single immature horn (figured ’ erent, its ^ ‘ y tII, and described, p. 392) may be, it is evidently something aiore ti°bt)ears to nK, 1( t)ecuharity being the great distance apart of the basal tines, has hc 1:1 n aQy Asiatic p ^ aS reSai’ds the horns, the Thian-Slian stag approaches the Wapiti °u discussed bv ^ d'be resemblance between the Asiatic stags and Cervus canadensis many naturalists, and by none more fully than by Air. Blyth, 3 who has I Jalooner, Pal. Man., L, p. 576. . j °^S0D’ J- A. S. B., 1841, x, p. 721. • S. B,, 1853, xxii, p, 592 ; .1861, xxx, p. 185, &c. which the beam 92 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. SM pointed out that the most important characters in which the horns of the America^, differ from those of the animals found in Eastern Tibet, Kashmir, and Persia are the sm ^ ness of the former, their tendency to flattening or palmation in the crown, their grea division in the coronal region, and the marked backward curvature and want of conv^s^ in the upper portion of the beam. Now in all these characters the horns hrough^ ^ Turkestan appear to he intermediate between those of the other Asiatic stags and those ^ Wapiti. The horns of the Turkestan stag differ from those of the Wapiti in being less ^ more curved inwards towards the ends, and in having the brow and bez-antler much » • ... i i j P.fhb' rianus or There can, I think, be very little doubt that Genus eustephcmns is the animal de by Severtzoff and Prejevalski as inhabiting the forests of the Thian-Shan and neigW0^, ranges. It is a very large animal, as indeed is evident from the dimensions of tin adults being, according to Severtzoff, as much as 6 feet high at the shoulder. It is Pr° known as maral by the Arian tribes of Central Asia, the word being Persian for deer- j„ true C. maral, however, inhabiting the forests on the southern coasts of the Caspian the Caucasus, &c., is a much smaller animal with, as already noticed, differently shape* I have no definite information as to the history of the pair of horns described, ^ t0 that Captain Trotter informs me they were purchased in Kashghar bazar, and wel'('.*0t1if'r have been brought from the forests of the Thian-Shan mountains east of Kulja. and larger pair were also brought by the mission, but they were presented to Lord Nor ^ and sent by him to England, so I have had no opportunity of examining them- ^1 informed, however, by Mr. Wood-Mason that they differed considerably from the pair eS by me, and that the terminal portion was greatly flattened. ^ Since this account of C. eitstephanus has been written, I have learned that these ^ from the Thian-Shan have been examined by Sir Y. Brooke and pronounced, if 1 1111 ' correctly, to belong to some species already described, probably C. canadensis. The however, have not reached me. 1 58. Cervus sp. Genus maral, Prejevalski, Pet. Mitt. Erg. Hft., No. 53, p. 9. — Prom Kulja, &e., p. 166- No specimen of the large deer found in the woods and thickets of Eastern tAV dJJUUllllCJJ. U1 LUO JZLTg (3 UCCl IULL-LLU. 11± vv vn/uo cuu.il umvu.owa vra jjuuuv.*- fl ^ was, so far as I know, brought back by the Yarkand Mission. The animal is mention® ^ “ General description of Kashghar ” 2 near the commencement of the published thus, under the head of “ Animals.” 11,1 “ The stag or bughu male, and maral female, haunts the forest borders along' the river courses 011 plain, and is hunted for its antlers, which are an article of commerce with China.” The same animal is mentioned, and by the same names, by Captain Biddulph, iu _ ^ five of his visit to Maralbashi,3 and is said to inhabit a belt of thick high grass on 1 6 of rivers. ^ Almost all the information I have on this deer is derived from Mr. Shaw. All ' tl1' have asked agree that it is a different animal from the great stag of the Thian-Sba0 9 x2, 1 Just as the last proof was being passed, I received Sir V. Brooke’s paper, P. Z. S., 1878, p. 883, and P' considers the horns undistinguishable from some of C. canadensis. 2 By Dr. Bellew. Report of a mission to Yarkand in 1873, p. 69. 3 Report, p. 218. MAMMALIA. 93 ^]1’aW Procured Srveu me ^Presents photo ^ however, he did not bring to Calcutta, but of which he has 1^- a pair ' !^IS ls n°t large enough to show all the characters in detail, but it ^ and bez close ^ tines, five on each horn; the two terminal tines subequal, Uc 1 resend^ tho °Sether, and in these characters, as well as in size and form, the horns se °t C. affinis. 59. CAPREOLTJS PYGARGUS. Cervus pygargus, Pallas. a • ns at^acl1(;|i to the skin, without label, but probably from Kashghar. 0 °ach other by the ^0.lnS’ "^thout any skull, covered with very thick “ velvet ” and attached 6 S 111 the forehead, agree fairly with the figure of those of C. pygargus. Ph eUTE Pl 'ATe P^ate Plate Plate Plate I. Ia Explanation oe the Plates. “Late Plate Plate Plate Plate Plate Plate Plate 14. Ic. II. 114. III. IV. iVa. V. v«. vi. VII. Vila. VIII. »• 1, Sorest ( Croeidura ) myoides, p. 16. J> Erinaceus alb-ulus, p. 14. 1, skull of Erinaceus albulus, from above ; la, from below; 1 b, from the sid 0 iljy >e> I /, teeth of a younger animal, natural size. s vull of Sorex ( Croeidura ) myoides, from above, natural size ; 2a, the same fn side, enlarged 3 diameters ; 2b, upper teeth and palate ; 2c, lower jaw and ;pjgg °tP enlarged 3 diameters. Pel™ o? ’ S^UP °f Mustela doliezkana, 3 views, natural size. AT sJl“mana, p. 17. Canis skull i 3 views, all natural size. MZfU^*)fiaveseen*> * vars., p. 22. Pio. a Sto^lcz^cam> p. 30. , ^ePus hypsibius, p. 60. ” ~J L-pallipes, var., p. 62. L L. yarkandensis, p. 65. L. tibetanus, p. 63. a 1«, 14, skull of Lepus hypsibius, 3 views, all natural size. 1 2a. 2 h ci,..n -n r 7 3 views, all natural size. » 33 Pigs. 33 Pig. o j — vx JVC ** U> U> skull of L. yar, ’ -^ePus pmnirensis, p. 67 j L. doliczkanutt, 73. 68, 1 i, . .. 1 IVS ’ *miczkanu8, p. 68. 2* l"’ °f Lepus pamrensis, 3 views, all natural size, Fj,, A a’ skull of L. stoliczlcanus, 3 views, all natural size. a agomys ladacensis. n. 71. in roin+fir dross. 0 0 ’ . ®Kutt or Lepus pamirensu a a, 24, skull of L. stoliczlcanus, 3 views, al a agomys ladacensis, p. 71, in winter dress. ~a L. awritus, p. 74. ’> L Lagomys griseus, p. 77. Pigs \ ~^agomlls fadacensis, in summer dress. ^ ^4, sladl of Lagomys ladacensis, 3 views, all natural size. a, 3 3’ ~>J’ S^UP °t -5- auritus, 3 views, all natural size, pjo- 1 ’ ,U’ skull of L. griseus, 8 views, all natural size. a t vicola stoliczlcanus, p. 42. " A' Mythi, p. 39. #■ 94 Plate Plate Plate Plate Plate Villa. IX. Plate Plate Plate Plate Plate Plate Plate Plate Plate X. X*. SECOND YABKAND MISSION. Nesokia scullyi, p. 49. Pig. 1, Cricetus fulvus, p. 45. „ 2, Mus pachycercus, p. 53. Gerbillus cryptorhims, p. 56. Figs. 1, la, 15, skull of Nesokia barclayana, p. 46, 3 views ; 1 c, Id, lower jaw, size ; \e, right upper molars, If, right lower molars, both enlarged 2 dianu4er^er all natfll'a X6. lolafS) lA Pip Pigs. 2, 2 a, 26, skull of N. scullyi, 3 views, 2c, lower jaw, all natural size ; 2 cl, molars, 2c, right lower molars, both enlarged 2 diameters. 1, la, lb, skull of Arvicola blythi, 3 views, natural size ; lc, right upper nr right lower molars, both enlarged 4 diameters. 2, right upper molars of Arvicola stoliczkawus, enlarged 4 diameters ; %a> molars similarly enlarged. fre 3, 3a, 3b, skull of Cricetus fulvus, 3 views, natural size; 3c, incisors, ^ Fig. Figs. , j — t/ ' - ' ’ front, natural size ; 3d, upper molars, 3c, lower molars, both enlarged 4 fl1^ ^ ^ XI. XIa. XII. Xlla. XIII. XIII«. XIV. XV. XVI. 4, skull of Mus pachycercus from above, natural size ; 4 a, 46, two views or r* enlarged two diameters. piol®rS’ 5, 5 a, 56, skull of Gerbillus cryptorAinus, 3 views, natural size ; 5c, upper 5 d, lower molars, both enlarged 2 diameters. Arctomys aureus, p. 33. Skull of Arctomys aureus, 3 views, natural size. Arctomys Aimalayanus, p. 36. Skull of Arctomys Aimalayanus, 3 views, natural size. Arctomys caudatus, p. 37. Skull of Arctomys caudatus, 3 views, natural size. Ovis nahura, p. 85. Gazella subgutturosa, var. yarkandensis, p. 88. Tantholops hodgsoni, p. 89. 2 a.. 1 EK1NACEUS ALBULUS. 2. CROCIDURA MYOIDES. 3. MUSTELA ST OLICZKANA. 3 b. S- Sedgiield.imp : Plate lb. FELIS SHAWIANA Plate 1b Maclure & Macdonald. Lith. 4 FELIS SHAW IAN A. Plate n. Lite lib. MUSIELA S T CLIC ZKANA Plate 111 , LEPTJS HYPSIBIUS, 2, LEPUS PALLIPES, Plate IV. 1, LEPUS YARKANDENSIS. 2.LEPUS TIBETANUS. Plate IV cl J CO. S. Sedlgfield imp: 1. LEPUS HYPSIBIUS. 2. LEPUS YARKANDEUSIS. . LEPUS PAMIRENSIS. ; STOLICZKANUS * ■ a. tc EPUS PAMIRE N SIS. L. STOLICZKANUS. Plate VI. 1. LAG0M.YS LADACETSTSIS . 2. L. AURITUS. Plate . LAGOMYS &RISF.U ' .h .Xi AT) ACENSIS ■ It * ♦ t t Plate VPa. ^4 neITRES Suborder Falcones . I'a.mily Vulluridce .... Genus Vultur . 1. Vultur monaehus . Family Falconidce .... Subfamily Accipitrince , Genus Circus . 2. Circus cyaneus 3. Circus (Cruyinosus . 4. Circus macrurus , Genus Astur 5. Astur palumbarius Genus Accipiter 6. Accipiter nisus Subfamily Buteonince Genus Buteo . 7. Buteo plumipes 8. Buteo ferox . Subfamily Aquilinre . Genus Gypaetus 9. Gypaetus barbatus. Genus Aquila . 1 0. Aquila chrysaetus . Genus Nisaetus 11. Nisaetus pennatus . Genus Haliaetus 32. Haliaetus leucorhyphus Genus Polioaetus . 13. Polioaetus plumbeus Genus Milvus 14. Milvus melanotis . Genus Pernis 15. Pernis apivorus PAGE 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 8 8 9 b ^ ^ CO IV CONTENTS. FA®® 9 Genus Falco .... 16. Falco communis . 17. Falco babylonicus . 18. Falco subbut.eo 19. Falco regulus Genus Hierofalco 20. Hierofalco gyrfalco 21 . Hierofalco milvipes Genus Cerchneis 22. Cerchneis tinnunculus . Suborder Pandiones . Genus Pandion .... 23. Pandion haliaetus . Suborder Stbiges Family Btibonidce ..... Genus Scops .... 24. Scops bi-ucii . Genus Bubo .... 25. Bubo turcomanus . Genus Nyctea .... 20. Nyctea nivea . Genus Asio .... 27. Asio otus Genus Carine .... 28. Carine bactriana . Order Passeriformes Suborder Passebbs Family Corridas Genus Trypanocorax 29. Trypanocorax fruyilegus Genus Corvus .... 30. Corvus corax . Genus Coloeus .... 81. Coloem collaris Genus Corone .... 32. Corone sharpii 38. Corone corone , . 34. Corone macrorhyncha . Genus Pica .... 35. Pica pica 36. Pica leucoptera Genus Urocissa 37. Urocissa Jlavirostris Genus Dendrocitta . 38. Dendrocitta himalayemis 9 10 10 10 U 11 11 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 \t I i It I I 1* 16 1® 16 16 15 16 \1 1 ? \1 n 1» 1» 1» 10 2® 20 20 2° 2° CONTENTS. .Genus Garrulus Garrulus bispecularis 40. Garrulus lanceolatus Genus Nucifraga 41. Tsucifraga multipunctata Genus Graculus 42. Graculus graculus . Genus Pyrrhocorax 4->. Pyrrhocorax pyrrhocorax Genus Podoces . 44. Podoces biddulphi . 45. Podoces hendersoni 46. Podoces humilis am% OrioUda, Genus Oriolus 47. Oriolus kundoo anuly Din-uridce Genus Buchanga . 4''. Buchanga longicaudata . 49. Buchanga atra Pam% Sturnida Genus Sturnus. 50. Sturnus menzbieri °1. Sturnus tndicus . . Sturnus porphyronotus , Genus Pastor 58. Pastor roseus Genus Temenuchus • Temenuchus pagodarum Genus Acridotheres °5. Acridotheres tristis ^ FringilKd(e' S^family Fringing . Genus Pycnorhamphus . 56. Pycnorhamphus icteroides Genus FringiUa o7. FringiUa montifringilla Genus Carduelis . 58- Carduelis caniceps . Genus Chrysomitris 59. Chrysomitris spinoides . Genus Callacanthis ( 50. Callacanthis burtoni Genus Acanthis 51- Acanthis brevirostris PAGE 20 20 20 20 20 21 21 22 22 22 22 23 23 24 24 24 24 24 24 25 25 25 25 25 26 26 26 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 28 28 28 28 29 29 29 b 2 29 VI CONTENTS. Genus MontifringiUa 62, MontifringiUa adamsi . 63. MontifringiUa alpicola . 04. MontifringiUa sordida . 65. MontifringiUa brandti . Genus Rhodopechys 66. Rhodopechys sanguinea . Genus Rhodospiza . 67. Rhodospiza obsoleta Genus Bucanetes 68. Bucanetes mongolicus . Genus Petronia 69. Petronia petronia . Genus Passer .... 70. Passer montanus . 71. Passer domesticus . 72. Passer lnspaniolensis 73. Passer cinnamomeus 74. Passer ammodendri Genus Serinus .... 75. Serinus pusillus Genus Carpodacus . 76. Carpodacus erythrinus . 77. Carpodacus sevei-tzovi . 78. Carpodacus rhodoclilamys 79. Carpodacus stoliczkce Genus Pyrrhula 80. Pyrrhula aurantiaca Subfamily Emberizinee Genus Pyrrhulorhyncha 81. Pyrrhulorhyncha pyrrliuloid Genus Emberiza 82. Einberiza schceniclus 83. Emberiza pusilla . 84. Emberiza rustica . 85. Emberiza luteola . 86. Einberiza hortulana 87. Emberiza buchanani 88. Emberiza cia 89. Emberiza stracheyi 90. Emberiza godlewskii 91. Emberiza stewartii 92. Emberiza leucocephala . Genus Melophus 93. Melophus melaniderus . Family Alaudidce ..... Genus Otocorys 94. Otocorys pallida . 95. Otocorys elwesi 50 30 51 31 32 Si si 35 35 36 36 37 37 37 37 33 39 39 39 10 40 41 41 42 42 43 43 43 4i 11 44 4 i 4 i 45 45 46 46 47 47 47 47 43 43 4» 49 49 49 60 CONTENTS. Vll 96. Otocorys longirostris . 97. Otocorys brandti . Genus Melanocorypha JS. Melanocorypha bimaculata Genus Alauda 99. Alauda cantarella T0°. Alauda liopus Genus Calandrella Calandrella tibetana Calandrella acutirostris Genus Alaudula !03. Alaudula seebohmi Genus Galerita Galerita magna . Pan% Motoring . Genus Motacilla l°o. Motacilla alba . 106. Motacilla personata 7- Motacilla hodgsoni OS. Motacilla campestris 9. Motacilla beema . jlO. Motacilla feldeggii • Motacilla melanope 112. Motacilla citreola 1*1. Motacilla citreoloides Genus Anthus . Ill* Anthus trivialis . 115* Anthus similis . 16. Anthus richardi . • Anthus campestris Anthus pratensis . 19. Anthus cervinus . -0. Anthus spipoletta FaiDily CerthUdce Genus Certhia . Certhia himalayana Certhia hodgsoni . Genus Tichodroma . 1-9. Tichodroma muraria a“% Sittidce . Genus Sitta 1-1. Sitta kashmirensis ~ • Sitta leucopsis Genus Parus l‘«rus atriceps ] 9o" p a‘us °yanus ■ Parus monticola . PAGE 51 51 52 52 52 52 63 63 53 54 54 54 55 55 56 56 56 56 57 58 58 58 59 59 60 60 60 61 61 61 62 62 62 63 63 63 63 63 63 64 64 64 64 65 65 65 65 66 CONTENTS. viii Genus Lophophanes • • 129. Lophophanes melanolophus . 130. Lophophanes rufinuchalis Genus Sylviiparus .... 131. Sylviiparus modestus . Genus jEgithaliscus 1 32. JEgithaliscus erythrocephalus Genus .TEgithalus .... 133. JErjithalus coronatus . Genus Leptopoecile . 134. Leptopcecile sophice Genus Panurus .... 135. Panurus biarmicus Family Meliphagidc e ..... Genus Zosterops .... 136. Zosterops palpebrosa . Family Regulidee Genus Regulus 137. Regulus regulus . Family Laniidee ...... Genus Lanius 138. Lanius homeyeri . 139. Lanius erythronotus . 140. Lanius isabellinus Family Ampelidce ...... Genus Ampelis .... 141. Ampelis garrulus Family Sylviidce . . Genus Acrocephalus 142. Acrocephalus turdoides 143. Acrocephalus stentorius 144. Acrocephalus agricola . Genus Tribura .... 145. Tribura major Genufi Lusciniola 146. Lusciniola melanopogon Genus Hypolais 147. llypolais rama Genus Sylvia .... 148. Sylvia nisoria 149. Sylvia citierea 150. Sylvia nana 151. Sylvia affinis 152. Sylvia minuscula . Genus Phylloscopus , 153. Phylloscopus affinis CONTENTS. IX 154. Phylloscojms tytleri 155. Phyllosoopus tristis 1 uG. Phyllosoopus indicus . . ' -1% l loscopus fuscatus . ^ hylloscopus humii 15. ). Phyllosoopus proregulus J°. hylloscopus superciliosus Genus Acanthopneuste 161. Acanthopneuste viridana . — Acanthopneuste occipitalis . denus Cryptolopha 16. j. Cryptolopha xanthoschista . Genus Horomis 164. Horomis pallidus Genus Cettia 165. Cettia orientals . Genus Suya 166. S'uya crinigera Genus Rhopophilus 167. Phopophilics alho-superciliaris Fan% Turdidce S^famiiy SaxicoUncc Genus Pratincola 168. Pratincola caprata ^>ratincoia maura Genus Saxicola G°- Saxicola picata . Gl- Saxicola pkschanka . Saxicola ccnanthe 1'3. Saxicola uabellina )4. Saxicola deserti . Saxicola montana 1 6. Saxicola chrysopygia . Subfamily Ruticillina i Genus Henicurus 1'7. Henicurus maculatus . Gen^Ch *inorrhornis . Chesmorj-ho mis leucocephala Genus Ruticilia Ika frontalis ]Rl ^'Ulc‘lla erythronota . ico ^utlcHla rujiventris . - Ruticilia erythroy aster Genus Rhyacorn.s J. Phyacornis fuliginosa . ,enus Cyanecula 1S5' C^»ecula ccerulecula . ‘ °' am was rebuilding of a portion of bis museum at Simla the whole of v ith other valuable MSS. work of Air. Hume’s, was stolen by a dishonest and sold * utner valuable 1VISS. work ot Air. Hume s, was stolen by a dishonest ofj, Ragland \ W) Was^e*PaPer Ri I R° bazaar. I therefore brought the collection over with Wof]v- the rest of the Hume Collection, and but for an unwonted pressure of TRted tbio 1C 1 ^as Tallen to my lot ever since my return from India, I should have % this L Trt ]°ng ago. n.u y tRis dela ga?0, . ski Ul aTist Dr c. Ya Sreat injustice has been unavoidably done to the memory of that sterling i>av'S arnPie. Tr° |CZ,Ca’ T°r the material which he collected was abundant and the series of 'H'eri one of« ^ ^Ve<* t0 wrHe UP bis own notes, it is certain that this report would 0 *;«y best to c u 111 °St Rtteresting ever published on the birds of Central Asia, but I have j)0 ' l(R°gists. j f laC^ ^'0m diai-y &H the notes which appear to me to be of interest to after the ] ®°Ue further iu mJ endeavour to make the present report as useful as iWbR60*68 that w "|,Se °f years which has ensued, and I have included in the list of birds all Us S!sll.,!d by thosfUl °^dlRied by Dr. Henderson and Dr. Scully and recorded in the notes the j,°^CzRa, gave6 8entlemen. Colonel Biddulpli, who was attached to the same expedition M0l.j "hich ove & ,.C1^es Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 54 ; Homeyer & Tancre, MT. orn. a, 2ool. v ’ *S3> p- 82 i Scully, J. A. S. Beng. lvi. p. 77 (1887); Sharpe, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) ^iceps a Z ^ *’ P‘ 66 (1889)' ,, °rn. SC1TtZ' TurteSt' JeV0tn' P' 63 (1873) 5 Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 109 ; Prjev. in Rowley’s 'l0, 95(j. p> P‘ ,) Jl (1877) > Zarudu. Ois. Transcasp. p. 34 (1885) ; Radde, Ornis, iii. p. 472 (1887). exPanSe° 41 . <)Vember 4’ 1873-~ Length 18-25 inches, wing 13B, tail 9‘0, tarsus 2*8 ; hr 2 ^ches r.r ' , IllS §ol(len 1 bill dark borny 5 feet golden. Wings reach within t°- 1086 . y v °f taiL ^oung bird.] °’ db69. Yll>i/aiK^ November 21, 1873. “Ach-sa.” [An adult male.] bird.] "lr vaud’ November 21, 1873. “ Kara-sa = young of the grey bird.” [Young E ' 1 1 as tj' Nylons 0f wNtes: — “We found this bird very common all over the more culti- ^et^een yU1 vand from Karghalik. We never met with it in the desert-tracts, such V C0|tlme *e werp1 ' • f, aud Kashghar, nor at any elevation in the hills. We saw it the bee ' |0,1<^ Biddul ^ 1U ^i. er 1873 1 at Maralbashi in January 1874, and at Yangihissar on the 1st of 1873 . St°liczka’s d* ^ ar^ notes this Harrier as not uncommon near Yarkand in November ^Geds^ff ll0fe “ Tl^^i n°^ aPPear t° have met with the species, but Hr. Scully has the ; tpe le , en* Harrier is a permanent resident in the plains of .Kasligharia and 53 °A over rUsj S( 1S Sa^ phiced in long grass jungle. 1 often observed this bird 1 grown marshes and hare fields, with a wonderfully long-sustained flight. SECOND YARICAND MISSION. no" Avery It never seems to tire, and always appears keenly intent on looking for its prey , u resUipe and then suddenly dropping down among the reeds, as if shot, hut soon rising again ^ tpe its hunting. The male bird is called by the Yarkandis ‘ Kok Sa’ (the Blue ba )> female « Kilati Sa,’ the word Sa being a sort of generic name applied to all Buwar and Harriers, an added second word (usually having reference to colour or shap ) the species.” , t the In his paper on the birds of the Pamir Range the late Dr. Severtzow says tna^ ^ Harrier was seen by him during its migration near the Kara-Kul lake, and was Alai. Immature birds were rather common. the 3. Circus rsrugihosus. _ 136 D ■ ’ Circus ceruginosus (L.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 69 (1874) ; Scully, Str. B. iv. P- Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 110 (1876) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 43 ; Scully, ibid. p. 42.; ■ p>> 1882, p. 100; Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 54; Ilomeyer & Tancre, MT. orn. Yer. Wien, ^ So Scully, J. A.S. Beng. lvi. p. 78 (1887) ; Eadde, Ornis, iii. p. 472 (1887) ; Sharpe, ir (2) Zool. v. part 3, p. 66 (1889). oig. Circus rufus, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 63 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 109; Zarudn. P- 23 (1885). . , . 1frS tail9’ 727, ? juv. Tanksi, September 17, 1873. — Length 2D5 inches, wing / epoYlS tarsus 345; expanse 510. Iris brown; bill horny black, cere greenish 01 green. Closed wing reached within 2 inches of end of tail. [A young 11 ^ 1021. Yarkand, November 13, 1873. [An interesting specimen emerging young into the adult plumage by a moult.] tY'sUS 1528, e . Panjah, April 20, 1874.— Length 20' 6 inches, wing 16'0, taUfeet’yeUo"r’ 3-6 ; expanse 51-0. Iris golden ; bill bluish black, cere greenish yellow > No. No. No. claws horny black. . ^ quhe Hunting around swamp about 4-| miles wrest of Panjah with another speCl p6rhaPS similar to this one. Both often sat down among the high reeds in the swa®l > making their nest among the reeds. [A fully adult male.] q\irkesta^ Dr. Scully writes: — “The Marsh-Harrier is tolerably common in Eastern . ^ ^ SJ 1. -“■» * . „rpjoh S where it is often seen during the summer hunting over the long rushes and reeds ^ in marshy ground or on the banks of lakes. It was never seen in winter, 4 fa ' “ is in inarsny gxuujuu. ui uu — * — — 0. said to feed chiefly on frogs, rats, and lizards ; occasionally also on the Keeano ^ tu p Ulus biarmicus). It breeds in Kashgharia, where it is called by the natives A White-headed * Sa.’ ” _ ier Dr. Severtzow, during his exploration of the Pamir, found the Marsh- a JD migration near the Kara-Kul in the beginning of September. It was also soe^ Kul in the middle of August ; probably young ones come to the Pamir in summe Circus macrurus. „ ivi. Circus macrurus (Gin.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 67 (1874) ; Scully, J. A. (1887). 34 (1885)- Strigiceps pallidus, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 109 (1873) ; Zarudn. Ois. Transcasp. P- Circus swainsonii, Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 109; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 125 (1876). Circus pallidus, Homeyer & Tancre, AIT. orn. Yer. Wien, 1883, p. 83. Dr. Scully believes that he saw this species at Kicliik Yailak (12,054 feet) of August, but failed to hit the bird. The Kirghiz called it “ Boz Sa ” (the Grey the 19& AYES. 5 5. TuR PALUmbaritjs. Genus ASTUR. dstur Puhmbarius (L.) ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 63; Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 104; Scully, Str. F. iv. Wie i ,8~^ ’ Pl’jev' 'n Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 153 (1877) ; Ilomeyer & Tancre, MT. oru. Yer. D 611j 1883> P- 82 1 Zarudn. Ois. Transcasp. p. 25 (1885) ; Radde, Ornis, iii. p. 472. Central Asia ^ ^ CS au interesting account of the training of the Goshawk for hawking in °f Aksu ■' 'ldj* sa's bhat ^ is sakl to live principally near the hills in the neighbourhood t°ll0\vin,i. |]1( °Dly vi®its Yarkand about the beginning of winter, when it is supposed to be h le ^grating water-fowl. The Turki name is “ Karcliighah.” Genus ACCIPITER. 0 ^CIPITER NISUS. 188? W ’ Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 63 (1873); Homeyer & Tancre, MT. orn. Yer. Wien, Acdpiter ’ P' 82 5 Eadde> 0rnis; ^ P- 4<71 (1887). Dres niSUS -(L'^ ; Sha,Te> Cal B- Brit- Mus- i- P- 182 (1874) ; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 122 (1876) ; p 15JB Bds> 1875, p. 104; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 109 (1876) ; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. Swi , y8”') ’ ttardl. Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 47 ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 41 ; Scully, ibid. p. 409; C. N0 ^ l' ds> 1882, p. 99 ; Scully, J. A. S. Beng. lvi. p. 78 (1877) ; Zarudn. Ois. Transcasp. p. 25 (1885). An KaSh«W’ December It), 1873. Thi ?duE hunale, identified by Mr. Hume as A. nisus , and not as his A. melascliistus. N°. g9rj 1CT^utification I agree with, as it is not dark enough for the latter species Coir Upper Karakash, October 1873. kA the tru bkddulph states that he met with Accipiter melascliistus in the Sindh valley, A. nisus he procured at Shahidula on the 21st of October, and again in W;Ulian. - ' 8cully observes of Y Mr (0. The Sparrow-Hawk is found in great numbers in the hills south arka ] A 'iter. It’;lVhe!? E breeds. It visits the plains in considerable numbers in the beginning of Cen(ls); iii p at^le.r Prized for hawking, and is trained to capture Larks, Quail, and Pigeons , November „ l*!^S ^ *s sadd t0 hunt Chicore. Two specimens were preserved at Kashghar lri Noyei^^B ^le bills it is said to hunt Chicore. _r r lay. The T ^>eccillb(‘r’ and I have seen others procured from the Karchung valley j ■ i 4 3 r uvula, wuxxvvio V.U oiki name for the Sparrow-Hawk is ‘ Kargliai.’ ” m 7. Bp h ,TEo ttpmipes. Ute° plurrii- Subfam. BUTE ON IN JE. Genus BUTEO. p. 48]?? H,0dS8- 1 SharPe> Cat- B- Erh- Mus. i. p. 180 (1874) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 42; Scully, ibid. •Bwfeo n,~ ’ . Jcnzb'er, Orn. Turkest. p. 185 (1889). No. Sc’%, Str. F. iv. p. 125 (1876). exPanse 59^UZ Yar’ Marcl1 21> 1873- — length 20 inches, wing 16-5, tail 9‘4, tarsus 30 ; name “ a- ,, Iris dark brown; bill dusky bluish, cere yellow ; feet yellow. Turki ij^. sa. ?.*; P7iiWi^lmen 18 ln the uniform black plumage which is generally assigned to the adult t|.'1 (1876) ; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 124 (1876) ; Wardl. Rams. Ibis, 1880, p. 47 ; Bidd. Ibis,1 ’ sC8sp- Scully, ibid. p. 420 ; C. Swink. Ibis, 1882, p. 99 ; Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 53 ; Zarudn. Ojs. ‘ p. 26 (1885) ; Scully, J. A. S. Beng. lvi. p. 78 (1887) ; Radde, Oruis, iii. p. 470; Sharp > Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. v. pt. 3, p. 66 (1889) ; Menzbier, Orn. Turkest. p. 204 (1889). Buteo leucurus, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 63 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 103. Buteo aquilinus, Hume & Ilenders. Lahore to Yark. p. 175 (1873). Ad. Yarkand, November 8, 1873. No. 1172. Kashghar, December 21, 1873. “ Sa.” No. 1406. Ighiz Yar, March 22, 1874. No. 1729. Kizil, May 19, 1879. Dr. Henderson procured a specimen of the sooty form of this Buzzard at DU near Saidabad, on the road from Kashmir to the plains. Mr. Hume gives some notes on the plumages of the species. Dr detail8 of . Scully shot specimens near Yarkand in January and February, and he gives the soft parts and measurements. He says that it was very common in the plains 0 f tei'11 plains oi Turkestan during the winter, and, in common with the other two species of DuZ5fl js in the country, disappeared in the spring. How well its specific name of ferox is foi' illustrated by the following note of Dr. Scully “ I kept one of these Buzzards a some time, and found its disposition anything but gentle ; when I went up to i ^ jfl » throw itself on its back and strike out violently with its claws. It got loose one nig f room in which I had a number of other birds, and committed dreadful havoc, tin5 least half a dozen birds, among the number a Kestrel. The Yarkandi shikaris ^a^gUisli Buzzard ‘ Tokhmak Sa ’ (the Mallet { Sa ’) ; but I do not believe they could really i lS it from the other species of Buzzard.” Dr. Severtzow says: — “This species feeds on different Arvicolce which are c°^ the Pamir and innumerable on the Alai. It was seen near Ran-Kul in J uly 311 jj0dg9-) but I do not know where it breeds. The dark variety of this species (B. aquilitMtS’ is also common enough.” 0°n 0l! oUSD Subfam. AQUILINJE, Genus GYPAETUS. 9. Gypaetus barbatus. Gypaetus barbatus (L.) ; Hume & Herders. Lahore to Yark. p. 170 (1873) ; Severtz. Turkest\: ^ Jev ■otu- p. 99 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 99; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p . 138 (1877)5 AYES. Ra Str pa^’r JJS' ^80j P- > Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 52; Zarudn. Ois. Transcasp. p. 30 (1885) ; Scully, ’ 1A’ P‘ ^ H* (18/6); Radde, Ornis, iii. p. 467 (1887) ; Menzbier, Orn. Turkest. p. 22 (1888). ofy^ 1 1 Henderson ' ai'lv;md L AvEic]x says that the Laemmergeier was “ seen every day from Jamu to the plains ^le Lingzj.^an^ ®anju’ was the only large raptorial bird noticed beyond Leh, and on iuna plateau almost the only living creature except a species of antelope, of v*Ua<»R ^cimens were obtained. sta~?6 m -Ladak. There is usually a pair to be seen near every Erom Leh to Sanju the whole route is strewn with dead horses m various a§es of i uen to a ^aeniniergeiSWCati0n’ C^ma^e t)emg too cold and dry to admit of putrefaction : but the C^ds, on tllf-e.1)r.','iaS ncver observed feeding on these, except on one occasion; this was at Ac tlio 9 w ''wvxiwuAwumg \ji± DUC3C, CAUUJJl ULL ULLC UUUclSslUU ; llllS Wdi -it i of October.” His note on the species contains many items of interest. Cadak ; ])U|. ll? ^r* Scully, “ the Laemmergeier was often noticed on the journey through only saw it once in Eastern Turkestan, viz. on the Sanju Pass and between th e p. «/ M A c V/ J l6’°00 feet 1 Yailak, on the 24th September, 1874. The Sanju Pass, though only 9^ is strewn°Ve Sea"^eve^ 18 Perhaps the most difficult on the road from India to Yarkand, ,p0hik Yailak ^ Sldes with the carcases of dead horses. Marmots abound to above 9 fuiki . 5 an<^ Gig Bearded Yulture is said to prey on them, besides feeding on carrion. ame of this species is 5 Grhiji.’ ” 10. 4r?^,lLA Chrysaetus. Genus AQUILA. p. 235 (1874) ; Scully, Str. P. iv. p. 123 (1876) ; ■*' Chnjsaiitus (L.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. leyJ! Orms, iii. p. 469 (1887) ; Menzbier, Orn. Turkest. p. 55 (1888) ; id. N. Mem. Soc. rjev. j,, -r ; , v *• c- iv- ij- , P- 82 • i> i 4 s ®rn‘ Misc. ii. p. 143 (1877) ; Homeyer & Tancre, MT. orn. Ver. Wien, 1883, 4quila fuiva&t’ JVIoscou/ tom- xv. livr. v. p. 148 (1888). A9Uila nofa/’ ' ar‘ nohi,is> Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 63 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 99. J)r s 18 and A- daphanea, Menzbier, Orn. Turkest. pp. 61, 72 (1888). , °^*t Eaop? ?u^es: ‘ct This species is the celebrated £ Birkut ’ — the name by which the .°'ve and br^ p’ ever-" governor of a district or town usually having several. It is said °aa”'Lt, , e<) lu the hills south of Yarkand and near Klioten, where the young birds are Wains in ^ trained for < 9' Want in pT ' b saw one a few miles from Yarkand in January, and another near K 1 (uintil 1Uary‘ tbe wild state the Eagle’s prey is said to consist of the stag, the A very fj su^3uttur°sa), the wild cat, the fox, and the wolf.” 0llritains durffi-5^™611 Gie Golden Eagle was sent by Dr. Lansdell from the Thian Shan purposes of falconry. A few stragglers occasionally visit the o bis recent journey through Central Asia. U. crs peknatijs- Genus NISAETUS. 4r, (m/a ibid. pW42QWS (Gm-) 5 Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 253 (1874) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 41 ; Scully, Vo!Hm-Ua> Severtz. Turkest Persia *• ' — runcest. Jevotn. p. 03 (is *erQetus ^ (1876); Zarudn. Ois. Transcasp Of Ayou~.°. Swinh. Ibis, 1882, p 63 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, p. 28 (1885). 1875, p. 101; Blanf. East. 99. Capture l *TCimen the uniform brown plumage ; but the label with the particulars Colonel -^en l0st Biddulph procured this species in the Nubra Yalley in June. 8 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Genus HALIAETUS, 12. HALIAETUS LEUCORYPHUS II A I i I A lb L U O iiCi UGGIi-LP XJ T Haliaetus leucoryphus (Pall.)j Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 63 (1873); Hume & Hendeis. a c 1875, P- S cully/ Str. F. iv. p.'l24 (1876); Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 112 (1876) ; Severtz. Ibis, 1883, P' Yark. p. 175 (1873) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 308 (1874) ; Dresser, Ibis, to 99 > 53 5 Homeycr & Tancre, MT. orn. Ver. Wien, 1883, p. 82 ; Menzbier, Orn. Turkest. p. 41 (^^Iggg), Haliaetus macei, Prjcv. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 148 (1877) ; Zarudn. Ois. Transcasp. P- / ^ No. 253. Srinagar, August 3, 1873. — Length 32 inches, wing 25, tail 12’25, ^al -Je Iris light brown ; bill blackish towards tip ; feet waxy white ; cere and gal:)G bluish. Colonel Biddulph procured a specimen at Baramula. Dr. Henderson states that several specimens of this ech Eagle were noticed ke IXCtLLU. £111 U. JL\_£tl g JUCllliV. , q Dr. Scully says “ This bird is well known in Kashgharia, where it iscallec ^ ^ . Yarkand and Karghalik. ab- I noticed it on several occasions a few miles from the city of Yarkand, in June ' w»s and in August at Igarchi, and at Tungtash, about seven miles east of Karghalu- ^ » always seen in the neighbourhood of water, usually sitting motionless on the & QJ1 1 b0 stream or on some mud-cliff near marshy ground. On one occasion I saw it fee< tb[lt carcass of a dead horse, about five miles south of Yarkand. The Yarkandi shikaris ^ the * Giyah ’ feeds principally on fish and carrion, but that it sometimes strikes in Hares.” . “ Pallas’s Sea-Eagle,” writes Dr. Severtzow, “ is often seen near the Panin ^ efel-y August, also near Kara-Kul, Ran-Kul, and Jesehil-Ixul. Tlie old birds do not In ]a,rge year, but only every second year, in the same manner as Gypcietus barbatus a” ,,,-urratory Vultures. In the year in which they do not breed they moult in J une, and lead a ° life until winter, during which period many are seen on the Pamir.” Genus POLIOAETUS. 13. P OLIO AETU S PLUMBERS. Polioaetus plumbeus, Hodgs. J. A. S. Beng. vi. p. 367 (1837). A specimen of this Sea-Eagle was shot at Baramula by Colonel Biddulph. Genus MILVUS. 14. Milvus melanotis. O „ o -P V n. 126 Milvus melanotis, T. & S. ; Sliarpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 324 (1874) ; Scully, Str. F. i -1 rpraiisC‘ id. Ibis, 1881, p. 422; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 152 (1877) ; Zarudn. lS- p. 25 (1855); Menzbier, Orn. Turkest. p. 131 (1889). ^ggl, P- Milvus govinda (nec Sykes), Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 176 (1873) ; Bidd. 1 > Ilomeyer & Tancre, MT. orn. Ver. Wien, 1883, p. 82. No. 179. Srinagar, July 26, 1873 [Biddulph). [Young bird.] No. 178. Srinagar, July 26, 1873. [Young bird.] No. 233. Srinagar, July 31, 1873. [An immature bird.] No. 254. Srinagar, August 3, 1873. “ Ghands.” [Young bird.] g No. 255. Srinagar, August 3, 1873. [An immature bird.] i0'5j i No. 244, 6 ■ Srinagar, August 2, 1873. — Length 22'5 inches, wing 185, tax ^ 2‘25 ; expanse 59-5. Iris pale chocolate-brown; bill black, cere entiie) pale bluish white, with no trace of yellow. [An immature bird.] No. 839. Leh, September 6, 1873 (Dr. Bellew). [Young bird.] AYES. 9 ^°‘1414 o Iris b feass*ekke’ March 23, 1874. — Length 22-5 inches, wing 18-25, tail IPO, tarsus 2-3. K°. 17l,))10^IJ ; bill black; cere pale yellowish; feet pale leaden white. [An immature bird.] N° 15. ' angihissar, April 4, 1874. [An immature bird in moult.] j ' • panjah, April 26, 1874. [An adult bird.] ^b'. PAes collected by Dr. Stoliczka to belong to the large race which fr°Jii tbo p °a. eC^ maJor- They are certainly not M. korschun, which Severtzow records Q0jon arQlr au(l from Turkestan. bleyation 'll b>iddulph writes : — “ Obtained at Kiziljilga, on the Karakash, in October. aPpearavlr °V > »■ » bry • jf • US(b°ss for sport, but the female is held in great esteem for the purposes tli S Gained to strike Herons, Geese, Ducks, and Bitterns. The name given to implyiQo. . , UrPestan is ‘Baliri,’ an Arabic word meaning £of the river’ or £of the sea,’ dj bi‘. Sev Ibe Peregrine is a water-haunting species.” lecbou iu ge'z°w saJs that the species migrates through the Alai and Pamir in a southerly c 10 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 17. Ealco babylonictjs. Falco tscherniaievi, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. pp. 63, 114 (1873). Falco barbarus, Scully, Str. 1. iv. p. 118 (1876). _ Sharp6' Falco babylonicus, Gurney; Hume, Rough Notes, i. p. 79 (1869) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p- 10 ' Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 388 (1874) ; Scully, Str. E. iv. p. 118 (1876). n East®*” Dr. Scully supposed that he got both species of Red-headed Peregrine m ^gg7, Turkestan, hut his specimens are all referable to F. babylonicus (of. Gurney, ^)l3’ p. 158). 18. Ealco subbttteo. Falco subbuteo, L.; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 395 (1874) j Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. P- gcUlly, Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 108; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 105 (1876); Bicld. Ibis, 1881, P- ' ^$1)- ibid. p. 417 ; Homeyer & Tancre, MT. orn. Yer. Wien, 1883, p. 82 ; Radde, Ornis, iii. P _ p. iff Hypotriorchis subbuteo, Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 174 (1873); Scully, Str. ‘ g5p (1876) ; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 150 (1877) ; Zarudn. Ois. Transcasp. p- No. 882. Kiwaz, October 26, 1873. [A young bird.] No. 1748. Yarkand, May 21, 1874. [Adult bird.] _ ^ Dr. Henderson found the Hobby not at all uncommon about Yangi Bazar, eig ^gterp from Yarkand ; and Dr. Scully says that it is a “ seasonal visitant to the plains o ' ^ Turkestan, where it breeds. It arrives in the neighbourhood of Yarkand in May, tbe any considerable numbers, and migrates, it is supposed towards India, m Oetobei, \#s trees begin to lose their leaves. On our return journey to India in August this sp^ aftcJ observed on five different occasions at our various halting-stages, but was no s , )f leaving Sanju on the 14th of August. The Turki name for the Hobby is c Jaghalban 19. Ealco kegxjliis. 1 0° Falco reyulus, Pall.; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 406 (1874). y. p . Falco tp.salon, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 63 ; Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 107 ; Blanf. East. YeXS lblS’ (1876) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 39 ; Scully, ibid. p. 417; C. Swinh. Ibis, 1882, p. 99; 1883, p. 54 ; Homeyer & Tancre, MT. orn. Yer. Wien, 1883, p. 82. Lithofalco ctsalon, Scully, Str. E. iv. p. 120 (1876). Hypotriorchis cesa/on, Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. i. p. 151 (1877). g The Merlin was not procured by Dr. Stoliczka himself, hut Colonel Biddulpb 0Pe he shot one about 16 miles to the east of Yarkand in November; this was tlie^erii a lS seen north of the Karakorum. Dr. Scully writes: — “The Turki name for t G yisit® « Turumtai,’ and it is said to live and breed in the hills of Eastern Turkestan. < jpjjflfS plains about Kashghar and Yarkand, in small numbers only, in winter — princxpa the months of November and December, I think.” ^ ‘‘ > . Dr. Sevcrtzow gives the following note on the species in the Pamir ran°Il0rtb Merlin was seen at the end of July in the Bash-Alai. It probably breeds in range. I found it breeding in the mountains near Vernoe in June 1879, and 0 , ollgli *6 my collection a pair, male and female, with three nestlings, which all died soon, tbe g on freshly-shot small birds only, which they ate greedily, and which was the fooc^ by their parents. They were taken too young, being only just out of the e»a apli0a? (433 N.) and Eerghana (39° 45' N.), on the north Alai range, are unusually southei , AYES. 11 °f8^lfeeUbovfthe • The nest near Yernoe was on a pine (JPinus schrenkiana ) at a height 20. u Genus HIEROFALCO. merofa^0 GYRFALC0- (Plate !•) Falco lyr/r^alC° ^ ; SharPe’ Cat- B- Brit- Yus. i. p. 416 (1874). N0 J °’ Horneyer & Tancre, MT. orn. Yer. Wien, 1883, p. 82. T, . ? Juv- Yarkand, May 15, 1874. '^I'falcoo sea * 0unS bird doubtless, which I expected to prove to be one of the forms of CojHparjSOll Plated by Dr. Menzbier, but the immaturity of the specimen prevents any exact a very 1 \ sPecaes figured by him. The accompanying Plate by Mr. Keulemans r°ni Ellro *00t Portrait of the Yarkand specimen, which, as far as I can see, is not different '°Plars of tp "ln S^Ins °P Sierofalco gyrfalco. Dr. Stoliczka’s diary does not give any par. °r W bcpr. G 1QC^V *duab nor does it state whether the bird had been captured in a wild state As USed for hawking. 9yrfalCo aS d can see there is no difference between the Yarkand bird and true hjr(| ^’oand d cannot understand what H. uralensis of Menzbier can be, for the adult °Ured by him (Orn. Turkest. pi. v.) is undoubtedly H. candicans ! C^ALC° MlLVIpES. l'alco henJe>eS’ Poi^s- in Gray’s Zool. Misc. p. 81 (1844), descr. nulla; Jerdon, Ibis, 1871 (April), p. 240. Scnlly?l°W*J PumeJ Ibis, 1871 (October), p. 407; id. & Henders. Lahore to Yarlc. p. 171, pi. 1 (1873) ; 1883 !, -o' * ' *v- P- ll7 (1876) ; Prjey. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 149 (1877) ; Severtz. Ibis, 1 P* «o. ^ I considered in 1874 to be the final stage of plumage of the old Hierofalco species ^d was a mistake, and am inclined to recognize H. milvipes as a r' liutne Co -n’ Henderson writes: — “A single specimen, a male, of this species, which ^eml)er, ] GfS J10 Hie Shanghai’ of Eastern Ealconers, was shot on the 14th of tr^Ues fr Kitchik Yilak in undulating country just north of the Sanju Pass, and , ^ 11*01^ S ■ JU ai JAU1L11 ui iuc Ociuj u JTass, MU S|.<'e,s °r bushes Wpere Hie plains of Yarkand may be said to commence. There are no j.,0A grass, on ,V°ld ’ ^nt Hie climate here is comparatively moist, and there is abundance of i\t^anU(s) Were } ^°rders which thousands of the Tibetan Snow- Pheasant ( Tetraogallus opiate neio-M Served* Other Ealcons, apparently of this species, were noticed in the aiUed.” & JOUl'bood, but it was never seen elsewhere, and only one specimen was Hr. § 1 a^cf this bird^ tain®d a female at Kashghar, November 1874. He adds: — “The Turki PositiVe/rf. 1S ' Aitalgu,5 and all competent authorities in such matters in Kashgharia oj^tau, hut'i hat ls H'C female of the famed ‘Shunkar.’ The bird is rare in Eastern of jSi°bally obta'Saif -t0 1)0 & Permanent resident and to breed there. I heard that it was Y;u ,ol) ; from th'T; 1U tll<3 ■Dolan forest-region— in the direction of Aksu ; from the district The «' si lUS nCar Sar'iu > and from tlie neighbourhood of Karchung, south-west of *7* d is at o Unkar> is tlle most highly prized of all the Ealcons, and whenever one is eXpel?ti the < WiM ta^Gn t0 the Amir= the Dad Khwah of Yarkand, or the Governor of the YAl'lebCed old Y U pU ' -S n°fc at a11 l)Jazed’ and is considered hardly worth training. An r(!J tlll(l ’ one da ai^audl bird-catcher, in looking at the pictures in my copy of ‘ Lahore to )> Persia, ii. p. 105 (1876) ; C. Swinli. Ibis, 1882, p. 99 ; Zarudn. Ois. Transcasp. P- i Scully, J. A. S. Beng. lvi. p. 79 (1887). ^ rp aucr& Falco tinnunculus, Wardlaw Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 47 ; Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 54 ; Homey er MT. orn. Yer. Wieu, 1883, p. 82. No. 395. Leh, August 30, 1873. [Young female.] No. 801. Kiziljilga, Karakash Valley, October 3, 1873. [Young male.] No. 972. Karghalik, November 6, 1873. [Male moulting into adult plumage.] No. 985. Yarkand, November 9, 1873. [Adult male.] No. 986. Yarkand, November 9, 1873. [Young female in moult.] -i No. 1123. Yapchan, December 3, 1873. “ Kukunak Kushkunak.” [Adult ma e-J No. 1310. Kasligbar, Eebruary 5, 1871. [Adult female.] No. 1758. Yarkand, May 20, 1871. [Adult female.] jjestateS Colonel Biddulph procured specimens at Kasligbar and Maralbasbi in January- ^ gaiij u ’ that it tvas very common in tbe plains country of Turkestan and in the low hills u he did not notice it on the Pamir, but procured it again down in Wakhan. obtai^ Dr. Henderson states that the Kestrel was very common in Yarkand, and he a s° it at Kargil, in Ladak, in June. ^ , Plb According to Dr. Scully the Kestrel is a permanent resident in Eastern Turkes < common throughout the plains during the whole year, and observed in the hills of ® aI1ak* also, up to an elevation of about 12,000 feet. The Turki name for the Kestrel is Dr. Severtzow says that the Kestrel is often seen in summer on the Pamir an Suborder PAN DIONES. Genus PANDION. 23. PANDION HALIAETUS. Pandion fluviatilis, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 63 (1873) Pandion haliaetus (L /■ -,02; v cl uun , Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 449 (1874) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1875, East. Persia, ii. p. 114 (1876) ; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 146 (1877) ; Scu y> ^ ^o)- p. 420; Homeyer & Tancre, MT. orn. Yer. Wien, 1883, p. 82; Zarudn. Ois. Transcasp. P- No. 182. Srinagar, July 27, 1873 Suborder S T R I G E S. Earn. BUBONIDvE. Genus SCOPS. 21. Scops brucii. (Plate II.) ., Ephialtes brucii, Hume, Str. E. i. p. 8 (1873). , gcuHf’ 1 Scops brucii (Hume) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. ii. p. 62 (1875) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p- ’ p. 426. 1 J No.800. Karatagh Lake, October 10, 1873. — Length 7‘6 inches, wing 6-25, tail J5 ppl ^ expanse 21'5 ; bill from front 0-63, from gape 0-75. Iris sulphur-ye 0 0p ^ feet greenish horny. Temperature at night 25° below zero. Caught at 11 o ground near my tent. AYES. 13 v°‘ ®42- Shahidfila, October 21, 1873. •1459. Panjah, April 13, 1874. Colie^S' an<^ ^-459 are °f the usual pale type and are matched by others in the Hume MVlSou;°n ^rom various parts of the north-west of the Indian Peninsula. The British The i (:ori^ns eight specimens of this rare species of Scops Owl, including the young bird. tin„0 11 h difference perceptible in the series is that some specimens have a more ochreous W\veen Ule some ai'e greyer. The specimen from the Karatagh Lake is a distinct link (S'. , S. Afghanistan, April 23, 1880 (J. A. Murray). — Wing 60 inches. Ad \ banian, June 3, 1880 (77. E. Barnes). {C urine bactriana, Barnes, Str. E. ix. p. 215.) r> ad dltanpur, Gurgaon, December 7, 1877 ( W. N. Chill). — Wing 63 inches. var- turcomanus, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. Ill (1873). Bubo Y‘taVUS (nec Torst.) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 111. " rcomanus (Eversm.) ; Sbarpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. ii. p. 17 (1875) ; Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 55; Bubo ,d . ' °is' Transcasp. p. 22 (1885). iv. p. 129 ; Radde, Ornis, iii. p. 473 (1887) . " >0’ ^lomeyer & Tancre, MT. orn. Ver. Wien, 1883, p. 83. CoHceiSt Seen °Pen waste ground, near Beshkant, on the 4th of Eebruary . It was ^ Whop s ,?t]U °f Crows, who seemed to be tormenting it, flying after it and surrounding a§aip rri( ( . 011 the ground, but always keeping at a respectful distance. The bird was ^urkestap " a^ Tungtash, near Karghalik, in August.” Mr. Hume notes that the hreorti S^ecimeri8 °f the Eagle-Owl belong to the eastern pale form of the species, nus, Eversm. A. 26. Genus NYC TEA. ^Tctea Nivea *Urnia nive n Syctea sc }U> ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 63 (1873). Cyctea nivea la^a> Chesser, Ibis, 1875, p. 110; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. ii. p. 125 (1875). Sir. Scully, Str. E. iv. p. 128 (1876). v' r' J-'sc ^ . nomeyer & Tancrd, MT. orn. Yer. Wien, 1883, p. 83. 's 'dlai Was "brought alive to Dr. Scully at Kashghar, in December. The Turki name Kush’ (the Noble bird). 14 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Genus A S I O. 27. Asio ottjs. _ lbiS) Asio otus (L.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. ii. p. 227 (1875); Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 112 ; A1 ^ g0c. 1881, p. 45; Scully, ibid. p. 424; id. J. A. S. Beng. lvi. p. 79 (1887) ; Sharpe, Trans. Lm ' (2) Zool. v. pt. 3, p. 67 (1889). Otus vulgaris (Flem.) ; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 116 (1876) ; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 127 (18/6). AEgiolius otus, Scvcrtz. Turkcst. Jevotn. p. 63 (1873). Strix otus, Homeyer & Tancre, MT. orn. Yer. Wien, 1883, p. 83. No. 922. Sanju, November 1, 1873. Nos. 1050, 1052. Yarkand, November 24, 1873. No. 1126. Kashghar, December 10, 1873. Colonel Biddulph also obtained a specimen about 10 miles east of Yarkand on 1 ,eVei of November. He says it was never seen in the hills, but was common in the plains ’d there was any bush-jungle. Dr. Scully states that the Long-eared Owl was cornu10 Kashghar and Yarkand during the winter ; about the beginning of April it migrated, P towards the forests of Maralbashi and Aksu, where he was told that it was known In Turki it is called ‘ Mashak Yapalak,’ or Cat-Owl. Genus CARINE. 28. Carine bactriana. (Plate III.) Athene noctua orienlalis, Scvcrtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 63 (1873). ? Carine glaux, Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 110. Carine plumipes , Swinh.; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. ii. p. 137 (1875). Athene bactriana, Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 130 (1876). Carine bactriana (Hutton) ; Barnes, Str. F. ix. p. 215 (1880) ; C. Swinh 100; SCOW’ Ibis, 1882, p J. A. S. Beng. lvi. p. 79 (1887) ; Sharpe, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. v. pt. 3, p. 67 0»s- Athene plumipes meridionalis, Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 155 (1877) ; Menzbier in Transcasp. p. 22 (1885). 9 Iris pure sulphur-yellow; bill greenish yellow ; feet greenish, claws bluish horny cere pale greenish white and swollen; nostrils dark green. Closed wing within # inch of end of tail. No. 1381. Kashghar, March 8, 1874. ^ &a\V In Dr. Stoliczka’s diary is a note : — “ Yangishahr. On the 6th of February Ooni an Athene carrying grass for its nest in the hole of a bank of a river.” Colonel Biddulph procured a male at Kashghar on the 5th of March, 1874. H® ' ^ I “ Shot in the wall of the fort. It was common about Yarkand. I saw a small W ’ believe to have been this species, between Tashkurgan and the Pamir.” ^yiaS Dr. Scully observes : — “ I first got this species at Kashghar in November, two bir ^ been brought to me alive. This little Owl was common near Kashghar and Y ai'kan ^ apd the whole winter and was observed at Sanju in August. It is a permanent breeds in the country, living principally in holes in mud-banks and feeding on ?rvted and beetles. I have seen it flying about freely m the daytime, but its habits ar to be chiefly nocturnal. The Turki name is ‘ Chaghundak.’ ” AYES. 15 Order PASSERIFORMES. Suborder PASSERES. Family COR VIM. 29. q r Genus TRYPANOCORAX, Sundev. Co PA>'0C0RA-x BBUGILEGTTS. Ibl B'nn‘ Syst. Nat. i. p. 156 (1766); Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 63 (1873); Dresser, p. 237; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 157 (1876) ; Blauford, East. Persia, ii. p. 263 (1876); Ko Pidd * ’ acu11^ p ■ jj0m 1 pb. Ibis, 1881, p. 77, 1882, p. 284; Scully, ibid. p. 571; C. Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. Ill ; Pam e^r.^ Tancre, MT. orn. Ver. Wien, 1883, p. 88 ; Radde, Orn. Cauc. p. 125 (1884) ; Oates, 'rypano ' Brit- 1,1(1 ■, Birds, i. p. 18 (1889). p. 68J>(i8gg^^MSj Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 9 (1877) ; id. Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. v. ex ^ ai'kand, November 8, 1873. — Length 18‘2 inches, wing 12,3, tail 7’0, tarsus 2-0 ; [A Aris dark. Brown; bill black; feet black. “ Kara Kargba ” (Tarki). plume^j^ at^U^ Bird, with the face and throat not quite denuded of the black downy face 1 ^asBghar, December 20, 1873. [An immature bird with completely feathered Ro. 1280 V l277' Eashghar, January 26, 1874. [Fully adult.] r0t..- . XasBghar, January 26, 1874. [Not fully mature, as it has the throat still Ro. 1270 a down.] Probal 7^as^»Bar, January 26, 1874. [In worn plumage with fully feathered face — Ro. l5ggL 3 a young bird of the preceding year.] face th ail*ar^sBj April 26, 1874. [In very rusty and worn plumage, with feathered le 11 °at showing signs of denudation. Both this and the preceding specimen • ^'0rh flip , "^7 Gl'- Scully the Rook is only a winter visitor to Kashghar, disappea: is ue vieimtv nf • xi. v ,, , \Vouj(l i J vv 1L1 o at;iiuad.Lio probably not have nested this year.] ring Ah Sa-id to b Cm!ty Yarkand in the beginning of April, migrating to the north, where it leed in the hills near Aksu. | ■, le Rotten l "1 In TBe luBs near Aksu. The Turki name is ‘ Portumchuk Kargha,5 i. e. 1 ' The P°e i ^'L0W’’ in allusion to the rough scabrous skin covering the base of the 00 v 3S plentiful in winter in North-western India. 0RVUS C0lUx Genus COR VUS. ^ 0rvus corax T • 1875} p ^ySt’ ^at‘ B I3' 455 (1766) ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 63 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, Pijev in ]>' 1 b ^aCZ' Bull. Soc. Zool. France, i. p. 172 (1876) ; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 261 (1876) ; Se*ertz tv ^ 0rn' Misc- ii- P- 283 (1877) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 14 (1877) ; _ (1887) • o S’ l3- > Zarudn. Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 1885, p. 59; Radde, Ornis, iii. p. 473 thib’Z^ Brit- Ind-j Birds> B p- 14 (1889)- 0rvus lawyer,,.-- „ Ume & Hcudcrs- Lahore to Yark. p. 234 (1873) ; Scully, Str. P. iv. p. 155 (1876). 11 ’ llume; Swiub. Ibis, 1882, p. 111. 16 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. •lit Kargil, August 19, 1873.— Wing 179 inches. Snurla, on the Indus, August 24, 1873. Leh, August 30, 1873.— Wing 19-3 inches. Leh, September 4, 1873. — Wing 18'4 inches. Kalti Ailak, March 1, 1874.— Wing about 17 inches. _ tll0ug This is the specimen recorded in the Diary (p. 33), and which 0 lC , uloultj"= was so small as to he certainly C. lawrencii of Hume ; hut it is in worn an plumage, and consequently the measurements are defective. 1541. ' Aktash, May 5, 1874.— Wing imperfect, about 17 inches. Q tar5llS Karakorum-brangsa, June 15, 1874.-Length 25 inches, wxng 18-3, tail 2-8 ; expanse 54. Iris dark brown ; bill and feet black. kleS °f Mr. Oates has drawn attention (l. c.) to the difference of size in the t]u’°^^ctecl W the upland Raven, and his conclusions are decidedly confirmed by the sene ^ ^ Dr. Stoliczka. All the Ravens obtained in Leh are of the form called C. hbeta ’ from the neighbourhood of Yarkand are of the smaller race, which Hume called ^ Qates J Dr. Stoliczka seems to have noticed this himself, and onjhe whole ques i^ / imPossib No. 463. No. 527. No. 597. No. 613. No. 1383. No. Ad. ±Jl m 13 LUllv6lV.w SL/Ciiio ee/ x w ^ ^ ... J. H i g remarks should be studied, though he agrees with me (Oat. . m. P- J j1 Tjidk111 to separate the Alpine Raven as a species. Eurther notes on the dimensions 1 Central Asiatic Ravens will be found in Mr. Hume’s account in Lahore o in Dr. Scully’s paper ( l . c.). Colonel Biddulph says but quite by themselves on the plain, and generally in paiis. • cs aiflP’ * 1 Colonel Biddulph says that C. tibetanus was found throughout Ladak, not n b reJfXe^el ever seeing a Raven in Yarkand. He observes: — “On 13,500 feet, I saw a flock of C. tibetanus of about Between Kizil and Ak Robat, in the desert, I saw several flying overhead He could not *e of the Pamir, at an e) f foil1, twenty birds, and s *° 1 - - found them very tame and plentiful (this was in June) nearly at the top of the a ^ -CM juv. xrenutu^u B n.t, „ « — ~ . ; The Tibet Raven accompanied the camp ^ ^d out, from the first entry into Ladak right through Yarkand, almost to the ci J back again. It was extremely familiar and bold, and it was impossible to le ^ ^ eatable about which it did not attempt to steal. Even milk-pots it would delib ^h1 to obtain a sup of the contents. At the greatest altitudes and through the ^ W deserts at least half a dozen accompanied the camp, some doubtless of the v J ^hen ^ thus travelling the whole way from Leh to the vicinity of the city of Yarkand-, camp divided, about half the Ravens went with each party. On first starting m • ^ t,l0 o they always accompanied the party to a short distance, and then they re ui ^indi a camping-ground, apparently to make sure that nothing eatable had been e ^ party there they might be seen prowling about wisely for an hour or so, again joinin-, the afternoon at the new camp.” , , 0O tUe Dr. Stoliczka noted the Raven as beginning to build its nest near A v as of May. . t wifb Dr. Scully says that on the return journey, in August, the Raven was Kizil Yailak, and was very numerous about the Sanju Pass. 18,500 feet.” Dr. Henderson’s note is as follows AYES. 17 31. C°LOiUs C'orv COLLARIS. Genus COLCEUS. Hi CoCus C°UariS> Drummond, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist, xviii. p. 11 (1846). Uen ,/le U^a (nec L.) ; Horsf. & Moore, Cat. B. Mus. E.I. Co. ii. p.662 (1856, pt.) ; Hume & Con-,,, mCerS; Lahore to Yark- P- 239 (1873) ; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 158 (1876). East°P ■ (--eC L,) ; Severtz- Turkest. Jevotn. p. 63 (1873) j Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 237 ; Blanf. fc rp C1fla’ ii- P- 263 (1876); Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 77; C. Swinb. Ibis, 1882, p. Ill; Homeyer om- Yer. Wien, 1883, p. 88; Scully, J. A. S. Beng. lvi. p. 85 (1887); Oates, Co^UsZ/ ■ Ind" BirdSj i- P- 22 (1889)' P- 68 Hr’ Sharpe^ Cat- B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 27 (1877); id. Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. v. pt. 3, ^0. I50 _ N'0, l8s Daramula, July 25, 1873. rT Srinagar, July 28, 1873. ■Nos. ggQ 6Se specimeus are in full moult.] tars f^sgam, November 7, 1873. — Length 13 inches, wing 9*1, tail 4'9, No. Qj:, Us J; ‘ 5 expanse 26'0. Iris blue ; bill and feet black. “ Zachea ” [Kokand). rT] Farkand, November 8, 1873. Nos. (f c°Har is nearly obsolete in this specimen.] [Tli ' Yarkand» November 9, 1873. feat jA 'ese two specimens, as well as No. 983, have a slight indication of a fringe to the N°$. 1 s (]'- Die hind neck, showing a faint approach to C. dauricus .] \r ' 5 1354- Kashghar, Ecbruary 14, 1874. u>- Oat ^ '^ope [q S c oes n°t admit that Coloeus collaris is distinct from the ordinary Jackdaw of ^lei Tviiejl ^ne^u^a)- I fancy that the birds which do not show a hoary collar are imrna- ^°n Die East COlUse’ Diey would be exactly like young C.monedula. At present I look Record; jv°ln ’^ackdaws as forming a well-marked race. ^Ptaius 0f 3\ [° ,Jr' ®cuDy they are only winter visitors to Kashghar, but they breed in the j ] ^ iSU- Colonel Biddulph obtained a specimen at Maralbashi in January 1874, j ColOQej states to be absolutely identical with Kashmir individuals, fa ^arkand at s ' S no^e : — " Very common in Kashmir. This species, too, we first met 1 as Nlaraii \'lnTu' Tf was very common during the winter everywhere in the plains as Heiad ' ^ ^ tkd not, however, ascend the hills in the Pamir.” i^^nii, whei. P- 55 > Zarudn. Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou, 1885, p. 59; Radde, J****9 shaZ’i Snafpe' Trans- L“n- Soc. (2) Zool. v. pt. 3, p. 68 (1889). 95o o [ at6Sj Faun' Brit- In(L, Birds, i. p. 20 (1889). t > ; r- * — j • ^Uj November 1, 1873. [A pure-bred Hooded Crow.] D SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 'Oflh • • a c cor* [Hybrid between C. sharpn ana lv P1*6” [A specimen in wliicb C. corone lai0e No. 1070. Yarkand, November 21, 1873. tbe latter element predominating.] No. 1077. Yarkand, November 28, 1873. dominates.] No. 1279. Kasbgbar, January 26, 1874. [Pure-bred Hooded Crow.] ^ Tbe Yarkand birds are like the Siberian ones, much paler and more dove-colour C. cor nix of Europe, but yet not light enough for C. capellcmus. _ p^std'11 Dr. Scully says that the Hooded Crow was very common in the plains 0 Turkestan during the winter, when it was seen daily at Kashgliar and Yarkan , c with the Rook and the Black Crows. w it at * Colonel Biddulph’s note is as follows " Is a winter bird. We first found th0 in November, and towards Yarkand it became commoner, being mixed up wi 1 g^re .. i , tt- 4-^. « /InniliOO! 1YL oil J jet® Crow, and all through the winter about Kashgliar it was common to a degiee ^ th° and everywhere. When we went towards the Pamir it disappeared diiectly we » _ peop^ hills, and had left the plains of Yarkand altogether when we returned in May. ^ yangi said they went eastward.” Dr. Scully also states that he saw the species firs jt Hissar in October, and it migrated from Yarkand about the end of March, to ieI . specieS said, to the hills near Aksu, where it is reported to breed. The Turki name for is “Ala Kargha,” the “Variegated Crow.” foiiUd 1 This same pale form of Hooded Crow extends to Siberia, where Mi. Sf?n °w of i’01'819’ breeding with C. corone at Krasnoyarsk. It also appears to be the ordinary Cro and reaches to Gilgit and the extreme north-west of India in winter. 33. Cobone corone. lbis> l8/5' Corvus corone, Linn. S. N. i. p. 155 (1766) ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 63 (1873) ; Dressei, goine)'®r p. 237; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 156 (1876) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 76; Scully, ibid, p- 5/ W ‘ & Tancre, MT. orn. Ycr. Wien, 1883, p. 88 ; Badde, Ornis, iii. p. 473 (1887) ; Oates, Ind., Birds, i. p. 16 (1889). Corone corone (L.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 36 (1877). Corvus culminatus, Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 157 (1876). No. 656. Leli, September 9, 1873. No. 1067. Yarkand, November 28, 1873. No. 1278. Kashgliar, January 26, 1874. ^ gculV I cannot see any difference between the two specimens of Crows collected by ^ ^0ul>f and now in the Hume Collection. They are both, to my mind, C. corone, al ^ C. culminatus crosses into Yarkand. . ^ Dr. Scully found the Carrion-Crow very common throughout the plaiu® ^ eggs- Turkestan, where it lives permanently and breeds. He gives a description of 34. Corone macrorhyncha. 17 a8 Corvus macrorhynchus, Wagl. Syst. Av. Corvus, sp. 3 (1827) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, Corvus levaillanti, Less. Traite, p. 328 (1831) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 77 ; Scully, ibid. p. 5 ^ pg 1i)‘ Corvus intermedins, Adams, P. Z. S. 1859, p. 171; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p Corone macrorhyncha, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 38 (1877). Corone levaillanti, Sharpe, t. c. p. 39 (1877). Corvus culminatus (nec Sykes), Wardlaw Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 62. AYES. 19 N°. 134 TT • Urumbu, July 24, 1873. Inis ST10„' , . „ 'l)ecies is found throughout the Himalayas and extends to Gilgit. 35. ^ICA Genus PICA. PICA. Cor Pica ‘ccmd Linn‘ S‘ N‘ 1 P' 157 (1766)- Pi cu bactri ^ ^Cvcitz‘ Murkest. Jevotn. p. 64 (1873) ; Zarudn. Ois. Transcasp. p. 58 (1885). Pica r,,J:am’,JAv' ’ Hume & Senders. Lahore to Yark. p. 240; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 158 (1876). rmir„ 1 1 ~~ * UJ P- ; ocuny, air. Hams. , tv°P‘'’ DresseL Ibis, 1875, p. 238; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 264 (1876); Wardlaw p 1^80, p. 63; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 78; Scully, ibid. p. 572; C. Swinh. Ibis, 1882, (18871 5 o°meyer & Taucr(', MT. orn. Vcr. Wien, 1883, p. Pica media PaUn‘ Brit- lnd'-> Eirds> 1 P- 24 (1889). 88 ; Scully, J. A. S. Beng. lvi. p. 85 Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 62 (1877) ; id. Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. v. pt. 3, fiicapic7n Pr.icv- iu Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 278 (1877). (Jj0 J Sharpe jP- 69 (1889). 449 n -v N°. 433' ^hlliscambo, August 18, 1873. ^To. 5 io' ®hai’gol, August 20, 1873. ^eh. August 27, 1873. (tt° iUlm) le fd,ove specimens are in full moult.] ■^o. 92q _ Sa,\ju, October 28, 1873. “Hakke” (Kolcand); “Saghizghan” (Turlci). Ao. ijg, knnju, November 1, 1873. ^°. X523 ^hakmak, Thian-Shan, January 3, 1874. Alth Pan-'ah’ APril 14-23, 1873. ^agpies atu perfectly willing to admit that the amount of white on the quills in the rpl ealle(j _p COnsi(Ierably, yet none of the above specimens approach the white-winged ^Patently 0nj eucoP^era> which was only obtained in the vicinity of Yarkand. Dr. Scully w at Ya q.met ^ie ordinary form of Magpie, but the winter specimens observed 2 aSpie was q !,^a^ Were probably P. leucoptera . He gives the following note: — “This a 1 °f Septei^| ° )sei’ved> within the limits of Kasbgliaria, at Kiwaz (elevation 7500) on the . dtere jj. wag01 ’ A^er that it was not seen until we reached Kashghar in October, ^ dlecemher S ( 0,nnion iQ gardens and on roadside tx*ees during the months of November t^a8glers ave 1 . ^ !le ^ird appears to be almost unknown at Yarkand, where only a few 0 °e0asiOlls 0ecasionaUy seen in winter. On the return journey in August it was seen on Pears to pa'rs near Kizil Aghil and the Chucliu Pass. In summer this species and so Jfi Plc Bldds round Eastern Turkestan, viz. north of Aksu and Kashghar, ^r.” fpi °a 1 oP Yarkand and of Sanju, descending to the borders of the plains in j-*r. Header ^rce(Ps at Gilgit. VjU ^°ji-la in|0°!T sta^es that this species was “first met with at Dras, soon after crossing 1 Until tfi a c a^- AU through this latter province it was common about every asllambri.’ ” 0 ang°ug Lake was reached. In Ladak it appears to bear the title of ln rIl(Jl<: ktdug Vall^^i Wl^es ' ' ^ c Brst Pou n d this at Kargil, and it became very common ah Wl tv '°ut itU a Map ^ we l°st it directly we crossed into the Pangong valley. We again ^ tiroes and" ^ " march al°ove Sanju, and thence we found it very common 10 kandr we l CU.il"vataon the whole way to Kashghar and to Maralbashi ; but on our way ost it beyond Aktala, the first camping-ground in the hills (5500 feet).” j> 2 20 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 36. Pica leucoptera. yer Pica leucoptera, Gould; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 66 (1877) ; Homeyer & Tancre, YlT- 0 ,^gg9). Wien, 1883, p. 88 ; Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 52 ; Sharpe, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. v. pt. 3, P- Pica caudata, /3. leucoptera, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 64 (1873). No. 1111. Yangihissar, December 2, 1873. No. 1173. Kashghar, December 21, 1873. Cat. b' prih Genus UEOCISSA. 37. Urocissa playirostris. Urocissa flavirostris (Blyth); Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 242 (1873) ; Sharpe. Mus. iii. p. 72 (1877) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 27 (1889). No. 18. Murree, June 23, 1873. No. 58. Murree, June 28, 1873. No. 276. Gond, Sind Valley, August 8, 1873. ^ jS Mr. Hume’s opinion tbat Gould’s 77. cucullata cannot stand (Lahore to Yark. P- " jgjjt confirmed by Mr. Oates ( l . Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. Ill; Homeyer & r|'— “ ^ - FreoHy,. /’■ P' 88 ; Zarudn- 0is- Transcasp. p. 59 (1885) ; Radde, Ornis, hi. Pyrrhoco! aymus> Gould; P- Z. S. 1862, p. 125. 1SJ a* Hresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 237; Blanf. E. Persia Gracdu* ’ P' 78 ; Scvertz- His, 1883, p. 55. Qraculus 9™cu}lls (L-) > Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 146 (1877). 39o ' J>emUa (h.) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Iud., Birds, i. p. 43 (1889). No. 590 ^ataian> Eras Valley, August 14, 1873 ( Capt. Trotter ). Nos. ei2 pi’ AuSust 30, 1873. No. 715 * f'6^5 September 4, 1873. No. h82 lanksi, September 16, 1873. No. lug' S^akmak, January 3, 1874. ^ ^asstekke, March 23, 1874. ^ two i^>CC^m0ns are vei7 large and the wing reaches to 12'6 inches, and the smallest s hut it is absurd to found a specific distinction on ^PCe, havin' o° ^ Chough, which varies greatly in size — the specimen from Mataian, for Hende° a on^v 10*7 inches in length (cf. also Sharpe, Cat. B. iii. p. 147). Galley tl 1>SOli' 0U ^lJS iourney, found the Chough “ very common all the way from the t]|ls saine Ladak, to near the Pangong Lake. Bed-hilled Choughs, doubtless of Were usuall* " °re common on the Karakash. On the upward journey, through Ladak, j)(i°Und ; jn OctJI SGen feedin= morniug and evening, in larger or smaller flocks, in cultivated 6lly °1 the ° 31 1 5 °n Gie retum journey, they were feeding in enormous flocks on the l Nr. 8cull ^Tophae rhamnoides. This bird was known in Ladak as the Chunka .” TurkestUUteS : “ The Bed-billed Chough was first met with within the limits of l2 o' Seea ever !11]011 ®anJu Pass in September 1874. When we got into the hills they ,'fj feet. rp|*V aiul were very numerous about Kichik Yailak at an elevation of IV Chou o p0 U1^ Dame *s ‘ Ivizii tumchuk Kargha,’ the Bed-billed Crow.” ]1(y feet.” as ‘0Ulld by Colonel Biddulph “ common everywhere above 10,000 or rQo) We ascend ^ 1 saw both this and the Alpine Chough up to the greatest le slender tha ^ ’ Sa^ neai’ly 20,000 feet. I remark that the bills of the Pamir birds are 8a A llQle in S ^!ose l’r0m the Indus valley.” °^lve on tke -i lcz^a s c Diary ’ says that this species had already got young ones near 1 of May, but eggs were still to be had at that date. 22 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Genus PYRRHOCORAX. 43. PYRRHOCORAX PYRRHOCORAX. Corvus pyrrhocorax, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 158 (1766). . Jev Dr. Stoliczka found it breeding near Sasstekke on the 16th of May. 44. PODOCES BIDDTTLPHI. Genus PODOCES. (Plate IY.) 15 1(187 D- by Podoces biddulphi, Hume, Str. E. ii. pp. 503, 529 (1874) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. in. P- No, 1258, d . Maralbashi, January 1874. ibagbi The typical specimen of Ik biddulphi was a female, procured at ^ia ^ Colonel Biddulph on the 10th of January, and it is now in the British Muse No. 1730. Yarkand, May 15-20, 1874. “ Bought alive in bazaar.” both tl’ 1366,1367. Tughamati, February 19, 1874. Sa ,le Epical specimens killed in August by Dr. Henderson have distinct spots of tlle 9 U on head ; these spots are also seen in Dr. Scully’s specimen killed on the " * ®eP^em^er in the desert near Sanju. In the two birds from Khushtagh °f t }S^°t S are ^ess’ and in f61 the specimens shot in February there is no trace of any ij, . e Pa^e spots, showing apparently that they are indicative of winter plumage. Gn r°nte WaS discovered by Dr. Henderson in the desert ground after leaving Sanju, Lr c? ^1Uslitagh, and also near to Oi-Tograk. OClllh mte e ^ - 0 srveiies 1 ^ Wia^es : — “This species was only met with in the desert country which eross(,(j een Sanju and Karghalik — an arm of the great Takla Makan Desert — which ^ehd 0p °n entering and leaving the plains of Eastern Turkestan. It was never seen or S'ive.s a y Car. Kashghar, Yarkand, or the country which lies between those two cities.” He ^ ^ yitrJh lnter?StinS account °f the habits of the species, and says that 44 the Turki name ffi’ely, calle^5 '' ^las rcforencc to the bird running in the trail of horses ; it is also, though ^arkestan G "f >nn sa9^z0^cmi, or 4 Sand Magpie.’ It is a permanent resident in Eastern Oo Hermann> 0bs- ZooL P- 208 (1804). bicruruo (Hermann) > SbarPc, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 246 (1877). K0 90 Uter> °ateS'’ FaUn‘ Brit Ind'5 Birds> b p' 313 (1889)- No. xgj' ^huttrebelasJ Jhelutn Valley, July 16, 1873. hT0. -I oo' E,hara 0n the Jlielum, July 17, 1873. Col ' Tinali’ JUlj 19’ 1873‘ 0ll°l ^iddulph procured this species at Baramula. 50. TpItNTJs MENZBIERI. Eamily STTJENLCLE. Genus STURNUS. East 'ncc ’ Scvertz. Turkest. Jeyotn. p. 64 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 238; Blanf. z .), r, Crsda’ h. p. 266 (1876, pt.) ; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 287 (1877) ; Finsch, Verh. 18*82 CS‘ Wien' XxiX- p- 301 (1879) > Bidd‘ Ibis> 1881> P- 78 > Scully, ibid* P- 573; C. Swinh. Ibis, p_ 85*(l88~)^ * tlomeyer & Tanere, MT. orn. Yer. Wien, 1883, p. 89; Scully, J. A. S. Beng. lvi. FaJ6^’ 8barPej this, 1888, p. 438; id. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii. p, 33, pi. i. (1890) ; Oates, hTo. Q-o ‘ J nt' tnd-’ Birds, i- p. 522 (1889). I>ora, November 4, 1873. 8Pec io^S slICchnen '-^csQjgx - ta full winter plumage, and appears to be the only individual of the SS ^ Vl BodS8, bl Cray’s Zool. Misc. p. 84 (1844) ; Shai-pe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 35 ®turnus hu '18-1 Bume & Henders. Lahore to Yarkand, p. 250, pi. xxiv. (1873). N°. mu> Bro°ks; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 520 (1889). JS 224 July 27, 1873. 'X°. 25o.’ g . Srinagar, July 31, 1873. expang113.^’ AuSust B> 1873.— Length 8-3 inches, wing 4‘5, tail 2-2, tarsus TO; towavri6 bl11 from front 1’04, from gape 125. Iris yellow ; bill blackish, pale Al] as tllG tips ; feet reddish brown. Cl! °f ^ W? &re in .W°in and much abradcd Plumage. According to the strict °rhia° d never ’ i y 0ates is u0 doubt riSbt m calling this species Sturnus humii, as Cop ol°gist, resrU obt^e; A* Dr. Scully writes:— “A single specimen of the Rose-coloured Starling w£lS i;1ks ri' > , • o , i , .,,, . -TT-i i 1 Eastern Turkestan in September. It is said to be common in Khokand and ^ where it feeds on mulberries ; and the Yarkandi bird-catchers say that it only oC^Bt mere straggler in Kasligharia, a few birds being occasionally seen in the suniinel prevalence of strong north-westerly or westerly winds. Its Turki name is Sdcn. AYES. 27 54, rn Genus TEMENUCHUS. eAEKTJCHTJS PAGODAEUM. ^•dm pagodarum, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 816 (1788). eme»uckus pagodarum, (Gm.) ; Horsf. & Moore, Cat. B. Mus. E.I. Co. ii. p. 528 (1856) ; Biddulph, Ibis, 1881, p. 79 . Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 533 (1889) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii. 8t tJ; 73 (1890). rn*" Paffodarum (Gm.) ; Wardlaw Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 63; Scully, Ibis, 1881, p. 573. °' l39- Hatti, July 21, 1873. 55. ^hlDOTHERES TRISTIS. Acridoth, Genus A C RID O TH E RE S. eres tristis (L.) ; Hume & Ilenders. Lahore to Yark. p. 252 (1873) ; Wardlaw Ramsay, Ibis, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 537 (1889) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii. tea ad] C°lcbll§ to Dr. Henderson this species was very plentiful in Kashmir, and was observed to tlw. 1 S bemd Srinagar, after which it was not again met with till the expedition returned the s*me localiti l88°, p. 63 ; Oates, P- 80 (1890). ties. 56. i(AT0EH amphtjs Eamily EBJN GILLID HI. Subfamily FRINGILL1NJE. Genus PYCNORHAMPHUS. Co, ICTEEOIDES. HeThraUStes Oroides, Vigors, P. Z. S. 1830, p. 8. P^iphona icteroides (Vig.) ; Hume & Henderson, Lahore to Yarkand, p. 257 (1873); Wardlaw -ttarrismT tv : i ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. p amsay> Ibis, 1880, p. 66. U'rnphus icteroides (Vig.) ; Hume, Nests & Eggs Ind. B. p. 469 (1873) * Us‘ x3- P- 44 (1888) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 198 (1890). W. I]’ d ' Murree, June 22, 1873. Y0 gA ^ • Murree, June 25, 1873. tto 107 ? \ Dungagally, July 3, 1873. hT0. J , Murree, July 9, 1873 344. ^ He: Sonamavg, August 11, 1873. uderson also met with this Grosbeak at Sonamarg on the 19th of J une. 57. ^cilla A Genus PRINGILLA. montieeingilla. ddlu montifringilia , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 318 (1766) ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. pp. 64, 116 (1873) ; lyser, Ibis, 1875, p. 241 ; Tacz. Bull. Soe. Zool. France, i. p. 179 (1876) ; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. s'c'l~7 (1876) ; Finsch, Verb. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xxix. p. 205 (1879) ; Biddulph, Ibis, 1881, p. 87 ; Cl" •,r> b °- P- 579 ; Homeyer & Tancre, MT. orn. Vcr. Wien, 1883, p. 89 ; Radde, Ornis, iii. p. 480 •w J 87) J Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 178 (1888) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 233 (1890). ^ O, R7a # to 5 d acb Camp, Tam, October 25, 1873. — Iris dark brown ; bill yellow, blackish tar aidS ’ beet Pale horny brown. Length 67 5 inches, wing 375, tail 2'68, 1SUs ; expanse 11 ; bill from forehead 0-45, from gape 062. e 2 28 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. No. 869, d imm. Tam, October 25, 1878. — Iris brown ; bill as above ; feet pale Length 6'35 inches, wing 33, tail 234, tarsus 075 ; expanse 1R2 ; bill from f°ie 0 45, from gape 0 62. No. 883, d ad. Kiwaz, October 26, 1873. No. 1196, d acl. South of Chakmak, January 9, 1874. No. 1295, d acl. Kashgkar, Eebruary 1, 1874. No. 1296, ? ad. Kashgliar, Eebruary 2, 1874. -ello^ No. 1482, d ad. Panjah, April 18, 1874. — Iris blackish brown; bill greenish above, blackish towards the tip, yellow round the base, particularly below brown, the claws darker, the soles yellow. Length 6-8 inches, wing 3’7, ^ ^ ^ t»ii ^ tarsus 0'8 ; expanse 11'15 ; bill from forehead 048, from gape 0'58. Wiugs rea within L2 inch of end of tail. Nos. 1583-84, d $ . Langarkish, April 26, 1874. „ 1 0 u The males shot in April are in full breeding-plumage, being black above am ^ sides of the face. Dr. Stoliczka’s notes show the change in the colour of bill in sUin winter. Genus CARDUELIS. 58. Carduelis caniceps. Carduelis caniceps, Vigors, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 23 79)' Jbi3' Ulus- .243, 005 (18/ • Pin sell, Verb. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xxix. p- " JP3) Wardlaw Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 67 ; Bidcl. Ibis, 1881, p. 85 ; Scully, t. c. p. 578 ; C. ^ 1882, p. 115; Homeyer & Tancre, MT. orn. Ver. Wien, 1883, p. 89; Sbarpe, Cat. B. xii. p. 189 (1888) ; Oates, Paun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 225 (1890) . _ Carduelis orient alls, Eversm. ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. pp. 64, 116(1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 18 ’ 387 ; Tacz. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, i. p. 180 (1876) ; Zarudn. Ois. Transcasp. p. 54 (l88o) • Nos. 229, 231, 234. Srinagar, July 31, 1873. An adult and two young birds. q . pill No. 283. Gond, August 8, 1873. — Length 336 inches, wing 33, tail 2’0, tarsus ^ the from front 0‘5, from gape 0'55. Iris dark brown; bill pale fleshy, dusky totvto tips ; feet light horny brown. Nos. 373, 378. Baltal, August 12, 1873. No. 400. Mataian, August 14, 1873. _ Colonel Biddulph only met with this Goldfinch in Kashmir, and procured spcC1 Srinagar and in the Sind valley in July. Genus CHEYSOMITRIS. 59. CflRYSOMITRIS SPINOIDES. Carduelis spinoides, Vigors, P. Z. S. 1831, p. 44. . , Hypacanthis spinoides, Cab. Mus. Hein. Th. i. p. 161 (1850) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Bh (1890). ii. V- 231 Chrysomitris spinoides , Sbarpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 201 (1888). 0-62 . ^ No. 282. Gond, August 8, 1873. — Length 3'25 inches, wing 3T, tail L8, tarsu^^V jl0p i/ from front 0-42, from gape 0-5. Iris brown ; bill fleshy brown above ; brown. AYES. 29 60. Callj Genus C ALL A C ANTH IS. Call, A-CANTHIS btjetoni. a^rAUS.burtoni (Gould); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 232 (1888); Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind. Ja™8' u- P- 226 (1890). Seeii here116 ^^P*1 procured a male at Sonamarg on the 16th of July. He says it was UU ab Gulmurg ou the return journey only. 6l- AcaNtttt« „ Genus A C A N T H I S. £. Hls BrEVIKOSTRIS. P 17Q lr°Stris> BP- ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 260, pi. 26 (1873) ; Scully, Str. F. iv. Bid 1 r!]876) ’ B^anf East. Persia, ii. p. 250 (1876) ; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 306 (1877); 4eo^ . 1881’ p- 86’ I882’ P- 284- Lin aria n ~‘ Lukung, Pangong Lake, September 19, 1873. N0s. 792 Cllagra, September 21, 1873. V p-jA Eamsal, Changchenmo Yalley, September 23, 1873. Nos. ]nY Chakmak, January 9, 1874. Nos. i ’ l447. Sasstekke, March 23, 1S74. N 1511, 1521. Panjah, April 14-23, 1874. „ ,JQ . ^ ? • Panjah, April 24, 1874. — Length 55 inches, wing 3, tail 2'4, tarsus darp’b^XBanse ; bill from front 0-38, from gape 0'42 ; length of foot 1-2. Iris toe o-65°n SreeBish yellow, dusky towards the tip ; feet brownish black. Middle "'os. 75^;. hind toe 0-5 ; wings reach within 125 of end of tail. ^0> ^558 5 t> . "P48, 1550. Panjah, April 24, 1874. 1846 Ban.iah, April 25, 1874. A fun d Kugif*r’ Juilc 2’ 1874- Psehru t nnefSC]ril>Uon °1 changes of plumage in this Linnet are given by me in the British- £ ftp Scull °SUe 5 Turkest^68 sPecBiS was fairly numerous in the hills on the south side of ll('hu p&ss ' an :i” devations from 8000 to 13,000 feet. It was first observed near the u bn3 nestling. n WaS ^ite common near Gulgun Shah in the Karakash valley, where a 1 Augllst »>b ^as obtained, proving that the bird breeds in that locality — probably in July ftp Stop it and aftl f°Un4 tlle species common and evidently breeding at Panjah on the 15th Pass on the 4th of J une, 1874, he says that he found tli, Lionel ValleA uear ftuba. g0j ^Seug lak(|U^irS nc4e *s as follows : — “We first met with this Linnet at Leh and near A- f\r e aiSQ 1 ® Procured them at intervals all across the Karakorum, both coming and S°t them in the plains of Turkestan during the winter, and in Wakhan in 30 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. the spring it was particularly common. They were generally in small parties, the inclivhh 1 ^ of which, however, were a good deal scattered. They usually perched about on bushes- obtain6 from never remember hearing any song, nor did I see them in fields." Dr. Henderson three specimens on the banks of the Arpalik River, in Hill Yarkand, a short distance where the plains commence. Genus MONTIFRIWGILLA. 62. Montifringilla adamsi. Montifringilla adamsi, Moore, MS.; Adams, P. Z. S. 1858, p. 482, 1859, p. 178, pi. 156 ; Hume & ■v- derson, Lahore to Yarkand, p. 262 (1873) ; Stoliczka, Str. F. ii. p. 463 (1874) ; Scully, Stl'‘ gj; p. 172 (1876); Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 289 (1877) ; Severtz. Ibis, 1883, PP- j^., Priev. Ibis 1884, p. 244; Sliarpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 261 (1888) ; Oates, Faun. bu Birds, ii. p. 246 (1890). ^ No. 491. Kharbu, Ladak, August 21, 1873. — Iris light brown ; bill horny yellowish at base of lower mandible; feet black. Length 7‘2 inches, wing tail 3 0, tarsus 0'8 ; bill from front 0'5, from gape 062. q0w Apparently an adult male after breeding, with the bill just beginning to turn } The terminal third of the inner secondaries only is white, and in most of the|f ijy black or brown colour extends to the end of the outer web. The back is incus streaked with dark brown. No. 496. Kharbu, August 21, 1873. A male in worn breeding-dress, very similar to the foregoing. No. 499. Kharbu, August 21, 1873. Quite a young bird in ashy-brown plumage ; the head rather darker ashy is r , ba^ / ii-c Ball- Zoogr. Rosso- Asiat. ii. p. 20 (1811). Mc^mgilla nivnlis Boie; Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 242. alpicola, Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 248 (1876) ; Seeb. Ibis, 1883, p. 10; Severtz. t. c. p. 60 ; K0 . 1 C e’ 0rnisb m- P- 480 (1887) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 260 (1888). ex y ' ^"as^;asu Eass, May 15, 1874. — Length 7 inches, wing 4'7, tail 3, tarsus 0'95; l£ v ^ s e E 3 ' 7 ; bill from front 0'52, from gape 0-63; length of foot 1'4. Iris light U'iuo^ 3r°Wn ; hill black ; feet blackish brown. Middle toe 0-8 inch, hind toe 0-6 ; V leaeh within 05 inch of end of tail. 16/2. Kaskasu Pass, May 15, 1874. °h the Tu1.',^°^Czk;a,s ‘Diary’ he writes that he had observed this same “ white Montifringilla r;iage 0f Eass, north of Chakmak.” The occurrence here recorded extends the known 0 species considerably to the eastward. E> ■ . XOn.LA sordid a. (nec L.) ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 75 (1873). Biddy [ Stoliczka, J. A. S. Beng. xxxvii. p. 63 (1868) ; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 172 (1876) ; p, gg * his, 1881, p. 88; Scully, ibid. p. 579; Homeyer & Tancre, MT. orn. Ver. Wien, 1883, FrinSillauda FaUn' Brit- Indo Birds, P- 248 (1890). ^ r/*«er pn/ ne'n01 icola (nec Hodgs.); Hume & Henderson, Lahore to Yarkand, p. 264 (1873). Turkest. Jevotn. pp. 64, 116 (1873). sordida. Uuda altaica Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 266 (1888) . , Eversm. ; Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 60. 32 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Nos. 392, 393, 399, 403. Mataian, August 14, 1873. No. 409. Mataian, August 15, 1873. — Length 6*25 inches, wing 3 '8, tail 2'55, tarsus ^ expanse 11*5; hill from front 0*43, from gape 0*53; length of foot 1*4. Ir*s brown. ; hill horny ; feet blackish horny. No. 521. Lamaguru, August 23, 1873. No. 720. Imm. Tanksi, September 17, 1873. 0-72; No. 1471, rf . Panjah, April 16, 1874. — Length 6*5 inches, wing 4, tail 2*78, tarsus ^ expanse 12 ; bill from front 0*4, from gape 0*5 ; length of foot 1*37, spread of Iris yellowish brown ; bill dusky brown, pale at root and below ; fce^ brown. Nos. 1491, 1493, 1495. Panjah, April 14-23, 1874. No. 1544. Panjah, April 24, 1874. No. 1581. Langarkisli, April 26, 1874. cou firm9 his lie Dr. Stoliczka’s series contains apparently specimens of both sexes, and the series my account of the absence of difference between them. What the above-named authoi^ ‘Diary,’ took for the old hens must have been immature birds. On the 16th of - Ajfing notes that the species was still migrating in large flocks near Sasstekke, but was be -■ g< to pair. On the march up the Zoji-la, he found this species common “just on v0ice> It flies about in flocks, very much like a Lark feeding on the ground. It has a chirpiri» „ not unlike that of Passer , and indeed replaces it, for we did not see one of the latter ho1^ Colonel Biddulph procured a female bird at Sakti on the 14th of September, | ^’uCfi 12,800 feet. Mr. Hume has appended to the specimen the following note : — “ This |s more rufescent than winter and spring birds. The whole of the head, nape, uee r throat, face, and upper breast are streaked with dull ferruginous brown, darkest on theorem fin w , fUrieS’ The tips of the median and greater coverts, margins to the tertiaries and later seco r and centre tail-feathers bright rufous-buff; back more mingled with rufous ; tips t° ^ tail-coverts rufescent and nearly obsolete.” Colonel Biddulph also obtained spct‘hlie jfe Panjah in Wakhan in April 1874, and also in tbe Kalustan valley on the 6th of Julie' f up, sends us the following note : — “"We found it on the Sakti Pass in September when and all along the Karakash valley. It was also common in Wakhan in April and a Kalustan valley in June. It seems generally common in the hills south of Turkes a I did not observe it in the plains country or higher up than 13,000 feet.” strc^nh “This species,” says Dr. Scully, “was observed near the course of the Sanju ' rg0ri between Tam and Kichak-Yailak, at elevations from 8900 to 12,000 feet.” Dr. fiiVe<^ obtained a single specimen at Dras in Ladak, and thinks that some few birds proha 3 there. 65. MoNTIF RIN GILL A BRANDTI. jbis, Leucosticte brandti, Bp. Consp. i. p. 537 (1850) ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 64 (1873) ; Pi'esser’ 1875, p. 242; Biddulph, Ibis, 1881, p. 88; Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 58. . gciiHh Montifringi/la hatmatopygia, Gould; Ilume & Henderson, Lahore to Yarkand, p. 261 (1^/ Str. F. iv. p. 171 (1876). Montifrmgilla branclli (Bp.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 269 (1888). Leucosticte hcematopjgia, Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 58. Leucosticte pamirensis, Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 58. Fringillauda brandti , Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 248 (1890). AYES. 33 N0. ^ ' _ Camp Tsultak, north of Chang-la, September 15, 1873. Nos. goo ^ ^'Uy' Panksi, September 16, 1873. N°. 807*J''806’ ? ‘ Karatagh Lake, October 10, 1873. K°s. i ^ ‘ TJpper Karakasb Valley, October 10, 1873 (received from J. Biddulph). j '1436, c s . Tarbasbi, March 28, 1874. CoUectecl b' C|i e blowing note from my ‘ Catalogue,’ founded in great part on the specimens "W. T jp 6 prfscnt PxP('ditiou : — “ The specimen described is a female bird obtained by mens proCUv ^Qf°rcl ia tIle KanSra Lama Pass, Sikbim, on October 5, 1870. Two male speci- rum., j10' °T1 |Pe same date by Mr. H. J. Elwes have more rosy margins to the feathers of l^°Ult; a^dU aie general respects similar to the female described. Both are beginning to f0reshadowii;nStead ^ie unif°rm ashy head, they have tawny-buff feathers with black bases, k°Ui tbg s aPPearance of the first winter plumage of the young. This we also know The ^'hole UeS CaPec^ed ki October by Dr. Stoliczka during the second Yarkand Expedition. tllaatle an(n^)er SUl ^ace *s sandy brown, with darker brown centres to the feathers of the he aeeioaor|s (^Cfl^^°Pygia) and M. pamirensis ; and Mr. Seebohm has kindly lent me the ^ £ U-( ^ i'kese differences were founded, including the types of M. pamirensis. aYp-feat}jei,s Sau i° differ from the last-named species in having no red margins to the e^g rosy inV]311^ °rPy a i'ew red-marked feathers on the rump, the lesser wing-coverts ■ •YJUng uj , 10 male and huffy rufous in the female. The type of the latter is quite tl Saai by ge’ wkich accounts for the absence of 10 1!v‘" - evertz°ff to resemble M. brandti , but has the whole of the rump rosy, with rosy colour. The true M. licematopygia kps of th7fltZ°ff rescmi)ie M. brandti , but has the whole of the rump rosy, wi ' There s Ga^lers crims°n ; the lesser wing-coverts ashy, with no rosy on the margin. cents to me to be nothing in these differences of plumage beyond what can be J, There epp x aan^, vuuu uu i.uo; Uii tixc murgm. ■t as°aably acc TOS *° me 1° ke nothing in these differences of plumage beyond what can be j ls evident th°f h°r ky age. In a large series, such as I have examined (over 50 skins), Plu j viaent that - ^ . -- v -- — . ^°Ung birds it s^ress can ke placed on the amount of rose-colour on the rump. lIriage. 1 1S apparently feebly developed, and is sometimes absent altogether in winter “ qij^ j^0l'e ka\vny ^umage of the adults differs from the summer plumage in being altogether tha°k> get klac]| an<1. tPe edges of the feathers becoming shed, the head, and gradually the Wie ^ack-lieacipi CUriously enough, the red edgings to the wing-coverts are never seen in ^toPygia> is *ta«e’ and hence Dr. Severtzoff contends that this form, the true M. hce- lJe"^c°Verts ar^C1. cally distinct from M. brandti and M. pamirensis. The red margins to the ckaracteri H ’ °^ever> so much more plain in the winter plumage, that I believe them to Put °u.” Cole season, being entirely lost by abrasion as the summer plumage is ^kfela a Pk s localities for the present species were Camp Tsultak, Sept. 15, 1873, ^ v 1 Pass, e 12th of June, 1874. He writes : — -“I first met Avith this crossing the Lp d2,Ooo_pg QAr ,J.JI laroe ff°cks la October in the lower part of the Karakash valley at 5 eeP W e saw it again on our way to Wakhan in large flocks near Chehil 34 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Gombaz; again it was seen in great quantities and very tame about our camp 011 Yarkand river south of the Yangi Diwan Pass ; and generally we always saw it m ^lC at elevations above 12,000 feet or so.” . ..j^ Dr. Stoliczka notes in his £ Diary ’ that this Pinch was “ very common ” at Kashmir J » on the 11th of June, 1874. ff jjj Dr. Henderson says that “this species was first met with after crossing the 0 1,; .^o0 above Leh. Prom thence it was seen at almost every camping-ground, until the EXP® aS descended to the Karakash river. It was never met with below 14,000 feet, and high as 17,000 ; at these great heights it was almost the only resident bird met with- Lansdell found the species south of the Muzart on the 12th of August. Genus RHODOPECHYS. 66. Rhodopechys sanguinea. (Plate V.) Fringilla sanguined, Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 127. Erythrospiza sanguined (Gould); Blauf. East. Persia, ii. p. 252 (1876). Rhodopechys sanguined (Gould) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 280 (1888). Nos. 1461-1465, 1515, ad. Panjah, April 14, 1874. fistPe No. 1468, <3 ad. Panjah, April 15, 1874. — Iris dark brown ; hill yellow, dusky tcm a^g 0f tip of upper mandible; feet blackish, claws also; tarsi paler, brownish; * ^,oIu feet dark. Length 7 inches, wing 4'2, tail 2'4, tarsus 0'8 ; expanse 12’8 ; 1 p-g reach withi0 forehead 05, from gape 0 6 ; middle toe 08, hind toe 06 ; wings of end of tail. , at No. 1467, 6 ad. Panjah, April 15, 1874. — Iris dark brown ; bill dusky yellow, hlaC .jjpd tip ; feet blackish brown ; tarsi lighter brown ; claws brown ; balls on soles of &e 9 C ■ Swinh- Ibis> 1882, p. 114; Menzb. Ibis, 1885, 'p. 353; Scully, Shodospiz feilg‘ lvL p- 84 (1887>- p 8o^igg^e^a’ Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 282 (1888); id. Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. v. 890 arl o • „ lT]jfl’, ' ' Sanju, October 28, 1873. — Iris coffee-brown ; bill black, paler about the ex e’ Eeet horny brown. Length 6 3 inches, wing 3'55, tail 2-7, tarsus 0-68 ; No. 9ouanr ^ ^ ’ kill from forehead 0'4, from gape 055 ; length of foot l-25. hT0s. 932 San«ffb October 29, 1873. Nos. g ’ 337> ad- Sanju, October 30, 1873. No. g34 5 J44’ a(h Sanju, October 31, 1873. N°s. 975 -9% 0i'tograk, November 3, 1873. N°s, 99o J7’ ad- Karghalik, November 6, 1873. N°. p9gg ad- Yarkand, November 10, 1873. N°. l3S()5 ad- Yarkand, November 21, 1873. No. 173 J d\xr 44 L* 1. i m xi • vv 0 -q * jr~jr — o J ^ seeping il m °Uud> never i u Sa'V lfc kigh up in the hills. It is a true Eincli, rarely seen on the Scully f °C^S’ always in pairs.” ■g.6 Plains of Kaswf ^ Species breeding in May and June. He writes “Numerous in har ju S i8'hana, where it is a permanent resident. This species was common at clU; ° ar wiif “ pcj.iuciuci.iu icMucui/. unis species was common at Vion/far(//l,VA ’ "here it frequents the hedges, often in company with the Sparrow kgT/*8 poplars T^ear Yarkand in summer it was found about trees, in orchards, and in le species is§^ ^ ^aS a verJ sweet song, and feeds entirely on seeds. The Turki name p 2 36 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. the Dr. Stoliczka says in Lis £ Diary ’ that he got two nests and eggs near Yarkanc o ^ ^ 23rd of May. One nest was in a vine-hnslx about eight feet above the ground, and olU.^e 0f mulberry-tree about twenty feet above the ground. The nest was large, composed ou ^.^d, thin twigs of a thorny bush, inside with a thick lining of cotton and old rags ant - - ~ ‘ incn i The whole nest is somewhat loosely or carelessly made, roundish, and about an There were from four to five eggs in a nest ; one had nearly de i but three inches wide, young, so the bird must begin breeding about the beginning of May. The bluish, with some short streaks or dots of dark brown round the thicker end. eggs are p d ale Genus BUCANETES. 68. Bucanetes mongolicus. Carpodacus mongolicus, Swinh. P. Z. S. 1870, p. 447, 1871, p. 480; Severtz. Ibis, 1883, P Str. F. iv. p. 169 (1876). Erythrospiza mongolica (Swinh.), Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn .56; ScuHf’ dl- . i verlia»(U . Misc. ii. p. 303 (1877) ; Finsch, > r6; z.-b. Gesellsch. Wien, xxix. p. 212 (1879) ; Barnes, Str. F. ix. p. 457 (1880); Ho“eyer^ & Ta*cre' MT. orn. Yer. Wien, 1883, p. 93 ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 287 (1888) Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 222 (1890). ^ 0^5. Erythrospiza incarnata, Severtz. Turkcst. Jevotn. pp. 64, 117 (1873); Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p- Bucanetes mongolicus, Menzbier, Ibis, 1885, p. 353. No. 625, juv. Leh, September 14, 1873. . m pale No. 728, d juv. Mug-lib, east of Tanksi, September 18, 1873. — Iris brown, .^c|,es, fleshy brownish ; feet fleshy yellowish brown, soles orange. Length wing 3-3, tail 2‘35, tarsus 09. No. 729, $ juv. Muglib, September 18, 1873. No. 887. Sanju, October 27, 1873. _ . fe^ No. 891, 6 ad. Sanju, October 28, 1873. — Iris brown ; bill yellowish pale h°rP^ horny brown ; tarsi with a reddish tinge. Length 6-3 inches, wing 3-7o, tarsus 0-7. Nos. 934, 941. Sanju, October 30, 1873. Nos. 1133, 1135, 1147, 1148. Kashghar, December 11 to 15, 1873. Nos. 1182-1192. Chakmak, January 7 to 9, 1874. Nos. 1261, 1262, 1270, 1281, 1282. Kashghar, January 24 to 31, 1874. Nos. 1306, 1328, 1331, 1332, 1334, 1347, 1349, 1351, 1352. Kashghar, Eebruary 4 t0 No. 1439. Tashkurghan, March 30, 1874. No. 1519. Panjah, April 23, 1874 The young bird resembles the adult female and has very little rosy colour on and none at all on the coverts or face. The upper surface and the wing-covei'ts bL-own, and the whole breast and flanks are suffused with sandy buff. iLll0petel In the £ Catalogue of Birds ’ I adopted the generic name Erythrospiza for the * Bullfinches. Count Salvadori, however, has written to me as follows fl11' Erythrospiza, Bp., was established much earlier than in the £ Eauna Italica.’ * °u ^ .g it in the £ Osservazioni al Regno Animate del Baron Cuvier,’ p. 80 (1840), an_ ( * v.„ TT ~KT 1 111 o 4 TJ/xmvnoP'fP lH ^ .’ns the I111 ills- gaudy equivalent of Carpodacus of Kaup. You have not noticed that Bonaparte ni e0ies Italica,’ both in the £ Introduzione ’ and in the text of E. githaginea, says that t llS not a typical Erythrospiza. So the genus Bucanetes must be used.” AYES. 37 ^°^'c'z^aj in his £ Diary,’ notes that the present species was very common near Sanju itober, and on the on the Sanju hills. Dr- South J °n the 9- , a’ in hls st)poi*« 7' 1 of October, and on the 20th of the same month he mentions it as the only 1 7s lie noticed even ti Writes : — “This species is only a winter visitant to Eastern Turkestan, and Near Y^l ^ ^ T1°^ common > it is said to migrate eastwards, towards China, in the spring. appea ar|d it frequents a sort of desert bush called KamghaJc , on the seeds of which it 8 t0 feed. It is rather a favourite cage-bird with the Yarkandis, on account of its sweet Somy ” o* n i sPecie.s 1 - ®^dulph sends this note : — “ We first obtained one or two specimens of this 8everai & (13)000 feet) in September. Again in the Karakash valley in October they l^efeiens were procured on our arrival at Sanju in the beginning of November; specjnUiii^° seen settling in immense flocks in short grass in the morning. A few Very Co S Wcre obtained during the winter in Kashgliar, and in Wakhan in April we found it mon- They are chiefly ground-birds.” Pet; Genus PETRONIA. Ronia Fri PETRONIA. Pa^er Linn. S. N. i. p. 322 (1766). Fyrr j/ °n^a ’ Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 64 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 420. Petro. Upetronia (h.) ; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 288 (1877) ; Radde, Ornis, iii. p. 481 (1887). *« (Gm.) ; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 255 (1876) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 79 ; Scully, ibid. Petron°^i C' Swirdl- Ibis, 1882, p. 113; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 243 (1890). Fetro J1 reV^ros^s> T^cz. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, i. p. 179 (1876). naPetronia, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 289 (1888). 0~10' Kashghar, January 19, 1874. Length 6' 5 inches, wing 4, tail 2-33, tarsus Irp expanse 12-2 ; bill from front 0'57, from gape 0'7 ; length of foot 1'4. on S+i " e^owfeb brown ; bill bluish dusky, pale below ; feet fleshy brown, more dusky No 1 tae soles- J'’0. 1290 -rr No. l2^- Naslighar, January 23, 1874. No. ]9K ’ ^205, 1268, 1269. Kashghar, January 24, 1874. No. Igor.' feasbgbar, January 25, 1874. Kashghar, February 10, 1874. VO. lA$Ser F'‘'in!nllu Genus PASSER. ^lONTANUs. Passer n‘mntana> Linn- Syst. Nat. i. p. 324 (1766). Jev °^anus (-^ ■) J Horsf. & Moore, Cat. B. Mus. E. I. Co. ii. p. 500 (1856); Severtz. Turkest. blani'1 p5 ^ (1873) ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 254 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 239 ; jtj, . st> Persia, ii. p. 255 (1876); Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 178 (1876); Tacz. Bull. Soc. Zool. I^ricnC 1'i>* ^ ~8 (1876) ; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 294 (1877); Finsch, Verb. z.-b. Ges. Tan 'f / tJ‘ 210; Wardlaw Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 64; St. John, t. c. p. 145; Homeyer & Muf ^ MT' 0m' Ver‘ Wien, 1883’ P- 89 i lladde’ 0rniib hi- p- 482 (1887) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Nq XU' IJ' 39‘^ C888) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 240 (1890). os. 880 o?iWdz’ October 26, 1873. 5 4, 885, ad. Kiwaz, October 26, 1873. 38 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Nos. 973, 974, ad. Karghalik, November 6, 1873. No. 1109, ad. Yangihissar, December 2, 1873. No. 1204, ad. Kaskghar, January 15, 1874. No. 1206, ad. Kaskghar, January 17, 1874. No. 1212, ad. Kaskghar, January 19, 1874. Nos. 1224-1226, ad. Kashghar, January 23, 1874 One of these is a cream-coloured variety, entirely white.” Nos. 1230, 1246, 1248, 1249, 1259, ad. Maralbashi, January 1874. Dr. Stoliczka notes : “ I saW an° the* at J y — ; y 7 ' t/ L Dr. Stoliczka mentions in his ‘ Diary ’ that the Tree-Sparrow first became abun Kiwaz on the 20th of February. On the 14th of January he saw the first Passer pairing and selecting a place for a nest. On the 22nd of May he procured a number 0 at Yarkand, and writes in his 8 Diary — 88 The eggs are rather large, and vary much m rUc It builds in houses, but prefers holes of trees, and makes a large nest, inside thic 1 with wool, cotton, rags, &c. I saw as many as twelve eggs in one nest, and I wonder they are all from the same bird.” , ffUst, Dr. Scully states that the Tree-Sparrow breeds in Eastern Turkestan from May 1° ' ° 0f and he believes that it rears two broods in the year. It is “the Common ®b:U, ..pited year. Eastern Turkestan, where it is a permanent resident. It abounds everywhere near iulim for tU6 places and cultivated fields, up to an elevation of about 7500 feet. The Turki name ,^s Tree-Sparrow is 8Ak Kuchkack,’ i. e. 8 The “White Bird,’ in Kliokand, and by the AwHi^^r called 8 Ckumchuk,’ but a Yarkandi would not understand what was meant by ^l0 name. of tbe city Dr. Henderson writes : — 88 The Tree-Sparrow of Europe is the House-SparroW of Yarkand, where it is almost as familiar and impudent as the English or Indian Sparrow. It was seldom noticed in the fields, or indeed anywhere except in and a houses. In Turki it is called 8 Chum-Chuk.’ ” 71. Passer domesticus. Fringilla domestica, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 323 (1766). £ J>st" Passer domesticus (L.) ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 64 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 239 ; ® ^ Persia, ii. p. 254 (1876); Tacz. Bui). Soc. Zool. France, i. p. 78 (1876) ; Finsch, “V erJ1- % . Yd’- Gesellsch. Wien, 1879, p. 209 ; C. Swinh. Ibis, 1882, p. 112; Homeyer & Tancre, kll^ Wien, 1883, p. 89; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 308 (1888) ; Oates, Faun. Brit ii. p. 236 (1890). ii- P' id- Passer indicus, J. & S. ; Hume & Headers. Lahore to Yark. p. 252 (1873) ; Blanf. East. Persi®^ . pid (1877) ; Wardlaw Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 63; Bkld. Ibis, 1881, p. 79; Scully, ibid. p- Ibis, 1882, p. 281 ; Scully, J. A. S. Beng. lvi. p. 85 (1887) ; Radde, Ornis, iii- P- 4 Sharpe, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. v. p. 79 (1889). Passer domesticus indicus, Seebohm, Ibis, 1883, p. 8. Nos. 245, 246, s ? ad. Srinagar, August 2, 1873. No. 534, <$ ad. Sasptil, Ladak, August 25, 1873. Nos. 556, 561, <$ , 563, 567, $ ad. Leh, August 28, 1873. The bright-coloured race of the Common Sparrow, Passer indicus of authors met with by the Expedition beyond Leh, and Dr. Henderson states that it was in Yarkand ; nor is the species in Dr. Scully’s list. a6 t a eVei 5 AYES. 39 ASSER HISPANIOLENSIS. Passer0 h?Spaniolensis> Temm. Man. d’Orn. p. 353 (1820). rsahcarius, Keys. u. Bias. ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 64 (1873); Dresser, Ibis, 1873, p.239; Passer? ^ ** 255 (1876)' Scui77^-- (T-) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 79; Scully, t. c. p. 573; C. Swinb. Ibis, 1882, p. 113; j • y’ A- s- Beng. lvi. p. 85 (1887) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 318 (1888) ; id. Trans. Passer ^ Z°o1' v- P- 79 (1889); Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 239 1890). Nos CicoIus> Bp. ; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 164 (1876) ; Ward] aw Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 64. No. -j^88, ^ & • Cliakmak, January 7, 1874*. ex 5 c' ‘ Sasstekke, March 23, 1874. — Length 6 inches, wing 3 '3, tail 2*5, tarsus 0'8 ; d|| fnso 10; bill from front 045, from gape 06. Iris dark brown; bill brownish No. ] on^’ yellow lateral base ; feet pale brown. No. ^laralbashi, January 1874. No' p,,’- TiSdu, Eebruary 25, 1874. Col Pa^al1’ APril H-23, 1874. ^aatiary ]Sj,^ ^ddulph writes : — “ Stoliczka got the first specimen at the commencement of ^ashgPaj, ^ ^le t°°t ^le Thian-Shan range. Later a few specimens were got near aPpareutiy^n* Pr' ®cuP-y, hlris Sparrow is tolerably common in the plains and is a'ai’ki n;il' a permanent resident in Eastern Turkestan. It nests in May and June, and the e is t£ Tarachi.” 73 CINNAMOIIEUS. • Passer Pyrrrit ™2namomea> Gould> B- z- S. 1835, p. 185. BritA\rm°WeMS ^Gould) > Hume & Senders. Lahore to Yark. p. 252, pi. 25 (1873) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. No. 9 1 US' Xn’ 1' 325 (1888) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 240 (1890). 4/ Md' Purree, June 20, 1873. No. 3 8l> P- 245; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 170 (1876) ; Taez.Bull. Soc. • _ ranee, i. p. 181 (1876); Prjev. in Rowley’s Ora. Misc. ii. p. 181 (1877); Wardlaw Iiamsav, 18/*> P‘ 461> 188°, P- 67; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 83; Scully, ibid. p. 577; C. Swinh. Ibis, 1882, Cat ' (;vertz- Ibis, 1883, p. 10; Ilomeyer & Tancre, MT. orn. Yer. Wien, 1883, p. 90; Sharpe, p ' ' dt- Mus. xb- p. 391 (1888) ; id. Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. v. pt. 3, p. 80 (1889) ; Oates, Nqs UU‘ Bnt- Ind, Birds, ii. p. 219 (1890). V °’,J> 401, , dC a3c rd)out the middle of August, and we found them extraordinarily numerous °Xcept in theS IV nd ^ ^°Lda Lily on our return. The species was seen nowhere else, l)r, g ii 11 .tan valley in June, and there it was common.” No. 49i, No. 47j, £°- 588, 605 N, ad. d ad. d ad. 2 ad. 2 ad. d ad. d ad. d ad. 607, 622, iTY17' ’is flO. i7'7q . So. ' ’ JUV' Ko. 1856, 1861. dad. d ad. aibong (|l(, '(UyV w rites : — “ This species was first observed at Sanju, where it was flitting about ° ei'nV'1 cs ’ was seen on several occasions in the hills among the bushes, and was on the banks of the Karakash river near was ^udli(h{]a j^erous the Hololaclme bushes un „Uu u.,u,huimi river ^ery com.m0tl .lad^a tolerably loud sweet note.” Dr. Henderson states that this Carpodacus w P S l“ey Olid ] ,Ui t'xasl1niir in June and July, from the Sind Valley ; and in Ladak to the first iv?1 t*ircls were*3 1 4dle ldrds were in small flocks, and only males were observed, so that the l(Y the Exr)1 sitting. It was not observed by him in the high desert regions, and l°e ition returned none were seen in either Ladak or Kashmir. G 42 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 77. Carpodacus severtzovi. Lahore Carpodacus rubicillus (nec Glildenst.) ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 64 (1873) ; Hume & ^nf^cZ. IJuU- to Yark. p. 258 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 245 ; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 169 (1876) ; Soc. Zool. France, i. p. 182 (1876); Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 298 (1876) ; ®e'e Ibis, 1883, p. 81 ; Menzbier, Ibis, 1885, p. 353. . . OatcS' Carpodacus severtzovi , Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1886, p. 354; id. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 400 (18 ’ Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 220. a • A-R tan No. 854, <3 . South of Sanju Pass, October 22, 1873. — Length 8*5 inches, wing 4 tarsus 0'85 ; expanse 13 '6. Iris dark brown ; bill greenish horny ; feet dark ^ ^5, No. 855, $ . South of Sanju Pass, October 22, 1873. — Length 8 ‘25 inches, " ^ sapie tail 3-5, tarsus 0-85 ; expanse 13-25; length of foot 1*5. Iris, bill, and feet as in the male. Nos. 875, 876, 877, 878, 2 . Kiwaz, October 26, 1873. Nos. 1437, 1438, 6 $ . Tashkurgli&n, March 30, 1874. No. 1460. Paujah, April 13, 1874. No. 1518. Panjah, April 14-23, 1874. ^ aJJtl Colonel Biddulph has furnished us with the accompanying note : — “ Both corlll^^j 0p going we found this common in the Karakash Yalley below Shahidula (11,500 feey flje the Yarkand side of the Sanju Pass (9000 feet) ; also in Waklian (9000 feet) ; aSain ^.ere Kulustan Valley (10,000-11,000 feet) coming up to the Yangidewan Pass, where tuo ^ not very common. They were very abundant in June at Tutujalak (13,000 feet) bet" Nobra Valley and the Tussia Pass.” _ ^ grid Dr. Henderson procured a specimen on the 9th of October near the Pangong ‘ ^ ]ie two young birds were also obtained on the Arpalak River on the 13th of Augnsb a^_t( \ remarks that the species probably breeds in the neighbourhood. Dr. Scully wriR^^gpu pair of this fine species was first observed in a rocky gorge between Mazar and the Pass ; they hopped from the buckthorn hushes growing by the side of a small A10 ban**9 stream and mounted up the hillside. After that this species was often seen along 'fb6 of the Karakash from Kurgan Ali Nazar to Oibuk (elevation 10,700 to 11,700 fe® ^ ji0se- arrival of our camps at Toghrasu on the 22nd August greatly disturbed a family of tb0 Pinch ; the male bird especially was very excited, flying backwards and forwards a hillside and crying shrilly to its two youngsters to follow it out of reach of dangcl • ^ pint all the birds of this species which I shot were found to have the hills stained a s°| ^erry, aS colour ; this was probably due to the birds having been feeding on some kind ° the colour rubbed off on wetting.” 78. Carpodacus rhodochlamys. Pyrrhula {Cory thus) rhodochlamys , Brandt, Bull. Sci. Acad. Imp. St. Petersb. 1843, p. 27. ->1° ’ Carpodacus rhodochlamys (Brandt) ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 64 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, Menzbier, Ibis, 1885, p. 353; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 406 (1888). Propasser rhodochlamys (Brandt) ; Stoliczka, Str. F. iii. p. 219 (1875). Propasser rhodometopws, Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 156, pi. vi. No. 722. Tanksi, September 17, 1873. . . pro"’11' No. 726. Tanksi, September 17, 1873. — Bill pale horny; feet fleshy brown; irlS Length 8'5 inches, wing 425, tail 3-63, tarsus 0-9. AYES. 43 Ko"' 1°^* September 20, 1873. Nos Yangihissar, December 1, 1873. j^0g’ ^03, H05, 1106, 1108. Yangihissar, December 2, 1873. j^0 ’ 1143. Kasbghar, December 13, 1873. No‘ -. J46, Kasbghar, December 14, 1873. I®5 d • Kasbghar, January 20, 1874. — Length 8 inches, wing 3‘5, tail 3‘45, tarsus 0'9 ; expanse 10-75; bill from front 0-5, from gape O' 64 ; length of foot 1*5 ; wings leach within 2'4 of end of tail. Iris brown; bill dusky, paler below; feet horny brown. (Vq^’ ^ ’ Kasbghar, January 20, 1874. — Length 7'75 inches, wing 3'3, tail 3'2, tarsus , expanse 10'5 ; bill from front 0'5, from gape 0'62 ; length of foot 1*5 ; wings reach within 2'1 of end of tail. Iris brown ; bill greenish dusky, pale below ; feet No.loy7a;TtarSi fleShy’ x- Jaitupa, Eebruary 21, 1874. 79. q RPoi>actjs stoliczka. (Plate YI.) Car>aS/Ser s^°^Cz^c Hume, Str. F. ii. p. 523 (1874) ; Severtz. Str. F. 1878, p. 431. Podacus stoliczka, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 403 (1888). -bN O. IftKK K0 iRyJ ^ ' Chiklik, June 4, 1874. (Type of species.) °7. Chiklik, June 4, 1874. that it °lle4 Hiddulph procured a female in the Ivulustan Valley on the 6th of J une. He says gave toT tolerably common there, but was not noticed anywhere else. This specimen he btirtae Q( ^ 4a4e Hr. Handelli and it passed with the rest of the Mandelli Collection into the 80. DtRHTTLA ATJRANTIACA. Genus PYRRHDLA. h'd" fiurantiaca, Gould; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 258 (1873); Stoliczka, Str. F. ii. (18 61 ^1874‘b Bidd- Ibis, 1881, p. 82; Scully, t. c. p. 577; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 455 p lie Writ °UrGc4 by Colonel Biddulph on the return journey at Sonamarg on the lltli of July. days on ^ 4° ^r* Hume : — “ On our way up on the 12th of August we halted here for three hot our, bUlP°se to get this bird, as you had requested Stoliczka to do so ; but at that time Hr t0 136 seeru” Wiq en derson observes : — “ ' lap-;,, auey. it was mct with on the roadside in June and in October, and was quite bUsh5 fe ■. . earless. It associated in small flocks about six in number and flew from bush to °ccurretl °n berries. It was met with in no other locality. The elevation at which it Was Horn about 7000 to 8000 feet.” rson observes : — “ This beautiful species was very common about the head of g2 44 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Subfamily EMBER IZIN2E. Genus PYRRHULORHYNCHA. 81. Pyrrhulorhyncha pyrrhuloides. Emberiza pyrrhidoides, Pall. Zoogr. Rosso-Asiat. ii. p. 49 (1811) ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p- ycr. Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 249; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 166 (1876); Homeyer & Taucre, MT. 011 Wien, 1883, p. 90. Scheenicola pyrrhuloides (Pall.); Tacz. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, i. p. 177 (1876). ^ jjrit. Pyrrhulorhyncha pyrrhuloides, Finsch, Yerli. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1879, p. 106 ; Sharpe, Cat. Mus. xii. p. 475 (1888). Nos. 1240, 1242. Maralbashi, January 1874. . No. 1283. Kashgliar, January 31, 1874. — Iris dark hazel ; feet blackish brown > brown. Nos. 1708, 1711. Yarkand, May 22, 1874. Nos. 1775, 1780, 1781. Yarkand, May 24, 1874. ogS of In Dr. Stoliczka’s ‘ Diary ’ occurs the following : — “ Yarkcmcl, May 22nd. I got ^ ^jpjisln- the Black -headed Bunting (A. pyrrhuloides), which Biddulph brought first from ^ ' ‘X^ie pest It is common here. I got altogether three nests ; two had four and one five eggs- . - o— — » — * — , ms, insl^e is a nicely-made, round, cup-shaped structure, composed outside of coarse Juncus- sta 1 u** of fine grass with a tlnn lining of liorse-liair. The nest is perfectly round, inside abo ^eajced deep, with an inside diameter of 2| inches. The eggs are greenish grey, marbled anc oflrayds with blackish brown of a deeper and paler shade, the colouring being more abunda the c&s the broader end Dr. Scully’s note is as follows : — ■“ The first specimen was shot at Beshkaih m eciD1 beginning of Eebruary in waste ground overgrown with small bushes. Three other sp J apd were obtained near Yarkand in April. This bird frequents the edges of marshy Sl]oll^e for rice-fields, breeds in Kashgharia, and is probably a permanent resident. The Turki 1 gay this Bunting is ‘ Karabash Kuchkach,’ the ‘ Black-lieaded Bird.’ The Yarkandi Shi that the nest of this species is always placed in Yekan, i. e. ‘ reed-beds.’ ” Genus EMBERIZA. 82. Emberiza schoeniclus. Emberiza schceniclus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 311 (1766); Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 64 Yerli. z.-b. Ges. Wien, 1879, p. 217 ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 81 ; Scully, t. c. p. 575 ; Home)61 MT. orn. Yer. Wien, 1883, p. 90; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 480 (1888). Cynchramus schceniclus (L.) ; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 309 (1877). Scheenicola arundinacca (Gm.) ; Tacz. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, i. p. 177 (1876). Emberiza scheenicola, Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 166 (1876) ; C. Swinli. Ibis, 1882, p. 84. icL . Fiusi (18^’Lcre, No. 925, 7tr*>' ^ ‘ Kaslighar, January 31, 1874. No. T_Qof/ e ' Kashghar, Eebruary 3, 1874. N°s. jo . ’ d • Kaslighar, Eebruary 11, 1874. N0 j ^^4, 2 . Kaslighar, Eebruary 12, 1874. No. ‘ Kaslighar, Eebruary 13, 1874. Nos, I jo ’ 6 • Kaslighar, March 8, 1874. No. 1245, 2 , 1256, e . Maralhashi, January 1874. I9’ Faizabad, March 2, 1874. Fel U> W^°^e seiaes is in winter plumage ; nor do the males killed in the middle of Hiary or in March show much sign of shedding the tips to the black feathers of tlla throat. B Col beceniiii jU ^ t'bldulph procured specimens at Yarkand in November, and at Kaslighar in tie wim ( ’ ebmary> and March, as well as at Maralhashi. They were very common during Acc 4. r abso n°ticed the species on the march near Karghalik in November. sPecimens. Seixlly this species was “ common near Yarkand in winter, and four Was saij l " ('! ° Presejwed in January and Eebruary. It frequented hedges and small trees and qw-y t lG Yarkandis to be a permanent resident ; but I never observed it in summer.” 1 uame for this bird is “ Cha-Kuchkach.” fUSIXLA. pusitta, Pall. Rei. Russ. Reiclis, iii. p. 697 (1776) ; Severtz. Turkest. .Tevotn. p. 64 (1873) ; Ko. SC.V ibis, 1875, p. 249; Tacz.Bull. Soc. Zool. France, i. p. 177 (1876) ; Prjev. in Rowley's Orn. p o? 1*' (1877); Wardlaw Ramsay, Ibis, 1877, p. 462; Finsch, Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xxix. 9 (18/9) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 487( 1888) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind.,Birds, ii. p. 254. 845 Win South of Sanju Pass, Karakash Yalley, October 22, 1873. — Length 5'35 inches, ^ g 2 75, tail 2-25 ; expanse 8'5. Bill greenish horny ; feet brownish yellow. Pparently adult bird in winter plumage. ' 'EiibehiZa Bm/, RtJSTICA. n l~JUStica’ pall. Reis. Russ. Reichs, iii. p. 698 (1776) ; Tacz. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, ^6) ; Finsch, Verh i. p. 175 N0 a,1883, P- 90 5 Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus/xii. p. 491 (1888) z.-b. Ges. Wien, 1879, p. 216 ; Homeyer & Tancre, MT. orn. Yer. Wien, bTo. 0q>- f *em- Sanju, October 29, 1873. — Length 6'2 inches, wing 31, tail 2'4, tarsus black' ?Xpansc ^’6 5 bill from front 0'4, from gape 0'5. Iris reddish brown; bill brow ^ ']0l']l^’ PaPc brown along the posterior culmen ; lower mandible pale fleshy tin,r n’ ^sby at the sides and tip ; feet pale horny brown, with a very slight fleshy rjoYC' yings reach within l-35 inch of tip of tail. 5 d biem. Sanju, October 30, 1873. 46 SECOND YABKAND MISSION. 85. Emberiza luteola. Emberiza luteola, Sparrm. Mus. Carls, fasc. iv. taf. 93 (1788) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p 249; . Scully 90; Str. F. iv. p. 167 ; Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 60; Homeyer & Tancre, MT. ora. Yer. Wien, ’ ggg). Sbarpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 506 (1888) ; id. Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. v. pt. 3, p- 8 Emberiza brunneiceps, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 64 (1873). , ibid- Euspiza luteola (Sparrm.); Wardlaw Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 66; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 81; * ’gg 7). p. 575 ; C. Swinb. Ibis, 1882, p. 114 ; Bidd. ibid. p. 282; Scully, J. A. S. Beng. lvi. P- ® Nos. 1703, 1735, 1757, J , 1759, 1761, 1764. Yarkand, May 16 to 21, 1874. Nos. 1785, 1787, 1788, 6 . Soutli-wost of Ighiz Yar, May 18, 1874. Nos. 1694, 1695, 6 $ . Kizil, May 19, 1874. No. 1837, $ . Kugiar, June 1, 1874. All birds in full breeding-plumage. ^y, Colonel Biddulpb writes : — “ We never saw this Bunting during the winter or yar, w7hen, on our return from the Pamir, we emerged from the hills. We first saw it at W- ati011, and thenceforward noticed it in abundance everywhere in the plains and amongst cu It was breeding.” pastel'11 Dr. Scully says : — “ This species is a seasonal visitant to the plains 0 ^ ^ei'e Turkestan, arriving about the end of April and leaving in September. The ^^y aV numerous from the end of May to July near Yarkand. This Bunting breeds ui June.” He gives a full description of the nest and eggs. f}(Sp^(l On the 27th of May, Dr. Stoliczka writes in his ‘Diary’: — “Near Yarkan of luteola is building a nest in low bushes in open gardens.” At Besliterek on th® ^0la, May he observes : — “A man brought a nest which he assured me was that of /- ^ yel/ called Sure kulshkajtsh. The nest was on or very near the ground; made outsit ■ ^ jeep coarse grass, inside lined with hair of horse and other animals. It is only about and about 2|- inches m diameter; somewhat loosely constructed, like that of a jjjicfc The eggs are whitish, dotted all over with brown, the dots most numerous round end.” 86. Emberiza hortulana. f. 948 • V' Emberiza hortulana, L. ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 64 (1873); Dresser, Ibis, 1875, P- & faVcre’ East. Persia, ii. p. 259 (1876) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 80; Scully, t. c. p. 574; Homey pi»»' MT. oru. Yer. Wien, 1883, p. 90 ; Sbarpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 530 (1888) ; id- Soc. (2) Zool. v. pt. 3, p. 80 (1889). No. 1709. Yarkand, May 22, 1874. ^ Dr. Scully notices the occurrence of the Ortolan Bunting in Gilgit during t)rPe passage. He says that his specimen was inseparable from European examples, aUC^-llX to ^ specimen of Emberiza shah in the Paris Museum was likewise considered by ^ ^ c]ealCl identical with ordinary E. hortulana. Eastern specimens, however, are always ° etlce and brighter colour than the western ones, but I do not think there is sufficient c 1 which to found a subspecific distinction. AYES. 47 ■J^eriza. buchanani. h ft Ibis 1880^ Jerd‘; Blan£- East. Persia, ii. p. 258 (1876); Scully, Ibis, 1881, p. 575; C. Swinh. p. 6i P-113; Homeyer & Tancre, MT. orn. Yer. Wien, 1883, p. 90; Severtz. Ibis, 1883, 7 7 Tram T- am”*> B1-vth > Bidd- Ibis; 188b P- 80; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 533 (1888); id. NoS 8 W S0C' (3) ZooL v- Pt- 3> P- 81 (1889). No. 847’ 8dj8- North of Shahidula, October 21, 1873. ’’ South-west of Ighiz Yar, May 18, 1874. 88' ElI“GRI2i ou. ■®B! t>eriza N os. Persia*- L'; ScVCrtz‘ Turkest- Jevotn. p. 64 (1873); Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 247; Blanf. East. d> 11 • p. 257 (1876) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 537 (1888). l4U. 1412. rPhe l • ’ ¥ ' •aKUarra [AEtalaJ, March 22, 1874. j)r Sf ^ U(N aPPear to he the true E. cia and not the Himalayan race E. straclieyi. aru N°- W04. „ Col - . . "Pore in y -^uldulph says that, to the best of his knowledge, this species was not seen any- jjp ^ j- y- -I—* . isclo auu iiuu uuc jllj. u_i axaij uu. lauc jjj. ovz Muncy ^hle and fe ^CZ^a no^ces this Bunting in his £ Diary ’ on the above date. He says : — “ I shot a 0- iyh ma^e °*' W^la^ aPPears t° lie Emberisa cia , apparently a new-comer to the country.” Panjah, April 14-23, 1874. 89. t y isciyt, unuL, lo me uest oi nis Knowledge, mis aikand. He procured specimens in Wakhan in April. Pin IbEriza stracheti. p. 574 ra^eVb Moore; Wardlaw Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 65 ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 79; Scully, t. c. ^mieriga ’■ bharpei Cat' B- Brit- Mus. Hi. p. 539 (1888). N°. gQ U °la (nec L-) > Hume & Haulers. Lahore to Yark. p. 256 (1873). No. Q2 d ' Nturree, June 26, 1873. No. 278 Murree, June 29, 1873. Nos. 286 28Q G°nd’ AugUSt 8’.1873- hjp J. ’ d $ . Gaganghir, August 9, 1873. — Length 4' 8 inches, wing 26, tail 1-9 ; l;)elow<-11f from gape O' 56 ; tarsus 07. Iris dark brown ; bill brown, yellow No. 3p- 5 cnt' leaden grey ; inside of mouth yellow. Nos. 37l’ Sondmarg, August 10, 1873. No. 48o 5 °74- Paltal, August 12, 1873. • feuargol3 August 20, 1873. y 4 IP^ "H m °Ve Jarnu^n^n®5 according to Dr. Henderson, was common all through Kashmir from 0 near the Zoji-la Pass ; beyond this it was not met with. 90. p, Kberi2a 7°— I- Xii, p ff°5^2Wnkii’ TaCZ‘ ; PrJev- in RoHey’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 308 (1877) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. No. Ul3 (1388). Akdarra [Aktala], March 22, 1874. 48 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. On the 24th of March Colonel Biddulph shot a couple of male birds, one adult al^jl6y immature, in the Kirog Valley. These two specimens he gave to Mr. Mandelli, ant ^ passed with the rest of the Mandelli Collection into Mr. Hume’s hands, and they are the British Museum (cf. Sharpe, l. c.). I'lO'W' in 65) 91. Embebiza stewabti. Emberiza steivcirti, Blyth ; Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 248 ; Ward I aw Ramsay, Ibis, 1879, p. 446, 1889, P^ , Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 81; Scully, t. c. p. 575; C. Swinh. Ibis, 1882, p. 113; Bidd. ib^- 1 Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 547 (1888). Emberiza caniceps] Gould; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 64 (1873). No. 77. Murree, July 2, 1873. No. 83. Changligally, near Murree, July 2, 1873. No. 121. Chuttrebelas, July 16, 1873. No. 189, $ . Srinagar, July 28, 1873. 92. Embebiza leucocephala. Ibis, 18 P> Emberiza leucocephala, Cm. ; Hume & Henderson, Lahore to Yark. p. 254 (1873) ; Dresser, t e. Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 79; Scu Sharpe, ylisc. p. 248 ; Finseh, Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xxix. p. 215 (1879) p. 574; C. Swinh. Ibis, 1882, p. 113 ; Bidd. ibid. p. 282; Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 60; B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 549 (1888) ; id. Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. v. pt. 3, p. 81 (1889). Emberiza pityornis, Pall. ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 64 (1873) ; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. p. 307 (1877) ; Homeyer & Tancre, MT. orn. Ver. Wien, 1883, p. 90. No. 888. Sanju, October 27, 1873. [An adult male in winter plumage.] fo ill No. 1477. Panjah, April 16, 1874. — Length 7'3 inches, wing 3 6, tail 3-0, tarsus ^Cgb ; from front 0‘4, from gape 0 5. Iris brown ; bill dusky, lower mandible pale feet fleshy brown, soles yellowish. r0. <4nua0ia 3 This species was met with by Dr. Henderson in October in large flocks near , b)r a in the Sind Valley. They had probably been driven down from the pine-forests a 0 fall of snow which had occurred a few days previously. Genus MELOPHTJS. 93. Melophtjs melanictebus. Melophus melanicterus (Gm.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 568 (1888). 6 ad. No locality. No. 122, Severtz- J- f' °- 1875' P- 191 J Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 174 (1876); Dresser, Otocor ’ P- 181 ; Severtz- Ibis> 1883, p. 61. ys pallida, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 533 (1890). i’Os. 9go QQn ^ V No. 892 V i ^ a^' ®anjUs October 31. — Wing 4'7-4'85 inches. Jlill ii • 'U^ ’8anjUj October 28. — Length 7 ’05 inches, wing 4'4, tail 3'05, tarsus 0'9, Ill U'S^1 ^orny’ blackish towards the tip, pale below; iris brown, of tl t^Uee w^nter plumage, in which stage it is extremely difficult to tell some hnd U.l S^)GC'mens from O. albigula , because the black feathers on the sides of the face these lef ''Jan^ are raGier broadly edged with white, and then the accumulation of « W l1e edges, in a carelessly prepared skin, gives a pale appearance between No. No. No. No, No. No. fJ A - ± A 0 ^ar"//,VCr^S an<^ ^1C cbcst‘band which may render the skins easily mistaken for 945 92^’ ? atb Sanju> November 1. — Wing 4'35 inches. 9^0’ ^ a January. — Wing 4'7 inches. Ptumal above specimens there is a slight indication of approaching nuptial No. 139^ »e- The^i'i Naslighar, February 4. — Wing 4'8 inches. , °n crown> sides of face, and throat is so strongly developed that there No. ip^Q y any indication of light edgings left. This^'* ^Yshkurghan, March 30. — Wing 4'4 inches. s lathei a curious bird, for, although it was shot in the spring, and by the black of 50 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. streaking of its head shows decided approach to nuptial dress, yet the forehead, si face, and throat are decidedly tinged with yellow, as in autumn. Nos. 1502, 1508, 1509, d . Panjah, April 14-23. — Wing 4'65-4'8 inches. No. 1503, 9 ad. Wing 4-4 inches. _ , aV-e In spring plumage without a trace of the winter markings, all of whic disappeared by the shedding of the edges to the feathers. I must confess ‘ ^ full plumage the pale race of Horned Lark approaches more nearly to O. J oemd ^ hut it never quite loses the ochraceous tint which is the distinguishing chara the race. . . ,/h on f ^ Dr. Stoliczka’s * Diary ’ states that this species was not uncommon near Oi-tograR ^ 3rd of November. Near Yangihissar it was very common early in December. At TaS ghan he notes : — “ Otocoris comes up here, I suppose to breed.” . jp Dr. Scully procured specimens in the desert between Sulik Aziz Langar and °a J August, at the foot of the hills, and in the mountains it was observed in some most places, even at elevations of about 17,000 feet. He states that it was common m . 0p Turkestan in winter, frequenting the open bare steppes. “ When riding out of Kashg u^0pt the journey to Yarkand, for instance, Galerita magna would at first be very numerous habitations, Ac. ; then on the borders of cultivation G. magna and the present speeH'S ^^^ be found together, overlapping as it were ; while a little further on, on the stony iej G. magna would cease and be replaced entirely by Otocorys. At the approach of s airs the species under consideration quits the plains for the surrounding hills, whither it 1 ajgo to breed. The Turki name is ‘ Kara Kash Toghai,’ i. e. ‘ Black-browed Lark.’ 4t 1 sometimes called ‘ Sai Toghai,’=‘ Steppe Lark.’ ” 95. Otocorys elwesi. Otocorys elwesi, Blanford, J. A. S. Beng. xli. p. 62 (1872) ; Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 61 ; Sliaipe> Cat- Biit. Mus. xiii. p. 534 (1890) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 321 (1890) Otocorys longirostris (nec Moore) ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 267 (1873) ; Dresser p. 181. Ibis, 18?6’ No. 650, $ ad. No. 776, d ad. No. 810, 6 ad. No. 940, 6 ad. d 4‘4‘ North of Leh, September 8, 1873. — Culmen 0-55 inch, wing (mom => Chagra, September 21, 1873. — Culmen 0-55 inch, wing 4'65 North of Suget Pass, October 16, 1873. — Wing 4'6 inches. Karglialik, November 6, 1873. — Culmen 0'6 inch, wing 4’3- . j^pisl1 ad. Aktagh, June 14, 1874. — Culmen 0'55 inch, wing 445. Iris hazel; b1 g0les black, albescent at base of lower mandible ; feet fleshy-brownish black, albescent. , , bill hazel ’ tarsi p ;de1’ 9 ad. Aktagh, June 14, 1874. — Culmen 0-5-0'55 inch, wing 43. Iris dark bluish dusky, paler at base of lower mandible ; feet fleshy dark brown, the behind, soles albescent. T 1 87^' In Dr. Stoliczka’s ‘Diary ’ occurs the following note : — “ Wahabjilga, June 14, ( shot several specimens of an Otocorys which is as small as 0. penicillata, but has 1 . p 1 divided at the sides of the throat like O. longirostris. Is this not O. elwesi of ElaU 0 pfc have not seen it north of Aktagh. It is evidently the same which Biddulph shot last 7 Kizil Jilga. I am not sure whether it is not a permanent inhabitant of the m AYES. 51 Plains ^r0S^> ls Is Pound on the Himalayas of the Indus Valley and very likely goes to the n part during the winter.” J.H 'fl'i tt witp ^ („' llme Collection are a number of specimens from the Central-Asian Expeditions, ) ° localities: — Tanksi (Henderson), Pangong Lake ( Henderson ), Aktagh the lnniV-.’1^ara^asl1 Valley ( Henderson ). Dr. Henderson procured both this species and °ng-billed form at Tanksi. 96. Otoc Ota °RYS LOKGIHOSTRIS. Above Kharbu, 14,000 feet, August 22, 1873. — Culmen 0'65 inch, wing B ys longhostris, Moore, P. Z. S. 1855, p. 215, pi. 3 (ex Gould MSS.); Scully, Ibis, 1881, p. 581 ; fl80rn IbiS’ 1882, p- 285 : Dresser> lhis> 1884> P-116; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 536 jq- i °ates. Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 320 (1890). 3 a 9 ad. 4'65. B^Phese measurements scarcely exceed those of O. elwesi, hut some allowance has to . ^ate for the worn condition of the specimen, which is in full breeding-plumage. A°s -TV ^toliczka’s note, infra.) No. 697 ’ 5°9, 51°5 nestlinSs- Kharbu, August 22, 1873. No. 7gg5 ad- Tsultak, North of Changla, 15,500 feet, September 15, 1873. No. 77 1’ ^ a^’ Kukung, September 20, 1873. — Culmen 065 inch, wing 5T. In D ’ * ad' Chaffra’ SePtember 21, 1873.— Culmen 0‘7 inch, wing 5. fe»ia]e anXd‘ StoliczIia’s ‘ Diary ’ he writes “ Kharbu, August 22, 1873. I shot a male and a great nun l11'66 y0Un? °f °‘ lon(Jirostris at about 15,000 to 16,000 feet high.” He also saw Speei 36r °f tbiS sPecies at Rimdi on the 22nd of September. °0Hected by xf ^10rQ Kangong Eake and Tanksi are in the Hume Collection. They were l)a,Ss above j p* •^•enderson, wbo states that this Horned Lark was met with from the first f>Uy £0u f Until the Expedition left the Karakash Valley going to Yarkand. It was lat l)r. lJojf ,n<';11 water at from 12,000 to about 15,000 feet. It is not quite certain to me rotR the ir Dceison recognized the differences between the Horned Larks, as his specimens aiakash Valley were O. elwesi. 97 Or Of, ’°cORvs RRANDTI. Of, COp./S brandti, Dresser, B. Eur. Xlu- P- 536 (1890). iv. p. 402 (1874); id. Ibis, 1876, p. 181 ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. ut°coru« ; Tacz- BulL Soc- Zool. Trance, i. p. 161 (1876). 4lau<*« Severtz- J- f‘ °- 1873> p- 379- No. 1 0A„ ’ Homeyer & Tancre, MT. orn. Yer. Wien, 1883, p. 90. S ad. Kashghar, January 15, 1874. — Culmen 0-5 inch, wing 4‘3. Kashghar, January 19, 1874. — Culmen 0-55 inch, wing 4L5. Kashghar, Eebruary 3, 1874. — Culmen 0‘5 inch, wing 4-25. Panjah, April 14-23, 1874. — Culmen 0‘5 inch, wing 41. Nn l203’ N 1211> v°- 1299. No' 1501 ad. ad. ad. ^ fem j . -“-.t"-*1 o.^!— ao, ior±. — \j uiincn u u men, wing on. ^arbap.d in Horned Lark was procured by Dr. Henderson on the Khoosh Maidan in 52 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Genus MELANOCOEYPHA. 98. Melanocorypha bimaculata. . persia) Melanocorypha bimaculata (Menetr.) ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. pp. 67, 143 (1873); Blanf. l'as ' _ Q, ii. p. 244 (1876) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 183 ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 89 ; Scully, t. c. P- (g) Swinh. Ibis, 1882, p. 115 ; Scully, J. A. S. Beng. lvi. p. 84 (1887) ; Sharpe, Trans. Lin11- ° ^ jj. Zool. v. p. 82 (1889) ; id. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 555 (1890) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind-t p. 323 (1890). upy, Sir- Melanocorypha torquata, Blyth ; Hume & Ilenders. Lahore to Yark. p. 265, pi. xxvii. (1873) ; c F. iv. p. 173 (1876). 18/6) Melanocorypha bimaculata, /3. minor, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 67 (1873) ; Dresser, 1 ’ P- 183‘ , tarsus No. 1013, dusky- . . J .. O.or, taduS No. 1293. Kashghar, Eebruary 1, 1874. — Length 7'6 inches, wing 4'83, tail 2 o > ^pd 113 ; expanse 14'7 ; bill from front 005, from gape 08 ; length of foot 1 toe with claw (183, claw alone 045 ; middle toe from the root 094, greatest . 1-37 ; height of bill 032 ; wings reach within 04 of end of tail. Iris dark bill dusky, pale below, yellowish at base ; feet fleshy white. , j Dr. Henderson procured a specimen of this species on the return journey, nt L1 ^-ee the hills leading from Kashmir to the plains of the Punjab. Dr. Scully writes ^ specimens of this bird were obtained in Yarkand in Eebruary, but it was not seen a^rL]ja) except some cage- birds. It is said to be very plentiful in the neighbourhood of D1 ..-i is u and only to visit Kashghar and Yarkand in January and Eebruary. The species . favourite cage-bird with the Kashgharians, on account of its sweet song. A sped brought to me in June, which sang most beautifully, and the owner wanted twen j (Rs. 4) for it. The Turki name is Hi Toghai, i. e. the ‘ Ili Lark.’ ” vd^ t»Ug»S Genus ALAUDA. 99. Alatjda cantarella. 239 (if! 6); Alauda arvensis, L. ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 67 (1873) ; Blanf. East. Persia, ii- P- ’ Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 314 (1877) ; Finsch, Yerh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xxix. p- ^ Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 89; C. Swinli. Ibis, 1882, p. 116; Ilomeyer & Tancre, MT. °rI1‘ ang. 1883, p. 90; Radde, Ornis, iii. p. 484 (1887) ; St. John, Ibis, 1889, p. 173 ; Sharpe, 1 W" Soc. (2) Zool. v. p. 81 (1889) ; id. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 567 (1890) ; Oates, Fa^u. Birds, ii. p. 324 (1890). Alauda cantarella, Bp. Iconogr. Faun. Ital. Ucc. p. 5 (1841). Alauda dulcivox, Hodgs. ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 89 ; Scully, t. c. p. 582. Alauda triborhyncha (nec Hodgs.), Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 268, pl.xxviu. (J- AYES. 33 jj°‘ ^ Artish, north of Kashghar, January 11, 1874. ^°‘ "38. Maralbdslii, January 1874. 0s- 1263, 1302, 1311, 1312, 1326, 1348, 1370. Kashghar, January 24 to Eebruary 11, 1874. ^°- 1407. Ighiz Yar, March 22, 1874. Nq ,/»4. Pamirkul, April 5, 1874. • 1546. Panjah, April 24, 1874. — Bill bluish dusky above, pale whitish below ; feet .7 brown ; tarsi paler ; claws horny brown ; iris dark brown. Length 7 inches, No' ^ 2*6, tarsus 0'9. S' ^352, 1554. Panjah, April 25, 1874. ■Kastu!) ktoliczka notes that on the 12th of January A. dulcivox seemed to be common near procill?r’ Cut it was said not to remain there during the summer. Colonel Biddulph re4 specimens near Kashghar in Eebruary. 100. a, A lA-XJDA lioptjs. Alauda liopus, Hodgs. in Gray's Zool. Misc. p. 84 (1844); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 574, Ala S/Ub A' arvensis (1890). Ala, (nee Frankl.), Ilume & blenders. Lahore to Yark. p. 269 (1873, nec pi. xxix.). (1887)*°^ Brooks; Bidd. !bis, 1881, p. 90; Scully, t. c. p. 583; id. J. A. S. Beng. lvi. p. 84 K0S oio1, 162‘ SoPlub Jlily 26> lg73. ATo" 3^’ ®rinagar, July 30, 1873. . . Sonamarg, August 10, 1873. — Bill horny ; feet brownish fleshy ; tarsi fleshy ; N0s Bls brown. Length 6'75 inches, wing 4T, tail 2'65, tarsus 095. bsr0 ,49rf’ 341, 360. Sonamarg, August 10-12, 1873. N0s cm jUV' Dras> August 16, 1873. No 621, Leh’ August 31, 1873. ^ Tanksi, September 16, 1873. ^Abiln|IleUderSOn °btained a specimen of this Lark in May near Srinagar, and Colonel of Sept 1 met witli it in the Nubra valley on the 25th of June, and again at Leh on the 5th of aTly f^ber. Several references to the species occur in Dr. Stoliczka’s ‘ Diary,’ but none are mI>ortance. He says that it was common near Tanksi in September. lOp 0 Genus CALANDRELLA. ALAKdrella tibetana. ^dndrpJir. 4-, 0 a tl°etana, Brooks, Str. F. viii. GSj Baun- Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. j'Ce Bun eCimen ^is short-toed Lark from Cashmere, collected by Dr. Henderson, is in ^tth of jC Collection. Colonel Biddulph obtained a specimen in the Indus Valley on the e- He also procured one at Cliassi Yassin in August. rC‘lla tlbetana, Brooks, Str. F. viii. p. 488 (1880) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 585 (1890) ; 4 .... 1 GSj Paun‘ Bn*- Ind., Birds, ii. p. 329 (1890). 54 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Str- 102. Calandrella actjtirostris. Calandrella hr achy dactyl a (nee Leisl.), Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 264 (1873) ; ' F. iv. p. 172 (1876) ; Wardlaw Bamsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 67. ... 585 Calandrella acutirostris, Hume, in Lahore to Yark. p. 265 (1873) ; Sharpe, Cat. B.Brit. Mas. xUl (1890) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 327 (1890). No. 428. Tashgam, August 17, 1873. Nos. 539, 566, 593, 598, 600. Leh, August 27-31, 1873. gideS; No. 587. Leh, August 30, 1873.— Bill dark homy along the ridge, yellowish at t 0 feet pale dusky homy; tarsi fleshy brownish ; iris brown. Length 6 6 ia° ieS’ 3‘82, tail 2 75, tarsus 0‘8. Nos. 623, 629. Leh, September 4, 1873. ^ the No. 649. Leh, September 8, 1873.— Bill dusky horny along the ridge and on 1 ’ rest fleshy brown ; feet dusky ; tarsi fleshy brown ; iris brown. No. 745. Lukung, September 19, 1873. No 829. Nubra Valley, October (Dr. Bellew). No. 907. Sanju, October 28, 1873. al o&S No. 1470. Panjah, April 16, 1874. — Iris dark brown; bill livid, pale dusky g.g,ta^ the mil men ; feet dusky white ; soles fleshy white. Length 61 inches, Wia^ 2’2, tarsus 0'83. No. 1604. Sarikol, May 9, 1874. “ Eggs very small yet.” _ _ , et lig11* No. 1605. Sarikol, May 9, 1874. Bill dusky brown, pale yellowish at basej brown ; iris dark brown. Length 6'7 inches, wing 3'8, tail 2 '65, tarsus 0'77- ^ Dr. Stoliczka states that this Lark was common near Lukung in September- ^ breeding-plumage were got at Sarikol on the 9th of May, and in Dr. Stoliczk would have laid in about a fortnight. o__. ci^enS Dr. Henderson did not distinguish between this species and C. tibetana, but his sPe^eCieS show to which Lark the following note is to be referred : — “ Several specimens of ^ ^ were obtained in Kashmir and Ladak, in both of which localities it may prove t gD numerous nestlings were procured near Balakchi and along the Karakash betwee ^ he of July and the 5th of August.” Dr. Scully obtained the species in the same dlstl’lC^.irakasl1 writes : — “ It was only observed at Balakchi, and for a short distance along the ^ltlei'°llS River (elevation 12,000 feet), where it had evidently been breeding. The birds were n ^ on the alluvial plains between Shahidula and Balakchi, and they ran about swiff b c d theJl stones, flying off in flocks when alarmed. They uttered a short twittering note, flight was wavy, somewhat resembling that of a Wagtail.” Genus ALAUDUL A. 103. Alaudula seeeohmi. Alaudida pispoletta (nec Pall.), Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 173 (1876). ? Alaudula pispoletta, Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 89. Alaudula seebohmi, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 590 (1890). AYES. 55 ' ' d. Karglialik, November 5, 1873. — Bill dusky bluish pale; feet fleshy; iris Nos Length 6’75 inches, wing AOS, tail 2'93, tarsus 0'8. jj0 ’ -i^^’ 49®4’ 1054, 1055, 1057. Yarkand, November 24, 1873. No il131, 1139’ 1140> 1145> 1153’ 1154> 1166- Kashghar, December 10-19, 1873. . 43 ■ Kashghar, January 20, 1874. — Bill pale greenish; feet light dusky brown; Nos * 1 1 T Lazel. Length 6'5 inches, wing 3‘75, tail 2'75, tarsus 0'8. No V 1325. Kashghar, Eebruary 9, 1874. 835- Kugiar, June 1, 1874. Na$h Liddulph procured specimens at Yangihissar on the 2nd of December, and at *U January- He states that the species was very common in the plains of Yarkand, tlle Plain ° TUter at any rate. Dr. Scully writes : — “ This species is a permanent resident in a,ni js Uls °I Kashgharia, where it breeds. It is much less common than Galerita mayna, Sandy |'a^ler %• It is usually found at some distance from habitations, frequenting waste °f bjrfl ld<4s and ground covered with efflorescence. It is a very whitish, desert-looking sort drnl a sweet songster, rising high in the air, and remaining fixed in one spot while it Ptt, aain.e f0* ll0^e- In June, when it breeds, it is usually noticed about in pans. The Turki Th 1 SPec4es is Chulan toyhai, the word Toghai meaning ‘ Lark.’ ” lteode)1J ev‘ Ih’. Lansdell has more recently obtained the present species near Aksu. Dr, 011 aLo got an immature specimen on the Karakash Biver. l04 Genus GALERITA. ’ AlERITA MAGNA. ^ ulcfif rt s ma9na, Hume, Ibis, 1871, p. 407 ; id. & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 270, pi. xxx. (1873) ; evertz. Str. F. iii. p. 424 (1875) ; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 175 (1876) j Menzbier, Ibis, 1885, p. 354; larpe, Cat. B. Bi’it. Mus. xiii. p. 632, sub G. cristata (1890) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. P- 337 (1890). N°-889 q . N°. 8ga- Sanju, October 27, 1873. ' ' 5 d ■ Sanju, October 28, 1873.— Length 8 inches, wing 4-53, tail 2-85, tarsus 1 ; pause 14'4 ; bill from front 0-68, from gape (49 ; length of foot 1‘6. Iris brown ; N°. g9 greenish horny, pale below ; feet whitislx, with a greenish horny tinge. e'x ’ s • Sanju, October 28, 1873.— Length 74)5 inches, wing 4'2, tail 2 0, tarsus 0-95 ; pafT86 13 ’ 1)111 from SaPc 0-82 ; length of foot L72. Iris brown; bill yellowish N0s. g ^ rown, pale below; feet whitish, with a slight greenish horny tinge. No.99?’ 896> 897, 898, 901, 902, 906, 909. Sanju, October 28, 1873. N°. 0[~' Sanju, October 29, 1873. N°s_ Yarkand, November 10, 1873. N0s. loo/.’ Yangihissar, December 2, 1873. Nos. ] J’ ^ “39- Maralbashi, January 1874. No. ’ 4393- Kashghar, Eebruary 3, 1874. No. ^ ' ' ' Kgda, Eebruary 21, 1874. ' • Yarkand, May 15-20, 1874. ]• ^ c p , 110 of atalogue of Birds ’ (vol. xiii. p. 626), I have shown that it is impossible to draw a motion between the Crested Lark of Europe and the large pale race of Central Asia, 56 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. * 0jiS which Hume called G. magna. Erom the localities visited hy the Expedition, all the^spcc1 are easily recognizable as G. magna, and it is better to keep them under Mr. Hume s 1U ^ Dr. Stoliczka mentions in his ‘ Diary ’ that G. magna was one of the most comm011 in the fields near Yarkand in November. Colonel Bkldulph says that it was very com the plains all through the winter, and was breeding there in May. fcasb' Dr. Scully writes : — “ This species is one of the commonest birds in the plains o ^ gharia, where it is a permanent resident. It is a very tame bird and frequents fid s’ ^ jts ways, and the vicinity of habitations generally. It is occasionally caged on accoui rather sweet song. This Lark breeds in May and June, making its nest on the Re- cultivated fields or in low grass. The Turki name for this bird is * Kapak toghaij times called ‘ Popochek toghai,’ i. e. ‘ Crested Lark.’ ” -^eps The Rev. Dr. Lansdell, during his last journey through Central Asia, obtained spe at Chadir Kul and Charwagh in August, and at Guma in September. Eamily MOTACILLIDJE. Genus MOTACILLA. 105. Motacilla alba. !- ~ „ Motacilla alba, L.; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 66 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 176; ibid- iv. p. 151 (1876); Blanf. East. Persia, iii. p. 232 (1876) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 68, joIoeyef ® p. 451 ; C. Swinh. Ibis, 1882, p. 109; Bidd. ibid. p. 280; Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 80; _ gcuHv' Tancre, MT. orn. Ver. Wien, 1883, p. 85 ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 465 (18 0 goC. (2) J. A. S. Beng. lvi. p. 85 (1887) ; Radde, Ornis, iii. p. 486 (1887) ; Sharpe, Trans. Linn- Zool. v. p. 78 (1889) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 287 (1890). Motacilla dukhunensis, Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 192 (1877). Nos. 818, 822, 823. Shahidiila, October 19, 1873. . No. 1541, 8 ad. Panjah, April 24, 1874. — Dill black; feet black; iris dar' Length 8*2 inches, wing 3‘8, tail 3*8, tarsus 0’92. rpfie Dr. Scully shot a single specimen at Sanju on first entering Eastern Turkest Turki name for this Wagtail is “ Sunduk,” and it is said to disappear entirely fr°m Turkestan in winter. f. 106. Motacilla peesonata. pali°re t0 Motacilla personata, Gould; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. pp. 66, 139 (1873) ; Hume & sCh, Yark. p. 224 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 177; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 150 (1876) ; / ^ p. 6»> z.-b. Ges. Wien, xxix. p. 172 (1879) ; Wardlaw Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 160; Bidd. ^°1S> ^ Ta»cr ’ Scully, ibid. p. 451 ; C. Swinh. Ibis, 1882, p. 109 ; Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 64 ; H°“eLans. ^ MT. orn. Ver. Wien, 1883, p. 86 ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 479 (1885) ; 1(1 • Soc. (2) Zool. v. p. 78 (1889). No. 166, ad. Sopur, July 26, 1873. No. 277, young. Gond, August 8, 1873. No. 314, ad. Sonamarg, August 12, 1873. No. 431, juv. Tashgam, August 17, 1873. No. 482, moulting. Shargol, Ladak, August 20, 1873. 4 No. 646, ad. Leh, September 7, 1873. AYES, 57 No, ftK* N0' ad* Yell, September 9, 1873. N0 p ad- Tikzag, September 12, 1873. H0, .,5 ad- Tsultak, N. of Changla, September 15, 1873. No ^ ’ y°Ul1g- Shahidula, October 19, 1873. i\0 ,, adf Yarkand, November 13, 1873. 0.g?, ad- Kashghar, December 17, 1873.— Length 8-4 inches, wing 3-8, tail 3 9, tarsus Iri°M eX?ause 11-7 i 1)111 from front 0-5, from gape 073; length of foot 1-32. Ho. 197 , biackish i WU black, paler at lower base ; feet black. Ho | |f ’ ad‘ Kashghar, January 25, 1874. Ho] not *ad’ Pan'ial1’ APril 14“23’ 1874 ex &1Ven‘ ®arlb°l, May 9, 1874. — Length 7'6 inches, wing 3'56, tail 3'4, tarsus 0'92 Q.,dans AVa?'/flt 'lural:)ers throughout the plains, generally near habitations and streams r!' 0 c‘°i'tainlv t Gi' ^ 1S mos^ numerous fr’om March to September, but some of these birds Urki ‘ Kok «a,° T fen throu?hout the ycar- This Wagtail breeds in May, and is called in fw 8u*iduk, i. e. ‘ Blue Wae-ta.il’ ” ril0rii ft? ‘ K l St: On +i° _nduk,’ »• e. ‘ Blue Wag-tail. It breeds on the ground Uq the 97 ’ -Diue wagtail. J6ar the °f May Dr- Stoliczka got the nest near Yarkand s,laiheters (.j)n ? ^le Avatcr- The nest is about 1*25 inches deep and about 2-5 inches in S?i’eetiis]i S ,U1Cle<1 ol moss and grass, with a very thick lining of horse-hair inside. Eggs lesl) ana ^ cl°tted all over with dull inky brown. Out of the six eggs two oth er ant[ J’ uuiaea an over with dull mky brown. Out of th Hosts • t]A'eiG kad’ and lwo contained live, almost fully-developed ley had from four to six young birds, just hatched.” six e young. were I saw a few l°7' Vcar ACILLA hodgsoni. Wotaciiiy /, ^ol(tcil 1° pers('CnSlS 'ne° ScoP-) ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 223 (1873). , olacilla 0nata> var- melanonota, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. pp. 67, 139 (1873). Swinll-) ; Dresser’ Ibis’ 1875’ P- 177‘ x P- 486 Bidd' mS’ 1881, p- 67 ’ Scu11^ t> c- P- 451 1 Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. Ho. 22p g 'J' ’ 4atesJ Baun. Brit. Iud., Birds, ii. p. 291 (1890). ^Panse^o?!’ f.uly 31’ 1873"“ Length 7'2 inches, wing 35, tail 31, tarsus 0-95 ; vr ljlack ’ 111 lrom front 0'5, from gape 0-75. Iris brown; bill black; feet A°- ^60. 'o . 1 ^agar, August 5, 1873. i 58 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. No. 306. Sonamarg, August 10, 1873. No. 448. Civil iscambo, August 18, 1873. No. 461. Kargil, August 19, 1873. 108. MOTACILLA CAMPESTKIS. Motacilla campestris, Pall. ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 510 (1885). Budytes rayi, var . jiavifrons, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 67 (1873). Budytes jiavifrons, Severtz. Str. F. iii. p. 424 (1875). Motacilla rayi , Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 178. Budytes rayi, C. Swinh. Ibis, 1882, p. 109 ; Itadde, Ornis, iii. p. 485. q-Q5> No. not given. Sarikol, May 9, 1874. — Length 7 inches, wing 3 ‘25, tail 2*8, ^al® ^ y\ ; expanse 10*1 ; bill from, front 0*5, from gape 0'68 ; length of foot 1*53, sp*®^ middle toe 0*8, hind toe 0*65, hind claw 0*33 ; wings reach within 1'8 ol CI1 Iris brown ; bill black ; feet black, sole dull yellowish. N@. 1646. Sarikol, May 10, 1874. Lin11' goc- nee E.) ; C. Swinh. ibis, 1883, p. 110. q.q; Panjah, April 25, 1874. — Length 6*8 inches, wing 3*2, tail 2'8, falSl^ ; )*8 ; bill from front 0 46, from gape 0*7; length of foot 1*4, sI)1'ea/^1 «> its 109. Motacilla beema. Motacilla beema, Sykes; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 521, pi. vi. fig. 6 (1885) ; id. Trans (2) Zool. v. p. 78 (1889) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 296 (1890). Budytes flava (uec L.) ; C. Swinh. Ibis, 1882, p. 110 No. 1557, e expanse 9*b ; bill irom iront u ^O, from gape u /; lengru oi roui a •*, 1 middle toe 0'75, hind toe 0'68, hind claw 0*33 ; height of bill at the nostrils £e6t width the same. Iris liazel-brown ; bill dusky black, paler below at brownish black, soles whitish cinereous. Wings reach within L8 inch of e)1( g \\ No. 1556, ? . Panjah, April 25, 1874. — Length 6*6 inches, wing 3*05, tail 2*7, of expanse 9*8 ; bill from front 0*48, from gape 0*7 ; length of foot 1’5> S^0gtrifs foot 1*1.; middle toe 08, hind toe 07, hind claw 0*33 ; height of bill at the 1 015 ; wings reach within 1*75 of end of tail. Iris hazel ; bill black ; feet blac - ^ ^ Colonel Biddulph records this species as common in Waklian in April, says that it evidently breeds near Panjah. Dr- Stoli°! 110. Motacilla eeldeggii. Motacilla melanocephala (uec Cm.); Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 178. ^ (1 87®)’ Budytes melanocephalus, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotu. p. 67 (1873) ; Blank East. Persia, ii- P" j. A- Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 69; C. Swinh. Ibis, 1882, p. 109; Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 80; ScU Beng. lvi. p. 83 (1887). Motacilla feldeggii, Mich. ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 527, pi. 8. figs. 1-4 (1885) , 0 Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 297 (1890). (p9a’ No. 1481. Panjah, April 17, 1874. — Length 6*9 inches, wing 3*2, tail 2*8, tar j.ead °|' expanse 10' 2; bill from front 0*41, from gape 0*62; length of foot 1 jda°k ’ foot 1*13 ; middle toe 0-8, hind toe 0*7, hind claw 0*37. Iris dark brown , feet black, soles greenish. Wings reach within 1*25 inch of end of tail. ^rgVxs ^ ’ No. 1535, 6 ad. Panjah, April 25, 1874. — Length 7 inches, wing 3*25, tail 2 j AYES. 59 expanse 1025 ; bill from front 048, from gape 07 ; length of foot lv15, spread of °°t 5 middle toe 078, hind toe 065, hind claw 032 ; height of hill in region of nostrils 017, its width 016. Iris dark hazel; hill black; feet black, soles dusky cinereous. 165°- Sarikol, May 10, 1874. w * * b^hoo }111® ^r°m tbanjah, Dr. Stoliczka says that this species evidently breeds- in the neigh- No. Hi. HoTAClLLA melaxope. t .. .1 .1. la boarula, Radde, Ornis, iii. p. 485 (1887). A°. Ko Kargl1’ AuSust 19» 1873. ' ~0' Shahidula, October 19, 1873. y0'le* Diddulpb obtained this species near Sonamarg on the 17th of July, and in the Ead^i. c Ieb °n the 6th of the same month. Dr. Henderson shot a specimen at Karadl in. " ' 011 the 23rd of October. 112. Me Mot 1 XOILLA CITREOLA. -p!V/ft ('/llrer>la, Pall.; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii.. y, v , , . idT h' Vei’b' z"b- Ges- Wien> xxix- P- 175 (1879) 5 Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 503 (1885) ; Budyte- -^n8‘-Linn* S°C- W Z°0L V- ?• p. 193 (1877); Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 178 ; x. p. . „ 78 (1889) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 298 (1890). citreola, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. pp. 67, 139 (1873);. Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 235 (1876) ; f r< ^tr’ l1' *v‘ P1 D*1 (1876) ; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 193 (1877) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, P- 39 5 Scully, t. c. p. 452; C. Swinh. Ibis, 1882, p. 110; Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 80. &0. ' ’ aduh. Shargol, August 20, 1873. j. imrv, Tanksi, September 17, 1873. Tanksi, September 18, 1873' $ imm. Sarikol, May 9, 1874. — Length 7 inches, wing 3-12, tail 2-9, s - expanse 10; bill from front 05, from gape 068; length of foot D55, eiul^r * 1 ’ mbldle toe 078, hind toe 073, hind claw 04 ; wings reach within 19 of bail. Iris brown; bill black; feet black, soles greenish yellow-brown, d adult. 5°- 738 No. imm. imm. not given, tarsus 0-92 ■No. Sarikol, May 9, 1874. — Length 7-5 inches, wing 35, tail 3'25, tarsus No, 0'8 1 GXt)anse tl ; bill from front 052, from gape 076 ; length of foot L7, middle toe bib' l0e 9'76, hind claw 04 ; wings reach within 1-85 of end of tail. Iris brown ; aC^ ’ b°ct black, soles yellowish. p.y.’ ^ aduit. Sarikol, May 9, 1874. — Length 7'5 inches, wing 3-42, tail 3-1, tarsus expanse 11 ; bill from front O' 5 2, from gape 0*75 ; length of foot L65, spread i 2 60 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. D2 ; middle toe O' 8, kind toe 0'78, hind claw 0'4 ; wings reach within 1'9 of tail. No. 1647. Sarikol, May 10, 1874. end Dr. Scully writes : — •“ This species was very common in the plains from March to -A-Ug1^ and was met with in the valley of the Karakash at an elevation of about 12,000 feet neal r end of the latter month ; it was never observed in winter. The bird was never seen houses, but always in swampy ground and about marshes. It breeds probably a month of May, as quite a young nestling was obtained on the 15th June. The Turki for this species is ‘ Sarik Sunduk,’ i. e. the Yellow Wagtail.” 113. Motacilla citreoloides. , MT. ora' Buclytes citreoloides, Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 224 (1873) ; Homeyer & Tancre, Yer. Wien, 1883, p. 86. Budytes cilreola, var. melanonota, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. pp. 67, 139 (1873). Qates> Motacilla citreoloides, Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 178; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 507 (1885), Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 299 (1890). ^ \\ 0; Budytes calcaratus, Blyth; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 69; Scully, t. c. p. 452; C. Swinh. Ibis, 188 , P Bidd. t. c. p. 280 ; Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 63. Nos. 404, 405, imm. Mataian, August 14, 1873. No. 434, imm. Tashgam, August 17, 1873. p-9; No. 586, imm. Leh, August 30, 1873. — Length 7 inches, wing 31, tail 2'9, tavsuS ^ ^ expanse 9' 6 ; bill from front 0'5, from gape 0'73 ; length of foot 17, hind chW Iris brown ; bill black ; feet black. No. 617, imm. Leh, September 4, 1873. No. 653, imm. Leh, September 9, 1873. No. 1605, d adult. Sarikol, May 9, 1871 (Cajpt. Trotter). pii-sns No. 1606, <3 adult. Sarikol, May 9, 1874. — Length 7'4 inches, wing 3'45, tail 3 L 1T3; expanse 10'9 ; bill from front 0'52, from gape 0-75; length of foot 1‘8> 0f 1‘25 ; middle toe 0'85, hind toe 0'9, hind claw 0'5 ; wings reach within 1‘9 6 tail. Iris dark brown ; bill black ; feet brownish black, soles yellowish. Colonel Biddulph obtained specimens at Dras and Kargil in July. Genus ANTHUS. 114. Anthus triviaeis. Pipastes arboreus, Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 226 (1873). . ^ l^s’ Anthus trivialis (L.) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 179; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 235 (1876); lC^ ^ 5^ 1881, p. 70 ; Scully, t. c. p. 452 ; C. Swinh. Ibis, 1882, p. 110 ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. M»8* (1885) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 302 (1890). Anthus arboreus, Severtz. Turkest, Jevotn. pp. 67, 139 (1873) ; Homeyer & Tancre, MT. orn- 1883, p. 86 ; Radde, Ornis, iii. p. 485 (1887). Pipastes ayilis (nee Sykes) ; Stoliczka, Str. F. ii. p. 463 (1874). Anthus microrhynchus, Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 63. No. 609. Leh, August 3, 1873. AYES. 61 No September 4, 1873. Ko September 9, 1873. No -!50' PNkung, September 20, 1873. °'] J 79, $ adult. Panjah, April 17, 1874. — Bill dusky black above, fleshy at lower base, c,lsky at tip ; feet flesliy, soles white ; iris dark brown. Length 7'0 inches, Aving 3'7, Ko tail 2-8, tarsus 0-9. d adult. Panjah, April 23, 1874. N°- 15825, adult. Langarkisli, April 26, 1874. at TariV Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 152 (1876) ; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 195 (1877) ; Utes’ Paun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 307 (1890). Weds • jjCUlly Wl‘ifes : — “ This species is a seasonal visitant to Eastern Turkestan, tvhere it Muter. r|,,Was observed on several occasions in June and in July, but was never met with in Mils abom 16 ^fluents undulating ground covered with short grass, and is very shy. It abduljj|.- J ' ery swiftly in the uneven ground which it affects, and its flight is strong and a^out ^ bts note, which it utters as it rises, is a sweet soft twitter. It probably hatches Were «een bfQllins °f Ju>’ as on the 31st of that month some young birds of this species bieatis < . Jetween Igarchi and Posgam. The Turki name for this bird is ‘ Sairam,' which Paging.’ ” 117 . TI1PS CAMPESTRIS. ■dflthug EastZ,p>eS^** (IJ-) 5 Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. pp. 67, 141 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 178; Blanf. I'au ' .Clsia> ii. p. 237 (1876); Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 70; C. Swinh. Ibis, 1882, p. 110 ; Homeyer & bju^le’ - orn. Yer. Wien, 1883, p. 86; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 570 (1885) ; id. Trans. A'lr,>dr ^ ZooL v- P- 79 (1889) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 309 (1890). No. Ij,qq 1 CamPes^s, Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 195 (1877). ’ Panjah, April 14-23, 1874. 62 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 118. Anthus PRATENSIS. . 1 79 ■ Anthus pratemis (L.) ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. pp. 67, 139 (1873); Dresser, Ibis, 18/6, p- fc’rpaiici'^ East. Persia, ii. p. 236 (1876) ; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 194 (1877) ; Homeyer jjj, MT. orn. Ver. Wien, 1883, p. 86 ; Sliarpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 580 (1885) ; Radde, p. 485 (1B87). _ farStlS No. 1159. Kashghar, December 17, 1873. — Length 6*25 inches, wing 3'1, tail 2^ ^ 0'8 ; expanse 9'8 ; bill from front 0*44, from gape 0'62; length of foot 1'7, l*in gje 0’5; wings reach within 13 of end of tail. Iris blackish brown; bill horny* fleshy below, dark at tip ; feet pale dusky, tarsi paler. (Capt. Trotter.) No. 1333. Kashghar, February 10, 1874- Dr. Stoliczka says that this bird was not uncommon near water in December. 119. Anthus cervinus. Anthus cervinus (Pall.) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 180 ; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 236 (1876) ; pirisch Verf1' or'1 z.-b. Ges. Wien, xxix. p. 66 (1879) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 70 ; Homeyer & Tancre, Ml' ii- Wien, 1883, p. 86; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 586 (1885) ; Oates, Eaun. Brit. In ■> p. 310 (1890). Anthus cervinus, var. rufogularis, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. pp. 67, 140 (1873). ^ y No. 1474, adult. Panjah, April 16, 1874. — Bill horny black, yellowish at base, J- pjs , tips ; feet fleshy brown, tarsi paler, soles pale yellow ; iris brown. Length 6 •-* wing 3-45, tail 2'5, tarsus 0'9. 120. Anthus spipoletta. Anthus aquaticus, Bechst. ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 67 (1873) ; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. R2 (J8 jlO; Anthus blukistoni, Swinli. ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 70; Scully, ibid. p. 453; C. Swinh. Ibis, 188*’ Scully, J. A. S. Beng. lvi. p. 84 (1887). prjeV' Anthus spinoletta (L.); Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 180; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 236 (1876) > gg?) ; Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 194 (1877) ; Menzbier, Ibis, 1885, p. 354; Radde, Ornis, id- P* ^ Oates, Eaun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 312 (1890). i v. P' ^ Anthus spipoletta, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 592 (1885) ; id. Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) ^o0 ’ (1889). No. 948. Sanju, November 1, 1873. No. 1034. Yarkand, November 21, 1873. Nos. 1078, 1083, 1085, 1089. Yarkand, November 28, 1873. Nos. 1137, 1138. Kashghar, December 12, 1873. - No. 1157. Kashghar, December 17, 1873. — Length 7'3 inches, wing 3'75, 0'9; expanse 117 ; bill from front 0'55, from gape 0-7 ; length of foot l‘&> 1 Jai'k 0'4 ; wings reach within 15 of end of tail. Iris dark brown; bill blackish f eS at tip ; feet blackish horny brown. Nos. 1205, 1207. Kashghar, Jan. 17, 1874. Q t^s No. 1218. Kashghar, January 20, 1874. — Length 7'2 inches, wing 3-75, ta^ ^ 0'95; expanse 116 ; bill from front 0‘52, from gape 0'75; length of f°0^ _ piack- dark hazel-brown ; bill blackish, pale below, yellowish at base ; feet brovtuis No. 1267. Kashghar, January 24, 1874. No. 1335. Kashghar, February 11, 1874. No. 1343. Kashghar, February 12, 1874. AYES. 63 ^ °|°nel Biddulpli says that tliis Pipit was very common about water all through the ?frpU. ^le ptaifts of Turkestan. of t]lf species,” Dr. Scully says, “ was common in Kashgharia in winter. I shot several tj1(; rr, ^onamarg, August 10, 1873. ^ Baltal, August 12, 1873. Wording to Dr. Stoliczka’s ‘ Diary ’ this species was not common near Sonamarg. ^ EETHia hodgsoni. nhla familiaris, L.; Hume & Renders. Lahore to Yark. p. 180 (1873); Homeyer & Tancre, MT. CerlhiahZet' Wien’ 1883> P- 83- ^ 0 9 s°ni, Brooks; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 329 (1889). ^ tv ith by Dr. Henderson in Kashmir. 123. Genus TICHODROMA. murabia. Tich°droma Tich muraria (L.) ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 181 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 176; .. ani- East. Persia, ii. p. 223 (1876) ; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 136 (1876) ; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. Ibk (1877) i Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 30 ; Scully, ibid. p. 431 ; C. Swinb. Ibis, 1882, p. 103 ; Severtz. Brit’ r 83’ P‘ 71 ; Zaru(bi- Ois, Transcasp. p. 47 (1885) ; Menzbier, Ibis, 1875, p. 357 ; Oates, Faun. Tichodro, lnd’’ BirdS} 1 P- 334 (1889) > Sharpe, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. v. p. 77 (1889). Nq ’j-pg rS a,r^cePs, Horsf. ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 46 (1889). N0 ^ atb Murree, June 25, 1873. No' 029 ad' Murree> JulY 13> !873. N0 400’ lmm' Srinagar, July 31, 1873. 5 adult. Tashkyum, August 20, 1873. — Bill horny black ; feet bluish; iris blackish. T J-uunnj LA Illy xLU^ LI ij 1/ iJV) -LU I U* AJiiX N0 ^nclles) wing 2'9, tail 2'5, tarsus 0-75. ’ *mm- Shargol, August 20, 1873. Com: Sind y umon in Kashmir according to Dr. Henderson, who obtained several specimens in the e.v both in June and October. 127. Pares CYANES. arus cyanus, Pall. ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 232 (1873); Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 66 *T ( 873) i Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 93 ; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 154 (1876). °‘ South of Sanju Pass, Karakash Valley, October 22, 1873.— Length 5 2 inches, N0 tail 2-45. Bill horny blackish ; feet pale bluish. No Tdm> October 25, 1873.—“ Kok-talke ” (Kokan). No’ pom B°ra’ November 4, 1873. N°. Yarkand, November 23, 1873. N0S iq-o Kaslighar, December 15, 1873. N0. 1859- Tluba, June 6, 1874. j Pasrobat, May 13, 1874. °f WoVS ' D3ary ’ Dr- Stoliczka says that P. cyanus was evidently breeding near Pasrobat, and the otheeUilaleS Sll0t near Cuba, “ one had well-developed eggs, but had not begun laying ; of ^lazar p .Sma11 CSSS” On the 5th of June, writing from the camp about two miles west Hv b(i says that the species was breeding in the Duba Valley. taftlarisk ■ derson writes “ This beautiful little species was common in August in the It ka(} a',Ullgles on the banks of the Arpalak, within fifteen miles of the plains of Yarkand, one of tlPPareritly been recently breeding, as all the specimens obtained were young birds, sI>ecies ' 6m bein§ scarcely fully fledged.” Dr. Scully also observes “ This pretty little °f the AraS with m small flocks among the tamarisk-bushes which grow on the banks ColonV'\anCl Sanju streams. It had evidently been breeding in those places.” ^t'Veen Piddulph sends us the following note : — “ We met this first in November aUd Yarkand in small scrub jungle, and everywhere in similar localities e winter all over the plains of Turkestan. They were especially common at 66 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Maralbashi. We again saw them on our way up to the Pamir, but not, so far as I retne® ’ in Wakhan. We did not see them about the plains of Turkestan in summer; but then found them higher up, as in the Kulustan valley.” 128. Parus monticola. Parus monticolus, Vig. ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 229 (1873). Parus monticola, Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 49 (1889). Nos. 34, 36, adults. Murree, June 25, 1873. Common in Kashmir, according to Dr. Henderson. Genus LOPHOPHAWES. 129. LOPHOP HANES MELANOLOPHUS. Parus melanolophus, Yig. ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 72 ; Scully, t. c. p. 588. . 57 Loplioplianes melanolophus , Wardlaw Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 61 ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds? (1889). No. 328. Sonamarg, August 11, 1873. q.05; No. 351. Sonamarg, August 12, 1873. — Length 4 ‘4 inches, wing 2'55, tail 1'75, tarsus ^ expanse 75 ; bill from front 032, from gape 0-45 ; length of foot 11- -*-rlS brown ; bill black ; feet bluish. Nos. 356, 364. Sonamarg, August 12, 1873. No. 386. Baltal, August 12, 1873. 130. Lophophanes rueinuchalis. Parus rufonuchalis, Blyth ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 72 ; Scully, t. c. p. 568. pis, Lophophanes rufonuchalis, Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 229 (1873) ; Wardlaw RaWsaL 1880, p. 62 ; Bidd. Ibis, 1882, p. 281 ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 58 (1889). No. 326, imm. Sonamarg, August 11, 1873. .. No. 350, adult. Sonamarg, August 12, 1873. — Length 5’45 inches, wing 2‘86, ^al tarsus 075 ; expanse 9 ; bill from front 0-45, from gape 0-55 ; length of foot 1 ,J' brown; bill black ; feet bluish. No. 361. Sonamarg, August 12, 1873. No. 376. Baltal, August 12, 1873. 2-l» iris Genus SYLVIIPAEUS. 131. Sylviipartjs modestus. Sylviparus modestus, Burt. ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 53 (1889). No. 500, $ . About Kharbu, 12,000 feet, August 22, 1873. — Length 4 inches, uuu» tail l-3, tarsus 0-55 ; expanse 7‘25 ; bill from front 0-32, from gape 0‘4. IrlS brown ; bill bluish horny ; feet bluish. 2-3, AYES. 67 No It]' Leh’ Au=ust 27> 1873- ' 0bL Leh, August 28, 1873. 8tfhczka says that this species was very common near Leh in August. Here Colonel Used to a^S° ^°UT1^ 8'rcat numbers of old and young birds in September. He says : — “We See them picking at those excrescences so common on willow-leaves.” 132. Genus fllGITHALISCUS. ^ITHALISCUS erythrocephaltts. y^kaliscus erythrocephalus (Yig.) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 50 (1889). °- 39- Murree, June 25, 1873. 133 Genus iEGITHALUS. ^hlTHALUS CORONATUS. (Plate VII.) 9'thjlug coronatus , Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 136, pi. 9. fig. 3 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 175 ; 8ha ^ .. laifie/l'rans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. v. p. 76 (1889). ^ a^Us stoliczkce, Hume, Str. F. ii. p. 521 (1874). °' * ad. Bora, November 4, 1873— Bill bluish homy ; feet bluish ; iris blackish Nos To^11 length 4 inches, wing 2, tail 1’7, tarsus 0-6. Th ^ a<^ults- Maralbaslii, January 1874. ese sPecimens were identified by Dr. Sevcrtzoff himself as belonging to his species, 0r°natus. by j^°^nel Liddulph writes : — “ One or two specimens were shot somewhere near Kashghar Parties* of 0li,Czka- In the jungles about Maralbashi they were common. They were in a dozen, threading their way in and out of the hushes.” 131 Genus LEPTOPCECILE. ^EkTopcucjLE SOPHIA. (Plate VIII.) Wcpcecile sophia, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. pp. 66, 135, pi. viii. figs. 8, 9 (1873) ; Dresser, Dus, 1876, ' 71 > Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 153 (1876); Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 191 (1877); Bidd. I88L p. 37; Scully, ibid. p. 567; Bidd. Ibis, 1882, p. 280; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. Ibi P- 246 (1889) N0s hCSkana stoliczlc®, Hume, Str. F. ii. p. 513 (1874). No. 8‘*‘7’ 821. Shahidula, October 19, 1873. 858, Gidjik, October 24, 1873. — Bill black; feet horny blackish brown; iris N to No. 85b5 ^ leA length 4‘6 inches, wing 2‘1, tail 2T5, tarsus 0'72. Js. 8*3 5s. i, Colo; Gidjik, October 24, 1873. 859- ? ad. °s. i^no872, u,°- Tam, October 25, 1873. Col ’ ^ d • Akdarra (Aktala), March 22, 1874. Narkand ka^uhh sends us the following note : — “We met with this species on our way ’ lu Cie Karakash Valley, at elevations of from 11,000 to 14,000 feet. There are k 2 68 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. yre re lots of low thorny hushes in this valley, and in these we found the birds in pairs. They ^ pretty numerous, but very difficult to shoot, as on our approach they concealed them I heard no song. A few days later we found them immediately below the Sanju Pass, 011 ^ northern side, in similar jungle at about 11,000 feet. We also saw this species, I am sUlC^r(j our way up to the Pamir in similar localities at about the same elevations. A y°un" Qlll. was certainly procured at Leh in June, but with this exception we saw none elsewhere °n way back.” . A U°,U5 This pretty little species,” writes Dr. Scully, “ was met with in Kashghana m ibuk, sbfU re The birds * A 111.3 JpiCttj lltllC optClCioj V\ IllCS JL/1 • UClillJ j WdO LliCL VVJ.UJ-L xU. ^ , i along the banks of the Ivarakash River, at Pilataghach, Toglirasu, Oibuk, 8b'1 Balakchi, and Gulgun Shah, at elevations of from 10,800 to 13,000 feet, me numerous and continually hopping about or flitting from place to place in the Tmia,cpy buckthorn, and Hololachie bushes growing on the banks of the river ; they uttered a loud, sweet chirping cry. I do not know which was most difficult, to see these birds, to them, or to find them when shot, in the dense bushes which they frequent.” Genus PAWURUS. 135. Pantjkl's biakmictts. Calamophilus biarmicus (L.) ; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 154 (1876) ; Homeyer & Tancre, MT. orn 1883, p. 85. Parnnts barbatus, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 66 (1873). Punurus biarmicus, Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 94; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 191 (1877)- Calamophilus barbatus, Radde, Ornis, iii. p. 476 (1887). No. 035, 6 . Oi-tograk, November 4, 1873. — Length 6‘8 inches, wing 2A5, expanse 7 ‘5. Iris golden ; bill reddish yellow ; feet black. No. 936, ? . Oi-tograk, November 4, 1873. — Length 6- 85 inches, wing 2 6, Ver. -q'ieio tail tail 34; i2S i-ea1 3-a, cli “ Cachee ” black streak ob the tarsus 0-9 ; expanse 7*07. Iris yellow ; bill dusky yellow ; feet black ; mm» within 2-75 inches of end of tail. Nos. 937, 939. Oi-tograk, November 4, 1873. Nos. 1002, 1003. Yarkand, November 11, 1873. ^ j.ap) No. 1015. Yarkand, November 13, 1873. “ Kuckace ” (Yarkand) ; “Cachee ( Nos. 1016, 1022, 1023. Yarkand, November 13, 1873. Nos. 1036, 1037, 1038, 1040, 1041. Yarkand, November 22, 1873. All young birds of the last season, No. 1040 having still some back. Nos. 1081, 1087. Yarkand, November 28, 1873. No. 1235. Maralbashi, January 1874. Nos. 1713, 1716. Yarkand, May 22, 1874. Dr. Stoliczka states in his ‘ Diary ’ that he shot the first specimen of this bird, w U olJ not know, just as he was leaving Oi-tograk, in the high reed-grass, where it mas ® ^ & the seeds of the latter. He got it again in November near Yarkand in swampy »l° sum is rather interesting, in view of the affinities set forward for the Reedling hy^ . ffniberl' others, that Dr. Stoliczka, in the later pages of his diary, refers to it as the “ nem ■p"u g&bj Ll “ Calamophilus biarmicus” writes Colonel Biddulph, “we first got betme and Karghalik at Oi-tograk in November, in high reed-grass, in bush-jungle, » AYES. 69 °n ree<^s j again in the swamps round Yarkand, and again in similar localities do Tl( j. * ,ai'U,)asln it was very common, in flocks of from 30 to 40. This was in winter. I ■\paj_j li:‘’_a('fnber seeing them anywhere in summer, and certainly never on the Pamir or in Eastc^1 ' r^CUl^v says : — “The Bearded Beedling was exceedingly common in the plains of bord/.11 ^ lu>kestan, among the reeds and rushes growing in marshy ground and on the jTl ^ * 8 lakes. I did not observe it in winter, but it was said to he a permanent resident % ltie]C0UntrJr- These birds take sliort wavering flights, in small flocks usually, and as they sPeci(;1 U< a,CUiaous sound, which is sought to be imitated by the Turki name given to the es> Jingjing.’ Near Yarkand this bird breeds in April and May.” l36- Zosterops Pamily MELIPKAGIDA. Genus ZOSTEROPS. Zos(e palpebrosa. ^ terops palpebrosa (T.) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 214 (1889). C IS’ ^urree’ ^ 7' 1878- N0 ' Tinali, Jhelum Yalley, July 18, 1873. No' itl' Chackoti, July 22, 1873. 'y- Gond, August 8, 1873. Was v ^ Tiddulph procured specimens at Baramula in August, and says that the species 1y common in the Jhelum Yalley in Kashmir. 137, Eamily EEGULIDflE. Genus REGULUS. I^GULTJS regelus, Relu/lUa regulus> Linn- Syst. Nat. i. p. 338 (1766). 'i istalus, Koch; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 66 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 92; Bidd. Ibis, J;81’ P- 67; Scully, t. c. p. 450; Bidd. Ibis, 1882, p. 279; Homeyer & Tancre, MT. orn. Ver. Re„uj ,1Gn.5 p. 84; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 344 (1889). S ^malayensis, Blyth; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 173 (1877). 0 il9| ad‘ Sau.K November 1, 1873.— Bill black ; feet horny black. Length 4T5 N0. ’ winS 2-l, tail 1-7, tarsus 0'75. November 4, 1873. °s-lnv m Nos pn 5 1121, ad. Yangihissar, December 2, 1873. ’ llTl, ad. Kashghar, December 11-14, 1873. Seeu by Colonel Biddulph at Leh in September. N-lso 70 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Family LANIIDiE. Genus LAN I US. 138. Lanius homeyeri. Lanius homeyeri, Cab. ; Severtz. Str. F. iii. p. 430 (1875) ; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 136 (1876) ; ^ 1881, p. 51 ; Scully, ibid. p. 432 ; Homeyer & Tancre, MT. orn. Ver. Wien, 1883, p. 87 ; Ibis, 1885, p. 357 ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 462 (1889). Lanius leucopterus, Scvertz. Tnrkest. Jevotn. p. 67 (1863) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 184. No. 1097. Yangihissar, November 30, 1873. — Length 1 0‘ 5 inches, wing 4'7, jrjg tarsus l-2 ; expanse 15 ; bill from front 07, from gape 1*17 ; length of foot 1 S- ^ hazel-brown ; hill bluish horny above, pale at base and sides, pale fleshy heloW, dusky tip ; feet, horny black ; wings reach within 3 inches of end of tail. No. 1337. Kashgliar, February 11, 1874. No. 1376. Jigda, February 25, 1874. i l Yai‘kalia “ This Shrike,” Dr. Scully writes, “ was tolerably common near Kashghar ana ‘ p in winter ; it was never seen in spring or summer, as it bad then migrated north war - r chiefly affects bare places with a few trees scattered about, but is occasionally seeUp.ees, villages. Near Kizil in January I saw some of these Shrikes perched on small leaflebS ^ sitting very motionless and apparently not alarmed when one approached them even P ^ closely. This Shrike was occasionally trained to capture small birds, such as Spm'ioW,^ ... It is the winter Shrike of Kashgharia, as Lanius arenarius is the summer one. Turki name for the species is ‘ Ala ghurulai,’ the Variegated Shrike.” 139. Lanius erytiironotus. Lanius erythronotus (Vig.) ; Hume & Renders. Lahore to Yark. p. 182 (1873) ; Bidd. Ibis, Scully, t. c. p. 433; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 464 (1889). 188b P si ; No. 27. Murree, June 24, 1873. Nos. 138, juv., 140, ad. Hatti, Jhelum Valley, July 21, 1873. No. 156, juv. Baramula, July 25, 1873. No. 198. Srinagar, July 29, 1873. No. 267. Srinagar, August 5, 1873 (Ternbh). Colonel Biddulph says that he saw this species only in Kashmir and Ladak, south Indus ; more were seen in the Indus Valley. of tllC 140. Lanius isabellinus. ,05; i q76 P* Lanius isabellinus, Ebr. ; Severtz. Turltest. Jevotn. pp. 67, 144 (1873); Dresser, Ibis, Q’m\ 0D Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 139 (1876); Scully, Ibis, 1881, p. 433; C. Swinb. Ibis, l^^’ tf0ob v' Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 70; Menzbier, Ibis, 1885, p. 357; Sharpe, Trans. Linn. Soc. 0 p. 76 (1889). n gtr.F> Lanius arenarius, Blyth; Hume & Hcnders. Lahore to Yark. p. 183, pi. iii. (1873) ; Scully, p. 137 (1876) ; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 274 (1877) ; Scully, Ibis, 1881, P- ( gR Lanius cristatus (nee L.) ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 182 (1873) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, l Otornela isabellina, Zarudn. Ois. Transcasp. p. 35 (1885). AYES. 7L 999, ad. Yarkand, November 12, 1873. — Length 7'5 inches, wing 3'57, tail 3 '2, arsus 0-95 ; expanse 11*2 ; bill from front 0-45, from gape 0\8 ; length of foot 1'55. Iris ]\to 1Tnyn 5 hill dusky brown above, pale at base of lower mandible ; feet brownish black. ad. East of Ighiz Yar, May 19, 1874. — Got four eggs on a pear-tree 10 feet ]y0 a_ 0Ve ground. Nos Hi 993, ad. Kizil, May 19, 1874. — Got two eggs on a tree about 15 feet above ground, o i a!'" ahout ten miles east of Ighiz Yar I got the nest of this Lanins (shooting the lale) orL a pear-tree, between branches about ten feet above the ground. The nest is yound - — ‘Glow,’ Uld^e °f twigs outside, with some grass and cotton and old rags interwoven together. a*iotlinl!ei° eggs m the nest, the young being nearly fully developed Gilev r\ 4. u • that be ugh up on a tree, with two fresh eggs.’ saw full-fledged voung near Besliterek. colonel , ,, -r At Kizil I got On the 31st of May, 1874, he states basE i • <>3le^ Giddulph sends us a note : — “ I shot the first specimen, a solitary one, at Maral- May”lnTfUly- It was peculiarly common everywhere in the plains when we returned in dev: a’son is evidently this species, as Dr. Scully suspects, which was procured by Dr. Hen- Dr. Scully writes : — “ The Desert Shrike is very common in the plap1K^ ca^e^ L. cristatus , Yarha Nasligharia, where it breeds. I obtained my first specimen of this species near of A c 0n Die 14th April, and from that date it was observed continuously up to the 15th ahout \QSt’ Wlleu 1 saw the last of this Shrike north of the Chuchu Pass, at an elevation of PO'Ssibi . It was not observed at all during the winter, and with the exception of October & ^6W s^ray stragglers, the bird no doubt migrates from Eastern Turkestan about i\fay an’| 09s agrees exactly with the native account of the matter. The bird breeds in une.” Dr. Scully gives a full account of the eggs. Eamily AMPELID2E. Ipy Genus AMPE LIS. • ^pelis GAURUlxjs. mpe!*S 9arrulus, L. ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 188; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 153 (1876); Prjev. in owley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 273 (1877) ; Homeyer & Tancre, MT. orn. Yer. Wien, 1883, p. 88 ; JS 0rn, mT°> Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 212 (1885). vy Cilia aarruln (T. \ . Th* for Mr ^ sPecies was only procured by Dr. Scully, who writes “ This bird was purchased • law in the bazaar of Yarkand, where it was being carried about perched on a man’s ■I c yurrula (L.) ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 67 (1873). froger, s°Hiid t Pear°d to be very quiet in confinement, and was never heard to utter any Pad jUjt , 1 S00n died, however, and before we left Yarkand Mr. Shaw gave me the skin, as I its denS(, Je°U a^e procure a specimen. When alive the bird had a beautiful appearance : I heard V^°SS^ ^eat^ers gave it rather the look of a perfect wax model than a living bird, also be Several sources that this species wras common in the hills near Aksu, and I r °h its occurrence in Sarikol ; the bird is never seen in the plains of Eastern 72 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Turkestan, unless it be in captivity. The Yarkandis have an absurd legend about tlu^ being the grandsire of the common Hoopoe! A Yarkandi bird-catcher told uie bii'd its name was £ Tagh hupiipi,’ the c Mountain Hoopoe ; ’ but this evolved out of his inner consciousness.” designation was don .bt Eamilv SYLYIIDiE. Genus AC EO CEPH ALUS. 142. Acrocephalus turdoides. ijaiiei'®’ Acrocephalus turdoides (Meyer) ; Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 95 (1881) ; Homeyei MT. orn. Ver. Wien, 1883, p. 84; Sharpe, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. v. p. 71 (1889)’ ^ ) ■ Acrocephalus arundinaceus , L. ; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 146 (1876); Blanf. East. Persia, ii. P- ^ Jail6’ I have examined the specimen procured by Dr. Scully at Yarkand on the 23rd jjjjji and there is no question of its being the true A. turdoides. The Yarkandi shikaris » is the following information about this Reed- Warbler : — “The Turki name ^ seasonal visitant, arriving about March, and leaving at the be^ 103 the c Kanaiclii.’ It is a seasonal visniiui, arnvmg auuui j'wu h, auu jn winter, when the water begins to freeze. It breeds in Yarkand, making its ^ t|0e,s n0*" yelmn (reeds), where it lives, and laying four eggs about the beginning of June. pci's^1 migrate to Hindustan, but westwards to Mazendaran (an extensive forest-regi(jU ^at pie near the borders of the Caspian).” Eggs were brought to Dr. Scully, who says species was often heard in reeds and marshy ground near Yarkand, but he could on > one specimen. 143. Acrocephalus stentorius. „ . ii. Bfh' Acrocephalus stentorius (H. & E.) ; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 194 (1876) ; Seebohm, La • gcUply, v. p. 98 (1881) ; C. Swinh. Ibis, 1882, p. 108 ; Zarudn. Ois. Transcasp. p. 42 (1885) , S. Beng. lvi. p. 81 (1887) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 356 (1889). Acrocephalus brunnescens (Jerd.) ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 214, pi. xvi. (R jVlus- J> Nos. 200, 202, 206, 216, 220, 223, 227- Srinagar, July 29-31, 1873. . ,suS V1’ No. 217. Srinagar, August 3, 1873.— Length 7 '35 inches, wing 3‘38, tail 2‘7°’ "atl expanse 10 ; bill from front 0’75, from gape IT ; length of foot T4. L’is lighter round the pupil ; bill blackish horny, pale below ; feet bluish horn} ^ pr- Very common in Kashmir, according to Dr. Henderson, breeding in that co Stoliczka mentions that he found young birds near Srinagar in July. 144. Acrocephalus agricola. Acrocephalus agricola, Jerd.; Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 105 (1881) ; Severtz. Ri • Zarudn. Ois. Transcasp. p. 42 (1885) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 359 (1® s^o) Salicaria capistrata, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. pp. 66, 127 (1873) ; id. Str. F. iii. p. 425 ( Ibis, 1876, p. 84. Salicaria modesta, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 66. Salicaria gracilis, Severtz. t. c. p. 66. 1883; P* prc3i S&’ AYES. 73 N0, 201 Srinagar, July 29, 1873. 235. Srinagar, August 1, 1873. 0S- 1715, 1717. Yarkand, May 22, 1874. °* 1782- Yarkand, May 24, 1874. Colonel Biddulph says that he only procured this species in the Sind Valley. U5- Tuibura 3 Genus TRIBURA. major. (Plate IX.) L.USC iniola major (Brooks) ; Seebolim, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 124 (1881). crocephalus macrorhynchus (Hume) ; Scully, Str. P. iv. p. 146 (1876). umeticola major, Brooks; Biddulph, Ibis, 1881, p. 65 ; Scully, t. c. p. 448. " ura major, Oates, Paun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 362 (1889). N°‘ 3°°- Sonamarg, August 10, 1873— Length 5-65 inches, wing 2'3, tail 2 35, tarsus ; expanse 7 -15 ; hill from front 0-38, from gape 0-8. Iris brown ; bill horny, yellow below ; feet light brown, tarsi yellowish fleshy. °- 352. Sonamarg, August 12, 1873.— Length 6‘2 inches, wing 2-38, tail 2-5, tarsus 0’8; expanse 7-2; length of foot 1*3. Iris brown; bill horny, yellow below; feet pale, Nos 'S? Sligllt flcslly tirL»e- ' 383. Baltal, August 12, 1873. Nos. No. 4,90 i':>,2= 435, ad. et juv. Tashgam, Eras Valley, August 17, 1873. CbJUV. AcbMlgau-L, J J ... Kharbu, Ladak, August 21, 1873.— Length 6'25 inches, wing 2*3, tail 2’4, tarsus 0-9 ; bill from front 0’55, from gape 0'75. Iris pale brown ; hill horny black, ower mandible paler, yellow at the angles of the mouth. Note “tick, tick, tick . Y0 1Vcs *u fields on grass. Native name “ Cliihi marta.” No 5S’ fIlarbU) August 21, 1873. Nos. iL Leh’ Au§ust 27> 1873- 45,1850. Kugiar, June 2, 1874. 4Ua^Corilph states that he found this Warbler very common in Ladak, especially O both coming and going. It frequented the cornfields, at elevations of from rn, 0 1Y000 feet, and was not found near water. It occurred singly , am not m oc 's. sPecimen procured by Dr. Scully was only doubtfully referred to his Acrocephalm Mr X Tchus by Mr. Hume, who was not able at the time to compare it with the type, llentir , ln (Cat. B. v. p 403) thought it must be Sypolais rama, but Mr. Oates has foUnd witb T. major (cf. Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 361). Dr. Scully writes :-«I O* blrd between Kizil Aghil and Tam, at elevations of from 7000 to 9000 feet, in it S East. Persia, ii. p. 174 (1876) ; Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 6 (1881) ; Homeyer goo1, MT. orn. Yer. Wien, 1883, p. 84; Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 67 ; Sharpe, Trans. Linn- 8°°' v. pt. 3, p. 70 (1889). Nisoria undata (Brehm) ; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 149 (1876). No. 1697. Kizil, May 19, 1874. Nos. 1735, 1736, 1741, 3743, 1788, 1790, 1795. Yarkand, May 15th to 26th, 1874- Nos. 1815, 1818, 1823, 1828. Karghalik, May 30, 1874. AYES. 75 _ ' Yarkand, May 23, 1874. — Length 7 inches, wing 3 ‘4, tail 2 ’8, tarsus 1‘05 ; -Panse 10-7; bill from front 0‘5, from gape 0'77. Iris sulphur-yellow; hill dark *ny above and at tip of lower mandible, pale fleshy at base ; wings reach within 17 of end of tail. “Bulbul” ( Turki ). A beautiful songster, of which I got two es s and saw several others in gardens. Begins to lay about the middle of May. '■Diary* ^ date ^1R 24th of May, when the expedition was at Yarkand, Dr. Stoliczka’s la °He I ^ ,1° lowing note : — “Grot the nest of the Bulbul: it is very plentiful in the gardens, young . 7° ' ^U ee nests with from four to five eggs ; in one nest they had nearly fully-developed SeVen ^hers the eggs were almost fresh. The nest is on a tree or bush at from four to °Utsic]e 0p )0ve the ground; it is a regular Sylvia’s nest, round, regularly cup-shaped, made It js ] 3 . Coarse grass and thin dry twigs, inside of thin grass interwoven with horse-hair. Mth ,1^1 d 1 c^eep, and 2|- inches in inner diameter, perfectly round. Eggs dirty greenish dicker encpeenisk sP°ts, and rounded, with more confluent drill dark blotches round the . l>r.nC' ah Scull a0ont the - glves a good account of the nesting of this species, which, he says, “arrives aever ^^onrhood of Yarkand in May, and probably migrates about September ; it is henc() call wi ^le country during the winter. It has a beautiful and melodious song, and is Colonel • the Tarkandis ‘ Bulbul.’ ” hanrir ^Ve e,. ®^ddulph writes: — “This was not a winter bird, but on our return from the was Co °Uud k about Yarkand in May, where it had already commenced to breed. It habitation °maion about Karghalik. It is a beautiful songster. It is tame, and comes about 149 WOUs. Sylv Sylvia II is a bush- and tree-haunting bird, but it is never seen on the ground. IA- CINEREA. (lSlT? ^^echst-) 5 Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 65 (1873); Secbohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. Fam, i . dd‘ Il)is’ 188L P- 67; Homeyer & Tancre, MT. orn. Yer. Wien, 1883, p. 84; W Za nnt; „Ind” BMsb h P- 395 (1889) . N0. ' Cld‘ 5 Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 79 ; Scully, Str. F. 1881, p. 450. Y ' hukung, September 19, 1873. lng bird fresh moulted into winter plumage. 150, v. p. 8 Oates, VlA Nana. Cat ‘U\\ & E-) 1 Blanf. East. Persia, ii Oates V nt' MUS‘ v- P- 36 (188: y“LBr,‘- IutL' Birds' <• p- B B • — ’’ A ci am, ii. p. 178 (1876); Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 80; Seebohm, nt. Mus. v. p. 26 (1881) ; Sharpe, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. v. pt. 3, p. 71 (1889) ; 396 (1889). p. 4,3 (Vao^enS^S (Dversm.) ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. pp. 65, 124 (1873) ; Zarudn. Ois. Transcasp. Xykiu araL, -^ Menzbier> lhis> 188^ P- 354. hT0_ g irJcv- m Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 170 (1877). brownigU^kh^Ba’ October 20, 1873. — Length 5 inches. Iris golden yellow ; bill ^ ^ 5 Paie underneath : feet nale vellnw with a faint, cTppuish tin o-o ArpINls. Vlvta affini Seeb» Warcllaw Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 59; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. L A. S. Beng^ B!it'.Mus- v‘ P- 19 (1881) i Zarudn. Ois. Transcasp. p. 41 (1885); Scully, 67 ; Scully, t. c. p. 450 ; p. p. 4 p. 80 (1887) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 397 (1889). L 2 76 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Sylvia curruca (nee Linn.) ; Severtz. Turlcest. Jevotn. p. 65 (1873) ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to ' p. 221 (1873) ; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 175 (1876) ; Prjev. in Rowley’s Oru. Misc. u. P {1877)‘ . 0.2-6, No. 80. Indus Valley, south of Chimray, September 13, 1873. — Length 5'65 inches, win» Vp tail 2-45, tarsus 0‘78; hill from front 0-3, from gape 0-68. Iris light brown, horny black ; feet horny blackish. No. 146, imm. Urumbu, Jlieluin Valley, July 24, 1873. No. 273, juv. Kangan, August 7, 1873. No. 295. Gaganghir, August 9, 1873. Nos. 459, 465. Kargil, August 19, 1873. No. 476. Shargol, August 20, 1873. Nos. 562, 576. Leh, August 28, 1873. No. 669, juv. Leh, September 10, 1873. As mentioned below, Dr. Henderson’s specimen from Khushtagh belongs to this sp ^ and therefore the one shot by Dr. Scully at the same place on the 8th of August jru * have been an example of this Warbler. 152. Sylvia minuscula. Sylvia curruca (nec Gm.) ; Scully, Str. P. iv. p. 150 (1876). . Sylvia minuscula, Hume; Seebolim, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 20, pi. 1 (1881) ; C. Swinh- 1 p. 109; Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 67; Scully, J. A. S. Beng. lvi. p. 80 (1887) ; Oates, Faun- hi'1 ’ Birds, i. p. 398 (1889) ; Sharpe, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. v. pt. 3, p. 71 (1889). No. 969. Karghalik, November 6, 1873. No. 1094. Yangihissar, December 1, 1873. Nos. 1680, 1682. Ighiz Yar, May 18, 1874. No. 1814. Karghalik, May 30, 1874. Nos. 1840, 1843. Kugiar, June 1, 1874. Nos. 1848-49. Kugiar, June 2, 1874. ... , butliaV The specimens killed in winter differ little from those obtained in summer, rather more brown on the head, which is scarcely different in colour from the back. jp Dr. Stoliczka’s ‘Diary’ contains a note that this Warbler was common near Yang _ +be On the December, and on the 18th of May lie found a nest in a rose-bush near Ighiz Yar. ^ ^eSb 31st of May he writes : — “ JBeshtereJc. This Warbler is very common and breeding- jg in ^ had one, and another three fresh eggs : one had two half-incubated eggs. The ncs i Ujariy small bush about ten inches or a foot above the ground, composed entirely of grass, 1 L,.“ cup-shaped, round, about If inch deep and If in diameter. Outside it consists rately coarse grass ; inside of finer grass with a little grass-seed film interwoven.’ ppd An examination of the specimen procured by Dr. Scully at Posgam in 0° 0 0tlrcl identified by him as Sylvia curruca, proves that it is really S. minuscula. Whether jjen' specimens from Khushtagh and Sughuchaw were also of this species I cannot say- peibS derson’s specimens in the Hume Collection are also mixed up, one from Oi-t°»r S. minuscula, and another from Khushtagh being S. affinis. ^ Dr. Scully states that this Whitethroat arrives in the plains of Kashgharia abon and migrates southwards towards the end of October. It breeds in May and June. ih AYES. 77 Genus PHYLLOSCOPUS. ■^3. Phylloscopus affinis. Phylloscopus affinis (Tick.) ; Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 65 (1881) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 66 ; Scully, t. c. p. 449 ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 401 (1889). No- 408. Mataian, August 15, 1873 —Length 4-5 inches, wing 2‘35, tail 1’7, tarsus 08 ; expanse 08; lull from front 0-33, from gape 0-53. Iris brown; bill horny above, yellow below; feet greenish horny brown. 555. Leh, August 28, 1873. i. °' ^3. Tanksi, September 17, 1873. 0> 753. Lukung, September 19, 1873. °- 780. Cliagra, 14,000 feet, September 21, 1873. Phylloscopus tytleki. (Plate X.) Phylloscopus tytleri, Brooks; Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 66 (1881) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 66; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 402 (1889). ^°S- 309, 330. Sonamarg, August 10, 11, 1873 ( Colonel Biddulph). °s. 381, 385. Baltal, August 12, 1873. , ,, f . . Ko- 471. Shargol, August 20, 1873.— Bill horny blackish, angle of mouth yellow, fe horny blackish, soles yellow. Length 4-85 inches, wing 2-3, taxi 2-0, tarsus 0 U. Phylloscoptjs tristis. Phylloscopus tristis, Blyth; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 219 (1873); Blank East. Persia, n. P- 180 (1876); Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 148 (1876); Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 83 ; ^ardlaw Scully lbib 1880, p. 59 ; Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 63 (1881) ; Bidd. Ibis, 188 i, p. 60 Scu y, 'bid. p. 448. C- Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 108; Sharpe, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. v. p . , P- (1889) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 403 (1889). yllopneuste tristis, Homeyer & Tancre, MT. orn. Ver. Wien, 1883, p. 84. lcedula futvescens, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. pp. 65, 126 (1873). °- 330. Sonamarg, August 11, 1873. jt°‘ 385- Baltal, August 12, 1873. °- 433. Tashgam, August 17, 1873. °- 452. Chiliscambo, August 18, 1873. 0S- 455, 456. Kargil, August 19, 1873. . ^ n tjn-i Nos- «0. 171. Shargol, August 20, 1873-Length *65-1-86 mches, wing 2 , M j. l'9-2, tarsus 0'7-0'72. Bill and feet homy blackish ; soles and angle ot mouth yell . K°S- 503, 507. Kbarbu, August 21, 22, 1873. 0s* 545, 546, Bek, August 27, 1873. ^0S- 553, 554, 557, 558, 568, 569, 570. Leb, August 28, 1873. Leh, August 29, 1873. Leh, September 6, 1873. Ko Yangihiss&f, December 2, 1873. No 1405. Ighiz Yar, March 21, 1874. ‘ 1655- Pasrobat, May 13, 1874. 78 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Dr. Henderson procured numerous specimens of this species, including a nestling) 111 Ladak in July. Dr. Scully says that it was very common in August along the Sanju strea^ and in the Karakash Valley at elevations of from 9000 to 14,000 feet. Colonel Biddulph a s collected a number of specimens near Kargil and Leh. 156. Phylloscopus indicus. Phylloscopus indicus (Jerd.) ; Wardlaw Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 59; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 66; Scully) *■ c' p. 449; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 404 (1889). Ficedula obscura, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. pp. 65, 124 (1873). Lusciniola indica, Seebokm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 126 (1881). Phijllopneuste indica, Homeyer & Tancre, MT. orn. Ver. Wien, 1883, p. 84. Nos. 391, 420. Mataian, August 14, 15, 1873. No. 451. Chiliscamho, August 18, 1873. No. 504. Kharbu, August 22, 1873. Nos. 611, 615, 627, 637, 643. Leh, September 4-6, 1873. Nos. 1654, 1657. Pasrobat, May 13, 1874. No. 1665. Cheliil Gumbar, May 14, 1874. No. 1862. Duba, June 6, 1874. The young bird is more rufous than the adult, and the yellow is much more vivid l,c^° A young bird in autumn plumage was procured on the 19tli of September. , y Dr. Stoliczka states that this species was not common near Pasrobat on the 13th ot - and from Chehil Gumbar lie writes : — “ P. indicus prefers feeding about rocks instead 0 bushes, as Jerdon observes. It has a peculiar short shrill call.” Again, from f)Ll|)a, . observes : — “ The call of P. indicus , which is common all along, is a deep whistling c .g chip,’ three or four times repeated. At first the call resembles that of a Kestrel, an almost as loud.” j Colonel Biddulph writes : — “We got a specimen at Leh in September ; we then it common in the valleys of Kizilyart Mountains, at elevations of from 9000-10,000 fee;)’ May, on our return from the Pamir. We got it again at Alc-Musjid (5000 feet) in June- 157. Phylloscopus fuscatus. Phylloscopus fuscatus (Blytb) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 405 (1889). Phyllopneuste fuscala, Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 171 (1877). Lusciniola f us cat a, Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 127 (1881). No. 816. Shahidula, October 19, 1873. No. 830. Nubra Valley, October 1873 {Dr. Bellew). 158. Phylloscopus humii. Reguloides viridipennis (nec Blytb); Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 149 (1876). Phylloscopus humii (Brooks) ; Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 67, pi. iv. fig. 1 (1881) ; Oat• 419). BhyllosCOPUS proregulus. hyHoscopus proregulus (Pall.); Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 71 (1881); Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., birds, i. p. 408 (1889). e!Juloides proregulus, Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 220 (1873) ; Prjev. in Rowley's Orn. Misc. u- P- 172 (1877) 334. N ‘ “o4i' Sonamarg, August 11, 1873. °‘ 35d. Sonamarg, August 12, 1873. — Length 4 inches, wing 2-2, tail T6, tarsus 1-65. Iris brown ; bill horny brown ; feet very pale horny, soles yellowish. Octoi^1' Undersoil obtained a single specimen in the Sind Valley in Kashmir on the 30th of er- Colonel Biddulph shot one at Sonamarg on the 15th of July. 160. ptrv LLOSCOPUS SUPERCILIOSUS. PhyltoscopUS superciliosus (Cm.) ; Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 68 (1881) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Her / -rdSj 1 P‘ 409 (1889)- suPercdiosus, Prjev. in Rowley's Orn. Misc. ii. p. 172 (1877). ./ opneuste superciliosa, Ilomeyer & Tancre, MT. orn. Yer. Wien, 1883, p. 84. No ^ K0 I ./ Gaganghir, August 9, 1873. No Sondmarg, August 10, 1873. 22- Sonamarg, August 11, 1873. — Length 4'5 inches, wing 2 3, tail T7, tarsus 0‘70 ; expanse 7, bill from front O' 25, from gape 0'47- Iris brown ; bill horny brown ; feet No Cni8h> ^ars* dai'k greenish horny, soles greenish white. No’ son ?alta1’ Au§ust 12> 1873' No. 7^' 8nurla’ August 24, 1873. No g2f ’ d’anksi, September 17, 1873. No of?’ Sliahidula, October 19, 1873. ' Gidjik, October 24, 1873. 80 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Colonel Biddulpli states that he procured this species at Panjah in Wakhan in April) Aktala in May, and at Duba on the 6th of June. June, Dr. Stoliczka found the species very common in the Duba Yalley on the 6th o hut it was then only pairing, and he supposed it would not lay before the end of June. Genus ACANTHOPNEUSTE. 161. Acanthopneuste viridana. Acanthopneuste viridanus (Blyth) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 414 (1889). p. iv. Phylloscupus viridanus, Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 220, pi. xix. (1873) ; Scul V, ,^ggl) ; p. 148 (1876) ; Ward law Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 59; Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p- Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 66; Scully, ibid. p. 448; Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 67. Phyllopneuste viridana, Homeyer & Tancre, MT. orn. Yer. Wien, 1883, p. 84. No. 862. Sonamarg, August 8, 1873. No. 380. Baltal, August 12, 1878. No. 457- Kargil, August 19, 1873. No. 628. Leh, September 4, 1873. No. 861. Gidjik, N. of Sanju Pass, October 24, 1873. ^ This species, according to Dr. Henderson, was common in Hill Yarkand, at the River, in August. Dr. Scully says that he observed it among the tamarisk ant bushes fringing the Sanju stream, and along the hanks of the Karakash River. 162. Acanthopneuste occipitalis. Acanthopneuste occipitalis (Jerd.) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 418 (1889). Phylloscopus occipitalis, Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 50 (1881). Reguloules occipitalis, Biddulph, Ibis, 1881, p. 66 ; Scully, t. c. p. 449. No. 35. Murree, June 25, 1873. Nos. 48, 49. Murree, June 26, 1873. No. 87. Cliangligally, July 3, 1873. q-35; No. 281, ? . Gond, August 8, 1873.— Length 4-8 inches, wing 2-6, tail V% tax ^ hill from front 0'35, from gape 0 56. Iris dark hrown ; hill hrown, yellotv o mandible ; feet leaden grey. Nos. 290, 297. Gaganghir, August 9, 1873. No. 311. Sonamarg, August 10, 1873. No. 363. Sonamarg, August 12, 1873. No. 387. Baltal, August 12, 1873. yalley Colonel Biddulph notes this species from Sonamarg in July, and in the Jhelum in August. G enus CRYPTOLOPH A. 163. Cryptolopha xanthoschista. Ahrornis xanthoschistus (Hodgs.); Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 220, pi. 20. fig- 1 pjjt. 1^'’ Cryptolopha xanthoschista, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 398 (1879, pt.) ; Oates, F :U1 Birds, i. p. 425 (1889). Qol°^ Eound hy Dr. Henderson to he very common in Kashmir in May and October. Biddulph obtained a specimen at Baramula in July. AYES. 81 Horornis Genus HORORNIS. PALLIDTJS. w°rnis pallidus (Brooks) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 436 (1889). e tia fortipes (Hodgs.) ; Seebolim, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 136 (1881, pt.). ^°‘ 155- Urumbu, July 21, 1873 ( Colonel Biddulph). °S' 288, 291, 296. Gagangliir, August 9, 1873. to n U ^ 'S £ Dr. Stoliczka notes that he found this species plentiful at Gond, hut difficult tre(>s°CUle ’ s^10^ several specimens at Gagangliir; he says that it “sits near the tops of Shi ^ 1U the morning” He adds : — “ No H. pallidus is seen from a little above Gagan- 165. Genus CETTIA. Cettia Cetti ORIENTALIS. (Plate XI.) c . orientalis, Tristr. Ibis, 1867, p. 79. tila ^biventris, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. pp. 66, 131 (1873). Cetti, 1(1 scaIenura, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. pp. 66, 131 (1873). QdyptBtes cetti (nee Marm.) ; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 200 (187 Celt Cett, 6). la ceMi (nee Marm.) ; Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 135 (1881) ; C. Swinh. Ibis, 1882, p. 108; Scu% J. A. S. Beng. lvi. p. 81 (1887). 1(1 orientalis, Tristr.; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 441 (1889). °- -US. Yarkand, November 11, 1873. — Length 63 inches, wing 2‘75, tail 2-8, tarsus 09 ; expanse 8-15 ; bill from front O’ 44, from gape 066. Iris brown ; bill horny brown, No -|?" er inau(Nble fleshy brown ; feet whitish fleshy. • i088. Yarkand, November 28, 1873. a pale * ®ee^°Nm has united this species to the Cettia cetti of Europe, but it is undoubtedly it diSf r'lC°5 ^lough probably only subspecifically separable. I follow Mr. Oates in keeping nct Horn the true C. cetti. 166. Genus SUVA. Suya Suya criNigErA. 1 Lrinigera, Hodgs.; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 177 (1883) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, P-444 (1889). of0\°nel ^^Nffilph obtained this species at Dliunna, three marches east of Murree, on the gu.st, and again at Chikar on the 7th of the same month. 1ps Genus RHOPOPHILUS. 467. jk POPHILUS ALBOSURERCILIARIS. *uya qjj osuperciliaris, Hume; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 218, pi. xviii. (1873) ; Scully, Str. F. 1V‘ P- 147 (1876). M 82 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. No. 940, d ad. Murree, July 2, 1873. °s. 98-101, s 2 ad. etjuv. Changligally, July 6, 1873. 201, juv. Srinagar, July 29, 1873. _°s- 272, 274, d ad. Kangan, August 7, 1873. 280, juv. Gond, August 8, 1873. °- 377, c J ad. Sonamarg, August 12, 1873. 0s- 1492, 1494, ^ 5 ad. Panjah, April 14-23, 1873. °‘ ^75, a ad. Igliiz Yar, May 18, 1874. Stor (A°nel Biddulph procured a pair at Panjah on the 21st of April. On the 17th, Dr. of ! lg73. os ip-. V‘-l' Shargol, August 20, 1873. 1679, 1686, 1690 [ y and the ])lains of Yarkand. A nestling was obtained on the 5th of August at Balakchi, 11 tbe Karakash, showing that the bird breeds in this neighbourhood. tb‘. Scully states that “ this species was common in the plains of Kashgharia at elevations 1500 feet and upwards, and in some portions of the hills up to an elevation ot 12,o00 feet. never observed during the winter. In the plains it was found in the desert ground tw een §aT1j u anq Karghalik, hopping among the little sand-banks, and it was common I T^ een Shahid ula and Gulgun Shah in the Karakash Valley. It probably breeds in the mentioned during the months of June and July. The Turki name for this species Kla Chikit,” the “ Variegated TVheatear.” Stoliczka says that it breeds in the Duba Valley. ' I' ^^XICOLA MONTANA. Saxicola deserti, pt. (nec Cretzschm.) ; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 148 (1876). ‘ "xicola montana, Gould; Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 384 (1881) ; Zarudn. Ois. Transcasp. p. 38 (1885) ; St. John, Ibis, 1889, p. 164; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 78 (1890). Y°s- ^98, 511 [d ? moulting]. Kharbu, August 21, 1873. °. oil [d moulting], Snimu, August 26, 1873. £°- 5K> [ d moulting]. Leh, August 27, 1873. °- 688 [ d ]. Zingral, South of Chang-la, 15,000 feet, September 14, 1873.— Total length 6-65 inches, wing 4'0, tail 2'9, tarsus 1'0. Iris blackish brown; bill and feet black. Y°- 6°3 [ d ]. Tsultak, north of Chang-la, 15,500 feet, September 15, 1873. 0s- 1490, 1505, 1522 [ d ad.]. Panjah, April 14, 1874. °* 14^6 [ d ]. Panjah, April 16, 1874.— Length 6'85 inches, wing 4'0, tail 2’7, tarsus 1*04. _ Iris dark brown ; bill and feet black. °- 1081 [ 5 ]. South-west of Ighiz Yar, May 18, 1874. t°- 1819 [ $ ]. Karghalik, May 30, 1874. °‘ ^^12 [ d ]. Kugiar, June 1, 1874. in \I)r' 8toliczka remarks that this species (which he at first mistook for S. deserti ) had young ' Usust when he was at Kharbu. At Tsultak he says it was “ very common, and evidently 86 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. migrating down.” At Ak Masjid it was breeding, but he could not get the eggs. Colonel Eiddulph says that it was met with everywhere in spring, summer, and autumn beyond the Zoji-la, but was not seen during the winter in the plains of Turkestan. 176. Saxicola chrysopygia. Saxicola chrysopygia (De Fil.) j Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 151, pi. 10. fig. 1 (1876) ; Seebohm, Cat. B. Brlt' Mus. v. p. 389 (1881) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 79 (1890). Saxicola kingi, Hume, Ibis, 1871, p. 29. 7*0 No. 1458. Panjah, April 13, 1874. — Bill black ; feet black ; iris brown. Total length i inches, wing 3*82, tail 2'6, tarsus 1*06. No. 1500. Panjah, April 14-23, 1874. Subfamily R UTICILLINJE. Genus HENICURUS. 177. Henicurus maculatus. Henicurus maculatus (Yig.) ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 222 (1873) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. BJlt- Mus. vii. p. 317 (1883) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 83 (1890). No. 60, juv. Murree, June 29, 1873. Dr. Henderson met with this species at Punch on the road down from Kashmir to Lahore. Genus CH2EMORRHORNIS. 178. Ch^morrhornis leucocephala. Chtsmorrhornis leucocephala (Yig.) ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 214 (1873) ; Prjev. in B°wle} S Orn. Misc. ii. p. 178 (1877). ■■ Chimarrhornis leucocephala , Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p.47 (1883) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., 3^s> 1 p. 89 (1890). No. 312, juv. Sonamarg, August 10, 1873. No. 342, adult. Sonamarg, August 11, 1873. Procured by Dr. Henderson in the neighbourhood of Punch. Colonel Biddulph inform^ us that it was very common in the Sind Yalley in July and in Ladak between Karg'd an the Zoji-la. Genus RUTICILLA. 179. Ruticilla frontalis. 6$ t Ruticilla frontalis (Vig.) ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 211 (1873) • Bidd. Ibis, 1881, P' g’ Scully, t. c. p. 446 ; Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 349 (1881) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind-, Jjtl ’ ii. p. 91 (1890). Dr. Henderson found this species very common in Kashmir, but only on the lC^1 * journey. 180. Ruticilla erythronota. Ruticilla erythronota (Eversm.) ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 167 (1876) ; Bidd. Ibis, p. 65 (1873); Dresser, Ibis, l87^ J’0hjn, 1881, p. 62 ; Scully, t. c. p. 445 ; bee AYES. 87 Cat. B. Brit. Mus.v. p. 348 (1881) ; C. Swinh. Ibis, 1882, p. 107 ; Homeyer & Tancre, MT. orn. Yer. Wien, 1883, p. 85 ; Scully, J. A. S. Beng. lvi. p. 82 (1890) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. P- 84 (1890). ?J°- 849> 6 . North of Shaliidula, October 21, 1873. E°- 886> d • Sanju, October 27, 1873. 1 °- 918, $ . Sanju, November 1, 1873. — Length 6-6 inches, wing 3-3, tail 2'7, tarsus 0'93. Iris brown ; bill and feet black. ‘ 0s- 1102, 1110, 1113, 1114, 6 . Yangihissar, December 1, 2, 1873. -j.T°S‘ 1232, 1251, 6 . Maralbashi, January 1874. 0s- 1290, 1298, 1346, ad. Kashghar, Eebruary 2-12, 1874. * ^377, 6 . Jigda, Eebruary 26, 1874. ^t°- 1425. Tarbasbi, March 27, 1874. °- 1452. Kanshubar, April 2, 1874. hid ' |('°loncl Biddulph writes “I saw this species first in the Ivarakash Yalley below Sha- shot a ’ a§aiu in sma11 numI>ers all over the plains of Turkestan during the winter. I also t one going up to Sarikol, but I do not remember ever seeing it in Waklian or in Yarkand aUrin8 the summer.” HUXICILLA RUITVENTRIS. Sicilia erythroprocta (nec Gould) ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 65 (1873) ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 208 (1873). P 1 !! Seniirufa (nec Elir.) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 77. " icilla rufiventris, V. ; Blauf. East. Persia, ii. p. 163 (1876) ; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 144 (1876) ; Wardlaw hatnsay. Ibis, 1880, p. 57 ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 61 ; Scully, t. c. p. 445 ; Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. V- P- 842 (1881) j C. Swinh. Ibis, 1882, p. 107; Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 68; Zarudin Ois. Transcasp. P- 37 (1885) ; Scully, J. A. S. Beng. lvi. p. 82 (1887) ; Sharpe, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. v. p. 73 (1889) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 95 (1890). ^qS 3^8, d juv. Mataian, August 14, 1873. 3^’ d ad. Mataian, August 15,1873. — Length 6‘0 inches, wing 3'5, tail 2-35, tarsus 5 bill from front 0V45, from gape 0‘7. Iris brown; bill black; feet horny black. *oS-:!7> H8> ? juv. Mataian, August 15, 1873. N0 t-J1’ ^ • Hras, August 16, 1873. No’ ^UV‘ Srmrla> August 24, 1873. d ad. Saspul, on the Indus, Ladak, August 25, 1873. N, 0S- 577, 608, v°S- 636, 647, r- 815, 913, Ao- 1473, ; tars Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 177 (1877) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 63 ; Scully, ibid. p. 445; Sever - ^ 1883, p. 68 ; Seebolmi, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 347 (1881) ; Ilomeyer & Tancre, MT. ol11’ Wien, 1883, p. 85 ; Menzbier, Ibis, 1885, p. 356 ; Radde, Ornis, iii. p. 487 (1887). Ruticilla erythrogaster, Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 97 (1890). ^ . No. 584, juv. Leh, August 30, 1873. — Length 7-3 inches, wing 4T5, tail 31, tafsl;s ; expanse 12-25 ; bill from front 045, from gape 0-8 ; length of foot 1'4. Ir^s 10 bill black ; feet black. No. 694, d juv. Tsultak, September 15, 1873. Nos. 707, 710, d . Tanlcsi, September 16, 1873. Nos. 742. Tanksi, September 18, 1873. Nos. 761, 762. Lukuug, on the Pangong Lake, September 20, 1873. Nos. 831, 850, 851, d $ . Shahidula, October 21, 1873. Nos. 1357, 1358, d . Altin Artish, February 16, 1874. No. 1378, 2 . Eaizabad, March 2, 1874. No. 1409, 2 . Aktala, March 22, 1874. No. 1441, d . Tashkurghan, March 30, 1874. No. 1497, d . Panjah, April 14-23, 1874. No. 1601, 2 . Sarikol, May 9, 1874.—“ Eggs very small yet.” No. 1662, d . Pasrobat, May 13, 1874. No. 1747, 6 . Yarkand, May 15-20, 1874. _ ^ The differences in the colour between the summer and the winter plumages 1 noticeable in a series of specimens like the above, the red tint being in the surninel specimens much paler, while in the winter-killed individuals the breast, lower bac v» ^ fye and tail are deep vinous chestnut. The black of the back becomes more intense, head purer white in summer. ^ yGth Dr. Stoliczka’s ‘Diary’ informs us that this Redstart was common near Tanksi on agg,in of September, and again near Aktala on the 22nd of March. On the 15th of April e oyjts notes the species as very common near Panjah, but at that date there was no evn ^ 0$ nesting. Colonel Biddulph records it from several places — Muglib in Ladak, 13,4 AYES. 89 the 16th of September, Karakash Yalley on the 15th of October, Kirog V alley on the way UP to the Pamir on the 24th of March, and Aktash on the 4tlx of April. Dr. Henderson writes: — “This handsome Redstart was met with all through Ladak, °th in going and returning, and was especially abundant on the return journey in October, t Was found as high as 17,800 feet on the snow in the Chang Pass, and again on the other °f the plateau it was observed in Yarkand, from about 15,000 feet to the foot of the but not in the plains.” Dr. Scully gives the following note “ This Redstart was very common during the youths of August and September in the mountains, at elevations of from 10,000 to 18,000 e(A but was never met with in the plains of Eastern Turkestan. It frequents the neigh- bourhood of streams generally, hopping about on the stones and amongst the small bushes. . e Kirghis at Kichik Yailak say that this bird breeds during the months of June and July, u the high mountains near their encampment, and their name for it is Ivizil Kurgenak, e ■ ‘ Red Kestrel ’ ! ” Colonel Biddulph has forwarded the following note : — “ I first lound this Redstart at and all the way to the Pangong Lake, up to an altitude of 14,000 feet, in September, terwards I met with it in the valley of the Karakash, and again on going up to the Pamir, in Wakhdn, but not in the plains of Turkestan. We found them generally in rocky kiound, more or less covered with bushes, on which they often perched. I did not obseive lat they had any predilection for water.” Genus RHYACORNIS. RhYACOUNIS fuliginosa. Ruticilla fuliginosa (Vig.) ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 212, pi. xv. (1873) ; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 177 (1877). Rhyacornis fuliginosa, Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 98 (1890). 1 Dr. Henderson procured this species at Punch, below the Haji Pir Pass, on the way from Kashmir Genus CYANECULA. Cyanecula clerulecula. fasciola suecica, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 65 (1873). yunecula suecica (necL.); Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 214 (1873); Dresser, Ibis, 18/5, p. 341, Blanf. Fast. Persia, ii. p. 169 (1876) ; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 145 (18/6) ; Wardlaw Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 58; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 65; Scully, t. c. p. 447 ; C. Swinh. Ibis, 1882, p. 108; Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 68 ; Homeyer & Tancre, MT. orn. Ver. Wien, 1883, p. 84 ; Scully, J. A. S. Beng. lvi. p. 82 (1887) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 99 (1889). ^ythacus ccerulecuhis (Pall.) ; Seebolim, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 308 (1881) ; Sharpe, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. v. p. 73 (1889). yanecula ccerulecula, Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 180 (18/ 7) ; Zarudn. Ois. Transcasp. p. 37 (1885). ^°- 489, . Kharbu, Ladak, August 21, 1873.— Length 6 inches, wing 2- 9, tail 2' 25, tarsus 1-1 ; expanse 9; bill from front 0'4, from gape 0'7 ; length of loot P45. Bill black ; feet horny black. °. 495. Kharbu, August 21, 1873. 90 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Nos. 572, 573. Leh, August 29, 1873. No. 602. Leh, August 31, 1873. No. 762. Leh, September 10, 1873. No. 938. Sanju, October 31, 1873. No. 1472. Panjali, April 16, 1874. — Length 5' 8 inches, wing 2'75, tarsus 1*16; exp8*1®6 8'7 ; hill from front 0'4, from gape O' 7 ; length of foot 1'4, spread of foot 1. brown ; bill horny black ; feet dark brown, tarsi a little paler, soles yellow ; middle t°e 0'73, hind toe 0'58 ; wings reach within 1'3 of end of tail. Nos. 1805, 1811, 1812. Karghalik, May 29, 1874. No. 1838. N. of Kugiar, -Tune 1, 1874. Dr. Stoliczka states in his c Diary ’ that this species was very common along the road lie£b Karghalik on the 29th of May, and he saw a pair carrying grass for their nest. hJoloi1^ Biddulph says that it was seen in great numbers in September, from Leh to the Pang011^ Lake, and on the return journey it was plentiful in June and July in the Indus ^ 81 . Nubra valleys. Dr. Henderson obtained it on the “ Khush Maidan or Happy Plain (s_^ called on the Incus a non lucendo principle, it being one of the most miserable deserts creation) at an elevation of 16,000 feet ; at Shahidula at about 11,000 feet ; and at about 6000 feet, where, by the way, one quite young bird was obtained, proving tlmt ^ species breeds in Yarkand. Dr. Scully observes : — “ This species is a seasonal visita^ to the plains of Eastern Turkestan, arriving about the end of March, and leaving ^ September.” He gives an interesting note on the habits and breeding of the species 110 Yarkand in May. TheTurki name for the Bluethroat is “ Chaghchi,” an appellation it because it is said to make a sound resembling the noise of the spinning-wheels used bv women of Yarkand. 185. Cyanecula wolfi. Lusciola suecica, (3. orientalis, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 65 (1873). Cyanecula wolfi , Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 342 ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 100 (1890). Cycmecula leucocyanea, Brehm ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 65 ; Scully, t. c. p. 447; Bidd. Ibis, 1883, p- 37 Erithacus cyaneculus (Wolf) ; Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 311 (1881). No. 473. Shargol, August 20, 1873. Colonel Biddulph sends a note : — “ On our return journey we found numbers 111 g Nobra valley in June, where they were more plentiful than C. ecerulecula, which ' also present. In the Indus valley both species were noticed, but C. ecerulecula was the numerous.” Genus CALLIOPE. 186. Calliope pectoralis. Calliope bailloni, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. pp. 65, 122 (1873) ; id. Str. F. iii. p. 429 (1875). ^ ■ Calliope pectoralis, Gould; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 78; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 64; Scully, t. c. P- Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 67 ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 103 (1890). Erythacus pectoralis (Gould) ; Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 306 (1881). AYES. 91 394, $ . Mataian, August 14, 1873. No- 413, «j . Mataian, August 15, 1873.— Length 6*3 inches, wing 2'9, tail 2*45, tarsus 1'15 ; expanse 9 ; hill from front 0-5, from gape 0'78. Iris brown ; bill blaclv ; feet black, tarsi paler. N°s. 416, 419, juv. Mataian, August 15, 1873. Hr. Stoliczka mentions finding this species with fully fledged young near Mataian. °l°nel Biddulph saw it in Ladak, just below the Zoji-la. Genus IANTHIA. • Ianthia RUFILATA. Tarsiger rufilatus (Hodgs.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 256 (1879) ; Scully, Ibis, 1881, p. 446. Nemura cyanura (nee Pall.) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 64. Qnthia rufilata, Oates, Paun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 106 (1890) . 324. Sonamarg, August 11, 1873. — Bill black ; feet brownish black , iris brown. Length 5'5 inches, wing 3‘05, tail 2'3, tarsus 0'94. *N°- 325, * . Sonamarg, August 11, 1873.— Bill blackish horny; feet dark horny brown ; iris dark brown. Length 5'75 inches, wing 3’2, tail 2’4o, tarsus 10. 188. KDELHRA CHIRHLEOCEPHALA. Genus ADELURA. Ruticilla cceruleocephala (Vig.) ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yarlc. p. 211, pi. xiv. (1873) ; Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 353 (1881). Madura cceruleocephala, Wardlaw Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 58 ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 108 (1890). f • Henderson met with this species in the Sind Valley and at Punch, on the n ay down rom Kashmir. 189. Copsyches saelaris. Genus COPSYCHUS. C°psychus saularis (L.) j Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 202 (1873) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. rii. p. 61 (1883) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. pp. 116 (1890). °* l45- Oori, July 23, 1873. K young specimen in spotted plumage. Ka i 1 Henderson only observed this bird in the low hills through which the road to asc-rf r fr0m the l>unjab first passes on leaving the plains. This species seems never to 11 He hills to any great height. Subfamily TURDINsE. 190. Mer ferula HLA maxima. Genus M E R U L A. * maxima, Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus ^enzbier, Ibis, 1885, p. 357 ; Oates, Faun. v. p. 405 (1881) ; C. Swinhoe, Ibis, Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 123 (1890). 1882, p. 105; N 2 92 SECOND YABKAND MISSION. Karlia. Merula vulgaris , Ray; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 139 (1876) ; id. J. A. S. Beng. lvi. p. 81 (1887). Merida merula (L.) ; Sharpe, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. v. part 3, p. 72 (1889). ^ No. 916, $ . Sanju, November 1, 1873. — Wings reach within 3 inches of end of & Total length ITS inches, wing 5‘4, tail 5'0, tarsus 1'25 ; expanse 17'0 ; bill from r01 0’85, from gape 1*32. Iris brown ; bill homy black ; feet horny black. Nos. 954, 955. Bora, November 4, 1873. — [Wing 5-3 inches.] Native name Shachshak.” No. 1044. Yarkand, November 23, 1873. Nos. 1100, 1101, 1120. Yangihissar, December 1, 1873— [Wing 5-3-5-4 inches.] No. 1214, 6. Kashghar, January 20, 1874.— Length 116 inches, wing 5'3; bill front 0‘9, from gape 13. Iris dark brown ; bill yellow, streaked vvith black a the base ; feet black ; eyelid yellow. . ^ The length of wing agrees with the larger dimensions given by Seebohm 0lg,gg large Central Asian race of the Blackbird, but does not quite come up to the given by him. shghar, January 10, 1874. — Length 1T5 incite.,, ^ 1*4. Iris dark brown ; upper mandible black, the lower one dark brown ; feet blac No. 1215, ? Kashghar, January 10, 1874. — Length 1T5 inches, wing 52, tail 4’8, ta^ brown ; margin of soles pale yellow. , Dr. Stoliczka’s ‘ Diary ’ notes that this Blackbird was common near Bora and Vac-' Dr. Scully obtained a pair near Yarkand in February, and says that it was common? ( the winter, near Kashghar and Yarkand. It seemed to keep principally among ju trees and thorn -bushes in the vicinity of unfrozen bits of water. It migrated north wm ^ spring, repairing to the hills and the country about Maralbashi. It was said t° principally on berries, &c., and its Turki name is “ Main a.” 191. Merula castanea. . Merula castanea, Gould; Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 259 (1881) ; Oates, Faun. Brit, ti •> ii. p. 128 (1890). Nos. 91, 93. Dungagally, Murree, July 4, 1873. No. 343. Sonamarg, August 11, 1873. 192. Merula boulboul. Merula boulboul (Lath.) ; Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 248 (1881) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. I'1 ii. p. 130 (1890). No. 12, 6 . Murree, June 23, 1873. No. 40, d . Murree, June 25, 1873. No. 63, 2 . Murree, June 30, 1873. No. 108, Hr. Henderson met with this species in October from Chagra (15,000 feet) above the angong Lake, throughout Ladak and Kashmir, and by November it was widely spread over plains of the Punjab. a Hr. Scully writes : — “ This species was first met with at Sulaghz Langar in September, (|. . Was a common bird in tl>e plains, in the neighbourhood of Kashghar, Yarkand, &c., ta'' lnS the winter. It was usually seen about trees lining water-courses or growing near t0v S‘ ^le bird disappeared entirely in spring, migrating in a north-easterly direction, eh VafJ'ds Ibe hills and the Jot district, it is said, where it was reported to breed. It feeds dat^ f °n -Eteugnus- berries called ‘ jigda ’ in Turki, and commonly known as Trebizond es ’ hence its name ‘ Jigda chuk,’ i. e. ‘ Jigda-eater.’ ” MerpLa xfnicolor. ferula unicolor (Tick.) ; Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 271 (1881) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, d. p. 132 (1890). e°cichla unicolor (Tick.) ; Hume & Headers. Lahore to Yark. p. 192 (1873). . *°s. 194, 218, 219, 222, 225, 226. Srinagar, July 28-31, 1873. — Native name “ Kastur.” oti tlCo]onel Biddulph also obtained this Ouzel near Srinagar in July, and again at Baramula VVfls 10 bst of August, but did not observe it out of Kashmir. Dr. Henderson states that it 1 s Vei>y common in the latter country, but Avas not seen beyond the Zoji-la. 94 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 195. Merula obscura. Merula obscura (Gm.) ; Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 273 (1881) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Incl., Birds, p. 134 (1890). . in Turdus pattens, Pall.; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 65 (1873); Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 334 ; PrjeV' Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 198 (1877). No. 903. Sanju, October 28, 1873. Genus TURDUS. 196. Turdus yiscivorus. Turdus viscivorus, Linn. ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 65 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p- 334 > ^ East. Persia, ii. p. 157 (1876) ; Wardlaw Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 54; Seebohm, Cat. B. BiB- ' g, v. p. 194 (1881) ; Biddulph, Ibis, 1881, p. 53; Scully, t. c. p. 439; C. Swinhoe, Ibis, 1883, P- Homeyer & Tancre, MT. orn. Yer. Wien, 1883, p. 86; Radde, Ornis, iii. p. 488 (1887) ; Oates, Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 148 (1890) . No. 388. Baltal, August 12, 1873. Genus PETROPHILA, 197. Petrophula erythrogaster. Petrophila erythrogaster (Vig.) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 143 (1890). Monticola erythrogaster (Vig.); Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 325 (1881).. No. 94, d . Dungagally, near Murree, July 4, 1873. 53. 198. Petrophila cinclorhyncha. Monticola cinclorhyncha (Vig.) ; Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 320 (1881) ; Scully, p. 438. Orececetes cindorhynchus (Vig.) ; Wardlaw Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 54; Biddulph, Ibis, 1881, P- Petrophila cinclorhyncha (Vig.) ; Oates, Faun, Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 144 (1890). Nos. 3, 4, ? ad. Murree, June 20, 1873. Nos. 38, 53, 6 ad. Murree, June 26, 1873. No. 152, d juv. Urumbu, July 24, 1873. ^ 1881. 2-8, bill No. 353, d ad. Sonamarg, August 12, 1873. — Length 7'6 inches, wing 4‘2, tarsus 0*9; expanse 12‘6; bill from front 0-77, from gape 1-1. Iris brown, horny black ; feet pale horny. Nos. 357, 358, d juy. Sonamarg, August 12, 1873. 1 Ip &S The young males, even in their first or spotted plumage, are easily recognizable, show the white wing-spot very plainly. ^ Oot Colonel Biddulph procured a specimen near Sonamarg on the 17th of July, bu1 c see the species anywhere else. 199. Petrophila cyana. Petrocossyphus cyanus (L.) ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 190 (1873) ; Dresser, p. 335 ; Wardlaw Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 54; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 53. Ibis, 1875. AYES. 95 Pdrocinda cyane, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 65 (1873). Monticola cyanea, Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 155 (1876) ; Zarudn. Ois. Transcasp. p. 39 (1885). °nticola cyanus, Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 316 (1881) ; Scully, Ibis, 1881, p. 438; C. Swinh. I5is, 1882, p. 105; Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 68; Scully, J. A. S. Beng. lvi. p. 82 (1887); Sharpe, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. v. p. 73 (1889). drophila cyanus, Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 146 (1890). N°- 425, juy. Dras, August 16, 1873. A young bird in nearly complete blue plumage, moulting from the spotted or nestling plumage. A0- 426, 2 . Drds, August 16, 1873. _°- 512. Kharbu, August 22, 1873. 0S- 548, 565. Leb, August 28, 1873. t' °^°uel Biddulph says that he only saw this Bock-Thrush in the Indus Valley and a little in T °Ut ^ Dras. Dr. Henderson writes : — “ The Blue Bock-Thrush was only met with seeua ar)4 there only on the upward journey in June and July. Solitary individuals were 1 throughout Ladak west of Leh, at Shargol and other places, near streams &c.” 2 Genus MONT ICO LA. Monticola SAXATILIS. drocinda saxatilis (L.) ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 65 (1873) ; Homeyer & Tancre, MT. orn. Ver. Wien, 1883, p. 87; Zarudn. Ois. Transcasp. p. 39 (1885); Raddc, Ornis, iii. p.487 (1887). 0 dicola saxatilis, Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 190 (1873); Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 335; blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 156 (1876) ; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 139 (1876) ; Prjev. in Rowley's Orn. ii. p. 201 (1877) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 53 ; Scully, ibid. p. 439; Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 68; Sharpe, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. v. p. 73 (1889) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 147 (1890). °’ Leh, September 6, 1873. — Length 8 inches, wing 4'68, tail 2’35, tarsus 1T5 ; bill Loni front 07, from gape IT. Iris dark brown ; bill horny black, lower mandible paler ; feet black. i^o 'Apparently adult female in winter plumage. SAY. 0f ig}jjz Yar, May 18, 1874. 4-U adult male in full plumage. °bta^- ^oliczka states that this Bock-Thrush was rare near Ighiz Yar. Dr. Henderson a y°ung male, a bird of the year, at Shahidfila, in Hill Yarkand, on the 21st of end f )6r’ Scully gives the following note : — “ This species was first noticed about the kaJk September at some of the small oases in the desert-ground between Sanju and ab0llt • l ;’ an elevation of about 6000 feet. The birds were tolerably numerous, hopping year -u eu^ivated fields. After that these birds were never observed until the following feet ’ rj^°n theY were met with on the banks of the Karakash at an elevation of about 12,000 k°Urin l0'V *'lx'quented grassy ground, and when alarmed flew up and perched on the neigh- § rocks.” 96 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Eamily CINCLIDyE. Genus CINCLUS. 201. CiNCLUS KASHMIRIENSIS. Hydrobata cashmeriensis (Gould) ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 189 (1873) ; Prjev. in Orn. Misc. ii. p. 201 (1877) ; Biddulph, Ibis, 1881, p. 52. Cinclus aquations, var. cashmeriensis, Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 212 (1876). Cinclus cashmeriensis, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vi. p. 312 (1881) ; Scully, Ibis, 1881, p- 438. Cinclus kashmiriensis, Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 162 (1890). No. 713. Tanksi, September 16, 1873. No. 699. Tsultak, north of Chang-la, September 15, 1873. ad the roi Dr. Stoliczka says that he noticed this species at Zingral, about 15,500 feet, on 1 ^ oD to the Chang-la. Colonel Biddulph also obtained specimens in streams under both sides of the same pass. Dr. Henderson writes : — “ Several specimens of this breasted Dipper were procured and numbers seen, not in Kashmir, but in Eastern Laddk, 111 ^ stream which runs from Chagra into the Pangong Lake. It appears to be a pernn111.^ resident here, as it was noticed and shot in this locality both on going and coming. ^ ne Qll obtained on the 14th of July could not long have left the nest, and old birds were this stream on the 8th of October, at an elevation of 15,000 feet, when, except quite centre, it was a mass of solid ice.” Dr. Lansdell met with this species at Tischkun on the 1st of November, 1888. 202. Cinclus asiaticus. rff. . SCud.L Cinclus asiaticus, Swains.; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 66 (1873); Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. l/0\ g3 Ibis, 1881, p. 437 ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vi. p. 314 (1881) ; Scully, J. A. S. Beng- ^v1' turn (1887) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 163 (1890). Hydrobata asiatica, Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 188 (1873) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p- No. 1663. Tarbashi, May 12, 1874. Dr. Henderson says : — “ The Indian Dipper was noticed to be very common on the ie journey all the way from Kargil in Ladak to Punch at the foot of the hills, leading 101 ^,ere plains of the Panjab into Kashmir by the Haji Pir Pass. Curiously enough, 110110 tjian noticed on the upward route ; but the bird in May and June is usually much higher llP in the autumn and winter.” 203. Cinclus leucogaster. Cinclus leucog aster, Bp.; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 66 (1873); Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p- ’ Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vi. p. 314 (1881) ; Homeyer & Tanere, MT. orn. Ver. Wien, 1883, P- ^ Sharps No. 712. Tanksi, September 16, 1873. — A young bird. No. 912. North of Sanju Pass, October 26, 1873. — Shot by Dr. Bellew. AYES. 97 °. 1370. Tughamati, February 18, 1874. °- 1652. Tarbashi, May 12, 1874. This latter specimen shows evident traces of breeding, the plumage being much worn. th Biddulph writes: — “ This was obtained just as we entered the Hills en route to e I amir at an elevation of 5500 feet.” OAi ClNCLUS SORDIDUS. Hydrobata sordida, Gould; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 189 (1873) ; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc.ii. p. 202 (1877). ^nrlus sordidus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vi. p. 317 (1881) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 165 0890). ^l’- Henderson procured a single specimen at Kargil in Ladak, on the 23rd of October. PALLIDA. Family TROGLODYTIM. Genus ANORTHURA. ^NORTHURA ' oyludytes nepalensis (nec Blyth) ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 66 (1873). roglodytes curopceus (nec Y.) ; Severtz. t. c. p. 138 (1873). rogfodyteg pallidus, Hume, Str. F. iii. p. 219, note (1875). J°!/lodytes parvulus (nec Koch), Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 175. nm thur a pallida, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vi. p. 273 (1881). 1 °- 936. Sanju, November 1, 1873 — Length 4-5 inches, wing 2-0, tail 1'5, tarsus 0-7. ^ Lis brown; upper mandible blackish, the lower one paler ; feet pale horny brown. j^°‘ v),)9- Bora, November 4, 1873. ^°s- 997, 1007, 1024, 1035, 1086. Yarkand, November 11-28, 1873. yj°‘ ^-L8. Yangihissar, December 2, 1873. yT°' ^27. Kashghar, January 23, 1874. °‘ Kashghar, February 11, 1874. ari(i p°^0llel Biddulph writes : — “ We got this at Sanju, and we also found it about Yarkand Kashghar. We often noticed it about the willow-trees in the fields. 2% LxORXfnjjiA NI NEGLECTA. 'i'r 1 °9lodytes nipalensis (nec Hodgs.) ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 187 (1873). lortlmru rut ’ ■ ~ - — P- 338 (! Hendc ■du ,, dtes nipalensis (nec Hodgs.) ; Hume < wthura neylecta (Brooks) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vi. p. 278 (1881) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, 1‘ 1J- 338 (1889). rare ; 1-T 3^en^ersorL obtained a specimen in the Sind Valley, but observes that it seems to be 1 Kashmir. o 98 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Family ACCENTORIDiE. Genus ACCENTOR. 207. Accentor nepalensis. Accentor nipalensis, Hodgs. ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 234 (1873) ; Prjev. in Rowley s Misc. ii. p. 185 (1877) j Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 74; Scully, t. c. p. 568; Bidd. Ibis, 1882, !>• 2 ' Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 664 (1883) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 166 (1 800) - Dr. Henderson procured an example on the Pangong Lake on the 10th of October, l)U^ ^ specimen appears not to have passed into the Hume Collection, and has apparently per]S ie 208. Accentor ilimalayantts. 1 (5S Accentor himalayanus , Blyth, J. A. S. Beng. xi. p. 187 (1842) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii- F (1890). Accentor altaicus, Brandt ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. pp. 66, 133 (1873) ; id. Str. F. iii. p- 428 Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 91; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 74; Scully, t. c. p. 569; Severtz. Ibis, 1883 Homeyer & Tancre, MT. orn. Ver. Wien, 1883, p. 85 ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p- 360 (1875) 5 u. 65 i '(1888). No. 812. Balakchi, October 17, 1873. Genus THARRHALEUS. 209. Tharrhaleus eulvescens. . . prjev- Accentor fnlvescens, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. pp. 66, 132 (1873); id. Str. F. iii. p. 428 (1B7&) 5 ^is, in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 186 (1877) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 75 ; Scully, t. c. p. 569; Bldd'gg3) ; 1882, p. 281, pi. viii. ; Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 84; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p- 655 ' Menzbicr, Ibis, 1885, p. 356. Accentor montanellus (nee Pall.) ; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 155 (1876). Tharrhaleus fulvescens, Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 171 (1890). No. 813. Shahidula, October 19, 1873. No. 833. N. of Suget Pass, Shahidula, October 1873 (Dr. Bellew). iris No. 844, d . S. of Sanju Pass, October 22, 1873. — Bill black; feet pale ’ reddish brown. Length 6-6 inches, wing 3’2, tail 2-75. Nos. 899, 900, 908, 910. Sanju, October 28, 1873. No. 1193. S. of Chakmak, January 9, 1874. No. 1374. Uibulak, 7000 feet, February 23, 1874. No. 1453. Aktash, April 3, 1874. No. 1593. Sarikol, May 7, 1874. ol. Dr. Stoliczka first identified this species as a new one in his ‘ Diary,’ on shooting 0 ^ Shahidula on the 19th of October. It was common near Sanju, and he saw it Jigda on the 20th of February. Colonel Biddulph procured specimens at Tam, 011 \j.eg to of October, from 6000 to 8000 feet, and at Aktala on the 22nd of March. He 1 <() ;)ie us : — “ Found in the lower hills coming down from Sanju, and the same going UP Pamir. They were very numerous in the Kulustan valley.” AYES. 99 TkARRHALEUS RUBECULOIDES. Accentor rubeculoides, Ilodgs. ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 234 (18/3) ; Prjev. in Rowley s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 187 (1887) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 657 (1883). Ihurrhaleus rubeculoides, Oates, Faun. Brit. Iud., Birds, ii. p. 169 (1890). 585, ad. Leli, August 30, 1873. N°s> 589, juy., 590, juv., 591, ad., 594, ad. Leh, August 30, 1873. Nos. 626, 634, juy., 638. Leli, September 4-5, 1873. Hr. Stoliczka notes in his ‘ Diary ’ that both old and young birds were common near Leh ' ju N 5t September. Colonel Biddulph also procured specimens at Tanks! (13,200 feet) on ,le 1:'th of September. He says that it was also seen on crossing the Sakti Pass, but nowhere +\Se' Henderson states that it was “seen in considerable numbers on his return journey, °ne march beyond the Pangong Lake right through Ladak. It frequented marshy f>r°Und and the banks of streams, hopping about from rock to rock. * J-HAUKhALEUS jerdoni. Accentor jerdoni, Brooks ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 75 ; Scully, t. c. p. 569 ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vn. P- 660 (1883). Accentor strophiatus (nec Ilodgs.) ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 234 (1873). Ibarrhaleus jerdoni, Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 172 (1890). N°- 339, juv. Sonamarg, August 11, 1873. 1 0s- 402, juy., 406, ad. Mataian, 11,200 feet, August 14, 1873. 1° this species doubtless belongs the young bird spoken of by Dr. Henderson as ■ fr°phiatus (l.cX Colonel Biddulph states that he obtained a male in the Karakash ' hlley< ' ' Eamily TIMELIIDiE. ^ Genus GARRULA X. HlRRULAX ALBIGULARIS. ^arrulax albogularis (Gould) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 439 (1883) ; Oates, taun. Brit. Ind. Bh-ds, i. p. 82 (1889). 5°- 9- Hurree, June 21, 1873. N°S- 95> 96. Changligally, July 5, 1873. 4 °- 109. Miirrce, July 10, 1873. Genus TROCHALOPTERUM. jA)CHALOPTERUM ERYTHROCEPHALUM. Tr°chalopterum erythrocepbalum (Yig.) • Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 360 (1883) ; Oates, Faun. ^ Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 89 (1889). °‘ H. Changligally, near Murree, July 5, 1873. Tn hOC H AEOPI'ERU m simile. Oc'lalopterum simile, Hume, Ibis, 1871, p. 408; id. & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 193, pi. vn. (1873) ; B'dd. IbiSj 1881, p. 53 ; Scully, t. c. p. 439 ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 96 (1889). O 2 100 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Nos. 10, 20, 30, 56. Murree, June 1873. No. 90. Dungagally, July 4, 1874. All these specimens have the grey on the wings and tail characteristic of the wester^ race which Mr. Hume has called T. simile, and they show no approach to the golden-wlU=>^ T. variegatum. I reverse my previous opinion that it is the same as the latter species, a follow Mr. Oates in keeping the two species distinct. Dr. Henderson found this species very common at Baramula, west of Srinagar, in Novel*1 It has a peculiar call, like “ wheet-ooi-ooi.” 215. Trochalopterum lineatum. Trochalopterum lineatum (Vig.) ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 195, pi. viii. (1873) ; bicU 1881, p. 54 ; Scully, t. c. p. 440 ; Bidd. Ibis, 1882, p. 272; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. viii- }>■ (1883) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 101 (1889). Nos. 24, 28. Murree, June 24, 1873. No. 159. Baramula, July 25, 1873. According to Dr. Henderson, this species was very abundant from Gond through Kashmir on the return journey in October. all the wa; y lbh> Genus A R G Y A. 216. Argya caudata. Chattorhea caudata (Dum.) ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 197, pi. ix. (1873) ; C. SwiO1- 1882, p. 105. f l06 Argya caudata, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 393 (1883) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, *• P' (1889). No. 129. Tinali, July 18, 1873. Dr. Henderson states that this species was very common on the low hills on the leading into the plains of the Punjab. roads Genus POMATORHINUS. 217. POMATORHINUS ERYTHROGENYS. , 2 't Pomatorhinus erythogenys, Vig. ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 430 (1883) ; Oates, Faun. ' rl Birds, i. p. 124 ((1889). No. 16. Murree, June 23, 1873. Subfamily BRA CHYPTER Y GIN AH. Genus MYIOPHONEDS. 218. Myiophoneus temmincki. Lah°re Myiophoneus temmincki, Vig.; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 65 (1873); Hume & Hendeis- ^ . to Yark. p. 187 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1875, p. 335 ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 52; Scully, t* c; ^ g0c. C. Swinhoe, Ibis, 1882, p. 105 ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 7 (1883) ; id. Trans. Tjin ' (3) Zool. v. p. 75 (1889); Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 178 (1889). No. 111. Murree, July 11, 1873 No. 284. Gond, August 8, 1873. AYES. 101 Colonel Bkldulpli observes : — “ On the upward journey I only saw this in Kashmir, "here it is very common in the Sind Valley, hut coming hack I saw it at Eras, in July. Or. Henderson observes : — “ The Yellow-hilled Wliistling-Thrusli, so common throughout e lower Himalayas, south of the Snowy Range, was met with abundantly from the foot of e hills leading into Kashmir right up to the Zoji-la.” Genus LARVIVORA. Cauvivora brunnea. Larvivora brunnea, Hodgs. ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 182 (1889). ® rythacus brunneus (Hodgs.) ; Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 302 (1881). J0- 33. Murree, June 25, 1873. No- 106. Murree, July 9, 1873. Genus HODGSONIUS. Hodgsonitjs PHCENICUROEDES . Hodffsonius phcenicuroides (Hodgs.) ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 187, pi. vi. (1873) , Trjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 179 (1877) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 81 (1883) j Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 190 (1889). N°- 321, ? . Sonamarg, August 11, 1873.— Bill dark horny ; tarsi fleshy violaceous, feet pale horny ; iris brown. Length 7‘4 inches, wing 2'8, tail 3 1, tarsus 1 15. *<*• 327, adult, 328, 338, juv. Sonamarg, August 11, 1873. Dr. Stoliczka states that this bird, which he says is “like Dumeticola , was rare neat ^onatnarg. Hr. Henderson procured one specimen in Kashmir at the head of the Sind a%- Colonel Biddulph says it was only noticed by him in Kashmir. Subfamily SIBJINyE. Genus LIOPTILA. CfOPTiLA CAPISTRATA. alaeias capistrata (Vig.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 400 (1883). Ijl0Ptila capistrata, Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 196 (1889). ^°" °^- Murree; June 28, 1873. °- 81. Murree, July 2, 1873. Subfamily LIOTRI CHINjE. Genus LIOTHRI X. 222 t ClOTHRIx LUTE A. L*othrix lutea (Scop.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 644 (1883) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i- P- 221 (1889). N°s- 147, 153. TJrumbu, July 24, 1873. 102 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Genus PTERUTHIUS. 223. Pteruthius erythropterus. Pteruthius erythropterus (Vig.) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 224 (1889). No. 105, 2 ■ Murree, July 9, 1873. No. 112, d . Murree, July 11, 1873. No. 114, d . Murree, July 12, 1873. No. 116, 2 • Murree, July 13, 1873. No 112 is a young male with a brown head and back, but having the black ear-stop* and black wings of the adult male, with the exception that the wing-coverts have the 611 brown. The tail is black, but is tipped with white, as in the adult female. Family PYCN ON OTID2E. Genus HYPSIPETES. 224. Hypsipetes psaroides. n Brit- Hypsipetes psaroides (Vig.) ; Hume & Ilenders. Lahore to Yark. p. 198 (1873) ; Sharpe, Cat. Mus. vi. p. 36 (1881); Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 260 (1889). No. 1. Murree, June 20, 1873. No. 6. Murree, June 21, 1873. Nos. 22, 26. Murree, June 24, 1873. Nos. 76, 78. Murree, July 2, 1873. No. 148. Urumbu, July 24, 1873. Colonel Biddulpli procured this species in the Jlielum Yalley in August 187J- Henderson says that it was common at Banipal on both sides of the pass leading f ?°m ' to Srinagar, but was not seen elsewhere. Genus MOLPASTES. 225. Molpastes intermedius. Pycnonotus intermedius, A. Hay; Sharpe, Cat. ,B. Brit. Mus. vi. p. 130 (1881). Molpastes intermedius, Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 272 (1889). No. 54. Murree, June 27, 1873. 226. Molpastes leucogenys. Otocompsa leucogenys (Gray) ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 200 (1873) ; Sharpe, Cat- Mus. vi. p. 160 (1881). Molpastes leucogenys, Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 272 (1889). B- B**' d in No. 169. Sopur, July 26, 1873. Colonel Biddulpli states that this species was very common in the Sind Valle) ^ Kashmir generally, but was seen nowhere else. Dr. Henderson also states that common throughout Kashmir. AYES. 103 Family CAMPOPHAGIM. Genus PfRICROCOTES BREVIROSTRIS. PERICROCOTUS. Pcricrocotus brevirostris (Vig.) ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 184 (1873) ; Sharpe, Gat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 79 (1879) ; Wardlaw Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 52 ; Scully, Ibis, 1881, p. 435 ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 483 (1889). 0s- 85, 86, a ad. Changligally, near Murree, July 2, 1873. l 87, $ ad. Changligally, near Murree, July 3, 1873. x °- 313. Sonamarg, August 10, 1873. Colonel Biddulph procured a male in the Jhelum Valley. Dr. Henderson says that the pQcies was met with throughout Kashmir, from Jamu to the foot of the Zoji Pass, in May ar|d June. Family MUSCICAPID^l. 22s Genus MUSCICAPA. • ^lUSClCAPA GRISOLA. Muscicapa grisola, L. ; Severtz. Turkest, Jevotu. p. 67 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 188; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 143 (1876) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 151 (1879) ; Scully, Ibis, 1881, p. 437 ; c- Swinh. Ibis, 1882, p. 104 ; Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 70 ; Sharpe, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. v. P- 69 (1889) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 4 (1890). "ta/is grisola, Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 185 (1875) ; Wardlaw Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 53; Zarudn. Ois. Transcasp. p. 35 (1885). No' *31. Tanksi, September 17, 1873. s*n§'le specimen of this Flycatcher was obtained by Dr. Henderson on the 22nd of Sim eQl^er’ u in an absolute desert some 14,000 feet above the sea-level, at the foot of the Tlpm ^>ass’ Cadak, a few miles south of what may be considered the boundary of Yarkand, hermometer stood at 23° Fahrenheit when the bird was shot.” 229 Hbmichelidon sibirica. Genus HEMICHELIDON. ^"ttchelidon fuliginosa, Hodgs. ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 184, pi. iv. (1873). emchelidon sibirica, (1m. ; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 272 (1877); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. lv- P- 120 (1879) ; Wardlaw Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 53 ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 52 ; Scully, t. c. p. 436. yjs. 302, 303, 317, 332, 333, 347, 359, adults and young. Sonamarg, August 10-12, 1873. ' °- 354, adult. Sonamarg, August 12, 1873.— Bill horny black ; feet dark brown ; iris down. Length 4’8 inches, wing 2’93, tail 1*8, tarsus 05. T'v latfer IIenrlerson and Colonel Biddulph both obtained this species at Sonamarg, and the &entleman states that it was very common in Kashmir. 104 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Genus SIPHIA. 230. SiPHIA HYPERYTHRA. Siphia hyperythra, Cab. ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Iucl., Birds, ii. p. 10 (1890). Muscicapa hyperythra, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 103 (1879). Colonel Biddulph obtained two specimens in Kashmir. Genus CYORNIS. 231. Cyornis superciliaris. Muscicapula superciliaris (Jerd.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 204 (1879) ; Wardlaw Ramsay, 1 1880, p. 54 Cyornis superciliaris, Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 17 (1890). Nos. 45, 50, 55. Murree, June 26, 27, 1873. Genus DIGENEA. 232. Digenea leucomelanura. Digenea leucomelanura, Hodgs. ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 459, pi. xiii. (1879, fig. pess.)- Cyornis leucomelanurus, Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 16 (1890). No. 331. Sonajnarg, August 11, 1873. Genus STOPAROLA. 233. Stoparola melanops. Eumyias melanops (Vig.) ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark.p. 186 (1873). ^ .,.28 Stoparola melanops, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 438 (1879) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, »■ (1890). No. 84. Changligally, Murree, July 2, 1873. Dr. Henderson obtained a single specimen in Kashmir. Genus ALSEONAX. 234. ALSEONAX LATIROSTRIS. ,> Cat- 0' Alseonax latirostris (ItafH.) ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 185, pi. 5 (1873) ; Sharp6, Brit. Mus. iv. p. 127 (1879) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 35 (1890). gj No. 677. S. of Chimray, September 13, 1873.— Bill horny black, yellowish fleshy °n^ ^-8, half of lower mandible ; feet black ; iris dark brown. Length 5 inches, vval 3 tail 1'8, tarsus 0-55. 235. Alseonax rupicaubus. Cyornis ruficauda, Sw. ; Wardlaw Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 53. Siphia ruficauda (Sw.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 457 (1879). Alseonax raficaudus, Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 36 (1890). No. 136, juv. Guri, July 20, 1873. No. 157, juv. Baramula, July 25, 1873. Colonel Biddulph obtained a specimen at Baramula on the 1st of August. AYES. 105 2„ t Genus NILTAVA. • Niltaya SUNDAEA. 5 iltava sundara, Hodgs. ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 463 (1879) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 41 (1890). ^0S- 66, c? 5 ad. Murree, June 30, 1873. ad. Murree, June 20, 1873. ‘ °' 7> 1873* 21, jUv. Sanju, October 29, 1873. Colonel Biddulph tells us that he shot a specimen at Ivargil in Ladak. v 106 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Genus CO TILE. 239. Cotile riparia. t Cotyle riparia (L.) ; Severtz. Turlcest. Jevotn. p. 67 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 189; Blarf ^ Persia, ii. p. 216 (1876) ; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 162 (1877) ; 0. Swinh. *blS’ScUjiy, p. 101 ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 96 (1885) ; Zarudn. Ois. Transcasp. p. 32 (188o) ; J. A. S. Beng. lvi. p. 83 (1887) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 272 (1890). Hirundo riparia, Homeyer & Tancre, MT. orn. Ver. Wien, 1883, p. 83. ^ No. 1480. Pan j ah, April 17, 1874. — Length 5 inches, wing 4, tail 2T5, tarsus 0’4 ; 10-6; hill from front 0-23, from gape 0'52 ; length of foot 1. Iris dark brown , black; feet dusky brownish, shining ; soles ashy. 240. Cotile rupestris. , , i t Jevotn* Cotile rupestris (Scop.) ; Hume & Headers. Lahore to Yark. p. 177 (1873) ; Severtz. Turke st‘ ley’s p. 67 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 189 ; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 216 (1876) ; Prjev. m gcUlly, Orn. Misc. ii. p. 162 (1877) ; Wardlaw Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 48 ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p- 47 > ^t. ibid. p. 427 ; Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 70 ; Zarudn. Ois. Transcasp. p. 32 (1885) ; Sharpe, Cat. • ^ . Mus. x. p. 109 (1885) ; Radde, Omis, iii. p. 490 (1887) ; Scully, J. A. S. Beng. lvi. p- 83 Sharpe, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. v. p. 77 (1889). .. $73 Ptyonoprogne rupestris, Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 131 (1876) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, 11 (1890). Hirundo rupestris, Homeyer & Tancre, MT. orn. Yer. Wien, 1883, p. 83. No. 478, imm. Shargol, W. Ladak, August 20, 1873. No. 623, adult. Lamaguru, August 23, 1873. No. 904, imm. Sanju, October 28, 1873. Nos. 1656, 1660, adult. Pasrobat, May 13, 1874. *\X) Dr. Stoliczka states that the Rock-Martin was common near Pasrobat, and was rently going to breed in the neighbourhood. ganju’ It was often seen by Dr. Henderson, who states that it was not uncommon near and was met with both on going and returning on the banks of the Indus near Leh, an numerous about Dras. _ p^tei'11 Dr. Scully gives the following note : — “ This Crag-Martin was first observed m Turkestan in August, between Sanju and Kizil Aghil. After that it was seen evelyv.atef along the Arpalak stream and the Karakasli river. It flew about hunting over the and perched on the high rocks near the streams. At Kizil Aghil I was informed inhabitants that this bird left them when the leaves fell off the trees, and reappc£U’e cjefts in spring when the trees began to blossom ; they said that the nests were placed w 1 jaj n of rocks near the river. The Turld name for this species is ‘ Tagli Karlogliach ’ — ‘ Swallow and I need scarcely add that it was never seen in the plains.” AYES. 107 Genus HIRUNDO. 241. Hietjndo rustica. Hirundo rustica, L. ; Hume & Ilenders. Lahore to Yark. p. 176 (1873); Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 188; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 215 (1876) ; Scully, Str. P. iv. p. 131 (1876) ; Wardlaw Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 48; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 47; Scully, ibid. p. 427; C. Swinh. Ibis, 1882, p. 100; Homeyer & Tancre, MT. orn. Yer. Wien, 1883, p. 83; Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 70 ; Zarudn. Ois. lVanseasp. P- 32 (1885) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 128 (1885) ; Scully, J. A. S. Beng. lvi. p. 83 (1887) ; Itadde, Ornis, iii. p. 487 (1887) ; Sharpe, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. v. p. 77 (1889) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii. p. 277 (1890). Hirundo domestica, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 67 (1873). !49. Urumbu, July 24, 1873. i o. 1602. Sarikol, May 9, 1874. iNos- 1732, 1733, 1734, 1762. Yarkand, May 15-20, 1874. Sa ‘ ^ie ®th May Dr. Stoliczka noticed the Common Swallow as very common about m^ol. At Yarkand it was breeding, and the diary contains the following note : — “ IT. rustica atVCS ^eie a nes^ mu(l’ line(i with line grass, horse-hair, and a few feathers, just as it does We ,l0me‘ ft does not appear to begin to lay before the 10th of May, as all the eggs I got nearly fresh. There were four to five eggs in the nest.” j?- ft1'- Henderson says that the Common Swallow was “found in great abundance in tlif'S 1U^r ’ftlllc’ where it was breeding, and in the plains of Yarkand it was common all Pe- ft’om Sanju to the city. At Oi-tograk, in August, they were collecting in flocks, and 0 ' Uno in vast numbers on the mulberry-trees, probably preparatory to migration, because j) 1° retu.rn of the Expedition to the same locality in September not one was to be seen.” P * cu*ly observes : — “ The Common Swallow is found in great numbers in the plains of ai Llu Turkestan, from Sanju to Kashghar, for six months in the year. The birds arrive speC middle of April, and migrate towards the end of October, not a single bird of this jUstles being ever seen in winter. They breed during May and June ; many young birds, a j]e to fly, being found in the early part of July. The Yarkandis call the bird c Ui P °ykach ’ — ‘ House Swallow,’ and say that it always makes a mud nest on the roof of tp St s’ number of eggs laid being from three to five, and that two broods are raised in op (|GdSon- Unlike tbe Swift, this species was frequently seen perching on trees, and settling e ground and on sand banks.” Uiiiuxdo nipalensis. U'/ undo nipalensis, Hodgs. ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 160 (1885) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, h- p. 282 (1890) ; Sharpe & Wyatt, Monogr. Hirund. part xiv. (1890). No. 7 'ft Murree, July 1, 1873. 108 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Order SCANSORES. Family INDICATORIDiE. Genus INDICATOR. 243. Indicator xanthonotus. 3 Indicator xanthonotus, Blyth ; Stoliczka, Str. F. i. p. 529 (1873) ; Shelley, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xix> P- (1891). Indicator radcliffii, Hume, Ibis, 1872, p. 10. Pseudofringilla xanthonotus, Hume, Str. F. i. p. 314 (1873). Pseudospiza xanthonota, Sharpe in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. i. p. 207 (1876). No. 89, ^ pale greenish, soles white; iris dark brown. Length 6 inches, wing 4, tal tarsus 9‘16. A full account of the capture of this interesting specimen is given by Dr. Stolid11 ‘ Stray Feathers ’ ( l . c.), where he gives notes on its anatomy. Family CAPITONIDiE. Genus MEGAL2EMA. 244. Megal^ma marshalloritm. Megalama marshallorum, Swinh. ; Shelley, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xix. p. 53 (1891). No. 19. Murree, June 23, 1873. No. 23. Murree, June 24, 1873. Family PICIDiE. Subfamily PICINM. Genus GECINUS. 245. Gecintts squamatus. ., yfus- Gecinus squamatus (Yig.) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 49; Scully, t. c. p. 430; Hargitt, Cat. B. Brlt' xviii. p. 43 (1890). Nos. 14, 17, 29, $ . Murree, June 23-24, 1873. Colonel Biddulph procured a female at Baramula. AYES. 109 216. Gecixus occipitalis. Gecinus occipitalis (Vig.); Hargitt, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xviii. p. 56 (1890). 61, . Murree, June 29, 1873. Genus HYPOPICUS. HyPOPICUS HYPEBYTIIIIUS. Hypopicus hyperythrus (Vig.); Hargitt, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xviii. p. 199 (1890). ^ °- 72, d . Murree, June 30, 1873. Genus DENDROCOPUS. Dendeocopes leucopteeus. (Plates XII., XIII.) Picus ( Dendrocopus ) leucopterus . Salvacl. Atti R. Accad. Sci. Torino, vi. p. 129 (18/0-71). Pims leptorhynchus, Severtz. Str. F. 1875, p. 430 ; id. Ibis, 1875, pp. 487-491 ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, P- 320 ; Menzb. Ibis, 1885, p. 357. Pi p. 320 ; Homeyer & Tancre, MT. oru. Yer. Wien, 1883, p. 83. Alcedo ispida, /3. bengalensis, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 68 (1873). No number, adult. Sopur, July 26, 1873. Nos. 203, 228, imm. Srinagar, July 29-31, 1873. ^l6 No. 1160, adult. Kashghar, December 17, 1873. — Bill blackish, tinged with fleshy a ^ ^ base ; feet coral-red ; iris dark brown. Length 7'1 inches, wing 2-9, tail 1'5, tarsus Nos. 1327, 1329. Kashghar, February 10, 1874. Dr. Henderson states that the Common Indian Kingfisher was excessively pleuti ^ Kashmir, but was never observed after crossing the Zoji-la. The native names “ Tint Konu ” and “ Tuntu.” Genus CERYLE. 256. Ceryle varia. Ceryle rudis (L., pt.); Sharpe, Monogr. Alced. p. 61, pi. 19 (1871) ; Wardlaw Ramsay, Ibis, No. 241. Srinagar, August 1, 1873. — “ Tindh.” Colonel Biddulph shot a specimen at Baramula, and the species was met uncommonly along the Jkelum in Kashmir by Dr. Henderson. 1880, P- 5°' with p.ot Order CORACLE. Family CYPSELIDiE. Genus CYPSELUS. 257. Cypselus PEKINENSIS. . t. ' J Cypselus pekinensis, Swinh.; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 132(1876); Scully, Ibis, 1881, p. 428; C. ' 1882, p. 101. AYES. 113 No- 298. Sonamarg, August 11, 1873. — Bill black; feet fleshy brown ; iris brown. Length 7'4 inches, wing 6-65, tail 3'05, tarsus 0-4. °- ’319- Sonamarg, August 10, 1873 ( Copt. JBiddulph). °- ^30. Tashgam, August 17, 1873. "°- 542. Snimu, August 26, 1873. os- ^59, 760. Lukung, September 20, 1873. °- 798. Karghalik, November 6, 1873. Dr. Stoliczka states that he saAV this Swift in considerable numbers near Sonamarg on atV^h ^ugust. Dr. Scully observes ; — “ The Swift was first noticed flying over the fort Yarkand on the 10th of April ; after that it was seen daily near the fort and city until the en4 of .lulyj w}ien it seemed to have disappeared.” He gives an account of its nesting, and ays that the Turki name for it is “ Kirich Karloghach ,” the “ Sabre Swallow.” I have examined the specimens of Cypselus acuticctuda mentioned by Dr. Scully (t. c. 32), and believe that they are also referable to G. peTdnensis. Eamily CAPKIMTTLGIDiE. Genus CAPRIMULGUS. Gvpjumulgus jegyptius. Guprimulgus arenicolor, Severtz. Ibis, 1875, p. 491 ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 190 ; Zarudn. Ois. Transcasp. P- 33 (1885). ttprhnulffus mgyptius, Licht. ; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 133 (1876). lgle specimen was obtained by Dr. Scully in the forest-region of the Dolan, about es from the city of Yarkand ; but it was never met with in the immediate neigh- °f Kashghar or Yarkand. f^ty mi boiJi*hood Eamily COBACIID2E. Genus CORACIAS. CoraCIAS garrula. C°racias garrula (L.) ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 177 (1873); Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. P. 68 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 319 ; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 125 (1876) ; Scully, Str. E. lv- P- 133 (1876) ; Biddulph, Ibis, 1881, p. 48; Scully, ibid, p.429; C. Swinboe, Ibis, 1882, p. 102 ; Homeyer & Tancre, MT. orn. Ver. Wien, 1883, p. 83 ; Zarudn. Ois. Transcasp. p. 48 (1885) ; Scully, J. A. S. Beng. lvi. p. 79 (1887) ; Radde, Ornis, iii. p. 492 (1887) ; Sharpe, Trans. Linn. Soc* (2) Zool. v. pt. 3, p. 84 (1889). 259. Srinagar, July 5, 1873. No Sr!naSar’ July 28, 1873. ' ~ 5. Srinagar, August 5, 1873. — Nilknosh. q 344. Leh, September 6, 1873. Ig-jr j 0 onel Biddulph mentions that he shot a female in the Sind Valley on the 20th of July, ^id not notice this species away from Kashmir. r" Henderson says that the European Holler, “ so common in Kashmir, especially in <2 114 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. the valleys and along the courses of the rivers, appears to he a rare hire! in Yarkand, whe^e’ however, it probably breeds, as a young bird was there obtained.” Dr. Scully says that t species is said to be common in Khokand and Western Turkestan, where it is called ‘ y Kargha ,” the “ Blue Crow.” It only passes through Eastern Turkestan. The first specinj^ was obtained at Sulaghz Langar in August, and appeared to be quite unknown t° natives. Later in the same month a second specimen was fonnd dead near the KaraK River ; hoth birds had evidently been migrating southward. Eamily MEROPIDiE. Genus MEROPS. 260. Merops APIASTER. Merops apiaster (L.) ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 68 (1873); Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p- 4-- Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 319; Wardlaw Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 49; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, P- ^ ^ C. Swinh. Ibis, 1882, p. 102; Zarudn. Ois. Transcasp. p. 49 (1885) ; Scully, J. A. S. Beng- b’1- 1 ^ (1887) ; Radde, Ornis, iii. p. 492 (1887) ; Sharpe, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. v. pt* * (1889). Nos. 214, 215. Sonamarg, July 30, 1873. Order PSITTACI. Eamily PSITTACIDfiE. Genus PALiEORNIS. 261. Pal^ornis scmsTicEPS. Palceornis schisticeps, Hodgs. in Gray’s Zool. Misc. p. 85 (1844). Nos. 21, 68. Murree, June 23-30, 1873. No. 73. Murree, July 1, 1873. No. 150. Urumbu, July 24, 1873 ( Capt . Biddulph). — “ To ter.” Order COLUMBiE. Eamily TRERONIDiE. Genus SPHEWOCERCUS. 262. SPHENOOERCTJS SPHENURUS. Sphenocercus sphenurus (Vig.) ; Ilume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 270 (1873). No. 71. Murree, June 30, 1873. No. 80. Murree, July 2, 1873. Dr. Henderson says that this Eruit-Pigeon was very common near Jamu and Banikal, but was not observed in the valley of Kashmir. the Chenab botw6 AYES. 115 Eamily COLUMBIM. Genus COLUMBA. COLUMBA CENAS. Columba cenas, L. ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 68 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 221; Scully, Str. E. iv. p. 176 (1876) ; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 269 (1876) ; Homeyer & Tancre, MT. orn. Yer. Wien, 1883, p. 91 ; Sharpe, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. v. pt. 3, p. 85 (1889). Nos. 1053, 1058. Yarkand, November 24tk, 1873. Hr. Scully writes: — “This species was frequently seen in the neighbourhood of Yarkand during the months of May, June, and July, perching on high trees and feeding about on the ground near cultivation. It breeds in Eastern Turkestan, the nest, as I was informed, being ^sually placed in high poplars ( JPopulus alba). The Turki name for the Stock- Pigeon is ' Koshhai: ” 264. COLUMBA LIVIA. Columba neglecta, Hume, Lahore to Yark. p. 272 (1873) . Columba livid, Gm. ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 68 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 221 ; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 268 (1876) ; C. Swinh. Ibis, 1882, p. 117 ; Radde, Ornis, iii. p. 492 (1887). No. 469, $ ad. Shargol, August 20, 1873.— Length 13Y5, wing 9‘0, tail 4‘75, tarsus 11. Iris reddish orange, golden round the pupil ; eyelashes and cere white ; bill greenish horny black ; feet lead-colour. Having compared the above specimen with an English-killed one, I cannot see that here is any difference between Mr. Hume’s Cohmiba neglecta (Lahore to Yark. p. 272) and e ordinary European Bock-Dove. Colonel Biddulph shot a specimen at Panjalr on the 22nd of April, and says that this ^as Cie only time he saw the species ; they were in small flocks. 265- COLU MBA INTERMEDIA. Columba fusca, Pall.; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 68 (1873). Coluniba intermedia, Striekl. ; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p.268 (1876); Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 221; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 91. No. 336. Sonamarg, August 11, 1873 (Capt. Trotter). o. 424. Dras, August 16, 1873. No. 492. Kharbu, August 21, 1873.— Length 14 inches, wing 91, tail 4-8, tarsus 1T4 ; expanse 28-5 ; bill from front 0’82, from gape 1T5. Iris reddish orange ; bill horny black ; feet coral-red. *°- 530. Snurla, August 24, 1873. °- 685, imm. Chimray, September 13, 1873. 1 o. 1355. Kashgliar, February 14, 1874. — Shot in the fields. Called “ Ya KabtarT because it breeds in the banks of rivers. Q2 116 SECOND YABKAND MISSION. 266. COLUMBA RUPESTRIS. Columba rupestris, Bp. ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 68 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 221 ; PrjeV- ’f Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 379 (1877) ; Bidrl. Ibis, 1881, p. 92; Scully, t. c. p. 584; Homeye? Tancre, MT. orn. Ver. Wien, 1883, p. 91 ; Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 71. g Columba rupicola, Pall. ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yarlc. p. 273 (1873) • Scullv Str. F. iv. P- 17 (1876). No. 616. Leh, September 4th, 1873. Nos. 689, 690, 691, 692. Above Sakti, 15,000 feet, September 14, 1873. Nos. 686, 687. Above Sakti, 14,000 feet, September 14, 1873.— Length 131-13'2 inola^ wing 9 '3-9 -4, tail 10 ; expanse 27’65-27'8 ; bill from front 0,55-0'62, from gape 0‘95. Iris golden red ; bill black ; foot-lobe red, claws horny black. No. 714. Tanksi, September 17, 1873. Nos. 743, 744, 746, 747. Lukung, September 19, 1873. Nos. 1359, 1360, 1361, 1363, 1364. Tangitar, February 18, 1874. Nos. 1421, 1422. Pasrobat, March 26, 1874. “ This Pigeon,” writes Colonel Biddulph, “ was very common after leaving heh, specially so at the head of the Pangong Lake. Then we saw them occasionally all doW the valley of the Karakash, and also on the return between Ivugiar and the Yangi g Pass. I did not notice it on the Pamir.” The species is noted in Dr. Stoliczka’s £ Diaiy being very common near Lukung. Dr. Scully writes : — “ This Pigeon was common in the hills on the south side of Eastel’a Turkestan, during the months of August and September, at elevations of from 800 ^ 16,000 feet. The birds seemed to be very fond of rocky cliffs, and usually flew about in sllia flocks or parties. The Turki name for this species is ‘ Ydioa Kabtar ’ (Wild Pigeon).” 267. Columba leuconota. Columba leuconota, Vig. ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 274 (1873) ; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. 'Vlis ii. p. 380 (1877) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 92; Scully, t. c. p. 584. Tashgam, Dras Valley, August 17, 1873. A single specimen was obtained by Dr. Henderson in June near Dras, where it was ^ abundant. 268. Columba eversmanni. Palumboena eversmanni , Bp.; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 271, pi. xxxi. (1873) ; Scully*® iv. p. 175 (1876). Columba fusca, Pall.; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 68 (1873). . lgg2, Columba intermedia, Strickl. ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 221 ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 91 ; C. Swinh. IblS) P- 117 ; Homeyer & Tancre, MT. orn. Ver. Wien, 1883, p. 91. t_ 3, Columba eversmanni, Scully, J. A. S. Beng. lvi. p. 86 (1887) ; Sharpe, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) ZooL V’P ‘ p. 84 (1889). Dr. Scully writes : — “This Pigeon was first obtained in a large clump of poplars ^ balsamifera) at Taskhama in June. There they were in great numbers, but so wild t was difficult to get specimens ; I shot two young birds, however, so that there can be n° ° ;lf, about this species breeding in Eastern Turkestan. In August, again, at Yak Shamba I shot a couple of these birds in a clump of poplars and saw many about. The Yai v AYES. 117 that this species always haunts Toghrak (poplar) jungles, and that the nest is always P aced on those trees. The Turki name for this Pigeon is ‘ Ki\gan.' P. eversmanni is Pr°bably only a seasonal visitant to Kashgharia, migrating in winter.” Dr. Henderson Procured a single specimen at Chagra, above the Pangong Lake, at an elevation of 16,000 feet, °n 8th of October. Genus TURTUR. 269 Turtur STOLiczKiE. (Plate XIY.) Turtur stoliczkee, Hume ; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 178 (1876). Turtur chinensis, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 68 (1873). Turtur intercedens, Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 221. 949. Sanju, November 1, 1873. — Native name “ Pachtak.” °- 1309, s . Kashghar, Eebruary 5, 1874. Adult male (type of species). General colour above light drab-brown, the sides of the back Vashed with pale pearly grey ; wing-coverts pale pearly grey, shaded with brown, the inner, and greater coverts being drab-brown like the back ; bastard-wing entirely pearly » primary-coverts pearly grey, brown on the inner webs ; quills dusky brown, the ? lTtUu'iex grey at the base and edged with whitish, the inner primaries for the most part and * a dusky-hrown shade towards the ends of the feathers, which are fringed with white are ashy whitish along the shaft, the secondaries entirely pearly grey, except the inner- asp8 ’ are drab-brown like the back ; upper tail-coverts pale drab-brown, the long ones U ext ^ ^rowidsb the ends ; centre tail-feathers drab-brown, shaded with ashy grey, the cn.es 2rev. sbnrlf>fl with hunwn oviovniill v ;> n 3 whit.p, nt tlifi end of the inner web, the outer feathers, which are r " Dacs grey, shaded with brown externally and white at the end dushy blackish ; the white gradually increasing towards the on of. . . IOr nearly the terminal half, with a pronounced blackish shade near the base of the the f ’ crown °t head light pinkish isabelline, with a black collar round the hind neck, yhit iaQer web side ea^lers °f the nape and lateral black feathers of the collar fringed with pearly grey ; lores, S the long coverts being edged with white at the tip ; under wing-coverts Web axhtaries white, shaded with pearly grey ; quills below dusky ashy, white on the inner ‘ t otal length 12-5 inches, culrncn from feathers 0 55, wing 7‘4, tail 5'7, tarsus 0'8. race US *S a ^arSe f°rm of Turtur risorius which seems to me worthy of recognition as a Plai ®cu% gives the following note : — t£ This Dove is one of the commonest birds in the (wh S 0!? Eastern Turkestan ; it is at least three times more numerous than Turtur auritus al\v«etl hltter is in the country), and is a permanent resident throughout the year. It is and^? h) he found near villages and houses, perching on trees or running about on the ground right CJUn^ UP S'l’ain and seeds. The birds are very tame, and in winter they would come about1)? ^'e door °f my room at Yarkand to be fed. A regular colony of these Doves lives of ST) . le compound of the Residency at Yarkand, so I could have easily secured any number of tjie ^neils had I known that the bird was supposed to be a new species. A favourite trick Qhked arhand boys is to capture one of these Doves and smear its feathers all over with soot Vith oil. The bird is then allowed to fly away, and after a few days, when the feathers 118 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. have shaken into their ordinary positions, the Ringdove presents quite a natural appearance > only, as it moves about with its fellows, it looks truly a dove in mourning. The Turki name for this Dove is £ Pakhtak,’ i. e. Fakhtah, a Dove (Persian).” Dr. Stoliczka found this Dove at Yarkand on the 24tli of May. lie writes :• — “ I ^°° the nest on a pollard willow about seven feet above the ground. The nest is made of a twigs outside and has a thick lining of cotton-wool inside. It is large and shallow ; eggs tA'°’ white.” 270. Tuiitttr atjrittjs. 270 Turtur aurilus (L.) ; Ilume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 278 (1873) ; 131anf. East. Persia, u. P* (1876); Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 177 (1876) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 92; Scully, ibid. p. 585; C. S'71” . Ibis, 1882, p. 117 ; Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 71 ; Homeyer & Tancre, MT. orn. Yer. Wien, 1883, P* ^ Zarudu. Ois. Transcasp. p. 61 (1885) ; Scully, J. A. S. Beng. lvi. p. 86 (1887) ; Sharpe, Trans. 111 Soc. (2) Zool. v. pt. 3, p. 84 (1889). Columba turtur (L.) ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 68 (1873). Turtur vulgaris , Eyton ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 221. Peristera turtur, Itadde, Omis, iii. p. 494 (1887). o-8; No. 1048, juv. Kashghar, December 23, 1873. No. 1151. Kashghar, December 16, 1873. — Length 11*7 inches, wing 7, tail 4*5, tarsus ^ expanse 19*5 ; bill from front 0*7, from gape 0*85 ; length of foot 1*9. Iris oiaU()Le golden, very narrow; bill blackish; feet carmine-red; naked space round tbe violet-red. Near houses and in low jungle. No. 1755. Yarkand, May 15-20, 1874. , . No. 1776. Yarkand, May 23, 1874. — Length 11*7 inches, wing 7‘1, tail 4*75, ^alSt’S^g> expanse 20*5 ; bill from front 0*75, from gape 0*9 ; length of foot 1*9, spread ^ Iris reddish golden, very narrow ; bill horny black ; feet deep lilac-red. W ings ie within 2 inches of end of tail. “Torolgha” ( Yarkand ) ; “ Urrliak ” (Andijam)- Nos. 1817, 1824. Karghalik, May 30, 1874. ^ Dr. Henderson says : — “ A smgle specimen of the European Turtle-Dove was obtain0*^ Oi-tograk on the 28th of August. Doves were comparatively rare in Yarkand, and this the only species observed. The specimen above referred to was a female, and corresp with European specimens with which Mr. Hume compared it.” . 0f Dr. Scully’s note is as follows : — “ The Turtle-Dove is a seasonal visitant to the plal“ Eastern Turkestan, arriving in May and migrating towards the end of September beginning of October ; it was never observed in winter. The Turki name for the Turtle- Turulghu? evidently a sort of imitation of the bird’s coo.” . foe Dr. Stoliczka found it breeding near Yarkand on the 23rd of May. He fancied ^ggfcof species had a shorter and deeper call than the European Turtle-Dove. It made a tliiu 11 a few twigs just like that of the latter bird, and had two white eggs. is 271. Tuettjr sexegalensis. Columba cegyptiaca, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 68 (1873). Turtur senegalensis, Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 222 ; Blank East. Persia, ii. p. 270 (1876). No. 126. Rliara, Jhelum Valley, July 17, 1873. No. 1886. Chakmak, January 7, 1884. AYES. 119 ^'2. Ttjrtue. suratensis. furfur suratensis (Gm.) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 92 ; Scully, ibid. p. 585 ; Oates’ ed. Hume, Nests & Eggs Ind. B. ii. p. 353 (1890). No- 100. Changligally, Murree, July 6, 1S73. Xo- 137. Ghari, July 7, 1873.—“ Trilpiit.” °- 671. Leh, September 10, 1873. Turtur pulchratus. Turtur vitticollis , Hodgs.; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 274 (1873). ^os. 446, 447. Cliiliscambo, August 18, 1873. } °* 1683. South of Ighiz Yar, May 18, 1874. °- 1746. Yarkand, May 15-20, 1874. Colonel Biddulph shot this species at Dras and Sonamarg in July 1874. Order PTEROCLETES. Eamily PTEROCLILLE. Genus SYRRHAPTES. • SYRRHAPTES tibetanus. Syrrhaptes tibetanus, Gould ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 279 (1873) ; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 384 (1877); Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 71. ?0- 772. Chagra, September 9, 1873. 0s- 797, 798, 799. Gogra, September 25, 1873. at p ^le Allowing note has been sent by Colonel Biddulph : — “ I first saw this Sand-Grouse ab T’13'5 a*"J an elevation of 15,000 feet, where it was common and tame. It was flying I °u* flocks of from three to ten individuals, on the hillside above the camp. In getting ° tlle Changchemno Valley again, at an elevation of about 15,000 feet, I saw a few, but did ^ again notice any Sand-Grouse during our journey, except that I saw some flying overhead h]. A Member, between Khushtagh and Oi-tograk (4000 feet) ; and until the day we left Yangi- SeeSai'5 9 11 March the 21st, and crossed a sandy plain (4000 feet) towards Ighiz Yar, I failed to a specimen of that species. This may have been S. paradoxus .” Dr A is Pr°fiably to this species, and not to Pterocles arenarim, that the following note of <£^cully’s refers “ While I was at Yarkand, I often heard of a bird called by the natives ^es > wbich was said to inhabit sandy desert ground, and often gravelly steppes. It was Tr H ed as somewbat smaller than a Chicore, of a yellowish-brown colour, like the back of a , he came to the conclusion that it was not separable from C. chukor, the Trans-Hhnalay311 range of which he gives as “ spread throughout the northern ranges, the so-called Karakoru® or Ivuen-luen, and right across Kashghar to the Tian Shan, throughout which it occurs* On reviewing the series procured by Dr. Stoliczka, however, the uniformly pale tint of the Central- Asian birds is very recognizable, and I think that it should he kept separ Mr. Ogilvie Grant tells me that he believes that a complete gradation in colour will be f°1"1^ to exist between the Himalayan and the Yarkand Partridges, and he is inclined to regar two birds as climatic forms of the same species. Colonel Biddulpli sends us the following note: — “ I shot one in some jungle bet Kashghar and Maralbashi, and there were some also in the latter place, but they aie very common in the Plains country. In all the Hills, however, south and west of Turkes ‘ up to, at any rate, 12,000 feet, they are very common. In the valley between Punjab a Sarhad in Wakhan they are specially abundant, and people hawk them.” . g Dr. Henderson states that in Yarkand this Partridge swarms (wherever the i ^ debouch into the plains) over a belt of country some ten or fifteen miles in width. He an account of their mode of capture. , ^ “ Chicore appear to abound,” says Dr. Scully, “in all the hills which surround the P^ ^ of Kashgharia on the north, west, and south. In the winter the birds seem to come d°" ,g lower elevations than they frequent in summer. The Turki name for the Chi°ore c Keklik.' ” . , oJJ Ten eggs of this species, out of one nest, were brought to Dr. Stoliczka at Beshte the 31st of May. Genus COTURNIX. 79. COTURNIX COTURNIX. F. b- Coturnix communis , Bonn.; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 285 (1873); Scully, Str. ,g p. 184 (1876) ; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 278 (1876); Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 323; Prjev. in P°v Orn. Misc. ii. p. 424 (1877) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 92 ; Scully, ibid. p. 586; Ilomeyer & Tancie’ orn. Ycr. Wien, 1883, p. 92; Scully, J. A. S. Beng. lvi. p. 87 (1887). Coturnix vulgaris, Severtz. Turkcst. Jevotn. p. 68 (1873). Ortygion coturnix, Raddc, Ornis, iii. p. 495 (1887) . No. 1271, 6 ■ Kashghar, January 25, 1874. — Bill dull pale bluish ; feet pale yell0"’ c violet ; iris hazel-brown. Length 81) inches, wing 45, tail 19, tarsus 1‘2. No. 1323. Kashghar, Eebruary 9, 1874. ^er Colonel Biddulph writes : — “We shot this Quail in the plains of Turkestan in ^°V^,.lSon and January, and I heard them calling in May and June. We were told that at that s they were very abundant there.” Dr. Henderson procured a specimen on the 24th 0 ,h- tember at the Karatagh Lake (13,500 feet). of £as Dr. Scully says : — “ The Quail seems to be a permanent resident in the plains ° ^jrd gharia; I got two birds at Yarkand in February, and the Shikaris were positive that ^e\&S was to be met with throughout the winter. In summer the birds were common in the ' about Yarkand, though not very numerous. The Turki name for this species is ‘ & but the common people generally call it e Watwalak ” AYES. 123 Dr. Stoliczka writes in. liis ‘ Diary — “ Kugiar, June 1st. C. communis is certainly rare in summer and goes probably further north, returning here in autumn or at least passing l0ugh. It is said to be very common in Andijan during the summer. I heard only a Slug‘le Quail calling when coming out of Karghalik yesterday morning.” Genus TETRAOGALLUS. ^0- Tetiiaogalltjs tibetantjs. Tetraogallus tibetanus, Gould; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yarlc. p. 281 (1873) ; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 182 (1876) ; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. ii. p. 427 (1877). jj Colonel Biddulph procured a female specimen in the Sakti Pass on the 15th of September, the Sa^8 1 — -*-^s D the only occasion on which I shot a specimen of this species. Crossing Lankar Pass (Marsemik) a few days later, I saw others, probably of this species.” Dr. lczka says that it was common in the Kaskasu Pass on the 26th of March. Ch\ Scully writes : — “ I shot my first specimen of this species on the 24th September 0£ I' near the top of the Sanju Pass, at an elevation of 16,000 feet. Next day I saw hundreds Hi 16 in a side valley near Kiehik Yailak, where they afforded me good shooting. C,V associated in coveys of about ten to twenty, and were not very shy. When approached tyhc'1 lH^0W ^ey moved leisurely up hill, stopping every now and then to look at one ; but j 011 shot at or alarmed they flew downwards very swiftly, uttering a pleasant musical whistle. du '!Und their flesh most delicious eating. Numbers of these birds were brought to us alive, the winter, at Kashghar (where a specimen was preserved) and at Yarkand; they were lj taaie iu confinement. Both this species and the preceding one had evidently sought the they1 UliS near tlie Plains wlien winter set in. The Turki name for the bird is ‘ Ular,’ and aie sadd to be found in all the hills which bound Eastern Turkestan on the north, west, atl south.” Tetraogallus himalatensis. (Plate XV.) Ji . v ' raoffallus himalayensis (Gray) ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 280 (1873) ; Scully, Str. F. iv. P- 181 (1876) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 93; Scully, ibid. p. 586 ; Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 72; Scully, J- A. S. Beng. lvi. p. 86 (1887). °* ^43. Sliahidula, November 21, 1873 ( Mr . Forsyth). e§§s fo ' Dlary " hh'- Stoliczka writes : — “ Sasstekke, May 16. Hyder Mahomed got five Ular 1 me- The bird makes its nest of grass &c. high up between rocks.” The in f.he y- sheciIuen preserved by Dr. Stoliczka is much paler than any of the Himalayan birds ^-siau I ■ d1l0aad Collection, and it may ultimately be found desirable to separate the Central u’d as a subspecies or race. 124 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Order PLATALEiE. Eamily IBIDIDiE. Genus PLEGADIS. 282. Plegadis ealcinelltts. ^agt Ibis falcinellus (L.) ; Severtz. Turlcest. Jevotn. p. 68 (1873); Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 326, Persia, ii. p. 298 (1876) . Falcinellus irjneus, C. Swinh. Ibis, 1882, p. 123. Plegadis falcinellus, Oates in Hume’s Nests and Eggs Ind. B. iii. p. 231 (1890). No. 1581. Panjah, April 14-23, 1874. Order HEROD IONES. Eamily ARDEIDiE. Genus ARDEA. 283. Ardea cinerea. 335 i Ardea cinerea, L. ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 295 (1873); Dresser, Ibis, 1 ' ^ jggl, Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 196 (1876) ; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. iii. p. 48 (1878) ; Bid • ^ Qis. p. 99; Scully, ibid. p. 591 ; C. Swinh. Ibis, 1882, p. 123; Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. > ar Transcasp. p. 71 (1885) ; Radde, Ornis, iii. p. 497 (1887). Ardea cinerea, var. brag, Isid. Geoffr.; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 68 (1873). No. 177. Wular Lake, Kashmir, July 26, 1873.—“ Brag.” ^ ^g Colonel Biddulpli procured a specimen at Baramula. He writes to us :— “ 1 species between Sauju and Yarkand and in the swamps round the latter place.” Dr- found it breeding on a jheel near Yarkand on the 22nd of May. . ^ there *s a Dr. Henderson says that this species was very common about Srinagar, where large heronry. , yarkand 111 “Eour specimens of this species,” writes Dr. Scully, “were preserved at the January and Eehruary. This Heron was common about Kashghar and Yarkand ^ Avatcr- whole winter, frequenting swampy ground and the neighbourhood of unfrozen bi of tU®9® It was not seen near Yarkand from April to August ; but in the latter month nuntu Again, birds were met with at Tungtash near Karghalik, among reeds growing near v ^ j-ash 1^' on the 26th of August a flock of these birds (? migrating) was seen near the Kara ^nttf’ below Gulgun Shah. The Yarkandis say that this bird is a permanent resident m ^ tliat d moving northwards in summer to the country about Maralbashi, where it breec ’ ” feeds chiefly on frogs and fish. The Turki name for the species is ‘ Wear ’ or * u AYES. 125 Genus HERODIAS. 281. Herodias alba. Ardea alba, L. ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 68 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 325 ; Blanf. East. ii. p. 295 (1876) ; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. iii. p. 49 (1878) ; C. Swinh. Ibis, 1882, p. Herodias alba, Scullv, Str. F. iv. p. 196 (1876). No. 1275. Kashgliar, January 21, 1874.— Orbital skin green ; feet dark brown. Dr. Scully observes : — ■“ In winter tbis species was more common about Kashghar (where four birds were shot) and Yarkand than Ardea cinerea. It was never seen in spring or summer, having then, it was reported, migrated northwards, towards Aksu, to breed. t frequented marshy places and the banks of small streams, feeding on fish. The Turki name f°r this species (which Mr. Hume informs me is the large European form and not the Lesser NYliite Heron of India) is e Ah TJJcar ,’ ‘ White Heron.’ ” Genus ARDETTA. ^0. Ardetta minuta. Ardetta minuta (L.) ; Hume & Heuders. Lahore to Yark. p. 296 (1873) ; Severtz. Turkest Jevotn. p. 68 (1873); Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 326; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 296 (1876) j Bidd. Ibis, 1 , p. 99 ; Scully, t. c. p. 592 ; Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 72. Ardeola minuta, Zarudn. Ois. Transcasp. p. 71 (1885). Nos. 186, 190, 192, 196, 197, ad. Srinagar, July 28, 1873. N°. 205, ad. Srinagar, July 29, 1873. Nos. 212, 251, ad. Srinagar, August 3, 1873.— Length 16'5 inches, wing 5 9, tail L9, tarsus 1-65 ; expanse 200. Iris bright orange, with a yellow ring round the pupil , i brownish above, yellowish green at the sides ; sides of face and eyelids green , feet green, the soles yellow. Kashmir name “ Goi.” No. 996, young. Yarkand, November 11, 1873. Colonel Biddulpk says : — “ I only saw it at Srinagar, but never noticed it in Yarkand. !'■ Henderson says that it was excessively common in the lakes and marshes of Kashmir, ere ^ was breeding in June. Genus NYCTICORAX. 2gp -.T J- 5 VCTI CORAX GRISEUS. Aycticorax griseus (L.) ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 296 (18/3); Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 9J , Scully, t. c. p. 592. 1/ctiardea nycticorax, Oates in Hume’s Nests & Eggslnd. B. iii. p. 258 (1890). According to Dr. Henderson, common in the lower valley of Kashmir. 126 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Genus BOTAURUS. 287. Botaurus stellaris. Botaurus stellaris (L.) ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 68 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 325 ; Scully) E. iv. p. 196 (1876) ; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p.297 (1876) ; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. iD- P' (1878) ; C. Swinh. Ibis, 1882, p. 123 ; Sharpe, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. v. pt. 3, p. 90 (1^8 h No. 1176. Kashghar, December 23, 1873. — “Koelbuka.” Bought by Dr. Bellow hi ^ bazaar. 1 • tl Dr. Scully’s note is as follows: — “Four specimens of the Bittern were preserve^- female at Kashghar in December, a male at Beshkant in February, and two males at Yai v in the same month. This species was tolerably common near Kashghar and Yarkand du _ ® the winter, frequenting swampy ground covered with rushes. It was not noticed m sh or summer; but Mr. Shaw purchased a young bird of the year about the middle of j wliich would seem to prove that this bird does not breed far from Yarkand, at any ra kept several of these birds in confinement, and found that their favourite attitude u aS p0jy the beak directed straight up in the air, the eyes looking very vacant, and the whole kept still and unmoved ; when made to walk about the room they would shake out neck-feathers and look very fierce. The natives said that one required to be very care ^ handling these birds, as they were very fond of making a peck straight at one’s eye ■ a hare kept in the same room with a Bittern died one night, and next morning one of h* ^ was found very neatly picked out ; my servant looked on this incident as a striking ^ ^ firmation of the eye-extracting tendencies of the bird. The Yarkandis call this species bughasi,’ the £ Stag of the Lake,’ and say that it is a permanent resident in the C°U^Q a breeds in long grass-jungle, and makes a very loud booming noise by sticking its bill vn reed 1 ” Family CICONIID.E. Genus DISSURA. 288. Dissura episcopus. Melanopelargus episcopus (Bodd.) ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 294 (1873) . Dissura episcopus, Oates in Hume’s Nests & Eggs Ind. B. iii. p. 268 (1890). sever al Dr. Henderson states that he saw this Stork in the plains of Yarkand on -- ^ occasions, especially in the neighbourhood of Yarkand itself. No specimen was PreS and none of the other expeditions met with the species. AYES. 127 Order STEGANOPODES. Family PHALACROCOBACITLE. Genus PHALACROCORAX. Phalacrocorax cabbo. Garbo phalacrocorax, yar. continent alls, Sevcrtz. Turkest. Jcvotn. p. Ill (1873). Gracuhis carlo, L.; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 204 (1876) j Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. iii. p. 146 (1878). Phalacrocorax carlo (L.) ; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 298 (1876) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 415 ; Scully, Ibis, 1881, p. 594 ; Sevcrtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 77 ; Zarudn. Ois. Transcasp. p. 72 (188o) ; Scully, J. A. S. Beng. lvi. p. 88 (1887). Hr. Scully writes as follows : — “ This Cormorant is, 1 believe, a permanent resident in ^fshgharia — in the plains. The first specimen was obtained on the banks of the Yarkand ^iveL near Tarim Langar. In the beginning of August I found these birds quite common at ungtash, near Kargbalik. They were then nearly always seen in parties of five, sitting on top of a mud cliff— often thirty feet high— immediately overlooking the water below, one 0f party acting as sentinel. The favourite posts of the Cormorants could be easily recog- ^1Zed about the place — spots worn into a sort of dome shape by their tails, and always near e edge of the cliff. In sitting these birds rest on their feet and the stiff feathers of their .aiK the tail being spead out to form a sort of hollow half-cone. When they fly the neck ls stretched forward like a goose. On one occasion I saw a Cormorant sitting near the liter’s edge, apparently watching intently for a fish ; I shot the bird just as it rose, and it ^biediately dived into tbe water, reappearing again, however in a few seconds as it was 0l'tally wounded. The Turki name for this Cormorant is ‘ Kara Ghaz,’ ‘the Black Goose.’ Order ANSERES. Eamily AY AT I DAI. Subfamily ANSE RINAS. Geuus CYGNUS. ^Arntjs olob. Gyjnus olor , Gm.j Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 70 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 416; Scully, Str. P. iv. P- 197 (1876) ; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. iii. p. 99 (1878). “The Swan,” writes Dr. Scully, “ was often mentioned to me as being plentiful in Lob s . to^ards Aksu; captive individuals of this species were seen at Kashghar in November, in a pond at the Shrine of Hazrat Apak. The Turki name for the species is v ’ 128 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Genus ANSER. 291. Anser albierons. Anser albifrons, Bechst. ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 70 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 418, East. Persia, ii. p. 303 (1876) ; Hume & Marsh. Game Birds Ind. iii. p. 73. Nos. 1319, 1320. Kashghar, Eebruary 1874. “ Sent by the King.” Scully Str- 292. Anser cinereus. Anser cinereus, Meyer; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 70 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 418; F. iv. p. 197 (1876) ; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. iii. p. 95 (1878) ; Zarudn. Ois. Transcasp- F (1885). tick Colonel Biddulph writes to us : — “ There was a large swamp outside Yarkand, va. ^ -t when wre arrived in November, there were huge flocks of this species; but I never anywhere else, and they were not about Kashghar anywhere during the winter.” naI Dr. Scully has published the following note : — “ The Grey Lag Goose is a se^_ ^,aS visitant to Kasligharia, where it breeds. The first specimen of this species which I 8° 0 shot near Yarkand on the 28th Eebruary ; in the early part of March they were flying over the Eort at Yarkand and going straight north. The bird is said to breec P fully near Maralbashi, but not in the immediate vicinity of Yarkand; young bn’ s ^ captured about the beginning of June. Two eggs of Anser cinereus (laid by a captive with cut wings) were obtained on the 1st and 12th of June. They are spotless win e> ^ an ivory tinge ; glossless or faintly glossy in parts, and of a compact texture. In sbap® ^ ^ are moderately long ovals, broadest about the centre, and measure 337 by 2’33 aD. jjjrds, by 2’21. It was curious to observe how readily birds of this species got tame; even 0 wbo had only had their wings broken by a bullet, soon became quite friendly and fdD1 The Turks call this Goose by the Persian name ‘ Ghaz.’ ” 293. Anser indicus. Anser indicus (Lath.) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 419; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. iii- P .g Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 99; Hume & Marsh. Game Birds Ind. iii. p. 81 (1880) ; Severtz- } ’ p. 76. Anser skorniakovi, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. pp. 70, 149 (1873). No. 1594. Aktash, May 5, 1874. 07 (18^ ; 97 ^ 1883, back in Colonel Biddulph says: — “I saw this on the small Pamir Lakes on our way erJlbei’ May, and also all along the Aktash stream in the same month, but cannot i’e observing them anywhere else on the journey.” Subfamily ANA TINsE. Genus TAD ORN A. 294. Tadorna casarca. .. go3 * ll* P* Casarca rutila (Pall.) ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 296 (1873) ; Blanf. East. Perl^’ . llu1IlC (1876) ; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 198 (1876) ; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. iii. P- 1^0 (1 AYES. 129 & Marsh. Game Birds of India, iii. p. 123 (1880) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 99; C. Swmh. Ibis, 1882, p. 121 ; Scully, J. A. S. Beng. lvi. p. 89 (1887) ; Sharpe, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. v. p. 91 (1889). Anas rutila, Severtz. Turlcest. Jevotn. p. 70 (1873). Tadorna rutila, Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 419. Tudorna casarca (L.) ; Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 76 ; Oates in Hume’s Nests and Eggs, iii. p. 286 (1890). Dr. Henderson writes “ Tlie Brahminy Duck or Ruddy Sheldrake was first noticed at Dte hot springs above Gokra, at an elevation of 16,000 feet ; there they were seen on the small lakes at the salt plain, and all along the Karakash River. The young were at that tittle (July) scarcely able to fly; when approached, the mother made them all dive by swimniing and flapping on to each of them as soon as it showed itself above the water. The ttiother also pretended to he wounded, and lay on the water every now and then, with wings sPread out as if unable to fly. All along the Karakash Valley, and also on the high table- Wd wherever there was water overhung by cliffs, there numbers of Brahminy Ducks with broods of young ones were seen, and holes in these cliffs plastered over with dioppings weie P°inted out by the Kirghiz as the places in which they had bred. The local name is ttgooroo ngaugpa.’ ” Hr. Scully gives the following note “ The Ruddy Sheldrake was observed in the plains Kashgharia in the beginning of winter, and from March to August it was exceedingly Plentiful in the lakes and swamps of Sughucliak, near Yarkand. Many young birds were ^ttable to flv, usually swimming about with the old female bird. In July I saw a party of tibout ten of these Ducks among some rushes ; they had a sentinel bird placed at some little distance from the main flock, and on seeing me approach he gave a sort of warning cry which Sfi(,med to put his party on the alert ; when I got a few steps nearer the watcher gave a loud Scream and flew up, followed by the rest of the party. This bird seems to walk very easily on rJT land, and always in a curiously erect manner. The Yarkandis say that this species migrates 0 India in winter, and that the eggs are laid in some dry place away from water ; as soon as the young bird emerges from the egg, the mother seizes it and puts it into the watei. tie Turki name for the Brahminy Duck is 4 j Hangghut,’ pronounced ‘ Hangat. Colonel Biddulph noticed one of these Sheldrakes going into a hole in precipitous cliffs a 0llt a hundred feet above the Sarikol plain on the 11th of May, and believes that the species as breeding there. Genus BRANT A. BliANTA RUFINA. Br™ta rufina (Pall.) ; Scully, Str. P. iv. p. 201 (1876) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 100 ; Hume & Marsh. Game-Birds of India, iii. p. 253, pi. 34; Sharpe, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. v. p. 90 (1889). Fuliffulu rufina, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 70 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p, 421 ; Blanf. East, lersia, h- p. 301 (1876) ; C. Swinh. Ibis, 1882, p. 125. ^let with by Dr. Scully, who says that it was not observed in winter, hut was very 0 trim on near Yarkand during the summer. It is only a seasonal visitant to Kashgharia, W lere it breeds. The Turki name is “ Kizil lash aurdak” i. e. the “ Red-headed Duck.” s 130 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 296. Clangula glaucion. Genus CLANGULA. Clangula glaucion, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 70 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 421 ; v. Blanf. "Ea8*- Persia, ii. p. 302 (1876) ; Hume & Marsh. Game Birds of India, iii. p. 285, pi. 38 (1880) ; Sculb> J. A. S. Beng. lvi. p. 89 (1887) ; Sharpe, Trans. Linn. Soe. (2) Zool. v. p. 91 (1889). Bucephalus clangula, Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. iii. p. 106 (1878). No. 1318, ? . Kashghar, February 1874. (Sent by the King.) « Nos. *1591, 1592, 8 . Lake Sirikul, Pamir, May 1, 1874. — *Sex, male. Length 1 inches, wing 935, tail 4, tarsus 1*65; expanse 32; bill from front l-3, from gaPe Iris yellow ; bill greenish black ; feet reddish yellow, soles silky brown. Middle 2-9, hind toe 0-8. Genus ANAS. 297. Anas boscas. Anas boschas, L. ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 70 (1873); Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 419; Blanf. Persia, ii. p. 300 (1876) ; Scully, Str. E. iv. p. 199 (1876) ; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. in-P- (1878) ; C. Swinh. Ibis, 1882, p. 124; Zarudn. Ois. Transcasp. p. 72 (1885). Anas boscas, Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 99; Scully, t. c. p. 592. No. 1169, 8 . Kashghar, December 20, 1873. {Captain Trotter.) Nos. 1199, 1200, 8 $ . Kashghar, January 1874. (Sent by the King.) “ The Mallard,” writes Dr. Scully, “ occurs in great numbers in Kashgharia during ^ whole winter, when it is decidedly the commonest of the Duck tribe. In spring and sUlUl^ie it seemed to be less plentiful ; but this may perhaps have been because it was cast in ^ shade by the great variety of other Ducks and Teal then breeding about Yarkand- ^ A arkandis say that of the twenty odd species of Duck which they discriminate, the is the only permanent resident in the vicinity of Kashghar and Yarkand, breeding in TheTurkinameof the Mallard is ‘ Aur dak,' which means simply ‘Duck,’ and it is someti distinguished as ‘ Sun ’ or Sana aur dak.' ” , Dr. Stoliczka found this species breeding in the jheel near Yarkand on the 24th ox 1 Genus QUERQUEDULA. 298. Queiiqttedtjla crecca. Anas crecca, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 70 (1873); Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 419; Scully, IblS' 188 p. 593; Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 76; Scully, J. A. S. Beng. lvi. p. 88 (1887). , 4l9; Querquedula crecca, Hume & Ilenders. Lahore to Yark. p. 297 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, P Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 301 (1876); Scully, Str. E. iv. p. 200 (1876) ; Prjev. in R°wley ^dd. Misc. iii. p. 104 (1878) ; Hume & Marshall, Game Birds of India, iii. p. 205, pi. 27 (1880) 7 ggp). Ibis, 1881, p. 100 ; C. Swinh. Ibis, 1882, p. 124 ; Sharpe, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. v. p- 91 <■ No. 827, $ . Shahidula, October 19, 1873. No. 1532, $ . Panjah, April 14-23, 1874. -*r \jO 0^ “ The Common Teal,” writes Dr. Henderson, “ was never seen either on the way ^ ^ in Yarkand ; the first specimen was met with on the return journey, near the hot spi‘lD- AYES. 131 seen ^ a* au elevation of between 15,000 and 16,000 feet. Later, in October, they were bi'eecl 11 f 6 ^n^US’ near heir, and at Kargil, also in Ladak. Probably this species does not ,. ar soutl) as Yarkand, and the birds seen on the return journey were doubtless ° ^heir winter-quarters in Hindostan.” Nove i' eu%’s n°te is as follows : — “ The Common Teal was only obtained at Kaslighar in be<*h • 61 * ’^ughuckak near Yarkand, by Mr. Shaw, in January, and at Beshkant in the given f °f February. I was told that it migrated northwards to breed. The Turki name ^ork l)1' tU!'S si3ec3es was 4 Ala bash kurak aurdak ,’ which means the 4 Mottle-headed Patch- CIRCIA. ^UBRQxjeI)TJLA q °S yue"Juedula, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 70 (1873). er(juedula circia, Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 419; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 301 (1876) ; Scully, Str. P. iv. j1' (1376) ; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. iii. p. 103 (1878) ; Bitld. Ibis, 1881, p. 100 ; C. Swinh. is, 1882, p. 125 ; Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 76 ; Menzb. Ibis, 1885, p. 358. circia, Scully, Ibis, 1881, p. 593. No fi5o ]yo' * 5 5 • Leh, September 9, 1873. No ^ ' hamsal, September 23, 1873. ' Ia26> c? . Punjab, April 14-23, 1874. says ^°ne\ -^iddulph shot a male in breeding-plumage on the 8th of May, 1874, and he that this m1^ WaS tlie °nly occasi°n on which he observed the species. Dr. Scully states name ^ l ea^ was common near Yarkand, in summer, where it doubtless breeds. The Turki given to it is “ Karak aurdak ,” or “ Patchwork Duck.” Genus DAPILA. 80°- D«n.A aouta. Dafiia CUfa> ^evei’tz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 70 (1873) ; Scully, Ibis, 1881, p. 593. (L.j . Seull^ str. p. ;v. p. 200 (1876) ; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 301 (1876) ; Dresser, Ibis, ’ P‘ ; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. iii. p. 101 (1878) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 100. in MarC|fTlly,S Uote is as follows “ The Pintail Duck was occasionally seen near Yarkand catchers on^ one specimen (a female) was obtained. Two experienced Yarkandi bird- pied, bla T 6 me ' he following information about this species : — The male bird is 4 ala,’ i. e. and ’mi ° v and white ; it is a seasonal visitant only to Eastern Turkestan, arriving in spring, °f Marbll •' t0 htindosttm at the beginning of winter, and it breeds in the neighbourhood aski, Laying from ten to twelve eggs. It is called in Turki 4 Cha sughsu aurdak .’ ” 301 Ch Genus CHAULELASMUS. Ch AUL]j]IjASMUS STREPERTJS. *^410 1 US StrePerus (L-) 1 Hume & Headers. Lahore to Yark. p. 296 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p , ’ thjev. iu Rowley’s Orn. Misc. iii. p. 105 (1878) ; Hume & Marsh. Game Birds of India, iii. Anas Sfr ’ fh (1880) ; Sharpe, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. v. p. 91 (1889). Ibises0' Severtz- Turkest. Jevotn. p. 70 (1873) ; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 301 (1876) ; C. Swinh. 5 P- 124; Menzb. Ibis, 1885, p. 357; Scully, J. A. S. Beng. lvi. p. 88 (1887)- s 2 132 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Two Gadwalls were killed by Dr. Henderson on the 31st of October at Ganderbal m Kashmir, and many others were seen at the same time. They were not previously noticed. Genus SPATULA. 302. Spatula clypeata. Anas clypeata, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 70 (1873) ; id. Ibis, 1883, p. 76. . Spatula clypeata, Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 340; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 301 (1876); Scully, Str. • jv p. 199 (1876) ; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. iii. p. 105 (1878) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 99; Scu D ibid. p. 592; Hume & Marsh. Game Birds of India, iii. p. 142, pi. 19 (1880) ; C. Swinh. Ibis, 1 ' p. 124; Zarudn. Ois. Transcasp. p. 72 (1885) ; Sharpe, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. v. )>• 91 No. 1171, $ . Kashghar, December 20, 1873. No. 1174, ? . Kashghar, December 22, 1873. No. 1448, c? . Tashkiirghan, March 31, 1874. No. 1530. Panjah, April 14-23, 1874. Dr. Scully writes : — “ Two specimens of the Shoveller, a female and a male, preserved at Kashghar in November and December. According to Yarkandi accounts v few of these birds remain in the country during the winter, the vast majority of 1 ^ migrating to India. They breed during the summer in the north of Kashgharia, about ^ neighbourhood of Maralbashi, and are said to collect for a short time near Yarkand, )v the cold sets in, previous to their migration southwards. The Turki name for the sp cdcS given as c Kanalc aurdah .’ ” Genus FULIGULA. 303. Euligula eerina. Fuligula ferina, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 70 (1873); Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 420; ^ Persia, ii. p. 302 (1876). Aythya ferina, Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Mise. iii. p. 106 (1878). No. 1442, ? . Tashkurghan, March 31, 1874. Genus NYROCA. 304. Nyroca eerruginea. Fuligula leucophthalma, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 70 (1873). Nyroca ferruginea, Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 421. . ]g83, Fuligula nyroca, Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 302 (1876) ; Scully, Ibis, 1881, p. 593; Severtz, This, p. 77; Menzbier, Ibis, 1885, p. 358; Scully, J. A. S. Beng. lvi. p. 89 (1887). . } gO? Aythya nyroca (Guld.) ; Hume & Ilenders. Lahore to Yark. p. 297 (1873) ; Scully, Str. !• iv- I (1876). i Yarkan i. e. the Variegated Goose-Duck.” Its Turki name is ‘ Ala Genus MERGELLUS. ^ MergelLTJS albellus. Fergus albellus, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 70 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 421 ; Blanf. East. Persia, h. p. 303 (1876); Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. iii. p. 108 (1878); Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. /6; Scully, J. A. S. Beng. Ivi. p. 89 (1887). Mergellus albellus, Scully, Str. E. iv. p. 202 (1876) ; Hume & Marsh. Game Birds of India, iii. p. 293, Pi 39 (1880) ; C. Swinh. Ibis, 1882, p. 125 ; Sharpe, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. v. p. 92 (1889). Ho. 1177, 2 . Kashghar, December 24, 1873. “ Tl ^ate<^ Hr. Stoliczka’s diary to have been caught with a Hawk. Dr. Scully writes . a le Smew was occasionally seen near Yarkand in the winter, but only one specimen, f, eBiale, was obtained in February, near the Yarkand Diver, which was then completely rozen over.” 134 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Order GAVIiE. Eamily LARIDiE. Genus LARUS. 307. Larus ichthyaetus. Gavia ichthyaetus (Pall.), Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 70 (1873). g Larus ichthyaetus. Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 415 ; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 292 (1876) ; Saunders, P- 1878, p. 198; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. iii. p. 109 (1878). No. 1175. Kashghar, December 23, 1873. “ Sent as a present from the King.” No. 1529. Panjah, April 14, 1874. Both are immature specimens, attaining the adult grey plumage. 308. Larus brunneicephalus. F* Xema brunneicephala (Jerd.), Hume & Renders. Lahore to Yark. p. 300, pi. 32 (1873); Scully* Stl' iv. p. 203 (1876). Larus brunneicephalus, Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 77. Chroicocephalus brunneicephalus, Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. iii. p. 109 (1878). Dr. Henderson says that this Gull was very abundant in July, at an elevation of ^ 15,000 feet, in a small stream running down from Chagra into the Pangong Lake, the Expedition returned in October the majority had disappeared. . ^ Dr. Scully writes : “ A few birds of this species were observed at Kashghar i*1 ^ (November and December) fishing over the streams and ponds ; and again in January n Sughlak. The Turki name of this Gull is “ Ghorfci.’ ” 309. Larus ridibundus. Xema riclibunda (L.) ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 301 (1873). Larus ridibundus, Elanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 292 (1876) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 415 p. 594; id. J. A. S. Beng. lvi. p. 88 (1887). Gavia ridibunda, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 70 (1873). Dr. Henderson says that thousands of this species were fishing in Kashmir, in November 1870. ; Scully, Ibis, 188b the Wular Lake’ 310. Larus argentatus. 299 Larus argentatus , Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 70 (1873) ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. P (1873) ; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 290 (1876). Larus leucophceus, Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 415. Dr. Henderson obtained two specimens early in November in the Wular Lake, KaS^ AYES. 135 0-1 -i Genus STERNA. Sterna tibetana . &ierna ftuviatilis, Hume & Heuders. Lahore to Yark. p. 303 (1873) ; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 203 (1876). Sterna tibetana, Saunders, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 649. ■ Sterna hirundo, Scvcrtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 77. N°S- 1701, 1785, 1787. Yarkand, May 21-25, 1874.— Iris red. In kis ‘ Diary ’ Dr. Stoliczka mentions his finding this Tern breeding in a jheel near arljand in May. . ^r. Henderson found the species very abundant in August in Yarkand, and he also met a it at Lukung near the Pangong Lake, in which neighbourhood it also probably breeds. . Dr* Scully writes : — “ This Tern arrives in the plains of Eastern Turkestan in April, and 'grates about September ; it breeds in June. This species was exceedingly numerous about arkand, fishing over pools, marshes, rice-fields, and inundated fields ; its principal food j consist of a small fish which occurs very plentifully in Kashgharia, called “ Tini a lk- This bird has a harsh shrill cry, and is called in Turki ‘ Balalcclii ,’ the ‘ Eisher.’ ” ^TERNA minuta. Sternula minuta (L.) ; Hume & Heuders. Lahore to Yark. p. 303 (1873); Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. P- 70 (1873) ; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 294 (1876) ; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 204 (1876) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 416. Sterna minuta, Scully, J. A. S. Beng. Ivi. p. 88 (1887). Common in Yarkand, according to Dr. Henderson. "This Tern,” says Dr. Scully, “was frequently observed throughout the months of June July in the neighbourhood of Yarkand. It associated with Sterna tibetana , but was very arid ’ ^SS numcr°us than that species. It is a seasonal visitant only to Eastern Turkestan, lug about May and leaving certainly before the beginning of October. It breeds gharia, where it is known by the name of * Balalcclii ,’ the ‘ Eisher.’ ” in _ Genus HYDEOCHELIDON. HydrocheliDON hybrida. H ydi'ochelidon indica, Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 301 (1873) ; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. Hi. p. 145 (1878). ydfochelidon leucopareius, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 70 (1873). yd' ochelidon hybrida, Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 416; Saunders, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 640; Blanf. East. Persia, P- 294 (1876) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 102; Scully, t. c. p. 594. 180, 181. Wular Lake, near Srinagar, July 26, 1873. °s‘ -208, 211. Srinagar, July 29, 1873. °h Stoliczka’s ‘ Diary ’ contains a note on the 26th of July, on the breeding of this Tern Ly fc,e ^ uHr Lake, where he found nests with one or two eggs. “ Sometimes it is said to iatf. i lee’ men assured me there are already many young, and this is perhaps a case of e deeding.” Tv o cW +1'- ®-eaderson states that this species was very common in Kashmir in June, breeding to Srinagar. 136 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Order LIMICOLiE. Eamily PAE/RIDAI Genus HYDROPH ASI ANUS. 314. Hydroptiasianus chirurgus. Ilydrophasianus sinensis (Gm.) ; Hume & Headers. Lahore to Yark. p. 290 (1873). Nos. 171-174, 176. Wular Lake, Kashmir, July 26, 1873. 2; No. 262, 1609, ? . Sarikol, May 9, 1874.— Length 7’9 inches, wing 5 32, tail 2 2, tarsus P35. Iris brown ; bill black ; feet ashy black, more silvery ashy on the tarsi than on the toes. Ovary contained one large and several smaller eggs. W ould have laid in about a Week. IblO, d1 . — Length 7'6 inches, wing 5T5, tail 2T, tarsus 1'35. Not common; passing through. 1603, 1648, 1651. Sarikol, May 9 and 10, 1874. T 138 SECOND YABKAND MISSION. Dr. Stoliczka states in his ‘ Diary ’ that this species was not uncommon at Sarikol, an apparently bred in the neighbourhood. Colonel Biddulph states that he met with this speci®5 at Tashkurghan on the 8th of May. Dr. Henderson writes : — “ This species was first met nj ^ on the 19tli of July at the hot springs above Gokra, at an elevation of 16,000 feet. A e were seen on the Salt Plain on the 29tli of July, and after that the birds were found in Pa. ^ all along the Karakash Diver. They were not very numerous, hut a certain number of Pa^ were met with each day. Not a single bird was seen on the return journey in September a^ the early part of October. Gokra was reached on the 5th of that month, so that ere this ^ young birds must have been sufficiently advanced to leave along with the parents f01 distant Indian coasts.” Yark in Genus VANELLUS. 320. Vanellus cbjstatus. Vanellus cristatus (Meyer) ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 69 (1873) ; Hume & Henders. Lalioic to p. 286 (1873) ; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 186 (1876) ; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 280 (1876) ; ^3® ‘ Rowley's Orn. Misc. ii. p. 4*33 (1877) ; Zarudn. Ois. Transcasp. p. 68 (1885) ; Scully, J. A- lvi. p. 87 (1887) ; Sharpe, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. v. pt. 3, p. 88 (1889). Vanellus vulgaris, Bechst. ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 328; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 94; Scully, ibid, p- 0 Nos. 991, 1042. Yarkand, November 10-27, 1873. Nos. 1129, 1130. Kaslighar, December 10, 1873. No. 1223. Kaslighar, January 22, 1874. No. 1778. Yarkand, May 24, 1874. ^ Colonel Biddulph writes ; — “ Not very common. I shot single birds at Sanju 1 Kashghar, and saw others, but never in flocks, whilst travelling about the plains countiy- did not notice them in the hills.” 0£ Dr. Henderson obtained specimens in the plains between Karghalik and the c^0nt Yarkand. He says that they seemed to be very abundant in'" all marshy places throtu the plains of Yarkand. iVTArcb “ The Lapwing,” writes Dr. Scully, “ was exceedingly common in the plains from ' to December, but was not observed in January or February. It frequented marshy S ^ and the vicinity of streams, generally in flocks. It breeds in April and May ; and I n° 0f in the beginning of June that these birds often circled round and round over one ln<^ar]-j grass, uttering their plaintive cry and evidently solicitous about their young. name for the Peewit is ‘ Cheman * (i. e. { Chaman,’ Persian, * walking haughtily ’)• . , 0p Near Yarkand Dr. Stoliczka found the Lapwing breeding, and procured young 131 the 27th of May, which were fully a week old. 321. Chetttjsia gkegaria. Genus CHETTUSIA. Vanellus gr eg arius, Pall. ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 69 (1873). Chettusia gregaria, Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 328; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 95; Scully, t. c. p- Ois. Transcasp. p. 68 (1885). No. 1457. Panjali, April 13, 1874. 58 7; Zai’ucln' “ Saw four of them.” AYES. 139 ^0:biVANELLUS Genus LOBIVANELLUS. Lobi, INDICUS. wanellus indicus (Bodd.) ; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 281 (1876) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 95. °Sl 242. Srinagar, August 1, 1873. GSxareola Glureola Eamily GLAItEOLIDiE. Genus GLAREOLA. PRATINCOLA. No N pratincola (L.) ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 69 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 328 ; Blanf. hast- Persia, ii. p. 282 (1876). dumber. Sarikol, May 9, 1874. — Bill black, coral-red at lower and lateral base and ^igle; feei; asfLy brown; iris brown. Length 10'1 inches, wing 7 '6, tail DO, T tarsus 1-25. 0 number. Sarikol, May 9, 1874. Pau killed on the large plain ; they were sitting on the grass near water. Eamily SCOLOPACIM. Genus STREPSILAS. INTERPBES 8trEPSILAS titrepsii * C0^ar^s> Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 69 (1873). aS '"^erJr>'es (L.) ; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 281 (1876) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 328. number. Nubra Valley, October 1873 {Dr. Bellew). Genus CALIDRIS. AREN ARIA. 825-cttn)sra () dlL] arenaria, Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 188 (1876) ; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 283 (1876). ^ arkand ir^r?" s^es that a specimen of the Sanderling was shot at Sughuchak, near ^°t’ders of , cto':)er 5 about half a dozen of these birds were observed on the same day on the The bhd^11^8’ assocndud with Tringa subcirquata. ^^atim, t !? caHed “ Yamghurchi ” by the Yarkandis, and is said to breed in Kashgharia, b s°ntk\vards in winter. 140 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Genus TOT AN US. 326. Totanus canescens. Tutanus glottis, Hume & Hcnders. Lahore to Yark. p. 290 (1873) ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 69 (18/ ’ Prjev. in Rowley’s Orm Misc. iii. p. 88 (1878) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 97 ; Scully, t. c. p. o8^- Totanus canescens, Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 189 (1876) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 411. No. 604. Leh, August 31, 1873. No. 740. East of Tanksi, September 18, 1873. Dr. Henderson obtained a specimen on tlie 1st of September close to the city of Y ar v< itself. j^s Dr. Scully observes : — “The Yarkandi bird-catchers give the following account o ^ species : It is always found either near running water or near pools and swamps ; it disapP^^ entirely in winter, but breeds in Eastern Turkestan in summer ; the nest is placed m n£Ltae grass in the midst of water and the eggs are nearly as large as a pigeon’s. The Turki ^ ^ for the Greenslianks is ‘ Mashak yanigfmrchi ,’ which may be rendered in Erench bv pluvier.’ ” 327. Totanus cauidris. F. Totanus calidris, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 69 (1873); Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 412; Scully* ^igyS) i p. 189 (1876) ; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 285 (1876) ; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. iii- P- ^ Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 97 ; Scully, ibid. p. 589. No. 1017. Yarkand, November 13, 1873. No. 1025. Yarkand, November 14, 1873. No. 1049. Yarkand, November 23, 1873. No. 1809. Karghalik, May 29, 1874. No. 1813. Karghalik, May 29, 1874. — With the eggs. . nhtaineci Dr. Scully gives the following note : — “ The first specimen of the Redshank was o ^ at Kashghar in November, where it was tolerably common. After that it was not niet until March ; and in May and June this species swarmed everywhere near water in the ^ of Yarkand. The bird was also found in the valley of the Karakash towards the e August.” o9tll of Dr. Stoliczka found it breeding near Yarkand on the 22nd of May, and on the y^r[s. May, writing from Karghalik, notes in his ‘ Diary ’ : — “I also found the nest of Totanus cct a very loose structure of old grass or dry reeds, in water about a foot deep; nest wi eggs. Young fully developed and would have been hatched in a couple of days. 328. Totanus fuscus. nrtR\ . 985 Totanus fuscus (L.) ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 69 (1873); Blanf. East. Persia, u. P- " Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 411 ; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. iii. p. 88 (1878). No. 1600. Sarikol, May 9, 1874. , „ 0f A specimen putting on the lull black plumage, but still with considerable lCltia winter plumage. AYES. 141 ^9- Totanus glareola. Totanus glareola, L.; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 69 (1873); Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 412; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 285 (1876) ; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. iii. p. 88 (1878) ; Scully, Ibis, 1881, P- 589; Zarudn. Ois. Transcasp. p. 69 (1885). Aetitis glareola, Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 96. J?0, 826- Shahidfila, October 19, 1873. °- 1005. Yarkand, November 11, 1873. ^^0- Totanus ochropus. Actitis ochropus (L.) ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 289 (1873) ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 69 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 412 ; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 188 (1876) ; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. P- 285 (1876) ; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. iii. p. 87 (1878) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 96. Totanus ochropus, Scully, Ibis, 1881, p. 589 ; Zarudn. Ois. Transcasp. p. 70 (1885) ; Scully, J. A. S. Beng. b'i. p. 87 (1887) ; Sharpe, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. v. pt. 3, p. 89 (1889). 240. Srinagar, August 1, 1873. 467. Kargil, Ladak, August 19, 1873. No- 632, $ imm. Leh, September 5, 1873.— Iris dark brown ; bill greenish horny black ; feet greenish, with a slight bluish tinge. Length 9‘6 inches, wing 3-5, tail 2'25, tarsus 1-5. 670. Leh, September 10, 1873. °- 737. East of Tanksi, September 18, 1873. ,.°. ^114. Yarkand, November 13, 1873. — 44 Belakchi.” °- 1284. ICashghar, January 31, 1874. ^ Bdis species,” says Dr. Scully, “ was very common near Kashghar during the first M. ^ie winter, and was often seen at Yarkand near streams, pools, and swamps from u August. During the latter month it was met with in suitable localities in the hills fin ° a^°Ut -*-3,000 feet. In common with so many other waders, it is called by the Kash- eo; 1 laUS * IA mg Iiurchi,* 4 the rainy one ’ ( Pluvialis ) ; but the professional bird-catchers of the Ulfiy distinguished it as 4 Zagharak .’ ” _ Genus TRINGOIDES. 331. T^t niNGOIDES HYPOLEUCUS. jtomui hypoleucus, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 69 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 18/6, p. 411. Ctltis hypoleucus (L.) ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 289 (1873) ; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 188 TV (1876)- ring aides hypoleucus, Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 285 (1876) ; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. iii. p. 89 (1878) ; Wardlaw Ramsay, Ibis, 1880, p. 71 ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 97 ; Scully, ibid. p. 589; Zarudn. 0ls- Transcasp. p. 70 (1885) ; Scully, J. A. S. Beng. lvi. p. 87 (1887). X°‘ n^6' Souamarg> August 10, 1873. ' 9o1- Bora, November 11, 1873. t0 Dr- Soully’ the 44 Common Sandpiper was not obtained in the plains of a laiia, but was often observed on the return journey in August near the pebbly banks 142 SECOND YAKKAND MISSION. of the Arpalak and Sanju streams. Further up, in the mountains, it was seen daily along hanks of the Karakash river and on small swamps near that stream. The occurrence of the young bird, noted above, at Gulgun Shah seems to prove that this species breeds in Eastern Turkestan.” Genus HIM ANTOPUS. 332. ITimantoptjs meeanopterus. Ilypsibates hirnantopus, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. G9 (1873). Himantopus intermedins, Blyth ; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 190 (1876). Hirnantopus Candidas, Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 286 (1876); Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 329; Pi’jeV‘ 11 Rowley’s Orn. Misc. iii. p. 89 (1878) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 99 ; Scully, ibid. p. 590 ; id. J. A. S. R611* lvi. p. 87 (1887). Dr. Scully writes : — ■“ The Stilt is a seasonal visitant to the plains of Eastern Turkestan* where it breeds. It arrives in May and probably leaves about the end of September ; it never seen in winter. Near Yarkand in summer the birds were found in enormous numhelS’ frequenting small salt pools, little lakes, and marshy ground. In June I noticed that "'u<^ these birds were disturbed they used to hover over one and could therefore be very eaS^ shot. The cry of this bird is a kind of plaintive, but shrill sound, something like crele, cl °y in flying about they were often mixed up with the Terns, Sterna fluviatilis and Ster lil minuta. The Turki name for this species is ‘ Kakhshal pachalc,’ ‘ Stilt ’ (?) leg.” Genus MACHETES. 333. Machetes pugnax. Philomachus pugnax (L.) ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 287 (1873). qtq Machetes pugnax, Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 69 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 410 ; Bidd. Ibis, ^ p. 96 ; Scully, t. c. p. 588 ; Zarudn. Ois. Transcasp. p. 70 (1885) ; Scully, J. A. S. Beng- b** (1887). Tring a pugnax, Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 284 (1876). No. 1524. Panjah, April 14-23, 1874. Dr. Henderson states that this species was very common in the immediate neighboui of the city of Yarkand, where they undoubtedly breed. Genus TRINGA. 334. TRINGA S1IBARQUATA. Tringa subarquata (Gm.) ; Hume & Headers. Lahore to Yark. p. 288 (1873) ; Severtz. Turkest. - p. 69 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 411 ; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 187 (1876) ; Blanf. East. p. 284 (1876) ; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. iii. p. 90 (1878) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p- 96 ; a Ois. Transcasp. p. 70 (1885). No. 830. Upper Karakash, October 1873 ( Colonel Biddulpli). AYES. 143 . ^r- Henderson says that this species was common in the marshes in the immediate aeighbourhood of Yarkand. Dr. Scully shot two specimens in October, in marshy ground, of Yarkand, where it was common. It is said by him to breed in Eastern Turkestan, heating in winter towards India. Called by natives of Khokand, “ Kugnak” ^35. Trixga alpina. T^in9a cinclus, Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 187 (1876) ; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 283 (1876). r.^nya a,IJina, L. ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 411 ; Seebohm, Geogr. Distr. Charadr. p. 425 (1888). lnn,Jr" Scully says : — “ This species was obtained at ICashghar, where it was not very ttton, in October. It is said to breed in Eastern Turkestan and to disappear entirely in 111 er’ migrating, it is believed, to India.” 336- Thin GA TEMMINCKII. rp . ' n"Ja temminckii (Leisl.) ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 289 (1873) ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 69 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 411; Prjev. in Rowley’s Orn. Misc. iii. p. 90 (1878) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 96 ; Scully, t. c. p. 589 ; Zarudn. Ois. Transcasp. p. 70 (1885). °- 633, cj , Leh, September 5, 1873. — Bill greenish at base, blackish towards the tip ; leet greenish, dusky on the toes. Length 5-75 inches, wing 4'0, tail D8, tarsus 0-7o. t°sA>15, 654. Leh, September 7-9, 1873. °- '64. Lukung, September 20, 1873. ' °- 862. Gidjik, October 24, 1873. 0s- 1705, 1712, 1714. Yarkand, May 22, 1874. above^. mentions in his ‘ Diary ’ that he found “ a little Tringa,” which should be the ever sPfcles» breeding in a jheel near Yarkand on the 22nd of May. The only eggs, how- Rj(l j 110,1 I could find in the collection appear to he those of JEgialitis clubia. Colonel c 11 ph shot a specimen at Leh (11,000 feet) on the 7th of September. W MINUTA. ^ • lnya minuta, Leisl. ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 69 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 410 ; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 034 (J876) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 96 ; Scully, t. c. p. 588 ; Zarudn. Ois. Transcasp. P- 70 (1885). At S- 10o3, 1079, 1080. Yarkand, November 21-28, 1873. ggg Genus SCOLOPAX. COLOPAX KUSTICTTLA. hjpax rusticola, L. ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 69 (1873) ; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 282 (1876); s DresseL Ibis, 1876, p. 330. v- ° °pax msticula, Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 95 ; Scully, t. c. p. 588 ; id. J. A. S. Beng. lvi. p. 87 (1887). °- 1000. Yarkand, November 11, 1873. 144 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Genus GALLINAGO. 339. Gallinago scolopacinus. Gallinayo scolopacinus, Bp. ; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 186 (1876) ; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p- _ jfp Prjev. in Rowley's Orn. Misc. iii. p. 90 (1878) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 95 ; Scully, ibid, p- 5 ’ J. A. S. Beng. lvi. p. 87 (1887) ; Sharpe, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. v. pt. 3, p. 89 (1889). Scolopax gal.linago (L.) ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 69; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 330; Zaru n Transcasp. p. 70 (1885). No. 603. Leli, August 31, 1873. ^ “ The Common Snipe,” says Dr. Scully, “ was tolerably numerous in the neighbourhoo^ Yarkand in summer, where it was ascertained to breed ; the bird was never observed iu It was found in the neighbourhood of marshy ground and inundated fields. The Tuiki for the Snipe is ‘ Mahramchi ,’ ‘ the solitary one.’ ” 340. Gallinago stenttra. Gallinayo sthenura (Bp.) ; Hume & Marsh. Game Birds Ind. iii. p. 339, pi. (1880). Scolopax stenura, Seebohm, Geogr. Distr. Charadr. p. 477 (1887). No. 606. Leh, August 31, 1873. No. 741. East of Tanksi, September 18, 1873. 341. Gallinago solitaria. , Kowley s Gallinayo solitaria (Hodgs.) ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p.286 (1873); Prjev. 1 pri. Orn. Misc. iii. p. 91 (1878) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 95 ; Scully, t. c. p. 588; id. J. A. S. e p. 87 (1887). No. 709. Tanksi, September 9, 1873. Nos. 923, 924. Sanju, November 1, 1873. v> Chitf11'9^’ Colonel Biddulpli writes : — “ I shot one on the south side of the Sakti Pass, neai and we shot several along the stream in the narrow valley (13,500 feet) leading f1 0111 to the Pangong Lake. I also saw one between Sarhad and Panjah in Wakhan.’ AYES. 145 Order FULICARLE. Family OTIDIDiE. Genus OTIS. 3l2' °TIS TETRAX. tetrdsc, L. ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 68 (1873); Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 326; Scully, Str. F. iv. P- 184 (1876) ; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 287 (1876); Bicld. Ibis, 1881, p. 94; Scully, ibid. p. 586; Swinh. Ibis, 1882, p. 119; Severtz. Ibis, 1883, p. 72; Zarudn. Ois. Transcasp. p. 67 (1885); Scully, J. A. S. Beng. lvi. p. 87 (1887). °' 5 . Yangihissar, November 30, 1873. — Length 17'5 inches, wing 10'1, tail 4 25, tarsus 5; expanse 35-5; bill from front 1, from gape 15; middle toe L7. Iris } ellow ; bill dusky borny above, paler about the middle of culmen, pale at sides and below; feet dusky horny, tarsi pale yellow horny. Wings reach within 1'2 inch of end of tail. Scully writes : — “A single specimen of the Little Bustard was obtained at Kashghar trorn°k'ni'ier’ ^ e t>ird is not at all common near Kashghar or Yarkand ; but on the road eh'U” '/up^latA to Sanju in August, I heard a good deal about it, and at Koshtak I had the spec‘ C footprints of this bird pointed out to me on the sand. The Turki name for tnis les *s ' Kwn, tolehosi ,’ i. e. ‘ The Sand Fowl.’ ” Family BALLLDIE. 343 Genus FULICA. 69 -f1 'Plica atra. Tt 7* lCa aira> L. ; Hume & Henders. Lahore to Yark. p. 293 (1873) ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 413; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 191 (1876); Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 289 (1876) ; Pijfey. in Rowley’s Orn. M(isc. iii. p. 94 (1878) ; Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 9/ ; Scully, ibid. p. 590 ; Y Swinh. Ibis, 1882, p. 122; Scully, J. A. S. Beng. lvi. p. 88 (1887) ; Sharpe, Trans. Linn. Soc. ^ (2) Zool. v. pt. 3, p. 90 (1889). ■ 911. South of Sanju Pass, October 25, 1873. Was bp" ^°n’ elevation 11,265 feet. The bird was probably migrating southwards. obta- ir- Kume adds a note “ It is very remarkable that the only specimen of this Hail just 59^ ^ K1’- Henderson was caught at the Karatagh Lake, at an elevation of 16,000 feet, Aiiles south of Toghrasu, on the 24th of September.” 148 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Order PYGOPODES. Family PODICIPITIDA). Genus PODICIPES. 349. PODICIPES MINOR. Podiceps minor (Gm.) ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 69 (1873); Hume & Henders. Lahore to YaA p. 298 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 413 ; Scully, Str. F. iv. p. 203 (1876) ; Blanf. East. Eersia’ ii. p. 304 (1876) ; Menzbier, Ibis, 1885, p. 358. Podiceps philippensis, Bidd. Ibis, 1881, p. 101. Podiceps fluviatilis, Scully, Ibis, 1881, p. 593; C. Swinh. Ibis, 1882, p. 125. Nos. 236, 238. Srinagar, August 1, 1873. The following notes occur in Dr. Stoliczka’s ‘Diary 5 : — “ Srinagar, July 26. — Of Podiceps minor I got the eggs. The bird makes a heap of J^e and water-plants ; it is a rather solid structure, and is about four inches above water, eggs are dirty white and pointed at both ends. b “ Srinagar, July 31. — Podiceps minor is breeding a second time, and I got some eggs. Dr. Henderson obtained several specimens in June in Kashmir. The Little Grebe V? observed at Kashghar in November and December by Dr. Scully. The bird was again n° at Sughuchak in June. The natives assert that the bird breeds near Yarkand, and ca “ Chumighak,” i. e. “ the Diver.” 350. PODICIPES CRISTATUS. Podiceps cristatus, L. ; Severtz. Turkest. Jevotn. p. 70 (1873) ; Dresser, Ibis, 1876, p. 414; Scully* g F. iv. p. 203 (1876) ; Blanf. East. Persia, ii. p. 304 (1876) ; Prjev. in Rowley's Orn. Misc- in- P" (1878)' boUt l)r. Scully says: — “The Crested Grebe was numerous in the lakes of Sughuchak, 3 twelve miles west of Yarkand, in summer, where it was breeding. The birds were so cl to approach, however, that I only managed to shoot two, and one of those I lost in the reeds and rushes into which it fell. The bird was never seen in winter.” [ 149 ] APPENDIX. ^vhi ]UrME ^ES very generously presented to the India Office some plates of Indian birds, P^'.1 ^;|(;1' been prepared for his contemplated work on the Avifauna of the British Asian pUe‘ I have therefore availed myself of the opportunity to utilize these plates on the 11 occasion, as some of them are excellent examples of Mr. Keuleman’s work. 1- Hieropalco saker. (Plates XVI.-XIX.) F'llco sacer, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 273 (1788). terofulco saker, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 417 (1874). ^ Pere give a few remarks on the changes of plumage in the Saker Palcon, based upon material in the Hume Collection : — sp&(l °Un0 male. General colour above nearly uniform brown, with somewhat of an ashy and ° :in<* a s^«pt iudication of rufous margins to the feathers of the lower back and rump shaded^' ^vdnS'covej-'ts ; the scapulars with a few rounded whitish spots; tail-feathers brown, tpe a§hy and rather broadly tipped with white, and having the inner weh barred, and c°Vfcrts ^ r°Undly sP°tted, with rufous or rufous-white ; quills dark brown, the primary- and 1 ! an<^ se(;on Milvipes appears to get darker on the crown, and the barred appearance on uack and tail j.v: -x. t - • t - i „ , disti n * >■ u j sp11 ^ readily distinguishes adult birds. Young individuals are more difficult to a t(>n,'i'UJS ’ ^hose of II. saTcer are generally more uniform and those of II. milvipes exhibit m,ency to become barred. 1 he following Museum is a list of the specimens of H. milvipes at present in the British c- Ad. sk, b- ad. sk. ¥ inini. s d • Ad. sk. e- I aim. sk. ^ ? ad. sk. 9- Ad. sk. b k. J Uv , 1 Ad. sk. 'm- JUV. sk. *■ 5 Ad. sk. Quetta. Kitcliik Yailak, Yarkand, Sept. 14. Yarkand, Feb. 26, 1875 (J. Scully). Ladak ( Strachey ). NAY. Himalayas. Umballa, Feb. 1867 (Dr. Scott). Nepal. Nepal. Tibet, March 1876 (L. Mandelli). Tibet, May 1875 (L. Mandelli). Koko-nur (N. Prjevalsky). Sir O. St. John [P.]. Hr. G. Henderson [C.]. (Type of F. hendersoni). Hume Coll. India Museum. Capt. Pinwill [P.]. Tweeddale Coll. Hodgson Coll. (Type of Falco milvipes.) Hodgson Coll. Hume Coll. Hume Coll. Seebohm Coll. Explanation op the Plates op H. safer. Plate XYI. XVII. XVIII. XIX. Fig. 1. $ juv., Lahore, Dec. 13 (C. H. T. Marshall). 2. ? juv., Sirsa district, Cold Season, 1870-71. ? imm., 2nd year, Sirsa district, Jan. 11, 1871. Fig. 1. J imm., 2nd year, Sirsa district, Oct. 29, 1870. 2. I ad., Sirsa district, Nov. 1871. Fig. 1. g ad., Sirsa district, Oct. 17, 1867. 2. $ ad., Sirsa district, March 4, 1870. 2- S^0PS balli. (Plate XX.) sCpTbZ,balJi Hnmej str- F- 1 407 <1873)- ^ Ul> Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. ii. p. 100 (1875). The lej'j-'1, desci’iption of the type specimen of S. balli is given in my ‘ Catalogue of Birds.’ scttiewhat dIU ^*Ure has been drawn from the typical example, the right-hand from a Andaman “ °UnS'er bird in the Hume Collection, procured in September 1874, in South 3. Cahine pplchra. (Plate XXI.) larh^ 1>Vl,C,lra’ Pluoie, Str. F. i. p. 469 (1873), iii. p. 39 (1875). p pulchra, Sharpe, Ibis, 1875, p. 258 ; id. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. ii. p. 140 (1875). birds’ (/^arks 0n bhe differences between this form and C. brama, see the ‘Catalogue of ■)• C. pulchra is an inhabitant of Upper Burma. 152 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 1. Heteroglaux blewitti. (Plate XXII.) Heteroglaux blewitti , Hume, Str. F. i. p. 467 (1873) ; Ball, Str. F. vii. p. 201 (1878) ; Sharpe, Cat. R Brit. Mus. ii. p. 141 (1875). This curious Owl is here figured for the first time. It has the general outward appearance of a Carine, but differs in the structure of the nostrils and other features 0 plumage. It is found in the extreme east of the Central Provinces of India aroun Sambalpur, &c. 5. GtAreulus letjcotis. (Plate XXIII.) Garrulus leucotis, Hume, Str. F. ii. pp. 106, 443, 480 (1874) ; Blyth & Wald. B. Burm. p. 89 (1875) > Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 99, pi. iv. (1877) ; Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 39 (1889) • This fine species of Jay appears to be confined to the pine-forests of Burma. 6. Cyanops incognita. (Plate XXI Y.) Megalaima incognita, Hume, Str. F. 1874, pp. 442, 486; Wald, in Blyth’s B. Burm. p. 74 (1875). Megalcema incognita, Hume & Davison, Str. F. vi. pp. 151, 501 (1878) ; Hume, Str. F. viii. p. 88 (1 ‘ ’ Bingham, t. c. p. 194; id. Str. F. ix. p. 186 (1880). Cyanops incognita, Oates, Ilandb. B. Brit. Burm. ii. p. 134 (1883) ; Shelley, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xix. P' ’ pi. iv. fig. 3 (1891). This species is only found in Central Tenasserim. 153 LIST OF PLATES. I. Hierofalco gyrfalco. II. Scops brucii. III. Carine bactriana. IV. Podoces biddulphi. V. Rhodopechys sanguined. VI. Carpodacus stoliczkce. VII. jEyithalus coronatus. VIII. Leptopcecile sophice. IX. Tribura major. X. Phylloscopus tytleri. XI. Cettia orientalis. XII.^ V Dendrocopus leucopterus. AJLJLI. J XIV. Turtur stoliczkce. XV. Tetraogallus himalayensis. XVI.- XVII. XVIII. XIX, ■Hierofalco saker. XX. Scops balli. XXI. Carine pulchra. XXII. Heteroglausc blewitti. XXIII. Garrulus leucotis. XXIV. Cyanops incognita. PI. I. 5 HIEROFALCO GYRFALCO . PI. II. SCOPS BRUCH PI. III. CARiNE BACTR1ANA. PI. IV. PGDGCES BiDDULPHI RHODOPECHYS SANGUINEUS. PI. VI. CARPODACUS STOUCZIO'E PI. VII. /EGITHALUS CORONATUS. PL VIII. LEPTOPCECILE SOPHI/E PI. IX, TRIBURA MAJOR PHYLLOSCOPUS TYTLERi PL XI. CETTIA ORIENTALIS PI. XII, DENDROCOPUS LEUCOPTERUS DENDROCOPUS LEUCOPTERUS PI. XIV. PI. XV, TETRAOGALLUS HIMALAYENSIS PI. XVI, J-CX, •’llejn«,ns Kth . Ha.nh.art imp 1 HIEROFALCO SAKER PI. XVII, HIEROFALCO SAKER PL XYIII. HIEROFALCO SAKER . HIEROFALCO SAKER PI. XII, PL XX. SCOPS BALLI PI. XXI. CARINE PULCHRA PI. XXII HETEROGLAUX BLEWETTI GARRULUS LE U C OTIS * i CYANOPS INCOGNITA * SCIENTIFIC RESULTS OP the SECOND YARKAND MISSION; BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES OF THE LATE FERDINAND STOLICZKA, PhD. REPTILI A AND AMPHIBIA. BY W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S. fubliohtb bo other of the dobermnent of Inbia. CALCUTTA: OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING. 1878. CALCUTTA : PRINTED BY THE SUPERINTENDENT OP GOYERNMENT PRINTING, 8, HASTINGS STREET. SCIENTIFIC RESULTS OF THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION. REPTILIA. By W. T. BLANFORD. ■ PHE collection of reptiles made by Dr. Stoliczka during his travels with the second ^ expedition to Eastern Turkestan was small, owing partly to the country traversed not being rich in forms of animal life, hut still more because of the unfavourable season at which niany of his journeys were made. The Thian Shan was visited in the depth of winter, and the Pamir steppes and Wakhan long before the snow had melted, and, under these circumstances, n° snakes, lizards, or other forms of reptilian life could be found. The bulk of the collection ^ °nsists of specimens procured on the journey from India to Kashghar, in the Punjab hills leyond Mari (Murree), in Kashmir and in Ladak, and those obtained on the return journey between. Yarkand and the Karakoram. Of several of the species, fine series have been °btained. The only reptiles previously collected in the districts traversed beyond Kashmir were (1) °Se procured by the Messrs, von Schlagintweit, who, in 1857, obtained one species of lizard, vUch was described by Dr. Gunther in the Reptiles of British India; (2) by Dr. Stoliczka lllns°lf> who, when in Ladak in 1865, collected several reptiles, of which Dr. F. Steindachner hdV(; an account, together with the Reptiles of the Novara Expedition; and (3) a few specimens obtained by the first expedition to Yarkand in 1870, which were examined and j escribed by Dr. Anderson in tbe Proceedings of the Zoological Society for 1872. The Was the only collection which included specimens from Turkestan, but, unfortunately, the Dualities had apparently, in some cases, not been correctly marked on the labels. It is well 11 that there is much confusion in the localities of the specimens collected by the I KSSrS' von Schlagintweit. Nearly the whole of Dr. Stoliczka’s collections are carefully a tiled, and in the very few cases in which, from the labels having been omitted or lost, is doubt as to the original locality of a specimen, this is noted in the subsequent pages II the list of the specimens collected. The following is a list of the species of Reptiles hitherto procured from Ladak and the PP^r Indus valley : — Lacertilia : Stellio lixmalayanus. Qymnodactylus stoliczka. P hrynocephalus theobalcli. Mocoa stoliczka (? —M. laducensis) . Opiiidia : Zamenis ventrimaculatus (Z. ladacensis , Anderson). 2 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. It Tlie last-named is the only species not obtained by Dr. Stoliczka in bis last journey • ^ had, however, previously been procured by him in Spiti (Steindachner, Rept. Nov. Exp-, All the other species named had also been obtained previously, no additions having made to the fauna by the present collection. . The very moderate list of species as yet procured from Eastern Turkestan comprises following forms : — Lacertilia : Stellio stoliczkanm. Phrynocephalus theobaldi, var. {V . foray tin) . P. axillaris. Teraioscincus keyserlingii. Gymnodacfylus elongatus. G. microtis. Premias yaricandensis. P. vermiculata. Zamenis ravergieri. Ophidta : Tropidonotus Taphromelopum Imeolatwm. Of these species, only Ph rynocep halm theobaldi and Eremias yaricandensis had j ' obtained before the country was visited by Dr. Stoliczka ; another species, Cyrl° a yaricandensis, recorded as having been brought from Yarkand, having really, I believe, collected in Ladak, and wrongly labelled. ^ them In the present account the following species are also mentioned, specimens having been collected by Dr. Stoliczka in the Punjab hills or in Kashmir : — ■ Stellio tuberculalus. S. agrorensis. Typhlops porreclus, var. Compsosoma hodgsoni. P/yas mucosus. Lacertilia : Pumeces tmniolatus. Mocoa himalayana. Ophidia : Tropidonotus platyceps. Vipera obtusa. Ilalys himalayanus. the With the possible exception of the last, none of these species appears to he found dry region of Ladak, north of the dividing range between Kashmir proper and e valley‘ . . x • traversed by It is thus evident that, so far as the Reptiles are considered, the countries w £aunas : Dr. Stoliczka between the plains of India and Kashghar yield three entirely distmc ^qTJ0S) (1) that of the Punjab hills and Kashmir, comprising a majority of Himalayan ^ with a few species common to the plains of India and some types belonging to P ^ ja^er genera ; (2) that of Western Tibet ; and (3) that of Eastern Turkestan, both .^CjmVing belonging to the palaearctic region, hut to distinct sub-divisions, only one spe k , hitherto been found in both areas, and even that is represented by well-marked van f his deseOPtionS 1 Since the present account was first written, I have received, through the kindness of Dr. Strauch, a copy 0 than lB-' the reptiles collected by Colonel Przcvalski in Central Asia. The work was published in 1876, and is, therefore, a er^ p. Ill h preliminary account of Dr. Stoliczka’s collections in the “ Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal ” for 1“' .jlent lithograP The greater portion of Dr. Strauch ’s paper is unfortunately in Russian, but the descriptions are in Latin, and exc ver1nicd<1 ‘ , 3 of of all the new species are given. One form of Eremias, Podarces (E.) pylzowi, appears to me possibly the same as ^ species from Yarkand ; but of this I am not certain, and I am unable to identify any of the other forms described, me u o Phrynocephalus, and five (besides E. pylzowi) of Eremias, with the species inhabiting Eastern Turkestan. REPTILIA. 3 Order LACERTILIA. Family — A GAMIDJE. 1. Stellio himalayanus. Steindachner : Novara Reise, Reptilien, p. 22, PI. i, fig. 8. Stoliczka : Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1872, xli, Pt. 2, p. 113. 1, 2, Dras valley ; 3, 4, Taskgaon, near Dras ; 5-7, Chiliscomo ; 8, Shargol ; 9, Kharbu ; 10, 11, Snemo near Leh ; 1 2-22, Leh ; — all in the Upper Indus valley, north of Kashmir. These specimens are from the original locality and its neighbourhood. Stellio hima- ayanu8 has hitherto only been found in the Upper Indus valley in Ladak, where it was 0l’iginally discovered by Dr. Stoliczka. In his diary Dr. Stoliczka remarks that the male of this lizard is smaller, and has the ^bole head, breast, and shoulders tinged with yellow, and the sides of the neck umber red. lese colours are probably assumed in the breeding season ; the date when they were noticed Was August 17th. 2. Stellio tubeeculatus. Gray apud Glint. her : Reptiles of British India, p. 157. Stoliczka : Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1872, Pt. 2, xli, p. 115, PI. iii, fig. 3. 1, 2, Kaskmiv. labelled Kashmir, the specimens were probably obtained on the road from Mari Srinagar. The species is common about Mari. Though (Murree) to 3. Stellio agrorensis. PL I, fig. 3. Stoliczka: Proc. As. Soc. Bengal, 1872, p. 128. 1-6, Kashmir. Ij- specimens agree well with the types from the Agror valley in the Punjab hills. In *'S diary> Dr. Stoliczka records obtaining this species near Chatarkailas in the Jhilam valley, ^th-eastof Mari. As no figure of this species has ever appeared, one is published herewith . A full escription was given by Dr. Stoliczka. 4. Stellio stoliczkanus. PI. I, figs. 1 & 2. Blanf. : Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1875, xliv, Pt. 2, p. 191. S. squaniis dorsalibus mediis majoribvs, hand in linens regulares ordinatis, obtuse carinatis, e> aW)us minoribus, acute carinatis , postice subeequalibus ; nonnullis mucronatis circum 4 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. tympanum , et in fasciculos acl latera colli et supra humeros dispositis ; caudalibus cat inati , mucronatis , verticillatis, dorsales magnitudine vix excedentibus ; stramineus, capita dots j posterior e nigro-punctatis , dorso anteriore nigro, stramineo transversim fasciato. 1-7, Yangihissar, 8, Karglialik, south of Yarkand, both in the plains of Eastern Turkestan. Description. — General form apparently more slender than in Slellio caucasicus o S. tuberculatus ; body and base of tail depressed ; tail 1*5 times to nearly twice the en» ^ of the body ; the fore limb laid backward does not reach the thigh (except in very y°u specimens) ; the hind limb laid forward extends to about the ear. Head depressed , ^ length considerably exceeding its breadth. The largest specimen collected measures inches, of which the head and body from the snout to the anus measure 5 A, fore lhnh 0 of toes 2'6 inches, hind limb nearly 4, third toe of hind, foot without the claw, measure! between the third and fourth toes, 0-65. In a smaller specimen the head and body measure tail 8 inches. . being The scales on the upper surface of the head are convex, those on the occipu ^ submucronate, those on the supra-orbital bosses are rather smaller and flat. Supra-oi ^ ridge and cantlms rostralis prominent, loreal region concave, bearing small scales, so ^ which, like most of the scales on the side of the head, are bluntly keeled. Nostrils c jr^ore backwards, situated in the hinder part of a single shield below the cantlms. Eostra^J^^ than twice as broad as high. Labials not much larger than tire neighbouring scales. the same breadth as the rostral and pointed below. Eyelids covered with small <■ ^ scales, those along the edges of the lids rather larger and pointed. Some rather _ scales bluntly keeled or submucronate between the eye and the tympanum. Some sj ^ scales round the tympanum : groups of spinose scales are scattered over the sides an ^ of the neck, the former being the larger. There is no trace of a crest. Sides of t ie between the larger scales covered with very small conically mucronate scales. peeled Scales on the back of the neck granular, passing gradually into the bluntly scales of the middle of the back ; these are considerably larger than the scales of t o being about twice as broad. The scales on the lateral portions of the body are dis _ keeled, in tolerably well-marked transverse rows, and nearly uniform in size, but e caS;0n- spicuously larger scales being scattered amongst them in general, though a few may oc^ ally be detected here and there, and these are patches of enlarged subspinose scales o ^ colour about the shoulders. There is no patch of enlarged scales in the middle of e Scales of the belly smooth, rhomboidal, about the same size as those in the midcl e ^ back, and arranged in transverse series, containing towards the middle of the belly 1 eight to sixty-seven scales, tending, however, to pass into the keeled scales at the sic count about 150 to 160 scales round the middle of the body. The throat scales are scales are a little larger than those adjoining, but not thickened. There is no patch o ^ gpGcies scales in the middle of the abdomen, as there is in Stellio caucasicus, and several o e ^ ^ to those of the abdomen, but much smaller. In males there are two or three rows of thickened scales before the anus ; m ;hickened. There is no patch c dlio caucasicus, and several ol- ^ eSpe- of the genus. All the limb scales are keeled, those above sharply, those below, aad daily on the hind limb, faintly ; those on the hack of the thigh small, with a few ^ ® |]l0se subspinose scales scattered amongst them ; scales below the feet keeled, very simi a^ gcaics, above ; toes covered beneath with transverse plates, each with several keels. KEPTILIA. 5 except near tlie base below, keeled, and ending in a short spine posteriorly ; those near' the base scarcely larger than the hack scales, those behind very little smaller, all in verticils. There ls a double fold below the neck, several at the side of the neck, and one which passes above the shoulder and down the side. The general colour is pale yellowish, mixed with dusky black. The head above is straw-coloured, with a few black scales scattered over the upper surface and irregular vertical c bsky bars on the side. Anterior portion of the back and upper part of forelimbs dusky, with bans verse rows of pale spots, sometimes forming tolerably marked bars, especially on the Moulders and upper parts of the fore legs ; hinder part of the hack and sides straw-colour, speckled with black. Tail pale yellowish at the base, sometimes with indications of crossbands ; under portion brown. Lower parts uniform pale yellow, except the chin and throat, which are c bsky, more orless mottled, or speckled with pale yellow. The young is much paler in colour, a pinkish tinge, and the scattered black scales on the back are few in number, and form 1 at her irregular transverse lines. There are twelve to fourteen maxillary teeth on each side of the upper jaw, and three Pairs of conical teeth in front ; the outer pair the largest. In the lower jaw there are twelve 0 thirteen teeth along each side, and two pairs of more elongate pointed teeth in front. All the larger specimens are eviscerated. I)r. Stoliczka in his diary mentions that, at Varghalik, he found this species living in holes in sand, and that, on a low bush, he saw one •’pecimen which, when pursued, took to the ground Immediately. I have never seen any other Stellio which had similar habits, though probably, from its habitat, IS. aralensis may Kemble the present species. All the other species of the genus are, as a rule, rock lizards, living i?n the rocks, and taking refuge in clefts and under stones. S. nuptus in Persia is sometimes ^ bud on old walls of hardened mud, but with the exception of S. aralensis , I have never biarcl of any species inhabiting level ground and living in holes, as, from Dr. Stoliczka’s note, b 1 mfer, the case with the present form. stoliezkanus differs much from all known species. The arrangement of the scales cllv^le is Tu^e distinct in S. nuptus 1 and S. melmura ,2 3 * which belong, indeed, to a for ClGn^ secti°n °f the genus. $. tuberculatus ,s S. agrorensis 3 and S. day anus 1 are stouter bis 1 the first two are at once recognised by their more strongly keeled dorsal scales, the be a greater difference between the dorsal and lateral scales, and the smaller size of the latter, b *S. day amis differs in having strongly keeled dorsal and lateral scales, in the numerous large es scattered over the sides, and the larger scales on the limbs, besides other distinctions each case. None of the three species have the spinose scales on the sides of the neck so eloped as in S. stoliezkanus. S. himalayanus has the central dorsal scales smooth, besides er distinctions. ^ & Caucasians5 6 and S. mic/rolepis 8 are also distinguished by stouter form and broader a S’ ^ presence of a large cluster of enlarged scales in the middle of each side, and of °vbl patch of thickened scales in the middle of the abdomen in both sexes. The scales in 2 b^ilippi : Giomale del I. R. let Lomb. vi, (1843) ; — Eastern Persia, ii, p. 317. a>’ ( Plocederma ) melanura, Blyth : Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1854, xxiii, p. 738 ; — S. melanurus, Anderson : Proc. As, 3 S°°- Bengal, 1871, p. 189. t vide ante. s Stoliczka; Jonr. As. Soc. Bengal, 1872, xli, Pt. 2, p. 113. 6 V. UVal 69, Kizil; 70-72, Yangihissar; 73, 74, Kashkasu, on road from Yangihissar to Sarikol. of I feel convinced that there must he some mistake in uniting the Phrynocepbp , Western Tibet with Lacerta caudivolvula of Pallas.3 In the first place, Pallas des “ L. corporis squamis minutissimis Icevibus, cauda longiuscula Icevissima, subtus op%ce_ -g lonwnnnto 'tinmonnin rlnoo vi rvf a.Yvr\A«iv n cpvoP wpII rIlio ■f.nil in "flip T’il'lP'i' "PflTV^OCGp nigroque variegata, does not appear to agree well. The tail in the Tibet Phrynoceq n£g not nearly so long as would he inferred from the above description and from the nieasi^.^ of of L. caudivolmila by Pallas, — whole length 8 inches 3 lines, tail 2 inches, so that the pr0P j,astem the head and hotly to the tail is 5 to 8. In a large number of specimens from Tibet an and Turkestan I find the proportions of the head and body to the tail vary between 5 0^o0tp ; 5 to 6-3, the last being exceptional. The tail, moreover, can scarcely he called veiy , aI1d the scales towards the extremity, as a rule, are keeled. Then the colouration is d ■ sublltS especially that of the tail, which is said by Pallas, in his more detailed description^ t0^trC1ticly a medio ad apicem interrupte nigra et rubra. The colouration in P. theobaldi is ^ ^ gCen variable, as noticed by Steindachner in his description (of P. sioliczJcce) , hut I have i that Agama aralensis, Lichtenstein, Eversmann’s Keise von Orenburg nach Buchara p. 144. Lichtenstein’s species was really a Stellio. Severtzoff: Turkistanskie Jovotnie, p. 71. Zoogr. Ros. As., iii, p. 27. It is by no means cleai' REPTILIA. 7 an aPProach to the mixture of red and black described by Pallas. It is true that these red colours are probably seasonal, and that they tend to disappear in spirits, but the colouration ln t]lp specimens before me is so well preserved, that it would be surprising if no trace of red Remained in any of them, and they were collected at various seasons, some in autumn, others 111 spring and early summer. I am unable to find Pallas’ figure of Lacerta caudivolvula, but there are two figures of the species, both accompanied by descriptions, by Eversman1 and Eichwald.2 These figures I have compared with the Tibet P hryn ocepha lus, and I find both agree with Pallas’ description of • caudivolvulus, and differ from _P. theobaldi. It is true that Eversman gives the length of the ^ody as 1 inch 11 lines and of the tail 2 inches 1 line, but his figure shows a longer tail than this, Eichwald gives the lengt lis of the body and tail respectively as 1 inch 8 lines and 2 inches 5 urns, a proportion of 5 : 7’5. Eichwald describes the tail as having black rings towards the end, le interspaces below being red; Eversman merely says that there are black bands on the lower Nm (ace of the tail towards the extremity, with red interspaces. A comparison of Eversman’s 01 Eichwald’ s figure with Steindachner’s bears out the view I have expressed of the species 1 presented being distinct. Eumoril and Bibron 3 appear to me to have described a different species from Pallas’, Under the name of Phrynocephalus caudivolvulus. The tail is said to be but little longer than e |3°dy, and to be black at the end, with blackish spots along the sides of the remaining portion, and the ventral scales are said to be keeled, whereas Pallas, Eversman and Eichwald esci’ibe them as smooth. Dumeril and Bibron’s description agrees, except in having the V(mtral scales keeled, with P. theobaldi. Now, the specimen described by the Erench her- petologists came from Berlin, and was very probably identical with that compared with the met P hrynoccphalus by Professor Peters.4 But what especially guides me in rejecting Pallas’ name for the Tibet Phrynocephalus *.S Eiat name itself, and the circumstance from which it was derived. Pallas says “ percepto r""(:0 caudam coloratam versus dorsum in spiram promptissime revolvit, quod in nulla alia ^di” Now, there are two groups of Phrynocephali, to one of which belong P. olivieri 5 Cq.j ~f‘ persicus 6 ; both of these I have seen alive in large numbers, and I never yet saw one j.1 Es tail, whilst to the other belongs P. nwculatus1 and a species to be described immo- a f l>oth of which have been observed, the latter by Stoliczka, the former by myself, to have la coiling their tails. These last are much smoother, as a rule, than the Phrynocephali of ^ormer group, and their tail is much longer, whilst in P. maculates the under surface Za ta'^’ w^en alive, is frequently red in part. I think it is to this group that the true In ccmdivolvula must belong, whilst P. theobaldi certainly belongs to the former group. Theobald’s very good account of the habits of the present species 8 which he obtained g, .. Tso-Morari in Piupsliu, he makes no mention of having seen it coil its tail, nor does q CzEa notice any such habit, although he especially describes it in the case of the other *estan species, and gives a sketch in his diary of the appearance presented. * Lacerta Imperii Rossici, Nouv. Mem. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, iii, p. 362, PI. xxxii, fig. 2. Fauna Caspia Caucasia, Nouv. Mem. Soc. Imp, Nat. Mosc., vii, p. 107, PI. xii, figs. 6, 7, PI. xiii, figs. 9—14. ErP- Gen., iv, p. 522. I Gunther : Eept. Brit. Ind., p. 161. , Bibr. : Eip. Gen. iv, p. 617 Eastern Persia, ii, p. 327. 7 e ?*lippi: Archiv. Zool. Genova, ii, p. 387 ; — Eastern Persia, ii, p. 329. B “-nd«son: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1872, p. 388;— Eastern Persia, ii, p. 331. J°ur. As. Soc. Bengal, 1862, xxxi, p. 518. 8 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. I liaye not overlooked the fact mentioned by Dr. Gunther in the “Reptiles of British India,” 1 2 * * * * * and to which reference has already been made, that specimens from Tibet had been compared by Professor Peters of Berlin with typical examples of L. caudivolvula , and found specifically identical. I confess that it appears at the first glance as if the opinion of so high an authority on the Reptilia as Professor Peters must he more correct than mine, hut I think there must be some mistake, as I have already indicated when noticing the description ° P. caudivolvulus by D inner il and Bibron. The original types of Pallas can scarcely he m Berlin, and it has frequently happened that other species have been sent from Russia under Pallas’ names. Under any circumstances I cannot hut think, for the reasons given above, that Pallas must have described a different lizard. Steindachner in his description of P. stoliczkce, -which is certainly the same lizard as P. theobaldi, several of the specimens examined by Steindachner being from the typica locality of the last-named species, points out that P. stoUczhce differs from P. caudivolvula8 in its shorter tail and in having smooth scales on the upper surface of the limbs. The latter character, however, is not constant. Keels may generally he detected in P. theobaldi on the scales of the tarsus, and not unfrequently on the thigh and forearm, and in the Turkestan variety, P. forsythi, they are the rule. The length of the tail is, however, a characteristic distinction, though, I believe, it is not the only one. It is only after long and repeated comparison that I have come to the conclusion, tha P. forsythi of Anderson cannot he separated from P. theobaldi? At the first glance > they appear distinguished by colour and by the Turkestan form having some scattered, whnis > enlarged scales on the hack, and keels on the scales covering the upper surface of the limbs- Individuals, however, vary greatly in the scales of the hack ; in some these are convex an granular, in others flat, smooth, and even suhimhricate ; in some larger in the middle of t ie hack, in others nearly the same size throughout. The scales on the top of the head are scarcely alike in any two individuals ; some have the scales large on the occiput and xeiy small on the supra-orhital region, in others all are of about equal size ; in some the enlarge superciliary scales almost reach the nasals, in others three or four small scales intervene- The keels on the limb scales and the enlarged scales on the sides of the hack are no m°re constant than the other characters. I find specimens from Western Tibet with a te scattered enlarged scales, and with distinct keels on the limb-scales, and I find specimens Eastern Turkestan in which the enlarged scales are wanting and the keels can scare j he detected. .g Even in colouration, I do not think the difference, although it is usually marked, constant. P. forsythi has almost always a row of rather distant dark spots, arranged iu Pair down each side of the back. These spots consist of rather pointed scales. P. l'ie0 jbcikti varies exceedingly in colour. Some specimens, perhaps the most, are rather irregu ar spotted, others have large ocelli on the hack ; in others again there are no markings wha But there is very often a tendency to a double row of spots down the hack, and m cases a very near approach to the colouration of P. forsythi, and in the latter the sp 1 P' 161- _ _ _ . f p theolatt* 2 I may here remark that I believe Dr. Anderson was misled by his collectors into supposing that the specimens 01 by described by him, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1872, p. 387, underthe name of P. caudivolvulus, were from Yarkand. Dike the gecko n ^ ^ him Cyrtodadylus yarTcandensis, I think it almost certain that the Phrynocephali in question must have been co ee ^he Upper Indus valley, in Ladak. Every specimen from Yarkand and Eastern Turkestan in Dr. Stoliczka’s large collection ^ ^ojn colouration of P. forsythi, whilst the specimens described by Dr. Anderson, which I have examined, are uudistinguis some of those procured by Dr. Stoliczka in Ladak. IlEPTILIA. 9 aie °ften faint and small, or some of tlicm are wanting, whilst in other specimens additional spots are fonnd on the sides. It is evident that the colouration varies, in the case theobaldi, to a great extent, and therefore it would he impossible to found a specific sanction upon it without stronger differences. There is one difference which, if constant, would be of great importance. P. theobaldi , Theobald has shown, is viviparous (or, more correctly ovo- viviparous), and I find foeti in )e females, whereas I find only eggs in the oviducts of a female P. forsythi. But this Tnay depend on the time of year, the pregnant females of the former species having been captured at a later period of the season. Dr. Anderson omits to point out the characters which led him to suppose that P. '-tylhi was a distinct species. I may have overlooked some difference, but I have examined 0 j 1 forms carefully, and I do not think the two can be distinguished by any constant character. The following is a description of P. theobaldi from the specimens before me : ^ General form as in P. otivieri ; tail a little longer than the head and body, rather thick I ^1Q base, tapering beyond, but much thicker throughout in some specimens than in others. sorae cases the tip is laterally compressed, in others round. Limbs rather short, the ,1Uul hmb reaches beyond the shoulder, and often to the head ; the fore limb does not reach of6 ^l^l‘ Scales of back small, flat, or convex, often granular. The scales in the middle V ’Te back usually larger than those of the sides. A few rather larger scales are some- nes scattered over the sides, but they are not much larger than the others. The black f, GS forming spots on the back are sometimes more pointed. Scales on the head larger 1 n those on the back ; usually the largest are on the occiput. Upper labials with projecting on nctet^5 or pointed margin along the edge of the lip, lower labials straight edged. Scales 0r uPper surface of limbs generally faintly, sometimes more strongly keeled, often almost cnd'D11*0 smooth. Scales of lower parts smooth. Tail scales smooth, except towards the 5 M Tcre they are usually keeled, more strongly below than above. Sr ^ SUal colour above olive-grey, varying in tint, and more or less spotted with black ; ^ copies the ground colour is pale, almost cream-coloured, and the spots form ocelli. p Girn.es, besides the black marks, there are whitish spots of various sizes. The variety T[- J°rsythi has usually four or five pairs of black spots on the back, and is bluish-grey in colour, a 6 ^as dusky spots along each side ; these are never, except towards the tip, joined aotOSS ^le lower surface as in P. otivieri, but they frequently meet above. Tip of the tail infrequently black, and in many specimens (especially males, though it is not confined whoi(-) the central portion of the abdomen is black ; this colour sometimes extending to the e’ 0r nearly the whole, lower surface of the body and head. 6. PlIRYXOCEPIIALtS AXILLARIS. Plate I, fig. 4. ^ • fllanf. ; Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1875, xliv, Pt. 2, p. 192. 0r>m f* ntaJ0r> Icevis, cauda elongata, pede anteriore in adulto r/ix femur attingente, squamis ozi/l )US cauda apicem versus exceptis ; supra griseus, macula rubra utrinque post notatus, membris cauddque f asciis fuscis transversis signatis, hac ad medium fusco* 10 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. annulata, nunquam ad apicevn nigra , subtus albidus. Long, iota poll. 5 — 6, cciudce 5 totitt longitudinis subcequante. 1, 2, south of Yarkand; 3-9, Yarkand; 10-16, Akrobat near Yarkand; 17-20, Kizil ; 21-33, Yangihissa in Eastern Turkestan. Description. — General form depressed; head not so short as in P. theobaldi, F. oljv'ier %, &c., and tail longer. In adults the fore limb falls short of the thigh, or barely reaches it , ® hind limh extends to the eye ; the tail is one- third to one-half longer than the body with j head. The base of the tail is depressed and slightly dilated, thence the tail tapers gradua^y^ it can be coiled upwards near the end. Toes rather long ; the fourth toe on the hint exceeds the third by more than the length of the claw, and has both sides fringed ; the 011 edge of the third toe is also fringed ; the fifth toe of the hind foot without the claw falls s io^ of the point of union of the third and fourth toes. Claws yellowish, strong ; the clan o ^ fifth toe on the hind foot longer than the rest. Nine to ten triangular teeth on each side m jaws; six pointed anterior teeth in the upper jaw, four in the lower; the outer pan’ in ‘ .g jaw elongate. The largest specimen measures 6' 25 inches, of which the tail from the anu- 3*75, head 0*75, fore limb to the end of the toes 1*4, hind limb 2*2. ^ Scales of the head above convex, tubercular, not varying much in size, as a rule, ^ ^ nostril in a larger scale, sometimes divided horizontally. Scales of the superciliary1^ larger ; each eyelid with a fringe of about nine rather larger scales, the lower row l)0ll^aj Upper labials twenty-seven to thirty-one, with convex margins ; rostral scarcely larger. or lower rostral generally much larger than the lower labials, which are, as a rule, rather ‘ in number than the upper labials. Scales near the lower labials rather larger than the m ing scales of the throat. Scales of the body about the same size above and below ; all hack and belly are smooth, rhomboidal, and arranged in transverse rows, those on the subimbricate; on the sides they are smaller and more granular, especially belu111 shoulder, where the red patch consists of small granular scales. I count from 9° tg^ajcS scales round the middle of the body in adults, rather fewer in young specimens. ^ on the limbs usually rather bluntly keeled above, smooth below ; those beneath 11 ^ sharply keeled, cross-plates beneath the toes with several keels. The pointed a fringe on the outer side of the fourth toe on the hind foot are longer than those ^ inside of the same toe, or on the outside of the third toe. On none of the other toes ls^oU^ any distinct free margin. Tail scales all keeled, except at the extreme base; they ar® Vna[ the same size as the hack scales, and are arranged in rings ; the keels form l°n» , p lines below the tail, but not above ; at each side of the tail close to the base is a ia - of spinose scales. _ _ fn y0Ung Colour above pale slaty-grey, nearly uniform or speckled with whitish, or, ^ individuals especially, with three or four dark crossbands on the body. Ia some < ^ back is tinged in parts with pale copper red. Dusky crosshands on the limbs and ^ jie UIlCler middle of the tail, about 1*5 inch from the end, two or three dusky bands pass rount surface ; these are sometimes nearly black, at other times so faint as to be barely nCyev but they are not entirely absent in any of the specimens collected; end of the g0 black. Lower parts white throughout, except the bands round the tail. Dehint a^ch as to be partly concealed by the fore limb when laid back along the body, there is a ^ T he at each side ; this in the living animal is said by Dr. Stoliczka to be bordered by red colour has faded greatly in spirit, hut can still be detected. BEPTILIA. 11 This species of Phrynocephalus is very closely allied to the Persian P. maculatus,1 and probably to the true P. caudivolvulus, Pallas nec Gunther. It appears to be a much larger form than the latter. Prom the former it is distinguished by its limbs, when adult, being shorter, the fore limb, as a rule, not reaching the thigh, whereas it always reaches or even exceeds it in P. maculatus. The fifth toe of the hind foot in P. maculatus is longer ; the fringe on the outer edge of the fourth toe less developed, and there is scarcely any fringe on fhe inside of the toe. But the most important distinctions are in colouration. P. maculatus , °f which I have collected many living examples, never has a red spot behind the shoulder, and it always has a black tip to the tail, below at all events. The colouration of the tail in -Phuynocephali is, as a rule, very constant. P - axillaris is said by Dr. Stoliczka to be very active, to run at a great pace, and to *i;iVe the habit of coiling its tail upwards at the end. It, doubtless, inhabits open plains, like lts Persian ally. Prom the above, it would almost appear as if I had proposed a new species on characters '’f no more importance than those which I have just before shown to be insufficient in the ease 0f P. forsythi. But in the present case the characters appear constant, probably "'cause the two forms P. axillaris and P. maculatus inhabit distant and isolated areas, whilst in the case of P. forsythi and P. theobaW there is great variation, and no constant distinction can be detected even in colouration ; moreover, so far as my experience of the £enus goes, I should say that the red patch behind the axil in P. axillaris and the black TaU tip in p> maculatus are more important than the back markings which distinguish • forsythi. When P. maculatus exhibits bright colours, as it very often does, they are c °nfined to the lower surface of the tail and hinder parts of the thighs. Family — G ECK 0 TIB M. 7. Teuatoscinctts keyseiilingi. Strauch : Bull. Acad. Sei. Sfc. Pet., 1863, vi, p. 480; — Mel. Biol., vi, p. 554; — Zool. Record, 1864, p. 111. Kuli-yailang, Yarkandi (Scully). 1, Yangihissar, Eastern Turkestan. . This is a new locality for this very remarkable gecko. Teratoscincus heyserlingi was a initially discovered by Count Keyserling in the Persian province of Kliorassan, at a spot *aled Sar-i-chah, and it has since apparently been found in Western Turkestan, as it is Jnc ll(fed by Severtzoff in his list of the Reptiles2 found in that province. It thus appears * ^layc a considerable distribution in Central Asia. The original description was copied in le Zoological Record.” 1 The single specimen obtained by Dr. Stoliczka is not in a very good state oi preservation, ^ the characters are easily distinguishable. The following is a description : 1 Anderson: Pvoc. Zool. Soc., 1872, p. 389; — Eastern Persia, ii, p. 331. 2 Turk. Jev., p. 71. 12 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Habit stout, head and body depressed, limbs strong, toes rather short, tail shorter than the body. The hind limb reaches to the shoulder, the fore limb not quite to the end of the snout. Head covered with small granules above and below. Pupil vertical. Nostrils between the rostral, first labial and three enlarged plates behind ; upper labials eleven, the hinder sma > lower labials ten. Rostral nearly twice the breadth of two labials; mental also l'uA’ square behind. Some enlarged scales along the edges of the lower labials. Scales of t e body all round large, smooth, imbricate, and rounded behind, those of the abdomen scarce y larger than those of the back ; I count about thirty -two round the body, but they are a fit - irregular ; scales on the limbs similar to those of the body, except behind the upper arm and ting > where, as well as on the side of the trunk behind the shoulder, they are small and granular- Eeet and toes covered with imbricate scales above, and with minute spinose tubercles belo" > all tbe toes provided with claws and fringed at the sides. Tail covered with smooth inibn cate scales, those below, and near the base above, similar to those of the body; the posterior two-thirds of the tail covered above with large imbricate scutes, seventeen in number, the w i breadth of the tail. Region around the anus, before and behind, granular; two large Pore~) one on each side, behind, none in front. Length 5T inches, tail 2T, forelimb 1'-’ 1171 limb 1*6. Colour grey above, with a few small blackish spots on the back, most strongly ^ g between the shoulders. According to Strauch, the pupil is circular, and young specim ^ are transversely banded, but Dr. Scully, who has seen a living specimen, assures me that ^ pupil is vertical, and this is borne out by the specimens I have examined. Comparing specimen with Teratolepis fasciata,1 the type of which, originally described by Blytln 18 ^ the Indian Museum, I find that the differences pointed out by me in the “ Zoology Persia 2 ” from the descriptions, hold good, and the two forms must be placed in distinct gene ^ T. fasciata has the basal portion of the toes dilated, and furnished with a double r°" enlarged plates, but the toes are not fringed at the sides, and there is no external ear. Another specimen of Teratoscincus has since been brought from Yarkand by Dr. Scu ^ who has ascertained that it is not very common, and that (according to the information g1^ by the people) it inhabits waste ground, and is found about stones. The colouration o back, when alive, is greenish, lower parts whitish, limbs pinkish fleshy. 8. Gymnodactylus stoliczeje. Steindachner : Reptilien, Novara Expedition, p. 15, PI. ii, fig. 2. Cyrtodactyliis yarkandensis, Anderson: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1872, p. 381, fig. 3 (figura mala). 1-5, Chiliscomo ; 6-13, Kargil ; 14, 15, Kharbu; 16, Lamayuru; 17, Snemo ; 18-46, Leh : valley, Ladak. the I have compared the specimens obtained by Dr. Stoliczka with the type son’s Cyrtodactylus yarlcandensis. They agree perfectly. Gymnodactylus of Dr. Ander- stoliczka vva" 1 Gunther : Proc. Zool. Soc., 1869, p. 504; — Homonota fasciata, Blyth: Jour, As. Soc. Bengal, xxii, P- 2 Eastern Persia, ii, p. 355. REPTILIA. 13 0riginally described by Steindachner from a specimen obtained by Dr. Stoliczka himself near Eras in 1865 ; and the latter mentions in bis diary having found some of the specimens n°" Stained, those from Chiliscomo, under stones in exactly the same place in which he Procured the type on his former visit. The specimens described by Dr. Anderson as Gyrtodacty- s yarkandemis were brought, with others, by a collector, who accompanied Dr. Henderson 011 the mission which was sent to Yarkand in 1870 ; this mission traversed precisely the same l0ute through Kashmir and Leh as the second in 1873-71, and I do not think there can be any reasonable doubt that the real locality whence Cyrtodactylus yarkandensis was obtained have been Ladak, and not Yarkand, because this species appears to be replaced in i and by the next, and because Dr. Anderson was, I think, similarly misinformed by his ^ G(‘tor as to the true locality of the JPhrynocephalm which he assigned to P. ccmdivolvulus. ls fortunate that Dr. Anderson’s name does not stand, since it has, I think, been given nt °r an erroneous idea of the locality. Ihe woodcut in the “ Proceedings of the Zoological Society ” representing this species is talk ^°0r‘ Steindachner’s figure is much better. Dr. Anderson’s specimens had lost their . s an(l their epidermis, and he consequently described the upper surface as smoothly granular enlarged scales, none of which are tubercular. As this does not agree with the fresher 1 ecuuens before me, and as the tail is very characteristic, I give a fresh description. Stein- aacbuer’s is in German. s. -Description. — Form moderately stout, head and body depressed, tail usually much Uen and depressed at the base and tapering regularly. The fore foot laid forward does not hi * reae^ end of the snout, laid back it extends more than half-way to the thigh, the win forwards reaches to the axil, or a little beyond it. Surface of the head covered 0f * suhequal granules, three shields behind the nostril very little larger than the other scales ^ ne snout. Kostral large, and with a groove running down the upper part of its surface, la °U^ t('n uPPer labials on each side, the hinder ones very small ; about six lower labials. Mental pfo?5 triangular, with two (sometimes three) pahs of enlarged chin-shields behind the labials alar T.er^ca^ Ear-opening round and small, but larger than the dorsal tubercles. Back gran- Kli * scattered, enlarged, convex tubercles (these are wanting in the specimens from *1*). Upper surface of limbs granular ; occasionally there are a few enlarged tubercles e tbigh and tarsus. Scales on the lower surface flat and hexagonal. No femoral or tub ana^ pores- Claws very small. Tail when perfect ringed, with three enlarged blunt o, ei<“tes at each side of each ring, the uppermost the smallest ; upper surface of the tail *** ar fo the middle, lower surface covered with small smooth scales, no enlarged plates. js reproduced, the form of the tail is the same, and it is much swollen at the base, but it iformly granular and not ringed. iimbCOl°Ur Sre^’ w^b numerous darker crossbands, slightly wavy and irregular on the back, s and tail. An adult measures 4 inches in length, tail 2 2. r^K" foil is very rarely perfect. Steindachner, however, appears to have been mistaken in 1 °8lng that of the specimen figured by bfm to have been reproduced. vvfie sPecics seems hitherto to have been found only in the Indus valley in Ladak, 10 ^ aPpears to be abundant. C- hticder, '-anus is closely allied, but the tail seems different. 1 Stoliczka : Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1872, xli, Pt. 2, p. 105. 14 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 9. Gymnodactyltjs elongattjs. PI. II, fig. 2. W. Blan. ; Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1875, xliv, Pt. 2, p. 193. G. elongatus , corpore gracili, cauda altennata, membris exilibm, dorso tuber cu Us ^ mc^ ^ bus latis confertis ornato, inter tuberculas squamis rotimdis parvulis induto, cauda scutis majoribus instructd, verticillatd , serie ultima verticilli cujusque ex squamis maj _ carinatis superne et ad latera omnino compositd, poris prce-analibus ad 5 ; griseus, ti a fusco-fasciatus. Long. poll. 5, caudce 2'8. 1-5, Yangihissar, Eastern Turkestan. Description. — General form more elongate than is usual amongst geckoes, head dep1 2 3’®^^ sloping gradually down to the snout, body rather slender, tail very thin, regularly a 0 .^g very little, if at all, swollen at the base, exceeding the head and body in leng • _ slender, elongate, the fore limb laid forward extends to the end of the snout, alj^roUgbt it reaches more than three-quarters of the distance to the thigh ; the hind Iba forward comes some distance in front of the shoulder. Toes elongate, rounde , a g-8, very small claws. Pupil vertical. Length of a perfect specimen 5 inches, head 0 oo, fore limb to end of toes 1, hind limb 13. _ Surface of the head granular, granules nearly uniform, and about equal m size scales of the abdomen ; nostrils between the rostral, first labial and two small slue asSing which are slightly swollen. Upper labials about twelve, the hinder very small, an^ ^jee into granules ; lower labials nine or ten. Rostral rather higher than the other labial* ^ breadth as broad, with the upper portion of the anterior surface grooved. Mental the Sill'|°(n,allular, as the rostral, and pointed behind ; two or three pairs of enlarged chin-shields. Rac » ^ce • with numerous broad triangular keeled tubercles, each nearly as large as the small ^ ^ . the they are not arranged in regular rows, hut about twelve may be counted across the ^er. granular scales between the tubercles much smaller than the head granules. There ^he cles on the forearm, thigh and tarsus. I count about twenty- five larger scales a _gterior abdomen. Tail verticillate, covered with trapezoidal or subtrapezoidal keeled scales, 1 ^exe are row of each ring larger, hut without any granules or small scales between, so tna ^ ]arge no distinct tubercles. Lower surface of the tail, except near the base, with a l0"y_s}iaped plates about as broad as long, two to each verticil. Prseanal pores about six iu a Colour in spirits pale grey, with darker transverse hands on the body, linvUs, and ^ This species belongs to the same group as G. caspius,1 G. scaber; G. has n° kachhensis * G. brevipes ,5 &c., but is much more slender in form than any of theflV^ each tubercles, with smaller scales intervening, on the tail, all the scales of the last r° verticil being enlarged and submucronate. Only one of the specimens obtained is in good condition. 1 Eiehwald : Fauna Casp. Cauc., p. 114, PI. xv, figs. 1, 2. 2 Rupp. Atlas : Kept., p. 15, PI. iv, fig. 2. 3 Steindaehner : Sitzungsber. K. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien., lxii, Pt. 1, p. 329, PI. h 4 Stoliczka : Proc. As. Soe. Bengal, 1872, p. 80. 4 W. Blanf., Eastern Persia, ii, p. 344, PI. xxii, fig. 2. EEPTILIA. 15 10. Gymnodactylijs microtis. PL II, fig. 1. Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1875, xliv, Pfc. 2, p. 193. G. parum robustus, capite brevi, depresso, meatu auditorio minimo ; caudd attenuata, luvi} hand verticillatce ; membris breviusculis ; dorso granulato, tuberculis subcarinatis 0rnato ; arenarius, fusco minute pumctatus, subtus albescens. Long, tota 3’2 poll., caudce 1-8 . 1-20, Yarkand; 21-27, Yangihissar; 28-66, Kasbghar, 67-75, no label, probably ICashgbar. Description. — General form moderately slender ; head short, blnnt, slightly depressed, c°nvex towards the snout, ear-opening very small, tail stout at the base and regularly attenuate, Sm°°th, not ringed ; limbs rather short, the fore limb laid forward reaches between the eye •3nd the snout, laid hack it extends more than half-way to the thigh, the hind limb laid oi'Ward does not reach the shoulder. Toes rather short, rounded, all with minute claws ; pupil vertical. Length of a perfect specimen 3 2 inches ; tail T8. Head granular above, granules of the occiput, region between the eyes, and sides of the ^ead behind the eyes equal in size, those of the snout and loreal regions rather larger. ostril in an angle between the rostral, first labial, and the points of two posterior shields, the ljiner of which is usually the larger. There are generally nine or ten upper labials on each side, the first five being the largest, anA in most cases there are four large lower labials followed by smaller scales, but these charac. ers are not constant ; sometimes there are six lower labials. Mental ending behind in an obtuse ^gle, two or three pairs of enlarged chin-shields ; all the scales near the lower labials larger an- the flat granules of the throat . Back granular, with bluntly keeled enlarged tubercles ; ^nt eight to ten of these may be counted across the back ; they are not very regularly dis- P°sed, and all are larger than the minute ear-opening. Abdomen covered with flat hexagonal Scales, which diminish in size laterally, but come farther up the sides than in most geckoes and i ss into the dorsal granules. Pive prseanal pores in males in a transverse row in front of the as- Limbs granular above. Tail granular throughout, granules convex above, rather larger aild flat below. Colour sandy above, whitish below, a pale line from the nose to the eye above the rather rker loreal region, and sometimes a pale line down each side of the back. Under the lens e npper parts are seen to be minutely puncticulated with brown, more closely in some parts a others, and there are also in places fine spots on the abdominal scales. 1 x. sPecies is probably allied to Lacerta pipiens 1 of Pallas, a species apparently over- ? e(l by most herpetologists, and which, like the present species, is described as possessing a ^ mute ear and a smooth tail ; it, however, has no tubercles on the back, to judge by Pallas’ escyiption, and it is very differently coloured. On one of Dr. Stoliczka’s labels the present Pecies is said to be found under stones and about old walls, and it is evidently common. q his list of the Western Turkestan reptiles, Severtzofi includes G. caspius, Eich. ■ scafier, Bupp., and G. eversmanni , Strauch. I have not been able to find the description 01 tae last. 1 Pallas: Zool. Ros. As., iii, p. 27 ; — Ascolabotes pipiens, Lieht., Eversman’s Reise, p. 145. 16 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Family — LACERTID2E. 11. Ebemias yabkandensis. PI. II, fig. 3. W. Blanf. : Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1875, xliv, Pt. 2, p. 194. E. cceruleo-ocettaia, Anderson : Proc. Zool. Soc., 1872, p. 373, nec Dum. et Bibr. ? E. multiocettata,'- Giinther : Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1872, Ser. 4, vol. x, p. 419. JZ. gracilis, supra grisea vel olivacea, nigro-macnlata, ocellis albidis nigro-margiw dis utrinque ad dorsum inseriem longitudinalem dispositis ; subtus albida ; scutis nasalibus h(lU tumidis, pratfrontali unico, a rostrali suprcmasalibus atque a verticali postfrontalibus long*’ disjuncto ; infra-orbitali ad labrum pertinente ; dentibus palatalibus nullis ; scutis ventral' bus in series longitudinales (potius obliquas) 14-16, et in transversas ad 30 dispositis; V0) ^ femoralibus utrinque 9-14 ; squamis infradigitalibus vix carinatis. Long. 6 poll., caud(B a < ■ 1-4, Sanju ; 5-23, Yarkand and Yangiliissar ; 24-28, Kashghar ; 29, near Fyzabad, east of Kashghar ; Kaskkasu, between Yangiliissar and Sarikol ; 34-44, Sarikol ; 45-46, west of Sarikol. 30-33, Description. — General form rather slender, tail when perfect about one and a half tim*- the length of the head and body, limbs rather short ; the fore limb reaches to between the ej f and snout, the hind foot extends to the axil. The nasal scales are not swollen, the 1°^® eyelid is opaque and granular. Scales below the toes very faintly keeled. No palatal tee • Usual length 5 to 6 inches. A fine specimen, in which only the tip of the tail appears renew measures 6-2 inches, of which the tail is 3-8, head 06, fore limb 08, hind limb 1'25. Scales of the back rounded, arranged in transverse rows, becoming flatter and. ra ^ larger on the sides. Ventral scales in transverse and oblique rows ; usually 14 to 16 m ea ^ transverse row in the middle of the abdomen (very rarely 18) and in 28 to 35 (generally or 31) transverse rows. Tail scales not keeled, as a rule, on the anterior portion, th°^» ' occasionally they are bluntly keeled above ; on the posterior portion they are more or distinctly keeled throughout. Prseanal scales all small. Prom 9 to 14 femoral pores benea each thigh. The enlarged scales below the tarsus extend about two-thirds of the dista^ across. Scales beneath the feet granular, not keeled. Collar free, the scales towards ^ middle enlarged, nearly as large as the abdominal plates, but varying in number ; and o passing into small scales at the sides ; usually there are ten to twelve enlarged scales. . , Dead shields. — Nostrils between three shields, an upper, lower, and posterior nasal, vv are not swollen, but merely slightly convex, as are all the other head shields. Praefrontal sin^. j the supranasals meet in a broad suture, and so do the postfrontals. Two large supraoi shields, with granules outside and in front of them, but none inside. Prseoccipi^8 ea about the same size as a postfrontal ; central occipital smaller, but variable in size. Eos pitals large, each three or four times the size of a prseoccipital, no azygos shield behind Upper labials six, in front of the large supraorbital shield which descends to the lip, Es 0 ^ margin along the lip being nearly equal to that of the preceding shield. Temples cove with small granular scales. Edge of ear not denticulate. Colour. — Olive-grey above, spotted with black, and with a more or less well mark of of whitish black-edged ocelli along each side of the back. The dark spots on the back (l form longitudinal lines. This name will have priority if, as is probable, the species are the same. EEPTILIA. 17 This species was referred by Dr. Anderson to Emmas cccraleo-ocellata of Dumeril and Bibron,1 but it appears to me to differ in several characters. The nasal shields are not swollen, the dorsal scales are close together and scarcely any granules can be detected amongst them, whereas in E. cmruleo-ocellata they are said not to be very close, and each ls SUm)unded by some granules. That species, moreover, has the tail scales keeled ; as a j u '> they are smooth in the Turkestan form, and the limbs arc proportionally longer in the manor, the hind legs nearly reaching the ear. I have already 2 expressed doubts as to whether E. cceruleo-ocellatct is the same as ■ Velox,3 as the former has no palatal teeth, and the latter appears to possess them ; but if they msenible each other at all closely, as is probable from the circumstance of most authors Baiting them, I think the species now described differs much in habit, being a more slender 01 m, and it is also distinguished by having the scales beneath the feet granular and not distinctly keeled. The closest ally appears to be a species described by Dr. Gunther from the Gobi Desert lmder the name of E. multiocellata. It is possible that this may be the same, but it is de- coked as having an azygos shield between the postfrontals, a large central scale in the collar, aml eighteen longitudinal rows of scutes across the abdomen. Hone of these differences is of numli importance, but taking them together, they present a considerable distinction and 1( nder it possible that other differences exist. I should not think Dr. Gunther would have n Ol‘looked the peculiar character of the nasal shields not being swollen, in which the present sPRcies differs from all other Eremias with which I am acquainted.4 11a. Eremias yarkandensis var. saturata. PI. II, fig. 4. W- Blanf. : Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1875, xliv, Pt. 2., p. 191. E. yarkandensis magis infuse ala, scuto infraorbitali horizontaliter diviso, parte superiori a labro discreta. 1-13, Valleys of the Kuenluen range, south of Yarkand. flu r^u's_ variety differs from the typical form in being much darker in colour and f re- st) having much less distinct ocelli along the sides of the back. In one or two --- the back is uniformly slaty-grey. Another difference is generally found, and it 0 ,U cI) if constant, justify the giving a specific name to the variety. This is that the infra- 1 . is divided below the eye, and does not reach the lip, the lower divided portion mmg the seventh supralabial. But in one specimen this infraorbital descends to the lb as in the normal form. St The specimens were not labelled, and they were amongst the last collected; but Dr, 3 iczka notices this form in his diary as replacing the ordinary Eremias of the Yarkand 1 111 at the commencement of the valleys leading to the Kuenluen. a Gen. v, p. 295. 3 p®tern Persia, ii, p. 374. 4 gj : R<‘ise. t P- 718. 0(!e Hata 100 ^ e a^0VB was written, Dr. Gunther has very kindly compared specimens of E. yarkandensis with the type of E. multi. that the'f311'* *n^orms mo that they are probably the same, the only distinction of any importance, so far as can be detected, being to ascerta °re claws appear much larger in E. multiocellata. The type of this species is so much shrunk, that it is difficult I thin]. tt'11 ^ether it had swollen nasals, hut apparently it had not. I leave the account of the species as originally written, but eie 18 every probability that E. multiocellata and yarkandensis are identical. 18 SECOND YAKKAND MISSION. 12. Eremias yermiculata. PI. II, fig. 5. Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1875, xliv, Pt. 2, p. 194. ? Podarces ( Eremias ) pylzowi, Straucli, Przewal ski’s Reptiles, p. 28, PI. vi, fig. 1. D. supra grisea, nigro-vermiculata , subtus albida, elongata, gracilis ; dorso granuioso, scutis nasalibus twnidis, prcefrontali unico a rostrali supranasalibus atque a vertical!' postfrontalibus longe disjuncto ; supraorbitalibus convexis , omnino squamis minimis rot und'lS circumdatis ; mfraorbitali late ad labrum pertinente , dentibus palatalibus nullis ; scutis ventralibus in series 16-20 longiiudinales (polius obliquas), atque 36-41 transversas dispose tis ; poris femoralibus utrinque 19-23 ; squamis infradigitalibus vix carinatis. Long ■ • poll., caudce 5’1. 1, 2, Yarkand ; 3, Kizil, Eastern Turkestan. Description. — General form very slender, the tail more than twice as long as the head and body. Limbs moderate, the fore limb reaches nearly to the end of the snout, the hm( limb in front of the shoulder, nasal plates swollen. Scales beneath the toes hut little keele • No palatal teeth. Length of the largest specimen 7 ‘4 inches, of which the tail measure® 5*1, head 0'55, the fore limb is 0'85 long, hind limb 1'5. Scales of the back round, granular, minute in the middle, becoming larger on the sides> all arranged in transverse rows. Ventral scales in transverse and oblique rows, 18 J across the abdomen and 41 along it in the two Yarkand specimens, hut only 16 across and along in the Kizil individual. Tail scales all keeled, except below near the base. None o the prae-anal scales are much enlarged. Pemoral pores from 19 to 23 beneath each thig * The enlarged scales below the tarsus extend about half-way across. Scales beneath the so e® of the feet granular and very small. Plates beneath the toes on the fore feet keeled, but n° prominently, those on the hind feet are smooth, except towards the end of the toes, col r free, scales about the same size as those of the abdomen, rather irregular in the specimens examined, and passing gradually into the small granules of the throat. Dead shields. — The single prsefrontal is large, and is separated from the rostral by supranasals and from the vertical by the postfrontals ; suture between the supranasals a 0 equal to that between the postfrontals, and, in each case, in the specimens examined, aD half the length of the prsefrontal. Nasals normal. The supraorbitals are somewhat m ^ convex than the other shields and are completely surrounded by granules, those separa o them from the vertical and prseoccipitals being rather larger than those towards the supel ciliary ridge. . ^ Prseoccipitals each about a quarter the size of a postoccipital. A small central occip no azygos shield behind it, five or six supralabials in front of the large infraorbital, w ^ descends to the lip, the lower edge being equal to that of the preceding shield or Lower eyelid granular. Temples covered with small granular scales. Edge of eal toothed. • Colotir.— Grey above, finely vermiculated with black lines, which tend to form 0 tudinal bands along the middle of the back. Upper surface of head and limbs the sa lower parts white. This is easily distinguished from the former species by being much more elongate, ^ a much longer tail and hind limbs, by its having more numerous ventral scales, and sV KEPTILIA. 19 nasal shields, by the presence of crannies on the inner side of the supraorbital shields and by colouration. Prom Western Turkestan Severtzoff 1 quotes, besides E. variabilis and E. cceruleo-oceUata vE. velox), two species which he calls E. intermedins , Strauch, and E. ery thrums. Neither ot: lGse species, so far as I know, has been described ; E. erythrurus, Severtzoff himself suggests, ®ay he the young of E. velox. Two species of Scapteira and Lacerta stirpiu/m are also deluded in the list of reptiles obtained in Western Turkestan. E. vermicnlata may be the same as E. pylzowi collected by Przevalski in the deserts of ash an, 27 degrees of longitude east of Yarkand. The principal characters of the two species are similar, and so is the colouration, but, judging from the figure, the toes of the fore °t are considerably shorter in E. pylzowi. Family — SCINCIDJE. 13. EUMECES IS/ENIOEATtrS. Eirylepis tmdolaius, Blyth : Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, xxiii (1854), p. 740. Plestioclon scutatus, Theobald : Cat. Rept. Mus. As. Soc., p. 25. Eameces scutatus, Jerdon: Proc. As. Soc. Bengal, 1870, p. 73. Mabouia taniolata, Anderson : Proc. As. Soc. Bengal, 1871, p. 184. Emcees tceniolatus, Stoliczka : Proc. As. Soc. Bengal, 1872, pp. 75, 88. 1, Chakoti on the road from Mari to Srinagar, in Kashmir. j This is a very much larger specimen than the types, and so much stouter, that at first , " as nvuch inclined to consider it distinct. But the proportions are the same, and the only • a(hural distinction I can find is, that there arc twenty -three rows of scales round the body ead of twenty-one. Tins amount of variation is commonly found in scinques. fc . '^le h'ngth of the specimen is 13 inches ; tail, probably renewed when young, 6 ; circum- *** round the middle of the body, 3 ; head, 095 long ; fore limb, 135 ; hind limb, 1'75, both ab 'e en<^ ^he claws. The colour noted by Dr. Stoliczka on the living specimen is brown hicT a harh central stripe, upper parts of sides darker and with small white spots in longi- thi 1Uat rows ; the upper portion of the limbs also spotted, lower portion of sides greenish, of 8 C0l°^ extending across the ears to the lower labials ; feet below pale fleshy, the whole tb lG ^°Wer surface deep waxy yellow. In spirits the middle of the back is very little darker 31 the lateral portions. 14. Mocoa himalayana. Eimeces himalayanus, Gunther : Rept. Brit. Ind., p. 86. -fiuprepes himalayanus, Steindachner : Novara Expedition, Reptilien, p. 45. Alwmeces sikkimensis, partim, Jerdon : Proc. As. Soc. Bengal, 1870, p. 73; Anderson: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1871, p. 158;— Blyth? Jdocoa himalayana, Stoliczka : Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1872, xli, p. 12/. 1-10, Mari, Punjab; 11, 12, between Mari and Srinagar; 13-25, Sonamurg; 26-32, Mataian. 1 Turk. Jev., p. 71. 20 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Although I feel far from satisfied that the western form is really separable from the eastern (Jf. sikkimensis) , most of the differences pointed out by Dr. Stoliczka appear sufficiently marked to justify the two being kept apart. The general aspect and colour of the two forms are different, and the number of scales round the body appears larger in Jf. himalayma, though this is variable. In specimens from Mari, there are almost constantly twenty-eight rows round the body, whilst in the Sonamurg examples the prevailing number is only twenty-six. There is certainly one specimen in the Indian Museum, labelled E. sikkimensis fi’onl Darjiling and presented by Dr. Jerdon, which has thirty rows of scales round the body, but the colouration is so different from that of all other Sikkim specimens, that I cannot but suspeet there is some mistake in the locality, for Dr. Stoliczka had large collections from Sikkim, ;irUl found no marked variation, whilst the colouration of the specimen from Dr. Jerdon is precisely that of the North-Western form, and it has a large strongly denticulated ear-opening. The distinctions noticed by Dr. Stoliczka between the head shields of Mocoa himalwyan(l and Jf. sikkimensis are not home out by the large series before me, nor is there, so far as can see, any constant difference in the limbs, but the ear-opening, as a rule, is decidedly largel and more denticulated in Jf. himalayana. There are more scales round the body, and there is a marked difference in colouration, Sikkim specimens being much browner and wanting greenish white line along the lower portion of the side, which is conspicuous in Jf. hirn<'lcr!J' cma. Still it is highly probable, as indeed Dr. Stoliczka suggested, that intermediate forms may connect the two. This species appears to be common in Kashmir. The specimens labelled from Matarau were probably collected on the road from Sonamurg, for every other Mocoa from the I11( valley in Ladak belongs to the next species. Mataian itself is on the north side of the nioun tains which separate the Kashmir valley from Ladak. 15. Mocoa stoliczkai ( ?=M. ladacensis). Euprspet stoliczkai, Steindachner : Novara Expedition, Reptilien, p. 45. A. kargilensis, Steindachner : ib., p. 46. g Eumeces ladacensis, Anderson : Proc. Zool. Soe., 1872, p. 375 -,—forsan Gunther : Rept. Brit. IiA, 1' ,i .. Tjadski 1-3, Mataian; 4-8, Kargil; 9, Namika-la; 10-16, Kharbu ; 17-19, Lamayuru — all in the Indus valley, 20-24, no label. It is most probable that there is really only one species of Mocoa in the UppRr ^ valley, and that the different names above enumerated belong to it. If this be the case, 1 if the specimen described by Dr. Gunther be really identical, the species must bear the u of Mocoa ladacensis. But I am unable to identify the specimens brought by Dr. °to with Gunther’s species, because in not one of the individuals collected does the fore foot reaC^iall snout,1 and because, although the three rows of scales beneath the tail are rather broader ^ those above, and the middle row is slightly more developed than the other, there is sca „ such a difference as I should suppose to be implied by the character of <( subcaudals broa^ It must be borne in mind, too, that the locality of Dr. Gunther’s type rests uI,0^.^eS authority of Messrs, von Schlagintweit, whose want of accuracy with reference to the l°ca assigned to their reptilian collections is notorious. 1 Thus was noticed also by Dr. Anderson 1. c. REPTILIA. 21 It is true that in Steindachner’s description, of Euprepes stoliczkai, there is said to be a r°w of broader shields beneath the tail. But then the only difference stated to exist between E- stoliczkai and E. kargilensis is that in the former there are five, in the latter four supra- labials in front of the infraorbital. That this character is of no specific value is proved by the circumstance that both forms occur together in the present collection, and that there are some specimens which have four shields on one side of the head and five on the other. Now, some of the specimens before me are typical E. kargilensis from the same locality as the ori- ginal specimens procured by Dr. Stoliczka himself in 1865. The only other distinction between the descriptions of Euprepes stoliczkai and E. kargilensis is that in the former the noddle denticulations on the anterior edge of the ear are larger than the others, in the latter the uppermost is largest. This is certainly of no importance. In different individuals the number of scales round the body varies from thirty-two to thirty-eight, not depending apparently on age. In one very young specimen from Mataian there are only twenty- eight rows, but this individual is so immature, that its characters are ill niarked, and it perhaps belongs to the last species. The usual number is thirty-four or tliirty- The colouration appears very constant ; the back is brownish-olive, rather paler towards the S1des, and spotted, the spots consisting of a whitish dot with a larger blackish mark behind or at the side of it. These spots sometimes, but not often, tend to form longitudinal lines. Sides with a broad band of dark olive brown broken by small pale spots and extending from the eye to the root of the tail and sometimes continued as a narrower broken line down the tail. few dark marks forming irregular longitudinal lines on the upper surface of the tail ; lower parts bluish- white. Order OPHIDIA. Family — TYPIIL OPIUM. 16. Typhlops poeuectus, var. Stoliczka: Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1871, xl, Pt. 2, p. 426, PI. xxv, figs. 1-4. 1, Ambor in the Jhilam valley, north-east of Mari. The only specimen of a Typhlops in the collection is evidently that mentioned in Dr. foliezka’s diary of the 18th July, and considered by him a new species. It differs in some Respects from the description of Typlilops porrectus, but still agrees so nearly with that form, iat I do not like to distinguish it on the strength of a single specimen. The solitary example obtained is so tightly coiled towards the tail, that all the caudal por- 0n is difficult to examine. The following is a brief description. Scales smooth, shining, in eighteen longitudinal rows. I count (with great difficulty owing . 0 the condition of the specimen) 393 scales along the body and eight along the tail. The body Is much compressed posteriorly, but this is probably due to pressure when coiled. The diame- ei is nearly the same throughout, the circumference about one-twentictli of the length. Head short and flat, rostral occupying about one-third of the upper surface, and having its ^ ei’al margins parallel above ; below it is scarcely narrower. Eronto-nasal united to the nasal °'e the nostril, separate below, the nasals extending a little beliind the end of the rostral, 22 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. but not quite touching. Nostrils rather in front. Prseocular and ocular about equal, neither of them as large as the nasal, anterior margin of prseocular very convex, that of ocular straig i and vertical, except on the top of the head, where it is curved hack. Pras frontal, postfronta , supraocular, and interparietal scarcely exceeding the back scales in size ; the parietals are con- siderably broader. Upper labials four, the first very small, in contact with the rostral anc fronto-nasal ; the second below the fronto-nasal and nasal, and just reaching the prseocular , the third between the prseocular and ocular, but not rising much on the side of the heac , the fourth, which is considerably the largest, beneath the ocular and extending some distance back beyond it. Eyes quite invisible. This differs from the description of T. porreclus in being rather less slender, in bavin-, fewer longitudinal rows of scales, and only eight instead of eleven to twelve rows rou the tail, and, to judge by Dr. Stolizcka’s figure, in the smaller size of the frontals, iritei parietals, and supraoculars. Family — COL UBR.ID2E. 17. COMPSOSOMA HODGSON I. Gunther: Rept. Brit. Ind., p. 246; — Stoliczka: Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1870, xxxix, Pt. 2, p- UJ 1, Kashmir. This specimen, which is young, being only 2P5 inches long, has the scales absolutely smooth throughout, and a second prseocular, formed of a detached portion of the sUP^ labial series, between the third and fourth labials. A similar specimen has been descri ^ by Stoliczka, loc. cit., from the North-Western Himalayas. Ventrals 227, subcaudals in pairs. 18. Ptyas mucosus. 1, 2, Kashmir, These specimens do not differ from the ordinary Indian form. Kashmir must, I slu>u^ think, be at the extremity of this snake’s range to the north-west. 19. Zamenis ravergieri. Coluber ravergieri, Menetries : Cat. Rais., p. 69 (1832). n , Zamenis caudcelineatus, Gunther: Cat. Col. Snakes, Brit. Mus., p. 104 (1858); — Jan. Icon- livr. 23, PI. iii. Zamenis ravergieri, Strauch : Schlangen des Russ. Reichs, Mem. Acad. Sci. St. Pet., xxi, No- b 1 (1873) ; — W. Blanford: Eastern Persia, ii, p. 417 (1875). Z. fedtschenkoi, Strauch: Schlangen des Russ. Reichs., p. 135, PI. iv (1873). 1, Yarkand. ; 2, 3, Yangihissar. The spots on the head and back are larger than in Persian specimens, and s0^n ^aS resemble those of Z. cliadema, whilst the dark band along the upper part of the al haf a REPTILIA. 23 tendency to be broken into spots, and the bands along the sides of the tail are faint or wanting. Otherwise there appears to be no constant difference. The colouration is that of the form to which Dr. Strauch has given the name of %-fedtschenkoi, and which is mainly distinguished from the typical Z. ravergieri by the tail being spotted instead of striped. Dr. Strauch adds that, as a rule, in Z. fedtschenkoi the number of longitudinal rows of scales is twenty-three, twenty-one being the exception, whilst the reverse is found in Z. ravergieri. He also calls attention to a slight difference 111 the form of the head, which is rather broader and less depressed in the first-named form. fedtschenkoi is said to be common in Russian Turkestan. In the three specimens from Eastern Turkestan, the rows of scales round the body are twenty-one in number, and the head is of the same form as in typical Z. ravergieri. I have already 1 shown that the two forms pass into each other in Persia, and the specimens from -Eastern Turkestan tend to the same conclusion. In both the specimens from Yangihissar, there are three postoculars on each side, but only tw°, as usual, in the Yarkand example. In the latter there are 222 ventrals and ninety-one pairs of subcaudals. 20. Tropidonottjs hydrtts. 1, Kashghar ; 2-15, Yangihissar, Eastern Turkestan. This snake is apparently as common in Eastern Turkestan as it is, according to Strauch,3 . artker to the westward. The specimen from Kashghar was procured on the 2nd February, and ls n°ted on the label as having been found frozen in a field ; the Yangihissar specimens were ejected in April. The majority of the snakes of this species obtained in Eastern Turkestan appear to have e postoculars. They are olivaceous above, with the back spots rather indistinct as a rule, aad a great portion of the ventral shields is black. 21. Tropidonotus platyceps. 1, Mari ; 2, 3, Kashin ir. jj. ^ can see no difference between these specimens and those from other parts of the lmalayas. This species, which had previously been obtained by Dr. J erdon in Kashmir,3 to f?arS to *)e one °f the Himalayan forms, like Compsosoma hodgsom, wliich range farther l(' aorth-west than do most of the species characteristic of the Himalayan region. Family — PSAMMOPHIDuE. 22. Taphrometopum lineolattjm. coluler ( Taphrom etopon) lineolatum, Brandt : Bull. Ac. Sci. St. Pet., iii, p. 243 (1837) Peters : Proc. Zool. Soc., 1861, p. 47. 1 Eastern Persia, ii, p. 418. | 2 Schlang. Russ. Reichs., p. 173- 3 Stoliczka: Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1870, xxxix, Pt. 2, p. 192. 24 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Psammophis dona, Jan. : De Fil., Viag. in Persia, p. 356. Taphrometopon lineolaimn, St ranch : Schlang. Russ. Reich s, Mem. Acad. Sci. St. Pet., xxi, No. h p. 185, PI. v ; — W. Blanf. : Eastern Pers., ii, p. 422. 1, Beshterek, south of Karghalik, Eastern Turkestan. This characteristic Central Asiatic snake has been fully described and figured by Strauch- The only specimen obtained is of moderate size, being 33J mclies long, of which the tai measures 8. Yentrals 195, subcaudals about a hundred, the last three or four injured. The markings on the hack are rather less distinct than in Strauch’s figure, those on the belly are more developed, there being a subtriangular blackish mark in the middle on the anterior shields , this passes gradually into a trapezoidal dusky patch, with black lateral margins in the centre, and a row of black spots along the side, and this again gradually into two obliqne lines on each side of the ventrals, becoming fainter posteriorly, hut quite visible as far as the com- mencement of the tail. Similar colouration is described by Strauch as occurring rn 11 specimen from Krasnovodsk, and another of unknown locality, loc. cit., p. 192. Family — FI PERU) PE. 23. VlPEKA OBTUSA. Dwigubsky, teste Strauch; — W. Blanf. : Eastern Persia, ii, p. 428. j V. etiphratica, Martin : Proe. Zool. Soc., 1838, p. 82; — Strauch: Schlangen Russ. Reichs, Mem. -^c‘ Sci. St. Pet., xxi, No. 4, p. 221, PI. vi. Echidna, matirilanica, Dum. and Bibr. : Erp. Gen., vii, p. 1431. 1, Kashmir. In structure this specimen agrees fully with one which I obtained in Persia, hut tb® colouration is very different, being almost uniform dark olive, with a little mottling of Pa straw colour on the labials, chin, and ventral shields. The discovery of this species in Kashmir adds considerably to its known range. It found in Northern Africa, Asia Minor, and other parts of Western Asia, the Trans-Caucasi provinces of Russia, and Persia. Family— CROP ALII) PE. 24. Halts himalayanus. 87' Gunther : Rept. Brit. Ind., p. 393, PI. xxiv, fig. A ; — Steindachner : Novara Reise, Iteptilien, p- 1, Mari, Punjab; 2, Kashmir P or Indus valley near Dras. In both specimens there are twenty-one rows of scales round the body, not twenty-th ^ Steindachner has already pointed out that the number is variable. In two specimens^ the Indian Museum, one from north-east of Simla, the other labelled from Ladak, the number of rows of scales occurs conf. Anderson : Proc. Zool. Soc., 1871, P- ^ from these specimens, it would appear that twTenty-one is the number most frequent with to the westward. Dr. Gunther’s original specimens, with twenty-three rows o sC were from Garhwal. AMPHIBIA. 25 AMPHIBIA. The Amphibia are very poorly represented in Dr. Stoliczka’s collections. Only four pecies are represented, and only one was procured from Eastern Turkestan ; all are well tto’tvn forms of Batrachia. No examples of Erodela were met with. Order BATRACHIA. Family — UANID2E. 1. RAN A CYANOPHLYCTIS. Schneider apud Gunther : Repfc. Brit. Ind., p. 406; — Stoliczka: Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1870, xxxix, Pt. 2, p. 146; Proc. As. Soc. Bengal, 1872, pp. 85, 102,130;— W. Blanf. : Jour. As. Soe. Bengal! xxxix, Pt. 2, p. 374; Eastern Persia, ii, p. 433. 1 — 3, between Mari and Kashmir. species had previously been recorded by Dr. Stoliczka from Mari. It is common pa'^Tyhout the peninsula of India, and is the only abundant frog in the dry western 1 s of the country, Kachh (Cutch), Sind, &c., extending to the west into Baluchistan. 2. DlPLOPELMA CARNATIC TJ M . Engy stoma carnaticum, Jerdon: Jour. As. Soe. Bengal, 1853, xxii, p. 534. Mphpelma carnaticum, Jerdon: Proc. As. Soc. Bengal, 1870, p. 85 ;— Stoliczka : Jour. As. Soc. Bengal, 1870, xxxix, p. 154; Proc. As. Soc. Bengal, 1872, p. 110. ■? D. ornatum, Dum. Bib., apud Gunther: Kept. Brit. India, p. 417; see also Proc. Zool. Soc., 1875, p. 568. 1, Tinali, on the road from Mari to Kashmir. b0j^'!lC S^n8'le specimen obtained agrees very well with specimens in the Indian Museum aw, e Peninsula India and Burma. No representative of the genus had, so far as I am S .een Previously met with so far to the north-west, hs not without some hesitation that I retain the name D. carnaticum for this species, at ](, tether has recently repeated his opinion that both Engy stoma carnaticum (in part hlcnC S i ai1.^ ru^rum °i' J erdon, or rather specimens identified as such by J erdon, are E, clCa E- ornatum of Dumeril and Bibron, but Dr. Jerdon has pointed out that ^^y!l-Cl^Gum d°es n°t a8Tee with Dumeril and Bibron’s description, whilst the form that f ^talahar, whence the type of E. ornatum was obtained, is probably distinct from E. Central and Northern India. I must say that I feel much doubt as to whether by ^ n°ticum is the species described by Dumeril and Bibron, the colouration described With it 86 au^ors differing greatly from that of the present form, so far as I am acquainted 26 SECOND YAKKAND MISSION. 3. Bufo vibidis. Laur. apud Steindachner : Novara Expedition, Amphibien, p. 40 ; — Stoliczka : Jour. As. &o ■ 3 xxxix, 1870, p. 155; Proc. As. Soc. Bengal, 1872, pp. 113, 131. 1-3, Kashmir; 4-11, Yarkand ; 12-15, Yangihissar ; 16-23, Kashghar ; 24, Zung, Wakhan. The Kashmir specimens appear to differ a little from those of Turkestan. They a shorter fourth toe on the hind foot, and the parotoid glands are somewhat more elo » The differences, however, are not great, and specimens from Persia and from various I of the Himalayas appear to he intermediate to some extent. 4. Bufo calamita? 1, Kashmir. • • T find aa A single very young toad from Kashmir probably belongs to this species. ^ older specimen, also from Kashmir, and presented by Dr. Jerdon, in the Indian Museiun^ the two agree well in colouration, hut I cannot find the characteristic gland on the leg 1 young specimen. Its absence may, however, he due to immaturity. SECOND YARKAND MISSION. REPTILIA. PLATE L Fig. 1. Stellio stoliczlcanus , adult. 2. „ „ young. ,, 3, Stellio agrorensis , and head of the same from above. „ 4. P hr g no c ep halus axillaris. Plaube I . Tifch. Mintern Bros imp. t, SECOND YARKAND MISSION. REPTILI A. PLATE II. Fig. 1. Gymnodactylus microtis. „ 2. G. elongatus . „ 3. Eremias yarJcandensis, with sketches of head from above and from the side. ,, 4. E. garkandensis, var. saturata, sketch of head from side. 5. E. vermiculala, and sketches of head from above and from the side. >> II ■eq.'BjJ R Jfatmi. del. stlifli. Mntem Bros imp. f SCIENTIFIC RESULTS 4k THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION; 4 BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES OP THE LATE FERDINAND STOLICZKA, PhD. ICHTHYOLOGY. BY FRANCIS DAY, F.L.S., F.Z.S. fhblishcb bn orbcr of the dobevnment of Into. # CALCUTTA : OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING. 1878. CALCUTTA : PRINTED BT TITE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING, 8, HASTINGS STREET. SCIENTIFIC RESULTS OF THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION. ICHTHYOLOGY. By FRANCIS DAY, F.L.S., F.Z.S. rpHE foHowing descriptions refer to the entire collection of fishes obtained during the expedition (except, so far as I know, two specimens'). With them I have compared some types of Steindachner’s excellent paper on Dr. Stoliczka’s “Fishes of Tibet” (Verh. z.-b. Gres. Wien, 1866), which specimens were given me by Dr. Stoliczka. Mr. Hume, C.B., has since then obtained a few more skins of fishes from those regions through the exertions of Dr. Scully. These have likewise been forwarded to me ; and one aPpears to be a very aberrant form of Vlychoharbus. Order PHYSOSTOMI. Family — SIL JJRIDJE 1. EXOSTOMA ST0LICZK2E. Plate I, fig. 1. Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p. 782. D. A, P. TV, y. h A. 6, C. 15. Length of head from 4 in the young2 to 5§, of caudal 8, height of body 7 3 in the total °ngth. Eyes minute, situated in the middle of the length of the head; the width of the lnterorbital space equals half that of the snout, or the distance between the eye and hind 2 mj1086 ^W0 sPecimens are in the British Museum. fjg^^e 10 remarkable difference in the comparative length of the head to that of the total length is shown in the following 3 specimens 4 inches in length. Head 4 to 4$ in the total length. 4 „ 4'2 to 4-5 „ „ 4£ to 5J „ 5 ,, 5*0 to 5*7 ,, ,) 5 to 5s 3 „ 6*0 to 6*6 „ „ 5| to 5| ,, 2 „ 7 » 51 to 5i „ SECOND YARKAND MISSION. nostril. Head depressed, as broad as long, and obtusely rounded. Mouth inferior ; lips thick, and studded with small tubercular elevations ; the upper and lower lips continuous at the angle of the mouth ; but the transverse fold across the lower jaw is interrupted in the middle. Nostrils close together, the anterior round and patent, the posterior tubular: a barbel divides the two nostrils ; it is situated on a bridge of skin, below which the two nostrils are continuous. Barbels : the nasal ones reach the hind edge of the eye ; the maxil- lary ones have a broad basal attachment, and reach the root of the pectoral. Of the mandi- bular barbels the anterior are situated just behind the inner end of the lower labial fold • they are shorter than the outer pair, which latter extend to the gill-opening. GUI-open^!) situated on the side of the head in front and above the base of the pectoral fin. Teeth ■ several rows of pointed ones in each jaw, of which the outer is slightly the larger, rather wide apart, and with rather obtuse summits. Fins : the dorsal arises midway between the snout and the commencement of the adipose fin ; its greatest height is one-third more than the length of its base ; its spine is rudimentary and enveloped in slcin. Adipose dorsal very long and low. Pectoral nearly as long as the head, having its outer half horizontal and its inner vertical ; its spine is rudimentary, with a broad, striated, cutaneous covering. "V entra of a similar form to the pectoral : its first and a portion of its second ray also with a striate cutaneous covering ; the fin commences on a vertical line falling just behind the base of t w dorsal fin ; it is rather nearer the snout than the posterior end of the adipose dorsal, an commences midway between the bases of the ventral and caudal fins ; it is half higher than long. Caudal cut almost square. Eree portion of the tail half higher than long- ^ tuberculated from the head, along the lower surface of the body, to nearly as far as the a of the ventrals. Colours ; of a dull yellowish green, becoming lightest along the abdomen Eins yellowish, with dark edges or bands. IIab. Basgo, Snima, and Leh on the Upper Indus. The longest specimen 7 inches i length. . of I propose here to shortly remark upon the distinction between the six species Exostoma at present known — A. — Teeth in jaws pointed, 1. Fxostoma labiatum. — Lower labial fold uninterrupted. The interspace between first and adipose dorsal fins equals two-thirds the length of the latter. Anal commences mn nearer the base of the caudal than the base of the ventral. Mishmi Mountains, East Assain 2. E. blythii. — Lower labial fold interrupted. Interspace between dorsal fins slight. Anal commences in last third of distance between ventral and base of cau Head-waters or affluents of Ganges. 3. E, berdmorei, — Snout more pointed. Caudal forked. Tenasserim. 4. E. davidi1. — The interspace between the first and adipose dorsal fins equals length of the latter, Pectoral reaches the ventral. Eastern Tibet. 0f 5. E. stoliezkee, — Lower labial fold interrupted. Anal commences nearer the the ventral than that of the caudal. Pectoral does not extend to the ventral. Uppel of Indus. B. Outer row of teeth flattened. 6. E, andersonii. — Lowrer labial fold interrupted. Bhamo, Burmah. paters 1 Ch'marrichthys davidi, Sauvage. ICHTHYOLOGY. 3 Family— CYPliWIDM The majority of the fishes in the collection consist of carps, those from the more elevated regions being confined to such as have the vent and base of the anal fin hounded by a row of tiled scales, or the ubiquitous Loaches. 2. Oreinus sinuattjs. Only one species of Oreinus exists in this collection, the 0. sinuatus, Heckel, from Leh in Ladak, and which has likewise been captured in Kashmir. Although some of the fish 'vere obtained in Kashmir, where the genus Oreinus has representatives, there was no example from that locality. Having observed upon the great variation in proportions existing in a species of Exostoma captured on the hills, it may he worth while drawing attention to the same fact as occurring fa specimens of this genus. Thus, in examining the following ten examples of O. richard- s°nii, Gray, in the British Museum, I found them as follows : — 4 specimens, in spirit, from 3'3 to 3'8 inclies in length. Head from 4 to 4§ in the total. 1 specimen, in spirit, 4 inches in length. Head 4f in the total. 4.1 ^3 » 5 H 3. ScmzoTHORAX chrysochlores. Plate I, fig. 2. Eacoma drgsocMorus, McClelland, Cal. Journ. Nat. Hist., ii., p. 577., t. xv., £. o. Schizothorax lidduljohi, Gunther, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 1876, xvii., p. 400. Schizothorax chrysochlorus, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1876, p. 784. B. iii. D. £-8, p. 18, Y. 10, A. I, C. 20, L. 1. 110 to 120. Length of head to 5|, of caudal 6 to 6}, height of body 6^ in the total length. -Eyes : Diameter 5-*- (in a fish 7 inches long), 7 to 9 in the length of head, 2 to 2y diameters Lcm the end of snout, and the same apart. Upper surface of the head nearly flat ; its ^idth rather exceeds its height, and equals half its length. Snout rather compressed, and overhanging the upper jaw. Mouth directed forwards, horseshoe-shaped, the lower labial °fd interrupted in the middle. The maxilla reaches to below the front nostril. The depth pf the cleft of the mouth equals the width of its gape. A very thin horny covering to the ■'Aside of the lower jaw. Posterior edge of opercle cut square. Earbels : the rostral ones long as the eye, the maxillary rather longer, sometimes twice as long, and reaching to cueath the middle or hind edge of the orbit. Teeth pharyngeal 5, 3, 2, 2, 3, 5 pointed, and ^i.th rather compressed summits. Fins : the dorsal, which is as high as the body, arises ’Ridway between the end of the snout and the base of the caudal, its last undivided ray osseous, strong, finely serrated posteriorly, from a little longer than the head, in a specimen 1 9 inches in length, to the length in the adult. Pectoral as long as the head excluding e snout ; it reaches halfway to the base of the anal. Anal, when laid flat, reaches about stuffed, 10 „ 15 „ 18 4 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. halfway to the base of the caudal, which latter fin is forked. Scales : the row which bears the lateral line consists of larger scales than those above or below it ; those forming the ana sheath are equal to half a diameter of the eye. Colours greyish along the back, becom ing yellowish- white on the sides and beneath ; a black mark over the eye, and a few dull spo s on the back. Sab. Kashghar, Yangihissar, and Yarkand, up to 20 inches in length : also Afghanistan- Dr. Scully collected four specimens in Kashghar (4,043 feet above the sea), which axe 13, 16, 17, and 18 inches respectively in length. 4. SCHIZOTHOEAX PTJNCTATTTS. Plate I, fig. 3. Day, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1876, p. 785. B. iii., D. |, P. 20, Y. 11, A. f, C. 20. Length of head 3f to 4, caudal 5a, height of body 6 to 7 in the total length. Eyes ' diameter 6f in the length of head, 2a diameters from end of snout, and 2 apart. In + orbital space flat. The greatest width of the head exceeds its height by one-fourth, and is of its length. Mouth anterior, with the upper jaw somewhat the longer ; the cleft co mencing opposite the middle of the eyes, whilst the maxilla reaches to below the front e of the orbit. Lower labial fold interrupted in the middle. A thin striated homy covering to the lower jaw. Barbels : the maxillary ones equal the diameter of the eye ; the r°s ones are slightly longer. Fins : dorsal rather higher than the body ; it commences mxdw .J between the front edge of the eye and the base of the caudal fin ; its last ixndivided ray strong, coarsely serrated posteriorly, and as long as the postorbital portion of the be • Pectoral does not quite reach the ventral, which latter arises on a vertical line be ° the first articulated dorsal ray, and extends two-thirds of the distance to the anal. -A-na rather above twice as deep as its base is long ; when laid flat it does not extend to t n commencement of the caudal. Free portion of the tail one-half longer than deep at i highest part. Scales : those along the lateral line larger than those above or below * ^ The tiled row along the base of the anal fin small, and equalling one-third of the diamc e of the orbit. Colours : silvery, covered with largish black spots. Bacoma nobilis, M’Clelland, lias more fleshy lips, whilst the mouth appears more tra verse, as in Oreinus, and the under jaw much the shorter. Sab. Kashmir Lake. 5. Schizothoeax esocinus. Plate I, fig. 4. Schizothorax esocinus, Heekel, Fische Kasch, p. 48, t. ix. ; McClelland, Cal. Jouru. Nat. Hi > p. 579; Gunther, Cat. vii., p. 166. Day, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1876, p. 785. B. iii., D. |, P. 20, Y. 10, A. 7, C. 20. Length of head 4a to 4a, of caudal 5f ; height of body 7a in the total length. diameter 6a in the length of head, 2 diameters from end of snout and also apart- ^ orbital space flat. The greatest width of the head equals its height or its postorbital en Mouth very slightly oblique, horse-shoeshaped, the upper jaw longer than the lower, ^ maxilla reaching to ncraly below the front edge of the eye. Lower labial fold inter ru ICHTHYOLOGY. In the middle. A horny covering to inside of lower jaw. Barbels : the rostral ones more than half longer than the eye, reaching to below its first third ; the maxillary ones are slightly shorter. Fins : the dorsal as high as the body ; it commences midway between the nostrils and the base of the caudal ; its last undivided ray osseous, coarsely serrated poste- riorly, and its bony portion being as long as the head, excluding the snout. Pectoral does not quite reach the ventral, which latter fin commences on a vertical line slightly behind the origin of the dorsal, and extends two-thirds of the distance to the anal. Length of base of anal \ of its height ; it reaches, when laid flat, to the base of the caudal, which iatter fin is deeply forked. Free portion of the tail as high at its base as it is long. Colours silvery, with numerous black spots, most distinct in the upper half of the body. FLab. Leh, on the Upper Indus, Kashmir, and Afghanistan. 6. SCHIZOTIIOBAX INTERMEDITJS. Plate II, fig. 1. Sc/tizot/iorax intermedins , M’Clell., Cal. Journ. Nat. Hist. 1842, ii, p. 579; Gunther, Cat. vii, p. 165. B. iii., D. 74-8, P. 19, Y. 10, A. f, C. 20, L. 1. 105. Length of head 4f, of caudal 5 to 6, height of body 6 in the total length. Byes : diameter 5 J in the length of head, If diameter from the end of snout and also apart, dipper surface of the head flat; its greatest width equals its postorbital length, whilst its height equals its length excluding the snout. Upper jaw rather longer than the lower, and not overhung by the snout. Mouth liorseshoe-shaped, the depth of the cleft equalling the width of its gape. The maxilla reaches to below the hind nostril. Lower labial fold interrupted in the middle. A thin, smooth, deciduous horny covering to the lower jaw. Barbels four, as long as the eye in the young, longer in the adult. Teeth : pharyngeal, 5, 8, 2, 3, 5, pointed and rather crooked at their summits. Fins : dorsal as high as the body in the young, not quite so high in the adult ; it commences midway between the end of The snout or front nostril and base of the caudal ; its last undivided ray strong, rather coarsely serrated posteriorly, one-half to two-thirds as long as the head in the immature, four- fifths of its length in the adult. Pectoral as long as the head excluding the snout, and reach- ing more than half-way to the base of the ventral, which latter fin arises below the first dorsal ,,ay and extends more than half-way to the anal. The length of the base of the anal equals balf its height, which latter equals the length of the pectoral ; if laid flat it almost reaches Tbc base of the caudal, which is forked. Scales : depth of those in tiled row equals half a diameter of the eye. Free portion of the tait about as high at its commencement as it is °ng. Colours silvery, usually without spots ; hut in some specimens from Yangihissar there are minute black spots on the upper half of the body. ^ FLab. Kashghar, Yangihissar, and Sarikol. M’Clelland likewise obtained it (through Griffith) from Afghanistan, the Cabul River at Jellalabad, and Tarnuck River. He sent three specimens to the East India Museum. 7. Schizothorax microcektalus. Plate III, fig. 2. Day, Proe. Zool. Soc., 1876, p. 787. B. iii., D. P. 18, V. 11, A. f, C. 18, L. 1. 105, L. tr. 25/. Length of head 5 to 5J, of caudal 6, height of body 5f to 6 in the total length. Eyes . diameter 7 in the length of head, 2j diameters from end of snout, and 2j apait. Interorbital, B 6 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. gape; lower Barbels '■ space flat. The greatest width of the head equals its length behind the middle of the eyes , its height equals its length excluding the snout. Mouth broad, anterior, with the UPP® jaw the longer, and overhung by the snout; the cleft of the mouth nearly horizontal : ] extends to below the hind nostril, and is scarcely above half the extent of its labial fold interrupted in the middle. A thin horny covering to the lower jaw the rostral ones reach to below the hind edge of the eye, the maxillary ones to the hmc edge of the preopercle. Fins : dorsal anteriorly nearly as high as the body, commencing slightly nearer the snout than the base of the caudal fin, or midway between the two ; ^s last undivided ray weak, articulated, and with some very small obsolete denticulations posteriorly about its centre (absent in some specimens). Pectoral as long as the head behm the front nostril, and reaching rather above half-way to the ventral, which latter is shorter than the pectoral, reaching about half-way to the base of the anal. Anal almost reaching base of caudal when laid flat, the length of its base being only one-third of its height. Caudal wi ' rounded lobes. Eree portion of the tail rather longer than high. Scales: in the first thir of the body those along the lateral line are larger than those above or below them, bu posteriorly they are of the same size ; the tiled row equal about half the diameter of ie eye. Colour silvery. M’Clelland says of S. edeniana that its spine is slender, soft, and denticulated at i s base, hut the reflected fold of the lower lip is uninterrupted. Bacoma gobioides, M Cle •> from the Bamean River, shows the head almost as short as in this species ; but it has a str°u» serrated dorsal spine, whilst that fin is on an elevated base. The anal does not appear to reac above half-way to the base of the caudal. Bab. The specimens are from Panjah (9,000 feet) in Wakhan, the waters going to t w Oxus. The dorsal spine approaches that of Ftychobarbus. 8. SCHIZOTHORAX IRREGULARIS. Plate IY, fig. 1. Day, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1876, p. 787. ? Schizothorax edeniana, M'Clell., Cal. Jouvn. Nat. Hist, ii, p. 579. B. iii, D. |, P. 18, Y. 9, A. f, C. 20, L. 1. 98, L. tr. 26/. Length of head 5, of caudal 6, height of body 6 in the total length. Eyes : diameter 6a in the length of head, 2^ diameters from the end of snout, and about 2 apart. Interor space nearly flat. The greatest width of the head equals its height or its length behmc ^ orbit. Mouth narrow ; the upper jaw slightly the longer, and only slightly overhung by ^ snout. Cleft of mouth a little oblique, its width equal to its length, and the maxilla iea^ ing to beneath the front nostril. Lips very thick, lobed in the centre, and with an interrup labial fold. Barbels : the rostral ones reach to below the front edge of the eye ; the maxi ^ ones are one-half longer than the diameter of the eye. Fins : dorsal anteriorly about two- as high as the body below it : its last undivided ray weak, very feebly serrated posterior^ whilst the extent of its osseous portion does not exceed one-third of the length o head ; the fin commences midway between the front edge of the eye and the base o caudal fin. Pectoral as long as the head excluding the snout, and reaching half-way t° ^ ^ ventral, which latter is rather shorter and extends rather more than half-way to the aS® the anal. Anal two-fifths as long at its base as it is high ; when laid flat it almost reac ies caudal, which latter is slightly forked. Free portion of the tail rather longer than lug a base. Scales : those behind the pectoral region to as far as the end of the anal, and b6^3^, ye lateral line, are much smaller than those above the lateral line. The tiled row small, no a ICHTHYOLOGY. 7 half the diameter of the eye. Colours silvery, becoming lightest and glossed with gold below the lateral line. 1 Jab. The specimen described is stuffed, and 20,5 inches in length. It was obtained at Tash-kurgan in Sarikol. If this is identical with S. edeniana, M’Clell., it is also found in the Cabul River, in the My dan Yalley, and Sir-i-chusmah. 9. Schizothorax nastjs. Plate IY, fig 3. Schizothorax nasus, Hectel, Fisclic Kasck., p. 33, t. vi. ; Gunther, Cat. vii., p. 166. B. iii, D. |, P. 18, Y. 10, A. f, C. 19, L. 1. 90-100. Length of head 4§, of caudal 5|, height of body 5 in the total length. Eyes : diameter °i in the length of head, diameter from the end of snout, and also apart. Dorsal profile ttiore convex than that of the abdomen. Upper surface of the head nearly flat ; its greatest width equals its postorbital length, while its height equals its length excluding the snout, fi pper jaw rather longer than the lower and overhung by the snout. Mouth: liorseshoe-shaped, As gape equalling its cleft. The maxilla reaches to below the hind nostril. Lower labial fold interrupted. Barbels : four ; the maxillary ones two-thirds as long as the eye ; the rostral ones slightly shorter. Fins : dorsal as high as the body below it ; it commences midway between the middle of the eye and the base of the caudal fin ; its last undivided ray is strong, rather coarsely serrated, and nearly as long as the head. Pectoral about as long as the head excluding the snout, and reaching above half-way to the base of the ventral, which fatter fin arises below the last undivided dorsal ray, reaching half-way to the base of the anal, which is above twice as high as wride at its base, and nearly reaches the caudal when laid flat. Scales : depth of those in the tiled row scarcely one-third of the diameter of the eye. Pree portion of the tail not quite so high at its commencement as it is long. Colours : silvery, with black spots on the upper half of the body. This species has a more elevated dorsal profile and shorter barbels than S. intermedins. FLab. Kashmir Lake. 10. Ptychobarbus conirostris. Plate III, fig. 3. Ptychobarbus conirostris, Steindachner, Verb. z.-b. Ges. Wien., 1866, p. 789, t. xvii, f. 4; Gun- ther, Cat. vii., p. 169. B. iii, D. |, P. 22, Y. 10, A. 7-8, C. 19, L. 1. 95, L. tr. 24/. Length of head 4f to 5, of caudal 7j, height of body 65 to 6f in the total length. Eyes : diameter from 4J to 5^ in the length of the head, 2 diameters from the end of snout, and H apart. The greatest width of the head equals its postorbital length, but is slightly less than lts height. Mouth : horseshoe-shaped, with the upper jaw a little the longer, and rather fu erhung by the snout ; the maxilla reaches to below the front edge of the eye. Lower labial 0 d very broad, uninterrupted, and with a cleft in the median line posteriorly. Barbels : a pair at the angle of the mouth, which reach the posterior edge of the preopercle ; in a small specimen, 3T inches long, they only equal half a diameter of the eye in extent. Teeth ; P laryngeal ones in two rows. Fins : the dorsal commences mucli nearer the snout than the iase of the caudal, its entire base being equidistant from these two points ; it has no osseous 1 aJ' j and is as high as the body below it. Pectoral as long as the head behind the nostrils, and 8 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. does not reach quite so far as the ventral, which latter fin arises under the last few dorsa rays and reaches two-thirds of the distance to the base of the anal. The anal, when laid hi ’ reaches the base of the caudal, its base is 2 J in its height. Scales : the tiled row small, 110 one-third of the diameter of the eye. Colours : silvery, darkest along the hack and uppel half of body, where most of the scales have black margins, thus causing small reticulations in the colour. Upper surface of the head spotted with black ; some dark spots on the dors fin, and sometimes a few light ones on the caudal. Sab. Head-waters of Indus, Hanle in Tibet, and Chiliscomo, near Dras. its 11. Ptychobarbtjs laticeps. Plate III, fig. 1. Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876. p. 789. B. iii, D. |, P. 18, Y. 9, A. ?, C. 20, L. 1. 145. Length of head 4 of caudal 9^, height of body 7 in the total length. Syes : diameter 12 in the length of head, 2J diameters from the end of snout, and also apart. Mouth antei ior> with the lower jaw somewhat the longer; the depth of the cleft of the mouth equals half ^ width of the gape. Upper surface of the head broad, its width being nearly twice its heig No lower labial fold under the mandible. Barbels: a maxillary pair as long as the eyes Fins: dorsal arises slightly nearer the base of the caudal than the end of the snout last undivided ray weak, articulated at its extremity, and not serrated. Pectoral two- as long as the head. Ventral arises below the anterior dorsal rays. Caudal forked. & V- n> A- C- 19- Length of head 5 to 5f, of caudal 5J to 5§, height of body 7 to 8 in the total length. Eyes : diameter 4 to 5 in the length of head, 1 to 1^ diameters from end of snout, and ly to 2 apart. The greatest width of the head equals its length behind the middle of the eyes , und its height equals its length excluding the snout. Mouth inferior, overhung by the suout ; the maxilla reaches to below the front edge of the eye. A sharp, anterior, homy edge to the mandible. Barbels absent. Fins : the dorsal commences about midway between the end of the snout and the root of the caudal ; its upper edge is nearly straight, oblique; the fin is as high as the body below it, and one-third higher than its base is long ; its last Undivided ray osseous and finely serrated posteriorly. Pectoral not quite so long as the head, and reaching rather above half-way to the ventral, which latter, arising below the middle of the dorsal, is slightly the shorter, and does not reach the anal. Anal, when laid flat, reaches the base of the caudal ; it is rather above twice as high as its base is long. Caudal deeply forked. Pree portion of the tail as high as long. Lateral line at first descends gent y, anc then reascending, attains the middle of the body opposite the posterior extremity of the orsa hn. Colours olive superiorly, becoming white on the sides and beneath ; the w io e covcrcc ^ith irregular blackish spots. . The ova are comparatively large. The serrated dorsal spine is stronges m specimens from Leh. . . . , , , These fishes appear to he much attacked by parasites, which occasion ye ouis i c eva ec tubercles, not only on the head and body, hut also on the dorsal fin. One specimen, from Balakchi, had a shot (No. 2) imbedded in the ist imus, w lere Parts around it had healed. . non <» n Hub. Leh, Tankse, and fry or small fish from Lukong and Chagra (15,090 feet), all from waters directly or indirectly going to the Indus. Some y rom an ° , haters of which go to the Yarkand River \ Aktash, Upper Kara-kul and 1 anjah, tribute <* the Oxus or Amu River. This fish has also been taken at Gnari Khorsum by Sclilagmtweit. it -.i-ti.i'iii -i AL+atned from waters tliat flow intotlie Yarkand I am very dubious of these specimens, and hardly think they can have bee Qxus . and | fiud by the diary that on 5 aV’he adults have not 1)6611 obtained thence- The adnlt, however, has bee - ^ valley where a stream enters the the day the specimens in question were captured the camp was at Sarikol, a Ri uay rae specimens in quesri' iSU Ewer, a tributary of the Oxus. 10 SECOND YADKAND MISSION. Largest specimen 8’5 inches in length. There is also a specimen from Balakchi, the stream8 there apparently flowing towards the Yarkand Diver, which goes to the east. 14. Diptychtjs maculatus. Plate II, fig. 3. Dipiyclius maculatus, Steindackner, Verk, z.-b. Ges. Wien., 1866, p. 787 ; Gunther, Cat. vii., P- 171. Day, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1S76, p. 792. Dijptychus severzowi, Kessler, Fisk. Turkestan, p. 17, t. iv, £. 12. B. iii, D. g, P. 19, Y. 9, A. B C. 19, L. 1. 80-90. Length of head 5 to 6, of caudal 5 to 6; height of body 7-g- to 8 in the total length. Eyes : diameter 4| in the young to 6 in the adult in the length of the head, lj to 2 diameter from the end of snout, and 1-g- apart. The greatest width of the head equals its height, oi 1 length behind the front edge or middle of the eyes. Mouth transverse, inferior, having nu anterior sharp horny covering on the lower jaw. Lower labial fold interrupted in the nuc e- Barbels : one at each maxilla, having thick bases, and hardly so long as the eye. lee pharyngeal, 4, 3, 3, 4, curved at the outer extremity and pointed. Fins : the u()1®f commences rather nearer the snout than the base of the caudal, its upper edge is straig 1 ’ it is as high as the body below it, its last undivided ray articulated. Pectoral not quite s^ long as the head ; it reaches rather above half-way to the ventral, which latter commenc^ on a vertical line below the last dorsal ray ; it reaches rather above half-way to the base ^ ^ the anal. Anal when laid flat reaches the base of the caudal ; its height is nearly r times the length of its base. Scales not imbricated, but scattered over the upper " . thirds of the body and pectoral region, in which latter locality the skin is often the tiled row well developed. Eree portion of the tail one-half longer than lug 1 its base. Colours bluish, lightest interiorly, indistinctly blotched and spotted along ^ upper half of the body ; often a narrow, dull band along the lateral line, and a sec0 below it. The dorsal and caudal fins much spotted in some specimens. The very young are destitute of scales ; they first appear along the lateral line. . specimen from Basgo, 11 inch long, has no barbel on the left side. There are two spec ^ _ from the west of Sarikol : one has an adipose lid, covering the anterior half of the left the other has a similar lid covering the lower half of the left eye. Brown tubercles arc ^ mon on some of the specimens, and do not appear to be normal. Some specimens from have the eye small. eCies- Biptychus severzowi , from the Divers Aksai and Ottuck appears to be the above sp ^ Bab. Specimens were brought from Kharbu, Basgo, Snima, Leh, Tankse, and from waters going directly or indirectly to the Indus; from Pasrobat (9,370 fee )> ^ Tarbashi (11,515 feet), whence the waters go to the Yarkand Diver; also from Sarikol, which goes to the same river. Some specimens are also labelled as from Gn This fish has also been captured in other parts of Tibet, and likewise in Nepal. 15. Labeo s index sis. Plate II, fig. 4. Cirrhina sinclensis, Day, Proc. As. Soc., Peng., 1872, p. 319. B. iii, D. 12-13, P. 18, Y. 9, A. 7, C. 19, L. 1. 43, L. tr. 8-9. Length of head 6a, of caudal 4a ; height of body 5a in the total length. Byes . ^a^oUt 5a in the length of the head, 2 diameters from the end of the snout, and 24 apai ICHTHYOLOGY. 11 rather overhanging the mouth, without any lateral lobe. Lips continuous at the angle of the mouth, and having a thin cartilaginous covering. Barbels : a short maxillary, hut no rostral pair. Sab. — Sind, Punjab, and the Deccan. The specimen figured came from Murree. 16. ClRRHINA GOHAMA. Cyprinus latius and gohama, Hamilton Buchanan, Fishes of Ganges, pp. 846, 393. Barbus diplo chilus , Ileckel, Fisch. Kasch., p. 53, t. x, f. 1. Tylognathus barbatulus , Heckel, HiigeFs Reise, iv., p. 376. Chondrostoma wattanah , Sykes, Trans. Zool. Soe., ii., p. t. 62, f. 4 : Bleeker, Beng., p. 25. Gonorhynchus brevis, M’Clcll and Ind. Cypr. p. 373, t. 43, f. 6. Crassocheilus latius and gohama, Bleeker, Prod. Cypr., p. 110; Gunther, Cat. vii., p. 72. Crassocheilus roslralus, Gunther, loc. cit. Crossocheilus barbatulus. Gunther, loc. cit. B. iii., D. & , P. 15, Y. 9, A. C. 19, L. 1. 38-40. There are several specimens of this fish from the lake in Kashmir; and, curiously enough, they show the links between Hamilton Buchanan’s and Heckel’s species. All have a pair of rostral barbels and minute mandibular ones ( C. barbatula ) . Some have 5J, some rows between the lateral line and base of first dorsal ray. Others possess 3, 3|, and 41 r°ws between the lateral line and base of ventral fin. The proportions, likewise, vary with age and other causes. The localities this fish inhabits, and its mode of frequenting stones, very much resemble those of Biscognat/ms lamta, Hamilton Buchanan, whilst its jaws are wide (not deep) ; and its Under surface is similarly flattened, but it has no labial sucker. 17. Barbus tor. Plate III, fig. 4. Cyprinus tor, Hamilton Buchanan, Fishes of Ganges, pp. 305, 388. Barbus ( Labeobarbus ) kamiltonii. Gray and Hardwicke, Ind. Zool., pi. ; Jerdou, Mad. Journ. Lit. and Sci., 1849, p. 311. Barbus progeneius, M’Clell and, Ind. Cyp., pp. 270, 334, pi. lvi, f. 3; Cuv. and Val., xvi, p. 208. Labeobarbus macrolepis, Heekel, Fisch. Kashmir, p. 60, pi. x, f. 2, Cuv. and Val., xvi, p. 209. Labeobarbus tor, Bleeker, Cohit. et Cyp. Ceylon, in Nat. Verb. Holl. Maat. Haar., 1864, p. 10, f. 2. Day, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1867, p. 290 ; 1870, p. 372. Barbus khudree, Sykes, T. Z. S. ii, p. 57. Barbus tor, Cuv. and Val., xvi, p. 199. Barbus ( Barbodes ) tor, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1869, pp. 270, 334. „ mo sal, Gunther, Cat. vii, p. 130. „ macrolepis, Gunther, Cat. vii, p. 131. „ longispinis, Gunther, Cat. vii, p. 132. B. iii, D. a, P. 18, V. 9, A. f, C. 19, L. 1. 23-24, L. tr. 4/4 This fish, the Mahaseer of India, is too well known to need describing. 12 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Habitat. — Erom Sind throughout India and Ceylon, and generally ascending mountain rivers for the purpose of breeding. Should such rivers be snow-fed, it deposits its ova in the side streams. Before describing the Loaches, I will give my reasons why it appears to me that the genus Biplophysa, Kessler, may probably he a synonym of Nemacheilus. It is said to consist of “ elongated fishes, strongly compressed posteriorly,” which we perceive in Nemacheilus stoliczkce and N. yarkandensis ; but in an equally elongated species N. tenuis , the free portion of the tail is not compressed, hut is as wide as deep. “ The eyes are surrounded with a fold of skin forming a lid.” This is also perceived m specimens amongst the species I have enumerated from Yarkand ; and I have likewise noted that some of the other fishes from the same cold region have folds of skin more or less cover- ing the eyes. “ Dips fleshy, the upper more or less denticulated, the inferior bilobed, and more or less papillated.” I have figured the inferior surface of the head of all the Loaches; and although some, as AT. stoliczkce and N. tenuis , have the lips as described by Kessler, the N. yarkandensis has not, whilst the three certainly cannot he separated into distinct genera. “ Air-vessel in two parts, the anterior enclosed in a bony capsule, the posterior elongated and free in the abdominal cavity.” This is the only portion of Kessler’s definition not perceived in these fishes in which the air-vessel is enclosed in bone ; and I cannot resist suggest- ing a re-examination of Western Turkestan specimens. It would bo very remarkable were the Nemacheili found in Europe, in fact throughout Asia, even in the Oxus, to have their air-vessels enclosed in bone, whereas in the river Hi going to Lake Balkash, and the river Urdjar falling into Lake Ala (Ala-kul), they have the same organ partially free in the abdomen, as is seen in genus Bolia. But granting Kessler’s description to be accurate, 1 cannot think that such a fact alone would justify instituting a new genus for the reception or his species. The reason for air-vessels being more or less enclosed in hone in some fishes is obscure ; and I some time since adverted, in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society,’ to the circum- stance of such not being infrequent in Indian Siluridce. I found amongst the Indian genera of Siluroids of the fresh waters, or those which enterec fresh waters, as follows : — A. — Air-vessel, when present, free in the abdominal cavity — 1. Rita ; 2. Erethistes ; 3. Pseudeutropius ; 4. Silurus ; 5. Olyra ; 6. Macrones ; * Ccillichrous ; 8. Wallago ; 9. Arius ; 10. Hemipimelodus ;l 11. Osteogeniosus > 12. JBatrachocephalus ; 13. Pmgasius ; 14. Plotosus. Of these, five (^oS‘ 9, 10, 11, 12, and 14) are marine forms, entering fresh waters for predaceous purposes. JB. — Air vessel more or less enclosed in bone — 1. Ailia ; 2. Ailiichthys ; 3. Sisor ; 4. Bagarms ; 5. Amblyceps ; 6. Saccobranchus , 7. Silundia ; 8. Eutropiichthys ; 9. Gagata ; 10. Nangra ; 11. Pseudecheneis > 12. Exostoma ; 13. Glorias; 14. Glyptosternum. All of these are fresh w a 01 genera. 1 Hemipimelodus appears to be Arius destitute of teetb on the palate. ICHTHYOLOGY. 13 These fourteen fresh water genera having the air-vessel enclosed in hone are divisible follows : — 1. — Waters of plains — («.) — Large rivers- No suckers on the chest : — Ailia, Ailiichthys, Sisor, Bagarius, Silundia, Eutropiichthys , Gagata, Nangra. (g.)— Large rivers : descending to the sea. An accessory air-breathing apparatus Clarias. (7.) — Smaller rivers, tanks, &c. An accessory air-breathing sac: — Saccobranchus . 2. — Waters of the plains or hills — No sucker on chest : — Amblyceps. Sucker on chest: — Glyptosternum. 3. — Waters of hills — Sucker on chest : — Pseudecheneis. Chest adhesive : — Exostoma. As we find genera with the air-vessel enclosed in hone decrease in number the further 'vve are from Hindustan Proper, it is hut natural to conclude that the necessity for this bony capsule is greater in India than in other tropical countries, and also that it is only useful for freshwater forms. When we see that all fishes (except the Nemacheili ) from Yarkand have the air-vessel free in the abdominal cavity, it stands to reason that heat or cold can scarcely be that which Evolves the necessity of this form of organization. It appears most probable that the air vessel being more or less enclosed in bone is for fhe purpose of developing some function specially required or to an abnormal extent, and that ■whatever this may be it is most necessary in a mountain torrent, but unnecessary in a marine existence. We find in fishes that the air-vessel has two distinct functions — (1) .- — In the Acanthopterygii, where it is free in the abdominal cavity, its use is more 0r less a mechanical one, and by contracting or expanding the fish is enabled to maintain itself at a desired level. (2) .- — In the Physostomi we find a very different formation, as in all there is a duct °pening from the air-vessel into the upper portion of the alimentary canal. In some of these fishes the mechanical function appears to be alone served by it. In others, that of mating seems to entirely supersede that for flotation, for being more or less enclosed in bone Contraction and expansion wrould be impeded. These bones or auditory ossicles lead to the mternai ear, and it is evident that in some way the air vessel serves for auditory purposes to an extent for which we, at present, are hardly in a position to account. It is remarkable that Siluroid forms do not appear to thrive in cold climates. The C yprinincs of this collection have all small scales, or are more or less destitute of any ; ;;hilst the Loaches of Yarkand and Tibet have none at all; neither have those recorded fiom 10 Oxns or the Jaxartes. ... There is one characteristic of the hill Loaches which seems almost invariable . t c Pectoral fins are stiff at their bases, as if employed for adhesive purposes. I have observed tbe outer ray in some of the Loaches of the plains forming a distinct bony ray with an mdargod and flattened outer extremity : but this is used for the purpose of assisting them to into the sand, in which they will bury themselves with great rapidity on the approach of danger. D 14 SECOND YARKAND MISSION, 18. Nemacheiltjs stoliczk.e Plate Y, fig. 2. Colitis stoliczlcce, Steindachner, Yerh. z.-b., Ges. Wien., 1866, p. 793, t. xiv, f. 2. Colitis tenuicauda, Steindachner loc. cit. p. 792, t. xvii., f. 3. N emacheilus stoliczkm, Gunther, Cat. vii, p. 360. Nemacieilus tenuicauda, Gunther, loc. cit., p. 357. B. iii, D. -I, p. 13, Y. 8, A. f, C. 15. Length of head 6, of caudal 6 ; height of body 8 in the total length. Byes : diameter 8 in the length of head, 3 diameters from the end of snout, and 2 apart. Snout roun<^(’ slightly projecting over the mouth. Lips rugose ; and in some specimens from Yarkand t re edges are fimbriated : lower lip with a lobe on either side, hut the lower labial fold interrup in the middle. The greatest width of the head equals its height, or its length exchi » the snout. In some specimens the preorbital has a free lower edge. Barbels six, . maxillary ones reach beyond the hind edge of the eye ; the rostral ones are shorter. -p the dorsal commences midway between the eye and the base of the caudal, it is one- higher than its base is long, and equals the greatest depth of the body ; its last ray is 1 n*0llO. to its base ; its upper edge is oblique, with a rounded anterior angle. Pectoral nearly, as » as the head, and reaching rather above half-way to the ventral ; the latter fin arises vertical line below the anterior dorsal rays, is almost as long as the pectoral, and rea • above half-way to the anal. Anal with a very narrow base : caudal slightly emarg ^ Pree portion of the tail from twice to two-and-a-half times as long as high at its 1 Scales : absent. Air-vessel : in two portions, enclosed in bone. Colours : greyish alon the hands- back, becoming lighter beneath, marbled all over with dark green or black spots or Dorsal, caudal, and sometimes outer pectoral rays barred. In specimens from Sarikol the snout is rather more pointed than described above. Bab. — Leh (11,518 feet); Snima; Lukong stream (14,130 feet); and Chagra (j^^ feet), ail being waters directly or indirectly going to the Indus. Also Yarkand ( ’ ^ feet) and Sarikol, where the waters go to the easterly or Yarkand River; and A' (12,600 feet), which is on the Aksu or Oxus. _ I have a specimen in my collection given me by Dr. Stoliczka : he procured it, with those sent to Steindachner, from the Tso-Morari in Rupshu (Tibet), on his filS to that country. 19. Nemaciieilus yakkandensis. Plate V, fig. 3. Day, Proc. Zool. Soe., 1876, page 796. B. iii, D. f, P. 17, Y. 8, A. f, C. 15. Length of head 4J, of caudal 6, height of body 6f in the total length. Byes •' )art. 6 to 7 in the length of the head, 2| diameters from the end of snout, and 2 to Snout : rather elevated in the adult. Upper surface of the head nearly flat ; its grea * ^ _ qp equals its height or its length excluding the snout. Mouth inferior, horseshoe-shape.^’. smooth, lower labial fold interrupted in the middle and destitute of lobes. Barbels s^JnceS maxillary ones reach (in adults) the angle of the preopercle. Fins : the dorsal com ICHTHYOLOGY. 15 midway between tbe front edge of the eye and the base of the caudal fin ; its npper edge is straight and oblique ; its height rather exceeds that of the body below it, and is one-fourth more than the extent of its base. Pectoral as long as the head excluding the snout, and reaching two-thirds of the distance to the ventral. Ventral commences below tbe first dorsal ray, is shorter than the pectoral, and reaches two-thirds of the distance to the anal. Anal twice as high as wide at its base. Caudal emarginate, its outer rays being a little produced. Ihee portion of the tail at its commencement nearly equals its length in the adult, but is less in the young. Scales absent. Air-vessel in two portions, enclosed in bone. Colours : greyish, having in some specimens numerous fine blackish or dark spots on the body. In some there is a silvery lateral band. Hah. — Yarkand, Pasrobat, Yangiliissar, and Kashgliar, all from waters in connection with the Yarkand and Yangihissar or Great Easterly Hiver. 20. Nemacheilus tenuis. Plate V, fig. 4. Day, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1876, page 796. B. iii, D. 8!9, P. 13, V. 8, A. J-, C. 17. Length of head 5g to 5^, of caudal *l\, height of body 9 to 10 in the total length. Eyes : diameter 5| in the length of head, 2J diameters from the end of snout, and 1 apart- Snout rather compressed and overhanging the mouth ; the greatest width of the head equals its height or its length excluding the snout. In some specimens the lower edge of the preorbital is free. Lips thickened and fimbriated in the adult ; lower labial fold interrupted in the middle, and rather lobed on either side. Barbels six ; the outer rostral pair extend to be- low the hind edge of the eye, the maxillary ones to the opercle in the adult. Fins : dorsal commences midway between the end of the snout and the base of the caudal fin ; its upper f dge is slightly concave, with a rounded upper angle ; it is rather more than one-half higher than the extent of its base or than the body below it. Pectoral nearly as long as the head, and reaches rather above half-way to the ventral, which latter commences under the third dorsal ray ; is as long as the pectoral, and reaches the base of the anal. Anal twice as high as wide at its base. Caudal slightly emarginate. Eree portion of the tail one-third as high at its base as it is long, while its breadth equals its height. Scales absent. Air-vessel in two portions, enclosed in bone. Colours : yellowish white, the surface and sides sometimes with dark blotches and spots : dorsal and caudal fins with dull spots. This fish is allied to N. ladacensis , Gunther, but is distinguished by a more elongated body and longer barbels, &c. Ilab. Aktash (12,600 feet elevation), whence the waters pass to the Oxus ; and Yangi- nissar (4,320 feet elevation), where the rivers go to the Yarkand Hiver. 21. Nemacheilus ladacensis. Plate IV, fig. 4. Nemacheilus ladacensis, Gunther, Cat. vii, p. 356. B. iii., D. |, P. 13, V. 9, A. C. 19. _ Length of head 5, of caudal 5f ; height of body 5-| in the total length. Eyes : diameter 0 to 51 in the length of head, 2j diameters from end of snout, and 2 apart. Greatest width 1 16 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. of head equals its height or its length excluding the snout. Lips moderately thick and rugose ; lower labial fold interrupted in the middle. Barbels 6 ; the maxillary ones scarcely reach to below the front edge of the eye, the longest rostral ones to below the front nostril- Fins : dorsal commences midway between the front edge of the eye and the base of the caudal fin : it is as high as the body below it and half higher than its base 1S long; its upper anterior corner rounded. Pectoral as long as the head behind the angle of the mouth, and reaching nearly to the ventral, which latter fin arises below tin commencement of the dorsal fin : it is shorter than the pectoral, but extends to the base o the anal. Anal twice as high as long, and reaches above half-way to the base of the caucia which is emarginate. Free portion of the tail twice as long as high at its base. Scales absent. Colours : of a light fawn, with sixteen or eighteen interrupted darker and sinuous hands passing from the hack down the sides ; a silvery lateral hand. Dorsal and caucia finely spotted in lines : a darkish hand on pectoral, ventral and anal. Sab. Gnari Khorsum, Tibet. The specimen described is the largest of two obtained by Messrs, von Schlagintweit, and deposited in the Indian Museum. The size of the Britis Museum specimen, and the broken state of its caudal fin, must he accepted as the reason why my proportion of the free portion of the tail does not agree with Dr. Gunther’s (neai „ i) ; whilst I find the caudal fin “emarginate,” and not “rounded.” 22. Nemacheiltjs gracilis. Plate IV, fig. 5. Day, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1876, p. 798. B. iii, D. 4, P. 13, Y. 8, A. 4, C. 17. Length of head 51, of caudal 6-r, height of body 6! ; in the total length. diameter 11 in length of head, 4 diameters from end of snout, and 21 apart. overhanging the mouth. The greatest width of the head equals its height or its lel|^ excluding the snout. Lips thickened; lower labial fold interrupted in the middle and ia lobed on either side. Barbels six; the maxillary ones nearly twice as long as the ey° ’ external rostral ones reach the hind nostril ; the other pair are shorter. Fins : dorsal co mences midway between the eye and vertical border of the preopercle ; its upper ec » ■ nearly straight ; it is not quite so high as the body below it, and one-fourth less than^^ extent of its base. Pectoral as long as the head behind the angle of the mouth ; it tu ^ rather above half-way to the base of the ventral, which latter fin arises somewhat in ac \ <• ^ of the commencement of the dorsal ; it is of about the same length as the pectoral, an ^ tends half-way to the anal. Anal twice as high as wide at its base : it reaches, when lai ^ a little more than half-way to the base of the caudal, which is slightly emarginate. ^ portion of the tail half as high at its base as it is long. Scales absent. Colours hi on along the back, becoming yellowish beneath : dorsal and caudal with dull spots. Sab. Basgo, on the head waters of the Indus. ICHTHYOLOGY. 17 23. Nemacheilus marmoeatus. Plate V, fig. 1. Colitis marmoraia , Hcekel, Fiscbe K ascii., p. 76, t. xii., figs. 1 and 2 : Hiigel, Kasclim. iv., p. 380. Colitis viltata, Heckel, loc. cit. p. 80, t. xii., figs. 3 and 4; Hligel, loc. cit. p. 382. Nemacheilus marmoratus , Giintlier, Cat. vii., p. 356 ; Day, Proc. Zool. Soe., 1876, p. 798. B. iii, D. f, P. 11, Y. 7, A. b C. 17. Length of head 4f to 5, of caudal 7, height of body 7 in the total length. Eyes : dia- meter 5 in length of head, 2 diameters from end of snout, and 1^ apart. Snout somewhat pointed ; and in some the preorhital is slightly projecting, Lips wrinkled ; the lower labial fold interrupted. The greatest width of the head equals its height or its length excluding the snout. Barbels : the maxillary ones reach to below the hind edge of the eye ; the ros- tral ones are nearly as long, Fins : dorsal commences midway between the end of the snout and the base of the caudal ; its upper edge is nearly straight, oblique, and with rounded angles ; its height rather exceeds that of the body below it ; and it is nearly twice as high as its base is long. Pectoral as long as the head excluding the snout, and extending half-wray to the ventral. Ventral one-third shorter than the pectoral, and reaching half-way to the anal* Anal twice as high as long at its base. Caudal cut square, with rounded angles or slightly emarginate. Pree portion of the tail from one-and-a-half to twice as long as high at its base. Scales absent. Colours marbled or irregularly blotched and spotted with brown ; fins also more or less spotted. Ilab. Kashmir Lake. 24. Nemacheilus rupicola. Schistura rupicola, McClelland. Journ. A. Soe. Bengal, vii., pi. lv, fig. 3, and Ind. Cypr., p. 309, pi. lvii., f. 3. The Kashmir species are almost or quite destitute of scales, and otherwise a^iet with M’Clelland’s fish. 25. Nemacheilus micrors.1 Colitis microps, Steindaehuer, Verb. z.-b. Ges. Wien., 1866, p. 794, t. xiii., f. 3. Nemacheilus microps, Giintlier, Cat. vii., p. 357. This species is entirely destitute of scales. The head is as wide as it is long. It was obtained by Dr. Stoliczka in Tibet on his first journey, hut no specimens exist amongst t le Yarkand collection. 1 Oreias Dabryi, Sauvage, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1874, p. 3, is closely allied -o thi. A ec' 18 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. If we examine the localities whence the fishes which form this collection were procured, omitting the Murree and Kashmir examples, we find as follows : — Name of species. Exostoma stoliczlcce ... Oreinus sinuatus Schizothorax esocinus chrysochlorus ■ intermedius irregularis Ptychobarbus conirostris Head waters of Indus. Yarkand river, or its branches. Oxus, or its tributaries. laticeps longiceps Schizopygopsis stoliczhiB Diptychus maculatus ... Nemacheilus stoliczkce gracilis ... yarlcandensis — — — tenuis ... Total Thus, we have eight species from the head- waters of the Indus, two of which eX^e1^ to the great easterly, or Yarkand, River of Eastern Turkestan, and one to the Oxus ^ Western Turkestan; nine species from the Yarkand River, two common to the Indus ^ three to the Oxus ; and four species from the Oxus, three of which are also found 111 Yarkand River, and one in the head waters of the Indus. _ • Qn If these species are examined in accordance with the districts traversed by this JV 1 and mapped out by Mr. Hume, we obtain the following results : — ecjeS (1st). — Erom the hilly region between Murree and the Zoji-la Pass, there exists one sp ^ of Schizothorax showing an affinity to the Turkestan fauna : one Orem > ^ Himalayan genus : and two species of Nemacheilus, a genus common Turkestan and Hindustan. ttvrnfl* (2nd). — Erom Zoji-la to the head of the Pankong there are; — one Siluroid, evidently a Himalayan and hilly form. Of carps, the Himalayan ^ four genera which may be considered as common to Turkestan, and m° ^ the upper hilly regions, viz., Schizothorax, Schizopygopsis , I Hycobar Diptychus : lastly, a Nemacheilus, an almost universally distributed germ^^ (3rd). — Erom the plains of Yarkand, two species of Schizothorax and two ° bar bus, evidently the most typical forms of the fishes in these elevated ic» the genus Nemacheilus is likewise represented. ICHTHYOLOGY. 19 (4th). — Prom the west of Yarkand to the Pamir Schizothorax, Schizopygopsis and Diptychm, all forms found in Turkestan or adjacent regions, and likewise Nemacheilm were obtained. The foregoing species constitute the fish-collection made in the cold and inhospitable regions traversed by the Mission ; and they are of interest for the purpose of ascertaining what are the chief characteristics of the fish-fauna, and what relationship it bears to those of contiguous Asiatic regions, so far as such have been ascertained. In tliis inquiry it will be necessary to take a survey of the fishes of Afghanistan, Western Turkestan, and Hindustan, before proceeding further respecting those of Tibet and Yarkand or Eastern Turkestan. Most of our knowledge of the fishes of Afghanistan is due to the labours of Griffith, who remarked “ The characteristic forms of Afghan fish are doubtless the small-scaled Barbi and Oreini ; and these far exceed the others in number .... The fish are as distinct from the Indian forms as the plants are .... By characteristic I do not mean that these forms are limited to Afghanistan, because they occur perhaps to an equal extent in the Himalayas, to the streams of which those of Afghanistan approximate more or less in the common features of rapids and bouldery beds.” Having crossed the high range of mountains separating Afghanistan from the plains of Western Turkestan, he found “a great change in the fish to occur, and Salmoniclce 1 seem to take the precedence of the Cyprinidce. A species of trout abounds in the Bamean Biver and up its small tributaries, derived from the Koh-i-Baba, to an altitude of about 11,000 feet. A species of Barbus with small scales is likewise common in the Bamean Biver” 2 (Cal. Journ. Nat., Hist., ii. p. 565). He observes that Indian species were in the majority in the Cabul river (a tributary of the Indus) at Peshawur ; and in accordance with the facility or the reverse of access from the plains did he find a predominance of Indian or Afghan forms. 3 The nature of the fishes of Afghanistan appears to be much as follows : — Absence of Acanthopterygian or spiny -rayed families, except the spineless and Avidely distributed Ophio- cephalus gachua, Ham. Buch., and the spiny eel, Mastacembclus armalus , Lacep., so common in the East from the plains to the summits of mountains. Few Siluroids, but perhaps a Callichorus and Amblyceps. Numerous Cyprinoids which appear to belong to the following genera — Oreinus , Schizothorax , Bungicc, from near Herat, Barilius, and a Loach (? Nemacheilus), perhaps Discognatlms and Barbus. The fullest account we possess of the fishes of Western Turkestan is that lately given by Kessler, from which I have extracted the following : — Acanthopterygii. Berea fluviatilis, Linn., obtained exclusively from the Jaxartes and some of its tributaries. B. schrenckii, Kess., from Lake Balkash. Lucioperca sandra, Cua ., from the Jaxartes. Coitus spinulosus, Kess., very rare in Turkestan, tAVo specimens from Khojend. _ None of these spiny-rayed fishes were captured at so south a latitude as Kas lg iai. ut °f the four species three came from the Jaxartes or its tributaries, the other from Lake Balkash. ' This remark appears to have been a little too strong, as he only found one species of Sal mo , piobablj. it v,a. \ery • The stuffed type presented to the British Museum from the Indian Museum seems to have eon os 01 J 3 Griffith states that the Cabul River at Jellakbad presents us with two or three small-scaled^!, (. Ore together with certain tropical forms, as the Mahasir ( Barbus ) and a Silurus very me, 1 no 1 en ic.i w ’ , VaUvru, afgana). Also the same river at Lalpur possesses a fish, I believe, identical with the Nepoora of Assam {Labeo) and a Q°norhynchus (= Discognatlms) . Griffith also mentions a Loach-like Silurus from near Ju ldiz (. m ycei 20 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Siltjmdje. Siluris glanis, Linn. Generally spread throughout Western Turkestan, having been received from the Jaxartes, Oxus, and Sarekshan or Tarafshan Rivers. Cypriniile. Cyprmus carpio, Linn., from the Jaxartes, Oxus, Sarekshan Rivers- Barbus conocephalus, Kess., from Sarekshan. B. platyrostris , Kess., from the River Aksu falling into Lake Balkasli. B. lacertoides, Kess., from Jaxartes and its tributaries. brachycephalus, Kess., from Jaxartes and Oxus. Schizothorax aJcsaiensis, from the River Aksai. S.fedtschenkoi, Kess., S. afflnis , Kess., and S. eurystomus, Kess., from the Sarekshan River. S. orientalis, Kess., from a lake on the Alatau Mountains, the waters on the Western Turkestan side of which drain to Lake Balkasli. JDiplychus severzoioi, Kess., Aksai an Ottuk Rivers to 10,000 feet. J). dybowskii, Kess., River Aksu. Gobio jluviatilis, Cuv-» widely distributed in Western Turkestan, specimens received from near the towns of Tashkend, Khojend, Djisak, and from the Ak Daria. Abramis brama, Linn., Jaxartes and its tribu- taries. A. sapa, Pallas, rare, from the Jaxartes. Acanthobrama kmchalceivitscki, Kess., Jaxartes. Belecns cultratus, Linn., Sea of Aral. Abramis chalcoides, Giild., rather rare, obtained in the Ak Daria and Durman Kul. A. iblioides, Kess., creeks near Janikurjan. fasciatus, Nord., Sarekshan. A. tceniatus, Kess., Jaxartes. Aspius rapax , Pallas, Jaxartes and its tributaries. A. esocinus , Kess., Jaxartes and Oxus. Leuciscus ery throphtha bnus> Linn., Jaxartes. L. squaliusculus, Kess., from near Khojend on the Jaxartes and Janikurjan- L. rutilus, Linn., Jaxartes and Aigus Lake. Cobitidisle. Cobitis longicauda, Kess. (scaled), one specimen from the Jaxartes- C. uranoscopus, Kess., from near Magian, Tashkend, Hhodjaduk, and Lake Iskander, the waters of which appear to drain to the Sarekshan River. C. dorsalis, Kess., creeks near Jani- kurjan. C. elegans, Kess., and C. tcenia, Kess., river near Tashkend, a tributary of tho Jaxartes. Biplophysa strauchii, Kess., river Hi, falling into Lake Balkasli. JD. labial Kess., River Ur d jar, falling into Lake Ala. SalmoniDjE. Salmo oxianus, Kess., river Darant, falling into the Kisil-su, one of tut upper tributaries of the Oxus. EsociDiE. JEsox luclus, Linn., Jaxartes and its tributaries. Ciioxdropterygii. Acipenser schipa, Lovetsky, Jaxartes, Casalius River. Scaphid1!) ,l chus fedtschenJcoi, Kess., Oxus. The foregoing fishes of Western Turkestan 1 mainly consist of— (1st). — Those descending from the north or spreading from the east or west, such a Berea, Lucioperca , Coitus, Gobio, Abramis, Acanthobrama, Belecus, Albu> illti” Aspius, 3 qualms, Leuciscus, Acipenser, and Scaphirhynchus. . (2nd).— Those common to Afghanistan and Yarkand, as Schizothorax, Barbus, Loaches ( ? genus). (3rd). Those found also in Yarkand, as Schizothorax and Diptychus. (4tli). — Silurus , (which will be alluded to). Lastly, Salmo, on the slopes of the mountains where the rivers descend to the Oxus- ^ The existence of one of the Salmonidce, termed Salmo orientalis by M’Clelland, y ^ well known to Dr. Stoliczka ; and a special object of his search (as he informed me previou to starting) would be to try and ascertain its distribution. Griffith found this fish “in Bamean River, a stream that falls from the northern declivities of the Hindoo Koosh in the Oxus.” 1 I have to thank Mr. F. Carl Craemers for kindly translating- some Russian localities, which I should not otherwise have able to give. ICHTHYOLOGY. 21 Kessler does not record any of this family from the Jaxartes, or, in fact, from the rivers immediately descending from the Tian Shan or the Alatau Mountains. TV e are, therefore, left to surmise that in the hills whence these fishes were taken is the abrupt termination of members of the family Salmonidce, which does not possess a solitary representative in Hindustan, except the S. levenensis (introduced on the Nilgiris in Madras). If we now take a short review of the Fresh Water Fishes of India we find much as follows : — AC ANTHOPTER Y GIL Genera Atnbassis, Badis, Nand/us, Pristotepis, Scicena , Gobius and some allied genera, F hy nc hob dell a, , Mugil, Anabas, Poly acanthus, Osphromenus, Trichogaster, E tropins exist in India, hut are absent from the fresh waters of Afghanistan, Turkestan, and Yarkand. Whether existing only in large rivers or distributed more generally over India, none pass the boundary of the Himalayas. Mastacembelus and Ophiocephalm are found in India and in Afghanistan ; both ascend for some height the Himalayas and other hill ranges. PHYSOSTOMI. SilukidtE. Genera Erethistes, Macrones, Pita, Pang asms, Pseudeutropius, Wallago , Olyra, Chaca, Clarias , Saccobranchns, Sihmdia, Ailia, Ailiichthys, Eutropiichthys, Sisor, Gagata, Nangra, Bagarius, Pseudccheneis, Glyptostermm exist in India, but not in Afganistan, Turkestan or Yarkand. Callichrous and Amblyceps, which are found in India, appear to be present in Afganistan, and the former also in Kashmir. Exostoma is found along the Himalayas ; Silurus in Turkestan and India. C ypkin ODONTiDiE . Cyprinodon and Haplocheilus are found in India. CypniNimE. Genera Eomaloptera, Psilorhynchus, Oirrhina, Osteochelus, Scaphiodon, Semiplotus, Catla, Amblypharyngodon, Nuria, liasbora, Aspidoparia, Rohtee, Danio, Perilampus, Chela, and various genera of Cobitidince exist in India. Eiscognathus, Labeo, and Barilms are common to India and Afghanistan, but are evi- dently Indian forms. Oreimis, Schizothorax, and Barbus, are found in India, also in Afghanistan, and the two last in Turkestan, whilst Schizothorax is common in Yarkand. Cobitis or Nemacheilus seem to extend everywhere. Clupeid^e and Notopteeid.e. Of the genera belonging to these families, and which exist in the fresh waters of India, none go beyond the base of the Himalayas. The Fishes of Yarkand 1 or Eastern Turkestan consist of species of the following genera : Schizothorax, found also in Afghanistan and Western Turkestan ; one species on the slopes I here omit the genera Exostoma from the Himalayas, and Oreinus from the Himalayas and Afghanistan. E 22 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. of the Himalayas, and sometimes even descending to the plains. Diptychus, Tibet, Yarkand and Western Turkestan. Schizopygopsis, Tibet and Yarkand. Etychobarbus, Tibet and Yarkand. The remainder are Loaches. Diptychus Dybowskii, Kess., would almost seem to be a Schizopygopsis with an articulat- ed dorsal ray and a pair of maxillary barbels. Perhaps several of these hill-genera will) at some future date, be properly amalgamated, as has been done with the low-country Barbels (Barbus). * An examination of the genera of spiny-rayed or Aeanthopterygian fishes clearly shows that as we proceed inland in India they diminish ; at the Himalayas they cease. Two Indian species 1 only have been observed to exist in Afghanistan ; and they are amongst the most widely distributed of their respective genera. Neither of these extends in the north-east, either to Western Turkestan or Yarkand. In Western Turkestan, it is true, three genera of this order are represented ; but they have evidently extended southwards. Yarkand and Tibet appear to be unsuited for this order of fishes : and thence none have been brought. The Physostomi include all the Yarkand and Tibet fishes. Among Siluroids the Indian genera CalUchrous and ? Amblyceps have been doubtfully recorded from Afghanistan ; but neither have spread to Western Turkestan, where, however, the Silurus glams is found, evi- dently a wanderer from its more northern home. It is clear that in India there is a gradual diminution of Siluroids as we proceed inland until we arrive at the Himalayas. On the slopes of these mountains we at first obtain a feVl peculiar genera and species organized for a mountain-torrent life ; but as wc rise, eventually (as was the case in this Mission), an elevation is attained which, taken in connection with the latitude and paucity of food, seems to be beyond the limit of the Indian Siluroids. The Siluroids along the slopes of the Himalayas appear to be mostly confined to the following : — A few, as Macrones and CalUchrous , ascend a short distance, which may be con- sidered accidental. JPseudecheneis is a more distinct hill-form, possessing a sucker formed 0 transverse folds between its pectorals on the chest, and by the aid of which it prevents itspl being carried away by the torrents. Glyptosternum has also an adhesive sucker, but of longitu- dinal folds, and likewise placed on the chest. These fishes, however, appear to be moi‘( intended for rapid rivers in the plains, but some ascend the slopes of the Himalayas. I taken large specimens from the rivers at the base of the bills in which the suckers w cr< scarcely visible : whether they had outgrown them, or, owing to the suckers not having be*-11 primarily well developed, they had been unable to maintain their footing in the hill-stream*’ of course, one cannot decide. Amblyceps is a Loach-like form found in the waters of 1 14 plains and also of the hills ; it is abundant near Kangra, Exostoma, an example of wmj^ exists in the Yarkand-Mission collection, is also a remarkable form. It has a broad a*1 depressed head and chest, the latter forming a species of sucker to enable it to sustain mountain-torrent life. This fish ( Exostoma stolicskcc) belongs to a genus which has only been recorded r° , hilly regions, neither extending to the waters of the comparatively level plateaus of the u^ lands, nor descending any distance towards the plains. -The following six species arc know n • ^ (1) E. stolicskcc , from the head- waters of the Indus; (2) E. blythii, from near Darjee n-,) where the waters descend to the Ganges; (3) E. labiatmn, from the Mishmi Mountains Eastern Assam ; (4) E. andersonii, from near Bhamo on the confines of China; (5) ^aCl 1 Ophiocephalus gachua and Mastacemhelus armatus. ICHTHYOLOGY. 23 from the most easterly portion of Tibet near the headwaters of the Yang-se-kiang; (6) E. berdrnorei, from Tenasserim. The distribution of the foregoing six species of this genus is interesting, because it is suggestive of whether, at some remote period, the Himalayan range, the mountains between Tibet and China, and the spur or continuation southwards through Burma and Siam, may 11 Qt have been connected one with another. Whilst adverting to this point, I would mention another circumstance : the only Siluroid stated to be found in "Western Turkestan is the Silurus glams , Linn. Three other species of E'e same genus have been captured on the hill-ranges of India; and their distribution somewhat accords with that of Exostoma — (1) . — Si turns cockinohmensis, Cuv. & Val. = Silurichthys berdmorei, Blyth, and (2) .- — Silurus wynaadensis, Day. These fishes, found in hills up to about 2,500 feet, have been obtained in the Western Ghats, Akyab Hills, Tenasserim and Cochin China. They would appear to be restricted to those mountains which are not far removed from the seacoast. How it is that several species of fishes are common to Malabar and Siam, or the countries contiguous to it, whilst they are entirely absent from the intermediate districts of India, is a question which I do not pro- pose entering upon. (3) .' — -S. afghcma, Gunther, from Afghanistan, is identical with S. dukai, Day, from Darjeeling. Cyprmidce form the entire collection of the Yarkand Mission, after its arrival beyond the upper waters of the Indus. If we examine the members of this family found on the Hima- layas in the same manner as we have the Siluroids, we find as follows : EiscognatJius , so easily recognizable by the sucker on the lower lip, is found some distance up the moim- fains, but is rare above 5,000 feet. Oreinus, with its small scales, broad mouth, and like- '' 1Sc a sucker behind the lower jaw, becomes more and more common the higher we ascend. 'U' Expedition obtained one species at Leh, in the Upper Indus ; and it has been found us a genus extending from Afghanistan along the Himalayan Range, and near Bhamo A the last Yunnan Mission, or the same district as the Siluroid genera Exostoma and ' Hurus. It appears to essentially prefer the sides of hills and impetuous torrents. *'>oine of the stronger Labeos, Barbels (Barbus), and a Barilins are found here and there 011 Eve slopes and in the side streams of the Himalayas up to very considerable heights. ley> however, are Indian forms which, if able to do so, appear to migrate during the' Ueeding-season to the mountains to deposit their ova in the side streams which are unre- l’ euislied by snow-water. Here the fry are often compelled to remain until the succeeding .Kdr s rains swell the waters, washing food into their retreats to enable them to grow, or else ° Peruiit them to descend to the plains. Ence near the summit of these mountains, and beyond districts where adhesive suckeis U e a uecessity for moderate-sized fishes to possess to prevent their being washed away , w e 01110 upon genera as rare in the plains of India as are the Indian forms at the summit of the /as. Kashmir is a locality traversed by this Mission, a hilly Himalayan district, and one p0, which- it is necessary to refer. In Hiigel and Heckcl’s “Uische aus Kaschmir we find the lr- J*unalay; f'nlm • " L,J Wlng species recorded : — Oreinus plagiostomus, Heckel ; O. sinuatus, Heck, S. longipinuis Heck.; S, niger, Heck,; S. nasus , Ileck.; S. huegelii , Heck. Schisothorax curvifrons, Heck. 24 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. S . micropogon, Heck.; S.pilmifrons, Heck. ; S. csocinus, Heck. ; Cirrhina goharna^ Ham. Buch. ; Barbus tor, Ham. Buch. ; Labeo varicorhinus, Heck. ; Nemac iei 1 marmoratus, Hcclc. ; Callichrous pabda. Ham. Bach. These fishes demonstrate relationship with three districts : — Schizothorax with Afghanistan and East and West Turkestan; Oreinus with the slopes of the Himalayas in their whole extent ; Cirrhina, Barbus, and Callichrous with the neighbouring fauna of Hindustan. Haying examined what are the ingredient parts of the fish fauna of Western Turkestan, Afghanistan, Hindustan, Yarkand or Eastern Turkestan, Tibet, and Kashmir, it will he m ( ' esting to endeavour to discover if these localities are possessed of any indigenous forms, an > so, how far they extend into contiguous countries. _ oJ, I do not propose inquiring into whether the great desert region of Central Asia ca11^ cannot he included in one Tartarian subregion ; hut, as the zoology of this portion o globe is at present rather obscure, I think it will be more useful to limit oneself stnc y ascertained facts. . o£ Sir D. Eorsytli’s Mission has led naturalists into the fringe of an ichthyological region ^ which Yarkand may be the centre ; certainly it is richer in forms of Schizothoracince Western Turkestan appears to be. . r_ In the cold and hilly districts of Tibet and Yarkand we observe an absence of SP1J^ rayed and Siluroid fishes ; whilst amongst Carps we see the genera Schizothorax, d U barbus, S chizopy gopsis, and JDiptychus — fishes belonging to a peculiar division Schizothorac (or Hill-Barbels of M’Clclland), which may be thus defined : — Carps more or less covered with minute scales, or destitute of any. A membranous saC ^ slit anterior to the anal fin, which is laterally bounded by a row of vertically placed scales, eave-tiles, and ivhich are continued along the base of the anal fin. The fishes composing this are mostly of an elongated form, and are divisible into : a. Those with transverse mouths, as Oreinus, Btychobarbus, S chizopy gopsis, Diplyc^llS’ b. Those with compressed mouths, as Schizothorax. The genus Oreinus is spread from the Helmund Biver and Jellalabad in Afghan^1 ’ along the whole Himalayan and contiguous ranges of hills to at least the confines of u So far as I know, these fishes appear to be strictly residents of rivers in hilly re® I0„ neither descending far into those of the plains nor found on the level plateaus on the s ^ mits of the mountains. This accounts for their absence from the Yarkand collection ■ from the foregoing ^ extracts it appears probable that they are not found to the north o ^ Oxus. This genus appears to be on the outskirts of the rest of its group ; and its nl° armed with a sucker, to resist its being Trashed away, makes it well able to sustain a n tain-torrent life. j The other genera are more or less spread in the following districts. Erom the He ^ Biver and the eastern portion of Afghanistan, the upper part of the Oxus, and the ^a® ^ portion of Western Turkestan, the Tian Shan or Celestial Mountains, and also the mountains more to the south, they extend along the Himalayan region, certainly as far aS most easterly part of Assam. local- These fishes ( Schizothoracince ) are confined to cold regions, as a rule, or at least to ^ ities possessing snow-fed rivers, many of which rivers end in lakes and do not go to lC ICHTHYOLOGY. 25 They extend from Eastern Afghanistan and Western Turkestan through Tibet, and the most "westerly portion of China, along the Himalayas to the hills in the Yunnan direction. Loaches ( Nemacheilus ) are likewise generally distributed ; and it is remarkable, as I have already observed, that all are scaleless. The same appears the rule in Western Turkestan. The conclusion, I think, we may fairly arrive at, after examining the fishes of Yarkand and the adjoining countries, is that we find a peculiar group of Carps (S cliizothoracince) which has spread almost due east and west from the cold and elevated regions of Eastern Turkestan, hut of which the southern progress has been barred by the Himalayas. If we look to the south, we see, as it were, that a wave of tropical forms of fishes has, at a prehistoric period, expanded over that portion of the globe where the Nicobars, Anda- nians, and the most southern portions of the continent of Asia and the islands of the Malay -Archipelago now are, that this fish fauna has its northward progress arrested by some cause at or near wrhere the Himalayas now exist and mark the division between the fish-fauna of India and that of Turkestan. Vkand Mission Fishes, Plate 1. Martin &. Hood. 3. S.PUNCTATUS 1 EXOSTOMA STOLICZKiE. 2. SCH1ZOTHORAX CHRYSOCHLURUS 4. S. ESOCINUS. i I Yarkand Mission. Fishes. Plate 11. 1. SCHIZ 0-THORAX INTERM EDIUS. 2. SCHIZOPYGOPSIO • •TOLICZKA, . 4.CIRRH1NA SINDENSIS. 3. DIPTYCHUS MACH LATU S . » s < i i ^"kand ^liss: Fish.es, Plate 111 Marlm&Hood, 1. PTYCOBARBUS LATICEPS. 2. SCHIZOTHORAX MICROCEPHALUS. 3.PTYC0BARBUS CONIROSTRI: 4. BARBUS TOR. t * 1 < 1 I Fish.es, Plate IF. YarF r a i d 'Iks sion. 1, SCHIZOTHORAX IRREGULARIS. 2 , PTYCOBARBUS LONG1CEPS. 3 SCH1ZOTHORAX NASUS. 4*. ETEMACHEILUS LADACENSIS. 5, N. GRACILIS. < Fishes, Plate V. Y;,rkan.| Minsi sion. !rr> del «. lltll. Mintem Bros . imp , 1, NEMA.CHEILUS MARMORATUS. 2, N. STOLIGZILE. 3 , N . YARKANDEN SIS . 4>, N. TENUIS. SCIENTIFIC RESULTS or w THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES OF THE LATE FERDINAND STOLICZKA, Ph. D. ARANEIDEA, by the REVD. O. P. CAMBRIDGE, M.A.,C.M.Z.S., Honobaby Membbb of the New Zealand Institute, &c. fhtblijsheb bp other o£ the ©oberttment of lubia. CALCUTTA : PRINTED BY THE SUPERINTENDENT OE GOVERNMENT PRINTING, INDIA. 1885. # ¥ SCIENTIFIC RESULTS OF THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION. ARANEIDEA. By the REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE, M.A., C.M.Z.S., Honorary ][f ember of the Z\ ew Zealand Institute, $fc. Introductory Remarks. 'pHE spiders collected by the late Dr. Stoliczka in the Yarkand expedition can by no means be considered a full, nor perhaps even a fair, representation of the Araneidea °f the extensive area over which the expedition passed. Mr. A. O. Hume informs me that this area may be subdivided into five well-marked regions, and suggests that the spiders found in each should be distinctly ( i.e ., I conclude, separately) treated. Now, judging from the contents of the collection, I should have thought that the regions might have been considered as two only, — that is, (1) from Murree to Cashmere, including the latter as well as the former; and (2) the whole of the rest of the area travelled over by the expedition, and comprising the neighbourhood of Leh, the route from Tantze to Chagra and Pankong valley, and from Yarkand to Bursi, as well as Yarkand ai'd neighbourhood, Kashghar, the hills west of Yarkand, and the Pamir. In the first of these regions — Murree and Cashmere more than half of the whole "umber of spiders were collected ; the total number of species is 131; the number from this region is 69. The leading character of the spiders of this region is European, with a few "lore distinctly tropical and subtropical species, such as I diops designatus , JEpisinus aiyirictt#} Phycus sagittatus, Meta mixta, Chorizoopes stoliczlcce and C. congener, Cyrtar- a°hne pallida, Dicea subargentatu, Monastes dejectus, Sarotes re gins and S. promptus, Sparassus fugax, Ocyale rectifasciata, Philodromus medius, and Oxyopes jubilans and preedicta. The leading character of the second region is also European, but with a G(dded subalpine feature, and no trace scarcely of anything tropical or even subtropical 5 Excepting perhaps Prosthesima cingara, Sparassus fiavidus, and licebe benevola. Of the 69 sPecies found in the Cashmere regions, three only were found in the other regions mentioned ; a"d one species only, Drassus dispulsus, occurred generally throughout the whole area Juvelled over, — i.e., in all the five regions specified by Mr. Hume. 2 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. In the systematic list of species following the present descriptions, figures are adde notifying in which of Mr. Hume’s regions each species occurred. Supplementary lists are also appended of the spiders found in each separate region, with figures showing in wha other regions, if any, each occurred. From these lists, it will he seen that one species on } ( that mentioned above) was common to all the five regions ; three others were common to four of the regions ; four others common to three regions ; and fourteen others common to two of them ; — sixty-sis of the species being, as above observed, found only in region 1 ° Mr. Hume, corresponding exactly to the first region indicated, as it seems to me, by t ie character of the spiders themselves. The regions named by Mr. Hume are : — (1) “ Cashmere including Murree and the road thence to Cashmere — This compuseS the spiders noted in my descriptions as Murree, Murree to Sind valley, and Sind valley. ^ (5) “ Ladakh, from the Zojeela Lass to the head of the Lankong Lake. -f ^ comprises the spiders noted in my descriptions as Neighbourhood of Leh, and Tantee Chagra, and Lankong valley. (3) “ The mountain masses between the head of the Lankong Lake and the pl(U,n of Yarkand ,” comprising only the spiders noted as Yarkand to Burst, there being spiders in the collection labelled as having been obtained during the forward journey from the Pankong Lake to the plains of Yarkand. . , (4) “ The plains of Yarkand ,” comprising the spiders noted as Yarkand and neig ' bourhood, and Yarkand:' Excepting the three species mentioned as subtropical in my sCC^p region, there were no spiders, in this region 4 of Mr. Hume, differing in character from general run of those in his regions 2, 3, and 5. (5) “ The high country icest of Yarkand, the hills leading up to the Lamir, the Larni ' and TPokhan. ■ This comprises the spiders noted as Kdshghar, between Yangihdssaf (> Sirikol, I angihissar, road across the Lamir from Sirikol to Lavjah and back, and 11 betioeen Sirikol and Aktalla. ^ It will be seen from the above that my first region corresponds exactly with region 1 Mr. Hume, and that my second region includes Mr. Hume’s regions 2, 3, 4, and 5- The localities noted for each species in my descriptions are those written (I stvppose Dr. Stoliczka himself) upon the several bottles in which the spiders were contained. ^ attempt had been made to separate the species in each bottle, nor, with one exception, is t >m anything in Dr. Stoliczka’s diary referring intelligibly to the separate contents of the bo Dr. Stoliczka’s notes on the spiders are very few, and of the most general description. In . g one exceptional instance (Diary, p. 3, dated 19th July 1873, Tinali), the note refers to capture of a £‘ great number of spiders, chiefly Thoursus ” (probably a misprint for lh°nl^ though there were very few Thomisids in this bottle) “and Sphassus [ Sphasiis ] ; among latter I recognised Sphasus viridanus .” Now, there was not a single example of Sphasf ^ any one of the bottles, excepting in one, which contained no label nor any other °lue el g to the locality or its contents ; the mention therefore of Sphasus is thus important, an ^ the locality in which the contents of this unlabelled bottle were collected. The P viridanus alluded to is a Calcutta species, described by Dr. Stoliczka himself (Journ. s^e Soc., Bengal, vol. xsxviii, p. 220, pi. xx, fig. 1), but is quite distinct from either ol three species found in this bottle {vide remarks on these species, infra). .. ^cal Out of the 132 species in the collection, I can only determine 23 as certainly 1C . ce< with European species already described, leaving 109, which I believe to be new to sci ARANEIDEA. 3 This appears to be a large proportion of undescribed species, but no more than might be expected from a district hitherto wholly (so far as I am aware) unknown to arachnologists. The researches of Alexis Eedtschenko, Reise in Turkestan, lately (in respect at least to the Araneidea) published by Kronenberg, give 146 species, of which 101 are identified with known European species. Excepting the Latin descriptions of new species, this work is written in the Russian language, with which I have, unfortunately, no acquaintance whatever- Eight only of the spiders described or recorded by Kronenberg appear to me identical with those contained in Dr. Stoliczka’s collection. These are Epeira tartarica, Ki’on. ; Epeira cornuta, , Clk. ; Epeira cuourbitina, Clk. ; Tetrugnatha extensa, Linn. ; Pachygnatlia clercki'u Sund. ; Erigone dentipalpis, Wid. ; Theridion tuberculatum , Kron. ; and Xysticus cristatus, Clk. At first sight it might seem remarkable that so large a proportion of the collection made by Eedtschenko in Western Turkestan should be identical with European species, while so small a proportion out of those collected hy Dr. Stoliczka are similarly identical ; but when it is borne in mind that more than half of Dr. Stoliczka’s collection was made in Murree and Cashmere, we need not be surprised at these results, for, indeed, a comparatively small collec- tion only can be said to have been made in Eastern Turkestan, and that chiefly on the high mountain ranges and during the wintei’ and eai’ly spring months ; these months being probably there, as in other analogous districts, the least favourable for the fullest develop- ment of the Araneidea. X have ohsei’ved that the number of species contained in Di*. Stoliczka s collection cannot be by any means considered a full representation of the spiders inhabiting the country travelled over. The season of the year had probably much to do with this paucity of species, but more than anything else it may be accounted for when we remember the number of irons Dr- Stoliczka had In the fire, embracing the whole field of the zoology, as well as of the geology, °f the districts visited ; instead, therefore, of being surprised at the smallness of the arachno- logical results of the expedition, we must, under the circumstances, wonder at their extent. We may look forward now with great interest to future collections made in the north of India, on the southern slopes of the mountain ranges of Cashmere, and in the plains adjoining, where we should expect the tropical character of the spiders to become far more marked, though probably still with a great diversity in the species from those found in the more central regions of India. No materials, howevei', exist, so far as I am an are, for any com- parison upon these points; indeed, the materials for comparison with any Indian spiders ai’e, yet, comparatively small, and but little has been hitherto published upon them. Order — AEANEIDEA. Family— THERAPHOSIAES. Genus —IDIOPS, Perty. 1. — Idiops designates, sp. n., PI- L Eig. 1, £ . Adult male : length 5| lines ; to the end of falces 6J lines ; length of cephalotliorax 3 lines (nearly) ; breadth rather over 2|. Cephalotliorax round-oval, truncated at each end and l’ather flattened ; it is of a bright red -brown colour, and the normal indentations are strongly marked. The caput is a little elevated above the general level, being rather the highest near the occiput, across which is a 4 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. well-defined, transverse curved depression (or indentation); the convexity of the curve is directed forwards, and its ends merge in those of the thoracic indentation, which is a s curved (the convexity of the curve directed backwards) and deeply impressed ; these two curved indentations enclose a well-defined, somewhat roundish, smooth, and shining aiea , a portion of the surface of the caput on each side, in front of this, is transversely rugu ose, and, together with the rest of the thoracic surface, more or less, though not very tine ' . > covered with minute tubercular granulosities. The eyes are of moderate size and disposed in three transverse rows, 2, 2, 4, forming two widely separated groups, each group placed on a tubercular elevation. Those of e first, or foremost, row constitute one group close to the fore margin of the caput ; these appear to be rather the largest of the eight, and are separated from each other bv about an eye’s diameter ; those of the hinder group (consisting of the second and third rows) form narrow transverse elongate oval ; the eyes of the second row are also separated by an eye - diameter, and the length of the row is little, if anything, different from that of the hrs^, the hinder row is curved (the convexity of the curve being directed backwards); the eyes this row appear to be smaller than the rest, the middle pair being of an irregular form an yellowish- wThite colour (the colour of the rest is dark), and considerably further from e other than each is from the lateral eye of the same row on its side, and the length ol line formed by those two, hind-central, eyes is a little greater than that of the seco (or middle row) . 03- The legs are tolerably strong and of moderate length ; their relative length is 4, 1, > ’ they are of a bright yellow-brown colour, deepening into red-brown on the tibiae (an some other parts) of those of the first and second pairs; their armature consists of bans bristles, and spines, but neither of these in any great abundance. The spines are chiefly 01* the tibiae and metatarsi ; those underneath the first and second pairs (particularly the A1® ^ are the most conspicuous : the tibiae of the first pair are considerably but gradually enlaige at their fore-extremity on the inner side, the enlargement terminating with a long, strong- curved, blunt-pointed spur or spine. A little on the inner side behind the base of this spim is a short and strongish denticulation ; the metatarsi of the first pair are rather abrup • ^ bent towards their fore-extremity, and slightly enlarged in a bluntish angular form on ^ inner side. The tarsi are devoid of any scopula, each ending with three claws ; those of t e upper pair are strong and pectinated ; the inferior one is small and inconspicuous. _ . g The palpi are long, rather strong, similar to the legs in colour, and furnished with iaV and bristles, those beneath the radial joint being the longest and most numerous. This 3011 long, more than double the length of the cubital joint, and nearly equals that of tibiae of the first pair of legs ; it is of a rather tumid form, and is bent downwards near ^ anterior extremity, on the outer side of which there is a strong oblique indentation extent 0 underneath, and margined above with a somewhat tuberculous ridge armed with short, s*lon?^ tooth-like spines ; the digital joint is short, expanded laterally at its fore-extremity, w U uaj also somewhat indented, and armed with a few spines ; and the palpal organs are, as ms simple, though characteristic in detail, consisting of a roundish corneous bulb prolonged a long, tapering, slightly sinuously- curved, bifid spine, whose extremity, when im- position of rest, is directed outwards and backwards. inner The falces are moderately strong and bristly, and have near their extremity, on the side, a prominence, armed with strong tooth-like spines : their colour is similar to tna cephalothorax. ARANEIDEA. 5 The maxillce are moderately long, cylindrical in form, and their fore-extremity, on the inside, terminates in a moderate-sized angular point. The labium is of a somewhat quadrate form, though well rounded at its apex and convex °n its outer surface. The colour of the maxillce and labium is like that of the legs. The abdomen is short, rather broader behind than before, considerably convex above, particulaly towards the fore part ; it is furnished with hairs and a few scattered prominent spines on the upper side, which is of a dark-brownish colour, the under side being of a paler yellowish-brown. The spinners are four in number in the usual position, and pale yellow in colour; those of the superior pair are three-jointed, and tolerably strong but short ; those of the inferior pair, short, small, and one-jointed. Hab. — Murree, between June the 11th and July the 14th, 1873. This spider appears to belong to the genus Idiops as restricted by Professor A. Ausserer ln his work upon this family. Though allied to 1. syriacus, Cambr., it is certainly distinct from that species, of which, however, the male has not yet been discovered. Family — FILISTA TIDES. Genus — FILISTATA, Latr. 2. — Pilistata skclusa, sp. n., PI. I, Pig. 2, ? . Immature female : length 2} lines. _ - In its general form, structure, and appearance this spider is similar to F . testacea , Latr. , and some other nearly allied species of the genus. The cephalo thorax, legs, palpi, and other fore parts are yellow ; the cephalothorax has a narrow, blackish marginal line, and occasionally there is a blackish longitudinal marking °n the caput behind the eyes ; these are in the ordinary position and differ little, if at all, in their relative size from those of the species before mentioned. The legs are furnished with hairs, bristles, and some spines, the latter not being very sharp pointed. The markings of the abdomen furnish a very distinctive character in the present species : it is of a dull yellowish colour, with a strong, well-defined, dark, rusty-reddish, longitudinal, median band ; this band tapers towards its hinder part, where it is broken into somewhat Aguiar patches ; these are continued laterally by some more or less conspicuous oblique hues of the same colour, forming, in fact, the series of chevrons (or angular markings) more 0r less observable on the hindei half of the abdomen in the greater part of the Araneidea ; the under side is slightly suffused along the middle, with dull rusty red. Hab.- -Leh, August or September 1873 ; Panlcong- valley, 15th to 21st September 187o. Family — D YS DERIDES. Genus — DYSDERA9 Latr. 3. — Dysdera cylindrica, sp. n., PI. I, Pig- 3, J . Adult female : length 6^ lines ; length of cephalothorax 2 lines. The cephalothorax and falces are of a bright, reddish liver-coloured brown , the legs and 6 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. palpi are reddisli-orange coloured; the maxilla ?, labium, and sternum bright orange-brown, ah the abdomen dull clay-coloured. In these respects there is, therefore, little or no difference between the present and many other species of Dysdera, nor is there any remarkable differ- ence either in the form of the cephalothorax or in the position of the eyes ; the surface of the former, although not marked with any distinct punctures, is not glossy ; the normal grooves and indentations, though visible, are very slightly defined and it is uniformly but not grea y convex ; the fore part is broadly truncated, and the caput is a little constricted at the lateiv margins. The cephalothorax is remarkably small, and short, compared to the length of the abdomen. The eyes (six in number) are placed round a slight tubercular elevation close to the fore part of the caput, the height of the clypeus being not more than equal to the diameter o one of the foremost eyes ; those of the posterior row (four) are equal in size, contiguous ^ each other, and form, as nearly as possible, a straight transverse line ; immediately in l'ront 0 each lateral eye of this row, is another larger one contiguous to it, and forming an oblique line in relation to the hinder row, so that the row consisting of the two anterior eyes is ra i shorter than the hinder row. The legs are moderate in length and strength, and their relative length is 1, 4, 2, 3. I 1 • are furnished very sparingly with hairs, and these are chiefly on the under side ; those of i® third and fourth pairs have also a few short, fine spines ; the tarsi are very short an terminate with two curved, pectinated claws, beneath which is a small compact claw- 1 ^ behind this the tarsi and the anterior portion of the metatarsi are thickly fringed underm a with hairs. ^ The palpi are similar to the legs in colour, and are furnished with hairs and bristles, fore part of the digital joint being rather thickly clothed with them, and its extremity ^ furnished either with two small claws, or else with a short curved dentieulation spring111^ from the base of the ordinary claw ; the hairs and bristles surrounding this part make i difficult to ascertain this exactly. The f aloes are moderately long, porrected, and rather hollowed on the inner side of t ^ fore half ; their length does not exceed half that of the cephalothorax, and the front sui a near their base is furnished with a few minute tubercular granulations. _ The maxillce are rather long, strong, excavated on the side towards the labium, oblupm^ truncated at the extremity, and convexly rounded on the outer side above the point wheie ^ palpi are articulated ; at this point, which is nearly about the middle, the maxillae are very ,s The labium is rather more than two-thirds of the length of the maxillae, and is ' broad at its base, a little way above which there is a transverse suture or indentation > sides above this are hollowed; the apex is also hollowed, or strongly, and roundly, inden The sternum is oval, obtusely pointed behind, truncated before, and strongly impies at the points between the insertions of the legs. distm* The abdomen is large and of an oblongo-cylindrical form; this character alone guishes it at once from all other described species known to me. It is thinly clothe very short hairs, and the spinners are short and inconspicuous. aller. The male differs in no essential respect from the female, except in being rather sin and, of course, in the smaller size of the abdomen, which, however, preserves the same drical oblong form ; the palpi are very like those of Dysdera cambridgii, Thor. \D- thrina, Bl.), but the palpal organs are of a much more elongated form. Rab. — Murree, between June 11th and July 14th, 1873. ARANEIEEA. 7 Family —DBASSIDES. Genus — DRASSUS, Walck. 4. — Erassus troglodytes, C. L. Koch. Erassus troglodytes, C. L. Koch, Lie Araehn. VI, p, 35, Taf. 189, figs. 455, 456. 1 lab. — Examples of this widely-dispersed species were contained in the collection from the following localities : Yarkand to Bursi, May 28tli to June 17th, 1874; between Sirikol find Aktallah, 8th to 13th May 1874; Tantze to Chagna and Pankong valley, 35th to 21st September 1873; Yarkand and neighbourhood, November 1873. 5. — Erassus infletus, sp. n., PI. I, Eig. 4, ? • Adult female: length 3^ lines. The cephalothorax is of a rather elongate-oval form, narrowing gradually to the fore-ex- tremity, which is truncate; the lateral impressions of the caput are very slight ; looked at in profile, the fore-part of the caput slopes very little forwards, and the hinder (or thoracic slope) is short, abrupt, and rather rounded. The normal indentations are ill-defined, and the central thoracic groove is indicated by a short red-brown line; the colour of the cephalo- thorax is yellow-brown, and it is covered with a grey pubescence, among which are some flfii'k hairs. The eyes are in two transverse, slightly curved, and very nearly concentric, curved rows, dose to the fore margin of the caput ; they are of moderate size, not greatly different in this respect, and pretty compactly grouped together; those of the front row are very near to- gether, hut the interval between the two central eyes of this row is rather greater than that between each and the lateral eye nearest to it; the interval between the latcials of the two rows is nearly, if not quite, et^ual to the diameter ot the largest of them, w Inch appears to be that of the front row ; those of the hind-central pair are contiguous to each other, oblique, of an oval form and pearly lustre, and each is separated from the hind-lateral eye nearest to if by an interval equal to its own diameter ; the fore-central eyes are the lai gest of the eight, and the spot on which they are seated appears to he a little prominent ; the height of tbe clypeus is no more than equal to the diameter of one of the last-mentioned eyes. The legs are tolerably strong but rather short ; their relative length is 4, 1,2,3; they arc of a brownish-yellow colour, deepening to reddish-brown on the metataisi and tarsi, and clothed with greyish pubescence mixed with darker hairs, bristles, and spines , the last chiefly on those of the third and fourth pairs ; beneath the two claws with which the tarsi terminate is a small claw-tuft. The palpi are short, pretty stout, and similar to the legs in colour and clothing ; the ra ? • Eemale (not quite adult) : length rather over lines. Although not adult, this spider has sufficiently characteristic specific marks to entitle it to description. , . , . ... „ , , It resembles Drassus involutus very nearly in colours, but the relative position of the eyes is quite different. . , , . The cephalothorax is oval, shorter than that of D. mvolulus, and constricted laterally at the caput; it is of a pale yellow-brown colour, pretty thickly clothed with short greyish pubescence The eyes are in two transverse rows ; the hinder row slightly curved, the front row shortest and less curved than the hinder one ; the convexity of the curves is directed back- wards • the height of the clypeus does not exceed, even if it quite equals, the diameter of one of’ the fore-central eyes; those of the hind-central pair are oval, oblique, and very near together though separated by a distinct interval, and each is separated from the hind-lateral on its side by an interval equal to the diameter of the latter ; those of the fore-central pair are nearly a diameter’s distance from each other, each being very nearly, if not quite, contiguous to the fore-lateral on its side; those of each lateral pair are placed obliquely, and are separated by rather less than the diameter of the hind-lateral eye; the four central eyes form a regular quadrangular figure, whose longitudinal diameter is considerably greater than its transverse one. ... „ „ rm. The legs are strong, and moderately long ; their relative length is 4 1, 2, 3. They are slightly lighter-coloured than the cephalothorax, and are f urnished with hairs (some of these are of a greyish hue), slender bristles, and spines; these las are tolerably strong not very long, and almost entirely confined to the tibi® and metatarsi of the third and fourth pairs, whereon they issue from small red-brown tubercles, on the upper, as well as the under, side of the joints ; the only spines on the legs of the first and second pairs are one or two longish ones of a bristle-like nature on the upper side of the femora, and a single short strong one on the under side, close to the hinder extrennty of the tibim of the second pair; there is a small black claw-tuft beneath the two terminal tarsal claws, and a thin scopula beneath the tarsi and metatarsi of the first and second pairs. The palpi are similar in colour to the legs; the digital joint is longer than the radial, aud has, besides hairs and bristles, a few stoutish spines. The falces are short, and not particularly strong; they are directed a little for- wards, and are of a reddish yellow-brown colour, with some prominent black bristles m front. 16 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. The maxillce are of moderate length and strength, curved over the labium ; impressed along the middle, and, with the labium, which is of an oblong-oval form, similar to the falces in colour. The sternum, is oval, pointed behind, and similar in colour to the cephalothorax. The abdomen is of an oblong-oval form, rounded behind and truncated before ; it is of a straw-yellow colour, thinly clothed with hairs, some of which are blackish-brown, an most numerous at, and below, the fore-extremity of the upper side ; on the fore-half of the upper side, four impressed spots form a quadrangular figure whose interior side is rather less than its posterior one, and whose longitudinal is greater than its transverse diameter. The spinners are tolerably strong, hut not very long ; those of the inferior pair are the longest and strongest. Such traces of it as were visible indicated that the genital aperture would be of small size. Sab. — Yangihissar, April 1874. Oenus—GNAPEOSA, Latr. 13. — GnaPUOSA STOUCZK2E, sp. n., PI. II, Pig. 12, 3 . Adult male : length 4} to 4f lines. Cephalothorax oval, rather broad and truncated before, but only slightly constricted on the margins at the fore part of the caput ; the hinder slope is rather abrupt, and the profile line has a slight slope all the way to the eyes. The colour is a dull orange yellow ; the normal grooves and indentations (which are not very strongly marked) are of a more dusky hue, the thoracic indentation forming a red-brown line. The surface is clothed with sandy grey pubescence. lhe eyes are of tolerable size, and placed, as usual, in two transverse, slightly curved lows. Ihe convexity of the curve of the hinder row, which is the longest, is directed f°r wards, so that the interval between the eyes of each lateral pair is as great as that between the eyes of the fore and hind-central pairs. Those of the hind-central pair are narrow-oral, placed obliquely, and separated by a rather less interval than their longest diameter, an each is, as nearly as possible, the same distance from the lateral eye of the same row, on ib side, as the latter is from the fore-lateral eye opposite to it. Those of the fore-centra pair are placed on a slight prominence, and are the largest of the eight, 'they are separated from each other by an interval of rather less than an eye’s diameter, forming a line per- ceptibly longer than that formed by those of the hind-central pair. Each fore-lateral eye is very near to the fore-central on its side, but not contiguous to it. The clypeus, in height, exceeds the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes, and is furnished with a few strong prominent black bristles. The legs are strong and moderately long, their relative length being 4, 1, 2, 3. The} are a little paler than the cephalothorax, and are clothed thinly with a greyish sandy-coloure pubescence, besides other hairs, bristles, and spines. Excepting a very few on the uPPe^ sides of the femora of all the legs, the spines are confined to the tibiae and metatai si ° those of the thfrd and fourth pairs. The two terminal tarsal claws appear to vary in f _ie number of their pectinations, which do not exceed three or four at the most, and which 111 the third and fourth pairs seem to be fewer than in the first and second. Beneath these claws is a small elaw-tuft ; and the tarsi of the first and second pairs have a scopula under neath them. ARANEIDEA. 17 The palpi are short and moderately strong, similar to the legs in colour, and furnished rrith hairs and some long bristles. The radial and cubital joints are short, hut, as nearly as possible, of equal length and strength. The former terminates at its fore-extremity, on the °nter side, with a small, tapering, sharp-pointed, curved, reddish-brown, corneous-looking apophvsis. The digital joint is elongate-oval, rather stouter than the radial, hut not quite so long as this and the cubital together. The palpal organs are simple, and not very promi- nent, with a curved, red-brown, tapering, sharp-pointed spine directed forwards at their fore-extremity near the inner side ; and about the middle of their fore-extremity is another spine, much smaller, and of a somewhat crooked form. The f alecs are strong and of moderate length; their direction is a little forwards ; and they are of a deep rich red-brown colour, clothed in front with long, strong, spinous bristles. The maxillce are curved, and inclined towards the labium, and their width, across the middle, is much increased by a development of that part, resembling a large semi-circular lobe "which gives them a somewhat sub-triangular form. They are also strongly bent, or impressed transversely, across the middle, and their colour (excepting at the extremities, which are pale yellowish) is like that of the falces. The labium is oblong-oval, rounded at the apex, which is of a pale-yellowish hue ; the colour of the rest being like that of the maxillae. The sternum is of a slightly heart-shaped, oval form, of a reddish yellow-brown colour, impressed between the insertions of the legs, and clothed with hairs. The abdomen is of an oblong-oval form, rounded behind, rather truncated before, and moderately convex above. It is of a straw-yellow colour ; the normal oblong, . longitudinal marking on the fore-half of the upper side is generally obsolete ; now and then it is slightly traceable, and a small patch at its fore-extremity is of a yellow-brown hue. The whole abdo- men, above and below, is clothed with greyish sandy pubescence, mixed thinly on the upper side, chieflv, with long, nearly erect, tapering, strongish, black-brown bristles. The spinners are very unequal in size, those of the inferior pair being much the longest and strongest The female resembles the male in colour and in all other general characters but differs m size (being 5 to 6 lines in length), and in having rather longer legs. The genital aperture is small, of characteristic form, and edged with red-brown. . n This fine and very distinct species, which I have dedicated to its discoverer, the late Dr. Stoliczka, was found in the following localities. . , ^ . , T Sab. — Between Yangiliissar and Sirikol, March 1874; from Yarkand to ursi May 28th to June 17th, 1874; also at Yangiliissar, April 1874; and Kashghar, December 1873. 14, — Gnaphosa plumalis. Gnaphosa plumalis, Cambr., P. Z. S. 1872, p. 225, pi. xv, fig. 3. Hab.~ An immature female, which I have no doubt is of this species, was found on the route from Yarkand to Bursi, May 28tli to June 17tli, 1874. 15. — Gnaphosa mosrens, sp. n., PI- H> Fig. 13, ABANEIDEA. 19 on the fore-half, may be traced in two longitudinal central lines converging backwards, as is indicating tlie position of the normal, but here obsolete, dorsal marking ; the fore margin if furnished beneath with a tuft of long, strong, upturned bristles ; the under side is of a uni- form yellowish mouse-brown colour : the spinners of the inferior pair are yellow-brown, and inuch the largest and strongest. The male resembles the female in all general characters, colours, and markings, and differs but very little in size. The palpi are short but moderately strong. The radial joint |s a little shorter than the cubital, and has its fore extremity, near the outer side, produced lnt° a tolerably strong, rather long, tapering-pointed apophysis, the point spinous-looking, red- brown, and slightly bent or curved; this apophysis is about equal to the joint itself in length. The digital joint is large, of an elongate-oval form, hairy, and rather longer than the radial and cubital joints together ; the palpal organs arc well developed, but simple, with a tolerably strong, sharp pointed, slightly curved process of a brightish red-brown colour situated on their inner side, and directed to their fore extremity. Sab. — Hills between Sirikol and Aktalla, May 8th to 13th, 1874; between Yangihissar and Sirikol, March 1874 ; and from Yarkand to Bursi, May 28th to June 17th, 1874. Genua — PBOSTEESIMA, L. Koch. 16. — Prosthesima cingara, Camb. Prosthesima cingara, Cambr., P. Z. S., 1874, p. 382, pi. li, fig. 10, $ . The female only of this spider has been described. The following is a description of the male. Adult male : length 2 lines. Ceplialothorax oval, broadest towards the hinder part, whence it narrows gradually f° the fore extremity ; its upper side is flattened-convex above, and a little highest at its posterior extremity ; it is smooth, of a deep, rich brown colour, and thinly clothed with hairs. The eyes are in two very slightly curved rows, the curves directed backwards, and the front row the shortest ; those of the hind-central pair are small, oval, but not placed °bliqUe]y, near to each other, but separated by a distinct interval, less than that which divides each from the hind-lateral on its side ; the fore-lateral eyes are the largest of the eight, and fbe hind-centrals the smallest ; the fore-centrals are divided by an interval rather greater than a diameter, and each is almost contiguous to the fore-lateral on its side ; the interval between sack hind-lateral eye and the hind-central next to it is nearly about the same as that which divides the eyes of each lateral pair. The height of the clypeus is less than half that of the facial space. The legs are moderate in length and strength, the femora strongly incrassated on their uPper sides ; they are furnished with hairs, bristles, and spines, the last chiefly on the tibiae aad metatarsi of the third and fourth pairs. Their colour is deep blackish-brown, that °t the metatarsi and tarsi being of a dull yellowislx-brown hue. palpi are moderately long and strong and of a brownish-yellow colour ; the radial is rather less than the cubital joint in length, and has its fore extremity on the outer side pro- nged into a strong, tapering, pointed, dark red-brown, straight, and rather prominent aP°Physis, as long as, if not longer than, the joint itself ; the digital joint is large, oval, hairy, and of a yellowish-brown colour ; its length exceeds that of the radial and digital joints c 1 20 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. together ; tlie palpal organs are well developed, and consist of several characteristic corneous processes and spines. The f alces are moderate in length and strength, and are rather paler coloured than the cephalothorax; they are straight, and project a little forwards, being also rather roundly prominent near their base in front, and furnished with bristles and hairs. The maxillae and labium are similar to the falces in colour, and their form is normal. The sternum is oval, blunt-pointed behind, and like the maxilla; in colour. The abdomen is of an oblong-oval form, rounded behind, truncated before, and flattenec convex above ; at is hairy and of deep sooty-brown colour, approaching to black, with a la> ge shining, deep-brown coriaceous patch on the fore part of the upper side, of which it covers the whole width, but is narrower and rounded at its hinder part. The spinners are rather sboit, but tolerably strong ; those of the superior pair are the longest and strongest. The female resembles the male in colours and general structure; the genital aperture is characteristic, consisting of an oblong opening slightly constricted across the middle, and edged strongly on the lower side with red-browrn, below which are two round, shining, boss- like corneous-looking markings. Sab. — Yarkand, May 21st to 27th, 1874; bills between Sirikol and Aktalla, May 8th to 13th, 1874; and route across the Pamir from Sirikol to Panj a and back, April 22nd to May 7th, 1874. Genus— MICARIA, C. L. Koch. 17. — Micaria connexa, sp. n. Adult male : length not quite 2 lines. This spider is very closely allied to Micaria pulicaria, Sund., which it resembles in size and general characters. It may, however, be distinguished by the absence of the converg- ing lines of white hairs on the cephalothorax, which is also deeper-coloured, and by the shorter and rather narrower form of the digital joint of the palpus; the radial joint is shorter than the cubital, and has a very sharp-pointed, tapering, rather prominent apophysis at its extremity on the outer side ; the corresponding apophysis in M. pulicaria being much shorter an less sharp pointed. . The abdomen is black, covered with iridescent scales, reflecting green, purple, and red i _ golden hues, but there were no white transverse lines or spots visible. The cephalothorax of a deep rich red-brown hue, thinly clothed with grey hairs and iridescent scales. ^ A female example had a largish semi-circular white spot of white hairs about 1 middle of the upper side of the abdomen, and another on each side, the three formide^ straight line traversing the upper side of the abdomen. In other respects it resem me ^ male. Probably, different examples of this species would present the same varieties m spect to the white spots and markings on the abdomen as are characteristic of M. puhcat % Sab. — Hills between Sirikol and Aktalla, May 8th to 13th, 1874. 18. — Micaria pallida, sp. n. Immature male : length 2J lines. clistio This spider is allied to the preceding, but its colours and markings will at once guish it. ARANEIDEA. 21 The cephalothorax is of ordinary form and of a brightisli yellow-brown colour, clothed with greyish and iridescent hairs and scales. The eyes are in two nearly concentric curved rows, like those of M. connexa and others, the front row being the shortest. The legs are moderately long and tolerably strong ; their relative length is apparently 4, 1, 2, 3. They are similar in colour to the cephalothorax, the sides of the tibiae being suffused a little with brown, and the tarsi have the appearance of being annulated with the same colour. They are clothed with grey and iridescent hairs ; the former disposed some- what in longitudinal lines. The palpi are not very long; their colour is pale yellow; the cubital joint is shorter than the radial, and the digital is of a long, narrow-pointed, oval form. Being immature, these remarks on the palpi would, perhaps, not be strictly applicable to those of the adult spider, though the proportions of the several joints would probably be the same as in the immature state. The f alces are tolerably long, strong, perpendicular, similar in colour to the cephalotho- rax, and furnished with greyish hairs and dark bristles. The abdomen is of a dull yellow-brown hue, clothed thinly with iridescent, scaly hairs. It has two parallel, transverse, slight constrictions near the middle of the upper side ; an in- distinct longitudinal median brown marking, pointed at its posterior extremity, occupies the fore-half of the upper side, followed towards the spinners by a longitudinal series of several less distinct, transverse, curved, brown lines, the convexity of the curves directed forwards. These markings would be probably invisible, except when in spirits of wine. Ilab. — Bound on the route across the Pamir from Sirikol to Panja and back, April 22nd to May 7th, 1874. Genus — CLVBIONA, Latr. 19. — CliUBIONA DELETRIX, sp. n., PI. II, Eig- 14, , The legs are tolerably long and strong, of an immaculate yellow colour, and are furmsue with hairs and spines ; the spines on those of the first and second pairs arc long, strong, uu consist of two (parallel) rows beneath the metatarsal and tibial joints ; each tarsus ends 'V1 two rather weak and apparently non-denticulate claws, beneath which is a small, bluu > yellow-brown, corneous-looking projection, furnished with several bristly hairs turne upwards in opposition to the tarsal claws. The relative length of the legs appears to 4, 1, 2, 3. ARANEIDEA. 27 The palpi are moderate in length, and similar in colour and armature to the legs ; the digital is double the length of the radial joint, and terminates with a weak, curved, black claw. The falces are of moderate length and strength, straight, perpendicular, and obliquely cut away on the inner sides towards the extremity ; their colour is yellow, and they are fur- nished with hairs and longish bristles. The maxilla are rather strong, moderately long, straight, somewhat rounded at their extremities, and similar to the falces in colour. The labium is short, rounded at the apex, and of a yellowish-brown colour. The abdomen is oval, truncated before, rounded and broadest behind ; it is thinly clothed 'with hairs of a clay-yellow colour, marked above and on the sides with blackish brown ; these markings were very much broken and fragmentary in the example described, but they appear to define faintly the ordinary oblong, median, longitudinal marking on the fore half, and some angular bars on the hinder half of the upper side, with some oblique lines on the sides. The spinners are very short ; the second joints of those of the superior pair are barely perceptible. The genital aperture appears as a densely black, glossy patch in the centre of a largish yellow- brown, convex area, and is rather densely clothed writh bristly hairs, whose points converge over the black aperture. Sab. — Kashghar, December 1873. 25. — Agroeca flavens, sp. n., PI. II, Pig. 20, ? . Adult female : length 3^ lines. The whole of the fore part of this spider is of a dull, slightly brownish-yellow colour, the labium , however, being dark yellowT -brown with a yellowish apex, and the abdomen of a straw-yellow thinly clothed with yellowisli-grey hairs. In form and structure this species resemblcs Agroeca debilis ; the normal indentations on the cephalothorax are well marked, and °f a deeper hue than the rest, and it is clothed with hairs similar to those on the abdomen. The eyes are small, placed in two, nearly straight, transverse rows, and seated on black spots ; the front row is considerably the shortest ; those of the hind-central pair are very slightly f arther from each other than each is from the hind-lateral eye on its side, and each is separated from the fore-central opposite to it by no more than, if quite so much as, the diameter of the former ; those of the foremost row are very near to each other, the interval between those of the fore-central pair being slightly greater than that which divides each from the frre-lateral on its side ; those of each lateral pair are placed very obliquely, and have an interval between them of nearly the diameter of the hinder one ; the fore-laterals are the hugest of the eight; the height of the clypeus is equal to the diameter of one of the fore- Central eyes. The legs are tolerably long and strong, furnished with hairs and rather long, strongish spines ; each tarsus ends with two curved claws, apparently without any denticulations, below them being a rather less conspicuous, corneous, yellow-brown prominence than in Agroeca debilis , hut furnished with similar upturned bristly hairs ; the relative length of the legs aPpears to he 4, 1, 2, 3 ; the spines on the two first pairs are in two parallel longitudinal rows beneath the metatarsal and tibial joints. The palpi are moderately long and strong ; the radial and digital joints are yellow- d 1 28 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. brown ; the latter are the darkest, and are distinctly less than double the length of the former ; they are furnished with hairs, bristles, and spines, and terminate with a small black claw. The maxi lice are slightly inclined to the labium, and the latter is slightly hollowed 01 notched at the apex. The abdomen is of a pale straw- yellow colour ; on the fore half is a very faintly visible, narrow, elongated mai'king prolonged posteriorly into a line-like point, and of a slightly darker hue than the rest of the abdomen ; a little in front of the middle are six reddish- brown impressed spots, three in each of two curved lines, whose convexities are opposed to each other so as to form a figure like a dice-box; the intermediate spot of each line is much neaiei the anterior than the posterior one, and the interval between the two anterior spots is equal to that between the two posterior ones. The form of the abdomen is somewhat oblong-o'v ah truncated before and rounded behind. The genital aperture consists of two somewhat roundish, large, black, contiguous spots in a transverse line, but much obsciu'ed by numerous bristly hairs of a sandy-grey hue ; the spinners of the inferior pair are double the length of the superior one, and all are of a yellow-brown colour. Bab. — Yarkand, May 21st to 27th, 1874. Genus — TBACHELAS, L. Koch. 26.— Trachelas costata, sp. n., PI. II, Eig. 21, ? . Adult female : length to 2§ lines. The cephalo thorax is short-oval, rather longer than broad, truncated before, moderately', an( pretty uniformly, convex above, and constricted on the lateral margins of the caput ; the norma indentations are distinct and rather darker coloured than the rest, which is of a yellow-brovn colour; the clypeus is less in height than the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes. 4 he eyas are of moderate size, and do not differ greatly in that respect ; those of the fore-lateral pair are perhaps slightly the largest of the eight ; they are placed as in Clubiona, but the area is shorter and broader, the eyes being more closely grouped together. The hinder row is straight, the front row much shorter and curved, the convexity of the curve directed forwards. Those of the hind-central pair are rather less than double as far from each other as each is from the hind-lateral eyes on its side ; the interval between each and the hind-lateral being scarcely the diameter of the former ; the interval between those of the fore-central pair is less than half a diameter, and each is almost, but not quite, contiguous to the fore-lateral eye on Rs side. The eyes of each lateral pair are placed obliquely and are separated by about one- third of the diameter of the hind-lateral eyes. The interval between each of the hint central eyes and the fore* central opposite to it, is equal to the diameter of the latter. The tegs are rather short, strong, furnished with hairs and slender bristles only ; t_eir relative length appears to be 4, 1, 2, 3, though the difference in length is not great. 4 are of a brownish-yellow colour, lighter than the cephalothorax, and faintly annulated m dusky brown. Each tarsus ends with two curved pectinated claws, beneath which is a sma > not very dense, claw-tuft; and beneath the tarsi and metatarsi are some short, stout ham of uniform length, but scarcely amounting to a scopula. _ The palpi are short, similar to the legs in colour and armature ; the digital joint is a mu- half as long again as the radial, and terminates with a very fine, curved, and almost impel ceptible claw. AIlANEIDEA. 29 The falces are short but strong, straight, and nearly perpendicular; they are roundly prominent at their base in front ; their fore surface is granulose and bristly, and their colour like that of the cephalothorax. The maxilla are short, convex, and broad ; their extremities, where they are obliquely and rather roundly truncated, being the broadest. The labium is short, broad, and of a somewhat oblong-oval form, the apex being very slightly indented or hollowed ; the colour of the labium, as well as of the maxilla . is like that of the falces. » The sternum is heart-shaped, uniformly convex, slightly punctuose, furnished with short bristly hairs, and similar to the legs in colour. The abdomen is oval, more convex above than in spiders of the genus Clubiona in general, and projects over the base of the cephalothorax ; it is of a dull clayey-brown colour; the fore half of the upper side has a deep brown, longitudinal, central marking, enlarged in the middle, sharp pointed at its posterior extremity, and followed to the spinners by about six angular deep-brown bars, or chevrons, which decrease in length, from the first to the last, just above the anus ; the angles of these chevrons are directed forwards ; that of the first touching the pointed extremity of the central longitudinal markings ou the fore half. The sides of the abdomen are more or less covered with brown striated markings ; the spinners are rather short, moderately strong, and those of the superior and inferior pairs are of about equal length. The genital aperture is of peculiar and characteristic form. Hab. — Murree, June 11th to July 14th; and near Leli, August and September, 1873. Family — DICTYNIDES. Genus — DICTTNA, Sund. 27. — Dictyna albida, sp. n. Adult female : length less than 1| lines. This spider belongs to the Dictyna variabilis (Koch) group. The cephalothorax is depressed on the sides and hinder part, and the caput is rounded on the upper side, but not raised above the usual level ; it is of a dull yellowish colour, with a rather irregular, but distinct, marginal stripe, immediately above which, ou each side, is a broad yellowish-brown, longitudinal band; the whole is covered, hut not densely, with coarse white hairs ; the height of the clypeus is less than half that of the facial space, being not much more than equal to the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes. The eyes are small and placed in two transverse curved rows near together ; the hinder row is considerably the longer ; those of the hinder row are equidistant from each other, the centrals being slightly the largest of the eight ; those of each lateral pair are placed oblique- ly, and are very near to each other, but not quite contiguous ; the interval between the fore- centrals is considerably greater than that between each and the lateral eye next to it ; the latter interval being scarcely equal to the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes, which are the smallest of the eight ; the interval between the fore- and hind-central pairs is equal to the diameter of one of the hind-central eyes. The fore-central eyes form \ ('i v nearly a square, the posterior side being rather the longest. The legs are short and slender, their relative length appears to he 4, 1, 2, 3 ; they are of 30 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. a pale, dull yellow colour, furnished with, hairs ; and the metatarsi of the fourth pair have calami stra on their upper sides. The palpi are rather short, slender, and similar to the legs in colour. The f alecs are moderate in length and strength ; they project a little forwards, and (looked at from in front) are curved, the curves directed outwards, leaving a slightly oval space between them ; their colour is dull hrownish-yellow. The maxillae , labium, and sternum are of normal form, and rather paler in colour than the falces. The abdomen is oval, not very convex above, but projects considerably over the hinder part of the cephalothorax ; it is of a dull brownish -yellow colour, covered with cretaceous white spots and small patches ; four small red-brown spots form nearly a square on the middle of the upper side. In front of the ordinary spinners is a short, transverse, supernu- merary mammillary organ, divided across the middle by a perceptible suture. The genital aperture is small and inconspicuous. Sab. — Between Yangihissar and Sirikol. Family — A GELENIDES. Genus — AEGTRONETA , Latr. 28. — Argyboneta aqtatica. Argyroneta aquatica, Clerck, Sv. SpindL, p. 143, pi. 6, tab. 8. I can find no difference between examples contained in Dr. Stoliczka’s collection and those found in Europe. Sab. — Yarkand and neighbourhood, November 1873. Genus— TEGEN ARIA, Latr. 29. — TeGENARIA, Sp. An immature female, too much damaged to he recognisable beyond its generic affinity. Sab. — Yarkand to Bursi, May 28th to June 17tli, 1871. Genus — CCELOTES, Bl. 30. — CCELOTES TEGENARIOIDES, sp. n. Immature male (almost adult) : length 6| lines. This spider is exceedingly like a Tcgenaria in its general form and appearance. The cephalothorax is round behind, but constricted laterally at the caput, and hs margins are depressed ; it is of a yellow-brown colour, and hairy, and lias the normal indend- ations well marked. ^ The eyes are of moderate size, and not greatly different in that respect : they are place in two transverse curved rows ; the front row is the shorter and less curved, the con- vexity of the curves being directed backwards. The eyes of the hind-central pair are a lit nearer to each other than each is to the hind-lateral eye on its side, being separated by rather less than two diameters ; those of the fore-central pair are distinctly larger than those of ® hind-central ; they form a line slightly less, though of very nearly equal length, to t ia ARANEIDEA. 31 formed by the hind- centrals, but the interval between them is smaller, being scarcely equal to a diameter ; and each is separated from the fore-central eye on its side by an equal inter- val ; the eyes of each lateral pair are placed obliquely on a tubercle, and are separated by a distinct though small interval. The four central eyes form as near as possible a square, and the height of the clypeus equals half that of the facial space. The legs are moderate in length, tolerably strpng, and of a yellow-brown colour ; the femoral joints faintly annulated with a lighter hue. Ihe palpi are short, hairy, arid like the legs in colour; the radial is rather longer and stronger than the cubital joint ; the digital is of great size and tumidity, its fore extremity rather pinched in to a point. The palpal organs are not developed. Th ef cilces are straight, strong, and massive, very prominent at their base in front, and Project a little forwards ; they are of a deep reddish-brown colour, and furnished with strong bristles. The maxillce are strong, distinctly curved over the labium, rounded at their extremity on fbe outer side, and obliquely truncated on the inner side ; they are of a yellowish colour, strongly tinged with yellow-brown along the inner side. The labium is of an oblong-oval form, slightly truncated at the apex, and of a yellow- brown colour; the apex is tipped with yellowish, and, with the maxillae, is covered with bristly bairs. The sternum is oval, pinched in to a short, sharpish point behind, and broadly truncated before ; it is hairy, like the maxillae and labium, and of a yellow-brown colour, paler along fbe middle. The abdomen is large, hairy, considerably convex above, mostly so at the fore extremity, ^here it projects well over the base of the ceplialothorax ; it is thickly spotted, mottled, and parked with dull yellowish- white and black-brown markings and spots, presenting a faint Uidication of an irregular, elongate, posteriorly pointed, median dark marking, tinged with yellow-brown along the middle of the fore half, followed towards the spinners by some indistinct, broken, angular bars or chevrons. The spinners are not very long : those of the superior pair are three-jointed, the terminal joint being no longer than the one next to it ; fbose of the inferior pair are shorter but stronger. Sab. — Murree, June 11th to July 14th, 1874. 31. — CcELOTES SIMPLEX, sp. n. Adult female : length slightly over 4 lines. This species is very nearly allied to Ceelotes tegenarioides , but may be distinguished not °uly by its much smaller size, but by the absence of any trace of annulation on the femora of the legs and by the small size of the fore-central eyes, which are the smallest of the eight, and 01,1X1 a line distinctly shorter than that formed by those of the hind-central pair : the inter- nal also between the eyes of each lateral pair is rather greater than in C. tegenarioides , and the height of the clypeus is less than half that of the facial space. On the abdomen, also, the Pattern is more distinct, shewing the transverse angular bars on the hinder-half of the upper ■side more clearly; the spinners are rather longer, and the genital aperture is a small 0yal opening at the hinder part of a largish, convex, yellow-brown, somewhat roundish, c°i'neous-looking patch. Sab. — Murree, June 11th to July 14th, 1874. 32 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Family — THE RID I D ES. Genua— EPISINUS, Walck. 32. — Episinus algiricus. Episinus algiricus, Luc., Explor. en Algdrie, Araclm. p. 269, pi. 17, fig. 11. This spider is exceedingly closely allied to Episinus truncatus, Walck., and I have but little doubt that the examples contained in Dr. Stoliczka’s collection are of the same species as that described by Lucas in liis great work on the spiders of Algeria. Be this as it m£1h however, these examples are decidedly distinct from, though very closely allied to, Europca examples of Episinus truncaius found in England. Among other distinctions, may specially noted, the generally more yellow-brown hue of the present spider, and the fai distinct, though generally similar, pattern on the cephalothorax and abdomen , also absence of a short, but distinct, yellow, longitudinal line running backwards from between the hind-central pair of eyes to the occiput ; this line is distinctly visible in all the numero ^ British examples before me, but no trace of it exists in the present spider. The 1(>-S ^ pale yellowish, only faintly annulated with brown; and some distinct white spots forming horse-shoe (the open side in front) round the lower extremity of the abdomen close to base of the spinners, are larger and more conspicuous, especially the foremost of them > the corners also of the upper side of the hinder extremity of the abdomen are more conical y gibbous, and an unfailing specific difference is presented in the different form of the §enl . aperture ; this is a small, simple, nearly round, dark-coloured opening in the present spi el ’ while in E. truncatus it is by no means so simple, and covers a much larger oblong area. n the latter species, the under side of the abdomen is dark, with, almost always, three long1 tudinal paralled white lines; while in the present spider it is pale and almost uni foi m y covered with white cretaceous spots. M. Eugene Simon, indeed {Aran. none. ou pen connus du midi de V Europe, Mem. I|ie»e’ 1875), concludes Episinus algiricus , Luc., to be identical with E. truncaius, Walck. ; but ie gives no proof of this, beyond the fact that he has taken numbers of E. truncatus in Morocco, Spain, and Corsica. M. Lucas, however, appears to have had no doubt of the distinctness the spider he describes as E. algiricus. Eab.— Murree, June 11th to July 14tli, 1877. Genus — THERIDION, Walck. 33. — Theridion riparium. Theridion riparium., Blackw., Spid. Great Brit, and Irel., p. 182, pi. xii, fig. 115. ^ ^ An adult female of this spider, which, although in very bad condition, appeared to 1 indistinguishable from European examples, was found in Dr. Stoliczka’s collection. Eab. — Murree, June 11th to July 14th, 1873. 34.— Tueridion lepidum, sp. n. Adult female : length very nearly 2 lines. ^ The whole of the fore part of this pretty spider is brownish -yellow. The cephalo >()l ARANEIDEA. 33 !s ordinary form ; it has a brownish-black marginal line, or border, and a longitudinal, Median, blackish-yellow-brown band extending from the eyes to the hinder margin (where is narrower than at its commencement), and divided longitudinally by a fine paler iine. The eyes are small, and in the usual four pairs, occupying the whole width of the upper side of the fore part of the caput. Those of the hind- central pair are a little nearer to each other than each is to the hind-lateral eye on its side ; those of the front row are equidistant from each other ; and those of each lateral pair are contiguous to each other, and piaced obliquely on a slight tubercle. The four central eyes form a square. The clypeus is ^pressed immediately below the fore-central eyes, but prominent towards its lower margin, and its height exceeds half that of the facial space. The legs are tolerably long, and rather slender ; they are furnished with hairs and numerous bristles ; many of the latter, especially of those henath the metatarsi and tarsi being of a spine-like character. Their relative length is 1, 4, 2, 3, those of the first pair con- siderably the longest. The palpi are short and slender ; the cubital joint is half the length of the radial, and the digital is nearly double the length of the radial. Their armature is like that of the kgs. The falces are rather weak, moderate in length, and straight, hut a little projecting. The maxillce are long, of normal form, and their extremities are even with the extremities °f the falces. The labium is short, but of ordinary form. The sternum is heart-shaped. The abdomen is almost globular above, and projects over the base of the cephalothorax ; 1t is of a dull luteous colour with a broad median dentated white hand along the middle of the ^Pper side, prolonged to the spinners in a narrow white stripe ; the upper part of the sides a^e also an irregular longitudinal white hand connected with the median hand by three °blique narrow white stripes or lines ; and close to the base of each of these oblique lines, i.e., wbere they join the lateral white bands, is a distinct black spot. There is also another black sPot at the hinder termination of the lateral band, with another on each side immediately aud close above the base of the spinners, and one underneath immediately in front of tho ®Pinners. All these blade spots, which are very distinct and characteristic, form two longi- tudinal lines converging to the spot under the spinners, which are also surrounded by some wbite spots ; the lower part of the sides, and a broad longitudinal band on the under side are more or less mottled with small white spots. The male resembles the female in colours and markings, hut its abdomen is far less convex above, and the first pair of legs are much longer ; the fore-extremities also of the eniora and tibiae of those of the first and second pairs are of a reddish-yellow-brown. The palpi are short ; the humeral joint is enlarged and tumid towards its hinder extre- ^uty, an(i tlic radial is much, and broadly, produced at its outer extremity, where it is fringed ATlth a single row of strong bristles ; the digital joints are of moderate size, oval, and bristly Uath their convex sides turned towards each other. The palpal organs (which are thus auected outwards) are rather complex, but possess no very markedly prominent processes. Sab. — Sind Valley, August 5th to 13th, 1874. This spider is nearly allied to T. nervosum (Walck.), which it resembles in the general character of its markings, though its colours are quite different. B 34 SECOND YRKAND MISSION. 35 — Theridion subitum, sp. n. Adult female : length 2 lines. The whole of the fore part of this spider is of a dull orange-yellow colour. lpngth The eephalothorax is of ordinary form, though rather shorter in proportion to • i s e | » than in some other species of the genus; its lateral margins are slightly suffused wi 1 W e(j The eyes are of moderate size, in the usual four pairs, and tolerably c ose j g „ together; those of the hinder row are equidistant from each other, and those of the central pair are a little further from each other than each is from the fore-lateral eye side; the four central eyes form nearly a square whose fore side is rather shorter t hinder one ; the height of the clypeus exceeds half that of the facial space. but The leas are slender and not very long ; they are a good deal denuded of armatu , are apparently furnished with hairs and bristles, many of the latter hem o a s ci ’ ^ .g like character. A small portion at the extremity of the tibiae of the first and fouith p red-brown. The palpi are short and slender. The falces are weak, slender, straight, and slightly projecting. . The labium and maxilla; are of normal form, and their colour is yellow-brown. The sternum is nearly triangular. . . , , , fi1P base The abdomen is of large size, very convex above, and projects considerably ov ce of the eephalothorax ; the hinder part also projects over the spinners, and the upp t is broad, the fore part presenting, on either side, the appearance of a kind o P itb shoulder ; it is of a yellow-brown colour, completely covered above and on e S1 ce irregular, but closely-fitted, yellowish-white spots, the interstices of which have the app of fine yellowish-brown reticulations. Along the middle of the forepart is a narrow, undenticulate, pale stripe. jPab. — Murree, June 11th to July 14tli, 1874. 37 —Theridion expallidatum, sp. n. Adult female: length If lines. ...... brownisb- The eephalothorax of this spider is of ordinary form ; its colour is a p< ARANEIDEA. 35 yellow margined with brown, and with a longitudinal median hand of a rusty reddish-brown hue, as broad as the hinder row of eyes, where it begins, hut thence tapers gradually to the hinder extremity of the cephalothorax. The eyes are in the ordinary position ; those of the hind- central pair are nearer together than each is to the hind-lateral eye on its side, while those of the fore-central pair are further from each other than each is from the fore-lateral on its side. 1 he four central eyes form a square, and those of each lateral pair are seated contiguously and obliquely on a small tubercle ; the clypeus is strongly and sharply impressed immediately below the eyes, but prominent at its lower margin, and its height exceeds half that of the facial space. The legs are rather short, slender, of a pale, dull yellowish colour, with a slight black- brown marking beneath the extremities of each joint, and are furnished with hairs and some- what spine-like bristles. The palpi are slender, short, and similar to the legs in colour and armature. Th efalces are not very long nor strong, but a little projecting ; they are of a dull yellow- ish colour suffused with brown. The maxilla; and labium are of normal form, and similar in colour to the legs ; the labium, however, is suffused with brown. The sternum is triangular, and its colour is like that of the legs, with a marginal blackish line. The abdomen is large and globular, and projects considerably over the base of the cephalothorax ; it is of an almost uniform chalky- white colour, with the faintest possible traces of a longitudinal, median, denticulate band on the upper side, having some oblique lateral lines issuing from it; this pattern is rendered just visible by being of a rather clearer white colour than the rest ; the median longitudinal line of the upper side has also a dull brownish, broken line, from which finer, oblique, lateral lines issue here and there ; the spin- ners are surrounded by a dull brownish circular band on which are several rather conspicuous white spots. The genital aperture is of a transverse oval form edged with dark brown, and placed at the hinder part of a roundish prominence. This spider is evidently nearly allied to Theridion simile, C. L. Koch. Sab. — Murree to Sind Valley, July 14th to August 5th, 1873. 38. — Theridion tuberculatum. Theridion tuberculatum, Kronenberg, Reise in Turkestan von Alexis Fedtschenko, Moscow, 18/ 5, p. 9, pi. v., fig. 40. This little white Theridion may readily be distinguished from T. expallidatum by a small sub-conical, somewhat tubercular eminence on the hinder part of the upper side of the abdo- men. The cephalothorax has a narrow longitudinal median brown stripe of which the ante- rior portion is bifid ; and the abdomen, which is of a dull yellowish- brown colour thickly covered with cretaceous- white confluent spots, has an irregular, somewhat sub-dentate, longi- tudinal, median, dull brownish band, emitting backwards a few fine oblique lines of the same colour. The whole of the fore part of this spider is of a dull pale yellow _ hue ; the legs are long, slender, and furnished with hairs, bristles, and slender bristle-like spines. Sab. — Murree, June 11th to July 14th, 1873. 39, — Theridion incertum, sp. n. Adult male : length 1J lines. The cephalothorax is short-oval, slightly constricted laterally at the caput, which is broad 36 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. and of a somewhat truncated appearance ; in the middle longitudinal line, the caput has a broadish ridge-like character, which runs far back to a deep transverse indentation at the thora- cic junction. Its colour is a rather rich yellow-brown, except the hinder part of the caput, which is paler, and its surface is granulose and covered with bristly hairs. The eyes are of tolerable size in two nearly equal transverse rows occupying the whole width of the fore part of the upper side of the caput. The hinder row is, as nearly as possi- ble, straight, the front row curved. The eyes of the hind-central pair are considerably nearer together than each is to the hind-lateral eye on its side ; the interval between the former being equal to a diameter, and that between the latter, to nearly two diameters. The eyes of the fore-central pair are seated on tubercles, and rather prominent, forming a line rather less than that formed by the hind-centrals : the intervals between the eyes of the front row appear to be as nearly as possible equal. The eyes of each lateral pair are seated, slightly obliquely? on a strongisli tubercle, and are contiguous to each other. The fore-central eyes form, as nearly as can he, a square, and the height of the clypeus (which is impressed below the eyes and prominent at its lower side) is more than half that of the facial space. The legs are moderately long, excepting those of the first pair, which are much the long est : their relative length is 1, 2, 4, 3. The first pair are strong, especially the femora, and, with those of the second pair, are of an orange-yellow colour, the fore part of the femora and tibiae being of a deeper and richer orange than the rest ; all are furnished with hairs and bristles, these of the first pair having numerous spine- like bristles, and a single longitudinal row of short, strongisli, somewhat denticular spines along the under side; those of the third and fourth pairs are of a paler hue than the others. The palpi are short, similar to the legs in colour, and (except the digital joint, which is large, reddish yellow-brown, and with its fore extremity considerably produced) slender; the cubital joint is "veiy short; the radial also is short, but spreads out at its outer extremity into a very laige and apparently bifid production : the palpal organs are well developed and pro- minent hut tolerably simple in structure ; with a slender curved filiform spine, and a small, straight, corneous process at their fore extremity; they are directed outwards, the convex sides of the digital joints being directed inwards. The falces are strong, of moderate length, and similar to the cephalothorax in colour. The maxilla are tolerably long and strong, much curved, and almost meeting over the labium, which is short and with a somewhat pointed apex. The colour of these parts is like that of the falces. The sternum is heart-shaped, broad, and truncate at its fore extremity ; it is of a rather orange-yellow colour, and its surface is granulose. The abdomen is short, considerably convex above, and projects well over the base of the cephalothorax ; looked at from above, it is of a somewhat heart-shape. It is of a yellow- brown colour, a good deal marked and spotted with white on the upper side ; these markings do not appear to follow any very distinct pattern, hut a more or less broken marginal band, most complete on each side of the fore part, and least traceable behind, may be seen. Four round red-brown impressed spots form almost a square a little in front of the middle, and across this part most of the white spots occur. This is in some respects rather an aberrant form of Theridion, but it is most nearly allied to T. pulchellum, Walck. Mab, — Murree, 11th to July 14th, 1873. ARANEIDEA. 37 Genus— STEA TOD A, Thor. 40. — Steatoda nigrocincta, sp. n. Adult female : length 2§ lines. The cephalothorax is of a short-oval form : the caput is slightly constricted on the sides and the normal indentations are well marked, that at the junction of the caput and thoracic segments being very strong, giving rather a crushed appearance to this part, and with a transverse direction. The colour is yellow-brown, darker in the direction of the indentations, and in a wedge-shaped form behind the eyes, but rather lighter towards the lateral margins. The surface is glossy and (apparently) devoid of hairs, but covered with minute red-brown granulosities. The eyes are of moderate size, and do not differ much in this respect : they are in the ordinary position ; those of the hind-central pair are rather nearer together than each is to the hind-lateral eye on its side ; those of the front row, which is the shortest, appear to he divided by as nearly as possible equal intervals ; those of each lateral pair are seated a little obliquely, and contiguously, on a slight tubercle. The four central eyes form a square. The legs are moderate in length and strength; their relative length is 1, 4, 2, 3, but the difference between those of the first and fourth pairs is not much. They are of a rather orange yellow-brown colour, deepening in hue towards the extremities, and are furnished with hairs and bristles which spring from minute tubercular red-brown granulosities. The palpi are slender, and similar to the legs in colour. The f aloes are neither very long nor strong; they are straight, perpendicular, similar to the cephalothorax in colour, and granulose. The maxillce and labium are of normal form, and rather lighter in colour than the falces. The sternum is somewhat heart-shaped, broadly truncated, in a rather hollowed line, at hs fore-extremity, and of a pale orange-yellow colour. The abdomen is large, of a sliort-oval form, very convex above, and projects considerably °ver the base of the cephalothorax ; it is of a dull luteous-brown colour, sprinkled with white cretaceous spots, which are principally gathered into a longitudinal median-line and a some- what dentated line on each side of the upper part ; the median white line has some black spots an(l markings on each side of it, those on the hinder half forming a series of broken transverse angular bars. There are also black markings on each side of the lateral white borders ; that helow each is broad, and continued quite x'ound in front, where it meets the other from the °Pposite side ; the upper side of the abdomen has also some other black spots and points scat- tered over it; the middle of the under side has a largish square area of white cretaceous spots, bearing two strong parallel patches of deep red-brown on its fore part. The spinners are short, compact, and of a pale-yellowish colour. The male resembles the female in general characters and colours; it is, however, smaller and paler, and the legs of the first pair are longer ; the palpi are like the legs in colour ; they are long and slender, the radial joint is double the length of the cubital, which is of a bent form, an and is of a yellowish-brown colour mottled obscurely with whitish ; the fore extremity o the upper side has a sub-angular, marginal, white stripe. Beginning at some little distance behind this is a large deep brown patch-like area, broad in front, and narrowing gradually) to about half its front width, near the spinners. This patch is bordered by a fine, deeper-brown sinuous line, outside of which is a distinct white border. On the sides, the white mottlmgs are gathered into broadish, though rather indistinct, oblique stripes ; the under side is deep brown, bordered on each side with three large white spots, the middle one of which is 1 largest. The epigyne is rather short, of a pale-yellowish hue, tapering, blunt-pointed, anC directed backwards. Hab. — Murree to Sind Yalley, July 14th to August 5th, 1873. 64.— Epeira carnieex, sp. n. Adult female : length 3| lines. , The cephalotliorax is tolerably strongly constricted on the lateral margins at the calnl ’ which is also rather produced forwards ; its colour is dull yellow, rather thickly clothed vvi a coarse greyish pubescence ; and the whole of the upper side of the caput is of a deep the same colour being prolonged backwards to the thoracic junction. The height of clypeus is rather less than the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes. The eyes are in the usual four pairs, occupying the whole width of the fore-part o caput; the four central eyes form apparently, as nearly as can be, a square ; the hind-cen pair are seated on strong black spots, on a small tubercular prominence, and they are largest of the eight, considerably larger than those of the fore-central pair, and sepaia by rather more than a diameter’s interval. ARANEIDEA. 51 The legs are moderately long, but not very strong, and their relative length is 1, 2, 4, 3. Their colour is dull brownish-yellow, annulated with darker reddish yellow-brown, and they are furnished with hairs, bristles, and strongish, but short, spines. The palpi are similar to the legs in colour, moderately long and slender. dices are moderately strong, tolerably long, arched in profile, perpendicular, of a deep-brown colour, but pale- yellowish at the base, and furnished with bristles in front. The maxillce are of normal form, and of a deep-brown colour, pale-yellowish on the margin, at their extremity. The labium also is similar in colour, with a pale margin at the apex. The sternum is heart-shaped and of a deep-brown colour. The abdomen is very large, and in its general form and appearance reminds one of that of Qyrtophora opuntice, Duf. Its shoulders have each a short, somewhat conical prominence also. It projects considerably over the base of the ceplialo thorax ; and when looked at in profile, the hinder extremity, which projects a little over the spinners, is nearly as high as the fore-extremity. The sides are steep and sloping inwards, and the upper side rather flat. The upper side is of a dull cream- white colour marked, clouded, and mottled with brown ; the lateral margins of the white area are very strongly dentated, and along the middle of it are two very distinctly defined black dentated lines, which beginning near its fore extremity, converge towards each other (but do not meet) at the hinder extremity, where they are sometimes joined by a transverse blackish line. Along the middle of the fore part of the space included by these black dentated lines, which space is frequently darker or more suffused with brown than the area outside it, is a somewhat oblong deep brown, marking with two angular points on each side of it and a row of white spots along its middle. The fore extremity of the upper side has two prominent portions of the white area near the middle ; these are generally curved, and enclose a more or less well-defined brown patch bearing a white spot in the centre, and in front of this, outside the brown patch, is another larger white spot ; the under side is of deep sooty-brown colour, of a quadrangular form, margined by a distinct, broad, yellowish- white border, before and on its sides, each of the posterior ends of the border being continued on either side of the spinners by two well-defined white blotches, the anterior one of which is much larger than the other ; from the middle of the hinder extremity, on the Upper side, to the spinners there is generally a longitudinal central yellowish- white stripe ; the sides are brown, thickly mottled with dull whitish-yellow. The genital aperture is simple in form, and somewhat of a transverse, kidney shape, placed rather behind a slightly prominent process from in front of which issues a moderately long, slender, cpigyne, which curves back- wards and has its extremity slightly sinuous. There is considerable variety in the markings of the upper side of the abdomen in this spider according as the browTn mottlings are more or less diffused, or else wrell defined. Rah. — Murree, June 11th to July 24th, 1873. 65. — Epeira ? gibbera, sp. n. Adult female : length 2| lines. Probably this spider will be found some day, on comparison with some other closely allied exotic species, to be of a different genus from “ Epeira (sensu stricto), in which event, I think, a new genus must be formed for its reception. At present I describe it as an aberrant and doubtful form of Epeira, g 1 52 SECOND YAK K AND MISSION. Tlie cephalothorax is very short and broad, and rises gradually from the hinder extremity to the fore part of the caput ; though the real convexity of the whole does not vary much in one part or another, since the basal line rises forwards with the general rise of the caput; and the middle of the fore part of the caput has a rather prominently pointed appearance, without the lateral prominences (on which the lateral pairs of eyes are placed) usual in Epeira ; m fact, there is an approach in the form of this part to some species of Poltys. The colour of the cephalothorax is yellow-brown, and it is clothed with a greyish pubescence. The eyes are placed as in Epeira generally. Those of the hind-central pair are consider- ably larger than the fore-centrals ; the interval between them is nearly about one and half diameters ; they form a longer line than the fore-central pair, and together with them they form a rectangle whose greatest transverse diameter is longer than its longitudinal one. Between the eyes of the fore-central pair are two longish, divergent, pale-grey, bent bristles directed forwards and downwards. The eyes of each lateral pair are on slight tubercles, placed obliquely, and contiguous to each other ; they are very widely removed from the four central ones, and, owing to the oblique, sloping character of the sides of the caput, are placed some way back, not far (when looked at sideways) above the middle of the base of the falces. The legs are short, moderately strong, their relative length being 1, 2, 4, 3 ; they are of a yellow-brown colour, with faint traces of darker annulation ; and are furnished with hairs and slender bristles, but no spines. The palpi are short, slender, and nearly similar in colour to the legs, the digital joints terminating with a curved, toothed claw. The fa Ices are moderately long, strong, and similar in colour to the cephalothorax. The maxillce and labium are like those of Epeira : they are of a dark yellow-brown colour ; the extremities of the former and the apex of the latter, pale dull whitish. The sternum is short, heart-shaped, the fore extremity very broad and truncated ; hs colour is deep yellowish-brown, and it is clothed with a prominent grey pubescence. The abdomen is very large, and almost conceals the cephalothorax ; it is of a sub-conical form, the upper side towards the hinder extremity being produced gradually backwards and upwards into a considerable hump, whose termination is a large round deep-brown boss. I'*10 distance from this boss to the spinners is rather less than to the fore extremity on the upper side. Its colour is a dull-brown, mottled thickly above and on the sides with dull yellowish- white, leaving a largish, irregularly -defined brown patch near the middle of either side of the upper part. The middle of the upper part has four distinct, impressed, deep black-brown spots in a quadrangular figure, whose posterior side is much longer than its anterior, and its shortest transverse diameter longer than its longitudinal one. A little way from, and on each side of, the inferior spinners is a white spot, in front of which is another, or rather a some- what roundish, white patch. The genital aperture is of a simple transverse oval form, covered by the epigyne, which is very prominent, directed backwards, curved, flattish, and rather tapering to a broad, rounded point. Hah. — Murree to Sind Valley, July 14th to August 5th, 1873. Genus — CHORIZOOPES, Cambr. 66. — Chokizoopes stoliczkje, sp. n. Adult female : length rather over 2\ lines. The cephalothorax is short, broadish, and massive in front ; the caput elevated, especia J Alt ANE IDEA. 53 the occipital portion of it. The colour is a dark reddish yellow-brown, and there are some coarse greyish hairs on the surface, which is also finely punctuose. The eyes are small, and placed in three widely separated groups ; the central group of four eyes (forming a quadrangular figure whose anterior side is the shorter, and its posterior side the longer) is placed near the lower part of the foreside of the caput, the height of the clypeus rather exceeding the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes, which are a little the largest of the eight. These of each lateral pair are placed obliquely, close above the insertion of the f alces, and separated from each other by an interval of at least the diameter of the fore- lateral eyes, which are larger than the hind-lateral. The legs are short and slender ; there is very little difference in the length of those of the first, second, and fourth pairs, the third pair being the shortes t. They are of a dull yellow colour tinged with orange, annulated with reddish yellow-brown, and furnished with hairs and slender bristles only. The palpi are short, slender, and similar to the legs in colour and armature. Th efalces are rather long, strong, prominent at their base in front, and slightly diver- gent, obliquely truncated at their fore extremity on the inner side, the oblique poition being armed with a single row of short strong teeth and long bristly hairs. Tlieir colour is rather paler than that of the cephalothorax, with a darker suffusion across the middle. The maxillae are strong and considerably inclined towards the labium, which is small and of a curvilinear triangular form. The colour of the maxilla; is yellow-brown ; that of the labium paler. The sternum is of a similar form to that of the labium, only of course much larger, and With its apex pointed in the opposite direction ; it is of a dull orange yellow-brown colour, with some red-brown marginal indentations between the points of insertion of the legs. The abdomen is large, of an oval form, more pointed before than behind, where it is very bluff and rounded. The general convexity is great, though the upper surface is rather flat, and it projects greatly over the base of the cephalothorax. On each side of the upper part is a longitudinal row of small pointed (or conical) protuberances, and another longitudinal vow of three similar protuberances bisects the hinder part of the abdomen ; the foremost of these last is nearly in a straight, transverse line with the hinder one of each of the other row. The upper part of the abdomen is of a dull golden-yellowisb colour, marked on each side of the central line with blackish-brown, including the inside half of each of the conical pro- tuberances, and leaving a clear, broadish, longitudinal, median yellow band, from which two curved lateral stripes, edged with black, issue on each side from its hinder half, and a Prominent point on each side of its fore part; the sides are obliquely rugulose, and, with the Under side, are yellowish, marked with dark brown ; some of the lower lateral markings are oblique, and from the genital aperture two parallel, blackish streaks, close together, run to the spinners. The epigyne connected with the genital aperture is prominent, tapering, pointed, and a little directed backwards. This spider is remarkable from the genus having only been previously recorded as indigenous to Ceylon. Hah. — Murree to Sind Yalley, July 14th to August 5tli, 1873. 67. — Chorizoopes congener, sp. n. Adult female : length 2 lines. The caput is greatly elevated, broad, well rounded on all sides above, and highest at the 54- SECOND YARKAND MISSION. occiput, appearing to overwhelm the thoracic portion by its disproportionate development ; its sides are perpendicular, and it is divided longitudinally by a duplex, longitudinal, indented line. The colour of the cephalothorax is deep red-brown, except two largish oblique, somewhat oval patches on either side of the occiput, which are of a clear yellowish-red, and a patch on each side of the four central eyes, as well as the clypeus, which are dull reddish- yellow. The height of the clypeus is less than half that of the facial space, being equal to rather more than two diameters of one of the fore-central eyes. The surface of the cepha- lothorax is covered thinly with short fine hairs, and appears to be finely punctuose. The eyes are small but not greatly different in size. They are placed in the usual three widely separated groups : the central one, of four eyes, is in the form of a quadrangle whose hinder side is the longer and its fore-side the shorter. The fore-centrals are slightly larger than the hind- centrals, seated on the sides of a slight prominence, and separated by rather more than a diameter’s interval. Those of each lateral pair are near together, but not quite contiguous to each other, and are placed just above the hinder part of the insertion of the falces (looked at sideways). The legs are short and not very strong ; those of the fourth pair are distinctly the long- est, and those of the third pair the shortest, the others differ but little from each other m length ; those of the first pair slightly the longest. Their colour is yellow, annulated with light yellow-brown, and they are furnished with hairs and slender bristles only. The palpi are short, slender, yellow, and without annuli; they are furnished with hau's> and several spine-like bristles on the inner-sides of the digital joints. ^ The falces are moderately long, very strong, roundly prominent near their base in fron but retreating and directed backwards towards their extremity, where on the fore side there are two adjacent prominences, the larger and more prominent being the inner one of the two, and each is furnished thickly with strong bristles, in front of which are some strong^1 teeth. The maxillae, labium, and sternum are similar in form and structure to those of the preceding species ; their colour is yellowish-brown, that of the sternum being the darkest , the apex of the labium and the extremities of the maxillae being much the palest. The abdomen is short, but broad and deep, the hinder extremity is broader and deeper' than the fore part, and has four rounded prominences; three of these form a nearly straig transverse line along the upper margin, the middle one of the three being the largest and a little in advance of the other two, while the fourth is half way in a straight line between it and the spinners. It is clothed with short fine hairs of a greyish hue, and the upper 81 is yellowish and brown, with dark black-brown mixed ; the most distinct of the yellow ings are in the median longitudinal line, towards the hinder extremity of which are two three tolerably well-defined transverse angular bars or chevrons, with the angles direc forwards ; and in front of them is a broad longitudinal band of yellow reaching to the extremity, and having a dusky brownish, ill-defined stripe along the middle ; there is also^ considerable patch of yellow on the lateral margins, mostly towards the hinder part of ^ upper side. The sides and under-side are deep brown ; the former are rugulose, anc latter has some indistinct, dull orange-yellowish markings ; the process (or epigyne) ^o11 nected with the genital aperture is not very prominent, but obtuse, and directed backwar This spider is remarkably nearly allied to Chorisoopes frontalis, Cambr., from bey ’ but is, I think, distinct, although closely resembling it in size, form, and colour. Hab. — Murree to Sind Valley, July 14th to August 5th, 1877. ARANEIDEA. 55 Family — G ASTER A CANTU WES. Genua— CYRTARACHNE, Thor. 68. — Cyrtarachne pallida, sp. n. Immature female : length inch. The whole of the fora part of this spider is of a pale straw-yellow colour : the normal grooves and indentations on the cephalothorax, as well as the occipital region, are suffused with whitish. The cephalothorax is short, broad behind, and hut very slightly constricted laterally at the caput, the fore part of which is rather broad also. The occiput has some strong, erect bristles, and the height of the clypcus is equal to the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes. The eyes are in the ordinary position : they occupy the whole width of the fore part of the caput, and are of a pale dull amber colour; those of the hind-cential pair are the largest of the eight, and are divided by an interval equal to an eye s diameter ; those of the fore-central pair are divided by more than a diameter, and form a line veiy slightly shorter than that which is formed by the hind-central pair, the four central eyes thus form- ing very nearly a square. The legs are rather short and slender, and are furnished with hairs and fine bristles only; their relative length is 1, 2, 4, 3. The palpi are short and slender. The falces are not very long, strong, straight, perpendicular. The maxillce, labium, and sternum are of normal form, and similar to the legs in colour. The abdomen is large, much the broadest across the middle, of a rather flattened form, and projects considerably over the base of the cephalothorax ; it is of dull cretaceous-whitish hue with a longitudinal, median, dusky-brown line, which has some fine, oblique, venose lines of a similar colour issuing from its hinder part ; and on either side of the fore part is a large, oblique, oblong, dull-brownish patch ; the under side is sooty blackish. Eab. — Murree to Sind Yalley, July 14th to August 5th, 1873. Family— UL OBOlilBES. Genus —UL0B0RU8, Walck. 69. — UlOBORTJS AL3ESCENS, sp. n. Adult female : length 2| lines. The cephalothorax is short, broad, nearly round behind, and gibbose on the thorax, on either side of the thoracic indentation : the caput, which is rather broad in front, is also constricted laterally. The colour is yellow-brown, paler on the margins along the medial line and on the outer side of the gibbous portion of the thorax. The eyes are small, seated on black spots, and do not differ greatly in size , they are placed in two transverse curved rows, occupying the whole width of the fore part of the caput ; the convexity of the curve of the hinder row is directed forwards, while that of the front row is directed backwards ; the interval between the eyes of each lateral pair is thus greater than that between the fore and hind-central pairs. The interval between the eyes 56 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. of the liincl-central pair is greater than that between each of them and the hind-lateral on its side ; and the interval between those of the fore-central pair, which are seated on a slight prominence, is less than that between each of them and the fore-lateral on its side, the latter interval being also less than that between the eyes of each lateral pair. The interval between the fore-centrals is also very nearly as great as that between each hind- central eye and the hind- lateral on its side. The four central eyes form a quadrangular figure whose fore-side is the shortest and its hinder side slightly the longest. The clypeus is almost obsolete. The legs are short, and those of the first and fourth, and second and third pairs respectively, do not differ greatly in length ; those of the first pair are much the strongest, their relative length being 1, 4, 2, 3. They are of a pale yellow-brown colour, clouded in parts with a darker hue ; excepting the calamistra on the metatarsi of the fourth pair, there were scarcely any hairs on the legs, but probably some of them had been rubbed off. The palpi are short, and slender, of a dull yellow colour, furnished with bristles and grey hairs, and terndnate with a rather strong curved, black, toothed claw. Th efalces are small, slightly projecting forwards, and of a pale yellow-brown colour. The maxillae and labium are of normal form, and similar in colour to the palpi. The sternum is heart-shaped, and of a pale brownish-yellow colour. The abdomen is large, very much elevated and obtuse at its anterior extremity, which pro- jects considerably over the cephalotliorax, and somewhat pointed behind on either side of the upper part; near the anterior extremity is a roundish, somewhat sub-conical protuberance. The colour of the abdomen is yellowish white ; an irregular brownish venose line extends along the middle of the fore part of the upper side, and emits some other fine venose lines on each side as it runs backwards ; about the middle of each side, near, and partly on, the under side, is a rather oblique browrn patch ; and another of the same colour extends along a portion of the middle of the under side. On each side, near the base of the spinners, are two white spots, and immediately in front of the usual spinners is the supernumerary spin- ning organ. An obtuse prominent pale-yellowish process, slightly indented at its extremity and pointed backwards, is connected with the genital aperture. Bab. — Murree to Sind Valley, between July 4th and August 5th, 1873. Family — Til 0 All SI D ES. Genus — THOMISUS, Walck. (ad partem). 70. — Thomisus albidus, sp. n. Immature female : length If lines. It is with some hesitation that I describe this spider as a new species, since it is possible that in the adult state it may present some other specific characters which may either pro' e it to have been already described, or else render the present description quite inadequate f°r the determination of the species. As, however, there is no described species known to nit' to which I can refer it, I venture to include it here as new. The cephalothorax is broadest quite at the hinder extremity, and narrows gradually to the fore extremity, which is also tolerably broad and truncated : the fore corners of the upper side of the caput are prominent and sub-angular. The margins of the cephalothorax aie ARANEIDEA. 57 whitish, the sides yellow-brown with a greenish tinge; the broad median longitudinal band, to a little distance behind the eyes, is pale yellow-brown, and the remainder is suffused with white ; the ocular area and the middle part of the clypeus are also suffused with white. The eyes are very small, seated on strong tubercles in a crescent form. The hind-laterals ape the most prominent of the tubercles, forming the fore-angles of the caput ; those of the fore-central pair are slightly the largest of the eight ; the intervals be tween those of the hinder row are equal, as are, apparently, also those between the eyes of the anterior row ; the interval between those of each lateral pair is less than that between the fore and hind- eentral pairs. The four central eyes form a square whose posterior side is longer than the rest. The height of the clypeus is less than half that of the facial space. The legs of the first pair are moderately long, slender, of a dull whitish-yellow colour, a*id armed with two parallel rows of short spines beneath the metatarsi. The legs of the second pair were absent ; those of the third and fourth pairs are much shorter than the first — the third slightly the shortest ; they are rather paler in colour than the first, and have “o spines. The palpi were both absent. The maxillae and labium are of normal form, and similar to the legs in colour. The sternum is nearly round, slightly hollow at the fore extremity, and its colour is whitish yellow. The abdomen is large, considerably convex above, and projects greatly over the base of the uephalo thorax ; its hinder extremity is the broadest and most massive, and it is of a uniform yellow-white colour above, whiter on the sides and underneath. Hab. — On the road from Yarkand to Bursi, between May 28th and June 17th, IS 7-1. 71. — Thomisus albens, sp. n. Immature female: length rather over 2| lines. The cephalothorax has the slope of its sides and hinder part gradual and not very steep. The angular prominences at the fore-coimers of the caput are strong ; the clypeus projects forwards, and its height exceeds half that of the facial space. The colour of the oephalothorax is dull pale-yellowish, very slightly tinged with brown ; the ocular area, all the middle portion of the clypeus, and a large arrow-head-shaped patch on the occiput (the point of the arrow running backwards to the hinder margin), are white, the sides, and part immediately behind the eyes, being also slightly veined with white. The eyes are very small, seated on tubercles in two curved rows in the usual form of a descent : those of the hind-central pair are further from each other than each is from the hind-lateral eye on its side, while the fore-centrals are considerably nearer together than each is to the fore-lateral on its side ; those of each lateral pair are also much nearer together than the fore and hind-central pairs are to each other, the front row being much the more strongly curved. The four central eyes form nearly a square, the anterior side being consi- derably shortest, and the posterior one slightly the longest. The legs of the first and second pairs are moderately long and tolerably strong ; the second are, if anything, slightly the longest. They are of a pale dull yellowish colour suffused below with white, and the metatarsi are armed beneath with two longitudinal parallel rows °t short spines ; beneath the fore extremity of the tibiae are one or two more spines, but H I 58 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. besides these there appear to he no more on any of the legs. Those of the third and fourth pairs are much the shortest, the latter being a little longer than the third. The palpi are short, destitute of bristles and spines, and similar to the legs in colour. Th e falces are short, strong, sub-conical, rather projecting, and, excepting a small patch bisected with a white line at their base near the outer side, of a white colour like the clypeus. The maxilla and labium are of normal form, and similar to the legs in colour. The sternum is oval, hollow-truncate in front, and of a whitish hue. The abdomen is of good size, flattened above, projecting well over the base of the eephalo- thorax, much broadest behind, where it is of a blunt-angular form on each side ; the form of the upper side is therefore somewhat quadrangular, the fore part being a little roundly truncated ; the sides, the fore part, and also the hinder extremity (which is abrupt) are rugulose and marked with rows of small impressed points ; these are most apparent as a margin to the fore part and sides. The five normal impressed points are visible on the fore half of the upper side, and the whole of the abdomen is of a uniform white colour ; the spin- ners are tolerably strong, very short, compact, and similar in colour to the legs. This spider is allied to, but quite distinct from, T. pugilis, Stoliczka, found in the neighbourhood of Calcutta. Bab— On the route from Yarkand to Bursi, between May 28th and June 17tli, 1874. Geiraa— MISUMENA, Thor. 72.— MlSUMENA EXPALL1DATA, Sp. n. Adult female : length lines. The whole of the fore part of this spider is a dull pale yellow. The cephalothorax slightly tinged with brown, with a pale, somewhat triangular, patch at the occiput ; the falces also being similarly tinged. The abdomen is white, a little suffused on the sides wi brownish-yellow, and with a narrow, median, brownish stripe on the fore half of the upPer side, emitting some lateral and posterior venose lines ; the usual five impressed spots are also visible on the fore half of the upper side. . The eyes are small, and differ but little in size, the fore-laterals being rather the larges they are seated on white tubercles, in the form of a crescent, in two curved rows, the anterior beinw the shorter and more curved ; the interval between those of the hind-central I)air is less than that between each and the hind-lateral eye on its side, while that between ® fore-centrals is slightly greater than that between each and the fore-lateral next to it. four central eyes form a square whose posterior side is a very little longer than its anterior, and the interval between those of each lateral pair is less than that between the fore an hind-central pairs. The height of the clypeus is less than half that of the facial space. ^ ^ The legs of the first and second pairs are long, moderately strong, and scarcely differing j length ; those of the third and fourth pairs are much shorter, less strong, but also of oca1^ equal length. Those of the second pair appear to be slightly the longest, and the third slightly the shortest ; all are furnished with spines, of which there are two longitu “V parallel rows beneath the metatarsi and tibise of the two first pairs. The metatarsi and a are tinged with reddish yellow-brown. ARAN EIRE A. 59 The palpi are short, slender, and furnished with hairs and bristles. The genital aperture is small and simple, being of a somewhat oblong form, a little narrower at its hinder than at its fore extremity. Hab. — Murree, between June 11th and July 14th, 1873. 73. — Misumena oblonga, sp. n. Adult female : length nearly 4| lines. The cephalothorax is as broad as it is long ; the marginal constrictions on the sides of the caput are strong ; the thorax broader than long. The colour of the cephalothorax is dull yellow-brown, with a longitudinal median white line, and a lateral, somewhat zigzag, line of the same colour along the middle of each side. The central white line has two or three lateral points on each side, and it runs from immediately behind the ocular area, to the thoracic indentation : the clypeus projects a little forwards, and its height distinctly exceeds half that of the facial space. The eyes are small, seated on white tubercles in two transverse rows, in a narrow crescent form ; the front row is the shorter and more strongly curved ; the ocular area is compara- tively rather small, and the fore-lateral eyes are but slightly larger than the fore-centrals ; these last are a little further from each other than each is from the fore-lateral on its side ; "while those of the hind-central pair are nearer together than each is to the hind-lateral next to it. The four central eyes form very nearly a square whose longitudinal is very slightly greater than its transverse diameter. The interval between those of each lateral pair is equal to that between the fore and hind-central pairs. The legs of the first and second pairs are tolerably long and rather slender : those of the first appear to be a little the longest, those of the third and fourth pairs are much shorter, the third rather the shortest ; all are of a pale, dull, straw- yellow colour, and are furnished with hairs, slender bristles, and spines ; of the last there are two longitudinal parallel rows of long conspicuous ones beneath the metatarsi and tibiae of the first and second pairs ; the rest of the spines on these legs, and especially those on the third and fourth pairs, are small and inconspicuous. The palpi are short, slender, and similar to the legs in colour and armature ; the radial joint has a long, slightly curved, pointed spine near the base on the inner side, its point directed inwards. Th Qfalces are moderately long, not very strong, sub-conical, projecting a little forwards, and similar in colour to the cephalothorax. The maxilla and labium are of normal form and similar to the legs in colour, the sternum being heart-shaped and of a pale straw-colour. The abdomen is elongated, oblong-oval in form, and more than three times the length of tfie cephalothorax ; its fore extremity is rather roundly truncated and broader than the hinder extremity, the widest part being a little in front of the middle ; its colour is a dull straw-yellow, with the sides and a broad, median, longitudinal band pretty thickly spotted with white; the median band has a largish, elongate, diamond-shaped, dull-brownish, straw-coloured Marking on the fore part emitting some short venose lateral lines. The genital aperture is suiall and simple, consisting of two round yellow-brown openings placed side by side, and edged ■with dark reddish-brown. h 1 60 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. This is in several respects a remarkable spider and aberrant from the generic type, both in the form of the abdomen, the height of the clypeus, and the small comparative size of the ocular area. I hesitate, however, at present, to form a new genus for it, though it will pro- bably be necessary at some future time to do so. Hab. — Murree to Sind Valley, between July 14th and August 5th, 1873. Genus — SYNE M A , Simon. 74. — Synema exculta, sp. n. Adult female : length 2 lines. The cephalothorax is short and broad ; the lateral constrictions on the margin of the caput are slight, and the caput is broadly truncated before. The height of the clypeus is rather less than half that of the facial space. It is of a dull yellow-brown colour; the clypeus, as well as the ocular area and a broad longitudinal band on each side of the upper part, being of a deep reddish-brown colour ; that of the two bands being the darkest ; the occiput is marked with a somewhat curvilinear, angular, pale-yellowish marking, the angle of which is directed backwards. The sides and hinder slope of the cephalothorax are steep, and its surface is thinly covered with long, curved, prominent, rather tapering bristles. The eyes are on tubercles, in two transverse curved rows occupying the whole width of the broad caput ; the hinder row being the longer, and, if anything, slightly the more strongly curved ; thus, the eyes of each lateral pair are rather further from each other than the fore- central pair is from the hind-central one. The eyes of each row respectively are equi- distant from each other; though, if anything, the fore-centrals may be very slightly further from each other than each is from the fore-lateral on its side. The fore-laterals are the largest of the eight and considerably larger than the fore-centrals. The fore-central eyes form a square whose posterior side is longer than the other three. The legs of the first and second pairs are moderately long and slender, the second pair being perhaps slightly the longest ; they are of a yellow-brown colour, the femora much the darkest ; the third and fourth pairs are much shorter, of a pale-yellowish colour, and the third pair is slightly the shortest. All are furnished with hairs, slender bristles, and spines. The palpi are short, slender, and similar in colour to the third and fourth pairs of legs- The falces are short, strong, sub-conical, slightly projecting forwards, and of a dull reddish yellow-brown colour. The maxillce and labium are of normal form, and of a dull brownish-yellow colour. The sternum is heart-shaped and yellow. The abdomen is short, considerably convex above, and projects entirely over the hinder slope of the cephalothorax ; it is much broadest, and well rounded, towards the hinder extremity* and is of a dull yellow-brownish colour; the fore part of the upper side has a few deep ret- hrown points, and a diffused marginal border of white cretaceous spots; the hinder purt lS much covered with similar white spots arranged in three not very well defined transverse diffused, curved bars, the two intervals between the first three being of a deep red- brown colour* there are also some markings of the same dark, red-brown hue just above the spinners ; sides are rugulose, marked with indistinct reddish-brown streaks following the somew oblique course of the rugulosities. The genital opening is simple, and consists of two sffi' » round, reddish-brown apertures in a transverse line. ARANEIDEA. 61 This spider is allied to Synema (Dicea, Thor.) globosa. Its fore-lateral eyes, however, are larger in proportion to the fore-centrals than in that species, and S. exculta thus diverges still more widely from the spiders of the genus Di pl. ix, fig. 13), but, among other differences, the great disproportion in size between the fore-central and fore-lateral eyes is an essential one. 97. — Stoliczka insignis, sp. n. Adult female : length rather over 5 lines. The ceplialothorax is clothed with a short sandy-grey pubescence ; its colour is deep brown, with a broad longitudinal band and a narrow irregular lateral one, on each side, a little Way from the margin, of a much paler, yellow-brown hue. The median hand has, on each side, a little way behind the ocular area, a slight enlargement in the form of a small, angular point ; this is most conspicuous in young examples, but is traceable in adults as w ell, and is a strong specific character. The height of the clypeus is equal to the diameter of a fore-lateral eye. The eyes of the hind-central pair are very much nearer to each other than each is to the bind-lateral eye on its side, being separated by no more, or even by less, than a diameter s interval ; those of the fore-central pair are rather further from each other than each is from the fore-lateral eye next to it ; the length of the front row is as nearly as possible equal to the length of the line formed by either three of the eyes, adjacent to each other, of the hinder row : the hind-lateral eye on each side is equally distant from the hind-central and fore-central eye next to it, forming the apex of an isosceles triangle; and the four central eyes form a quadrangular figure whose longitudinal is much greater than its transverse diameter, and whose anterior side is slightly shorter than its posterior one. 78 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. The legs do not differ greatly in length ; they are of a yellow-brown colour, deepening gradually to deep red-brown on the tarsi. They are indistinctly annulated with a deeper hue ; but this annulation is generally lost more or less in adults, being pretty distinct in young examples. The tarsi and metatarsi are furnished beneath with a thin scopula ; all the legs are tolerably thickly furnished with hairs, bristles, and spines, and the inferior tarsal claw is very small and sharply bent downwards, being not easy to distinguish in the tuft of hairs which surrounds it ; the two upper claws are strong, curved, and armed with about five denticula- tions. The palpi are short, of a deep red-brown colour, similar to the legs in their armature, and terminate with a curved claw. The falces are tolerably long, strong, perpendicular ; their basal half in front is roundly protuberant, smooth, strong, and of a very dark rich red-brown colour, yellowish red-brown at the extremity. The maxillae and labium are rather less deep and rich in colours than the falces. The sternum is roundish-oval, pointed behind and truncate before, and of a reddish yellow-brown colour. The abdomen fits pretty close up to the steepish hinder slope of the cephalothorax ; it *s broader behind than before, this form becoming intensified in adults that have deposited their eggs. In adults, the abdomen is of a deep-brown colour, palest underneath, and clothed with a short, somewhat sandy-grey pubescence, besides longer prominent hairs ; and on the f°re half of the upper side is a yellow, longitudinal, median,’ somewhat tapering stripe. In mi' mature specimens, the abdomen is yellow-brown, marked with darlc-brown, shewing the yellow stripe on the fore-half of the upper side, as well as some angular bars of the same colour between it and the spinners. These are short, compact, the inferior stronger than, but of equal length with, the superior pair. The genital aperture consists of two somewhat roundish openings, one on each side, at the hinder part of an oval prominence. This spider is an extremely interesting form, and appears to be an abundant species- Some of the examples had large, round, dark-brown lycosiform bags of eggs attached by silken fastenings to their spinners. Sab. — Murree, June 11th to July 14th, 1873. 9 Genus — OCT ALE , Sav, 98, — OCTALE RECTIFASCIATA, Sp. n. Immature male : length nearly 6 lines. The cephalothorax, legs, falces, and other fore parts of this spider are of a dull yellow- brown colour. A broad, dark yellow-brown, median band, edged with a marginal border o white hairs, runs throughout, and includes the ocular area. This band is very distinct an its margins are parallel to each other. , The eyes are in the ordinary position ; the anterior row is equal in length to the interva between the two eyes of the posterior row ; it is curved, the curve directed backwards, and i s four eyes are small and do not differ greatly in size ; the two lateral ones are smallest, an > being each seated in front of a dark tubercle (the tubercle itself being in a straight line wi the two central eyes), give to the row the appearance at first sight of being straight, but, as above stated, the row is in reality curved, its eyes being equidistant from each other, a ARANEIDEA. 79 separated by an interval of less than the diameter of one of tbe centrals. Those of the middle r°w are rather larger than the fore-centrals, and form a line nearly equal in length to the inter- vals between the lateral eyes of the anterior row, and are separated by more than a diameter’s interval. Each of them is also equally distant from the fore-lateral and hind-lateral eyes on its side, the interval between these two last being equal to that between the two fore-lateral eyes. The height of the clypeus is just equal to half that of the facial space. The legs are long and slender, but do not differ very greatly in length. Their relative length is 4, 2, 1, 3, and they are furnished with hairs and spines. The palpi are short ; the digital joint large, and, not being yet fully developed, tumid ; its length is equal to that of the humerus, its fore extremity being considerably drawn out. The radial joint is rather longer than the cubital, and has a not very large, sharp -pointed, tapering apophysis at its fore extremity on the outer side. This apophysis, as well as some strong bristles on the upper side of the joint, were plainly visible beneath the cuticle, the moulting of which would have brought the example to the adult state, in which the palpal organs would be fully developed. The maxillae, labium, and sternum are of normal form ; the two first of a more yellow- brown than the sternum. The j aloes arc moderately long but not particularly strong, straight but slightly diver- gent, perpendicular, and a little roundly prominent in profile at their base. The abdomen is of an elongate-oval form, tapering pretty gradually from the fore to the hinder extremity. It is of a dull yellowish whitey -brown colour ; the sides are marked with a few scattered, indistinct, brown spots, and a broad, darkish yellow-brown, tapering band runs along the middle of the upper side from end to end, and is edged with a marginal border °f white hairs ; the edges of this band towards the narrowest (or hinder) extremity are slightly sinuous ; the band itself has the appearance of a continuation of that on the cephalotliorax. The under side of the abdomen has a broad, median, longitudinal, slightly tapering, whitish band reaching from the spiracular plates to the spinners. These are short, but those of the superior pair are rather longer, though less strong, than those of the inferior pair. The example above described being immature, the abdomen is very much larger than it Would be in the adult state, in which it is probable that the total length of the spider would not eXceed lines. This spider is very nearly allied to one \not yet described) of a larger size, but almost exactly similar in colours and markings, though of quite a distinct species, received from Ceylon and also from Bombay. Hob. — Murree to Sind Valley, between July 14th and August 5th, 1873. 99. — Ocyale dentifasciata, sp. n. Adult female : length rather more than 4§ lines. The spider is nearly allied to the foregoing species ; it is, however, not only smaller (which may not be a constant character), but the abdominal band is very deeply dentated °n its margins, and has a series of brownish-yellow, somewhat angular markings along its middle. The sides of the abdomen are irregularly, but extensively, coveied with almost confluent brown markings, leaving, however, next to the upper side, a tolerably distinct 80 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. dentated, pale dull yellowisli-brown band slightly spotted with brown. The cephalothoi ax has a median longitudinal band edged with white hairs like that of 0. rectifascicita. The eyes are in a similar position to those of that species, hut at the same time are rat ier more separated from each other. ... The legs are rather long, of a dull, darkish yellow-brown colour, armed with spines , and their relative length appears to he 4, 2, 1, 3. . . The /Wees are similar to the last species in form and size, and are of a dark shining yellow- b rowoi. deeper in hue than the legs. The maxillae are yellow-brown, palest at the extremities, and the labium is of the sam colour, with a pale apical margin. _ , The sternum is yellowish, with a distinct, broadish, yellow-brown marginal border, an is clothed with coarse grey, and a few dark-brown, hairs. Mab. — Murree to Sind Yalley, between July 14th and August 5th, 1873. Genus — TROCHOSA , C. L. Koch. 100. — Trochosa rtjbiginea, sp. n. Adult female : length 4| lines. . It is not without considerable hesitation that I have included this very interesting spine in the genus Trochosa. It is probable that future collectors will discover other species presenting similar special peculiarities in the position of the eyes, joined to the rather shor , but strong, unattenuated legs of the present spider ; in which case it might become necessary to form a separate genus, or ub-genus, for their reception. . The cephalothorax is oval, broad, and truncate at its fore extremity ; the margiRa lateral constrictions of the caput are slight, and the height of the clypeus is at least equal to, or even exceeds, double the diameter of one of the central eyes of the front row. Its colour is yellowish, with a narrow marginal band, and two broad longitudinal lateral bands, ot a rusty red-brown hue, leaving a rather indistinct, median, tapering, yellowish band strong 7 constricted near the occiput, and having a large part of its surface along the middle line suffused with rusty red-brown, and containing towards its hinder extremity the thoraci indentation, which is marked by a fine, deep red-brown line: the middle of each side occupied by a longitudinal, well-defined, but not very broad, yellow band. The fore pan the area enclosed by the middle and posterior rows of eyes is of a dark rcddisli-brown colour’ the hinder part of this patch contains two oval, parallel, yellowish markings. Sometim the slender red-brown lines defining the outer sides of these oval markings are obsoie ^ leaving a short, dark red-brown stripe, ending a little way behind the posterior row of ey> its termination, more or less, laterally dilated. The broad lateral rusty-brown bands traversed by numerous deep red-brown lines, all radiating or converging to the thora indentation. The surface of the cephalothorax is covered with yellow-grey pubescence, there are numerous blackish bristles on the upper part and sides of the caput. ^ The eyes are in the usual three rows — 4, 2, 2 ; the central pair of the first row are than the laterals, and are divided by an interval exceeding a diameter, and each is very ’ but not quite contiguous, to the lateral on its side ; the front row is very slight y, ijer thing, shorter than the second ; the eyes of the second row are, if anything, slig i 7 than those of the third row, those of both the second and third rows being very consic ABANEIDEA. 81 larger than the eyes of the fore-central pair. The distance between each eye of the second row and the lateral of the first row opposite to it is equal to the diameter of the former. The length of the third row is double that of the second, and the interval between these two rows is double that between the first and second. The legs are rather short, strong, tapering, hut not attenuated at the extremities ; they are of a yellowish colour, pretty densely clothed with hairs, armed with a few not very strong spines, and annulated with rusty red-brown, most distinctly on the upper side of the femora ; their relative length is 4, 1, 2, 3, hut the difference is not great. The palpi are tolerably long, and similar in colour and armature to the legs. The falces are moderate in length and strength, straight and perpendicular ; they are °f a yellow colour, with two longitudinal red-brown lines at their base, and are furnished with numerous bristles in front. The maxillae and labium are of ordinary form, hairy, and similar in colour to the falces. The sternum is oval, truncated before, of a deep rusty red-brown colour, bordered with a broad yellow margin, and with a median, longitudinal, sharp -pointed, yellow stripe at its fore extremity. The abdomen is of an ohlong-oval form, broadly, hut rather roundly, truncated at its fore extremity, and pretty densely clothed with greyish -yellow and other hairs. The upper part and sides are of a dark rusty-reddish colour, freckled with small, pale-yellowish spots. The fore part of the upper side has the normal longitudinal marking of an orange-yellowish colour, slightly margined with deep red-brown and rather bluntly pointed at its hinder extremity : this marking is rather broadest just behind the middle, and on each side of the broadest (or subangularly prominent) part is a short, orange-yellow, oblique stripe: and following the hinder extremity of the marking is a series of oblique, rather elongate, opposed, oval markings of a similar colour in pairs, each oval marking containing a small but distinct central red-brown spot : the two lines of these oval markings converge towards the spinners, but become obsolete before they reach these parts. They evidently represent the normal Angular bars or chevrons. The under side is dull orange-yellow, with a longitudinal median rusty band. Immature males resembled the females in colour and size. Sab. — This spider appears to be pretty common. Its localities are Yarkand and neigh- bourhood, November 1873; Kashghar, December 1873 ; and route from Yarkand to Bursi, between May 28th and June 17th, 1874. 101. — Trochosa hebes, sp. n. Adult male : length 2f lines. This spider, which is of the Trochosa picta group, is very closely allied to Arctosa aniJjlacea, C. L. Koch, which it resembles in size and in the general character of its markings, but it is not nearly of so bright a hue ; and the form of the genital aperture of the female *s quite distinct. I have only been able to compare the females of the two species, not possessing a male of A. amylacea. The cephalolhorax is broad-eval behind, and somewhat drawn out forwards, though ^ith but slight lateral constrictions on the margins of the caput; its colour is brownish- 82 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. yellow, witli a dentated marginal band, and a broader lateral strongly dentated one, of a darlc- brown colour on each side, leaving a large central star-shaped, or radiated, brownish-yellow marking. The ocular area is dark-brown, and the whole surface of the cephalothorax is pretty thickly clothed with hairs, many among which are prominent, dark brown, and of a bristly nature. The eyes are grouped as in T. picta. Those of the hinder row are smaller than those of the middle row, but considerably larger than the central pair of the front row ; the eyes of the middle and hinder rows form a quadrangular figure whose posterior side is not greatly longer than the anterior one, the length of the sides being apparently equal to that of the posterior side. The anterior row of eyes is, if anything, slightly shorter than the middle row, and the interval between the eyes of its central pair is larger than that between each and the lateral eye next to it, to which last it is very close, though not quite contiguous. The height of the clypeus is at least equal to twice the diameter of one of the central eyes of the front row. The legs are moderately long and tolerably strong, particularly the femoral joints ; they are of a dark-yellowish colour with dark-brown annuli, and are thickly clothed with hairs and long prominent slender bristles, those of the third and fourth pairs being armed with spines. The palpi are rather short, hairy, and similar in colour and markings to the legs. The radial joint is a little shorter, but of equal strength with the cubital ; the digital joint is dark brown at its base, paler at the extremity ; it is long and narrow, being only a little broader at its basal part than the radial joint ; its length is equal to that of the radial and cubital joints together; the palpal organs are small and simple, being very like those of T. picta. The falces are long, moderately strong, straight, perpendicular, and of a deep brown colour. The maxillce and labium arc of normal form; their colour is yellowish -brown ; the extremities of the former and the apex of the latter being of a paler hue. The sternum is oval, hairy, and of a dark yellow-brown colour. The abdomen is rather broader behind than in front ; it is hairy and of a brownish-yell0^ colour ; the markings, which are of the general Lycosa type, and almost exactly similar to those of T. picta , are delineated by dark blackish-brown lines and spots. The under side lS also more or less marked with the same. JE lab. — Yarkand and neighbourhood, November 1873 ; Yangiliissar, April 1874; Yarkand, between 21st and 27th May 1874 ; hills between Sirikol and Aktalla, between 8th and 18th May 1874; route from Yarkand to Bursi, between May 28th and June 17th, 1874. 102. — T roc nos a propinqua, sp. n. Adult female : length just over 5 lines. This spider is very closely allied to T. ruricola, De Geer, but is, I think, certainly of a distinct species. The cephalothorax is broader behind and narrower before than in T. ruricola. The broad, lateral, brown bands, instead of stopping behind the hinder row of eyes, run through and include the laterals of both the middle and hinder rows. The median longitudinal yello^ band is similarly constricted at the occiput ; but is broader behind that point, and more radi- ated than in T. ruricola ; and the two longitudinal brown stripes on the fore part of this band are confluent with the sides of the brown lateral bands. I ARANEIDEA. 83 The eyes occupy a larger area, and are of a pale, dull, yellowish-brown hue, being much paler than in the other species mentioned. The legs are rather shorter in proportion, and are pretty distinctly annulated with brown ; whereas they have rarely any trace of annulation in T ruricola. The abdomen is of a much darker hue, being of a blackish yellow-brown colour, the normal median longitudinal marking on the fore half of the upper side is of a brighter orange- yellow, and is margined by a much more distinct black border. The form of the genital aperture differs but very slightly. The under side of the abdomen is suffused with dark brown, and on each side is a marginal border of a darker black-brown. Sab. — Sind Valley, between 5th and 13th August, 1883. 103. — Trochosa adjacens, sp. n. Adult female : length just over 5 lines. This spider is very closely allied to T. terricola, Thor., differing from it in about the same degree as T. propinqua does from T. ruricola, De Geer. It is rather a smaller spider, and the cephalothorax appears also to be of a rather broader form, and the whole spider is of a much duller hue and less distinctly marked ; the bands on the cephalothorax are scarcely discernible ; the whole being of a dull yellowish-brown colour, pretty densely clothed with short, greyish-sandy pubescence, and with some indistinct, darker brown, radiating stripes indicating the normal indentations. The eyes of the front row are much larger than in T. terricola, and are very nearly equal in size to those of the hinder row ; these last, however, being much smaller than the corresponding ones in that species. The legs in the present spider have no trace whatever of annulation, while those of T. terricola are frequently annulated with brown, though never very distinctly, and, in general, chiefly on the femora. The markings on the abdomen are very similar, as also is the form of the genital aperture, though a slight difference in this respect is observable. Sab. — Yangihissar, April 1874. 104. — Trochosa sabulosa, sp. n. Adult female : length 10 lines. The cephalothorax of this fine spider is strongly compressed laterally on the margins of the caput, and the lateral slopes are much depressed ; the caput, however, is broad at its lower margin and tolerably massive above. Its colour is reddish yellow-brown, totally obscured by a dense clothing of short, pale sandy-grey pubescence, leaving but very slight and broken traces of the ordinary radiating indentations of a darkish brown colour. The height of the clypeus is equal to the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes. The eyes are in the ordinary position, and occupy an area whose length and breadth are, as near as possible, equal ; the front row is distinctly longer than the middle one ; its central pair of eyes are much larger than the laterals, though distinctly smaller than those °f the hinder row, and are separated by an intei'val less than a diameter, but double as great as that which divides each from the lateral next to it ; those of the middle row are divided l 1 84 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. by. as nearly as possible, a diameter’s interval ; and each is separated from the eye of the posterior row on its side by an interval of about one and a half diameters. The legs are moderately long, strong, and tapering, but not attenuated ; their relative length is 4, 1, 2, 3, and their colour is of a pale-yellowish hue, deepening to brownish-red ; the metatarsi and tarsi are pretty densely clothed with sandy-grey pubescence, mixed with other darker hairs and bristles, and armed (chiefly on the third and fourth pairs) with spines ; the under sides of the genua and the fore extremities of the tibiae are black-brown ; the under sides of the metatarsi and tarsi of the first and second pairs, and of the metatarsi of the third and fourth pairs, as well as of the digital joint of the palpi, are furnished with a dense scopula of black-brown hairs. The palpi are similar in colour to the legs. The falces are long and powerful, straight, perpendicular, the profile-line convexly curved, of a deep black-brown colour, thickly clothed with sandy-grey and brown hairs and bristles. The maxilla: and labium are of normal form, and bristly ; their colour is red-brown, the extremities of the former and the apex of the latter having a pale-yellowish tinge. The sternum is oval, truncate at its fore extremity, of a dark brownish-black colour, clothed with sandy-grey pubescence. The abdomen is oval ; it projects well over the base of the cephalothorax, and is consi- derably convex above ; it is densely clothed with sandy-grey, black, whitish, and brown hairs. On the upper side, the ordinary Lycosa pattern is indistinctly visible, being indicated by the scattered markings formed by the darker and whitish hairs. The normal elongate marking on the fore half is truncate at its posterior extremity, and a prominent subangular point on each side, about the middle, is indicated by a strong blackish spot ; on the hinder half, the only markings traceable (besides a generally thin sprinkling of small blackish spots over the whole of the upper part and sides) are two rows of obscure spots of whitish hairs, converg- ing towards the spinners ; the whole of the under side, including the spiracular plates and the genital aperture, is black. The male is smaller, but resembles the female in colours and markings. The radial joint of the palpus is considerably longer than the cubital; the digital joint is red -brown, and a little longer than the radial ; the palpal organs present no very marked peculiarity of structure. L lab. — Yangihissar, April 1874; between Yangihissar and Sirikol, March 1874; road across the Pamir from Sirikol to Panja and back, between April 22nd and May 7th, 4874 i and Yarkand, between 21st and 27th May 1874. 105. — Trochosa appboximata, sp. n, Adult female : length 5| lines (nearly). This spider is almost exactly like T. sabulosa in colour and markings, the grey hue, however, being less marked; but it may readily be distinguished by its comparatively small size, and by the under side of the abdomen being of a dull sandy hue, instead of black, as in T. sabulosa. The sides of the cephalothorax also appear to be more depressed, and the fore-central eyes of the front row are more nearly equal in size to those of tjie hinder ro^. ARANEIDEA. 85 The genital aperture is very minute, being of a transverse narrow-oval form divided longitu- dinally by a septum. llab. — Yarkand, November 1873. 106. — Trochosa rhbromandibtjlata, sp. n. Immature male : length 5| lines. This spider is nearly allied to both the foregoing species, but may easily be distinguished by the following characters. The general hue is less grey than in T. sabulosa , and the darker markings on the abdomen are more distinct ; the normal longitudinal marking on the fore half of the upper side is of a dark brown hue, with some black spots and markings on its outer margins : there are also some black spots alternating with the pale spots on the hinder half (these latter spots not being so white as in T. sabulosa). The under side of the abdomen is jet-black, distinctly and abruptly enlarged laterally from near the middle to the spinners, and there is a distinct short black bar on each side near the base of the spinners. The legs are unicolorous, having no trace of the black suffusion underneath the fore extremity of the tibise, except very slightly beneath those of the fourth pair. The eyes of the fore-central pair are smaller than in either T. sabulosa or T. propinqua ; and a striking character, which distinguishes it at a glance from both, is the dense clothing of scarlet (somewhat squamose) hairs on the front of the falces. It is probably also a smaller spider than T. sabulosa, though this is not certain, as the only example examined was not adult. Sab. — Murree to Sind Valley, between July 14th and August 15th, 1873. 107. — Trochosa lhgtjbris, sp. n. Adult male : length nearly 5 lines. The cephalotliorax is of a dark, rich red-brown colour, thickly clothed with silky, light grey hairs disposed in a broad longitudinal and narrower marginal bands, — the sides being clothed with black hairs, forming thus alternate bands of white and black hairs ; the caput is considerably produced, and constricted on the lateral margins. The height of the clypeus is no more than, if quite so much as, the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes. The eyes are in the ordinary position ; the length of the front row is perceptibly longer than that of the middle row, whose central eyes are larger than the laterals, though much smaller than those of the hinder row ; these last are rather smaller than those of the middle row, and form a line very nearly indeed equal to that formed by each of them, and that one of the middle row on its side ; the interval between those of the middle row a little exceeds a diameter ; the eyes of the hinder and middle rows thus form very nearly a square whose interior side is the shortest. The legs are tolerably long and strong, though rather attenuated at their extremities. They are of a yellowish, dark red-brown colour ; the femora being much the darkest, and clothed with grey hairs, not only of a pubescent nature, but also with numerous long, slender, Prominent ones like those on the legs of Tegenaria and Argyroneta. They are also armed With strong spines ; the tarsi are furnished underneath with a thin scopula. Their relative 86 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. length is 4, 1, 2, 3, but the difference between those of the first and fourth, and of the second and third pairs, respectively, is not great. The palpi are tolerably long and strong, similar to the legs in colour and hairy clothing ; the humeral joint has three spines of equal length close together in a transverse line on the upper side at the fore extremity. The radial joint is longer than the cubital, and the digital joint, which is darker than the rest, slightly exceeds in length the radial joint, whose width it considerably exceeds at the base, its fore extremity being rather attenuated. The palpal organs are rather simple, with a prominent subconical hook-pointed process, about the middle of their outer side. The falces are long, powerful, straight, perpendicular, of a deep black-brown colour ; clothed with grey pubescence and long dark bristly hairs. The maxillce and labium are of normal form, and of a deep blackish red-brown colour ; the sternum is of the same colour, oval and truncated before ; these parts are furnished with strong dark bristles. The abdomen is of moderate size and convexity above ; the upper part and sides are dark brown, thickly clothed with grey hairs, shewing some curved transverse lines, formed by these hairs on the hinder half. The whole of the under part, extending also a little way up the sides, is jet-black. jjab. — On the road across the Pamir from Sirikol to Panja and back, between April 22nd and May 7th, 1874. Gemm—TARENTULA, Sund. 108. — Tauentttla ibascibilis, sp. n. Immature female : length 3J lines. The cephalo thorax is oval, the caput a little produced and rather strongly constricted on the lateral margins ; the fore margin is broad and truncated, and the lower part of the sides rather gibbous ; it is of a yellow colour tinged with orange-brown ; on the upper part of each side is a broad longitudinal darkish yellow-brown band traversed by stiff darker converging lines showing the normal indentations; the lateral margins are also maike with some broken irregular brown spots and markings. The ocular area is blackish-brown, and the height of the clypeus is nearly about equal to the diameter of one of the fore- central eyes 5 tlie surface of tlie cephalotliorax is thinly clotiiecl with a gieyish sil y pubescence. < _ v The eyes are in the ordinary position, forming an area as long as it is broad, thoug narrower in front than behind; the eyes of the middle and posterior rows are very large, an appear to be very nearly, if not quite, equal in size ; the interval between the middle ones is equal to, or a little more than, a diameter, being less than that between each and that o the hinder row opposite to it ; the length of the hinder row is greater, though not much, than that of the middle row, which is also, if anything, a very little longer than front row ; the eyes of this last are small and equally separated; those of the central pai being but little larger than the laterals. , The leys are tolerably long and strong; their relative length being 4, 1, 2, 3, t ^ are yellow, annulated, though not very distinctly, with broken and angular brown ann ARANEIEEA. 87 lations ; they arc furnished with hairs and spines, but have no scopula beneath the tarsi and bietatarsi. The palpi are similar in colour and markings to the legs. The maxilla:, labium, and sternum are of ordinary form, and of a yellow-brown colour. falces are also of a similar, colour, rather long, powerful, and perpendicular, and fur- bished with a few bristles in front. The abdomen is a little wider behind than, in front, its colour is yellowish, clothed, but n°t very densely, with a few greyish, and a few longer, coarser brown hairs ; there is, along ea°h lateral margin of the upper side, a broad dentated brown band, from the lower side °f which two or three oblique, but very regular, rows of brown spots traverse the sides ; along the middle of the fore half is the normal marking of a deep brown colour edged with black, with a prominent angular point on each side, and truncate at its posterior extremity, yhich merges in the first of a series of broadish, angular, brown chevrons ; these decrease ib size as they approach the spinners ; the point of each chevron, which is (as usual) directed forwards, touching the inside of the angle of the chevron in front of it. The under side is immaculate. Sab. — Neighbourhood of Leh, August or September, 1873. 109.— Tarentula inimica, sp. n. Adult female : length rather more than 6 lines. The cephalothorax is yellow-brown, with a broad longitudinal band, on each side, of a darker hue; the whole covered with a short sandy-grey pubescence. The clypeus is low, bot much exceeding in height the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes. The eyes of this J’ow are placed on somewhat of a ridge, making this part look prominent when seen in profile. The facies is low. > _ The eyes occupy an area about equal in length and breadth. The front row is distinctly shorter than the middle one ; its eyes are very small ; the centrals are but slightly, if at all, larger than the laterals, and the interval between them is greater than that between each abd the lateral eye on its side. The eyes of the middle row arc much larger than those of fhe posterior one, and are separated by slightly over a diameters interval, the hinder row is considerably longer than the middle one. . The legs are tolerably strong, but not very long; those of the fourt l pan are le onges , |he rest not varying very much ; they are of a yellow-brown colour, and are furnished with hairs and spines ; the tarsi of the first and second pairs have a very tlnn scopula on their bbder sides. The palpi are short, but similar in colour to the legs. The maxilla and Icimm aye of a rich deep red-brown colour; the former haye then- extremity, and the latter has its apex, pale yellow. _ . .. , The sternum is oval, somewhat truncated at is anterior ex remi y, an simi r m co oui to the maxilke. . , , The abdomen is of a short-oval form considerably convex above; it is of a reddish-brown colour mottled with much clearer reddish spots; the normal longitudinal macula on the f°re half of the upper side is large, considerably prominent past the middle on each side abd truncated at its posterior extremity ; it is of an obscure brown hue, indistinctly margined 88 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. with darker brown ; on the hinder half is a median longitudinal series of strongish, hut not very conspicuous, yellowish-red, angular bars or chevrons. The under side is dark, of a rather sooty-brown hue ; the form of the genital aperture is distinct and characteristic ; the hairy clothing of the abdomen had been entirely denuded. Sab. — On the road across the Pamir from Sirikol to Panja and back, between April 22nd and May 7th, 1874. # Genus — LYCOSA, Latr. ad partem— LYCOSA, Thor. 110. — Lycosa condolens, sp. n. Adult male : length 2§ lines. The general form and appearance of this spider are like those of Lycosa agricola, Thor, and some other closely-allied European species. The ceplialothorax is deep brown, in some cases approaching to black, with a narrow median, and, on each side, a submarginal brownish- yellow stripe ; the median stripe is often very indistinct, and seldom runs (towards the eyes) beyond the occipital region, certainly not reaching nearly to the ocular area, and the marginal stripes are irregular, or somewhat dentated, on their edges. These stripes are clothed with pale hairs. The ocular area is black, and the clypeus, which rather exceeds in height the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes, is yellow. The eyes are in the ordinary position ; the foremost row is distinctly shorter than the middle one, and its eyes are very small ; those of the central pair being scarcely larger than the laterals, and the interval between them is double that between each and the lateral eye on its side. The eyes of the middle row are considerably farther apart than a diameter’s interval, — in fact, nearly equalling two diameters ; being equal to the interval between each and the lower margin of the clypeus at its nearest point. The hinder row is longer than t,he middle one, and its eyes are smaller than those of that row. The legs are long, rather attenuated, furnished with hairs, bristles, and spines ; they are of a brownish-yellow colour, the femora and tibiae annulated and marked with black-brown and yellow-brown ; the femora are often more or less completely suffused with black-brown- This is only, however, the case with some adult males, and is probably owing to their having been longer in the adult state; the legs of the fourth pair are the longest, and those of the third pair slightly the shortest. The palpi are moderately long ; the humeral joint is nearly black, the cubital and radial joints yellow ; the latter is the longest, and black on the whole (more or less) of the under side ; the upper side is furnished with white hairs, mostly close to the fore extremity ; the digital joint is of tolerable size, round, oval, and black behind, pointed and of a paler brown- ish hue in front. The palpal organs are characteristic in their structure, though they do not present anything very remarkable in form ; there is, about their middle, a not very prominent, somewhat crescent-shaped, process, one of whose limbs is truncated, and the other, the shorter, is blunt-pointed. The maxillce are dark reddish brown, yellowish at their fore extremities. The labium is also of a similar colour,-— yellowish at the apex. The falces are moderately long, not particularly strong, straight, perpendicular, of a brownish-yellow colour, more or less clouded with deep brown. The sternum is oval and nearly black. ABANEIDEA. 89 The abdomen is black-brown on the upper side ; the normal longitudinal marking on the fore part is of a reddish yellow-brown hue, blunt-pointed at its posterior extremity, and followed towards the spinners by a series of short, angular bars of the same colour ; these bars (often broken at the angle) thus consist of two oblique, opposed, oblong-oval markings, each of which lias a black spot in the middle ; there is also on each side of this series, towards the margin of the upper side, a longitudinal series of pale spots formed by small tufts of whitish hair; the sides arc mottled with yellow-brown, and the under side is yellow-brown marked with a median, and two (lateral) longitudinal dark blackish stripes, rendered more or less indistinct by the pale (among other) hairs with which the surface of the abdomen is generally covered- The female is paler-coloured, and the markings are more distinct than in the male> preserving, however, the same essential characters. It seems to be an abundant species. Hab. — Yarkand and neighbourhood, November 1873; Kashghar, December 1873; between Yangihissar and Sirikol, March 1874 ; Yangihissar, April 1874 ; on the road across the Pamir, from Sirikol to Panj a and back, between April 22nd and May 7th, 1874; hills between Sirikol and Aktalla, between 8th and 18th May 1874; road from Ydrkand to Burst, between May 28th and June 17th, 1874. 111. — Lycosa forttjnata, sp. n. Adult male : length 3 lines. This spider is very nearly allied to Lycosa condolens ; but it is rather smaller, and generally lighter-coloured. The following points of distinction will serve to distinguish it readily. The central yellow band on the cephalotliorax is much broader, more distinct, reaches more nearly to the eyes, behind which it is strongly constricted, being broader and somewhat radiated at the thoracic junction, immediately behind which it is again constricted ; the lateral yellow stripes are broken, and scarcely extend more than half way to the fore extremity. The height of the clypeus is a little greater, and the two central eyes of the front row are larger m proportion to the laterals. The legs have the femora and tibiae in general obscurely annulated, but the former are not black as in L. condolens. The radial joints of the palpi are longer in proportion to the length of the cubital than in that species, and are a little clouded with brown towards their fore extremities, which are furnished thickly with long, black, bristly hairs, particularly underneath and on the inner sides. The fore part of the digital joint is less attenuated, and ]t is clothed thickly with black hairs, and terminates with a strongish curved claw ; the palpal organs differ also in structure; they are more prominent at their hinder extremity, and the process corresponding to that described in reference to L. condolens as somewhat “crescent- shaped” is much larger and more prominent ; its larger limb being strongly curved. The abdominal markings are very similar, but the usual one on the upper side, at the middle of the fore part, is distinctly margined with black. The female resembles the male in colours and markings, but the annulations of the legs m*e darker and more distinct. This spider appears to be equally abundant with L. condolens. Hab. — Neighbourhood of Leh, August and September 1873; Tanktze to Chagra and £ankong Valley, 15th to 21st September 1873 ; Yarkand and neighbourhood, November 1873 ; x 90 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Kashghar, December 1873; between Yangihissar and Sirikol, March 1874; Yangihissar, April 1874 ; on the road across the Pamir from Sirikol to Panja and back, April 22nd to May 7th, 1874; hills between Sirikol and Aktalla, 8th to 18th May 1874 ; Yarkand. 21st to 27th of May 1874; road from Yarkand to Bursi, May 28tli to June 17th, 1874. 112. Lycosa stellata, sp. n. Adult female : length from 4 to 5| lines. The cephalothorax of this distinct spider is of a brown colour, and clothed with a short sandy-grey pubescence ; there is a large, very distinct, star-shaped or radiate yellow- ish marking at the. occiput, divided longitudinally by a dusky red-brown line, strongish at each end, and produced before into an obtuse, somewhat transverse, oblong marking a little way behind the ocular area, notched at its fore-margin, and often marked with the bifid continuation of the bisecting line on the stellate portion ; there is also a pale yellowish sub- marginal, and generally broken, band on each side ; these markings, seen very distinctly on immature examples, are more or less obscured by the pubescence in adult specimens. The eyes of the foremost row form a line distinctly shorter than the middle row, and its central pair are distinctly larger than the laterals, and are divided by an interval larger than that which separates each from the lateral eye on its side ; the height of the clypeus very little, if at all, exceeds the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes. The ocular area appears to be broader behind than it is long, and the eyes of the middle row are considerably larger than those of the hinder one, forming a line nearly about equal to that formed by the laterals of these rows. The legs are rather long, tolerably strong, of a yellowish hue, and pretty distinctly annulated with dark brown ; they are furnished with hairs and spines, and the colour and markings are liable (in adults) to be obscured more or less by a rather dense, short, sandy- grey pubescence ; their relative length is 4, I, 2, 3. The palpi are similar in colour and armature to the legs. The falces are long, strong, straight, and perpendicular : they are of a reddish-yellow- brown colour — red-brown at the base and extremities in front, and furnished with numerous long, prominent bristles. The maxillae are yellow-brown, and the labium deep brown with a pale-yellowish apex. The sternum is deep brown, clothed with grey pubescence. The abdomen is of a blackish-brown colour on the upper side. The normal longi- tudinal marking on the fore half is indicated by broken, surrounding, submarginal, reddish- yellow markings, and its posterior extremity is truncated : following it is a series of opposed, oblique, yellowish markings, these being the broken portions of the normal angular bars, which are, however, sometimes perfect ; and each bar contains a black spot : outside these angular bars is, on each side, a longitudinal row of yellowish spots. The sides are brownish-yellov , spotted and marked with black-brown ; and the under side is also brownish-yellow, withou any markings. The genital aperture is of a characteristic form, and its colour is red-brown. The male resembles the female in colours and markings, but is rather smaller. Sab. — Ydrkand and neighbourhood, November 1873 ; Kashghar, December 1873 ; Yangi- hissar, April 1874; on road across the Pamir from Sirikol to Panja and back, April 22nd to May 7th, 1874 ; hills between Sirikol and Aktalla, 8th to 13th of May 187 4 ; Yarkand, 2 s to 27th May 1874 ; Yarkand to Bursi, May 28th to June 17th, 1874. ARANEIDEA. 91 From the localities recorded, this spider, though perhaps less numerous, appears to he distributed nearly equally with the two foregoing species, and all three are probably found together. The present species is very nearly allied to L. injucunda, Cambr., found in Egypt, hut quite distinct. 113. Lycosa ckedtjla, sp. n. Adult female : length nearly 2f lines. This spider is very nearly allied to Lycosa nigriceps, Thor., which it resembles closely in form and general appearance, but may be distinguished by the absence of any constriction of the median, longitudinal yellow band on the cephalothorax, and by the normal longitudinal marking on the fore half of the abdomen being sharp-pointed instead of truncated at the posterior extremity. The cephalothorax is of a bright yellow colour, somewhat obscured by a greyish pubescence, which probably soon becomes more or less denuded ; the sides are narrowly edged with black, a very little way above which edging is a narrow, dark, yellow-brown, sub- marginal stripe, with a broad lateral hand of the same colour along the upper part of each side, leaving a median, longitudinal yellow hand of equal width throughout, and scarcely wider than the lateral bands of the same hue. The ocular area is black. The eyes are in the usual position ; the front row is distinctly shorter than the middle one, and its two central eyes are placed on a small prominence ; these two are larger than the laterals of the same row, and the interval between them is greater than that between each and the lateral on its side ; the eyes of the middle row are much the largest, and form a line shorter than those of the third row, though this latter is not so long, proportionately, as in some other groups of Lycosa. The four eyes of the middle and hinder rows form a square whose posterior side is longer than the rest. The height of the clypeus is more than double the diameter of one of the fore central eyes. The legs are moderately long, and rather slender ; they are of a yellow colour, indistinctly marked and annulated on the femora with yellowish-brown, and are clothed with hairs, spines, and grey pubescence. Their relative length is 4, 1, 2, 3. The palpi are yellow, marked with brown. The falces are rather long, slender, straight, and directed backwards ; their colour is yellow, slightly marked longitudinally with brown. The maxillae and labium are yellowish, tinged with brown. The sternum is oval, rounded before, and pointed behind ; its colour is black-brown, irregularly margined with yellow, and a median longitudinal stripe of the same colour extends from the fore extremity rather more than half-way to the hinder one. The abdomen is dark-brown above, spotted minutely and striated with yellow ; a tapering dentated yellowish median hand runs throughout the upper side to the spinners; the fore part °f this hand contains the normal marking, distinctly defined by a dark-brown line, and sharp- pointed at its hinder extremity ; in the hinder half of the dentated band may be indistinctly traced the usual series of angular bars or chevrons, each of which is charged with two small brown spots in a transverse line. The sides of the abdomen are irregularly striated with dark- brown on a yellow ground, and the under side is paler, with still fewer browrn markings. The genital aperture is not large, hut is, as usual, of characteristic form. x 1 92 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Sab. — Hills between Sirikol and Aktalla, 8tk to 13th of May 1874; road from Yarkand to Bursi, May 28th to June 17th, 1874. 114. Lycosa Vindex, sp. n. Adult female : length 2-§- lines. This spider is very closely allied to Lycosa credula, but it is of a shorter, stouter form, and the colours are of a generally duller hue. The median longitudinal yellow band on the cephalothorax is broader, distinctly constricted at the occiput, and enlarged at the thoracic indentation. The ocular area is black, with a geminated reddish-yellow spot between the eyes of the hinder row ; the lateral brown bands are more distinctly traversed by darker lines radiating towards the thoracic indentation. The clypeus is lower, not exceeding in height two fore central eyes’ diameter; the legs are entirely annulated (though not very distinctly excepting the tarsi), and they are also longer than those of L. credula. The sternum, is very similar in its markings ; but the normal marking on the fore half of the upper side of the abdomen is less distinctly marked, and is blunt-pointed at its hinder extremity ; the usual angular bars which succeed it are longer, and, with the marking on the fore part, are of a reddish yellow-brown hue ; this is also the prevailing tint of the upper side, of which the rest is marked and striated with dark-brown ; the under side is of a dull- yellowish hue, without any markings ; and the genital aperture is of a distinct and charac- teristic form. Sab. — Yarkand, November 1873. 115. Lycosa Vindicata, sp. n. Adult female : length 2 lines. This spider is exceedingly closely allied to L. vindex, but I am induced to record it as a distinct species, not only on account of its smaller size, but because the median longitudinal yellowish band on the cephalothorax is narrower, and has no constriction at the occiput, nor any lateral enlargement at the thoracic indentation ; the submarginal lateral brown stripe is also more distinct and continuous, and the genital aperture differs a little in its form. I® most other respects it resembles L. vindex, though the legs are more distinctly annulated- Its smaller size, shorter, stouter form, and reddish-brown hue of the paler markings on the abdomen, as well as the far more distinctly and completely annulated legs, and lower clypeus distinguish it readily from X. credula. Sab. — Murree, June 11th to July 14th, 1873, and between Y&ngihissar and Sirikol, March 1874. 116. Lycosa passibilis, sp. n. Adult male : slightly over 3 lines. The cephalothorax is of a deep brown colour, with a broadish longitudinal median band, and two lateral, narrower, sub-marginal ones slightly paler, and clothed with greyish hairs, with which, indeed, the rest of the cephalothorax is, though more thinly, covered. ARANEIDEA. 93 The eyes occupy an area longer than broad ; the front row is shorter than the middle one, and its two central eyes are placed on a slight prominence, and are larger than the lateral ones ; the four being very nearly, if not quite, equally separated from each other, and the height of the clypeus is greater than the diameter of one of the fore central eyes, but not as much as two diameters. The eyes of the middle row are much larger than those of the hinder one, and, with them, form a square whose posterior side is the shortest. The legs are long, attenuated at the extremities, of a deep reddish-brown colour, fur- nished with hairs and spines, and clothed with greyish pubescence. The palpi are rather long and strong, and similar in colour to the legs ; the radial and cubital joints are of equal length; the digital joint is of tolerable size, and nearly equal in length to the radial and cubital joints together ; it is oval behind and x*ather attenuate before. The palpal organs are not very complex, but from the middle there projects a short but pro- minent process with three prominent divergent points, the middle one being the longest and strongest. Like the legs, the palpi are covered more or less with greyish hairs. Th efalces are moderately long, but not very strong, slightly divergent and directed backwards : their colour is deep rich reddish black-brown, with a reddish-yellow broad longi- tudinal stripe on the inner side at the fore extremity. The maxillce are reddish-brown, pale-yellowish at the extremities and on the inner side. The labium is similar to the maxillae in colour, with a pale-yellowish apex. The sternum is oval and of a deep shining reddish-brown colour. The abdomen is of a blackish-brown hue, with the normal longitudinal marking on the fore half of the upper side, and a series of succeeding angular bars of an obscure brownish red; the whole is thickly clothed (especially along the median portion of the upper side) with greyish hairs, forming there a broad, longitudinal grey band, emitting some short lateral pro- minent lines on each side of the hinder part. Rub. — Hills between Sirikol and Aktalla, between the 8th and ISth of May 1874. 117. Lycosa flavida, sp. n. Adult female : length 2| lines. The cephalothorax is of a pale-yellow colour, with two broad, longitudinal, lateral yel- low-brown bands reaching from the fore to the hinder margin, and thinly clothed with greyish hairs ; the height of the clypeus is no more than equal to the diameter of one of the fore central eyes. The eyes arc in the ordinary position, on large black spots ; the whole of the fore part however, of the ocular area is more or less black. The front row is shorter than the middle °ne ; its two central eyes are larger than the laterals, and the interval between them is greater than that between each and the lateral eyes next to it. The eyes of the middle row are very large, and separated from each other by no more than one d iameter ; this interval being but little less than that which separates each from the posterior eye opposite to it ; the four hinder eyes form a square whose posterior side is longest and anterior one slightly the shortest. The legs are moderately long and not very strong; their relative length is 4, 1, 2, 3, and they are of a pale yellow colour, rather paler than the cephalothorax, armed with spines and furnished thinly writh hairs. 94 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. The palpi are moderately long, and similar to the legs in colour, deepening to a brownish hue on the last two joints. Th efalces are moderate in length and strength, slightly divergent, perpendicular, of a yellow-brown colour, and clothed with bristly hairs. The maxillae and labium are of a paler hue than the falces, and the sternum is heart- shaped and similar in colour to the legs. The abdomen is of a rather shortish oval form. On the upper side is a broad, longitudi- nal, pale-yellow band sharply dentated on its hinder half ; the fore part of this band contains the normal longitudinal marking, of a slightly clearer colour, and faintly defined hv a broken, brownish, indistinct line, and its hinder extremity is truncated. Some other indistinct, fine, brown, broken, angular lines on the hinder part, indicate the ordinary chevrons. On each side of the median dentated band, and, in fact, defining it, is a broad brown band diffused in scattered spots a little over the sides ; the under side is immaculate. The genital aperture is small, but of a characteristic form. An immature male exactly resembled the female. Hob. — Yarkand and neighbourhood, November 1873; Kashghar, December 1873; between Yangiliissar and Sirikol, March 1874; Yangihissar, April 1874 ; road from Yarkand to Bursi, May 28th to June 17th, 1874. BOEBE , Genus Nov. I am induced to form this new genus for the reception of four remarkable Lycosids , one received from Sinai, and described (P. Z. S., 1870, p. 822, pi. 1., fig. 3) as a Lycosa (L. praelongipes, Cambr.), another from the present collection, a third, L. ungulata, Camhr. Spiders of Egypt, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1876, p. 603, and a fourth, L. arenaria, Sav., Egypt. These (or at least three of them, for L. arenaria , Sav. is unknown to me, except from Audouin’s figure and description, which do not detail the special points under consideration, though I have but little doubt of its possessing them), though exactly agreeing in several peculiar points of structure, are quite distinct species. The points in which they differ from Lycosa, Trochosa, and Tarentula may be seen from the following diagnosis of generic characters. Cephalothorax oval, truncate before, and strongly constricted on the lateral margins of the caput ; the normal indentations, especially the one dividing the caput from the thorax, are strong, and the upper side of the thorax on each side of the normal longitudinal indentation is gibbous, so that there is, when the spider is looked at in profile, a strong angular depression between the caput and thorax, the lateral thoracic margins being much depressed. The eyes, as regards their general position, are like those of Lycosa , &c., but those of the second row have their vertical axes directed very nearly straight forwards, that is to say, scarcely at all upwards, though a little outwards ; in this respect there is a marked approach to Linopis, the facies being very vertical. The legs are long and attenuated, especially those of the fourth pair. Two parallel rows of spines run throughout the under side of the tibiae, metatarsi, and tarsi ; at the fore end of each tarsus there is the appearance of a kind of short obsolete, or fixed, joint. It has apparently no movable articulation, but there is both a visible constriction and a kind of suture as though of a joint either consolidated by disuse, or in process of development towards a perfect supernumerary joint such as we find in Hersilia. The superior terminal claws are ABANEIDEA. 95 unusually long, slightly curved, and have four or five denticulations at their posterior extremity. The maxilla are not very long, but rather enlarged at their extremities, where they are rounded ; and, instead of forming a straight line with the labium, they are turned distinctly sideways, thus in another point resembling Dinopis. The labium is short, broad, and truncated in a slightly curved convex line at the apex. The palpi of the female are truncated at the extremity, and the terminal claw, which is nearly straight and finely pectinated, issues from the middle of the truncation. 118. Boebe benevola, sp. n. Adult female : length 4-|- lines. The cephalothorax is clothed with short, sandy-grey pubescence, and is of a yellow- brown colour, with a broad yellow longitudinal median band, strongly constricted at the occiput, and enlarged at the thoracic indentation, the portion in front of the constriction forming a very distinct, transverse, oblong-oval area. There is also a broken, narrow, sub- marginal yellowish band on each side. The height of the clvpeus is equal to twice the diameter of one of the fore central eyes, and the colour of the ocular area- is black. The eyes of the front row form a straight line shorter than that of the middle row ; the central pair of the front row are larger than the laterals, and are separated by an interval wider than that which divides each ftom the lateral eye on its side ; those of the middle row are very large, and are separated by nearly about one and a half diameter’s interval, forming a line not far from equal to that formed by each and the posterior eye opposite to it ; the eyes of the hinder row are large, but smaller than those of the middle one, and form a much longer line. The legs of the fourth pair are considerably the longest ; and those of the second pair apparently the shortest; while there is not so much difference between those of the first and third pairs, the first being the longer of the two. They are yellow in colour ; the femora marked distinctly with brown spots, patches, and some other linear markings of the same hue ; the spines beneath the tarsi are numerous, of equal length, much shorter than those on the other joints, and give the joint a comb-like appearance. The palpi are like the legs in colours, and in the markings on the humeral joints, and are furnished with hairs and a few spine-like bristles. The falces are powerful, of moderate length, rounded in profile, clothed with sandy-grey hairs and long bristles, and of a dark reddish yellow-brown colour. The maxilla are yellow, strongly tinged with yellow-brown, particularly on their inner sides, and pale yellowish at their inner extremities. The labium is dark yellowish -brown with a pale apex. The sternum is of a short heart-shape and dark yellow-brown colour, thinly clothed with sandy- grey pubescence. The abdomen is oval and moderately convex above ; its colour is a dull brownish-yellow, marked with dark brown, occasionally approaching to black ; the intersecting portions of the yellow ground-colour are spotted more or less with cretaceous-white spots. The normal longitudinal median marking (of a deep brown colour) on the fore half of the upper side is large, somewhat wedge-shaped, and roughly dentated on its margins, and its posterior extre- 96 SECOND T AllK AND MISSION. mity is prolonged into a more or less distinct median line to the spinners, and gives off on eacli side various oblique lines and markings, forming some tolerably distinct, angular, yellow bars of different sizes, and some of which have a dark-brown spot at tlieir extremities. There is a tolerably clear, marginal yellow space round the normal marking on the fore half. The under side is almost all occupied by a broad longitudinal light-brown band. The genital aperture is small, but of characteristic form. The spinners are very short, but those of the superior pair are stronger and rather longer than those of the inferior. An immature male resembled the female in colours and markings. JELab. — Yarkand and neighbourhood, November 1873; Kashghar, December 1873; between Yangihissar and Sirikol, March 1871 ; Yangihissar, April 1874 ; Yarkand, 21st to 27th May 1874, and Yarkand to Bursi, May 28th to June 17th, 1874. Fami ly - &I> II ASIDES. Genus — OXTOPESy Latr. 119. OxYOPES JUBILANS, Sp. n. Adult male : length rather more than 3 £ lines. This spider is nearly allied to Oxyopes (Sphasus) lepidus, Blackw., of which the female only has yet been described ; the latter differs, however, from the female of the present spe- cies in being of a more robust form and in having shorter legs, as well as in the abdominal markings. The general form and appearance are similar to those of most others of the genus ; the cephalotliorax is of a brownish-yellow colour, and the normal indentations are distinctly marked. The ocular area, and the middle of the clypcus are clothed with grey hairs ; a fine brown line runs obliquely along t. e margins of the upper side, and so downward to the lower corners of the clypeus ; two others run, one from each of the two foremost eyes, nearly perpendicularly to the falces (to the extremity of which they are continued), bisecting them in front. There are also two parallel brown lines along the middle of the cephalotliorax, not reaching further forward than the occiput, and less distinct in the male than in the female ; the eyes are on black spots and in the usual position, six posterior ones forming a transverse hexagonal figure whose sides scarcely differ in length; they may be also taken as in four transverse rows of two each. Those of the foremost row are very minute and separated from those of the next row by an eye’s diameter. Those of the second row are the largest of the eight or nearly so, and are separated by an interval of one diameter, both from each other, and from the eyes of the third row ; this row is considerably the longest, and the fourth row is slightly longer than the second, its eyes being rather further from each other than each is from the lateral of the third row on its side. The logs are long and slender, their relative length seems to be 4, 1, 2, 3; they are of a yellow colour, and are armed with numerous long spines. The femora of the first and second pairs have longitudinal brown lines on the under side, a faint trace of two only of these existing on the femora of the third and fourth pairs. The palpi are short, similar in colour to the legs ; the cubital joint is very short with but a very slight angular prominence at its fore extremity on the upper side ; the radial joint is much stronger than the cubital ; it is strongly tinged with yellow-brown, much enlarge ARANEIDEA. 97 In a blunt angular form on the outer side, with a short red-brown irregular projection rather underneath ; the digital joint is round-oval, brownish-coloured behind, and of a narrow, slightly tapering, pointed, beak-like form in front ; the beak portion is yellowish, and less in length than the oval part ; this pai't has a small angular prominence at its base on the outer side. The palpal organs are prominent and rather complex, but do not present any remark- able processes. The radial and cubital joints are furnished with several long, curved, spine- like bristles. The falces are not very long nor strong ; they are of a subconical form, straight, per pendicular, similar in colour to the cephalothorax, and bisected in front by a longitudinal brown line. The maxilla and labium are of normal form, the colour of the former is yellow, and of the latter yellow-brown. The abdomen is long and narrow, being of an elongate, tapering, or pyramidal form ; the fore part is the largest, and it gradually narrows to the spinners : it is of a yellowish hue, somewhat freckled with white cretaceous spots of small size ; the upper side is margined on each side with a double longitudinal brown line, and a faint, narrow, tapering, dusky band along the middle ; on the under side is a broadisli, tapering, dusky, longitudinal band, mar- gined with reddish-brown. The female is more distinctly marked than the male, and the process connected with the genital aperture is blackish and prominent. The colours of this spider, as above described from examples for several years immersed in spirits, cannot be considered altogether reliable, inasmuch as the yellow tints may have possibly been more or less green when the spider was living. Sab. — Tinali; route from Murree to Sind Yalley, July 19th, 1873. I come to the conclusion that this is the locality, because Dr. Stoliczka, in his diary of July 19th, 1873, mentions having found that evening a good number of spiders, “ chiefly Thomisus and Sphasus ** (=Oxyopcs), and in the one unlabelled bottle I find the only ex- amples of Sphasus contained in the whole collection. These are of three species, the present and the next one very nearly allied to each other, the third quite distinct both in form and markings ; all three are, I believe, of undescribed species, though Dr. Stoliczka says of those he found “ among the latter (Sphasus) ” he recognized Sphasus viridanus. This is a Calcutta species described by Dr. Stoliczka in Journ. Asiat. Soc., Bengal, vol. xxxviii, p. 220, pi. xx, fig. 1, and is undoubtedly a species of Pasithea, Bl. (Peucetia, Thor.), which, though generically nearly allied to Sphasus, is yet easily recognized by the difference in the position of the eyes. 120. OxYOPES PRiEDICTA, Sp. n. Adult male : length 4 lines. This spider is very closely allied to Oxyopes jubilans ; it is, however, rather larger, and tliis, I think, may probably prove to be a constant character. In general colouring, form, and appearance, the two species are strikingly similar, but the following distinctions will serve to separate them without difficulty. The cephalothorax has no lateral brown lines running to the fore corners of the clypeus, and the two parallel median ones are here replaced by a not very distinct, median, longi- tudinal rusty-reddish band, which runs quite to the hinder row of eyes. 98 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. The palpi present an easily observed difference from those of Oxyopes jubilans both in the radial and digital joints. The former is not enlarged on the outer side, but is, on the con- trary, rather excavated there, with a somewhat corneous, red-brown ridge just behind the excavated part : the radial joint is also somew'hat angularly prominent underneath towards the inner side. The digital joint has its sliort-oval, posterior portion of a darker hue, and more angularly prominent at its base on the outer side. The anterior, or beak-like, portion is also distinctly longer than the oval part, and terminates in a sharpish and somewhat corneous point. The legs have the femoral joints of the third and fourth pairs as distinctly marked with one (if not two) longitudinal blackish -brown lines as the whole of the first and second pairs. The abdomen has on the upper side a longitudinal, median, tapering, rusty-reddish band, at the fore part of which the normal elongate marking, of a somewhat spear-headed form and yellow colour, is visible. Sab. — Found at the same time and in the same locality as 0. jubilans. Tinali ; route from Murree to Sind Valley, July 19th, 1873. 121. Oxyopes kejecta, sp. n. Adult female: length rather less than 3§ lines. This spider is nearly allied to Oxyopes ( Sphasus ) gentilis, C. L. Koch. It may easily be distinguished from the two foregoing species by its shorter legs, as well as by its shorter, stouter form, and by the short cephalothorax, which has the sides and hinder slope very steep, and the normal indentations very slightly marked, so that the divisional line between the thorax and caput is scarcely visible. The colour of the cephalothorax is brownish-yellow, paler in the ocular area and at the occiput ; it is indistinctly marked in the median longitu- dinal line, as well as on the sides, with blackish-brown ; there are also two slightly curved lines, of the same colour, running down from the two foremost eyes over to the middle of each of the falces, and continued over them in a slightly sinuous form, but stopping some- what considerably short of their extremity. The eyes arc on conspicuous black blotches, those of the third row are considerably nearer to those of the second than to those of the fourth (or posterior) row. The length of the two last (2nd and 4th) rows are exactly equal, though, owing to the difference in the size of the eyes, the interval between those of each row is different. The height of the clypeus is rather less than half that of the facial space. The legs are rather short, and their relative length is 4, 1, 2, 3. They are armed with long spines, and their colour is yellow, the femora being marked underneath with two long1' tudinal parallel, blackish-brown lines. The palpi are similar to the legs in colour, rather long, slender, and armed with a few strong spine-like bristles. The f aloes are not very long nor strong; they are of a subconical form, straight, and perpendicular; their length is less than the height of the facial space, and their colour is like that of the cephalothorax, with a longitudinal blackish-brown line from the base to two-thir of the distance towards their extremity. The maxillce and labium arc of normal form, and of a light brownish -yellow hue. ARANEIDEA. 99 The abdomen is oval, pointed behind ; on the upper side is a broad, longitudinal central slightly tapering yellowish hand, spotted with small cretaceous-wliite spots, and showing the normal marking on the fore part of a clearer, though slightly brown, colour, and of an elongate diamond-shape; the marginal portions of the upper part are marked with blackish - brown oblique linear markings, which extend more or less over the sides. These parts, as well as the under side, are similar in colour to the middle of the upper side ; the under side having a broad, well-defined, longitudinal, median, black-brown hand, marked along the middle with pale yellowish. The genital aperture is small but of characteristic form. Rab. — Found at the same time and place as the two foregoing species. Tinali ; route from Murree to Sind Valley, July 19th, 1873. Family — SA L TICIDES. Genus— HELI0PHANU8, C. L. Koch. 122. Heliophantjs dubius. lleliophanus duhius, E. Simon, Arachnides de France, tom. iii, p. 146, pi. x., fig. 4. I have not been able yet to compare this spider ( d adult) with a type of R. dubim, Sim., but I believe it to be identical with that species, as it agrees well with the figures and description given l. c. Rab. — Hills between Sirikol and Aktalla, 8th to 18th May 1874. Genus— PLEXIPPUS, C. L. Koch. 123. Plexipptjs adansonii. , Attus addansonii, Sav., Egypte, p. 169, pi. 7, fig. 8. Rab. — Both sexes of this spider, differing in no respect from examples found in Egypt, and received from Bombay, were contained in the portion of the collection without date or locality hut probably (as before observed) made between Murree and Sind Valley about the end of July’1873. Genus —MENEMERUS, E. Simon. 124. Menemeres cinctijs, sp. n. Adult male : length rather over 2-| lines. The ceplialothorax is of a flattened form with a strong transverse depression indicating the junction of the caput and thorax. The upper area of the caput is black, the rest of the ceplialothorax is dark yellowish-brown, paler towards the margins. It is clothed with hairs mostly of a golden hue, a longitudinal median stripe and a marginal one on each side being furnished with white hairs ; the marginal stripe is formed of two narrow parallel ones. There are also some prominent bristly hairs on the cephalotho- rax, strongest on the sides of the ocular area, below which three of them form a longitu- dinal line. 100 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. The eyes form an area broader than long ; those of the anterior row are separated from each other by a small and equal interval, and those of the middle row appear to he as nearly as possible half-way between the first and third rows, and slightly within the straight fine formed on each side by the laterals of those rows, of which the first is shorter than the third. The legs are moderately strong and not very long, those of the first pair are the longest, considerably the strongest, and of a dark yellow-brown colour, the femora being the lightest in hue ; the rest are yellow, tinged with brown, and all are furnished with hairs and long pro- minent bristles, bat no spines except some short ones beneath the tibiae and metatarsi of the first pair : there is a compact claw-tuft beneath the terminal tarsal claws. The third pair appear to be slightly the shortest. The palpi are short, of a yellow-brown colour, and furnished with hairs and bristles ; the cubital joint is short and strong, the radial is shorter and less strong, but is considerably produced on its outer side, the produced portion ending in a tapering, pointed, slightly blunt apophysis. The digital joint is long, of a slightly bent oblong-oval form. The palpal organs have a large, nearly globular lobe at their base, extending beneath and rather on the inner side of the radial and cubital joints. Th e/alces are short, strong, straight, projecting strongly forward, and but very slightly divergent ; their anterior extremity is as broad almost as the posterior, truncated, and with a strongish tooth at the inner corner ; their colour is dark yellow-brown tinged with red. Ihe maxilla} are short, strong, broadest, and rounded at their extremities, and inclined towards the labium, which is of a somewhat oblong-oval form; these parts are of a deep yellow-brown hue, the extremities of the former, and the apex of the latter being of a paler colour. The sternum is oval and of a palish yellow-brown colour. The abdomen is oval and of a somewhat flattish form ; it is banded transversely on the upper part and sides with alternate broad whitish and dark-brown bands, the first band encircling the fore margin, is white, and the second and third are divided in the middle by a narrow brown patch ; the brown bands are considerably the broadest, and all become more or less tapering when they reach the sides : the surface is clothed with hairs ; a broad longitudinal median band, and a lateral one on each side, are formed by hairs of a rusty scarlet hue, those on the intermediate spaces being whitish grey ; on the hinder half of the upper side is a longitudinal, median series of whitish, angular bars, of course visible only when they occur upon the brown transverse bands, the under side is dull whitish, with a broad median longitudinal tapering yellowish-brown band. Sab. — Y&rkand, May 1874. 125. Menemertts incertus, sp. n. Adult female: length 2f lines. The ceplialothorax of this spider is short, of a rather flattened form, and the profile of the ocular area slopes, but very slightly, downwards ; this part is of a brownish black hue, the rest of the ceplialothorax being brownish-yellow, and the whole clothed with appressed grey hairs ; some erect bristly ones being dispersed thinly over the surface. The margins are black. ARANEIDEA. 101 The eyes of the anterior row are separated from each other by distinct intervals, that between the centrals being less than that between each and the fore lateral next to it; the posterior row is a little longer than the anterior one. A single row of strong bristles runs longitudinally just below the lateral eyes of the three rows, and the eyes of the middle row are nearer to the anterior than to the posterior row. The legs are short, those of the fourth pair are the longest but less strong than those of the first pair, and those of the second pair appear to be a little the shortest : they are furnish- ed with hairs, bristles, and a few spines, with a small claw-tuft beneath the terminal tarsal claws. The colour of the legs is yellow. The palpi are similar to the legs in colour, short, slender, and furnished with white hairs. Th e falces are short, not very strong, straight, projecting, and of a yellow-brown colour. The maxillce and labium are lighter-coloured than the falces. The sternum is small, oblong-oval, and similar to the legs in colour. The abdomen is of a rather elongate oval form, and of a dull yellow colour, somewhat clouded with reddish yellow-brown on the upper side, and clothed with fine yellowish and grey hairs, with a few dark, slender bristly ones intermixed ; on the fore part is a brown marking consisting of two short parallel lines looped in front, and near the hinder extremity are three confluent bright red-brown patches. The genital aperture is of a distinctive form. It is possible that tins may be the female of Menemerus cinctus, but, as the colours and pattern of that species are different, it is best to describe it at present as distinct, until we have other evidence of their identity ; dissimilarity of colours and pattern, as well as of struc- ture, are often found in the sexes of spiders, though pr'rnd facie such dissimilarity is proof of specific difference. JELab. — Yarkand, end of May 1874. 126. Menemerus deletus, sp. n. Adult female : length 2J lines. The form of the cephalothorax is flattish ; it is of a deep yellow-brown colour, darkest on the caput, with an indistinct, ill-defined, brownish-yellow, marginal border, and a still less distinct, longitudinal, median stripe on the thorax. The caput and sides of the cephalothorax are clothed with light-grey hairs ; those on the other parts had probably been rubbed off. The ocular area is broader than long; the length of the anterior row of eyes is slightly shorter than that of the posterior one, and the eyes of the middle row are almost exactly in- termediate between them. The fore central eyes are of a dull mother-of-pearl colour. The legs are moderately long and strong ; those of the first pair are the strongest, but not quite so long as the fourth pair, and the second pair are slightly the shortest. They are of a yellow colour, those of the first pair light yellow-brown, and with some short, stron» spines in pairs beneath the tibiae and metatarsi ; beneath the terminal tarsal claws is a black claw-tuft. The palpi are slender, not very long, and clothed with white hairs. Th q falces are yellow-brown, the maxillce and labium a little paler, and the sternum darker ; the last clothed with coarse, whitish hairs. The abdomen is oval, truncate before, pointed behind, and of a pale-yellow colour mottled thickly with whitish cretaceous spots ; on the fore part of the upper side is a small, 102 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. median, longitudinal, dull yellowisli-brown, somewhat arrow-headed marking, continued in an attenuated line of the same colour to the spinners ; a little way from this, on each side, is an indistinct, longitudinal broad band clothed with coppery- red-hairs ; the spinners are moder- ately long and strong, and of a pale yellow-brown colour. The form of the genital aperture is characteristic. ILab. — Route from Yarkand to Bursi, May 28th to June 17th, 1874. 127. Menemerus erigidtjs, sp. n. Adult female : length 2\ miles. The cephalothorax is short, though distinctly longer than broad, and of the usual flatfish form ; the upper side is dark- brown, tinged with yellowish, the caput being the darkest, and there is a larger longitudinal patcli of brownish-yellow on the middle ; the sides are yellow, with a narrow white marginal border; the whole is thinly clothed with sandy-grey and whitish hairs. The eyes of the posterior row form a line scarcely, if at all, longer than the anterior row, and the middle row is nearer to the anterior than to the posterior one. Those of the anterior row are of a dull mother-of-pearl colour, and are divided by distinct intervals ; that which separates the central pair is less than that wdiich divides each from the lateral eye next to it. The legs are rather short, and not very strong ; those of the first pair are a little stronger but distinctly shorter than the fourth pair, if, indeed, they be not also slightly shorter than the third, the second pair being the shortest ; they are of a brownish-yellow colour, and are armed with a few spines, as well as with bristles and hairs. The palpi are short, slender, yellow', and clothed w'ith whitish hairs. Tli efalces are short, straight, projecting, and of a yellow-brown colour. The maxilla: and labium are rather paler than the falces, and the sternum is similar to the legs in colour. The abdomen is oval, and of a dull yellowish hue, marked irregularly with brown along the sides of the upper part, and with a longitudinal brown stripe along the middle of the fore part ; this stripe is bifid at its hinder extremity, and followed by a series of brown, sharply- angular bars, some of which run into the brown markings on the sides. The form of the genital aperture is characteristic- Hub. — Murree, June lltli to July 14tli, 1873. Genus — ATTU8, E. Simon. 128. Attus devotus, sp. n. Adult female : length If lines. The ceplialotliorax is of a slightly flattened form ; the hinder slope is short, and at about an angle of 45°; the forward slope of the caput being slight, and but very little convex ; its colour is yellow-brown, darkest on the upper part of the caput, and it is clothed with yellowish and grey hairs intermixed; the lateral margins are black, immediately above which is a not very broad band of white hairs, and a similar band or stripe runs along the middle of the hinder slope to the occiput. The clypeus is very low and retreating. ARANEIDEA. 103 The eyes form an area broader than long ; those of the anterior row (which is of equal length with the posterior one) are very near to each other, if not quite contiguous. The fore centrals are of very large size and of a yellowish-brown mother-of-pearl hue ; those of the middle row are equi-distant between the anterior and posterior lateral eyes. The legs are neither very long nor strong ; their relative length appears to be 4, 1, 3, 2 ; those of the first pair are the strongest, and those of the fourth pair are the most attenuated ; their colour is yellow, and they are furnished with hairs and spines, the latter on the tibiae and metatarsi, but only underneath these in the first and second pairs ; beneath the terminal tarsal claws is a compact, blackish claw-tuft. The palpi are moderately long, hairy, and yellow, the digital joint tinged with yellow- brown. Th ef aloes are short, strongish, straight, directed forwards, though placed rather far back, and of a dark yellow-brown colour. The maxilla and labium are yellow-brown; the sternum being of a dark brownish- yellow, and of a rather elongate-oval form. The abdomen is oval, truncated before and rounded behind, and projects over the hinder slope of the eephalothorax ; it is clothed with grey, brassy-yellowish, and white hairs. The upper side is of a dull yellowish-brown colour, with an elongate, whitish marking along the middle of the fore part, followed by some not very distinctly defined, small, angular bars, on each side of which (as well as of the elongate marking) is a series of short transverse whitish markings, giving an appearance, when taken in connection with the markings along the middle, of irregular transverse stripes across the upper side ; the sides and under side are dull yellowish, the upper part of the former slightly marked with faint brownish spots and markings, and the latter clothed with short, greyish hairs. Rab. — Murree, June 11th to July 14th, 1873. 129. Attus beneficus, sp. n. Adult female : length nearly 2| lines. Ceplialothcrax short and broad, the hinder slope steep, at an angle of 45°; the ocular area slopes a little forwards in a convex line and there is a distinct, though not unusually strong, transverse depression at the occiput. The clypeus is very low, being almost obsolete. The upper part, with a portion of the sides, is black-brown, the ocular area quite black, yith an oblong yellow stripe on the upper part of the hinder slope ; the remainder of the sides 1S yellow, clothed with fine, white hairs. The eyes form an area much broader than long ; the posterior and anterior rows are equal >u length ; the fore centrals are very large and ef a mother-of-pearl hue ; they are separated V a small interval, less than that which divides each from the fore lateral on its side; the lateral eye, on each side, of the middle row is equi-distant from the laterals of the posterior aud anterior rows. The legs are short and strong ; their relative length is apparently 4, 1, 2, 3, but the difference between 4 and 1, and 2 and 3 respectively, is very slight. Their colour is yellow, those of the first pair being clouded in parts wilh brown; the tibiae and metatarsi of the third and fourth pairs, and the under sides of those of the first and second pairs, are armed Wlth spines, and there is a compact claw-tuft beneath the terminal claws of each tarsus. 104 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. The palpi are short, yellow, and furnished with coarse hairs, principally on the digital joints. Th efalces are short, strong, straight, nearly perpendicular, but removed rather far back- wards, and of a dark yellow-brown colour. The maxillce and labium are yellow-brown ; the sternum is yellow, with dusky margins, and of a rather elongate-oval form. The abdomen is of a short-oval form, rather broader behind, where it is rounded, the fore extremity being rather truncated, and projecting over the base of the cephalo thorax ; the upper side is black-brown, thinly speckled with yellowish points ; on the middle of the fore part is a small, somewhat triangular, pale-yellow patch, produced backwards in a short stalk- like form with a prominent blunt point or patch on each side, and followed towards the spinners by a series of large, angular lines, or chevrons, of the same colour ; the first of these chevrons is of a rather sinuous form, and they all vary in strength and distinctness of definition, and have, here and there, a black-brown spot upon them ; the sides are pale-yellow, spotted, chiefly on the hinder half, with black-brown, and the under side is also pale-yellowish, with a broad, longitudinal, median, dusky-brownish hand. The genital aperture is small, and of characteristic form, its colour being yellow-brown, edged with red-brown ; the spinners are short ; the superior pair are of a dark-blackish hue ; the inferior pair yellow-brown, slightly shorter, but a little stronger, than the superior pair. Hab. — Sind Valley, August 1873. 130. Attus DiDUCTtJS, sp. n. Adult female : length rather over 2| lines. This spider is nearly allied to Attus benejicus, which it resembles in general colours and markings, but may he distinguished at once by the less convex cephalothorax and the flatter ocular area. The sides of the cephalothorax also, instead of constituting a broad, well- defined yellow hand along almost its whole width, have only an irregular and not very well- defined brownish-yellow, narrow, marginal border, the margin itself being black ; the fo re central pair of eyes are also much darker-coloured, and the legs are rather less strong, those of the fourth pair being distinctly, though not greatly, longer than the first, which last are rather the stoutest and are marked along each side with deep brown. The colour of the sternum is dark yellow-brown, and the abdomen has a very similar pattern to that of A. benejicus, though less distinct, and the form of the genital aperture is quite distinct. Hab. — Murree, June 11th to July 14th, 1873. 131. Attus auspex, sp. n. Adult male : length 2| lines. The cephalothorax is broader behind than in front ; looked at in profile the hinder slope is long, gradual, and but very slightly convex, running to the third posterior row of eyes, from which the caput slopes rapidly downwards to the anterior row ; its colour is yellow- brown, deepening gradually to the caput, which is black- brown ; there is a narrow blackis ARANEIDEA. 105 marginal line, and the whole is clothed pretty thickly with mixed yellowish, coppery-golden, and grey squamose appressed hairs, those immediately round the eyes of the front row being very bright and forming, probably in most cases, scarlet ‘ irides.’ The eyes form an area broader than long, and the posterior row is larger than the anterior one ; the central pair of the anterior row are very large and close together, hut not contiguous, being separated by an interval a very little less than that which divides each from the lateral of the same row on its side. These laterals are rather larger than the eyes of the posterior row, and the small eye (on each side) of the middle row is in a straight line with the inner edges of the fore lateral and hind lateral eyes, being also nearer to the hind lateral than to the fore lateral eye. The height of the clypeus is equal to the diameter of one of the fore central eyes. The legs are strong and moderately long. Their relative length is 4, 1, 2, 3 ; they are of a pale-yellowish colour, furnished thickly with hairs, bristles, and spines. Some of the hairs are squamose and appressed, others long and prominent, especially on the first pair ; those beneath the tarsi and metatarsi are the most numerous, and black, the rest being mostly grey or sandy-coloured. The terminal tarsal claws have a claw-tuft beneath them, and are long and slender, especially those of the fourth pair ; these have only 1—3 minute teeth about the middle of the under side ; on some, if not all, of the other legs, even these denticulations appear to be wanting. The legs of the first pair are considerably the strongest, while those of the fourth pair are much the longest. The palpi are short and strong, similar in colour to the legs, and furnished with long (as well as some shorter squamose) grey hairs ; the radial joint is shorter and less strong than the cubital, and its fore extremity on the outer side is produced into a not very long, tapering, sharp-pointed, curved projection whose extremity is of a deep reddish-brown colour ; the digital joint is of great length, the base is of a somewhat angular shape, and the fore part is produced into a long cylindrical curved form ; the palpal organs are bulbous, tumid, placed chiefly beneath the hinder part of the digital joint, and encircled at their base and round the inner side by a long, strongish, tapering spine, which runs more or less closely alongside the inner margin of the digital joint, and forms a very conspicuous and characteristic feature of the species. The f aloes are short and straight, placed considerably backwards, and of a dark yellow- brown colour. The sternum is small, oval, yellow-brown, and clothed with coarse grey hairs. The maxillae are short and almost touch, at their extremities, over the labium ; these parts are yellow-brown, paler at the extremities of the former and the apex of the latter. The abdomen is oval, of a yellowish-brown colour with an indistinct dark brown stripe along the middle of the fore part of the upper side, and clothed pretty densely with short squamose, mixed yellowish, grey, sandy, and shining coppery hairs ; the under side is of a pale dull brownish-yellow hue, clothed with grey, squamose hairs. The female is larger than the male, but resembles that sex in colours and other general characters. It is probable that a series of examples would show, in some instances, a more or less distinct pattern on the upper side of the abdomen, depending on the distribution of the colours of the hairs, which are subject to much variation in different individuals of the same species in this group. Traces of this pattern in brown blotches and markings are visible in the female/ The palpi, however, are so characteristic in the adult male that the species can hardly be mistaken for any other. 106 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Hab. — Yarkand and neighbourhood, November 1873 ; hills between Sirikol and Aktalla, 8th to 13th May 1874. 132. Atttts avocator, sp. n. Adult male : length slightly over 1| lines. The cephalothorax of this small species is less high at the hinder row of eyes than in Attus auspex, the hinder slope is (when looked at in profile) a little convex, as also is that of the upper part of the caput, or ocular area. Its colour is yellow-brown, the ocular area being the darkest ; it is thickly clothed with grey and yellowish mixed, appressed hairs, showing, however, three longitudinal stripes of white hairs, one on each side, just below the margin of the upper part, and the third along the middle of the hinder slope. Tbe eyes form an area considerably broader than long; the anterior row is equal in length to the posterior; in other respects the eyes arc like those of Attus auspex . The leys are rather short and moderately strong ; their relative length being 4, 1, 3, 2. They are of a brownish-yellow colour, indistinctly annulated with darker brown, and the extremities of the tarsi of the first pair are blackish. They are clothed with hairs, bristles, and spines ; the terminal tarsal claws are long and slender, and are apparently devoid of denticulations beneath ; underneath them, on each tarsus, is a compact claw-tuft. The palpi are short, similar in colour to the legs, and clothed with coarse (and princi- pally grey) hairs ; the radial is shorter than the cubital joint, and has a small pointed apophysis at the outer extremity ; the digital joint is long but not very broad, being of a somewhat oblong form ; and the palpal organs are simple and of a blackish-brown colour. The falces are moderately long, not very strong, straight, perpendicular, but placed considerably backwai'ds, and of a dark yellow-brown colour. The maxi lice and labium are also yellow-brown, the former are pale at their extremities which do not nearly meet over the latter ; the labium also has the apex of a pale hue. The sternum is small, oval, of a dark yellow-brown colour clothed with coarse grey hairs. The abdomen is oval, rather truncated in front. The upper side is dark brown, mottled obscurely with yellowish, the margin being a little notched and bordered with white hairs, a short streak along the middle of the fore part, of a dull yellowish hue, is followed to the spinners by a series of short, but pretty distinct, angular bars of the same colour ; these mark- ings are clothed with white hairs : the sides are longitudinally striated with brown, and the under side is of a dull brownish yellow. Bob. — Yangihissar, April 1874. Systematic List oe Spiders above described and recorded. B.— The figures denote those districts in which the Spiders were found, ( vide Introductory Remarks and the Separate Lists posted), i Fam. Theraphosides. Gen. Idiops , (Perty). Idiops designates, sp. n., 1. ARANEIDEA. 107 Fam. Filistatides. Gen. Fills tat a, (Latr.). Filistata reclusa, sp. n., 2. Fam. Dysderides. Gen. Dysdera, (Latr.). Dysdera eylindrica, sp. n., 1. Fam. Drassides. Gen. Brassvs, (Walek. ad partein) . Drassus troglodytes, (C. L. Koch), 2, 4, 5, 3. 99 infletus, sp. n., 5. 99 interruptor, sp. n., 2. 99 in visas, sp. n., 5. V interpolator, sp. n., 5. 99 dispulsus, sp. n., 5, 2, 4, 3, 1. 99 interlisus, sp. n., 5, 4, 2, 3. 99 involutus, sp. n., 1. 99 lapsus, sp. n., 5. Gen. Gnaplosa, (Latr.). Gnaphosa stoliczkoe, sp. n., 5, 3. ,, plumalis, (Gamin.), 3. „ mserens, sp. n., 5, 3. Gen. Prosthesima, (L. Kocli). Prostkesima cingara, (Gamin'.), 4, 5. Gen. Micaria, (Westr.). Micaria convexa, sp. n., 5. „ pallida, sp. n. 5. Gen. Cluliona, (Latr.), Clubiona deletrix, sp. n., 1. ,, laticeps, sp. n., 1. ,, laudata, sp. n., 3. Gen. Cheiracanthium, (C. L. Koch). Cheiracanthium adjacens, sp., n., 1. „ approximatum, sp. n., 1. Gen. Agrdeca, (Westr.). Agroeca debilis, sp. n., 5. „ flavens, sp. n., 4. ,, molesta, sp. n. 108 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Gen. Trachelas, (L. Koch). Trachelas costata, sp. n., 1, 2. Fam. Dictynides. Gen. Diciyna, (Snnd.). Dictyna albida, sp. n., 5. Fam. Agelenides. Gen. Argyroneta, (Latr.). Argyroneta aquatica, (Walck.), 4. Gen. Codotes, (Blackw.) , Ccelotes tegenarioides, sp. n., 1. „ simplex, sp. n., 1. Gen. Tegenaria , (Latr.). Tegenaria ? 3. Fam. Theridiides. Gen. Ejoisinus, (Walck.). Episinus algiricus, (Luc.) 1. Gen. Theridion, (Walck.). Theridion saxatile, (C. L. Kocli), 1. „ lepidum, sp. n., 1. „ suhitnm, sp. n., 1. „ confusnm, sp. n., 1. ,, expallidatum, sp. n., 1. tuberculatum, (Kronenberg), 1. incertum, sp. n., 1. » :> Gen. Steatoda , (Sund.). Steatoda nigroeincta, sp. n., 1, 3. mandibularis, (Lucas), 3. sordidata, sp. n., 5. » » Gen. Phycus, (Cambr.). Pbyeus sagittatus, sp. n,, 1. Gen. Erigone, (Sav.). Erigone atra, (Blackw.), 3. ,, dentipalpis, (Westr.), 1. Gen. Pachygnatha, (Sund.) Pachygnatka clerckii, (Sund.), 5. ARANEIDEA. 109 Gen. Linypliia, (Latr.). Linyphia consanguinea, sp. n., 1. ,, albopunctata, sp. n., 1. „ straminea, sp. n., 1. „ perampla, sp. n., 1. ,, pusilla, (Sund.), 4,3. Fam. Epeieides. Gen. Meta, (C. L. Koch). Meta mixta, sp. n. Gen, TetragnatJia, (Latr.). Tetragnatlia extensa, (Linn.), 3. Gen. Epeira, (Walck.). Epeira tartarica, (Kronenberg), 2. „ bigib'bosa, sp. n., 1. ,, pellax, sp. n., 1. ,, gurda, sp. n., 1. „ baruspex, sp. n., 4. ,, psenulata, sp. n., 1. „ prscdata, sp. n., 1. „ cucurbitina, (Clerck) 1. „ cornuta, (Clerek) 1, 3, 4. „ panniferens, sp. n., 1. „ carnifex, sp. n., 1. ,, gibbera, sp. n., 1. Gen. Chorizoopes, (Cambr.). Chorizoopes stoliezkse, sp. n., 1. „ congener, sp. n., 1. Fam. Gasteacanthides. Gen. Cyrtarachne, (Thor.). Cyrtarachne pallida, sp. n., 1. Fam. Uloboeides. Gen. Ulolorus, (Latr.). Uloborus albescens, sp. n., 1. Fam. Thomisides. Gen. Thomisus, (Walck. ad, partem). Thomisus albidus, sp. n., 3. „ albens, sp. n., 3. c 1 110 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Gen. Misumena, (Thor.). Misumena expallidata, sp. n., 1. „ ? oblonga, sp. n., 1. Gen. Synema , (Sim.). Synema exculta, sp. n., 1. Gen. Dicea, (Thor.). Dioea (?) spinosula, sp. n., 1. „ subdola, sp. n., 1. „ sufflava, sp. n., 1 „ suspiciosa, sp. n., 3. ,, subargentata, sp. n., 1. Gen. Xysticus, (C. L. Koch), Xysticus cristatus, (Clercli), 5. „ audax (?), (C. L. Koch), 5. ,, maculosus, sp. n., 1. ,, setiger, sp. n., 3. breviceps, sp. n., 3 mundulus, sp. n., 1. 99 99 Gen. Monastes, (Luc.), Monastes dejeetus, sp. n., 1. Gen. Sarotes, (Sund.), Sarotes regius (Fabr.), 1. „ promptus, sp. n,, 1. Gen. Sparassns, (Walck.). Sparassus timidus, sp. n., 2. „ fujax, sp. n., 1. „ flavidus, sp. n., 4, Gen. Philodromns, (Walck.), Philodromus cjnerascens, sp. n., 2, 3. „ medius, (Cambr.), 1. Gen. Tilellus, (Sim.), Tibellus propinquus, sp. n., 5. Gen. Thanalus, (C. L. Koch). Thanatus thorellii, (Cambr.) , 3. „ albescens, sp. n., 1. Fam. Lycosides. StoliczJca, gen. nov, Steliezka insignis, sp. i 1. ARANEIDEA. Ill Gen. Ocyale, (Sav.) Oeyale rectifasciata, sp. n., 1. ,, dentifaseiata, sp. n., 1. Gen. TrocJiosa, (C. L. Koch). Trochosa rubigiuea, sp. n., 4, 3. „ hebes, sp. n., 4, 5, 3. ,, propinqua, sp. n., 1. „ adjacens, sp. n., 5. „ sabulosa, sp. n., 5, 4. ,, approximata, sp. n., 1. „ rubromandibulata, sp. n., 4. „ lugubris, sp. n., 5. Gen. Tareniula , (Sund.). Tarentula irascibilis, sp. n., 5. „ ini mica, sp. n., 2. Gen. Lycosa, (Latr. ad partem) . Lycosacondolons, sp. n., 4, 3. „ fortunata, sp. n.; 2, 4, 5, 3. „ stellata, sp. n., 5, 4, 3. „ credula, sp. n., 5, 3. „ vindex, sp. n., 4. „ vindicata, sp. n., 1, 5. „ passibilis, sp. n., 5. „ flavida, sp. n., 4 , 5, 3. Beebe, gen. nov. Beebe benevola, sp. n., 4, 5. 3. Earn. Sphasides. Gen. Oxyopes, (Latr.). Oxyopes jubilans, sp. n,, 1. ,, prsedieta, sp. n., 1. „ rejecta, sp. n., 1. Fam. Salticides. Gen. lleliophanus, (C. L. Koch). Ileliophanus dubius, Sim., 5. Gen. Plexippus, (C. L. Koch.) Plexippus adansonii, Sav., 1. Gen. Menemerus, (Lin.). Menemerus cinctus, sp. n., 4. „ incertus, sp. n., 4. deletus, sp. n., 3. frigidus, sp. n., 1. 112 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Gen. Attus , (Sim.). Attus devotus, sp. n., 1. „ beneficus, sp. n., 1. „ di ductus, sp. n., 1. ,, auspex, sp. n., 4, 5. „ avocator, sp. n., 5. Separate Lists of Species found in the several Districts. N. B. — Where no figure is added, the spider was found only in the district under consideration. District 1. Murree, Murree to Sind Valley, and Sind Valley. Idiops designatus. Dysdera cylindrica. Drassus dispulsus, 2, 3, 4, 5. „ involutus. Clubiona deletrix. ,, laticeps. Cheiracantkium adjacens. „ approximatum. Traclielas costata, 2. Ccelotes tegenarioides. ,, simplex. Episinus algiricus, (Luc.) . Tlieridion riparium, (Blackw.). ,, lepidum. ,, subitum. „ eonfusum. „ expallidatum. „ tuberculatum, (Kron.) . „ incertum. Steatoda nigrocincta, 3. Phycus sagittatus. Erigone dentipalpis. Liayphia consanguinea. „ albopunctata. ,, straminea. Meta mixta. Epeira bigibbosa. ,, pellax. „ gurda. „ punctata. „ prsedata. „ cucurbitina. „ panniferens. „ carnifex. „ gibbera. Chorizoopes stoliczkie. „ congener. Cyrtaraehne pallida. Uloborus albescens. Misumena expallidata. „ (?) oblonga. Synema exeulta. Dioea spinosula. „ subdola. ,, sufflava. „ subargentata. Xysticus maculosus. ,, setiger. „ mundulus. Monastes dejectus. Sarotes regius, (Fabr.). ,, promptus. Sparassus fugax. Philodromus medius, (Cambr.). Tbanatus albescens. Stoliczka insignis. Ocyale rectifasciata. „ dentifasciata. Trochosa propinqua. „ rubromandibulata. Lyeosa vindieata, 5. Oxyopes jubilans. „ prsedicta. „ rejeeta. Plexippus adansonii. Menemerus frigidus. Attus (?) devotus. „ beneficus. „ diductus. ARANEIDEA. 113 District 2. Neighbourhood of LeJt, and TanJctze to Chagra and Panlcong Valley. Filistata reclusa. Epeira tartarica Drassus troglodytes, (C, L. Koch.), 3, 4, 5. ,, interemptor. „ dispulsus, 1, 3, 4, 5. „ interlisus, 3, 4, 5. Trachelas eostata. Sparassus timidus. Philodromus einerascens, 3. Tarentula iraseibilis. Lycosa fortunata, 3, 4, 5. District 3. Yarkand to Bursi, Drassus troglodytes, (C. L. Koch.), 2, 4, 5. „ dispulsus, 1, 2, 4, 5. j, interlisus, 2, 4, 5. Gnaphosa stoliczkse, 5. „ plumalis, (Cambr.). mcerens, 5. Clubiona laudata. Tegenaria (?) . Steatoda nigroeincta, 1. Drepanodus mandibularis, (Luc.). Erigoue atra, (Blackw.). Linyphia pusilla, (Sund.), 4. Tetragnatlia extensa, (Linn.). Epeira cornuta, (Clerck), 4. Thomisus albidus. Thomisus albens. Dicea suspiciosa. Xysticus breviceps. Philodromus einerascens, 2. Thanatus thorellii, (Cambr.). Trochosa rubiginea, 4. „ hebes, 4, 5. Lycosa condolens, 4. „ fortunata, 2, 4, 5. „ stellata. „ credula, 5. „ flavida, 4, 5. Beebe benevola, 4, 5. Menemerus deletus. District 4. YarJcand and neighlourhood , Drassus troglodytes, (C. L. Koch), 2, 3, 5. „ dispulsus, 1, 2, 3, 5. „ interlisus, 2, 3, 5. Prosthesima cingara, Cambr., 4. Agrcieca Havens. Argyroneta aquatica, (Walck.). Linyphia pusilla, (Sund.), 3. Epeira haruspex. „ cornuta, (Clerck), 3. Sparassus flavidus. Trochosa rubiginea, 3. „ hebes, 3, 5. and YarJcand. Trochosa sabulosa, 5. „ approximata. Lycosa condolens, 3. „ fortunata, 2, 3, 5. „ stellata, 3, 5. „ vindex. „ flavida, 3, 5. Boebe benevola, 3, 5. Menemerus cinctus, „ incertus. Attus auspex, 5. District 5. r«shghar ; between Ydngihissdr and SiriJcol ; YdngiJmsar ; road across the Pamir from Sirihol to Punjab back ; and hills between SiriJcol and Aktalla. Drassus dispulsus, 1, 2, 3, 4. „ interlisus, 2, 3, 4. invisus. „ lapsus, interpolator, Drassus troglodytes, (C. L. Koch.), 2, 3, 4. infletus. » >9 Gnaphosa stoliczkse, 3. 1 D 114 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Gnaphosa plumalis, (Cambr.), 3. Prosthesima cingara, (Cambr.), 4. Micaria connexa. „ pallida. Agroeca debilis. Dictyna albida. Steatoda sordidata. Pachygnatha clerekii, (Sund.). Xysticus cristatus, (C. L. Koch.). „ audax, (C. L. Kocb.). Tibellus propinquus. Trochosa hebes, 3, 4. „ adjacens. Trochosa sabulosa, 4. „ lugubris. Tarentula inimica. Lyeosa fortunata, 2, 3, 4. „ stellata, 3, 4. „ eredula, 3. „ vindicata, 1. „ passibilis. „ flavida, 3, 4. Beebe benevola, 3, 4. Helioplianus dubius. Attus auspex, 4. „ avocator. Explanation op the Plates. Pi. I. Fig. 1. I diops designatus, sp. n., $ . a. spider in profile with legs and palpi truncated ; b. eyes from above and behind ; c. palpus ; d., e. portion of leg of first pair in different positions ; f. natural length of spider. „ 2. Filistata reclusa, sp. n., ? . a. spider in profile without legs or palpi ; b. eyes and falces from in front ; c, natural length of spider. „ 3. JDysdera cylindrica, sp. n., $ . a. spider in profile without legs or palpi ; b., c. palpus in two different positions; d. natural length of spider. „ 4. Drassus infletus, sp. n., $ . a. spider in profile without legs or palpi; b. eyes from behind ; c. genital aperture; d. natural length of spider. „ 5. Drassus interemptor, sp. n., $ . a. spider in profde without legs or palpi ; b. eyes from above and behind ; c. palpus ; d. natural length of spider. „ 6. Drassus invisus, sp. n., ? . a. spider in profile without legs or palpi ; b. eyes from above and behind ; c. genital aperture ; d. natural length of spider. „ 7. Drassus interpolator , sp. ti., $ . a. spider in profde without legs or palpi ; b. eyes from above and behind ; c. palpus ; d. natural length of spider. „ 8. Drassus dispulsus, sp. n., $ . a, spider in profile without legs or palpi , b. eyes from above and behind ; c. palpus of S ; <*• genital aperture of $ ; e. natural length of spider. „ 9. Drassus interlisns, sp. n., $ . a. spider in profile ; b. eyes from above and behind ; c. palpus; d. natural length of spider. „ 10. Drassus involutus, sp. n., 9 . . p a. spider in profile ; b* eyes from above and behind ; c. genital aperture ; d. natural length o spider. * In this figure (10 l.), the eyes of the hind-central pair are placed too obliquely. PI. II. Fig. 11. Drassus lapsus, sp. n., $ . a. spider in profile ; b. eyes from above and behind ; c. genital aperture ; spider. d. natural length °I AKANEIDEA. 115 Fig. 12. Gnaphosa stoliczia, sp. n., 3 ■ a. spider in profile ; b. eyes from above and behind ; c. palpus of $ ; d. genital aperture of ? ; e. natural length of spider. „ 13. Gnaphosa moerens, sp. n., 3 . a. spider in profile ; b. eyes from above and behind ; c. palpus of $ ; d. portion of palpus show- ing form of radial apophysis ; e. genital aperture of 9 ; f. natural length of spider. ,, 14. Clubiona deletrix, sp. n., 3. a. spider in profile ; b. eyes from above and behind ; c. palpus of ; d. genital aperture of $ : e. natural length of spider. ,, 15, Clubiona laticeps, sp. n., $ . a. spider in profile; b. eyes from above and behind; c. genital aperture ; d. natural length of spider. ,, 16. Clubiona laudaia, sp. n., 3 . a. spider in profile ; b. eyes from above and behind ; c. palpus ; d. natural length of spider. „ 17. Chiracanthium adjacens, sp. n.3 <3 . a. spider in profile; b. eyes from above and behind ; c. palpus of $ ; d. genital aperture of 3 ■ e. natural length of spider. „ 18. Chiracanthinm approximatum, sp. n., $ . a. spider in profile ; 6. eyes from above and behind ; c. genital aperture ; d. natural length of spider. „ 19. Agroeca debilis, sp. n., ? . a. spider in profile ; b. eyes from above and behind ; c. maxillae and labium ; d. genital aperture ■ e. natural length of spider. „ 20. Agroeca flavens, sp. n.} $ . a. spider in profile ; b. eyes from above and behind ; e. maxillae and labium ; d. genital aper- ture ; e. natural length of spider. ,, 21, Trac/ielas costata, sp. n,3 $ . a. spider in profile ; b. eyes from above and behind ; c. maxillae and labium ;• d. genital aperture ; e. natural length of spider. Govt, of India Central Printing Office— No. 37 I. M.— 1-6-86. — 286. Second l&rkand Mission. ARAN E IDEA. Plate! n?m Is&SOP IChitern 'Bros.v: ARANEIDEA. Mmtem Bros. imp. Plate. II. ') 'V'k//, w * * SCIENTIFIC RESULTS THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION f BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES OP THE LATE FERDINAND STOLICZKA, PhD. HYMENOPTERA. BY FREDERICK SMITH, ZOOLOGICAL DEPARTMENT, BRITISH MUSEUM. JJrtblishcb bn orkr of the (Soucrmncirt of InVm. CALCUTTA : OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING. 1878. CAtCtTTTA : PRINTED BY THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING, 8, HASTINGS STREET. SCIENTIFIC RESULTS OF THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION. HYMENOPTERA. By FREDERICK SMITH, Zoological Department, British Museum. CT1HE collection made by Dr. Stoliczka while attached to the Second Yarkand Expedition J- contains sixty -three species, only nine of which appear to have been previously describ- ed; among them are species belonging to the famHies, Andrenidoe, Apidae, Formicidce, Myrmicidae, Scoliadce, Pompilidce, Sphegidce, harridan, Eumenidce, Vespidce, Tenthredinidce, and Ichneumonidce. Tribe— ANTHOPHILA (Latr.) Division 1— SOLITARIES. Family — ANDREFI DEE. 1. Prosopis pervious. Femina. — P. atra, fronte maculata, tibiis omnibus Jlavo-annulalis ; abdominis segmentorum margmibus rufo-testaceis. • Black ; the head closely and finely punctured ; a yellow line on each side of the face along the margin of the eyes ; the flageHum of the antennae fulvous, slightly fuscous above. Thorax punctured above and shining ; the metathorax rugose in the middle of its base ; the coUar, tubercles, tegulse, the anterior tibiae and tarsi, the intermediate and posterior tibiae at their base, and their tarsi, yeHow ; the wings hyaline and iridescent ; their nervures towards the base pale testaceous, beyond, fuscous. Abdomen shining, very finely and closely punctured ; the apical margins of the segments rui'o- testaceous. Female, length 2f lines. Hob. — Sind valley, Kashmir. Taken in August. The genus Prosopis has a wide geographical distribution. Species occur both in the pid and New World; in Europe not less than forty species are found. The genus also occurs in Egypt, at Natal, and in the Cape of Good Hope; in Australia it is plentiful, and 2 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. it has been found in New Zealand. In the New World it appears to he most plentiful in the United States, Mexico and California ; hut in tropical localities only two or three species have, to my knowledge, been discovered. The habits of these bees, as far as those of the European species have been observed, are to form their burrows in dead sticks, in the pith of which they excavate their tunnels. 2. Lamprocolletes peregrintjs, Eig. 5. Eemina. — L. capite thoraceque nigris, abdomme clialybeo, alis fusco-hyalinis. Head and thorax black ; the face with silvery white pubescence, as well as the thorax anteriorly and posteriorly above ; the head beneath, a band between the wings, and the legs covered with black pubescence; wings fusco-hyaline, the anterior wings darkest, and having a violet iridescence ; at their base they are subhyaline. Abdomen ovate and of a dark shining steel-blue ; the apical segments with black pubescence. Eemale, length 5 to 5 |- lines. Sab. — Yangihissar, Eastern Turkestan. Taken in April. All the species of this genus, previous to that here described, have been from Australia ; about twenty have been described. 3. And rena eamiliaris, Eig. 3. Mas. — A. atra, pallide villosa, abdominis segmentis tribus basalibus pallide rufo- marginatis. Black; the face and cheeks with a pale fulvous pubescence; the flagellum of the antennae fusco-ferruginous beneath ; the thorax has a similar pubescence ; the cox* and femora rufo-piceous ; the tibi* and tarsi pale testaceous yellow ; the wings hyaline and iridescent ; the nervures and the stigma pale rufo- testaceous. Abdomen oblong-ovate, with a thin short pale pubescence ; the apical margins of all the segments testaceous, those of the three basal segments pale ferruginous ; beneath entirely pale rufo-testaceous. Male, length 4J lines. Sab. — Neighbourhood of Yarkand. Taken in May. 4. Andrena eloridtjla, 1 Eig. 4. Mas. — A. nigra , cinerascenti-pilosa, tibiis tarsisque posticis fulvis ; abdomwe mit'id0’ segmentorum marginibus testaceis. Black; the head, thorax and legs with long thin cinereous pubescence; the flagelhun o the antenn* fulvous beneath ; the mandibles ferruginous at their apex. Thoi’ax ; the wmgs hyaline and iridescent ; the nervures and stigma rufo-testaceous ; the legs dark rufo -pic eons the posterior tibi* and tarsi fulvous, and clothed with silvery pubescence. Abdomen oblong > ovate ; the apical margins of the segments testaceous, and with a thin fringe of whitish pu cence ; the apex fulvo-testaceous. Male, length 4 lines. Sab. — Dras, Kargil, and Leh, all in Ladak ; August to September. This is a genus the geographical distribution of which is very extensive ; the species found in all parts of Europe, ranging north into Lapland. Numerous species have been loun 1 This name is misprinted floricula on the plate. 4 HYMENOPTERA. 3 tlie Azores, in Madeira, Cape de Verd Islands, and in Egypt; a few have occurred in Northern India, China, and Japan. In Australia and New Zealand they appear to he very rare ; no species has, to my knowledge, been found in South America, but they are found in Mexico, and are plentiful in North America. All the species appear to construct their nests in tunnels excavated in the ground. Family — A PIDjE. 5. OSMIA LABOBIOSA, Eig. 6. Eemina. — 0. nigra, pube fulva vestita ; abdominis segmentis rufo-margmatis ; pedibus ferrugineis. Black ; head shining and finely punctured ; the scape of the antennse, the anterior margin of the clypeus, and the mandibles, ferruginous ; the latter tridentate, the teeth black ; the face and the vertex with fulvous pubescence. The thorax has a fulvous pubescence, which is usually more or less abraded above ; the mesothorax closely punctured, more strongly so than the head ; the legs bright ferruginous, with the coxae black ; wings fulvo-hyaline at their base, and fuscous beyond the base of the first submarginal cell ; the tcgulae and ncrvures at the base of the 'wings ferruginous, becoming nigro-fuscous beyond. Abdomen closely punctured ; the basal segment above, and the apical margins of the second and third segments broadly ferruginous; all the segments fringed with fulvous pubescence; beneath, densely clothed with fulvous pubescence. Eemale, length 4J lines. JIab. — Taken in May, in the neighbourhood of Yarkand. This genus is numerous in species, but it appears only to be found, in any abundance, in temperate climates ; nearly one hundred species are known, about half of these are European ; several are found in North Africa, and they occur plentifully in North America. 6. Megachile hescindus. Eemina. — M. pallide pubescens, abdomine subcordato, segmentorum marginibus pallide fulvis, subtus fulvo-villosis. Black ; the face covered with fulvous pubescence, that on the cheeks paler ; the man- dibles with three ferruginous blunt teeth. Thorax ; the pubescence on the disk short and thin, at the sides it is more dense, long and pale fulvous, that on the legs is very pale and glittering above ; on the basal joint of the tarsi beneath it is bright fulvous ; the claws of the tarsi ferruginous; wings sub-hyaline, the nervures fusco-ferruginous. Abdomen; a little pale fulvous pubescence on the apical margin of the basal segment ; on the following segments it is fulvous, and very dense and bright on the segments beneath. Eemale, length 6 lines. Male. — Black, with the anterior legs ferruginous ; their coxae armed writh an acute black tooth ; a dark stain on the femora and tibiae behind, the tarsi dilated and fringed behind with very pale curled pubescence. The face covered with dense yellowish white pubescence ; on the thorax above it is thinner, shorter and brighter ; wings hyaline, with a faint cloud at their apical margin ; the metathorax has a cinereous pubescence. Abdomen ; the segments 4 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. fringed with pale fulvous pubescence ; the margin of the apical segment emarginate ; the emargination denticulate. Length 6^ lines- In this species the head is a little wider than the thorax, and narrowed behind the eyes. Sab. — Taken in May, in the neighbourhood of Yarkand. 7- Megachile fulva. Eemina. — 31. atra , thorace abdomineque hirsutis fulvo-aureis, pedibus ferrugineis. Black ; the mandibles, scape of antenna;, and the legs ferruginous ; the coxse, trochanters, and tips of the mandibles, black ; densely covered witli fulvous pubescence, sparingly so on the vertex and basal margins of the intermediate abdominal segments ; the pubescence on the legs is short and thin ; the anterior wings flavo-hyaline towards their base, beyond which they are fuscous ; the nervurcs ferruginous at the base of the wings, beyond the stigma they are rufo-fuscous ; the teg uhe ferruginous. Female, length 7i lines. Taken on the Yarkand Expedition ; the precise locality not known.1 8. Megachile dentiventris. Mas. — M. pallide pubescens ; abdominis apice denticulato ; tarsis rujis. Black ; the face densely covered with white pubescence, that on the cheeks is also white, but shorter and less dense ; on the vertex it is pale fulvous ; the mandibles stout and bidentate the teeth rufo-piceous, the apical one black at the tip. The thorax and legs with wdiite pubescence ; the anterior femora and tibiae in front, and all the tarsi bright ferruginous ; the anterior coxse armed with a stout spine ; wings hyaline, the anterior pair faintly clouded at their apical margin ; the nervures ferruginous ; the tegulae black. Abdomen ; the apical margins of the segments fringed with very pale fulvous- white pubescence; that at the sides, and beneath, is white ; the apical segment with four teeth on its margin. Male, length B lines. Sab.— Neighbourhood of Yarkand. Taken in May. 9. Megachile sere at a. Mas. — 31. pallide pubescens, abdomine oblongo, ano injlexo , spinuloso. Black; the face with pale fulvous pubescence, that on the cheeks cinereous; the antennae fulvous beneath. Thorax clothed above with pale fulvous pubescence ; at the sides, beneath, and on the legs, it is cinereous ; the tarsi ferruginous, with the basal joint of the intermediate and posterior pairs, black above ; the anterior coxae dentate ; wings hyaline, the anterior pair slightly clouded at the apex, the nervures ferruginous, the teguke black- Abdomen oblong, obtuse at the apex ; the two basal segments with pale fulvous pubescence ; the apical margins of the segments fringed with pale pubescence ; the apical segment clothed with short pale pubescence, its margin serrated ; beneath, the apical segment is produced into a large triangular process, acute at its apex. Male. Length 5 lines.. Sab.— Neighbourhood of Yarkand. Taken in May. 1 Probably, like some other specimens without labels, this may have been from the hills south of Yarkand. HYMENOPTERA. 10. Megachile vigilans. Femina. — M. pallide pnbescens ; abdomine subtns argenteo-villosulo, segmentorum mar- ginibus dorsalibus pa l lido-fasc i a lis . Black ; tlie face clothed with dense white pubescence ; the mandibles with four blunt teeth. The pubescence on the thorax and legs whitish, that on the tarsi beneath fulvous ; wings hyaline, the nervures black. Abdomen subcordate, the basal segment deeply concave, the metathorax rounded and fitting into the cavity, the abdomen curving upwards, the apical margins of the segments with fasciae of white pubescence ; beneath, densely clothed with silvery- white pubescence. Female, length 4| lines. Sab. — Dras, Kargil, and Leh, all in Ladak. (August and September.) This genus is perhaps the most numerous in species of all the genera of bees ; it is also the most cosmopolitan ; about three hundred species are known ; they occur both in temperate and tropical climates ; about fifty are known to inhabit India, China, and the islands of the Eastern Archipelago ; they are abundant in Australia, also in both North and South America. A large number are, from their habit of lining their nests with pieces of leaf, popularly called leaf-cutting bees, but their habits vary ; nests of Indian species prove that some species belong to the section of mason-bees, their nests being constructed of agglutinated particles of sand or mud ; of the habits of the Australian species, we are at present ignorant. 11. Anthidium vigilans, Eig. 7. Femina. — A. atrum, capite tlioraceque flavo-variegatis ; abdominis maculis later alibns flavis. Mas. — A. abdominis injlexi lateribus fascieulato-pilosis, ano septemdentato. Black; the head and thorax very closely punctured and subopaque, the abdomen shining and more finely punctured. The clypeus, base of the mandibles, and a line on the posterior margin of the vertex, interrupted in the middle, yellow. A stripe on each side of the thorax in front, and an interrupted line on the posterior margin of the scutellum yellow ; the femora at their apex beneath, and the tibiae and tarsi outside, yellow ; wings sub-hyaline, the marginal cell with a fuscous stripe at its anterior margin. Abdomen ; each segment with a transverse yellow lateral macula ; beneath, clothed with bright pale fulvous pubescence. Female, length 5J lines. The male is considerably larger than the female and is much more pubescent, but is marked with yellow in the same manner, the yellow stripes on the abdomen being broader and forming interrupted bands; the segments have at then’ lateral margins a floccus of whitish glittering pubescence ; the apical segment is tridentate, the lateral teeth yellow, the central one smaller and black ; there is also a tooth at the lateral margins of the fifth and sixth segments. Male, length 7 lines. Sab. — The locality of the male is the neighbourhood of Yarkand, and although the precise locality of the female is not ascertained, there is a sufficient general resemblance between the sexes to justify uniting them as one species. The genus Anthidium has a wide geographical distribution ; species are found in Europe, Arabia, Syria, Algeria, Cape of Good Hope, Sierra Leone. About six species are known from 6 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. India, but I have not seen any from China, the islands of the Eastern Archipelago, nor from Australia ; the known number of species is about one hundred. 12. Crocisa histrio, Eabr. Nomada histrio, Fabr., Ent. Syst., ii, 345. Meleda histrio, Latr., Hist. Nat. Crust, et Ins., iii. • Fabr., Syst. Piez., 385. • Spin., Ins. Ligui-., i, 153. Crocisa histrio, Latr., Gen. Crust, et Ins. iv, 172. St. Farg., Hym., ii, 454. Eversm., Bull. Mose., xxv, 104. Sab. — Taken in the neighbourhood of Yarkand, also at Yangihissar. Found also in Southern France, Russia and Algeria. 13. Crocisa intruders, Fig. 8. Femina. — C. nigra, capite, thoraceque, pedibusque albo variegatis, scutello emarginato. Black ; the face and cheeks covered with dense snow-white pubescence, on the vertex it is shorter and thinner ; the clypeus porrect, the mandibles ferruginous. The anterior margin and sides of the thorax covered with white pubescence ; the mesothorax with three spots anteriorly, the central one oblong, the other two ovate ; also two quadrate spots posteriorly, of white pubescence ; the scutellum deeply cmarginate and having a little white pubescence in the emargination ; the tibiae white outside; wings hyaline, their apical margins slightly clouded. Abdomen, a broad band of white pubescence at the base and a narrower one on the apical margin of the segments, all slightly interrupted in the middle. Female, length 3^ lines. Sab. — Neighbourhood of Yarkand. Taken in May. This genus of bees is not numerous in species ; only about twelve are at present known, but their distribution is extensive ; they have occurred in Europe, North Africa, Natal, South Africa, Ceylon, India, in various islands of the Eastern Archipelago, China, and Australia. 14. Anthophora vigilaxs. Mas. — A. nigra , pallide villosa, thorace jlavescente, abdominis segmentis pallido-mar - ginatis. Black; the mandibles, labram, anterior margin of the clypeus, and a central line uniting with it, white ; the tips of the mandibles rufo-piccous, and two minute black spots at the base of the labrum ; the pubescence on the face yellowish white, the thorax wit i similar pubescence above ; the posterior tibiae and tarsi with white pubescence. Abdomen , the apical margins of the segments pale testaceous and having fasciae of white pubescence- The wings clear hyaline. Male, length 5 lines. Sab. — Dras, Kargil, and Leli, all in Ladak. HYMENOPTERA. 7 15. Axthophora senex. Mas. — A. atra,pallide villosa, facie antice labroque Jiavis; pedibus intermediis elongatis. Black ; the face as high as the insertion of the antennae, the labrum, and scape of the antennae in front, yellow ; the pubescence on the head pale fulvous, whitish on the clypeus. Thorax pubescent ; the pubescence faintly yellowish, that on the legs long and ragged ; the tarsi testaceous, except the basal joint ; the intermediate legs elongate, the fifth joint densely fringed with black pubescence, forming a thick brush ; the apical joint of the tarsi rufo-piceous. Abdomen thinly covered with pale pubescence ; the margins of the segments pale testaceous. Male, length 5J lines. Sab. — Neighbourhood of Yarkand and Yangiliissar. Taken in April. This genus is cosmopolitan, not less than one hundred and fifty species are known ; of these twelve are from India. 16. Nylocopa nitidiventris, 1 Eig. 10. Eemina. — X. nigra, thorace supra pube Jlava decor aia, tibiarum posticarum apicibus tarsis- que omnibus pube ferruginea vestitis, alls nigro-fuscis iridescentibus. Black ; the pubescence on the head black ; very closely punctured and opaque. Thorax, clothed above with bright pale yellowish pubescence ; on the sides, beneath, and on the femora and tibiae, it is black ; that at the apex of the posterior tibiae and on all the tarsi, bright f ulvo-ferruginous ; that on the anterior tarsi mixed with a little black on the first joint ; wings fuscous, palest towards their base, and having a violet iridescence in certain lights. Abdomen very smooth and shining, and also very convex, being subglobose; beneath, the apical margins of the segments are narrowly ferruginous, the two sub-apical ones being fringed with bright ferruginous hairs. Eemale, length 7-g- lines. Sab. — Taken in May, in the neighbourhood of Yarkand. 17. Xylocopa dubiosa, Eig. 9. Mas. — X. nigra, f ulco-pubescente ; facie antice labioque Jiavis ; abdomine ovato, con- vexiusculo , segmentormn marginibus fulvo fascialis. Black; the head, thorax, and the base of the abdomen densely clothed with fulvous pubescence ; the face below7 the insertion of the antenna; and the labrum, yellow ; the anterior margin of the latter black; the tarsi ferruginous; wings fulvo- hyaline, slightly fuscous towards their apical margins ; the nervures ferruginous, the costal nervure blackish. Abdomen ovate, truncate at the base, convex, sinning and finely punctured; the apical margins of the segments with a narrow fringe of fulvous pubescence, more or less interrupted in the middle ; the sixth and seventh segments covered with fulvous pubescence. Male, length 7 1 lines. Probably the male of X. nitidiventris. Taken in April, at Yangiliissar, Eastern Turkestan. 1 Represented on the plate as AT. dubiosa • ? 8 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 18. Xylocopa coxvexa. Eemina. — X. nitida, nigra ; alls nigro-fuscis violaceo splendidc micantibm ; abdomine convexo. Black and shining ; the head not closely hut rather finely punctured ; the front with short dense black pubescence ; the margins of the clypeus raised and shining, and with a central shining carina ; the flagellum, except the basal joint, obscurely fulvous beneath. The disk of the mesothorax and the base of the scutellum smooth, shining, and impunctate ; the sides, beneath, and the legs, with black pubescence ; wings with a beautiful blue, violet and green iridescence. Abdomen very convex, w7ith fine distant punctures ; the sides and apex with black pubescence. Eemale, length 9 to 10 lines. Sab. — Kugiar, 90 miles south of Yarkand. Taken in May and June. Xylocopa has an universal distribution ; in my monograph of the genus, published in 1874, one hundred and twenty-three species are registered ; the number has been slightly increased since that time. In India twenty species have been found. Division 2— SOCIALES. 19. Bombtjs vallestris. Operaria. — B. hirsutus, ater, thorace supra abdominisque fascia basali jlavis , segmento secundo et apice f err ugineo-f ulvis. Black; the head sub-rotundate, with black pubescence; the thorax above, the sides, and beneath the wings, densely clothed with pale yellowish-white pubescence ; beneath and on the legs it is black; the four apical joints of the tarsi ferruginous; wings fuscous, the nervures black. Abdomen ; at the extreme base a fringe of pale yellowish white pubescence, on the second segment and also on the three apical ones it is ferruginous. Worker, length lines. Sab. — Sind valley, Kashmir. Taken in August. The male exactly resembles the worker, having also black pubescence on the face. 20. Bombtjs longiceps. Operaria. — B. hirsutus, ater, tliorace dorso pallide fulvo ; abdominis segmentis ana lib /is tribus rufo-fulvis. Black ; the head elongate, the clypeus smooth and shining ; the tips of the mandibles rufo-piceous ; the flagellum of the antennae obscurely fulvous beneath. Thorax above, and at the sides beneath the wings, densely clothed with bright fulvous pubescence ; beneath, and on the legs, it is black; the four apical joints of the tarsi ferruginous; the wings hyaline. Abdomen ; the three basal segments with black pubescence, usually more or less abraded towards the base, which is smooth and shining; the apical segments fulvo -ferruginous- Worker, length 9 lines. Sab. — Dras, Kargil, and Leh, Ladak. (August and September.) The male o£ this species is clothed exactly the same as the female, the face hav also black pubescence. HYMEN OPTEKA. 9 21. Bombus altaicus. Bomius altaicus, Eversm. Bull, Mosc., xix, 436, tab. 4, fig. 1. Bab. — Tankse, Pangkong valley, Ladak ; also in Asiatic Prussia. 22. Bombus bizonatus. Eemina. — B. hirsutus, ater ; thorace antice, scutello , abclomineque basi flavin, medio nigro-fasciato, apice pallido. The head clothed with black pubescence, the labrum fringed with fulvous • the clvpeus naked, smooth and shining. Thorax clothed with pale fulvous pubescence and having a black pubescent hand between the wings; the pubescence on the le^-s and on the body beneath, black ; the apical joints of the tarsi with short pale pubescence that on the basal joint beneath rich fulvous; wings sub- hyaline, the nervures black The first and second segments of the abdomen with pale fulvous pubescence, the third with black, and the three apical ones with very pale fulvous. Eemale, length 7J lines. Sab. — No locality indicated. 23. Bombus oppositus, Eig. 11. Eemina. — B. hirsutus, ater-, thorace abdomineque supra fluids. Black ; the head clothed with black pubescence ; the clypeus naked, smooth and shin- ing. Thorax, clothed above with rather short, rich fulvous pubescence, that on the sides beneath, and on the legs is black ; the pubescence on the apical joints of the tarsi is pale fulvous, on their basal joint within it is bright fulvous, outside it is black ; wings subhyaline, their nervures black. Abdomen, clothed above with rich fulvous, beneath with black pubescence. Eemale, length 9 lines. Sab. — No precise locality indicated. The genus Bombus is widely distributed ; its number of species amounting to little short of one hundred. Bombi are found both in the Old and New World, a few species occurring in the Tropics ; the genus has not been observed to penetrate Africa beyond Algeria, and it has not been found either in Madagascar, Australia or New Zealand. In the Old World it lias been found in Lapland, Siberia, Kamtschatka, China, Japan, India and Java. In great Britain twenty species occur. In the New World, it has been found in Greenland, Boothia Eelix, and at the Great Bear Lake, within the Arctic Circle. Mexico has produced some of the most beautiful species of the genus ; North America is rich in species ; in South America several fine ones occur. Tribe— HETEROGYNA. Family — FORM I CIDjF. 24. Camponotus basabis, Eig. 1. Eemina. — C. niger, thorace subtus, pedibus abdominisque basi castaneo-rufls. Shining black ; the anterior margin of the clypeus and the mandibles rufo-pieeous ; the flagellum of the antennae ferruginous. Thorax ovate ; the mesothorax and scutellum dark 10 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. rufo-fuscous ; beneath, the pro-and metathorax and also the legs castaneo-rufous. Abdomen, subglobose ; the scale and petiole, and the two basal segments castaneo-rufous, their apical margins black, the second most broadly so ; beneath, these segments are entirely castaneous. Female, length 5 lines. Sab. — Sind valley, Kashmir. Taken in August. 25. Camponotus Bacchus. Femina. — C. capite abdomineque nigris, metathorace pedibusque pallide ferrugineis. Formica Bacchus, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins., Pt. YI, Formieidse, p. 2]. $ Gomponotus Bacchus, Mayr, Novara Voy., Form., p. 27. fervem, Mayr, lib. cit., nee Smith, Cat. Hjm. Ins., p. 241. In the same bottle in spirit a male ant accompanied the female ; its size and general appearance justify me in considering it to be the male of C. Bacchus ; it is lines long, black, with the antennae and legs pale furruginous, the scape being darker than the flagel- lum ; the mandibles, palpi and post-scutcllum are also pale ferruginous ; the wings flavo- hyaline ; the nervines pale rufo-testaceous ; the stigma fuscous. /AA.— Jhilam Yalley, Punjab Hills. Ceylon, Calcutta, and Islands of the Eastern Archipelago. This genus is cosmopolitan ; its species are numerous, new kinds occurring in almost every collection made in little frequented places ; any attempt to calculate the number of species would be an impossibility; until each species has been collected from its nest, and all the different kinds of sexes carefully ascertained, the number of specific forms cannot be ascer- tained; workers of several sizes and forms occur in nests of many species, and if captured at large, are doubtless described as distinct ; the number of species doubtless amounts to hundreds. 26. Formica simulata. Operaria. — F. rufo-ferruginea, Icevissime cinereo-micans ; fronte vertice et abdomine nigrofuscis ; squama subtriangulariter rotundata, margine supero rotundato ; area frontali opaca. The head red, with the vertex and the front, as far as the insertion of the antenna more or less rufo-fuscous; the clypeus with a longitudinal sharp carina in the middle; anterior margin rounded and entire ; mandibles ferruginous, with their teeth black ; the antennae ferruginous, with the flagellum, beyond the third joint, fuscous. Thorax and legs bright blood-red. Abdomen covered with fine cinereous pile; in some example fusco-ferruginous at the base ; with a few scattered pale setae ; the scale of the peduncle red, its superior margin rounded. Worker, length 3 lines. Sab. — On the road across the Pamir, from Sirikol to Panja ; also at Yarkand ; Apr1 and May. This species closely resembles the Formica sanguinea of Europe, particularly small workers of that species ; the specimens were collected in spirit ; therefore it is probable the entire insect would, when living, be covered with a fine pile. HYMEN OPTER A. 11 27. Eobmica feateena. Operaria. — F. rvfo-fusca, sparse pilosula ; mandibulis, antennarum scapis, flagellorum bast, pedibusque pallide rufescentibus ; area frontali opaca. The insect covered with a tine grey pile; the anterior part of the head rufo -testaceous, the mandibles ferruginous; the scape of the antennae and a few of the basal joints of the flagellum pale ferruginous ; the legs and scale of the peduncle entirely of that colour ; the scale rounded above. The base of the abdomen in some examples more or less tinged with ferruginous; the abdomen with a few scattered pale setee. Worker, length 2f to 3 lines. Sab. — No precise locality indicated. This species very closely resembles the Formica cunicularia of Europe, hut its pale legs give it a different aspect. 28. Eobmica defensoe. Operaria. — F. rufo-ferruginea, Icevissime cinereo-micans ; fronte abdomineque fusco-nigris ; squama sub triangular iter, margine supero rotundato. Head, thorax, legs, antennae, and squama rufo-ferruginous ; the apical half of the flagellum and the front above the insertion of the antennae, fuscous; an impressed line from the anterior ocellus to the clypeus, the latter with a sharp central carina; the frontal area opaque ; the teeth of the mandibles black ; the head and the flagellum with fine cinereous pile. The abdomen fusco-ferruginous at the base, and the extreme apex pale ferruginous ; the abdomen covered with a fine cinereous pile; beneath fusco-ferruginous. Worker, length 2f lines. Sab. — On the road across the Pamir, from Sarikol to Panja. (April and May.) 29. Eobmica Candida. Eemina. — F. nigra nitidissima ; mandibulis, antennis, pedibusque rufescentibus ; squama lata, subtriangulariter, margine supra rotundato. Shining black; the mandibles, antenme, and legs ferruginous; the latter slightly fuscous above, as are also a few of the apical joints of the flagellum above. The head, the width of the thorax ; the clypeus with a sharp central carina ; the frontal area semiopaque ; the mandibles stout, and with longitudinal punctures. The metathorax semiopaque, and with a fine cinereous pile, which also covers the squama, legs, and thorax on the sides and beneath. Abdomen oblong-ovate, very smooth and shining, and with a sprinkling of pale hairs at the apex ; the extreme apex pale testaceous. Eemale, length 3J- lines. Sab. — On the road across the Pamir, from Sarikol to Panja. (April and May.) Fatnil y—MYBM ICI DJE, (Sm.) 30. Mvbmica cuesoe. Eemina. — 31. sordide rubra ; capite thoraceque longitudinaliter striatis ; abdomine fusco- nigro, nitido ; mandibulis, antennis, pedibusque pallide ferrugineis. Obscure ferruginous, with the head sometimes nearly black, or with the sides more or less ferruginous ; the antennae with the scape and a few of the basal joints of the flagellum 12 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. pale ferruginous, the rest fusco-ferruginous ; the head longitudinally hut irregularly striated, the striae at its sides formed of confluent punctures. Thorax longitudinally striated, oblong- ovate, and having a longitudinal ferruginous space above, enclosed by a black margin ; the sides and beneath ferruginous; the metathorax with two short, stout, acute, compressed spines ; the legs pale ferruginous. Abdomen globose, smooth and shining ; the first node of the petiole wedge-shaped when viewed sideways, and coarsely rugose, the second node globose and suh-rugose. The scape of the antennae in this species is bent and slender at the base as in the M. ruginodis of Europe, which it closely resembles ; it is, however, a rather smaller insect. Eemale, length 2f lines. Sab. — No precise locality indicated. \ 31. Myrmica liictitosa. Mas. — M. niger, nitidiusculus ; mandibnlis, antennis, pedibusque, necnon capite thorace- que, sordide pallescentibus ; alls hyalinis, nervis rufo-pallidis. Black ; head and thorax longitudinally striated ; the metatliorax with transverse curved striae, and with two stout compressed spines, its apex obscurely rufo-piceous ; the club of the antennae paler than the rest of the antennae. The wings pale fulvo -hyaline and iridescent ; the stigma and nervures pale ferruginous ; the legs long and slender, with the apical joints of the tarsi pale testaceous. Abdomen smooth and shining, and with a few scattered pale hairs ; the nodes of the abdomen rugose, the first oblong, the second globose. Male, length 2f lines. Sab. — Murree (Mari), Punjab hills. 32. Myrmica breviceps. Eemina. 31. sordide rubida ; mandibulis, antennis , pedibusque pallide ferrugineis ; capite tlioraceque longitudinaliter profunde striatis ; abdomine rufo-nigro , nitido. Rufo-feiTuginous ; the head strongly longitudinally striated; a small smooth shining space at the base of the clypeus, which is deeply longitudinally grooved ; the mandibles striated. Thorax above with a black patch on each side of the mesotliorax, and another at the anterior portion ; the metathoracic spines short, stout and acute. The first node of the abdomen longitudinally rugose, the second transversely so ; the abdomen smooth and shining* ferruginous at the base ; the rest dark rufo-fuscous, nearly black, and with scattered erect pubescence. Eemale, length 2-|- lines. Sab. — No locality or date. This insect very closely resembles two or three of the British species, particularly Myrmica sulcmodis ; its head is, however, shorter than that of the British insect. 33. Crematogaster apicalis. Eemina. — C. pallide castaneo-ru fas, Icevis, nitidus ; abdomine apicem versus nigrescente > alls hyalinis. Rufo-castaneous, smooth, shining and impunctate ; the eyes, margins of the mandibles, and the anterior margin of the clypeus narrowly black ; the clypeus finely longitudinally HYMENOPTEEA. 13 striated. The mesothorax with a few longitudinal dark lines ; the scutellum convex, and rounded behind; the metathorax truncate, not spined, and paler than the mesothorax; wings clear hyaline, the nervures and stigma pale rufo-testaceous. Abdomen oblong-ovate, the base castaneo-rufous, from thence becoming gradually darker to the apex Pemale length 3| lines. 1 ‘ ’ Sab. — Jliilam valley, Punjab hills. Taken in July. 34. Dorylus (Typhlopone) l^eviceps, Pig. 2. Operaria, — T. rufo-testaceus, capite castaneo, mandibulis nigris. Head 1 oblong, subquadrate, rather wider anteriorly, the flagellum slightly fuscous ; very smooth and shining, and with a very faintly impressed central longitudinal line, and also a few delicate scattered punctures. Thorax oblong, divided in the middle by a transverse suture, flattened above and having a few fine punctures. Abdomen, the node of the peduncle incrassate, subquadrate above ; oblong-ovate. Worker, length 3 J lines. Sab. — Jhilam valley. Taken in July. The insects described under the generic name Typhlopone of Westwood are now dis- covered to be the workers of Dorylus ; the late Dr. Jerdon observed them issuing from the nests, in company with males of Dorylus ; Dr. Gerstaecker has described the female of Dorylus in the Stett. Ent. Zeits. for 1863, under the generic name Dichthadia, pointing out its affinities of structure with those of the male, upon which the genus was founded ; and proving demonstratively the affinities of the genera. 35. Mtttilla suspiciosa. Mutilla suspiciosa, Smith, Joum. Proe. Linn. Soc., II, 84 $ (1857). Sab. — Jhilam valley. Taken in July. This species resembles the male of If. sexmaculata, but it differs from it by having the wings entirely dark brownish-black ; the abdomen is red, with the base and apex black ; it has been found in Borneo, Batcliian, Celebes, Amboyna, and Bouru. 36. Mutilla sexmaculata, Swederus. Pemina. — If. nigra, thorace supra rufo, abdomine utrinque serie trium macularum albidarwm. Mas. — If. nigra, tliorace antice cinereo, abdomine rufo, basi nigro, alls fuscis basi hyalinis. The male of this species was discovered by Sir John Hearsay, who captured the sexes in eoitu ; it, as well as the female, varies greatly in size. I suspect it is the Mutilla rufogastra of St. Pargeau. M. Badoszkovsky, in his Monograph of the Mutillidce of the Old World, says that the insect I have named M. sexmaculata of Swederus is not that species ; I have care- fully compared the insect with the descriptions given both by Swederus and by M. Radoszkovsky, and am quite satisfied that my quotation is correct, although it is said by 14 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. the above author to he synonymous with a species described by him under the name M. tretraops, with the description of which it in no way agrees. Tribe— FOSSORES, (Latr.) Family — SCOLIABjE, (Leach). 37. SCOLIA HAEMORRHOIDALIS. Scolia haemorrhoidalis, Fabr., Ent. Syst. ii, 230, Syst. Piez., 240. „ „ Klug, Weber & Mohr, Beitr. i, 24. „ „ Spin., Ins. Ligur., i, 74. ,, „ Latr., Gen. Crust, et Ins., iv, 105. ,, „ Yand., Lind. Hym., Eur., 18. ,, „ Brail e, Exped. Sc. de Moree, in, 370. „ ,, St. Farg., Hym., iii, 522. ,, ,, Burm., Mon. Scolia, 18. „ ,, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins., Pt. iii, 110. „ „ Sauss. et Sich., Cat. des Espec. Scol., 50. Hah. — Erance, Spain, Albania, Hungary, Russia, Siberia, Asia Minor, India. The locality of Dr. Stoliczka’s specimens has not been recorded. This insect belongs to the division of the genus in which the anterior wings have three submarginal cells and one recurrent nervure, and is a “ Triscolia” of Saussure. Family— POMPILIDM. 38. POMPILTIS ARROGANS. Eemina. — P. ater, abdominis basi rufo-ferruginea , alls anticis fuscis. Black ; the head subopaque and finely longitudinally rugulose ; the anterior margin of the clypeus slightly rounded, the mandibles rufo-piceous at their apex. Thorax slightly shining above, and having a thin grey sericeous pile ; the metathorax concave in the middle posteriorly ; the anterior wings fuscous, palest at their base ; the posterior pair hyaline, with their apex slightly clouded ; the second suhmarginal cell suhquadrate, the third longer than the second and slightly narrowed towards the marginal cell ; the tarsi thickly spinose, the tibia) with a few scattered spines ; the tips of the claws of the tarsi ferruginous. Abdomen ; the three basal segments ferruginous, the apical margin of the third and the following segments black. Eemale, length 6 lines. Hab. — Dras, Kargil, and Leh, in Ladak. Taken in August and September. 39. POMPILUS ATRIPES. Eemina. — P. niger ; abdomine ferrugineo , apice nigro ; alis fuscis ; antennis crassis. Black ; the head smooth and shining, very finely punctured ; the antennae much thicker in the middle than is usual in the genus. Thorax finely pilose, shining and finely punctui HYMENOPTERA. 15 above ; the posterior margin of the prothorax angulated ; the metathorax smooth and shining, with a central impressed line not quite extending to the apex ; wings fuscous, clearer towards their base ; legs entirely black, as are also the spines and calcaria that arm the tibise at their apex ; tibiae only very slightly spinose. Abdomen smooth and shining ; the three basal segments ferruginous. Eemale, length 3j- lines. Sab. — Murree, Punjab hills. 10. POMPILUS DIVISUS. Mas. — P. niger, abdominis segmento secundo tertioque ferrugineis ; alls subhyalinis. Black ; the head and thorax slightly pubescent, shining and punctured ; the antennae obscurely fulvous beneath beyond the third or fourth joints. The posterior margin of the prothorax rounded ; the metathorax, with four longitudinal carinae, two lateral and two approxi- mating in the middle, strongly punctured ; wings fulvo-hyaline, the nervures ferruginous ; the tibiae and tarsi ferruginous, the former slightly fuscous above, as are also the apical joints of the posterior tarsi. Abdomen shining, the second and third segments ferruginous, and more distinctly punctured than the following ones, which are very smooth and shining ; the apex rufo-fuscous. Male, length 4 lines. Sab. — Sind valley, Kashmir. Taken in August. 41. Priocnemis rufo-femoratus. Eemina. — P. niger, abdominis basi rufo ; femoribus posticis rubris ; alis apicibus fuscis, puncto albo ornatis. Black ; the head slightly shining, and, as well as the mesothorax, very finely and very closely punctured ; the metathorax with a central longitudinal impressed line not quite extending to the apex, and having a fine transverse striation ; the wings fusco-hyaline, darkest in the middle of the anterior wings, which have beyond the third submarginal cell a large hyaline spot ; the posterior margin of the prothorax angular ; the posterior femora bright ferruginous, the tibiae serrated exteriorly. Abdomen bright ferruginous to the apex of the third segment ; the rest black. Eemale, length 4 lines. Sab. — Dras, Kargil, and Leh, in Ladak. This species in general aspect exactly resembles Priocnemis agilis of Europe, but its transversely striated metatliorax distinguishes it from that species. 42. Mygnimia aeecto. Eemina. — If. nigra, alis nigro-fuscis violaceoque splendide micantibus. Black ; the abdomen shining, covered with a changeable violet and purple pile observable in certain lights ; the clypeus emarginate ; the mandibles shining, their apex rufo-piceous. Thorax ; the posterior margin of the prothorax arched ; the sides of the metathorax rounded, 16 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. its apex obliquely truncate ; the coxae greatly enlarged ; wings dark blackish-brown, with a purple gloss. Abdomen smooth and shining. Female, length 10 lines. Sab. — Yangiliissar, Eastern Turkestan. Taken in April. The Ponipilidce are found in all parts of the globe ; little short of five hundred species belonging to the various genera of which the family is composed have been enumerated. Family — SPHEGIDM. 43. Ammophila spinipes. Femina. — A. nigra, alis fulvo-hyalmis, meiathorace rugoso, abdomme antice rufo. Black ; the head wider than the thorax, shining and strongly punctured ; the mandibles with a ferruginous spot in the middle, the palpi rufo-piceous. Thorax ; the pro and meso- thorax shining and strongly punctured, as well as the scutellum ; the mesothorax with a deeply impressed line in the middle anteriorly, extending to the middle of the disk ; the metathorax opaque and rugulose ; wings fulvo-hyaline, the apical margins with a slight fuscous cloud ; the nervures and stigma ferruginous ; the teguhe rufo-piceous ; the tibia? and tarsi thickly spinose, the claws of the tarsi ferruginous. Abdomen ; the first, second, third and base of the fourth segment of the abdomen ferruginous; the petiole not quite as long as the first segment. Eemale, length 8 lines. II ab. — Dr as, Kargil, and Leh, in Ladak. Taken in August and September. This genus is one of universal distribution ; about eighty species are described ; some twenty species are found in Europe, and about the same number are at present known from Africa ; twelve are described from India ; North and South America both possess numerous species, but only three or four have been brought from Australia. Family — LI BBIDJE. 44. Larrada aurttlenta. Sphex aurnlenia, Fabr., Fnt. Syst., ii, 213, 5 . Fompilns auratus, Fabr., Ent. Syst. Supp., 250. Li fin aurata, Fabr., Syst. Piez., 228. „ „ Dablb., Hym. Europ., i, 135. Tachytes opulenta, St. Farg., Hym., iii, 246. Lyrops auratus, Guer., Icon. Reg. Anim., iii, 440. Larrada aurulenta, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins., pt. iv ; Sphegidse, Lari'idse and Crabronidm, p. 27 6. Sab. — Yangiliissar, in Eastern Turkestan; also Madras, Bombay (India); China; Philippines; Sumatra; Borneo; Java; Celebes; Bachian ; Bouru. This genus is widely distributed ; Europe has five species at present known ; others are found in India, China, Borneo, in most of the islands of the Eastern Archipelago, N('V Guinea and Australia ; species also occur in Africa ; others are found both in N orth and South America. 1 HYMENOPTERA. 17 Tribe— DIPLOPTERA. Family — E UMENIDJE. 45. Pterochilus albo-fasciattjs, Pig. 12. Eemina. — P. niger, capite thoraceque albo-variegatis%, abdominis segmentis albo-margmatis Black; head as wide as the thorax, strongly and closely punctured; the clypeus porrect and rugosely punctate, its anterior margin truncate ; the mandibles tridentate, the teeth obscurely rufo-piceous ; a small subovate white spot above the eyes on the vertex. The prothorax white above; the mesothorax and scutellum coarsely punctured; a white line crosses the post-scutellum and curves up towards the insertion of the posterior wings, which are fusco-hyaline and darkest along the foreborder of the anterior pair; legs black. Abdomen subovate ; the basal segment campanulate and having a broad white fascia on its apical margin, which is slightly notched in the middle ; the second segment has also a broad fascia, which is curved up laterally towards the base of the segment ; the three following segments have each a similar broad white fascia. Ecmale, length 5J lines. Hab. — Yangihissar, Eastern Turkestan. Taken in April. This is a genus of small extent ; about twenty species are described ; it occurs in Europe, a single species being found in Russia, another in Germany, and one in Switzerland ; species have been found in Algeria, the Cape of Good Hope, Chili, and the United States. Family — VESPIDJE, 46. Polistes chinensis, Eabr. Polistes chinensis, Fabr., Syst. Piez., 270. „ „ Sauss., Mon. Guepes Soc., 56, tab. 7, fig. 2. Bab. — Neighbourhood of Yarkand. Taken in May. Hong-Kong; Shanghai. Specimens from Yarkand are frequently more marked with yellow spots than any I have seen from China, whilst others exactly resemble Chinese ones, which do not appear ever to have any yellow spots on the mesothorax, which the Indian examples usually have- The genus Polistes is cosmopolitan, but no species has been found in the United Kingdom; species occur in South Europe, in India, China, Borneo, in the Islands of the Eastern Archipelago, in Africa, Australia and Tasmania, Brazil, Central America, Mexico, and North America ; from seventy to eighty species are known 47. Vespa germanica. Vespa germanica, Fabr., Syst, Piez., 256. „ „ Pauz., Faun. Germ., 49, 20, $ . „ „ St. Farg., Hym., i, 515. „ „ Ratz., Forst. Ins., Bd. iii, 51. „ „ Smith, Zool., ix., Append, clxxvii. „ ,, Sauss., Mon. Guepes Soc., 116, pt. xiv, fig. 4. Hab. — Europe. Pound at Sanju, and in its neighbourhood ; also at Yangihissar, Eastern Turkestan. 18 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. No specific difference can be found that will separate this insect from the European species ; the sexual organs of the male are precisely the same as those of V. germanica. About fifty species of this genus are known ; they are widely distributed, and are insects that are almost universally known. Twelve species inhabit Europe ; twenty are Asiatic, and ten are found in Mexico and North America. Family— TENTHREDINIDA3. 48. Hylotoma pumipennis. Eemina. — A. corpore'flavo ; capite, antennis, tarsisque nigris ; alisfuscis. Head shining black, antennae pubescent ; abdomen paler than the thorax ; wings fuscous and iridescent, nervures and stigma blackish-brown ; the legs pubescent, the coxae and femora reddish-yellow, the tibiae fuscous, the tarsi black. Eemale, length 3J lines. Sab. — Jhilam valley, Punjab hills. Taken in August. 49. All ant us pro vidus. Eemina. — A. niger , capite thoraceque opacis, abdomine nitido-, tibiis, femoribus posticis ferrugineis. Head and thorax opaque, and covered with strong confluent punctures ; wings sub- hyaline, and having a fuscous cloud on the anterior pair that occupies the two marginal and four submarginal cells ; the stigma and nervures black ; the posterior femora and tibiffi pale ferruginous ; the anterior femora towards their apex, and the tibiae in front, pale ; abdomen glossy black. Eemale, length 6 lines. Sab. — Murree, Punjab hills. 50. Allantus multicolor. Eemina. — -A. capite thoraceque cupreo-nigris , abdomine purpureo, corpore fiavo-macnlato. Head and thorax obscure brassy -black ; abdomen dark purple above ; the entire body yellow beneath, the legs black with yellow markings. Head semiopaque, the cheeks, clypeus, and mandibles testaceous-yellow; the teeth of the latter acute and black. Thorax semiopaque; the scutellum, tegulse, and costal nervure, and the cell, yellow ; the wings hyaline and iridescent ; the stigma and nervures blackish-brown ; the anterior and intermediate cox© and femora yellow beneath ; the tibiae and tarsi yellow, the former with a dark stain at or near their apex ; the posterior coxae beneath and the basal half of the tibiae yellow- Abdomen ; the lateral margins of the second segment, the apical, as well as the lateral margins of the third segment, yellow ; the sixth, seventh and eighth segments narrowly yellow. Eemale, length 6 lines. Sab. — Murree, Punjab hills. This species resembles Allantus flavomaculatus of Cameron, described in the “ Transac- tions of the Entomological Society of London’' for 1876, but it is rather smaller ; the femora are black, and the abdomen has a purple tinge. HYMENOPTERA. 51. Allantus simillimus. 19 Eemina . A. . mget j a bdom inis cd ig u 1 o basali Jlttt'o, tibiis tarsisque patHde J'emiy i ne is, alls Jlavo-hyalinis, antice fuscis. The scape of the antennae, the following joint, the labrum, mandibles, and palpi pale yellow. Thorax ; the posterior margin of the prothorax slightly interrupted in the middle, pale yellow ; the wings pale fulvo-hyaline, a slight fuscous cloud occupying the marginal cell and extending a little beyond into the submarginal cells ; the costa and stigma fulvous, the nervures ferruginous ; the coxae black, the legs pale ferruginous, with the femora black above. Abdomen with a whitish fascia at the base ; the fourth and fifth segments with their apical margins narrowly whitish ; the two apical segments with their margins more broadly yellowish white. Eemale, length 4f lines. Sab. — Murree, Punjab lulls. The species resembles Allantus troclianterinus of Cameron, described in the “ Transac- tions of the Entomological Society” for 1876, but it differs from it in having the scape pale, independently of other differences. 52. Allantus terminalis. Mas. — A. capite thoraceque nigris, abdomine purpureo nitido. Head emarginate behind, covered with confluent punctures and subopaque ; the man- dibles, labrum, and clypeus, also a triangular space above it, and a narrow line round the lower margins of the eyes, white; the antenna; fulvous beneath. Thorax black above and at the sides ; beneath, the anterior and intermediate legs beneath and also the posterior coxae beneath, white ; wings hyaline, their nervures black. Abdomen purple above ; the margins of the segments beneath white laterally. Male, length 4 lines. Sab. Sind valley, Kashmir. Taken in August. 53. Macrophya opposita. Eemina. — M. nigra , capite thoraceque opacis, abdomine nitido , pedibus anticis pallidis. Black ; the head wider than the thorax, covered with confluent punctures and opaque ; the clypeus, mandibles, and labrum white ; the palpi testaceous ; the antennae fulvous beneath. Thorax opaque and punctured, the same as the head ; wings fuscous, with a violet iridescence, the nervures and stigma black ; the anterior and intermediate tibiae rufo-testaceous beneath. Abdomen shining black. Eemale, length 5 lines. Sab. — Sind valley, Kashmir. Taken in August. 54. Tenthredo simulata. Eemina. — T. nigra, abdominis medio, et tibiis tarsisqv>e pallide ferrugineis ; alis hyalinis, nermris stigmatibusque nigris. Black ; the clypeus, labrum, and mandibles pale reddish-yellow ; the teeth of the latter black; the antennae obscurely fulvous beneath. Thorax; the wings hyaline and 20 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. iridescent, the nervurcs and stigma black ; the tibiae and tarsi reddish-yellow, the coxae spotted with yellow. Abdomen ; the three basal segments black above ; the four following segments reddish-yellow, the rest black. Eemale, length 5 lines. j lab. — Sind valley, Kashmir. Taken in August. 55. Tenthredo eallax. Eemina. — T. luteo-testacea ; vertice , antennarumque basi maculis nigris ; ctlis hyalinis. Pale ochraceous-yellow ; the abdomen with a slight silky gloss ; a minute black spot on the scape, another on the basal joint of the flagellum, and an oblong black macula on each side of the ocelli on the vertex ; the wings hyaline and iridescent ; the nervures fuscous, the stigma and costal nervure testaceous. Eemale, length 5 lines. Hab. — Sind valley, Kashmir, and Murree, Punjab hills. Taken in August. 56. Tenthredo nigro-maculatus. Eemina. — T. lute a ; capitis vertice thoracisque maculis dorsalibus, necnon abdominis tinea interrnpta nigris ; alls hyalinis. The insect pale luteous ; the antennae black above, with the apex of the joints, the scape beneath, and the flagellum beneath beyond the third joint, luteous; the inner margin of the eyes near their summit, and a large spot on the vertex, enclosing the eyes, black. Thorax ; a triangular black spot anteriorly, an oblong one on each side opposite the tegulae, and an oblique one on each side behind them ; the wings hyaline with the nervures fuscous ; the costal nervures and the stigma pale testaceous ; the legs with a narrow black line above. The longitudinal black line on the abdomen above is slightly interrupted by a very narrow pale margin on each segment ; the entire insect pale luteous and immaculate beneath. Eemale, length 4 lines. Hab. — Sind valley, Kashmir. Taken in August. This insect closely resembles the Tenthredo sc alar is of Europe, and probably, when living, is green marked with black ; the European insect changes, more or less, from green to pale yellow, particularly when collected in spirit. Family. — ICIINK UMONILJE. 57. Ichneumon bimaculatus. Eemina. — I. niger ; pedibus, abdominis segmentis tribus basalibus ferrugineis ; metathorace bimaculato ferrugineo. Black ; the basal half of the antennae pale ferruginous ; a line on the face close to the inner margin of the eyes, which is narrow above the insertion of the antennae, and which expands into a large macula below it, a transverse line on the clypeus, and the mandibles, ferruginous. Thorax ; two oblong spots on the mesothorax, a minute one on the scutellum, the tibiae and tarsi, ferruginous ; the posterior tibiae fuscous at their apex ; HYMEXOPTEEA. 21 wings subliyaline and iridescent ; the nervures and stigma black. The three basal seg- ments of the abdomen ferruginous, the rest shining black. Eemale, length 5 lines. Sab. — Murree, Punjab hills. 58. Cryptus insidiator. Eemina. — C. niger , abdominis basi femoribusque rufis, a Us fusco - hy alinis . Head, antennae, thorax, coxae, trochanters, tibiae and tarsi black ; the femora and three basal segments of the abdomen ferruginous ; the apical segments black, with a purple gloss ; the wings fiisco- hyaline, the anterior pair darkest ; the metathorax truncate posteriorly, the margin of the truncation somewhat arched inwardly ; the lateral angles acute, or subdentate. Eemale, length lines ; of the ovipositor, 4 lines. Sab. — Sind valley, Kashmir. Taken in August. 59. Campoplex longipes. Eemina. — C. niger, abdomine pedibiisque ferrugineis, scutello albo. Black ; a line at the inner orbits of the eyes below the insertion of the antennae ; the clypeus and mandibles yellowish- wliite, the latter ferruginous at their apex ; the antennae ferruginous. The thorax opaque, with the scutellum white ; wings hyaline and iridescent ; the nervures and tegulse ferruginous ; the costal nervure fuscous ; the legs ferruginous with the coxae, and trochanters black; the apex of the posterior tibiae fuscous. Abdomen ferruginous, curved downwards, and petiolated ; a black spot on the petiolated segment near its apex ; the ovipositor ferruginous. Eemale, length 5 lines. Sab. — Sind valley, Kashmir. Taken in August. 60. Paniscus unicolor. Eemina. — P. ferrugineus , antennarum apicibus fuscis. Ferruginous ; the eyes, ocelli, and apical portion of the antennae fuscous ; the claws of the tarsi black ; wings hyaline and iridescent ; the costal nervure and stigma pale ferruginous, the other nervures ferruginous. Abdomen falcate, smooth, and shining. The areolet of anterior wings oblique and triangular. Eemale, length 5 lines. Sab. — Murree, Punjab hills. 61. Paniscus quadrilineatus. Eemina. — P. rufus , capite tliorace dorso quadrilineaio. Antennae, thorax, and legs rufo-fulvous ; the abdomen rufo-ferruginous. The head yellow, fulvous behind ; eyes and ocelli black. Thorax smooth and shining, two longitudinal tines on the disk of the mesothorax and a line at the lateral margins, yellowish ; the scutellum triangular, with its margins raised ; wings hyaline and iridescent, the nervures • 22 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. ferruginous, the stigma yellow. Abdomen darker than the thorax, becoming fusco-ferru- ginous towards the apex. Eemale, length 7 lines. Hab. — Neighbourhood of Yarkand. Taken in May. The yellow markings are much brighter in some examples than in others, and the abdomen also varies in brightness. 62. OrnioN dentattjs. Eemina. — 0. rnfus, metathorace lineis elevatis transversis, lateribusque unidentatis. Pale ferruginous ; eyes, ocelli, and tips of the mandibles black ; wings hyaline and iridescent ; the mesotliorax smooth and shining, the metathorax with two arcuate transverse carinse, the second being at the margin of the posterior truncation and terminating laterally in an acute angle or tooth. Abdomen falcate, smooth, shining, and with a fine short sericeous pubescence, or pile. Eemale, length 8 lines. Hab. — Sind valley, Kashmir. Taken in August. 63. Ophion ALBOPICTTJS. Eemina. — 0. rnfus , capite, scutello, lineis 4 clorsalibus maculisque lateralibus ctlbis. Head white ; eyes and ocelli black, the antennse and mandibles, rufous. Thorax rufous ; two central longitudinal lines, the lateral margins, the scutellum and numerous spots on the sides beneath the wings, white ; the wings hyaline and iridescent, the nervures ferruginous, the stigma pale rufous. Abdomen rufous, with some pale whitish spots at the sides toward? the apex ; the two basal segments beneath white. Eemale, length 6 lines. Hab.— Neighbourhood of Yarkand. Taken in May. HYM E NOPTER A. E . A . Smith, del et sculp at . 1. Carnponotas "ba-salis. (Smith) 2. Darylus lasviceps. 3. Andrena farniliaris. 4. ■ flcncula. 5. Lamprocolletes peregrinus. " 6. Osmia laboriosa. Minterm Bros imp. 7. Anthidium vigilans. (Smith.) 8. Crocisa intrudens. ’ 9. Xylocopa dubiosa.4 ’ 10. " * . * 11. Bombus oppo situs. ’’ 12. PLerochilus aLbo-fasciatus. SCIENTIFIC RESULTS OF THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION; ROBERi IVi C 1/ A U M X; A IN , JT.it.Ci., F.Ai.S. flublioheb bo other of the dobetnment of Inbio. CALCUTTA : OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING. 1878. BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES OF THE LATE FERDINAND STOLICZKA, PhD. CAXCUTTA s PRINTED BY TUB STTPERINTENDENT OP GOVERNMENT PRINTING, 8, HASTINGS STREET. SCIENTIFIC RESULTS OF THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION. NEUEOPTERA. By ROBERT McLACHLAN, E.R.S., E.L.S. PSEUDO-NEUROPTERA. Family — OB ON A TA. Sub-Fam. — Libellulina. Libel lula quadeimactjlata, L. Two males of rather small size (expanse of wings 65 — 69 mm,.), from Yarkand, 22nd May ; indicated as “ very common on the jheel (marsh).” Both pertain to the var. prcenubila, N ewman, in which the apex of the wings has a fuscous spot or band ; also 1 male and 1 female of the typical form from Yangiliissar, in April. The insect is spread over all the temperate and cold regions of the Northern Hemisphere, and is occasionally of migratory habits. Sub-Fam. — .ZEschnina. Anax pabthenope, De Selys. One $ from Srinagar, 28th July. A widely-distributed, hut probably not very abundant, species. In Europe it extends northward to Paris, and is found also in Central Germany, Austria, Hungary, Italy, Turkey, &c. ; also in Asia Minor and Western Turkestan, and in Algeria. This female has the wings tinged with smoky in the middle, as in the form from Algeria. 2 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Sul) -lam. — Agiiionina. Sympycna fusca, Yan der Linden. One ? from Yangihissar, 18th April, Occurs also over the greater part of Europe (but not in the British Isles), and in Siberia, Asia Minor, Western Turkestan, Algeria and Morocco. Agrion ptjlchellitm, Yan der Linden. 5 $ and 4 $ from Yarkand, 22nd May. Distributed over the greater part of Europe ; occurs also in Asia Minor, Mingrelia, and Western Turkestan. There is also (in spirits) a larva of some species of Libellulidce, together with larva and ‘ nymphs ’ of a species of Agrionidce, all from Yarkand, taken in November. Family — UP HEM ERIBjE. Ephemera, sp. There is a fragment of a male imago of a species of this genus in spirits, from the Jhelum valley, not determinable. Family — PERLIDJE. Of this family there are B males and 1 female of a large species of Perla, and four or five of a small species (with two ocelli) in spirits, from the Jhelum valley — from Kohala to Baramula; a small pinned Per la (nearly destroyed) from Tankse, Pankong valley, to Chagra, and a Nemoura, in spirits, from Murree, in the Punjab. It is useless to attempt to describe these with any chance of success. The ? of the large Perla (in very bad condition) has a deep triangular notch on the margin of the egg-valve ; the head and thorax without markings. PLANIPENNIA. Family — MYRMEIEONIDJE. Myrmegelurus punctulatus, Steven. One 2 from Leh, 6th September. Occurs also in Hungary and South Russia. The example from Leh does not materially differ from others in my collection from Sarepta. Possibly the black markings on the head and thorax (always variable) are rather less pronounced. Family— C1IR YSOPIDM Chrysopa vulgaris, Schneider. One ? from Ighiz \ ur, Eastern Turkestan, 18th May, appears to belong here. It differs from ordinary examples in the dividing veinlet of the third cubital cellule in the anterior wings being interstitial ; but this is a not infrequent aberration in European examples. NEUROPTERA. 3 The species is of very wide distribution in Europe, and is also known from Asia Minor and Western Turkestan. I have seen individuals from the islands of Madeira and St. Helena that did not appear to differ. Chrysopa bipunctata, Burmeister. One example, either from Yarkand or Kugiar, appears to pertain to this Japanese species, which is probably nothing more than a local form of the common European C. septempunc- tata, Wesmael. Chrysopa, sp. One 6 from Karghalik near Yarkand, 29th May. Allied to C. vulgaris, hut distinct. It would be injudicious to describe it as new from this single example, especially as it belongs to a section of the genus in which the characters are so little obvious. TRICHOPTERA. Family — L IMNOPHIIIDJB. Stenophylax micraulax, n. sp. 3 £ , 4 $ , Leh,’ in August. Brownish-testaceous above, yellowish-testaceous beneath. Head small ; eyes very pro- minent ; ocelli very large, those of the disk encircled with fuscous, with which colour the anterior margins of the disk are bordered ; hairs blackish ; the posterior warts not prominent : on the face the raised lateral margins have two large, oval, prominent warts, furnished with blackish hairs, and there are four smaller warts forming the comers of a quadrangle on the median portion ; labrum very long (for the genus) ; maxillary palpi ordinary, the basal joint very short, the two others ( 6 ) gradually clavate ; a large and prominent triangular horny lobe at the base of the maxillae ; labial palpi small, the second joint broadly triangular. Antennae rather shorter than the wings, moderately slender, testaceous, with rather broad, brownish annulations on the upper side. Pronotum well developed, its anterior edge semi-circular with a median excision ; the disk is concave, but the edges are thickened and raised and clothed with long fuscous hairs. Meso- and metanota broadly fuscous or blackish at the sides. Legs testaceous, moderately stout ; spines deep black ; anterior and intermediate tibise with a conspicuous fuscous semi-annulation in the middle and at the apex externally ; tarsal joints slightly fuscescent at the tips externally. Abdomen fuscescent above, testaceous beneath. Anterior wings broad, the apex elongately parabolic or elliptical : pale brownish- grey 'with numerous very indistinct paler spots, the membrane very finely granulose, with minute fuscous hairs ; the hairs on the neuration short and fine, fuscous ; in the narrow area below the inferior branch of the upper cubitus, and in the post-costal basal cellules and area, are longer black hairs arranged somewhat in tufts, and at the extreme base are a few longer brown erect bans : the costal margin (in the t only) near the base is turned under for a space of about 4 mm., forming a deep narrow groove on the under side, filled with black hairs and conspicuously dark : neuration rather strong, testaceous ; radius sharply bent 4 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Stenophylax micraulax, McLacklan, male. Fig. 1. Neuration of wings. Groove in costa of anterior wings, more enlarged. Apex of abdomen, from side. before its termination ; discoidal cell extending to near the base of the wing, its upper edge nearly straight, the lower slightly curved; all the apical cellules broad at the base, the 2nd very broad, truncate, 4th also truncate, 3rd bi-angulate. Posterior wings pale greyish sub-hyaline, with sparse, minute blackish hairs on the membrane ; neuration pale ; discoidal cell rather shorter than in the anterior ; 1st apical cellule much narrower than the 2nd to 4th, which are very broad ; upper branch of cubitus furcating about on a level with the middle of the discoidal cell. In the male the anal parts are arranged as follows The 8th dorsal segment is very large, testaceous, rather thickly clothed with long and strong testaceous hairs springing from small tubercles ; viewed from above its margin appears to be straight, with several strong testaceous spines in the middle placed closely together ; but viewed in front (or from beneath) the median portion is seen to be strongly turned under, forming a triangle, closely set with black tuber- cles. What appear to be superior appendages are band-shaped, flattened, slightly curved, truncate processes, little prominent, and inserted so far inf eriorly as to cause a doubt as to their true value. (It may be that they represent the inter- mediate appendages, and that the superior are only indicated by a tubercle projecting slightly beyond the margin above them). The 8th ventral segment is rounded on the margin, and from it proceed two short, broad, excessively hairy lobes, divided by a suture, and each excised on its margin, apparently belonging to the Dtli ventral segment ; internally each of these lobes is very concave, and lying in them 'are what appear to be the very short obtuse inferior appendages. What appear to be the penis- sheaths are sub-cylindrical processes, curved strongly inward in a forcipate manner and nearly touching at the tips, which are somewhat thickened, blackish, and furnished with short spines. The penis lies between them, and is strong and rather short. In the female the apex of the abdomen is very obtuse. The 8th dorsal segment broad (con- cealing the 9th in the dry insect), its margin slightly rolled inwards, and fringed with yellow hairs , the 7th ventral segment forms a kind of pouch, the 8th with a concave space, 9th in the form of a short open tube. Length of body £ 11 — 12 mm., ? 12- breadth of anterior wings g 6^ mm., 9 7 mm. Pending the discovery of some method for satisfactorily dividing Stenophylax, this insect must be placed therein. It differs from any species known to me in the curious groove near the base of the costal margin in the anterior wings of the male, and also in the anal parts, which almost defy intelligible description. The external aspect is somewhat intermediate between the groups of which the European S. stellatus and S. concentricus are representatives. Platypuvlax, n. sp. Two females from the same locality as the last ; it is useless to describe them without more examples in better condition, and of the other sex. -13 mm. Expanse £ 36 mm., 9 44 mm. ; greatest NEUROPTERA. 5 Family — SERICOSTOMATIDJU. Dinarthrtjm inerme, n. sp. 10 $ , 4 ? , the latter in spirits, Leh, 7th September. Male brownish, clothed with greyish-brown pubescence. Basal joint of antennae rather longer than the head and entire thorax united, its basal portion black, but the apical portion brown ; somewhat compressed laterally, nearly straight, but with a slight bend in the basal portion to about the middle, unarmed, but the basal half beneath has a very dense fringe of thickened black hairs ; this portion above, and all the apical half, are furnished with long out- standing grey hairs : thread of the antenna: longer than the wings, pale-yellow, very distinctly annulated with brown up to the tips. Maxillary palpi long and slender, with a small ter- minal joint ; the basal portion clothed with long and dense thickened 1 and ordinary grey hairs, intermingled (but with no short ‘ scales ’), the terminal joint with ordinary hairs only. Labial palpi small and slender, pale-yellowish. Legs pale yellow. Anterior wings greyish ; the costal margin for more than half its length from the base lias a very dense inturned fringe of thickened blackisli-grey hairs; the membrane lightly clothed with short greyish pubescence, and with numerous small, deep, black ‘scales’; but there is a broad median longitudinal space free from ‘ scales,’ limited inferiorly by a narrow groove extending from base to apex ; apical fringes greyish, very long on the apical portion of the inner margin : neuration pale ; discoidal cell short ; nerves very irregular below the groove, forming large cellules. Posterior wings slightly paler than the anterior, with a few scattered black ‘ scales ’ on the costal portion, but otherwise with only slight and very short greyish pubes- cence ; fringes very long and greyish ; discoidal cell very short. The 9th dorsal segment of the abdomen rather broad, brown, its margin produced in a triangular form, fringed with yellowish hairs ; from each side of it proceeds a large yellow triangular plate with the apex considerably produced and sub-acute, apparently connected with two yellowish median parts, little prominent, and separated one from the other. In- Dinarthrum inerme, MeLaelilan, male. Fig. 1. Head, &c., from side. 2. Neuration of wings. 3. Apex of abdomen, above. 4. Apex of abdomen, from side. 1 Under the microscope, with a high power, each of these thickened hairs has a peculiar rugose appearance. 6 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. ferior appendages long ancl stout, slightly curved, directed upward, yellow with concolorous hairs ; at the apex is a dense brush of spiniform yellow hairs, perhaps concealing a smaller apical joint ; from without this brush projects a flattened obtuse process, perhaps connected with the appendage, or perhaps distinct from it, and for its greater length lying in its concave inner side. Penis placed far internally, slender, slightly geniculate, yellow. In the ? the neuration and palpi are regular, and in details almost precisely as in D. pugnax ( vide my Revision and Synopsis of the Trichoptera of the European Eauna). Length of body 5| — 6 mm. Length of basal joint of antennse 3 mm. Expanse 18 — 21 mm. The genus Dinarthrum was established by me in the Journal of the Linncean Society , Zoology, vol. xi, p. 116 (1871), for an insect from North India described as D.ferox,xn which the extraordinary basal joint of the antennas of the $ has a very strong basal tooth. Later on, in 1875, I described another species in the Neuroptera of Eedtschenko’s Travels in Turkestan, page 30 (and more recently in Part Y of my Monographic Revision and Synopsis of the Trichoptera of the European Eauna, page 279, pi. xxx, 1877), as I), pugnax, in which the said joint has two such teeth. In I). inerme there is no tooth. All the species hear consider- able external resemblance one to the other, and are only separable by structural characters. The form is very curious, and as is usual in this section of Sericoslomatidce, the sexes differ greatlyin appearance and structure : the nearest ally amongst true European insects is the genus Lasiocephala. SUMMARY. Only about 15 species of Neuroptera (in the broad sense) have been seen by me, viz., four species of Odonata (dragon-flies), one of Ephemericlce, three of Perl idee, one of Myrmeleonidce, three of Chrysopidce, and three of Trichoptera. The general aspect is European. All the Odonata are European, and two of them occur in Britain. The ant-lion {Myrmeccelurus) is a species of Eastern Europe. The Chrysopidce have nothing peculiar about them. The genus Dinarthrum in the Trichoptera was orginally founded on an Indian species, but I have since seen another species from Turkestan, so that the genus should probably be regarded as more Central Asian than Indian. SCIENTIFIC RESULTS THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION; BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES OP THE LATE FERDINAND STOLICZKA, PhD. RHYNCHOTA, BY W. L. DISTANT. fhtblishcb bn other of the dobernmcnt of Inbht. CALCUTTA : OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING 1879. i * * # « * • * t ♦ * • 4 ♦ • CALCUTTA : | MINTED Hi- TH8 SUPEHINTEBMKT OP GOVERNMENT MINTING, 8, HASTINGS STREET. f , • • I .4 » SCIENTIFIC RESULTS OF THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION. RHYNCHOTA: By W. L. DISTANT. The Hcmiptera collected by Dr. Stoliczka, though not numerous, are interesting in the details of their geographical distribution, and conform, I believe, in that respect, to the other portions of the fauna of the districts traversed by the expedition. Two faunas are represented in the collection, one the Indian or Oriental, rather strongly by the insects collected at Murree, the remaining Ilemiptera from the other localities being almost wholly I’akearctic. The following is the analysis of the portion of the collection obtained at Murree : Dalpada confusa, n. sp. tecta. Walk. Palomena viridissima, Poda . reutcri, n. sp. . Bagrada picta, Fab. Menida distincta, n. sp.1 . Prionaca exempta, Walk. Acanthosoma proxima, Dali. A. forfex, Dali. A, aspera, Walk. Urostylis fumigata, Walk. var. Cletus punctiger, Dali. var. Lygceus ( Spiloslelh us) militaris, Fab Arocatus pibsulus, n. sp. Phytocoris stoliczTcanus, n. sp.2 . Calocoris sloliczlcanus, a. sp. forsythi, a. sp. . JEuacanlhus extrema. Walk. A genus belonging principally to the Indian region, extending to Java and the Philippines, but represented also in Madagascar. Eastern Bengal Province (Blanford). Palsearctic. The genus extends to the Japanese sub-region of the Palsearctic region. Indian Province (Blanford). Palsearctic, Persian sub-region. Genus represented chiefly in Indian and Ethiopian regions, and by one species in the Japanese sub-region of the Palsearctic. Eastern Bengal Province (Blanford). ■ ? type collected by General Hardwicke (no locality). ? Northern India P (Brit. Mas.). ? Indian region. Palsearctic and Indian regions. Genus represented in Palaearctic, Indian, and Australian regions. Genus Palsearctic. Eastern Bengal Province (Blanford),? N. ^ndia (Brit. Mus). ’ This species was also collected in the Sind Valley. 1 This species was also collected in the Jhelam and Sind Valleys. 2 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. The strong Indian affinities of these 18 species collected at Murree may be seen as under: — Common to Indian Region ...... 9 ,, Indian and Palsearctie Regions . . .2 „ Indian, Ethiopian, and Palsearctie . . . 1 „ „ Indian, Australian, and Palsearctie . . . 1 ,, Palsearctie . . . . . .5 18 species. In discussing the Indian relationship of the Hemipterous fauna, I have followed the sub- regions or provinces of Mr. Blanford (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th Ser., Yol. 18, pp. 280 — 2, 1876). As regards the sub-regions of the Palsearctie area, I shall prefer to follow Mr. Sclater (Address Biol. Sec. Brit. Assn., Bristol, 1875). The following are the 13 species which are also found in the Cis-Atlantean or Mediter- ranean sub-region : — Zicrona ccerulea, Lin. Carpocoris nigricornis, Fab. Dolycoris baccarum, Lin. . Dwrydema f estiva, Lin. Com pt o pus lateralis, Germ. Therapha hyoscyami, Lin. . lyg. (Spilostethus) militaris, Fab. saxatilis, Scop. (Graptolomus) equestris, Lin. Gonianotus marginepunctatus, W olfi Coriscus ferus, Lin. . Notonecta glauca, Lin. Corisa geoffroyi, Leacb The following 4 species have been recorded from the sub-region of the Atlantic Islands, principally from Madeira and Teneriffe : — Dolycoris baccarum, Lin. . . . , Sind Valley, Kashmir. Comptopus lateralis. Germ. . . . lyg. (Spilostethus) militaris, Fab. . . Murree, Punjab Mils. Gonianotus marginepunctatus, Wolff. . . Pamir road, Sarikol to Panja. This list is, however, very poor and inadequate, owing to the little knowledge we yet pos- sess as to the Hemiptera of the Atlantic Islands. It would be futile to carry the analysis of this region further, owing to the paucity of record. . Kugiar, Eastern Turkestan. Sind Valley, Kashmir. Yangihissar, E. Turkestan. Sind Valley, Kashmir. Kugiar. Murree, Punjab hills. Sind Valley, Kashmir. Kugiar and neighbourhood of Sanju, E. Turkestan. Pamir road, Sarikol to Panja. Yarkand. RHYNCHOTA. 3 HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA. Family — PENTATOMIDjE, Stal. Sub-family — CYDNINJE (CYDNINA), Stal. 1. JEthtjs maurus, Dali. A. maurus, Dali., List, pt. 1, p. 118, 18 (1851) .—Walk., Cat. Het. 1, p. 158 (1857).— Stal, Enu- merat. Hemip., pt. 5, p. 26, 1876. Hab. — Jhelam Valley, July 1873. Distributed generally throughout Hindustan. 2. .ZEthus, sp. Allied to 2E. pygnumis, Dali., of which it is probably only a slight variety. The col- lection contains only one specimen. Hab. — On the road across the Pamir, from Sarikol to Panja, April to May 1874. Sub-iam.-ASOPJNJE (ASOPIDA), Stal. 3. ZlCRONA CCERULEA, Lin. Cimex ceruleus, Lin., Syst. Nat., ed. 10, i, p. 445, 38 (1758). — Stal, Enumerat. Hemip., pt. l,p. 36, (1870). Hab. — Kugiar, South Yarkand, May to June 1874. This wide-ranging species extends throughout the whole of the Palaearctic and Oriental regions. Europa tota, India orientalis, Java, Borneo, Malacca (Stal.) ; Astracan (Jacovlev) ; N. M . Siberia (Sahlberg) ; Bagdad (Coll. Brit. Mus.) ; Morocco, Japan (Coll. Distant). Sub-fam. — PE NT A TOMINJE (PE NT A TO MIN A ) , Stal. 4. Dalpada confusa, Dist. Pig. 1. Balpada confusa, Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1879, p. 121. Luteous, thickly covered with green punctures. Head emarginate in front with the sides reflexed, and some small indistinct ochreous markings at base. Antennae pitchy, each joint luteous at base, basal and apical joints smallest, 2nd shorter than 3rd, 3rd and 4th subequal. Rostrum just passing posterior coxae, with the tip pitchy. Pronotum somewhat transversely gibbous at base in a line with lateral angles, after which it is abruptly deflexed towards head, lateral angles prominent, subacute, lateral margins denticulated for about half their length 4 SECOND YABKAND MISSION. from apex ; tlie punctuation is very dense along the lateral margins and at pronotal angles. Scutellum somewhat gibbous at base, deflexcd towards apex, where it is more sparingly punctured. Corium with a faint impunctate longitudinal line on disc, extending from base to about two-thirds its length, rather widened at apex. Membrane extending beyond apex of abdomen, pale fuscous with the nervures dark brown for half the length from base, fol- lowed by a row' of four brown spots and a marginal row' of six spots of the same colour, the tw'o outer ones being long and linear. Under side of body luteous, with the pectoral and abdominal margins broadly punctured with green, sparingly on abdomen, and more densely on prosternum; legs luteous, tliickly spotted with brown; tarsi luteous, apical joint pitchy.' d . Long. 14 mill. ; lat. pronot. ang. 6^ mill. ? . Long. 15 to 16 mill. ; lat. pronot. ang. 74 mill. Rob. — Murree. I have compared the above with all the congeneric types of Dallas in the British Museum and of Hope in the collection at Oxford, from w'hich it is quite distinct in general struc- ture. Dr. Stoliczka collected a fine series of both sexes. 5. Dalpada tecta, Walk. JUalpada tecta , Walk., Cat. Het. 1, p. 224, 1867. Jlab. — Murree. The type was from Sylhet. 6. Palohexa viridissima, Poda. Cmex poda, Mus. Gr. 56, 10. Pal. viridissima, Stal, Hem. Fab. 1, p. 28. Muls. et Key., Pun. Fr. 277, 1, 1866. Pent, dissimilis, Dali., List. 1, p. 241, 20, 1851. Jlab. — Murree. This Palasarctic form is generally distributed throughout Europe. N. W. Siberia (Sahlberg). 7. Palomexa reeteri, Dist. Pig. 2. Palamena reuteri, Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc., Lond., 1879, p. 122. $ . Green ; head, anterior border of pronotum, basal half of scutellum, and membrane bronzy. Head obscurely rugulose, very thickly and strongly punctured with black, median lobe slightly shorter than the lateral ones. Eostrum luteous, with the tip black. Antenna? luteous, apical joint somewhat fuscous, 3rd joint distinctly longer than the 2nd, rather shorter than the 4tli, 5th longest. Pronotum obscurely rugulose, very thickly and strongly punctured with black, with two slightly waved lateral linear impunctate foveae situated a little behind the anterior margin, lateral angles somewhat prominent and rounded. Scutel- lum thickly covered with deep black punctures, slightly rugulose at base Corium thickly and deeply punctured with black. Abdomen above black, thickly and finely punctured with the connexivum luteous, punctured with black. Body beneath pale luteous, slightly clouded with greenish. Legs greenish, tarsi luteous. RHYNCHOTA. ? Second joint of antennse distinctly longer than the 3rd, 2nd and 4tli subequal. Abdomen, beneath, with some irregular obscure black markings. Long. 11 to 12 mill. ; exp. pronot. ang. 6 to 7 mill. Sab. — Murree. Allied to P. viridissima, Poda, but differs in its smaller size and shorter antennse ; it is also more straightened and narrowed than in that species, and the structure of the pronotum is different. 8. Carpocoris nigricornis, Eab. I Cimex nigricornis, Fab., Ent. Syst., IV, 94, 59. Sab. — Kugidr, May to June 1874. This is a common Palsearctic form. N. W. Siberia (Sahlberg) ; Astracan (Jacovlev) ; Algeria (Lucas) ; Morocco (Coll. Distant). 9. Dolycoris baccarum, Lin. Cimex baccarum, Lin., Faun. Sv., 249, 928. — Mormidea baccarum, Fieb., Eur. Hem., 335, 1. — Penlaloma baccarum, Hahn, Wanz. Ins., fig. 152. — Cimex verbasci, De Geer, Mem. iii, 257, 4 (1773). Sab.— Sind Valley, August 1873. Common to Palsearctic region. Madeira (Wollaston) ; Tunis (Coll. Brit. Mus.) ; Morocco (Coll. Distant). Algeria (Lucas) ; N. W. Siberia (Sahlberg); Astracan (Jacovlev). 10. Eurydema wilkinsi, Osch. in litt., Fig. 4. Eurydema wilkinsi, Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1879, p. 123. Pale luteous, somewhat thickly and coarsely punctured. Head with the anterior portion of the submarginal lateral borders and a large triangular marking at base ; pronotum with two large discal subquadrate linear markings elongated exteriorly ; scutellum with the base and two central forked lines extending therefrom to about middle, and two spots on lateral margins a little before apex ; corium with two claval streaks ; a linear spot on middle oi outer margin ; a transverse -waved fascia, extending from base of membrane for two-thirds across corium, and a rounded sub-apical spot, shining green. Abdomen above luteous, apical segment black, connexivum with a row of large green spots. Underside of body pale luteous. Abdomen with a marginal row of spots situated on the outer edge of each seg- mental suture, and a submarginal row of transverse slightly -waved linear markings, situated on middle of each segment, greenish-black. Sternum with some irregular markings of the same colour. Legs pale luteous, streaked with greenish-black, and femora obscurely annulated with the same colour near apex. Antennse black, 2nd joint about as long as 1st and 3rd together, 4th somewhat dilated, about equal in length to otli. Rostrum luteous pitchy at base and apex. Long. 7 mill. Sab. — Yangihissar, April 1874. I have retained the unpublished name under which. Dr. Reuter informs me, this species has been sent from Turkestan. In most specimens the markings on the pronotum are B 6 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. not perfectly subquadrate, but disjointed. I have, however, thought it best to describe the specimen submitted to Dr. Reuter and returned as above. 11. Euiiydema pestiva, Lin. Cimex festiva, Lin., Syst. Nat., 723, 57. — Strachia f estiva, Hahn, Wanz. Ins., fig. 93. — Eurydema ornata, Sahib., Mon. Geoe. Fenn., 24, 1. Ilcib. — Yangihissar, April 1874. Kugiar, May to June 1874. Sind Valley, August 1873. A common Palsearctic form. Madeira (Wollaston) ; N. W. Siberia (Sahlberg) ; Astracan (Jacovlev); Algeria (Lucas). 11 a. E. PESTIVA, var. herb ace a, H. Sch. Eurydema herbaceum^ H. Sch., Cont. Panz. F. G., 115, 12, and Nom. Ent., 1, 55, and 91 (1835). Hahn, Wanz. 3, F. 239 (1835). Hub. — Sind Valley, August 1873. 12. Bagrada picta, Eab. Cimex pictus, Fab., S. Ent., p. 715, 93 (1775), Spec. 2, p. 359, 127 (1781). Wolff, Ic., 1, p. 17, F. 17 (1800) . — Strachia picta, Dali., List. 1, p. 259, 5 (1851). Stal, Enumerat. Hemip., pt. 5, p. 88. Sab. — Murree. This species, with few exceptions, has hitherto been only received from Bengal. Bombay (Coll. Dist.); Bagdad (Coll. Brit. Mus). 13. Menida distincta. Eig. 3. Memda distincta , Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1879, p. 122. Luteous, covered with strong greenish-black punctures. Head luteous, with the lateral margins and four longitudinal furrowed punctured lines greenish-black. These lines are much more distinct on the ante-ocular portion of the head. Eyes dull ochrcous. Antenna; pilose with the 2nd joint shorter than the 3rd, 4th and 5th subequal, rather longer than 3rd ; first 3 joints luteous, apex of the 1st and apical half of the 3rd, black, 3rd and 4th joints black, narrowly luteous at base. Rostrum luteous, apical joints pitchy. Pronotum with an anterior submarginal line of greenish-black punctures and two irregular transverse ocellated punctured marks of the same colour on anterior portion of the disc. Seutellum with a largf central subbasal greenish-black spot, and two small and somewhat indistinct ones ol the same colour situated on the lateral margins a little before apex. Membrane transparent, whitish. Abdomen above black, connexivum luteous, spotted with black. Underside ol body and legs luteous, sparingly and distinctly punctured with black. Tarsi pitchy. Long. 6 mill. Sab. — Murree and Sind Valley, Kashmir. Menida his trio, .Eab., is the nearest allied species. RHYNCHOTA. 7 14. Prionaca exempta, Walk. Prionaca exempta, Walk., Cat. Het., 3, p. 569. Sab. — Murree. N. Hindostan (Coll. Brit. Mus.) ; Assam (Coll. Distant). Sub-Family — A CA NTHOSO MINAS (A CANTHSOMINAj, Stal. > 15. Acanthosoma proxima, Dali. Acanthosoma proximnm, Dali., List., 1, p. 303, 2 (1851). Sab. — Murree. The type in the British Museum without a locality was presented by General Hard- wieke, and is probably from N. India. 16. Acanthosoma forfex, Dali. Acanthosoma forfex, Dali., List., 1, p. 308, 16 (18ol). Sab. — Murree. N. India (Coll. Brit, Mus.). 17. Acanthosoma recurva, Dali. Acanthosoma recmvvm, Dali., List., 1, p. 310, 19 (1851). — Clinocoris recurvus , Stal, Enumerat. Hemip, p. 5, p. 114 (1876). Sab. — Sind Valley, August 1873. N. India (Coll. Brit. Mus.). 18. Acanthosoma aspera, Walk. Acanthosoma aspera, Walk., Cat. Ilet., p. 2, p. 395, 17 (1867). Sab. — Murree. N. India (Coll. Brit. Mus.). Sub-Family— TJItOSTYLINJF. (UR OSTYLJNA), Stal. 19. Urostylis fumigata, Walk. var. Urostylis fumigata, Walk., Cat. Het., 3, p. 413 (1867). Sab. — Murree. The type was from Sylhet. 8 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Family — C ORE I DAE, Stal. Sub-Family— COREIN JE (COREIN A), Stal. Division Gonoceraria, Stal. 20. Cletus punctiger, Dali. var. Gonocerus pundiger, Dali., List. 2, p. 494, 3 (1852). Hab. — Murree. The type was from China. Malacca (Walker). Sub-Family — AL YD IN IE ( ALYDINA ), Stal. 21. Camptopus lateralis, Germ. Coreus lateralis, Germ., Reise. Dalm., 491 and F. Ins. Eur,, 8, 21. H. Sell., Wanz., v, fig. 549, 1839. Hab. — Sind Valley, August 1873. This species has a wide Palsearctic range and is a somewhat common European form. Teneriffe (Coll. Brit. Mus.) ; Madeira (Wollaston) ; Morocco (Coll. Distant); Astracan (Jacovlev). Sub-Family — COBIZINJE ( CO BIZ IN A ), Stal. 22. Therapha hyoscyami, Lin. Fieb., Eur. Hem., 232 (1861). Conzus hyosciami, Hahn, Wanz., 1, fig. 10 .—Cimex ln/oscyami, Lin., Faun. Sv. 252, 945. Hab. — Kugiiir, south of Yarkand, May to June 1874. A well-known European species. N. W. Siberia (Sahlberg) ; Astracan (Jacovlev) ; Morocco (Coll. Distant). Family— lYGAEIIJH, Stal. Sub-Family— Z YGMINM (LYGJEINA), Stal. 23. Lyg^us (Spilostethus) militaris, Eab. Lyg ceus militaris, Stal, Hem. Afr., 2, 133, 13 (1865).— Cimex militaris, Fab., S. Ent., p. 717, 103 (1775). Hab. — Murree. Europa meridionalis, Africa borealis et media, India orientalis, Insulte Philippine (Stal.) ; Madeira (Wollaston) ; Teneriffe, Canaries, Mauritius, Bagdad, N. India (Coll. Brit. Mus.); Morocco (Coll. Distant); Algeria (Lucas). RHYNCHOTA. 24. LYGiEUS (Spilostethus) saxatilis, Scop. Cimex saxatilis, Scop., Ent. Carn., 128,371 (1763). — Lygceus saxatilis, Dali., List., 2, p. 544 (1852). L. ( Spilostelkus ) saxatilis, Stal, Hem. Fab., 1, 75, 1868. Hab. — Sind Valley, August 1873. Generally distributed throughout Europe. Algeria (Lucas). 25. Lygasus (Graptolomtjs) eqtjestuis, Lin. Cimex equestris, Lin., F. Sv., 253, 946 (1761). — Lygmus equestris, Fieb., Eur. Hem., 166, 5. Hab. — Kugiar, south of Yarkand, May to June 1874. Neighbourhood of Sanju, south- east of Yarkand. Europa tota, Africa borealis, Sibiria orientalis (Mus. Holm., Sahlberg) ; Bagdad, Japan (Coll. Brit. Mus); Algeria (Lucas). 26. Arocatus pilosttees. Eig. 5. Arocatus pilosulus, Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc., Lord., p. 123, 1879. Testaceous, pilose. Head with tbe central portion black. Antennae black, pilose, 2nd joint rather the longest, 3rd and 4th subequal. Rostrum pitchy. Pronotum obscurely punc- tured, distinctly rugulose on posterior portion; anterior portion crossed by a transverse black submarginal band, and an obscure pitchy band on posterior border. Scutellum pitchy, with the tip red, and with two large round foveae at base. Corium suffused with dull-pitchy shadings. Membrane pitchy opaque, outer border pale transparent. Under side of body testaceous, strongly suffused with pitchy shadings. Sternum with a submarginal row of three black spots, placed one on prosternum, one on mesosternum, and one on metasternum. Legs pitchy, pilose. The corium is more densely pilose than other parts of the upper surface. Long. 6 mill. Hab. — Murree. Sub-Family- MY0D0CEIN2E ( MY OD 0 CHINA) , Stal. 27. Lamprobema brevicoleis, Eieb. Lamprodema Irevicollis, Eieb., Eur. Hem., 185 (1861). Hab. — Tanktse to Chagra, Pankong Valley, Ladak, September 1873. The type was from Dalmatia, and Mr. Edward Saunders kindly compared these specimens for me with insects in his own collection received from the Continent. 28. Gonianotus marginepunctatus. Lygceus marginepunctatus, Wolff, Ic. Cim., 150, t. 15, fig. 144 (1804). Hab. — On the road across the Pamir, from Sarikol to Panja, April to May 1874. A not uncommon European species. Madeira (Wollaston) ; Algeria (Lucas). c \ 10 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Family — CAPSID JE. 29. Phytocoris stoliczkanus. Pig. 6. Phytocoris stoliczlcanws , Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc., Lond., p. 124, 1879. Uniform pale ochraceous. Head with a V-shaped mark, consisting of small transverse striae, commencing from near base of antennae. Pirst joint of antennae almost as long as head and pronotum together. Pronotum with two slightly raised transverse callosities ex- tending across and occupying the anterior border. Scutellum with the base somewhat raised and gibbous, a waved transverse cordate line near base, and a faint pale longitudinal median line near apex. Hemielytra sparingly clothed with a few minute blackish hairs. Membrane with bright prismatic reflexions. Long. 6 mill. Ilab. — Murree, Jhelum Valley, and Sind Valley. 30. Calocoris stoliczkanus. Pig. 7. Calocoris stoliczkanus, Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc., Lond., 6, p. 124, 1879. Ochreous clouded with brown, and sparingly clothed with pale yellowish pile. Antennae brownish, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th joints with the apices pitchy. Pirst joint robust, 2nd somewhat suddenly thickened towards apex, 3rd and 4th very slender, 4th not much more than half the length of the 3rd. Cuneus somewhat paler in colour than corium, brownish and pilose at base, and with a small pitchy spot at apex. Membrane pale fuscous clouded with brown. Underside pale obscure ochreous, clothed with fine pale yellow pile, and a somewhat obscure stigmatal row of small brown spots. Legs mutilated. The pronotum is faintly angulose, and the scutellum somewhat more plainly strigose. Long. 8 mill. Sab. — Murree. I have placed this species in the genus Calocoris, though Dr. Reuter writes to me, " Calocoris, vel n. gen.” 31. Calocoris chenopodii, Pall. Phytocoris chenopodii, Fall., H., p. 77, 1.— Calocoris chenopodii, Fieb., Eur. Hem., 255 (1861). Sab. — Sind Valley, August 1873. Europa tota, Dauria (Sahlberg). 32. Calocoris porsythi. Pig. 8. Calocoris forsythi, Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 125, 1879. Brownish testaceous. Antennae with the 1st joint not quite so long as head and pronotum, 2nd slightly and gradually thickened towards apex, 3rd pale luteous at base, 4th wanting- RHYNCHOTA. 11 Head with a deep central longitudinal incision between the eyes. Pronotum rugulose, faintly anteriorly and more distinctly towards posterior border. Hemielytra slightly pilose, some- what paler towards costal margin, and with extreme outer margin somewhat obscure pitchy. Membrane pale fuscous, somewhat clouded. Scutellum obscurely and transversely strigose. Underside of body castaneous. Fore- legs oclrraceous, tibiae with a longitudinal row of small brownish spots. The rest of the legs wanting. Long. 7 mill. Hah. — Murree. Family — NABIDJE, Fieb. 33. Coriscus ferits, Linn. Cimex ferns, Lin., Faun. Suec., 256, 962 (1761). — Nabis ferns, Fieb., Eur. Hem., p. 161, 9 (1861) Reut., O. V. A. F. 29, 6, p. 72, 5 (1872). Sab. — Yarkand and neighbourhood. Palsearctic species. America borealis, New Jersey, Wisconsin, California (Mm. Holm., Stal) ; Europa tota, North-Western Siberia (Sahlberg) ; Algeria (Lucas). Family— 22AZ) UVUDjE, Stal. Sub- Family — RED UVIINM ( BED TJV1INA ) , Stal. 34. Reduvius (harpiscus) reuteri, Dist. Fig. 9. Reduvius {Harpiscus) reuteri, Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 125, 1879. Black, shining, trochanters and bases of femora sanguineous. Allied to It. morio, Kol. Dr. Reuter, who has kindly compared the two species for me, writes : — “ R. (Harpisco) morioni, colore similis, sed major et in omnibus latior, magis nitidus, pedibus pilis exsertis longis destitutis, capiie pronoti lobo postico tantum paullo longiore, tro- chanteribus basique ipsa femorum rujis divergens. Obs. — Gala nigra, ut in R. morione.” Long. 20 mill. Hah. — Sind Valley. 35. Reduvius (Rhinocoris) iracundus, Scop. Cimex iramndm, Scop., Ent. Carn., p. 130, 378 (1763). — Harpactor iracundus, Fieb., Eur. Hem. 153 (1861). Sab. — Sind Valley, August 1873. European form. 12 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Sub-family —PIRATING (PIBATINA) Stal. 36. Pirates (Lestomertts) affinis, Serv. Peirates affinis, Serv., Ann. Se. nat., 23, p. 216, 2 (1831). Lestomerus affinis, A. and S., Hist., p. 323. 2 (1843). Sab. — Jlielam Valley, July 1873. India orientalis (Mus. Holm ) ; Borneo (Mus. Leiden) ; Cochin-China (Coll. Signoret, Stal) ; Assam (Coll. Distant). Family — HYDRO BA TIDM, Stal. 37. Gerris (Limnotrechus) sahebergi. Pig. 10. Gerris [Limnotrechus) sahllergi, Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 125, 1879. Head thickly covered with olivaceous pubescence, with a small black spot on vertex. Antennae ochraceous, 1st joint longest, 2nd and 3rd shortest and subequal, 4th rather longer than 3rd, thickly covered with greyish pile. Pronotum ochraceous, pubescent, anterior 3rd, lateral borders, and a central longitudinal line, olivaceous ; the last is testaceous on anterior portion of pronotum. Hemielytra brownish testaceous, with the nervures olivaceous. Un- der side of body covered with greyish pile, except lateral borders, apex, and central portion of abdomen, which parts are ochraceous. Legs ochraceous, fore femora with an outer longi- tudinal black fascia. Long. 10 mill. Sab. — Neighbourhood of Leh. Dr. Reuter, who has done me the favour of examining the species, reports — “ L. thoracico affinis et segmentorum genitalium marls structura similis, differt autem pronoto breviore, postice breoius et obtusius producto, angulis dentiformibus segm. abdominalis sexti brevissimis, vix productis, tibiis, prcesertim posticis, brevibus, tarsis posticis his tantum \ bxemoribus.” 38. Gen. (?) orientalis. Pigs. 11 and 12. Halobates (?) orientalis, Dist., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 126, 1879. Brownish ochraceous, finely pilose. Antennae with the 1st joint curved, robust, and about the length of head and pronotum together; remaining joints more slender, 2nd and 3rd subequal, 4th a little shorter than 3rd. Pronotum with a median pale longitudinal line and a large rounded fovea on posterior portion of disc. The rostrum is 5-jointed ; the first two joints are very robust and somewhat fused together, the 2nd minute and much shorter than the 1st, the 3rd much the longest and rather less robust than 1st and 2nd, 4th small, slender, and black, 5th ochreous, very slender and hair-like, and rather shorter than 4th- Sternum clothed with greyish pile. The eyes are large, semi-globular, and castaneous, situated at base of lateral margins of head. The pronotum is about the length of the head, but broader, truncate in front and rounded behind ; mesonotum and metanotum hardly distinguishable, much longer than pro- RHYNCOTA. 13 notum, and gradually and regularly widened posteriorly. Legs ochreous, fore femora much thickened. Long. 7 to 8 mill. Sab. — Jhelam Valley. I have refrained for the present from making a new genus for the reception of this species. It is in many respects allied to Halobates and cannot be included in the genus Gerris. The figures will show its anatomical peculiarities. Family — NEPIDvE, Burm. 39. Ranatra, sp. P Too mutilated for determination. Sab. — Y arkand. Family — NOTONECTIDPE, Stal. 40. Notone cta geauca, Lin. Notonecta glauca, Lin., Faun. Sv. 244, 903, Salil., Not. Faun. et. FI. Fenn., Forh., XIV, 273, 1. N. fabricii, Fieb., Eur. Hem. 101, 2. N. marmorea, Fab., Syst. Rhyn., p. 103, 3 (1803). Sab. — Ydrkand. Europa tota, Asia et America borealis, N. W. Siberia (Sahlberg) ; Algeria (Lucas). 41. Enithares, sp. ? Allied to S. indica, Eab., if not a variety of that species. Sab. — Jhelam Valley. Family — COUISIBJE, Fieb. 42. Corisa hieroglyphica, L. Duf. Corixa hieroglyphica, L. Duf., Hem., 86, 2, fig. 85, 87. Corisa hieroglyphica, Fieb., Eur. Hem., 93, 15 (1861). Sab. — Yarkand. Palaearctic form. Astracan (Jacovlev). 43. Corisa geoffroyi, Leach. Corixa geoffroyi, Leach, Class. Lin. Tr., 12, 7. Corisa geoffroyi, Fieb., Eur. Hem., 91, 6 (1861) = dentipes, Thom. (Sahlberg). Sab. — Yarkand. Astracan (Jacovlev) ; Algeria (Lucas). D 14 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. HEMIPTERA-HOMOPTERA. Family — CER COP I DM. Sub-family— CER COP IN JR (CEUCOPINA) Stal. 44. COSMOSCARTA DORSIMACULA, Walk. Cercopis dorsimacula, Walk., List. Homop. Ins. Ill, p. 658, 31 (1851). Mab. — Jlielam Valley. N. Bengal, N. India, Cachar (Types, Brit. Mus.) Sub -family — A PUR OPS. ORINJE (APHROPHORINA ) Stal. 45. Ptyelus costalis, Walk. Ptyelus costalis, Walk., List. Homop. Ins. Ill, p. 707, 13 (1851). Ptyelus concolor , Walk .,ib., p. 715, 26. Stal, Ofy. vet. Ak. Fork., 1862, p. 493. Mab. — Dras, Kargil, and Leh, August to September 1873. N. India (Types, Brit. Mus). 46. Clovia nebulosa, Eab. Cercopis nehulosa, Fab., Ent. Syst., IV, 50, 14; Syst. Rhyn., 94, 3. Ptyelus quaclridens, Walk., List. Homop. Ins. Ill, p. 711, 19 (1851). Ptyelus guttifer, Walk., Hid., p. 712, 21. Clovia nehulosa, Stal, Hem. Fab., 2, p. 16, 1869; Sign., Rev. and Mag. Zook, 1853, tom. 5, p. 183. Stal, Ofv. vet. Ak. Forh., 1862, p. 493. Mab. — Sind Valley, August 1873. Family — JA SSI DM1. Sub-family — CRNTR 0 TIN AH. In liis Hem. Af. 4, pp. 82-83 (1866), tbe late Dr. Stal. gave a “ Conspectus subfamili - arum ” of his family “ Jassida .” In that work he placed the genus Oxyrhachis, Germ., in his sub-fam. “ Membracida owing no doubt to the dilated fore tibiae of the insects com- prised in that genus. Subsequently, however, Ofv. vet. Ak. Eorh., 1869, p. 280, he placed it in his sub-fam. <£ Centrotida,” adding cc Conspectus generum, centrotidum, mundi, antiqui — ■ vide Hem. Af., IV, pp. 86-89.” Although there is an error in this statement, the genus Oxyrhachis clearly belongs to the Centrotidee, in which I have placed it. 47- Oxyrhachis, sp. Mab. — Jhelam Valley. One spirit- specimen too much damaged to be described. RHYNCHOTA. 15 Sub-family — PR OCONIINAE (PROCONIINA) Stal. 48. Euacantiius extremes, Walk. Tettigonia extrema , Walk., List. Homop. Ins., Ill, p. 761 (1851). Sign., Ann. Ent. Fr. Ser. 3, 1, p. 663, pi. 21, fig. 4 (1853). Stal, Ofv. vet. Ali. Forh., 1862, p. 495. Sab. — Murree. The type was from N. India. Sub-family — JASSINJE (JASS1NA) Stal. 50. Bythoscopus stramineus, Walk. AcocepJialus stramineus, Walk., List. Homop. Ins., Ill, p. 847 (1851). Bythoscopus indicaim, Walk., List. Homop. Ins. Suppt, p. 266, 1858. Stal, Ofv. vet. Ak. Fork., 1862, p. 494. Sab. — Sincl Valley, August 1873. The types were from J ava, N. China, and Celebes ; it is, however, a commonly received Indian species. The remaining specimens of Somoptera contained in the collection, mostly somewhat minute species, are so damaged by immersion in spirit as to be undeterminable and of little value as museum-specimens. I should certainly pause before describing insects in this condition, as colour is obliterated and good figures could not be made. There are two small species of Ricania and one of Nephesa ; the rest call for little comment. Fig. 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 Explanation of the Plate. 1. Dalpada confusa, Dist., p. 3. 2. Palomena reuteri, Dist., p. 4. 3. Menida distincta, Dist., p. 6. 4. Eurydema wilkinsi, Dist., p. 5. 5. Arocatus pilosulus, Dist., p. 9. 6. Pliytocoris stoliczakanus, Dist., p. 9. 7. Calocoris stoliczakanus, Dist., p. 10. 8. forsythi, Dist., p. 10. 9. Reduvius (Harpiscus) reuteri, Dist., p. 11. 10. Gerris (Limnotrechus) sahlbergi, Dist., p. 12. 11. Halobates ? orientalis, $ , viewed from above, enlarged, p. 12. 11a. The same, from below, more highly magnified. 116. The anal appendages of the same, from above. 11c. The same, from below, lid. The same seen vertically. 11c. The rostrum. 12a. & 126. The anal appendages of the female. 4ioTt. Central Prese.— -No, 27 S, G, S,— 13*3'80.— 275. HE. MI P T Ei BA H. F. Rippon. del et lith- Mintern Bros imp. SCIENTIFIC RESULTS OF THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION BASED UPON THE COLLECTIONS AND NOTES OF THE LATE FERDINAND STOLICZKA, PhD. LEPIDOPTEPA, * BY FREDERIC MOORE, E.Z.S., etc., -ASSISTANT CURATOR, INDIAN MUSEUM, LONDON. flublishch bn other of the (Sob eminent ot Inbht. CALCUTTA : OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING. 1879. I * CALCUTTA : FEINTED BY EHE SUEERINTENDENT OF GOYEENMENT FEINTING, 8, HASTINGS STEEET. A 9 SCIENTIFIC RESULTS OF THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION. LEPIDOPTERA. By FREDERIC MOORE, F.Z.S., etc.. Assistant Curator , India Museum , London. Tribe— PAPILIONES. Family — NYMPH A LI DIE. Sub-Family — SA TYRINJE. 1. IIlPPARCUIA lehana. Plate I, fig. 4, $ . Hipparchia lehana, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 227. Allied to H. baldiva, Moore, from Upper Kunawur, the upperside being paler in colour, the discal transverse ochreous hand broader on both wings, and its inner border, in the male, inwardly oblique. Both sexes above and beneatli are without the small ocellus on the discal band above the anal angle. The underside is also very much paler, and the transverse sinuous lines wider apart. Expanse $ 2, ? 2J inches. Habitat. — Leh (September 6th, 1873), Kharbu, 13,000 feet, both in Ladak. 2. Hipparchia cahesia. Hipparchia cadesia, Moore, Proe. Zool. Soc. 1874, p. 565, pi. 66, fig. 7. Sab. — Leh, September 8th. 3. Epinephile cheena. Epinephile cheena, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 501, pi. 30, fig, 6. Lab. — Gaganghir, Kashmir. 2 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 4. Aulocera swaha. Satyrus swaha, Kollar, HiigePs Kasclimir, iv, p. 444, tab. 14., figs. 1, 2 (1844). Satyrus brahminus (part), Blanch., Jacq. Voy. dans l’lnde, iv, Ins. p. 22, t. 2, figs. 5, 6, $ . Sab. — Gaganghir, Kashmir. 5. Aulocera brahmina. Satyrus brahminus, Blanchard, Jacq. Voy. dansblnde, iv, Ins. p. 22, t. 2, fig. 4 (1844), $ . Aulocera weranga , Lang, Ent. Monthly Mag. iv, p. 247 (1868). t Sab. — Mataian, Drag Valley, 11,200 feet. Sub -family — NYM PEA LIN AE. 6. Vanessa ladakensis. Plate I, fig. 2. Vanessa ladakensis , Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 227. Nearest allied to V. rizana, Moore, from Cheeni, but is somewhat smaller, less angled below the apex of fore tying and at middle of the hind wing ; the black markings on the upper- side are much less prominent, the black oblique bands on forewing merging into the red and thus appearing somewhat confluent ; the outer transverse discal yellow band on fore wing is also broader ; other markings similar. On the underside the interspaces between the markings on fore wing are very much paler. Expanse If inch. Sab. — Gogra, Changchenmo, 15,000 feet, October 1873; Karatagh Lake, on snow, midday temperature 33°, October 11th, 1873. 7. Pyraheis cardui. Pyrameis cardui, Linn. Faun. Suec. p. 276 (1761). — Esper, Schmett. i, t. 10, fig. 3. — Eversmann, Ent. Imp. Boss, v, p. 107, t. 12, figs. 1, 2.— Erschoff, Lep. Turkestan, p. 15. Sab. — Karghalik, November 11th, seen also south of Sanju and at Sanju, all in Eastern Turkestan. 8. Argynnis jainadeva. Argynnis jainadeva, Moore, Ent. Monthly Mag.i, p. 131 (1864) ; Proc. ZooL Soc. 1865, p. 495, pi. 30, fig. 1. Uab. — Leh, September 6th. LEPIDOPTEEA. Family — PAP ILI ONI D Ms. Sub-family — PIEJIINJE. Genus Baltia, Moore. Baltia, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 228. Pore wing very short; costa considerably arched from the base, apex and posterior an He rounded, exterior margin oblique, costal vein short, subcostal vein arched to end of the cell six-branched, first and second branches arising at equal distances apart before the end of the cell and terminating on the costa before the apex, third branch bent near its base, middle, and immediately before its termination before the apex, the fourth, fifth, and sixth branches stain - ing below from each of these angles, the fourth branch being very short ; cell broad ; dis- cocellulars of nearly equal length, bent inwards ; median vein three-branched, branches at equal distances apart ; submedian vein curved : hind wing long, somewhat oval, slightly broader than fore wing, apex and exterior margin very convex, abdominal margin long ; costal vein short ; subcostal three-branched ; cell broad ; discocellulars oblique, upper the shortest ; median vein three-branched ; submedian nearly straight. Body small, abdomen short, thorax and front of head clothed with long lax hairs. Palpi very long, slender, densely hairy beneath. Legs short, femora fringed beneath with long lax hairs. Antennae short, club large and spatulate. Type. Baltia shawii ( Mesapia shawii), Bates, in Henderson and Hume’s Lahore to Yarkand, p. 305 (1873). 9. Baltia shawii. Plate I, fig. 5, i nt her ops ph an tasma, Guen., Noct. ii, p. 422. — Erschoff, Lep. Turkestan, p. 58. Sab. — Yarkand, 12th November. Tribe— PYRALES. Family — B O'YYD/E. 51. Botys plavalis. Eyralis Jlavalis, S chill:., W. Y. p. 121 (1776). Sab. — Ak Masjid, south of Yarkand, Sarikol, 2nd May. Yangihissar, April. Posgam, in lucerne-fields, 28th May. Family — JENN Y CHID BE. 52. Pyrattsta cuprealis. Plate 1, fig. 26. Eyrausta cuprealis, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 235. TJpperside dark cupreous-brown : bind wing with a broad medial discal yellow band. Underside paler, basal two-thirds of both wings yellow, with brown-speckled subbasal patch. Antennae black. Body beneath cupreous-black speckled with yellow. Palpi yellow beneath. Legs yellow, with cupreous speckles. Expanse | inch. Sab. — Gaganghir (near Sonamarg), Kashmir. Family— S COPATIIVJE. 53. Eudorea granitalis. Plate I, fig. 25. Eudorea granitalis, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 235. Upperside : fore wing pale brown, crossed by several irregular wavy grey-bordered black lines ; cilia grey, alternated with black : bind wing greyish-white, traversed by numerous 14 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. short brown striae somewhat regularly disposed between the veins, the wing being suffused with brown along exterior margin. Cilia grey, with dusky line. Body grey, brown-speckled. Palpi brown at apex, greyish at base. Legs grey, speckled with black. Underside as above ; markings paler. Expanse -/V inch. Ilab. — South-east of Cliiklik, hills south of Yarkand, 5th June 1874. 54. Etidorea transversalis. Eudorea transversalis, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 235. Male. Upperside : fore wing grey, speckled with brown, crossed by an oblique subbasal and a recurved discal black speckled band; exterior margin black-spotted; some black speckles at end of the cell : hind wing pale brown, with darker marginal border. Cilia grey, with brown border. Body grey, brown-and black-speckled. Palpi speckled with black and white above. Antennae dark brown. Underside pale ochrey-grey. Legs speckled with grey and black, fore and middle legs with black bands. Female paler, the bands across the wings broader and more distinct. Expanse inch. Hab. — Ighizyar (5,600 feet), 18th May 1874, Yangihissar (4,320 feet), April 1874, both in Eastern Turkestan. Tribe— GEOMETRES, F amily — B 0 All 31 IBM. 55. Hypochroma pseudoterpnaria. Hypochroma pseudoterpnaria, Guen., Phal. i, p. 276. Hab. — Uri, Jhilam valley, 23rd July. 56. Gnophos obtectaria. Gnophos ohtectaria, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. 35, p. 1597. Hab. — Sonamarg, Kashmir. 57. Gnophos stoliczkaria. Plate I, fig. 22. Gnophos stoliczkaria, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 235. Upperside pale oclireous-grey, minutely brown-speckled, the speckles forming more or less numerous short transverse stria; ; both wings with an indistinct oval brown spot at end of the cell, and marginal lunular dotted line : fore wing with a subbasal and discal, and hind LEPIDOPTERA. 15 wing with a discal, series of dentate brown points. Cilia white. Underside paler ; speckles sparsely apparent ; cell-spot less distinct. Expanse If inch. Hub. — Ak Masjid, south of Yarkand, 2nd June 1874. Family — GE OME TRIDJE. 58. Geometra eispartita. Geometra dispartita, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. Brit. Mus. xxii, p. 520. Uab. — Beshterek, south of Yarkand, 31st May. Family — LAllElsTIDJE. 59. Etjpithecia satttiiata. Eupithecia saturaia, Guen., Pbal. ii, p. 269. Uab. — Chiklik, hills south of Yarkand, 3rd June. 60. Thera kashghara. Plate I, fig. 23. Thera kashghara , Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 236. Epperside pale brownish-cinereous : fore wing crossed by three equidistant pale-bordered blackish lines, the basal line nearly straight, the second slightly waved, the outer irregu- larly undulated, each darkest at costal end, the interspace between the two outer ones darker cinereous-brown ; a slight short sinuous spot at apex ; indistinct paler transverse undulating lines on outer margin ; a distinct darker marginal narrow line. Underside paler ; transverse lines very indistinctly visible. Legs dusky-brown above. Antennae brownish. Expanse 1| in. Uab. — Chiklik (3rd June 1874), 14,480 feet. Tribe— ORAMBICES. Family — EHYCIDjE. 61. UoiifEOSoMA venosella. Plate I, fig. 24. Homrzosuma venosella, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 236. Upperside: fore wing pale greyish-ochreous, minutely brown-speckled, the speckles sparsely disposed along the veins ; having a transverse pale discal indented line and an indis- tinct space at end of the cell: hind wing cinereous-white with pale brown marginal line. Cilia white. Body and palpi above greyish-ochreous, paler beneath. Underside whitish-cinereous. Expanse f inch. Uab.— Ak Masjid, south of Yarkand (8,870 feet), June 2nd, 1874. 16 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 62. Myelois endtjlosella. Plate I, fig. 27. Myelois undulosella , Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 236. Male and female. Upperside ochreous-grey : fore wing speckled with brown, crossed by two medial oblique undulating pale-bordered blackish lines, both of which are sinuous at the costal end ; a dark pale-centred streak at end of the cell ; middle of hinder margin and the outer border grey, the latter with an indistinct pale sinuous line slightly black-speckled ; cilia whitish, alternated with two dark marginal lines : hind wing pale brownish-cinereous externally ; cilia white alternated with one dark marginal line, and having a dark patch situated at the middle of the margin. Body ochreous-grey. Underside pale cinereous. Expanse If inch. Sab. — Ak Masjid, south of Yarkand (8,870 feet), June 2nd, 1874 ; Aktala, west of Yarkand (7,342 feet). May 17th, 1874. 63. Myelois griseella. Plate I, fig. 15. Myelois griseella, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 236. Upperside cinereous-grey : fore wing densely irrorated with brown, crossed by two medial undulating very indistinct speckled lines ; an indistinct streak at end of the cell ; both wings with an outer marginal narrow brown lunular line : hind wing whitish, with a very pale cinereous-brown marginal and an indistinct narrow submarginal band. Cilia whitish, with a narrow marginal dark line. Underside paler cinereous. Head and thorax brownish. Abdomen cinereous-brown. Expanse If inch. Sab. — South-east of Chiklik, south of Yarkand (June 5th, 1874). Tribe— TORTRICES. 64. CONCHYLIS STOLICZKANA. Plate I, fig. 14. Conchylis stoliczkana, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 237. Upperside : fore wing white, with three transverse outwardly oblique ochreous-brown bands, two inwardly oblique discal bands, and a spot at end of the cell ; a brown-speckled marginal band : hind wing cinereous-white, with a narrow brown marginal band. Body white and black-speckled, with white segmental bands. Legs white. Palpi white, brown- speckled. Underside cinereous-white, outer bands on fore wing indistinctly visible. Expanse f inch. Sab. — South-east of Chiklik, (June 5th, 1874). Tribe— TINEINES. Family — TINEIDJE. 65. Adela sulzella. Tinea sulzella , Schiff., W. V. 143 (1776). Sab. — Gaganghir, Kashmir. lepidoptera. 17 Family— GELECHIDAi. 66. Depressaria stigmella. Depressor ia stigmella, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, p. 237. Fore wing pale brownish-oclireous, greyish along the apical portion of the costa, inter- spersed with a few dusky speckles ; a dnsky-grey short straight streak at end of the cell, and a few speckles on outer margin. Legs pale ochreous. Hind wing pale ochreous-white! Underside of both wings paler. Expanse T%- inch. Sab. Yangihissar, Eastern Turkestan, (March 3rd, 1874). This species is nearest allied to the European D. subpropinquella. Tabular List showing geographical Distribution. Kashmir. Localities where captured. Geographical Distribution. Epinephile chena Aulocera swaha Synchloe daplidice ..... Colias hyale Colias fieldii Eolyommatus galathea Dipsas odata Leucophlebia bicolor Bypercompa principalis .... Arctia oriental is, n. sp. . . Mamestra brassicee De Hot]} is scutosa ...... Eyrausta cuprealis, n. sp Bypochroma pseud oterpnaria Gnophos obtectaria Adela sulzella Gaganghir .... Gaganghir .... Gond, Sonamarg , GagangWr .... Sonamarg .... Sonamarg. Gaganghir .... Hatti Uri .... Gond, Gaganghir Sonamarg .... Srinagur .... Gaganghir .... Gaganghir. Uri Sonamarg .... Gaganghir .... W. Himalayas (Pangi (Basahir) ; Kunawur). Ditto (Simla). W. Asia ; Europe. W. Himalayas (Masuri) ; W. Asia; S. and C. Europe. Ditto (Masuri) ; Punjab. Ditto (Upper Kunawur). Ditto. Ditto. Ditto N. W. Provinces of India (Allahabad). Ditto India; W. Asia; Europe. Ditto W. Asia ; Europe. Ditto Punjab. Ditto (Simla). W . Asia ; Europe. Bipparchia lehana, n. sp. Ladak. Leh ; Kharbu. 1 Bipparchia cadesia ..... Leh I Kashmir. Aulocera brabmina ..... Dras Valley Kashmir (Margan Pass). Argynnis jainadeva Leh Kashmir ; Upper Kunawur. Synchloe brassicee Leh Kashmir ; W. Himalayas ; W. Asia ; Europe. Larnassius charltonius Kharbu. RunangPass, 13,000 feet. Po lyo/nma tus lehanus, n. sp. ... Leh. Lolyommatus ariana ..... Dras Valley Sanga (Puspa Valley); Kashmir; W. Himalayas Bydreecia tibetana, n. sp Leh. Pangi (Basahir). Agrotis aquilina Leh W. Asia ; S. and C. Europe. Agrotis tibetana, n. sp. . Leh. ===== — E 18 SECOND YARKAND MISSION Tabular List showing geographical Distribution — continued. Mountain Range between Ladak: (Leh) and Plains oe Yarkand. Kashmir. Vanessa ladakensis, n. sp. Baltia shawii Colias stoliezkana, n. sp. Parnassius jacquemontii Pamassius acco . Neoris shahidula . Eadena stoliezhana, n. sp. Agrotis segetum . Agrotis aquilina , Pyrameis cardui Synchloe rapes Colias hyale Polyommatus hasgharensis, P. yarhandensis, n. sp. Euproctis Icarghaliha, n. sp Euproctis laclea, n. sp Ptilophora kashghara, n. sp Acronycta karghalika, n. sp Mamestra canescens, n. sp. Agrotis segetum Eeliothis dipsaeea Agropkila sulphnralis Acontia luctuosa . Catocala pudiea, n. sp. Apopestes phantasma Localities where captured. Gogra, Karatagh Lake. Aktagh .... N. of Changla. N. of Changla . Lupsang or Lak Zung, 17,537 Shahidula. Kufelang. Tankse .... Tankse .... Plains of Yabka'nd. Geographical Distribution. Chang Lung Pass. Mountains of Ladak. Ditto. N. W. India ; W. Asia ; Europe. W. Asia ; Europe. Endorea transversalis, n. sp Geometra dispartita Depressaria stigmella, n. sp sp Sanju ; Karghalik Asia ; Africa ; Europe ; N. America. Yangihissar W. Asia ; Europe. Sanju ; Yaugihissar . W. Asia ; Europe. Yangihissar. Yarkand. Karghalik. Karghalik. Yangihissar. Karghalik. Karghalik. Karghalik .... N. W. India ; W. Asia ; Europe. Posgam ; Yangihissar W. Asia ; S. Europe. Yarkand .... W. Asia ; S. and C. Europe. Yangihissar W. Asia ; S. and C. Europe. Sanju ..... Paskyum, Ladak, 10,870 feet (Shaw). Yarkand ; Bora (Shaw) W. Asia. Yangihissar; Posgam W. Asia ; S. and C. Europe. Yangihissar ; Ighizyar. Beshterek .... N. W. India. Yangihissar. Hilly Country west and south-west of the Plains of Yarkand. Synchloe chloridice Sarikol .... W. Asia ; S. Europe. Colias hyale Sarikol .... W. Asia; Europe. Oxicesta marmorea, n. sp Sasak Taka. Spodotis undulans, n. sp Ak Masjid ; Chiklik. Tceniocampa chiklika, n. sp Chiklik. Eeliothis hybleeoides, n. sp Chiklik. Bankia argentula Ak Masjid .... W. Asia ; Europe. Botys fiavalis Ak Masjid ; Sarikol . W. Asia ; S. and C. Europe. Eudorea granitalis, n. sp. . Chiklik. Gnophos stoliczkaria, n. sp. ... Ak Masjid. Ewpithecia salyrafa Chiklik .... W. Asia ; S. and C. Europe. Thera khasgharia, n. sp Chiklik. Eomceosoma venosella, n. sp. ... Ak Masjid. Myelois undulosella, n. sp Ak Masjid ; Aktala. Myelois griseella, n. sp Chiklik. Conchylis stoliezkana, n. sp. ... Chiklik. Erratum. In the names at foot of plate for tf Myelois griseola, read Myeiois griseella. 'ferisund Mission. Lepidoptera Plate I. I, Colias Stolicz'kana. 2,A&nessa.Ladakensis. 3,Pamassius Charltonius. 4,Hipparahia Leliana. 5,Baltia. Shawii. 6, Polyoiniriat.ua Lehanus, 7.P,Kanhgharerisis. 8 P.Yarkundensis Q.Acronycta Kargalika. 10, Spaslotis undulans. II, Tsemooampa Obiklika 12,Hadena Stake zkana. 13,Mamestra eanesc&ns. 14, Conckylis Stoliezka.ua. 15, Myelois griseola. 16,Agrotis Tibet ana. 17. Oxycesta marmorea. 18,Euprootis Kargalika. L9.PutaphoraKashgkara. 20,Hekathis Hybkeoides. 21, Hydras aia Tibetana. 22,Gnaplios Stoliczkana. 23, Thera Kashghara. 24,HomEeosomavenosalla. 25,Eu.dorea granitalis. 26,Pyransta cuprealia. 27,Myekas undulosella >- Note. — For the group Curculionidje, see a paper by Dr. Faust in the Stettiner Eetomologische Zeitung, Band XLYTI., ]>p. 129-157, entitled Vrrznrhmss auf niter Brier nach Kashgar gemmmelter GtircuMonidw. Y 21391. 200.— 5/91. 1.978. xaaxj uuvviiL' iiiitnxiiuy jjaamma v/m. COLEOPTERA. GEODEPHAGA and LOAGICORAIA. By H. W. BATES, E.R.S., E.L.S. Introductory Remarks. THE Coleopterous insects of the two great tribes which form the subject of the present memoir were collected chiefly during the winter months. It is on this account, probably, that the collection contains so few species of Longicornia, which ought to he abundant in summer on flowers in the elevated valleys, as they are in Northern Europe, in Siberia, and in the Rocky Mountains. A similar remark may he made with regard to the Cicindelidce family of Geodephaga, 4 species only of which were collected, three being Indian, taken in the Jhelam Valley, and one north of the Himalaya, which proves to he a new species, allied to a species of Palsearctic type found in the Altai. The Carabidce are more numerous, the species of this family wintering generally in the imago state and being found readily in their usual haunts in the autumnal and early spring months. They afford occasion, however, for only one general remark, namely, that all the species without exception from the region north of the Himalaya are of European types, eight out of the 63 species collected being identical with European species, and the remainder either new species of European genera, or species of similar type previously described from the neighbourhood of the Caspian, or from Western and Northern Asia. The few that were found at Murree, in the-Jhelam Valley, or in Ladak are either Indian and subtropical (e.g., Colpodes ovaliceps, Pristomachcerus chalcocephalus, Ilypoli thus perlucens, &c.), or North Indian modifications of Palsearctic types (c.g.. Car ahus caschmirensis et stolicz- kanus, Nypsinephus ellipticus ), or well-marked and distinct species of Palsearctic genera, e.g., Eradytus compactus , Acinopus striolatus, Harpalus japonicus, Anchomenus politissimus, Molops piligerus. GEOBJEPIIAGA. 1. — ClCINDELA STOLICZKANA. Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 713. C. Burmeisteri ( Fisch .) affinis, sed minor, Horace hreviori, etc. Nigra corpore subtus , pedibus, antennarumque basi chalybeo-violaceis, elytris lunula Jmmerali et apicali ( hac antice SCIENTIFIC RESULTS or THE SECOND YARKAND MISSION. COLEOPTERA. GEODEPHAGA and LONGICORNIA. By H. W. BATES, E.E.S., E.L.S. Introductory Remarks. THE Coleopterous insects of the two great tribes which form the subject of the present memoir were collected chiefly during the winter months. It is on this account, probably, that the collection contains so few species of Longicornia, which ought to be abundant in summer on flowers in the elevated valleys, as they are in Northern Europe, in Siberia, and in the Rocky Mountains. A similar remark may be made with regard to the Cicindelidce family of Geodephaga, I species only of which were collected, three being Indian, taken in the Jhelam Valley, and one north of the Himalaya, which proves to be a new species, allied to a species of Pala3arctic type found in the Altai. The Carabidce are more numerous, the species of this family wintering generally in the imago state and being found readily in their usual haunts in the autumnal and early spring months. They afford occasion, however, for only one general remark, namely, that all the species without exception from the region north of the Himalaya are of European types, eight out of the 63 species collected being identical with European species, and the remainder either new species of European genera, or species of similar type previously described from the neighbourhood of the Caspian, or from Western and Northern Asia. The few that were found at Murree, in the-Jhelam Valley, or in Ladak are either Indian and subtropical {e.g., Colpodes ovaliceps, Prislomachcerus chalcoceplialus, Ilijpolithus perlucens, &c.), or North Indian modifications of Pakearctic types {e.g., Carubus caschmirensis et stolicz- kanus , Hypsinephus ellipticus), or well-marked and distinct species of Palsearctic genera, e.g., Brady tus compactus, Acinopus striolatus , Earpalus japonicus, Anchomenus politmimus, Molops piligerus. GEODEPHAGA. 1, — ClCINDELA STOLICZKANA. Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 713. C. Burmeisteri ( Fisch .) affinis, sed minor, tliorace breviori, etc. Nigra corpore subtus, pedibus , antennarumgue basi chalybeo-violaceis, elytris lunula humerali et apicali ( hac antice A 2 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. in maculam rotundatam dilatata) fasciaque mediana, lata, abbreviata, recta, flavo-albis ; fronte inter oculos concava, subtiliter strigosa, albo-hirta ; thorace brevi, lateribus fere rectis, supra subtilissime granulatim-strigoso : etytris minute, baud confertim granulatis ; palpis nigris, albo-setosis : labro albo, convexo : antice medio rotundatim producto, unidentato : corpore subtus pedibusque sparsim albo-pilosis. Long. 6 — 7^ lin. In colour, sculpture, and form of labrum closely resembling C. burmeisteri (Fischer), but of shorter and less convex form ; the thorax also being relatively smaller and the elytra more obtusely rounded at the apex. The white marks of the elytra are more numerous and much larger. They are variable in extent and sometimes all blended together along the lateral margin ; but the characteristic feature of the non-flexuous, but broad and only slightly oblique, median belt remains constant. The apical lunule always forms a narrow border at the apex of the elytra, but expands into a large rounded spot at its anterior extremity. Bab. — Without locality. Taken by Stoliczka shortly before his decease, probably on the northern slopes of the Kuen-lun. My specimens of C. burmeisteri came from the Tarbagatai Mountains. 2. — ClCINDELA INTERMEDIA. Chaudoir, Bull. Moscou, 1852, i. p. 6. Hab. — Jhelam Yalley. 3. — ClCINDELA LIMBATA. Wiedemann, Zool. Mag. ii, i. (182b), p. 64. Jlab.— Jhelam Yalley. A single example. 4. — COLLYRIS ORTYGTA. Buquet, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1835, p. 604. Chaud., Monogr. Collyr. p. 502, t. 7, f. 6. Bab . — Jhelam Valley. Tbe single specimen of this species presents scarcely any points of difference from others with which I have compared it taken near Calcutta. 5. — Nebria psammophila. Solsky, Fedchenko’s Turkestan, Zool. tom. ii, v, Coleoptera i, p. 12. Differs from Solsky’s diagnosis only in the clearer-red head and thorax, these members according to him being “ picescentibus.” Bab. — “ Dras, Kargil, and Leh ” ; many examples. Fedchenko took it in Kokand, near the river Kizil-su. COLEOPTEE/A. 3 6. — NeBRIA LIMBI GERA. Solsky, Fedchenko’s Turkestan, l.c. Col. i. p. 13. Hab. — One example, same locality as the above. Differs from N. psammophila by its larger size and black abdomen. Eedcbenko found it in Kokand, “ near the Kizil-su and in the bills near the river Isphavia.” 7. — Carabus caschmirensis. Carahis caschmirensis, Hollar & Eedtenbacker, in HUgel’s “ ICasmir, etc.” iv. 2 (1844), p. 499, t. 23, f. 4. lithariophorus, Tatum, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist, xx (1847), p. 14. Hab. — Murree. One example, ? . 8. — Carabus stoliczkanus. Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 713. C. cashmirensi ( Koll .) affinis. Maxhne elongatus, angustus, niger subnitidus : thorace late mb-cordato- quadra to, angulis posticis retrormm productis, acutis : el girls angwtis , post medium perparum rotundato-dilatatis, dorso tuberculorum triplici serie, inter se carina tunc a separatis. Menti dente verticaliter exstanti , valde compresso ; labro medio triangulariter emarginato. Long. 14 — 15 lin. Resembles C. caschmirensis in the form of head, labrum, and tooth of mentum. The thorax is also similar in shape, but scarcely so broadly rounded on the anterior part. The elytra are very different both in shape and sculpture ; they are narrower and more parallel in outline and much less convex, and the sculpture, instead of a triple row of narrow elongate tubercles, each row separated by a triple line of granules, consists of three distinct rows of larger, oblong tubercles, separated by a single continuous elevated line. There are, however, only two of those lines, between the 1st and 2nd and the 2nd and 3rd rows ; the sutural border being an irregularly-crenated elevation, and the margin, exterior to the 3rd row, consisting of a confused coarse reticulation, with traces of a 4th row of minor tubercles. Hab. — Murree. Two examples. 9. — Calosoma orientals. Chaudoir, Ann. Soc. Ent. Prance 1869, p. 368. Syn. P C. orientate, Hope, Trans. Zool. Soc. i. p. 92. Hab. — Kogyar: Sind Valley: “ Dras, Karghil, and Leh.” The specimens vary a little in the degree of regularity of the fine cross-strise of the interstices ; but there is no other character to indicate that they form more than one variable species. Hab.~ Jhelam Valley, tion above cited. 10.— Scarites inconspicuus. Cliaudoir, Bull. Mosc. 1855, i. p. 82. One example agreeing precisely with Baron Chaudoir’s descrip. A 1 4 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 11. — SCARITES ARENARITJS. Bonelli, Obs. Entom. 2, p. 40. Chaudoir, Bull. Mosc. 1855, i, p. 86. Sab. — Yangihissar. A widely-distributed species, throughout the basics of the Medi- terranean and the Caspian; but not hitherto recorded from regions further east. Solsky includes the allied species, Sc. persicus (Chaud.), among the insects taken by Eedchenko in Turkistan. The Yangihissar examples agree better with Sc. arenarius, haying two denticulations above the digitation of the anterior tibiae ; they are, however, rather more elongated than specimens from Algiers and Imeritia with which I have compared them. The siz e is 8| — 9| lin. 12. — Dyschiritts ordinatus. Bates, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1873, p. 240. Sab. — Pamir, between Sirikol and Panga. I see no definite character to separate this small species from I). ordinatus, hitherto known only from Japan. 13. — Broscus. punctatus. Dejean, Spec. Gen. Col. ill, p. 431. Sab. — No locality, probably near Yarkand. A widely-distributed Oriental species, being recorded from Egypt, Mesopotamia, Nepaul, and China. 14. — Pristomacii/erus chalcocephaltjs. Wiedm., Zool. Mag. ii, i, p, 57. Sab. — Jhelam Valley. One example, differing from the original Hongkong specimen only in the squarer form of both the yellow elytral spots. Closely allied to Pristomaclicerus messii of Hongkong (Bates, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1873, p. 324). It differs a little in colour and the form of the anterior elytral spot from Wiede- mann’s description. 15. — Chljenius spoliatus, var. inderiensis. Chlcenius spoliatus, Rossi., var. inderiensis, Motschulsky, Bull. Mosc. 1864, ii, p. 346. Sab. — Yangihissar. One example, agreeing perfectly with the above-cited description of a remarkable variety of this widely-distributed species, hitherto recorded only from the borders of lake Indiersk. The type-form occurs throughout nearly the whole Palsearctic region, from the western shores of Europe to Japan. COLEOPTERA. 5 16. — CHLiENITJS TENTJELIMBATUS. Ballion, Bull. Mosc. 1870, ii, p. 326. Solsky in Fedchenko’s Turkestan, Zoology, tom. ii, v. Coleop., p. 62. CLaudoir, Monogr. Clil»nius., p. 263 (1876). Bab. — Ladakh. Found also near Samarkand and Kodjend. I have compared the numerous examples in Stoliczka’s collection with a specimen received from Russia, as taken in “ Turkestan,” and find no essential difference : the Turkestan specimen has a rather broader thorax, but otherwise of the same shape, so distinct from that of the following species which is subcordate with prominent and acute hinder angles. 17. — CULiENIUS LiETITJSCULTTS ? Chaudoir, Bull. Mosc. 1856, ii, p. 24S, id., Monogr. Chlsenius, p. 264. Hah. — Ladakh. Also in Northern Hindostan. 18. — Acinoptts striolatus ? Zoubkoff, Bull. Mosc. 1833, 317. P. d. 1. Brulerie, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1873, p. 256. Uab. Sind Valley. A much damaged example, which I refer doubtfully to this species as a small variety. It is Or,- lines long and of narrow cylindrical form, and the elytral striae, although fine and with perfectly plane interstices, are more strongly impressed than in striolatus. The species occurs in the basin of the Caspian, and was taken near Tash- kend by Fedchenko. 19. — Daptus vittatus. Fischer, Ent. Buss, ii, p. 38, 46, f. 7. Dej., Sp. Gen. iv, p. 19. Bab.-— Yangihissar. One example. 20. — Dichirotrichus alticola. Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 713, D. amplipennis {Bates) proxime a finis, difert colore pallidiori et thoracis angulis posticis rotundatis. Oblongus, supra testaceo-fulvus , capite {maculis rufis exceptis ) thoracis disco macula alteraque postico-discoidali elytrorum, nigro-ccneis : palpis apice acuminatis : capite et thorace grosse subsparsim pmctatis , hoc postice angustato, angulis posticis oblique rotun- datis, margine postice arcuato : clytris striatis, interstiliis medio leviter culminato-convexis bkeriatim punctatis : corpore subtus nigro : antennis fuscescentibus. $ tarsi duo antici articulis 1 — 3 ovatis, 4 bilobo. Long. 2^ lin. Agrees with D. amplipennis (China), J). tenuimanus (Japan), B. discicollis, Dej., and others in its acuminate palpi, in which these eastern species differ from their West European 6 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. congeners. The three basal dilated joints of the $ anterior tarsi are not triangular, hut ovate, their angles being perfectly rounded. Underneath, the dilated male joints are clothed with long ragged scale-hairs, loosely arranged ; hut this is the case with the European species of the genus ; and the statement of Schaum and others is therefore erroneous, that they are “ spongiosi ” and bring the genus within the Anisodacty lines sub-family. The genus is, in fact, allied to Ophonus. The upper surface of D. alticolus is light tawny or reddish-brown, redder on the thorax and a large spot on each side of the head. The rest of the head is brassy-black. The disk of the thorax has a dusky spot, sometimes indistinct. The disk of the elytra has, posteriorly, covering interstices 3 and 4, an elongate black spot. The species is closely allied to the South Russian and Turkestan D. discicollis, Dej., differing chiefly in the obliteration of the hinder angles of the thorax. Sab. — Pamir, between Sirikol and Panga. 21. — HAEPABTJS C2EETTLEATUS. Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 714 -E 'longato-oblongus, glaber, thorace transversim quadrato, postice distincte angustato, lateribus aveuatis , angiitis post ids votuiidatis , basi utrinque late suberebre punctato, margine basali bisinuato : elytris apice foriiter sinuatis , supra striatis , interstitiis plants impunctatis, ertio unipunctato. $ . Supra capite thoraceque nigris polilis, elytris caeruleis, subviolaceis, nitidis ; antennis nigris , articulo basali rufo : corpore subtus nigro, pectore medio pedibusque rufopiceis ; abdo- mine medio niiido. Immaturo toto corpore castaneo-rufo , nitido, elytris violaceis. ^ . Nigro-vel rufo-castanea , raro obscuro-nigra ; elytris opacis interdum violaceo-tinctis, apice fortius (jut in H. aeneo 9 ) sinuatis. An elongate species, similar in form to S. liospes (Sturm), but without its punctuation. Thorax slightly narrowed behind, with hinder angles, but blunted or rather rounded at their apices. The elytra are destitute of punctuation, except the usual marginal row, and their apices are rather deeply sinuate in both sexes, but most so in the ? . The sexual diversity in colour is constant in mature individuals, the male having the head and thorax glossy black, with violet blue elytra ; the female being chestnut-red or brown, with elytra sometimes tinged with violet. Terminal spur of the anterior tibise lanceolate, simple. Sab. — Yangihissar and Kogyar. 22. — Haepaltjs melaneus. Bates, Proc.SZool. Soc. 1878, p. 714 H. calceato (Dufts.) forma coloreque simiUs, at thorace fere impunctato angulisque posti- cis obtusis. Oblongus, modice elongatus, niger nitidus, elytris $ opacis ; antennis et palpis nigris , articulis omnibus apice piceo-rufis : thorace transversim quadrato, postice leviter angustato, angulis posticis obtusis lateribus antice modice arcuaiis, basi utrinque cage vix punctato, fovea lineari impresso : elytris apice paullulum sinuatis, supra convexis , simpliciter striatis, interstitiis modice convexis , tertio unipunctato. Long. 6 lin. COLEOPIERA. 7 Similar in size, form, and colour to the European 3. calceatus ; convex, posterior part of elytra most so. Colour in the COLEOPTERA. 25 PIIYTOPHAGA. By JOSEPH S. BALY, E.L.S. The Phytophagous Coleoptera collected by Dr. Stoliczka, although few in number, and containing no striking novelties, are extremely interesting in relation to geographical distribu- tion. The 25 species contained in the collection belong to no less than 21 genera, out of which Nodostorna, Enneamera, Charcea, Macrima, Mimastra, Merista, and Leptorthra (one- third of the whole) are exclusively Asiatic ; Faria has its metropolis in America, hut is spar- ingly represented in Japan, China, and Eastern Siberia; Luperodes is largely spread through- out the Asiatic continent, and is also found (according to v. Harold, whose accuracy cannot he doubted) in South America and Abyssinia; of the twelve others, five are cosmopolitan, and the rest occur abundantly in Europe. Out of the 25 species, one only, Elagiodera versico- lora , Laich. ( armoracice , Auct.), is found in Europe ; seven, Lema coromandeliana , Clytra palliata, Enneamera variabilis, Galleruca indica , Gallerucella placida , Merista interrupia , and Leptarthra collaris, occur in various parts of British India ; two, M altica ccerulescens and E. viridicyanea, have been described by myself from Japan ; and one Clirysomela angelica , Reiche, is not uncommon in Syria ; the fourteen others have not as yet been found in any other locality, and seventeen species are described for the first time in the present paper. 1. — Lema. coromandeliana, Eabr., var. prjeusta. Crioceris praiusta, Fabr., Ent. Syst. i, 2, p. 8 ; Lema prceusta, Lac., Mon. Phyt. i, p. 340. Mab. — Jhelara Valley. A single specimen. 2. — Clytra palliata. Clythra palliata , Fabr., Syst. El. ii, p. 30. Mab. — Jhelam Valley ; also various parts of India. 3. — COPTOCEPHALA DUBIA. Baly, Cyst. Ent. ii. 1875—82, p. 370. Subelongata, subcylindrica, nitida, subtus nigra , argenteo sericea, prothorace pedibnsque fulvis; supra fulva, capitis verticenigro ; thorace Icevi ; scutello piceo ; elytris tenuiter punc- tatis, fascia communi baseos, extrorsum abbreviata, alteraque vix pone medium nigris. Long. 2iy lin. Vertex black, impunctate, lower face fulvous, a ray of the same colour extending upwards on the vertex ; front deeply excavated between the eyes, irregularly punctured ; anterior 26 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. margin of clypeus concave-emarginate. Thorax rather more than twice as broad as long ; sides rounded, converging from behind the middle to the apex ; the anterior angles obtuse, the hinder ones rounded ; disc transversely convex, shining, impunctate, excavated on either side near the lateral margin. Scutellum trigonate, piceous. Elytra scarcely broader than the thorax, parallel, very finely punctured ; the black markings on their surface extend from the base nearly to the middle of the disc, and again from the middle itself nearly to the apex, leaving only an irregular flavous transverse hand across the middle, which sends a narrow ramus along the suture nearly to the base. Sab. — Murree. 4. — COPTOCEPHALA DIMIDIATIPENNIS. Baly, Cist. Ent. ii, 1875—82, p. 371. Subelongata, sttbcylindrica, flava, nitida, corpore inferiori, capite , elytrorumque limbo inflexo, fulvo hirsutis, tliorace Icevi ; elytris tenuiter punctatis, nigris, a basi ad paulo ante medium flavis. Long. 3 — 8| lin. Head clothed with long, erect hairs, minutely punctured ; clypeus not separated from the face, its anterior margin angulate-emarginate ; apex of jaws black ; antennae equal in length to the head and thorax, the basal joint thickened, pyriform, the second also thickened, short, nodose, the third small, not longer than the second, the fourth trigonate, scarcely longer than the third, the rest to the apex dilated, the fifth to the ninth transversely trigonate, the tenth and eleventh ovate ; eyes large, oval, notched on the inner margin. Thorax nearly three times as broad as long ; sides obtusely rounded, slightly converging in front, the hinder angles rounded, the anterior ones very obtuse ; basal margin sinuate on either side the median lobe, the latter slightly reflexcd, very obtusely rounded ; upper surface transversely convex, remotely and very minutely punctured, a concave transverse space on and immediately in front of the basal lobe, coarsely and closely punctured. Scutellum longer than broad, subtrigonate, its apex obtuse. Elytra scarcely broader than the thorax at the base, slightly dilated posteriorly, convex, rather distantly and finely punctured. Eody beneath and legs clothed with long, erect fulvous hairs. I possess two specimens of this species, both labelled India, but without precise locality ; in one of them the head is more coarsely punctured and subrugose, in all other respects it agrees with the type. Sab. — Jhelam Valley ; also India, my collection. 5. — Cryptocepiialtts interjecttjs. Baly, Cist. Ent. ii, 1875—82, p. 372. Elongato-oblongus $ , oblongus $ , convexus, nitidus, subtus niger, pedibus nigro-piceis ; supra flavus, capite hie illic parcc for titer punctato, front e sulco longitudinali impresso ; ver- tice, maculis duabus inter oculos, labro, antennisque nigris, his basi, sulco longitudinali, mandi - bulisque piceis ; thorace Icevi, limbo angusto et utrinque macula subrotundatd nigris ; scutello subcordato, nigro ; elytris j or titer punctato-slriatis, punctis piceis, apicem versus minus COLEOPTERA. 27 fortiter impressis ; interspatiis convexis, transversim rugulosis ; utrisque limbo angusto, exter- no ante medium excepto , maculisque quinque 2, 2, 1 dispositis nigris. Long. 2| lin. Var. A. Eygidio corporeque subtus flavis, Mo macula cuneiformi , pectore, abdominisque disco nigris. Var. JB. Corpore nigro, antennarim basi, clypeo, faciei signaturis, thoracisque lined longitudinali sordide flavis. Head rather coarsely hut not closely punctured, the puncturing varying in degree in different individuals ; front impressed with a distinct longitudinal groove ; clypeus broader than long, trigonate ; antennae three-fourths the length of the body in the $ , rather longer in the $ , the three lower joints pale piceous, the rest black. Thorax rather more than twice as broad as long at the base ; sides moderately rounded and obliquely converging from base to apex ; basal margin concave-emarginate on either side, the outer angles produced back- wards, acute ; above convex, minutely hut not closely punctured. Elytra slightly broader than the thorax, oblong-quadrate, convex, rather strongly punctate-striate, the punctures piceous, finer, and less strongly impressed towards the apex ; interspaces faintly hut distinctly convex, transversely wrinkled ; each elytron with the extreme outer limb (interrupted on the lateral margin before its middle) and five large patches black ; these spots are arranged as follows : two transversely below the base, the outer one oblong, covering the humeral callus and attached to the basal margin, the inner one subrotundate, placed on the inner disc ; two just below the middle also placed transversely, both subrotundate, the outer one usually attached to the lateral margin ; and, lastly, one apical, transversely oblong, either free or attached to the apical border ; these patches are often more or less confluent, and occasionally, as in var. B, cover the entire surface of the elytron. Pygidium and body beneath clothed with griseous hairs. Apical margin of prosternum obliquely produced, deflexed, slightly emar- ginate, the hinder margin concave, armed on either side with a deflexed, obtuse tooth ; mesosternum transverse, its apical border angulate-emarginate. Apical segment of abdo- men in the $ impressed with a shallow fovea ; the same segment in the ? deeply excavated, the fovea large, rotundate. Basal joint of the four anterior tarsi in the the surface is very pruinose ; it is finely punctured. The male has the flahellum of the antennae twice as long as the female, it being quite as long as joints 2 to 7 together ; the front tibiae do not show much difference in the sexes ; they are rather stout and distinctly tridentate. The ventral segments in the male are not impres- sed along the middle, hut are a little flattened, and almost free from punctuation. The species is remarkable on account of the divided front of the head ; a trans-Caucasian species which I received some time ago from M. Deyrolle as It. porosus agiees with it in this respect, hut has the ventral segments densely pubescent, while in R. bilobus these same parts are hare. The species is variable in colour and size. Yangihissar, April 1874. About twenty individuals, mostly much injured, and probably picked up dead. Also Kogyar, 31st May to 2nd June. Rhinyptia (Munich Cat.). 28. — Rhinyptia dorsalis, Burm. Jhelam Valley, July 1873. Two specimens. Anomala (Munich Cat.). 29. — Anomala striolata, Blanchard. A single individual of an Anomala found at Murree differs from the description of Blanchard’s A. striolata only by some details of colour, the most important of which is that the under-surface and legs are purple. Specimens in my own collection, labelled India, are prob- ably conspecifie with the Murree individual, though they do not quite agree in all details- In a genus like Anomala, where many species are so extremely variable in colour, it is not advisable to make new specific names on the evidence of such slight differences. 30.— Anomala* stoliczk.®, n. sp. Ovata, minus convexa , Icetissime viridis, nitidissima, elytris subopacis, antennis nigris ; capite thoraceque Icevigatis ; elytris seriebus duplicate punctorum tribus, et inter eas sat crebre punctatis. Long. 12| mm., lat. 6^ mm. Of a very beautiful, brilliant, golden-green colour, with the elytra pure green and but little shining. The thorax is narrowed towards the front, with the anterior angles acute and prominent, the posterior ones well marked and slightly obtuse ; the raised margin is very distinct, and is wanting only from the middle both in front and behind. The scutellum is impunctate and shining, like the thorax. The punctuation of the elytra is rather fine and scanty ; they have some irregular and unsymmetrical black spots, which are probably only accidental. The propygidium is rugose; the pygidium is rugose at the base, and is elsewhere * Genus Callistethus, Blanchd. COLEOPTEEA. 51 sparingly punctured, but close to the sides there is also a narrow rugose hand. The meta- sternum, except in the middle, and the hind coxae are coarsely punctured, and sparingly pubescent ; the ventral segments are smooth in the middle and very shining ; at the sides each has some coarse punctuation bearing a row of coarse setae ; the side of each segment at the base is purple. The legs are brilliant green, with the tarsi approaching to purple. Of this beautiful species a single individual was found at Murree. Popiiia (Munich Cat.). 31. — Popilia cyanea, Hope. Sind Valley, August 1873. A dozen individuals. Adoretus (Munich Cat.). 32. — Adoretus plagtatus, Burm. The species of Adoretus at the present moment are excessively difficult to name with certainty : the specimens I here call A. plagiatus agree writh Burmeister’s description, but are four-and-a-half or five lines long, instead of three-and-a-half. The species may readily be distinguished from A. nudiusculus by the deeply serrate margins of the labrum ; the two species are also a little different in colour, punctuation, and pubescence. Jhelam Valley, July 1873. 33. — Adoretus nudiusculus, n. sp. Testaceus, clypeo ferrugineo, fronte fusca , nitidula, parcius brevissimeque setosus ; prothor ace for titer punctate >, lateribus subcrenulatis, angulis posterioribus omnino rotundatis ; elytris obsolete costatis, for titer pmetatis. Long. 9-| mm., lat. 5J- mm. A short and moderately broad species. Head moderately large, rather coarsely and closely, but not deeply, punctured. Labrum with narrow, but elongate, appendage, which is very finely carinate along the middle ; the margins of the labrum are only indistinctly crenu- late the basal portion is punctate, and bears short hairs. The thorax has the hinder angles much rounded, the basal margins fine, but quite even throughout, being neither more nor less strongly elevated at the sides than in the middle; the side margin is indistinctly crenulate; the surface is rather coarsely, but not closely, punctured, the punctures are evenly distributed, beino- about as numerous and distinct on the middle as at the sides. The elytra have three indistinct longitudinal spaces free from punctures, and between these are moderately coarsely ]Hinctured^.pec^s ^ remarkable from the very slight development of the pubescence : it is perhaps more nearly allied to A. nigrifrons than to any other species, but it is much smaller, and the pubescence is much slighter. The only individual I have seen is no doubt a female ; it has the legs quite short, the anterior tibise stout and tridentate. Jhelam Valley, July 1873. A single individual. 52 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. 34 — Adoretus simplex, n. sp. Angustulus , parallelus, sat elongatus, testaceus, densius albidosetosus, svbopacus, subtus parcius setosus, nitidus ; clypeo rotundato, in medio alte rejlexo ; protliorace basi cequaliter et tcnuiter marginato, angulis poster ioribus rotundatis; elytris obsoletissime costatis, crebrius punctatis. Long. 10 mm., lat. 4| mm. Tlie labrum is shining, the basal part is rather large, and has a series of small tubercles arranged at a distance from the rather deeply serrate edge ; the appendicular portion is broad, but is not distinctly carinate along the middle. The punctuation of the head seems close! but is quite obscured by the conspicuous depressed white setse or hairs. The thorax is not very short (for the genus Adoretus) ; the raised margin is fine, and is not more strongly elevated at the base near the side than elsewhere ; the hinder angles are rounded, but not broadly so • its punctuation is only moderately close and coarse. The elytra are rather closely punctured’ and have only indistinct longitudinal costae. The specimen described is no doubt a male; it has the legs moderately W, and the anterior tibiae tridentate. I am unable to point out any near described ally for this species, although I have several closely allied undescribed Indian species in my collection. Jhelam Valley, July 1873. Pentodon (Munich Cat.). 35.— Pentodon truncatus, n. sp. Nigro-piceus, nitidus , capite anterius truncate, angulis inter se distantibus tuberculo longitudinali acuto, fronte in medio tuber culis duobus minutis ; prothorace fortiter punctato basi ad angulos posteriores tenuiter marginato ; elytris sat crebre hand profund punctatis seriebus duplieatis hand distinctis. * Long. 19 — 20 mm., lat. 12 mm. Head finely and densely rugose, in the middle with two minute tubercles, in front trun- cate and not margined; the unmargined part terminated on each side by a distinct longitudi- nal tubercular elevation ; lateral portions of head with a thick elevated margin. Thorax with the hinder angles completely rounded, and the fine lateral margin continued along the base till the commencement of the slight sinuation on each side ; the surface is shining - the punctua tion is moderately fine and not close about the base and the middle; it is closer about the front and sides, and quite dense and coarse towards the anterior angles. The sutural stria of the elytra is very distinct, but only indistinctly punctured ; of the three double longitudinal series of the elytra only the inner one is distinct; the punctuation of the elytra is moderately close the surface completely shining. The pygidium is sparingly punctured, but is rugose at each side angle, and there are some obscure, fine, transverse rug® quite at the base _ The species is similar in form and appearance to the European Scarabaus punctatus, but it is smaller ; the punctures of the elytra are more numerous and finer, and it is rendered verv distinct by the distant tubercles of the front margin of the head. * Kogyar, 31st May to 2nd June 1874. Two individuals, which are no doubt both males. COLEOPTERA. 53 36 Pentodon ptjmiltjs, n. sp. Nigro-piceus, nitidus, capite anterim truncato, angulis inter se distantibus tuberculo longitudinali acuto, f route in medio tuberculis duobus minutis ; prothorace fortiter punctato, basi ad angulos posteriores tenuiter marginato ; elytris fere dense, subrugulose punctatis, seriebus duplicatis baud distinctis. Long. 1 4| — 15^, lat. 9 — 10 mm. This species is so extremely similar to P. truncatus that a repetition of the description of that species is unnecessary. P. pumilus is, however, scarcely half so large as P . truncatus, and has the thorax rather shorter and the punctuation of the upper surface closer. The female has the teeth of the front tibiae much longer than the male, and the sculpture of the pygidium more diminished. Kogyar, 31st May to 2nd June 1874. Two individuals. Orcytes (Munich Cat.). 37. — ScARABiEUs nasicornis, Linn. Yangihissar, April ; Kogyar, 31st May to 2nd June 1874. 38. — Oryctes grypus, 111. Jhelam Valley, July 1873. A single male. u 54 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. CETONIIDiE. By OLIVER JANSON. 1. — Clintekia confinis, Hope. A single specimen of this common Indian species was taken in the Jhelam Valley in July 1873. 2. — Cetonia orientalis, G. & P. Dr. Schaum has regarded this species as identical with C. aerata, Er., and as only a variety of C. speculifera, Swartz ; they are, however, three quite distinct species, and have been indicated as such by Blanchard. In the Munich Catalogue aerata is given as a synonym under speculifera. Two specimens in the collection were taken at Kogyar between 31st May and 2nd June 1874. 3. — Cetonia dalmanni, G. & P. Three specimens of this variable species were taken at Murree ; it appears to be generally distributed over the central and northern parts of India. COLEOPTERA. *- at- oo HETEROMERA- By EREDERICK BATES. Family— TENEBRI ONIDJ2. Sub-Family — TENTYRIIN2E. Gronp— GNATH OSIIDES. Syachis, n. g. Intermediate between Ascelosodis and Capnisa. At once to be separated from tbe former by its having the outer apical angle of the anterior tibiae not dentiform, and from the latter by its having the antennary orbits more convex and more rounded in front ; prothorax wider and more deeply cmarginate in front, the sides rounded and decidedly contracted behind ; elytra shining black and more or less strongly punctured, the epipleurse being sometimes muricately punctured ; prosternal process horizontal and pointed behind ; mesosternum decli- vous and concave in front. The lateral teeth of the submentum are long and pointed : the mentum is strongly trans- verse, almost flat, hexagonal, the apex triangulately notched in the middle, coarsely punctured : the last joint of the labial palpi is robust, more or less semi-oval (broadly truncated at the apex) : the outer lobe of the maxilla is furnished with a long, curved claw ; the last joint of the palpi is elongate-oval and broadly obliquely truncated at apex ( pioicornis ), or triangulate with the apex a little oblique ( himalaicus ) : the mandibles are stout, notched at apex, and are furnished on their upper edge, before the apex, with a stout horizontal tooth, which clasps the sides of the labrum, and is sub-acute ( himalaicus ), or obtuse {pioicornis), and is always, more strongly developed on the right mandible than the left : the head is short, robust, more or less wrinkled above the eyes, almost obsoletely so in pioicornis ; throat transversely im- pressed : epistoma more or less prominent, more or less distinct from the antennary orbits, rounded or truncated in front, and is, in himalaicus, hollowed out at the sides, leaving the mandibles almost completely exposed : the antennae are short, slender, a little thickened apically joint 3 much longer than 2 or 4 : the prothorax is strongly transverse, convex, decidedly wider in front than the head, sides more or less rounded, apex more or less deeply emarginate, base more or less feebly sinuately rounded : elytra convex, more or less abruptly declivous behind, wider at base than base of prothorax : epipleurae moderately broad, the fold expanding at the base and reaching the humeral angle, narrowly, but very distinctly, attaining the apex : tibiae hispid, or spinulose, elongate-triangulate, the anterior most strongly so and finely denticulate on the outer edge, the apex simple ; tarsi sparsely ciliate, with short spiniform hairs, the first joint of the posterior as long as the last : intercoxal process moderate, a little contracted anteriorly and broadly rounded at apex : prosternal process horizontal, a little produced and pointed behind : mesosternum declivous and a little concave in front : episterna of metathorax slightly curvedly contracted posteriorly. I have failed to discover any really distinctive sexual characters in this and cognate genera of the old world ; there are differences of degree in the punctuation, &c., of the abdomen, h 2 56 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. which, may be sexual, the more strongly punctured, &c., being the male. In the North American representatives of these genera the male is distinguished by having on the first ventral segment a round patch of short, silky-golden hairs ; at least it is so in the genera Triorophus and Stibia. To this latter genus Dr. Horn denies the presence of a tooth on the upper surface of the mandible. This is evidently a lapsus, as so keen and accurate an observer could not have failed to detect it. With some remarkable exceptions (hereafter noticed), I have found this tooth existent in all the numerous genera I have dissected, and, I believe, it will be found all but universally present in this sub-family. Syachis himalaictjs. Black, moderately shining; underside and legs reddish-brown, antenn® and palpi paler : labrum entire in front : head rather strongly but not closely punctured ; strongly wrinkled above the eyes, the wrinkles extending nearly to the crown ; epistoma prominent, strongly separated from the antennary orbits, slightly hollowed out at the sides, broad and truncated at apex ; superior tooth of right mandible sub-acute : prothorax transverse, a little narrower in front than behind, subangulately rounded at the sides, front angles prominent and acute ; strongly and rather closely punctured at the sides, more feebly so on the middle : elytra briefly oval, convex, abruptly declivous behind, produced at apex, shoulders rounded ; the surface a little uneven, covered, but not densely, with rather large but more or less shallow punctures, the epipleur® rather strongly muricately punctured : underside ratber densely covered with large rounded punctures : flanks of prothorax very coarsely longitudinally rugose and con- fluently punctured : epipleural fold more or less, but never strongly, muricately punctured. Length 3^ to 4 lines. Dras, Kargil, and Leh. Syachis picicornis. Black, moderately shining ; underside of body black, legs and antennae piceous : labrum feebly emargiuate in front: head moderately, not closely, and uniformly punctured, not wrinkled at the base, the punctuation a little coarser and confluent above the eyes ; epistoma feebly separated from the antennary orbits, being almost continuous with them, broadly rounded in front ; superior tooth of right mandible obtuse : prothorax narrower in front and more feebly emarginate than in the preceding, front angle not so prominent ; sides rounded behind the middle ; very finely and sparsely punctured on the disc, more strongly and closely so at the sides : elytra oblong, shoulders not rounded, gently declivous behind, the punctuation feebler than in the preceding, the epipleurse not muricately punctured: epipleural fold smooth ; punctuation of underside much feebler and less dense than in the preceding. Length 3^ to 4 lines. Dras, Kargil, and Leh. Ascelosodis, Redtenb., Reis. Novar., p. 117. Prothorax and elytra more or less ciliate at the sides. Base of prothorax not lobed in the middle. Elytra densely rugose punctate. COLEOPTERA. 57 Head and prothorax with mixed punctures, i.e., there are minute punctures scattered between the regular punctuation. Antennary orbits feebly separated from sides of epistoma : punctuation on back of elytra not muricate — assimilis, n.s. Antennary orbits strongly separated from sides of epistoma : punctuation on back of elytra finely muricate — ciliatus, n.s. Head and prothorax simply punctured — serripes, Redtenb. Elytra thinly and feebly rugose punctate. Sides of epistoma well separated from antennary orbits concinnus, n.s. Sides of epistoma nearly continuous with antennary orbits Saagi , n.s.* Base of prothorax distinctly broadly lobed in the middle grandis, n.s. Prothorax and elytra not at all ciliate at the sides — intermedins , n.s. Ascelosodis serripes, Redtenb. The series of examples of this species in the collection were taken by Dr. Stoliczka at Yanktze, Ohagra, and Pankong Valley. Specimens have been very kindly compared with the type by Dr. Rogenhofer of the Imperial Museum of Vienna. Ascelosodis assimilis. Very close to A. serripes, Redtenb., from which it differs in having the head distinctly wrinkled above the eyes ; the punctuation on the head and prothorax mixed, that is, there are scattered minute punctures on the spaces between the larger punctures ; the hind angles of the prothorax and the humeral angles of the elytra are distinct. Length 2f to 3| lines. Dras, Kargil, and Leh. These differences are rather slight, but they are constant in a large series of examples. Ascelosodis ciliatus. Very near to the preceding, and perhaps only an extreme variety of it : it differs by its larger size, more prominent epistoma, the antennary orbits being separated from it and from the° front by a deeply impressed line ; the elytra entirely, though much more coarsely on the sides and epipleur® muricate punctate, and the hairs that fringe the sides of the prothorax and elytra much larger and fuller. Length 4 lines. Dras, Kargil, and Leh. A single example. Ascelosodis concinnus. Dark brown, shining ; underside reddish-brown; legs, antennae, palpi, labrum, and front half of the epistoma, red : head finely but not closely punctured, feebly wrinkled above the * This species was not found by Dr. Stoliczka. A single example exists in Dr. Haag’s collection. 68 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. eyes : prothorax strongly transverse, front angles prominent, sides gradually expanding from apex to behind the middle, thence strongly rounded to the base ; hind angles very open and, being depressed, appearing to he broadly rounded (or obsolete) when viewed from above ; sparsely punctured on the disc, more closely so at the sides ; side margins rellexed : scutel- lum distinct : elytra somewhat oval, squarely truncated at base, humeral angle very open ; not densely, and but little rugosely, punctured, the epipleurte muricately punctured, sides fringed with hairs, longest at the shoulders. Length 3 to 3-f lines. Pamir, between Sirikol and Panga. Ascelosodis grandis. * Broadly ovate, convex, black somewhat nitid, underside of body black, legs piceous, tarsi and antennae paler : head strongly wrinkled above the eyes : prothorax densely punctured, confluently so at the sides, base considerably wider than apex, front angles not prominent ; sides gradually curvedly expanded to near the base, whence they curve inwards to the hind angles, which are very obtuse; base rather strongly sinuate at each side, broadly lobed in the middle : elytra convex, humeral angles distinct ; rather closely and regularly and slightly rugosely punctured, the epi pleura; strongly muricately punctured: margins ciliated. Length 5| lines. Dras, Kargil, and Leh. Ascelosodis intermeditjs. Ovate, black, a little shining, legs pitchy brown, antennae and palpi rufescent : labrum distinctly notched in the middle of fore margin and shortly ciliate : head rugosely punctured, most strongly so above the eyes : prothorax rounded at the sides, more contracted in front than behind; apex not deeply emarginate, front angles not produced ; base feebly sinuate, hind angles distinct but obtuse ; finely not densely and somewhat uniformly punctured, the punc- tures largest and slightly rugose at the sides: elytra broadest behind the middle/ uniformly but not closely or deeply punctured, and faintly rugulose : epipleune muricately punc- tured ; sides not ciliate ; base feebly emarginate at the middle, thence sloping to the humeral angle at each side ; humeral angle distinct but open. Length nearly 4 lines. Dras, Kargil, and Leh. By its habit, style of punctuation, and non-ciliated sides of prothorax and elytra, this species approaches the genus Syachis. AnATOLICA MONTI VAGA. Habit of genus Colposcelis. Head and prothorax finely, not closely, but uniformly, punc- tured : epistoma rather prominent, a little hollowed out at the sides, broadly truncated in front ; mandibles without superior tooth : prothorax as long as broad, contracted behind, widest anteriorly, apex feebly emarginate, front angles depressed and rounded ; hind angles very open, not prominent; basal margin gradually sloping downwards at each side from/he angle to the centre, the point opposite the scutellum is consequently on a lower level than the COLEOPTERA. 59 angles : elytra more or less elongated and acuminate behind, sutural region more or less depressed; minutely, sparsely, and irregularly punctulate; smooth, or slightly irregularly wrinkled, or feebly costate ; base rather strongly arcuately emarginate, but with the fold entire and continuous from the humeral angle to the scutellum : humeral angle rather strongly produced : flanks of prothorax and prostemum finely and not closely punctured, the latter very strongly thickened at each side between the coxae ; base of mesosternum very strongly and densely punctured ; base of metasternum and of first abdominal segment rather coarsely, but not closely, punctured, the rest of their surface, as well as the other abdominal segments, very finely and remotely punctured. Length to 5f lines. Yangihissar, Kogyar. This species has completely the aspect, and many of the characters, of the genus Col- poscelis. The third joint of the antennae, however, is but little longer than the second ; the antennary orbits are not separated from the epistoma by a broad, deep impression, this latter being less prominent, and exhibiting no tendency to become umbonate, as it does in Colposcelis. The form, &c., of the eye is completely that of Colposcelis. The prothorax is as long as it is broad in its widest part, and is slightly angulately rounded at the base. The elytra are as deeply emarginate at the base, and the humeral angle is as strongly pro- duced, as in Colposcelis. The middle and hind tibise are distinctly hispid, the latter bein'*' also elongated and feebly flexuous in the $ . It is in the genus Anatolica that we find species with mandibles edentate on their upper margin : in some species the mandibles are thick, and provided with a distinct tooth above, which is always the most developed in the right mandible : in others (in both sexes) they are more slender, and the tooth is either but faintly indicated, or is entirely wanting : the present species is in this latter case. MlCRODERA LATICOLLIS. Approaching M. gracilis, Esch., in habit, but more robust. Black, shining : head moder- ately, prothorax closely, elytra sparsely and minutely, punctured. Prothorax moderately convex, transverse, widest before the middle, well rounded at the sides, strongly contracted behind to the base ; base broadly margined, rounded, a little sinuate at each side ; apex feebly sub-sinuately emarginate; all the angles depressed, the anterior rounded, the posterior obtuse : elytra elongate, oval, and rather sharply produced at apex ; epipleural fold uninterruptedly continued round the shoulders : the parapleurae entirely, the sides of all the sterna and of the abdomen coarsely, closely, and confluently punctured, finely and remotely so on their middle. Length 5-| lines. Kashgar, Yangihissar, Kogyar. Microdeea 1‘ARVICOLLIS. In habit approaching JH. convexa, Tausch, but prothorax more rounded anteriorly, broadest before the middle, thence gradually contracted to the base, which is much mere strongly margined, and the elytra more broadly oval. 60 SECOND YARKAND MISSION. Head, prothorax, and elytra, minutely and sparsely punctulate : prothorax nearly as long as broad, sides well rounded anteriorly, thence rather strongly contracted to the base ; base slightly rounded, its margin broad and very convex; apex very feebly emarginate; all the angles depressed and obtuse : elytra oval, the apex rather strongly produced : epipleural fold uninterruptedly continued round the shoulders : inner side of the flanks of the prothorax, and the prosternum, rugosely punctured ; sides of metasternum, and of the two first abdominal segments, with a few coarse punctures; rest of the abdomen smooth. Length 4| lines. Kogyar. Sub-Family — AKISINJE. Cyphogenia plana. Narrow, elongate, flattened above; black, more or less obscure. Mentum notched (but not deeply) in middle of fore margin, disc more or less plane. Head-rhomboidal, more or less sparsely punctured; epistoma transversely convex, widely and sub-triangulately emarginate in front, completely exposing the labrum and its attachment, front angles more or less acute; front transversely, sometimes triangulately, depressed; supraorbital ridge more or less distinct ; cheeks (immediately behind the eyes) prominent and coarsely rugosely punctured. Prothorax quadrate, apex wider than base, front angles produced, sub-acute ; sides more or less feebly sinuous (sometimes a little angulate at the middle), and with a narrowish flattened margin; base squarely truncated, or feebly — sometimes sinuately — emarginate ; hind angles more or less produced (scarcely outwardly directed) and obtuse ; disc irregularly foveate, more or less finely and sparsely punctured, the punctuation stronger at the sides. Elytra elongate-oval, moderately produced and rounded at apex, faintly (sometimes ohsoletely) irregularly and minutely muricate punctate, the unpunctured intervals more or less faintly reticulately rugulose ; keeled from behind the shoulders to the apex ; this keel is not completely marginal, being placed a little within the outer edge, which is rounded, the epipleura being strongly indexed. Last three or four joints of antennai usually bright ferruginous, the last acutely pointed at apex. Length 7 to 9| lines. Dras, Kargil, Leh, and Pankong Valley. Cyphogenia humeualis. In habit approaching C. aurita, Pall. Black, obscure ; mentum very deeply notched in front, the disc very convex. Head and prothorax very finely and dispersedly punctured, the former with a longitudinal elevated line down the middle, and depressed at each side ; supra- orbital carina very distinct : epistoma widely emarginate in front in the $ , more deeply (and sub-angulately) in the § ; front angles broadly rounded. Prothorax transverse, disc convex, median line lightly impressed, and with a short transverse depression across the middle near the base, apex broadly emarginate, front angles not produced, hut somewhat acute ; base feebly emarginate, hind angles acute and outwardly directed ; sides well rounded anteriorly, rather broadly margined, a little reflexed, and finely transversely rugulose. Elytra depressed, gently declivous behind, the apex rather strongly produced and narrowly rounded ; widest behind the middle ; ohsoletely punctured, and showing some faint smooth reticulations ; shoul- COLEOPTERA. 61 ders keeled, tliis keel slightly obliquely extending down the elytron, hut never for more than one-fourth its length. The $ is smaller than the ? , and has the abdomen much more dis- tinctly punctured. Antennae with joints 9-10 shorter, triangulate, 11 rather small, acutely pointed at apex. Length 10 to 12 lines. Yangihissar. Sub-Family — BLAP TINJE . Blaps STOLICZKANA. Approaching B. mortisaga, Linn., in habit. Elongate, depressed, acuminate behind, black, underside shining black, antennae and palpi pitchy brown ; labrum rufescent, coarsely punctured : head more or less coarsely (never densely) punctured, the base densely and finely muricate, becoming granulous : epistoma trapeziform, widely and feebly emarginate in front : prothorax slightly transverse, sides rounded anteriorly, gradually (sometimes feebly sinuately) contracted posteriorly ; base closely applied to the elytra, feebly sinuate and wider than the apex, which is broadly emarginate ; front angles rather broadly rounded ; hind angles obtuse, slightly overlapping the shoulders, more or less coarsely punctured ; the punctures more crowded and more or less reticulately confluent at the sides, and with scattered very minute punctures on the interspaces ; sides feebly guttered : elytra at base a little wider than base of prothorax ; sides feebly rounded, attenuate behind, the apex gradually produced forming a mucro, which, in the , extends beyond the abdomen by a length equal to the fourth ventral segment ; depressed, more or less gently declivous behind ; more or less densely confusedly covered with smallish, somewhat shining tubercles, which, except at the base, are flattened, generally acute behind, and here and there run together, forming irregular, more or less transverse, elevated rugosities : flanks of prothorax more or less strongly undulately strigulose, and, as well as the prosternum, parapleurm, &c., sparsely minutely tuberculate : three first abdominal segments longitudinally rugose at the sides, and transversely rugose on the middle. Length 8^ to 10 lines. Pamir, between Sirikol and Panga. Blaps indicola. Habit of $ , B. mortisaga, Linn. Dull black ; underside and legs shining black ; antennae, labrum, and palpi brownish black : head and prothorax very finely and not densely punc- tured ; 'the latter sub-quadrate, feebly but regularly convex, widest before the middle, strongly contracted in front, more gradually behind ; sides slightly sinuous before the hind angles, very narrowly channelled ; front angles narrowly rounded, the hinder nearly forming right angles, and reposing on the shoulders ; base feebly sinuously emarginate : elytra not wider at base than base of prothorax, elongate, acuminate behind ; sides feebly expanded to behind the middle, very gently declivous behind, the apex gradually produced, forming a distinct but simple mucro, which is rather densely punctured ; uniformly minutely, but not densely, granulose-punctate, a little stronger on the epipleuras and at the base, which is also rugulose. Length 12 lines. Sind Valley. 62 SECOND YAEKAND MISSION. Blaps perlonga. Elongate, slender, acuminate behind, black, obscure : head and prothorax finely and not closely punctured ; the latter gently convex, but little (not half a millim.) wider than long ; sides gently evenly rounded and very finely margined ; base but little wider than apex ; base and apex truncated ; front angles rounded, the hinder forming right angles : elytra elongate, widest behind the middle, attenuate behind, the apex produced, forming a distinct but not elongate mucro, very gradually declivous behind, and with distinct trace of a short costa within the apex ; finely, uniformly, and not closely muricate-punetate, and faintly transverse- ly rugolose. Legs very long, slender. Length 10 lines. Yanktze to Chagra, Pankong Valley. Blaps ladakexsis. Black, elytra a little shining ; oblong-ovate : head rather closely punctured : prothorax decidedly broader at base than at apex, transverse ; sides well rounded anteriorly, slightly sinuously contracted posteriorly; apex feebly emarginate, with the angles rounded ; base feeb- ly sinuously truncate, with the angles somewhat obtuse ; but little convex ; rather finely and not densely punctured : elytra somewhat depressed on the back, not wider at base than base of prothorax ; sides gradually moderately rounded, somewhat rapidly declivous behind ; apex a little produced, but not mucronate ; disc irregularly, finely, and faintly muricately punc- tured, and intricately rugulose ; apex and epipleurse somewhat intricately covered with irre- gular flattened tubercles, which are pointed behind: legs and antennae rather short and robust. Length 7| to 8J lines. Yanktze to Chagra, Pankong Valley. Blaps kashgarensis. Elongate, black, elytra more or less nitid : head and prothorax finely remotely punctured, sometimes becoming obsoletely so on the latter : prothorax regularly convex ; sides well round- ed anteriorly, very gradually (and but little) contracted posteriorly, finely margined ; base de- cidedly wider than apex, very feebly sinuately truncated ; hind angles somewhat obtuse ; apex feebly emarginate, the angles well rounded ; median line faintly impressed on the disc : elytra more or less elongate-ovate, somewhat rapidly declivous behind ; apex produced and ter- minating in a very distinct, pointed mucro, which, in the >> 3. 4 6. 7 9. 10—12. 13—15. 16—18. 19—21. 22—24. 25—27. 28. 29. 30—31. 32—33 34—36. Helix (Fniticicola) phaozona, v. Mart., p. 2. „ „ plectotropis, v. Mart., p. 3. „ mataianensis, Nevill, p. 3. ,, (Xerophild) stoliczkana, Nevill, p. 3. Nanina (Botula) kashmir ensis, Nevill, p. 16. „ (Microcystis) sonamurgensis, Nevill, p. 16. Uelicarion stoliczkanus, Nevill, p. 15. „ austenianns, Nevill, p. 14. Buliminus (Petraus) stoliczkanus, Nevill, p. 1 9. ,, mainwaringianus , Nevill, p. 19. ,, beddomeanus, Nevill, p. 20. Succinea martensiana, Nevill, p. 5. ,i pfeifferi, var. subintermedia, Nevill, p. 6. Valvata stoliczkana, Nevill, p. 12. Erkatom. In names at foot of plate for “var. intermedia/' read “ var. subintermedia.” 6 MOLLUSC A. R Mintern lith • 1 3. Helix phaeozona. 4. 6. H.plectotropis. 7. 9. H.mataianensis. 10. 12. H. stoliozkana. 13. 15. Nanina kashmirensis. . 16. 18. N. sonamurgensis. 19. 21. Helicarion stoliczkanus. Mirrtem BT'osimp. 22. 24. H. austemanus . 25. 27. Bulimmus stoliczkanus. 28. B.mainwarmgiaiTus. . 29. BTbeddomeanus. 30. 31. Succinea rnartensiana. 32, 33. Succinea pfeiff hci(varin£errrwdia,) 34, 36. Valvata stoliczkana. S*' A, * ft Sr I'- M'i K J S * JS& •) \f/y ' «y~ ' kww wHp:> :i*M/,4wS(ilai Vfl ftBKii'.') fir. > > . 1 c'- vv Ki' ^ r\ ft jfiK • w *■>, > - •, - ■ rAWr 1 f'fo 2 % rk